[Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 35, Nos. 409-420, January—December, 1933.]} CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CI RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA By M. L. FERNALD Dates oF IssuE Pages 1-16 and Plates Sad and 286 ok 6 J. 933 47-63 and Plates 234-237... 1... 66 cee teins ees 4 February, 1933 rt rAd OO PIMOS Dee cd oe a ee ge 4 March, 1933 © 190-140 and Plates 200-242: 6.62065 es Ei ....5 April, 1933 "164-186 and Plates 243-246.............206.5.5 07 T....5 May, 1933 * 203-223 and Plates 246-248. ...............00 mate ick 2 9 June, 1933 ‘“* 230-247 and Plates 249-254. .................05. pe 3 July, 1933 “965-283 and Plates 256-260...........:.-........ 1 August, 1933 “ 208-315 and Plates 261 and 262.......:. 2.66... us 26 August, 1933 * ME OEO Wd Plates 2OS-206. 2 oc eee eee wr, 7 October, 1933 * 364-386 and Plates 260-273... .. 0... se cece 3 November, 1933 TOs oe ek Ca ee eae vn bodes CHEER LISI Pe > 7 December, 1933 MissOUR! BOTANIGAM Bagpem biseage [4334 V-/ol-la Rhodora Plate 232 — Bayarp Lone (right) and Jonn Miuron Foag, gr. (left) on the north s of Tue TaBLELAND, Bonne Bay. ope CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CI. RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Plates 232-273)! Part I. Journat oF 1926 anv 1929 I have already published two extended accounts? of botanical work in Newfoundland and some other papers*® in which the great interest and the relic endemism or isolation of plants in Newfoundland has been much emphasized. Very briefly summarized some of the many 1 The snap-shots of topography, unless otherwise stated, are my own. The pho- tographs of plants have been goatee with aid from the Milton Fund for ge eae to ackno wledge. The lares cost of reproduction of the plates pens ageveil semi met by my ever loyal companion, Mr. Bararp Lone. The preparation of the maps has been possible through ne Milton Fund for Re- search. The polar projection used in oode’s No. 201 Pe, copyrighted and published by the University of Chicago. Some plates, ee in early parts of the will a in later ents, where more appropria 2A Botanical Expedition to Newfoundland and Southern Labrador (Contrib. Gray s. no. x1.), e ) Two Summers of str in Newfoundland (Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixxvi.) Ruo- DORA xxviii. 4 , 89-111, 115-120, 145-155, 161-178, 181-204, 210-225, 234-241, plates speci Deak 1927) 8’ The Contrasts in the Floras of Basibn and Western Newfoundland. Am. Journ. Persistence of Plants in Un olaciated Areas of Boreal America (Mem. Gray Herb., Am, A 3 = i as é 23 ° 4 ships of the Floras of os wasn Hemisphere. Proc. Intern. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii. ella 929). Ui nglaciai d West ern Newfoundland. — Harvard Alumni Bull. Jan. 23, 1930 (with ph + Specific Segregations and Identities in some Floras ade apotion North America an Old World (Contrib. Gray Herb. xciii.), Ruopora, xxxiii. 25-63, plate 204 pads 2 Rhodora [JANUARY points of phytogeographic interest are: (1) the restricted areas in Newfoundland of at least the later glaciations of the Pleistocene, with the result that a large element of the flora seems to have persisted unscathed through the Pleistocene or, at any rate, through the Wisconsin (or Labradorean) glaciation; (2) the high degree of en- demism in the flora of the West Coast, from Cape Ray to Cape Norman; (3) the identity or close affinity of much of the flora of western Newfoundland with that of the Arctic Archipelago and arctic Eurasia and, in some cases, with that of the Cordilleran and Pacific regions of North America; (4) the representation of a number of groups now found mostly in the Southern Hemisphere and the Tropics, but also sharing Newfoundland with Nova Scotia and the Coastal Plain of the eastern United States, a flora apparently of Cretaceous origin which had its interchanges along the now submerged Cretaceous and Tertiary continental shelf; (5) the occurrence, especially on the Avalon Peninsula, of a considerable Atlantic European element unknown elsewhere in eastern America; (6) these isolated or relic elements and the endemic species occurring mostly as localized and often very restricted colonies in the widely diffused and everywhere common and comparatively uninteresting elements of the Canadian and Hudsonian forests, bogs, shores and barrens. To the field-botanist with temperamental ability to take things as they come, to work under disadvantageous conditions, to overlook the discomforts of perpetually fighting swarms of black-flies and mosquitoes and to maintain a cheerful enthusiasm in spite of frequent deficiencies of diet and the regular failure of the announced schedules of boats to meet their obligations, western Newfoundland still offers almost virgin and unspoiled territory for fascinating exploration and important botanical discovery. The last general account of the work of parties of which I had the good fortune to be a member covered the summers of 1924 and 1925. The summer of 1926 was largely taken up for botanists of eastern America by the International Congress at Ithaca; but, having a short period of early autumn still available, my ever-ready companion, Mr. Bayard Long, and my genial student, now Dr. John Milton Fogg, joined me after the Ithaca meetings and we went, via Montreal, on one of the sumptuous steamships of the Clarke line to Corner Brook at the head (“bottom’’) of the Bay of Islands, with the avowed purpose of locating at Lark Harbor, at the southern entrance to the Bay of Islands, thence, when the weather 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 3 proved propitious, to go by motor boat southward along the outer cliff-wall to Serpentine River whence we could make a simple ap- proach to the unbotanized Lewis Hills, the highest mountains (2700 ft.) of Newfoundland. We planned to finish the trip by proceeding slightly east of Cape Ray to the region of Burgeo in order to get some idea of the flora of a thoroughly glaciated granitic area, to contrast with the flora of the unglaciated or, at least, recently un- glaciated West Coast. Entering Bay of Islands, we longed immediately to get at the sheer outer wall of trap rock which, broken only by tiny coves, extends far south, to Bluff Head. Passing Lark Harbor and steaming to the head of Humber Arm, we were there met by a motor boat sent in by our prospective host, Mr. Moses G. Sheppard, proprietor of the extensive fisheries at Lark Harbor; and toward mid-afternoon we started back about thirty miles over the steamship’s route, to Lark Harbor. The afternoon was windy, with black clouds overhanging the precipitous (nearly 2000 feet high) walls of Blomidon, and, in spite of sweaters and oilskins, we fully approved the local pronunciation, “Blow-me-down.” Passing the inner islands of the Bay an outer cliffs of Blomidon in the evening light, we gazed in awe at the mountain-walls and, reaching Lark Harbor, were greeted from the wharf with the informative: “Well, gentlemen, dis is w’ot we calls de Bay of Hilands.’’ Either way we thought of it the name seemed wholly appropriate, but somehow we got a feeling that we had just drifted ashore and were not supposed to know where we had landed. It was a fortunate haven, however: Mr. Sheppard, a progressive man of fine physique and sturdy character, genial, wholesome and hospitable, and busy through a long day; Mrs. Sheppard, a women of unusual poise and background, who, with at least two of the daughters, had seen much of the outside world; the twin sons and our efficient skipper, Pennell, alert and, like the others, anxious to make our botanizing successful. The Sheppards also had a fine garden of many vegetables, one of the desiderata in many New- foundland ports, and we were inclined, as we have not always been at fishing ports, to linger over our meals. _ When we awoke on the morning of August 30th, the weather was “dirty” and, in fact, for a full week we did not have a truly “civil” day. We botanized along the shore toward York Harbor, visited some of the islands, spent a day on the inner std of Lark Mountain, 4 Rhodora [JANUARY and on one bright but very windy day Long and Fogg crossed over to explore the desert-like serpentine ridge which flanks the North Arm; but at no time would the wind let up and give us the calm weather necessary if we were to follow the outer sea-wall in a small boat and make a safe entry into the Serpentine. Waghorne had botanized about Lark Harbor, Eames and Godfrey had made a center at the copper mine above York Harbor, and Mackenzie and Griscom had got at Blomidon from Frenchman’s Cove; while Wiegand and I, in 1910, had twice visited Blomidon from Benoit’s Cove. Consequently, lingering at Lark Harbor merely to take advantage of calm weather, we did not undertake extensive trips away from head- quarters. But these short excursions into the neighboring region yielded fair returns, though, of course, Waghorne and his successors had already secured the more interesting species. The season had been unduly cold; snow of the preceding winter lingered in early September on many slopes; the general verdict was that there had been no summer; and we heard many accounts of unmelted snow-banks extending down to the sea along the Straits of Belle Isle. The vegetation in early autumn was in the usual mid- summer state; the plants which usually flower in late July or early August were just coming into bloom. The immediate neighborhood of Lark Harbor, we had been told, would be quite unspoiled and an ideal place for botanists, “absolutely wild, with lots of sheep and goats.”’ The sheep and goats had had full control; but from among the meagre remnants of vegetation we were able to pull out a solitary Botrychium simplex! and a few other vouchers which even they had missed, The inner slope of Lark Mountain, however, had good fences near the base and we soon got into wholly primitive mountain-woods, with Aster acuminatus and some other Canadian forest types which are not often seen in Newfoundland; in fact, the Aster had been known on the Island only from thickets at the southwest corner, Port aux Basques. Passing above timber line we were out on the open wind-swept lower edge of the tableland, but instead of being arctic-alpine as, in spite of many experiences, we still somehow expected the tablelands of western Newfoundland to be, it was in some features less “alpine” than the shores of the outer Bay. A 1It seems unnecessary to encumber the narrative by giving the authors of — which are in the current manuals. They will be noted only in cases of change 0 for species not in Gray's Manual. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 5 few “arctic-alpine” species of broad range and of general occurrence in almost any bleak or open habitat in Newfoundland were there: the inevitable Lycopodium Selago and L. annotinum var. pungens, Juniperus communis var. montana, Agrostis borealis, Hierochloe alpina, Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus Bigel., Carex rariflora, C. scirpoidea, Juncus trifidus, Salix Uva-ursi, hamaemorus, Viola labradorica, Loiseleuria procumbens, Arctostaphylos alpina, Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum Bigel.! and Diapensia lapponica. However, these and many others, which in New England we call “arctic-alpine,” are so nearly ubiquitous at all altitudes in Newfound- land that they were mostly on our “taboo-list,” not to be collected unless an extraordinarily fine or exceptional specimen was found. Consequently, they failed to stir our emotions. Far more interesting on the tableland were their more southern companions, a group of species characteristic of acid peats of New Jersey, southern New York, southern New England or Nova Scotia, here thriving, as they do on the great diorite tableland of Blomidon to the east, as well as on the high barrens of the interior, in the region of The Topsails (from Kitty’s Brook and Gafftopsail east at least to the Millertown region), and in the peats at sea-level in southern Newfoundland. High up above the timber the more continuous mossy carpets were as suggestive of the New Jersey Pine Barrens as they were of the North: the flesh-pink to crimson Aster nemoralis and the slender Solidago uniligulata everywhere, with such of their regular Pine Barren associates as Agrostis scabra Willd., Muhlen- bergia uniflora (Muhl.) Fern. (var. terrae-novae Fern.’), Eriophorum tenellum and virginicum, Rynchospora fusca and alba, Carex ezilis, trisperma var. Billingsii and livida var. Grayana (Dewey) Fern.’*, Juncus canadensis (var. sparsiflorus Fern.*), Habenaria clavellata and blephariglottis, Pogonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus (scarce), Arethusa bulbosa, Sarracenia purpurea and Utricularia cornuta. Shallow pools were filled with Nymphozanthus variegatus (Engelm.) Fern.,5 Eriocaulon septangulare and Potamogeton Oakesianus; and at the margins of pools or on seepy slopes in the peat the austral Juncus pelocarpus abounded, with the austral genus Xyris represented by X. montana and the austral Bartonia paniculata by the endemic See Ruopora, xxv. 24 (1923). 4 Ruopora, xxiii. 241 (1921). ’ Ruopora, xxi. 187 (1919). 6 Rhodora [JANUARY var. iodandra (Rob.) Fern.,! while the famous Pine Barren specialty, Schizaea pusilla (Map 7), nestled among the Bartonia and Ryncho- sporas. Although a novel experience for Fogg, this was an old story to Long and me; in fact, as far back as 1910 Wiegand and I had first met? this wholly unexpected mingling of austral and circumpolar species on the top of Newfoundland (at 2000 feet altitude) on the broad diorite tableland of Blomidon; in 1911 Bartram and I encount- ered it in the Quarry and Maintopsail region and Wiegand and I had an experience with it on the Avalon Peninsula; and in 1924 Long, Dunbar and I had repeated the list, with a few additional species, on the Long Range back of Port aux Basques.? But the dominance of this austral flora on the high tablelands of Newfoundland has not yet lost its thrill and we are repeatedly tempted to ascend new blocks of the great dissected tableland (the uplifted Cretaceous Peneplane)* of western Newfoundland to rediscover this amazing “alpine” flora, which to the south and east on the Island comes down to sea-level. September Ist on Lark Mountain saw the beginning of a. hectic fortnight with Euphrasia. In ordinary summers Euphrasia in New- foundland is fully flowering in late July and early August, but the “‘summerless” season of 1926 was so backward that in early September the species were in the prime of flowering. In the subalpine gravels of Lark Mountain the species was FE. Williamsii (the Newfoundland var. vestita Fern. & Wieg.), the dwarf species of the alpine area of the White Mountains with chocolate-purple corollas, known in its typical glabrous form also from the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé and from headlands along the Straits of Belle Isle, and in the pubescent var. vestita on alpine slopes and exposed crests of western and northern Newfoundland and adjacent Quebec Labrador. We wanted to explore the bare montane islands at the entrance to the Bay of Islands. The strong winds, however, made landing on the highest of the outermost and, consequently, the most inviting (Weebald or Guernsey, 1053 feet high), impossible; but we suceecded in making French or Tweed Island (702 feet) and, with the greatest ease, the inner and sheltered low islands (Wood’s, Woody, Seal’s 1 Ruopora, xxiii. 288 (1922). 2Ruopora, xiii. 133 (1911). 3’ Ruopora, xxviii. 56 (1926). 4 Raopona, xaxiil. 37 (1931); characteristic ae of the Newfoundland table- 1 n Ruopora, xiii. t. 87 and xxviii. t 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 7 Nest and Governor). As just implied, sea-level on the outer coast is often more “alpine’”’ than the summit-tablelands. Consequently, it was gratifying but not at all surprising to find the ledges (trap) and lower gravelly slopes of French Island carpeted by many species which occur north to latitudes 74°-85° in Greenland or Ellesmereland and which, in latitude 49°, we should expect to find only on the highest mountains: such species as Festuca vivipara (L.) Sm., Luzula spicata, Silene acaulis var. exscapa (All.) DC. (coming south from lat. 83°), Draba rupestris R. Br., and Sazifraga aizoides and S. oppositifolia Map 1. American Range of SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA. (extending south from lat. 85°, map 1). The arctic and subarctic Artemisia borealis Pall. was here, but with extraordinarily coarse leaf-segments, var. latisecta Fern., Ruopora, xxix. 93 (1927); and Euphrasia added its quota of puzzles. The endemic goldenrod of western Newfoundland, Solidago hispida var. arnoglossa Fern., Ruopora, xvii. 2 (1915), characterized by its very large narrowly obovate cauline leaves, was here well developed and so unlike the common small-leaved typical form of the species that in its extreme 8 : Rhodora [JANUARY development it seems very definite. Transitional material in abun- dance, however, found both here and in a subsequent year near Bonne Bay, constrains us to maintain it as a geographic variety rather than as a species. Another goldenrod of French Island which greatly perplexed us has the foliage of Solidago rugosa but the panicles so condensed that in the smallest specimens they form dense ovoid inflorescences scarcely 2 cm. in diameter. The plant seems to be S. rugosa “reduced to its lowest terms,” so to speak, at this bleak northern limit of the species. ged ca > a ' : as. te, . “ e ° ee plist) o88 dj ® >» e ‘ ee ee ‘ t Y ———-—* - 1 3 7 a. Fo : Saas xoS} ; { @ ‘ ra ; ra wi ene ae a den ep er hare a ©. JIN SK- se. ey ea i Stee eee 4 7 fa ; = = ' ~. %. ; Y i : : Map 2. Range of CyprIPEDIUM REGINAR. Other southern species on French Island which seemed absolutely out of place in close proximity to Silene acaulis and Sazifraga oppo- sitifolia (MAP 1) were Cypripedium reginae Walt.(Map 2) and Habenaria orbiculata (MaP 9). The Showy Lady’s Slipper had found a protecting thicket by a stream; but Habenaria orbiculata was so abundant as to be almost dominant in dry peat and gravel within a stone’s throw of the open shore. In New England and eastern Canada we had always thought of it as an orchid of the richest of old woodlands; but its choice of habitat on bleak French Island was only a breaking 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 9 of the ice for our next station for it. In 1929 we found it vying with the arctic Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus (MAP 10) for possession of a sphagnous pocket on the high tableland of Lookout Mountain at Bonne Bay. Yet some critics complain that habitats are not correctly stated in our manuals! If we only could have got a day on Weebald Island, who can say what transgressions we might have found? The inner and lower islands were less dramatic. Woody Island has some good sandstone ledges along shore; but Wood’s Island, inhabited and severely burned, is botanically hopeless, and the other two visited were so slightly explored by us that we found nothing specially notable. The halophytic flora on the sandstone cliffs of Woody Island is particularly fine: all the ordinary halophytes of this region, with various doubtful Chenopods and Polygonums; Euphrasia purpurea Reeks amazingly fleshy or succulent; Cochlearia eyclocarpa Blake,' a biennial, with rosettes of rounded succulent leaves, tasting like a blend of water-cress and horseradish; and the broad-leaved Plantago juncoides var. laurentiana Fern.’ in typical development. Cornus suecica, frequent enough along the coast and on the mountains, was here particularly beautiful; and the higher rocks supported good colonies of Potentilla pectinata Raf., a species known in Newfoundland from only a few stations, all on the West Coast. The north-facing wall of the eastern serpentine half of Blomidon drips in many places with moisture from the packed snow and ice of its upper slopes; consequently its flora,’ although limited in number of species, is a rich one for serpentine country (silicate of magnesium, therefore toxic to most plants); and, since the high ridge on the north side of North Arm is also serpentine, and very conspicuous from in- coming and out-going boats, we had great hopes of some good things there. So, as a last trip, on a cold and windy day, Long and Fogg, with Pennell.and one of the Sheppard boys, crossed in a motor boat to the North Arm. In our optimism we had overlooked one import- ant point: the cold north side of Blomidon faces north and is bathed by melting snows through much of the summer; the hot serpentine slope north of the North Arm faces south and is arid and almost without vegetation. To sae and Fogg the arduous climb over 1 Blake, Ruovora, xvi. 135 2 cher xxvii. 102, t. aay ri 5 (1925). 3 See rnald, Ricinewe: xiii. 118, 132 (1911). 10 Rhodora [JANUARY arid blocks of serpentine seemed to have few rewards, for nowhere did they find continuous carpets of vegetation, merely scattered plants of a few inconspicuous species. Nevertheless, they got several of the most localized and interesting species of the serpentines of western Newfoundland and thus added an intermediate station for them between Blomidon at the south and The Tableland of Bonne Bay at the north. Adiantum pedatum var. aleuticum Rupr. was there, of course, as on all the extensive serpentine areas of Newfound- land and Quebec, on the North Arm the most stiffly erect extreme. Rhododendron lapponicum was characteristic. In Newfoundland and Gaspé it grows profusely on serpentine barrens as well as on dry limestones; but in neither region have we ever found it on granite or quartzite, although further south, on Katahdin and on Washington, it is on reputedly granitic rock and it seems to be common on the granites and gneisses of Labrador. The failure in the best Rhodo- dendron gardens to make R. lapponicum thrive might, perhaps, be averted by giving it a bed of broken serpentine or of magnesian lime- stone, rather than the usual peat and sand of conventional Rhodo- dendron gardens. Danthonia intermedia and Conioselinum pumilum Rose, in New- foundland known only on serpentine, were brought back; and Long and Fogg had the two prostrate willows, already known from Blomi- don, Salix cordifolia var. Macounit (Rydb.) Schneider and S. an- glorum var. kophophylla Schneider. The junior member of the party, facetiously inclined to translate the technical names into the so- called “English names” of some of our handbooks, rendered the last “The Cough-loving Willow of the Angles” and suggested that we each carry a bit as a charm against colds. Three of the distinctive Caryophylls of Newfoundland or of Newfoundland and Gaspé were there, as on all the serpentine mountains yet explored in western Newfoundland: Arenaria marcescens Fern.,! A. cylindrocarpa Fern.’ and Cerastium terrae-novae Fern. & Wieg.* All three are so interesting and so highly localized that it seems desirable to publish good il- lustrations of them. Arenaria marcescens (PLATE 255) forms broad mats on the driest of serpentine gravel in the Long Range of New- foundland and on the great tableland of Mt. Albert in Gaspé. Re- lated to various arctic and subarctic species (especially A. larictfolia L. 1 Ruopora, xxi. 15 ing 2? Rwopora, xvi. 43 (19 3 Fern. & Wieg. bogota atk 176 (1920). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 11 and A. arctica Stev.), A. marcescens is nearer related to A. obtusiloba (Rydb.) Fern. (Alsinopsis obtusiloba Rydb.) of the Rocky Mountains. Arenaria cylindrocarpa was long confused with the European A. ciliata L. and A. norvegica Gunn. (A. ciliata var. norvegica (Gunn.) Hartm., A. ciliata var. humifusa Hartm.). Several characters sep- arate A. cylindrocarpa from both European species but Ostenfeld and some other European students have maintained that it is not specifically separable. Small but characteristic specimens of 4. cylindrocarpa and of A. norvegica (A. ciliata, with strongly ciliate leaves, is more remote) are, therefore, shown (PLATE 256) with suffi- cient details to make their distinctness evident. Cerastium terrae-novae (PLATE 257), known only from the western Newfoundland serpentines, is geographically very remote from its close relatives. In its large seeds it is somewhat like C. Earlei Rydb. of the Rocky Mts., but in the loose testa of the seed (very fragile and freely breaking away) it is nearer the European C. latifolium L. For purposes of illustration a very small plant has been selected; when well developed, C. terrae-novae may form fuscous-green or purplish mats up to 3 or 4 dm. across. On this hopelessly barren ridge by the North Arm Pinus Strobus struggled against adversity, forming prostrate carpets 2 to 3 meters (6-10 feet) across and only 5-8 dm. (114 to 214 feet) high, but heavily loaded with cones, P. Strobus forma prostrata (Mast.) Fern. & Weath- erby, Ruopora, xxxiv. 168 (1932), a far cry from the great White Pines of early New England days with trunks “seven feet eight inches in diameter” “and frequently 250 feet in height.” In 1921 Mackenzie & Griscom found forma prostrata on Blomidon. Even the erect trees of P. Strobus in Newfoundland depart in some characters from the better developed trees on the continent, having very nodulose branchlets and short leaves, the latter not infrequently in 3’s as well as in the conventional 5’s. These modifications are apparently confined to the northeastern and rather unfavorable limits of the species. The strong winds making it impossible to land on the outer islands or to reach Chimney Cove (Waghorne’s station for Erysimum co- arctatum Fern. and other very rare species) or Wild Cove, with “the beach . . . broken white coral” (Nfd. and Lab. Pilot), where Waghorne ae found the North Pacific Arenaria peploides, var. maxima Fern. and the remarkable and never rediscovered Salix 12 Rhodora [JANUARY Bebbiana, var. projecta (Fern.) Schneider, it was obvious that the Serpentine and the Lewis Hills were not to be reached this season. So, regretting to abandon them and to leave our hospitable home with the Sheppard family, we moved on to Port aux Basques, thence by the “ Portia” to Burgeo. Whereas Wisconsin glaciation in westernmost Newfoundland failed to denude the tablelands and often left the low forelands with their ancient blankets of deeply rotted rock, Burgeo and the region west- ward to the eastern base of the Long Range seems to have been scraped clean (PLATE 233). The granitic hills are quite denuded of rotted residual mantle, scratched and gouged as if heavy mattocks and picks had been used on them only yesterday, and littered with great unweathered and obviously transported boulders (PLATE 233). Here we got few of the localized endemics. The tiny Betula Mi- chauxw Spach, Newfoundland and Labrador representative of the Old World B. nana L., but with unlobed bracts or scales, abounded, as it does in practically all acid peat on the Island; Empetrum Eamesit Fern. & Wieg., Rocksrerry, with its beautiful coral-pink berries, likewise throughout the Island, was on all dry ledges, and the ubiq- uitous Agrostis scabra Willd. (A. hyemalis of most recent authors, not Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt.) was everywhere, but chiefly in the extreme with very large spikelets which occurs throughout Newfoundland (to be described in Part III). The dry peat of the granitic crests, just as at Port aux Basques and generally eastward to the Avalon Peninsula, was carpeted with Festuca capillata Lam., the typical European plant, here certainly indigenous. Damp mossy pockets were the home of the endemic of southern Newfound- land, Epilobium Pylaieanum Fern.! (pLaTE 259), distinguished from the many forms of E. palustre by its very short oblong leaves, the oblong and round-tipped calyx-lobes and the unusually long beak of the seed. The original collections, from various stations from Cape Race to Cape Ray, were mostly unbranched, but at Burgeo and westward as far as we went (to the Great Barachois) it was often bushy-branched. We spent one day between Burgeo and Sand Bank to the west, another about Great Barachois and following up Grandy Brook. In general, the flora was rather uninteresting, though the tedium was occasionally relieved by the finding of some species local on the coy 1 RHopDORA, xxvii. 33 (1925). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 13 Elatine minima (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer, either rare or generally overlooked; Oryzopsis canadensis (Poir.) Torr., which we had recently been collecting on Lark Mt.; Carex hormathodes Fern., already locally known in both western and eastern Newfoundland; and Polygonum allocarpum Blake,' for which the Newfoundland voucher had been unsatisfactory. The always surprising Schizaea, Bartonia and Xyris were there, as probably everywhere in southern Newfoundland; but when we finally had to leave for home we felt that we had done our duty by the severely glaciated granitic coast and that the next botanizing trip could rightfully be confined to the always repaying West Coast. Planning for the next trip, in the summer of 1929, we laid out a very beautiful schedule which we hoped to carry through with aid I had re- ceived from the Milton Fund for Research at Harvard. Our optimistic programme closely followed, with amazing and unreasoning credulity, the announced sailings of the local steamers, especially the “Sagona,” plying weekly (leaving Humbermouth on Wednesdays) between Bay of Islands and Battle Harbor (Labrador). We were to begin with a day or two at Old Port au Choix, near where Bachelot de la Pylaie, more than a century ago, had spent eight days, and close to Pointe Riche which Wiegand had visited in 1910; consequently, worked out. Wiegand, however, got a foliage-specimen of a very strange willow which Schneider and I had independently considered an undescribed species, but good material was needed. A day or two at Old Port au Choix would suffice; then a trip over to St. John’s Island would give an opportunity to secure better material of a “ ° Taraxacum, secured over-ripe in 1925. Then Trout River was in the schedule, with its spectacular mountains, and a long trip to the Lewis Hills, to be reached via Port au Port. The railroad did its part and we kept up to schedule as far as Bay of Islands; but from the day of our arrival to the day of final sailing toward home in September the announced schedule remained abashed in the depth of a pocket-book and the only date actually kept was that of Fogg’s departure some days before Long and I were ready to leave. Reaching the Bay of Islands by train, exactly on schedule, near noon of Wednesday, July 10th, with abundant time to make the “Sagona”’ at 5 p. m., we learned, to our dismay, that, true to form, she was off 1 Blake, Ruopora, xix. 234 (1917). 14 Rhodora _ [January schedule. She had sailed late on the last trip north and “Heaven knew when she would be back.” At last account she was taking on halibut on “the Labrador” and this was slow work, each dripping and slippery box weighing 200 lbs. and the contract calling for 1600 boxes to be aboard before she could start south! One commerical salesman of great experience advised us: “Next time wire to Battle Harbor and learn when she will sail south from there. When she has started south, you leave New York for Humbermouth and you will make her all right.” No one knew when the “Sagona”’ would come in nor would they know until she had reached Rocky Harbor at Bonne Bay, only a few hours away. We were living at Davis’s at Curling, our trunks and duffle bags were all at the steamship’s terminal some miles away, at Humbermouth; but, by making several trips to the latter hotel-less point, we gradually lugged away much of our collecting material and settled down to work in the loft of the steamship company’s wharf at Curling, where the agent, Mr. Frank Roach, did everything possible to facilitate our work and to keep us from regretting the loss of valuable time. It was actually a full week before the “Sagona” came in with her heavy cargo of once iced halibut, to be re-iced at Curling, shipped to North Sydney and there re-iced, thence going by train to Boston, New York, Buffalo and Detroit to supply the markets with “fresh” halibut. But our wait was a comparatively short one; a few miles away, as unconscious of our presence in the neighborhood as we of theirs, Mr. and Frank Morris, the “Orchid enthusiasts,’ were spending 10 days at desolate ‘ ‘boom-town”’ Corner Brook, also awaiting the “Sagona!”’ We were in perplexity, The shores of Bay of Islands had been “worked to death” and we dared not go beyond easy reach of the evasive “Sagona.” The first afternoon we strolled, by way of much- botanized Mt. Moriah, along the railroad as far as Morley’s Pond. The latter area had never been much visited; consequently, we were able to secure two species not previously known in the region: Equise- tum pratense, abundant in the thicket, the first Newfoundland station south of St. John Bay; and Potamogeton praclongus, the abundant winter-buds of the preceding season swashing at the margin of the pond. We had gone especially to secure good material of Najas flexilis, seen by Wiegand and me in or near Morley’s Pond in 1910, before our collecting equipment of that year had arrived, and left a , to be collected later. The wind was too strong for us to see it in — WEE vs : re: ECaae ar Stee ie pei cata a ne cbees GAL Cane aS ee ae TC Beet Vita SE a eee eee Sr Sh Tee ea enn ae AE AL AN RR ean gate se Blk aha 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 15 1929 and the vouchers still await collection. The springy thickets near the base of Mt. Moriah were white with “Mayflower,” Car- damine pratensis var. palustris Wimm. & Grab., another addition to our list from Bay of Islands; and, in the pastured clearings about Curling and eastward to Crow’s Gulch, the English Daisy, Bellis perennis, was an abundant weed, a plant frequent enough in gardens but never before in our experience a truly naturalized plant. Looking from various points on Humber Arm one sees a conspicuous white hill a few miles up the Humber on the north side. I had often viewed it from a distance and had always mentally dismissed it as a badly burned granite or quartzite hill of no botanical interest. But, in desperation for something to occupy us, we decided to go there, for, at any rate, it would be wild and some miles from civilization, surely better than over-botanized Curling and shabby and hustling Corner Brook. So on July 12, Mr. Roach assuring us that the “Sagona” would not be in, he took us by motor boat up river to our hill, Hannah’s Head according to established local nomenclature, but Mt. Patricia on modern English-made maps, imposing and rising perhaps 1200 feet above the river, one of the striking features of the famous Humber Gorge. Landing on the wooded ledges, we at once saw the typical cal- ciphiles of the region; Hannah’s Head was limestone and sure to be interesting! The wooded glades were, of course, full of the ordi- nary plants of limy spruce woods; but, mingled with them here or in the springy openings on the opposite bank of the Humber (between Marble Mt. and Humbermouth), which we visited on two other days, and appearing quite native, were five European plants, two of which, in 1910, Wiegand and I had supposed to be introduced weeds. On the lower Humber, however, they are not aggressive and weedlike but occur with the strictly American and conservative plants of springy glades or openings; nor do they follow the railroad and mingle with the abundant introduced weeds a few miles away in the freight-yards of Humbermouth and Corner Brook. Linum ca- tharticum abounds on the open springy banks and runs far up the slope of Hannah’s Head in the limestone crevices; Lathyrus pratensis, superb in its woodland setting, with rich yellow flowers, extends high up a springy slope opposite Hannah’s Head; Cirsium palustre, tall and unmistakable, with deep crimson-purple heads in dense glomerules, shares the swamps with the endemic American C. muticum. 16 Rhodora [JANUARY Springy banks and margins of rills coming down the steep slopes on the south side of the river are bordered by a Cardamine, differing at once from the ubiquitous C. pensylvanica in its petiolulate rounded leaflets: C. flexuosa With., a beatiful European species new to North America. Along the river at the foot of Hannah’s Head, on the ledges where we landed, the European Scrophularia nodosa L. grew from the crevices and, higher up, above the wooded base of the hill, it grew in many rock-crevices. This was good enough! (To be continued) Plate 233 Rhodora Alcs aS (upper); TRANSPORTED BACK OF BURGEO Brook (lower). CREST GRANITIC DENUDED BouLpERS on C tRANDY ‘REST NEAR G | 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 47 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 16) But when we got above the timber, on the exposed limestone slope, the most amazing sight of all greeted us, solid carpets covering acres of slope, like a lawn, with three dominant plants: Botrychium Lunaria by thousands, growing 20 to 30 to a turf 2 decimeters across, the plants 1.5-2.5 dm. high, with sterile fronds up to 1 dm. long, so abundant that it was impossible to step without crushing the fronds; Anemone multifida, a local plant in Newfoundland or anywhere else, the larger clumps with 10 to 60 peduncles bearing rosy-pink flowers or whitish cottony heads of fruit; and Festuca brachyphylla Schult., frequent enough in western Newfoundland but not often in such abundance. Of course there were other things, the usual calciphiles of western Newfoundland: Asplenium viride Huds. (unless we are to take up for it the earlier A. Trichomanes-ramosum L.'), Woodsia glabella, Cryptogramma Stelleri forming turf, Thelypteris Robertiana (Hoffm.) Slosson, Polystichum Lonchitis, Anemone parviflora, Are- es has been universally known as Asplenium viride vegans pide Neverthe less, t and p properly p Tri ramosum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1082 (1753). The Linnean species drew its role wean epithet from a ramosum of Baukin and of Ray and it was tanger nd y Lin- naeus as a + ee manes ntarum, a wholl tore m n A. Trichomanes L, (1753). soem Hudson n published A, viride i A. viridd) he, likewise, nos as synonyms Trichoma auhin and of Ray. The Linnean name was prom stead Derg tel eae a five of vioges s A. viride, apparently because the name given by Linnaeus might suggest — the uninformed that a siege state - S pioapce a ‘hybrid of A. Trichomanes I L. was in- tended ; and the nam richom Cc nsen. py selene in Index Palicum, coreg 3 cites it as a synonym of A, viride and suggests that it is the best name; b e refrains from following priority in this viride Huds. Fl. Angl. 385. 176 oe A. Trichomanes ram sgrevcsatone oa 1083. 1753 aba nom, opt.). 0 0 es, upon the former by renaming it t A. nigrum (1778) and on the latter by calling it A, murorum (1778). Yetallt A. Adi- antum-nigrum; and it would be alm Aatebtcg to call the gre vag anything but - Ruta-muraria. The present rules = nomenclature do not . Tric the thoroughly informed not. Similarly uncus alpino-articulatus Chaix. vans for the plant generally called J. - alpinus yt “ars? the name J. alpino-arti culatus easil articulatus L. (1753). Absolute ‘clarity fa ‘avors the retention = “ASpleniam viride and of Juncus alpinus, See note under Juncus alpinus in Part I 48 Rhodora [FEBRUARY naria dawsonensis Britton, ete. Orobanche terrae-novae Fern.,! in young flower, was superabundant; Draba arabisans, in a character- istic form with crowded fruits, was everywhere; and in the dry humus at the summit were two Antennarias with fuscous or brown involucres, wholly different from one another and both needing names (PLATES 265 and 268). Evening was approaching and it was necessary to go down to the waiting motor boat; and we had only just begun the exploration of Hannah’s Head. From the inner edge of the area we were on we looked up river to a continuation (PLATE 234) of the mountain falling as a sheer wall of white limestone to the Humber and at its base having a splendid talus. There, of course, are other species; but darkness was coming on, and we were forced to quit. The big cliff and talus, easily accessible, still await exploration; and to the north, back of Hugh’s Brook, we could see still another white wall, not yet reached by a botanist. Still further, Howley’s geological map shows this band of limestones on the western border of the Long Range to extend for more than a hundred miles northward, cut into at their eastern ends by the antler-like arms of the bays and inlets—all un- explored! Hannah’s Head, coincident with its change of name tO — Mt. Patricia, verily stands out as a princess among Newfoundland — headlands. In 1898, the late Rev. Arthur C. Waghorne, most active of resident botanical explorers, collected in woods at MclIver’s Cove, near the — northern entrance to Humber Arm, an extraordinary willow. The — fragmentary specimen in the Gray Herbarium has proved baffling — to everyone who has tried to place it with any recognized s species. It has been unsatisfactorily placed with Salix acide pe Barclayt Anderss., S. Barclayi subsp. latiuscula Anderss S. discolor, but it differs from all of them in some very poate characters — (to be discussed in Part III). We were anxious to rediscover it and 1 to secure abundant material; but on the day set a strong wind came UP and it was necessary to wait until the calm of late afternoon. When — we got to Mclver’s Cove we found that the older people well remem bered Waghorne and his visit there; but no one in the village. had ever seen or heard of a wild willow. They had plenty of S. vimt planted, but they were so thrilled at the idea of a willow being really native in their cove that a good proportion of the population joined . 1 Reopora, xxviii. 235 (1927). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 49 in the search. In three or more parties we scoured the region until darkness (about 10:30) cut the search short; but when we left we agreed with the statement given us on first landing, that at = no native willow grows at MclIver’s Cove. Mr. James Pennell, whose extensive grounds at Curling contain many interesting garden plants, showed us a handsome shrub which he and his father had transplanted from a thicket at Hugh’s Brook. The shrub is Crataegus lawrentiana Sargent; and, since any native Crataegus is rare in Newfoundland, we were glad to see it. Heretofore our only stations for the species had been on the banks of the Ex- ploits. Mr. S. Wheeler, a merchant at Curling, who had had much ex- perience as a mine-prospector in the West and who intimately knows the mountains and the different rock-outcrops about the Bay of Islands, wanted us to see the Middle Arm. We and others before us had seen much of the Humber Arm, and Long and Fogg had seen the dreary serpentine wall of the North Arm, but we had never visited the Middle Arm. In imitation of the charity-supported but rapidly breeding “fishermen”? we had once encountered farther north, who, content with their dole, argued “There are no fish, so what’s the use of going out?”’, we should have repudiated the prop- osition a day or two earlier. But in the meantime we had been introduced to Hannah’s Head, and nothing but the now undesired arrival of the “Sagona” would keep us from making the trip. Mr. Wheeler was obliged to close his store for the day; the trip from Curling to Middle Arm Point, thence in to the head of Goose Arm or of Penguin Arm and back to Curling, would take much of the day (more than fifty miles, all told). He, therefore, invited us to break- fast with him in the early morning and to allow him to take coffee pot, frying pan and food for the trip; and on July 16, with Mr. Wheeler as experienced guide, wise philosopher and genial friend, we went for an 18-hour trip to the Middle Arm. It was after midnight when we got back; our three large collecting boxes were quite inadequate for the specimens; and we had given s small portion of the Middle Arm only the most hasty “once over.” Whereas Humber Arm has many villages and from Petrie’s Point to Humbermouth is cleared and denuded by man and fire, the Middle Arm is not only almost uninhabited but is bordered on all sides by high unspoiled cliffs of fantastically twisted limestones and calcareous slates. The moment 50 Rhodora [FEBRUARY we rounded Middle Arm Point we were anxious to land, but our wiser counsellor calmly replied: “ We haven’t got anywhere yet.” At Cutwater Head, however, he drew in under the steep talus. Scrambling ashore, we started up the loose slaty debris only to come sliding back to the starting point. One turfy and bushy island on the talus was finally reached and there we anchored by means of our botanizing picks, reassembled our lost breaths and looked about: the usual masses of Hedysarum alpinum L. with its ornamental pink racemes; silvery-bronze masses of glistening Shepherdia canadensis, everywhere common in western Newfoundland but always puzzling us in the distance by its varied lustre; Salix vestita Pursh, as lovely a willow as grows, with satiny-white under surfaces and dark green Coil a Oe i YT | | ete, \y oy F Z? Rel et oY fee A ALA Ue | a ~e, ., Map 3. Range of OxyTROPIS FOLIOLOSA. upper surfaces of the rounded leaves, the large terminal buds red oF — purple; the regular Saxifrages of such places; Artemisia canadensis; d scarcely in flower and delicately fringe-like; and numberless other cal- ciphiles of which we never tire. With time only for the briefest of collecting, we brought our eyes to our insular anchorage: Oxytropts : foliolosa Hooker (map 3), the rare Rocky Mountain species with 1-sided _ racemes of royal-purple flowers, heretofore known in eastern America — only from shores of Hudson Strait and of the Straits of Belle Isle; Astragalus eucosmus, at our first station in western Newfoundland from south of Pistolet Bay; the most gigantic of Dandelions, a species of Taraxacum which we already knew from the Straits of Belle Isle, Rhodora Plate 234 Up tae HumsBer FrroM Hannan’s Heap (upper); MarsBieE Mr. at right, Mr. MusGrAveE in background. Horizontat LimesTones, OLp Port au Cxorx (lower). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 51 the Mingan Islands and Anticosti, with extraordinarily large invo- lucres, apparently an undescribed species (to be described and il- lustrated in Part III). Here, as on the other taluses we visited, Primula laurentiana Fern. and the more delicate P. mistassinica abounded, as did the subarctic Festuca rubra var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fries, Parnassia parviflora, and other less significant species. We wanted to search further, for we had collected only from a stranded bit of turfy carpet, and the talus and cliffs of Cutwater Head cover a vast area; but a gentle, though authoritative, “We haven’t got any- where yet” brought us back to the motor boat. The western slope of Penguin Head looked so interesting that we spent a full hour there; then, rounding the point, we landed on a very different slope, merely the eastern dome of the same Head. Finally, after a few minutes on Druid’s or Raglan Head and alluring glimpses up Penguin Arm and Goose Arm, with their unvisited limestone walls, we turned back, regretting the “Sagona” and the obligation to catch her. At ten o’clock Mr. Wheeler further tantalized us by stopping under the big cliffs at Cod Cove. It was twilight but we could see the big-headed Taraxacum again, though it was too dark to tackle the slippery wall. With this diverting background, we “ boiled the kettle” and our day’s botanizing was over: acres of “Limestone Polypody,” Thelypteris Robertiana; Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mackenz., as fine as we had ever seen; Carex rupestris All., not pre- viously known from the Bay; the arctic Potentilla nivea L. and Dryas integrifolia Vahl; Rhododendron lapponicum (see comment on p. 10); Solidago multiradiata Ait., the most northern of American goldenrods; one of the new brown-headed species of Antennaria (PLATE 265) of Hannah’s Head and another (PLATE 268), very beautiful, with 1 or 2 white heads, a plant we had never before seen in Newfoundland; and the Newfoundland phase of Arnica chionopappa Fern. which Rydberg has dignified with the name A. Fernaldit. At the opening of the week we had keenly regretted the necessity of waiting at much-botanized Bay of Islands; now we almost resented our promise to our hosts at Old Port au Choix to arrive on the next trip of the “Sagona.”’ Only a very limited area about the Bay of Islands has really been closely botanized; we could spend a whole season with a center there, and then not exhaust the rich areas. We can’t do it all. Most fascinating exploration awaits the right party; but, to do effective work they must be able to climb and they 52 Rhodora [FEBRUARY should not waste time and strength on the “ taboo-list”’ of ubiquitous and unsignificant plants! We reached Old Port au Choix soon after sunrise on July 19th, planning to secure the desired Salix and anything else overlooked by Bachelot de la Pylaie in 1820 and by Wiegand, when he barely reached Pointe Riche from the south in 1910; then to be taken over to St. John’s Island for the Taraxacum; and, finally, to catch the “Sagona” three days later on her trip south. On July 28th I wrote Mr. C. A. Weatherby a letter from which I excerpt passages which intimate why we were still at Old Port au Choix. “Finally, the Sagona sailed on the 17th. On board were Mr. and orris, en route to Flower Cove, thence 48 miles by motor boat to Cook’s Harbor to photograph Habenaria straminea! 'They had been waiting ten days at a neighboring village without knowing where to botanize; and we were all naturally aggrieved that we hadn’t joined company for some of the real botanizing. “We had selected Old Port au Choix for a short visit partly because _ the horizontal limestones of northwestern Newfoundland here come to the surface [PLATE 234] along every cove, forming extensive gravel (angular and very sharp)-covered barrens [PLATE 235] for miles around. Looking out our windows we see bare crests in all directions, and on the points (or ‘heads’) high cliffs with very high talus. The village occupies a narrow isthmus (perhaps 4 mile across) [PLATE 235] between St. John Bay at the north and In- gornachoix Bay at the south, so that motor boats can be taken in either direction, without having to go many miles around Pointe Riche. Back of us to the north, with its southern edge 10 miles away, lies the range called The Doctor Hill, and beyond that, to the north, its mate, Bard Harbor Hill, where we got so many fine things four years ago. “The people of Port au Choix (two miles away) and Old Port au Choix are the most intelligent and modern of any we have beet thrown with in the ‘outports.’ The ‘agent’ (manager of fishing, etc.) is an interesting man, and our hosts, Stanley Lavers and his wife (née Breton) are a splendid pair. Mrs. Lavers had French parents, which is a salvation to our digestions. At most places in Newfound- — land we get the horrible English cooking, gone a few degrees worse: boiled potatoes, brassicaceous vegetables (if any) and poor bread and soggy steamed puddings. But here we find a big house, with — ue a tee tn dele PITS LE, LOS EP NIE A Fe NE Sk ee A ETS EINER EET ES NIGER SE HTS ROE TRE IT NE SIS NETS ERE 1 CR SED HRCA RECN Np A OT 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 53 three large spare rooms, a fine garden, cream-giving cows, plenty of eggs and poultry; and we live high—salmon, fresh cod, halibut, lobster, rabbit, poultry, cream that stands up in mounds (served on almost everything, including lobster), lettuce, carrots and greens! How can we ever get into training for mountain-climbing? Mrs. Lavers quickly recognized our dislike of grease and she boils, steams, bakes or broils everything; we are so satisfied with our home and our splendid food that we have eliminated some other projected areas and are staying on and on. This, however, is not botanically dis- advantageous, for every day we bring in one or more ‘n. sp.’ or species ‘new to Newfoundland.’ Our ‘laboratory’ is the adjacent store of Narcisse Breton, a general store now going out of business, so that there is only a meagre remnant of stock on the shelves and we have only 1-5 purchasers visit us daily! Instead, the shelves are stacked with driers, ventilators, etc., and we put up our specimens on the counters. The visitors come for impossible purchases and then linger to comment on the beauty of our ‘flowers’ and they gladly give us the local names for the showy ones. “The weather has been perfect, clear and rainless through the day, with showers in the night; consequently, we have been embarrassed by full presses and the temptation to go daily to a new headland or prairie-like barren, working three or four hours after supper putting things into press. I brought 1000 driers but we need twice as many and have to shift and manipulate to get out enough to put up each day’s collecting; and, at that, we prepared a ‘ taboo-list’ of a hundred or more species too generally distributed to collect. Antennaria and Arnica occupy much of the time. We have, I suppose, fifteen species of Antennaria collected in large quantity, at least five of them new species, some very peculiar, and several previously known only from the type locality many miles away. Everywhere we go Arnica Fernaldii Rydb. is seen, but always scattered; similarly A. terrae-novae [PLATE 270] and another (the handsomest of the group [PLATE 269] with stiffly erect fuzzy leaves [A. tomentosa J. M. Macoun]) are scattered all about. But on one side of one penin- sula we came across a freely stoloniferous little species (A. Griscomi of the Shickshocks), making solid carpets on the turfy slopes and looking like our lawns of dandelions. And speaking of Taraxacum, that genus is in full swing, with many very different species. “We very promptly came upon Habenaria straminea all about us— 54 Rhodora [FEBRUARY the deliciously vanilla-scented species Morris has gone so far to photograph! He may be returning south on the ‘Sagona’ this after- noon or tomorrow morning and I haven’t the heart to break the news to him. Nor do I know whether to disconcert his plans by showing him another Habenaria. In 1820 Bachelot de la Pylaie spent eight days about Ingornachoix Bay and in his ‘ Voyage’ he spoke of findin Platanthera bifolia of Europe. His record has always been dis- credited; but last Sunday, while Long was at home writing the weekly letters, Fogg and I took a stroll before supper (with our eyes shut, for it was Sunday) and in the heath-barren (Empetrum, Dryas and Juniperus) found a yellowish-flowered Hab. with two b leaves, presumably what De la Pylaie had seen, though not really H. bifolia. Subsequently we have collected four other numbers of it and now pass it by—all in dry limestone barren. “From my place at table I look out on a fine cliff a mile away, but one has to go there to learn that its crest is covered with two tiny arctic Carices [PLATE 247] quite new to us; and so it goes. Nineteen years ago Wiegand got a sterile branch of a strange willow at Pointe Riche. It has been recognized by both Schneider and me as a very distinct new species, but the material is wholly inadequate. It was that which really decided us on coming here—over one boat. We now have a beautiful series [PLATE 254], a handsome species nearest S. lanata of Lapland and Scotland. . . .I won't try to list all the hundreds of plants of real interest. It is a vast country and we have to omit 99% of it.” 7 Nor in this supplementary account will I enumerate them all nor try _ to give the daily discoveries with exact chronology. As stated in the — letter above quoted, it was impossible to go to a new stretch of open — barren or to a new headland without addi g to th Ities discovered. Antennaria, which we thought we had already well collected, was 85 _ thrilling as ever; one plant, abundant hereabouts, forming broad rosettes and having the brown heads with almost gamophyllous — involucres (PLATE 264)—enough, except that in everything else it is a perfectly good Antennaria, to throw it out of the genus!; another, — forming little barrel-shaped or columnar plants (PLATE 263) with an — amazing number of cauline leaves; others, old friends, such as the very rare A. Wiegandii Fern. which we discovered four years earlier 0B St. John’s Island, or the widest-spread species in Newfoundland, the 2 green-leaved and white-headed A. spathulata Fern. But, since the — Rhodora Plate 235 LIMESTONE BARRENS, OLD Port av Cuorx (upper). LIMESTONE BARREN, ST. JOHN ISLAND (lower). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 55 genus Antennaria in Newfoundland will be specially treated in Part III, it need not receive further attention here. Arnica, too, has, been sufficiently discussed for the present. In general, the dry barrens and open slopes were carpeted with a fine assemblage of willows, all of them well known from western Newfoundland (except the new species related to Salix lanata), but enough to make a New Englander take notice: S. reticulata L., vestita Pursh, Uva-ursi, arctophila Cock- erell, cordifolia Pursh (in great variety), calcicola Fernald & Wiegand and candida. In one depression on Pointe Riche S. pedunculata Fern., a large shrub with great aments nearly a decimeter long and previously known only from near the Straits of Belle Isle, made an_ extensive thicket. On the dry barrens (PLATE 235) it was impossible to predict what would appear next. Agrostis paludosa Scribn., here as elsewhere inclined to belie its name, seems to be pretty clearly a variety of A. borealis (to be discussed in Part III). Scirpus rufus, which we had always considered a strict halophyte, here ran well back into the barrens, where it mingled with Carex glacialis Mackenz. and the always puzzling Drabas or with various forms of Calamagrostis inexpansa and the baffling forms of Agropyron. In the letter above quoted reference was made to two tiny arctic Carices; they grew together on the dry barren back of Gargamelle Cove. One, the tiniest Carex I know, except the arctic C. ursina Dewey and C. glacialis, proves to be the high-arctic C. incurva var. setina (Christ) Kiikenth. (PLATE 246, Map 4), originally described from arctic Siberia, but now known also from Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, western Greenland and Ellesmereland. Here, in latitude 51°, it is at sea-level and its interlocking companion is a new species (PLATE 246) which has been elsewhere found only in Greenland (to be discussed and illustrated in Part III Comandra Richardsiana was splendidly flowering and the Lesque- rella of western Newfoundland and Anticosti (PLATE 258), which has been passing as the arctic L. arctica (Wormskj.) Wats. or as its var. Purshii Wats., was scattered in the dry shingle. Abundant new collections from Newfoundland and beautiful material of L. arctica recently received from Dr. Morten Porsild strengthen the conviction that our plant is not L. arctica; this matter will be further diseussed in Part III. The little Tansy of northwestern Newfoundland, Tanacetum huronense var. terrae-novae Fern., crept through the 56 Rhodora [FEBRUARY gravel, forming beautiful white plumes of foliage, with great golden buttons of flowers; and the monotony of ubiquitous but always — beautiful Dryas integrifolia was occasionally broken by patches (mostly sterile) of the white-pubescent var. canescens Simmons, described from Ellesmereland but already known on Table Mt. at SRE Ss AN . RES < Ly Map 4. Range of Carex INCURVA, Var. SETINA. Port au Port. In one dry thicket I was pleased to greet Amelancher Fernaldii Wieg., a northern extension of range; and on one strip gravel on Pointe Riche we came across Campanula rotundifolia — displaying every conceivable variation from the common li : 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 57 leaved extreme to others with oblong or even narrowly ovate cauline leaves, the latter var. alaskana Gray. So much for some of the plants of dry barrens. Where it was slightly less dry, in humus-carpets or in depressions, Habenaria straminea Fern. (PLATE 251) abounded. The other Habenaria (PLATE 252), about which I wrote Weatherby, proves to be an extreme variation of the continental H. Hookeri of acid peats of woodlands, in northwestern Newfoundland known only in open limestone barrens. Its behavior is quite as reprehensible as that of H. orbiculata, discussed on p. 8. Another Newfoundland orchid, Cypripedium parviflorum var. planipetalum Fern. (PLATE 250), abounded in the peaty spots, very handsome and strikingly unlike the continental plant in its short and broad flat petals. In a single unusually wet depression (wet enough to have standing water) on Pointe Riche the very rare and most distinct Drosera linearis made almost continuous turf. In Newfoundland we had previously known it only on the serpentine or magnesian limestone of Blomidon. In such places, also, Carex bicolor All. and C. microglochin Wahlenb. abound; and it is here that we look for Epilobium davuricum Fisch. and Juncus albescens (Lange) Fern. (PLATE 249). The latter species takes the place in northern North America of the European J. triglumis L., but, since the distinctions have only recently been pointed out (RHopoRA, xxvi. 202), it is desirable to illustrate them. The visit to Bard Harbor Hill and to Doctor Hill in 1925 had yielded so many good things that we wanted to get back to the mountains, especially to try the southern and eastern portion of Doctor Hill. So, with Mr. John Lavers as guide and aided by Mr. Allan Ofrey, we left the latter’s place at Eddy’s Cove on St. John Bay (Old Man’s Cove of the charts) on the morning of July 30th and packed in to the southern slope of Doctor Hill, which on this side presents wonderfully accentuated terraces (PLATE 236) in the hard quartzite rock. Camp was established near timber-line on Deep Gulch and in the afternoon the first botanizing began. Deep Gulch, like the gulches on the northwest side of Doctor Hill and on Bard Harbor Hill, explored in 1925, has precipitous walls of thoroughly rotted rock and so does the next gulch to the west, the head of Yellow Brook. It was positively dangerous to climb far out on these walls, for great blocks would suddenly break out and go bounding down the ravine, to start others and, perhaps, an avalanche. Botanically Deep Gulch and i ay IBF 58 Rhodora [FEBRUARY Brook were very similar to Deer Pond Gulch and Northwest Gulch on Bard Harbor Hill. Thickets of Vaccinium ovalifolium Sm. in young fruit and of V. nubigenum Fern. (PLATE 260) in young flower covered many dry banks. The difference in flowering season is striking. Repeatedly in the Shickshock Mountains and on the Doctor Hills we have found the same situation: in many years of field-experience with V. ovalifolium I have never been early enough to see flowers, but V. nubigenum lingers and flowers by the snow- banks into August. Poa laxa hung in fringe-like lines from the crev- ices of the rock, particularly on one precipitous wall which we could never approach without stirring the solicitousness of an eagle which, fearful for the nest, circled continuously above us until we got into another fork of the gulch. Viola palustris was just flowering, as was Epilobium lactiflorum Hausskn., both very local in Newfoundland. The crimson-flowered Streptopus oreopolus Fern., abounded; and — many places by the brookside, especially at the head of Yellow Brook were bordered by as fine clumps of Athyrium alpestre as those on Deer Pond Brook and in the Northwest Gulch. The Newfoundland plant is, apparently, much nearer to the typical Eurasian plant than to the two varieties in continental America.!. The gravels and rocks in the brook as it descended the terraces were beautifully carpeted with Epilobium Hornemanni, Alchemilla vulgaris var. vestita (Buser) Fern. & Wieg. and var. filicaulis (Buser) Fern. & Wieg., the blue- flowered Veronica humifusa, and other species delightful to see but already well known from the Doctor Hills. On broad flats along the brook, with Angelica laurentiana Fern.,? Epilobium angustifolium had extraordinarily broad leaves (elliptic and 4~6 cm. broad), the Alaskan var. macrophyllum (Hausskn.) Fern.,? heretofore known in the East only from the Magdalen Islands. About the heads of the gulches, where the heathy turf hung over from the terraces and the upper tableland, Salix herbacea, Phyllodoce caerulea and Carex stylosa C. A. Meyer, all rather localized species in N ewfoundland, occur. The open tableland (PLATE 236) itself was a disappointment, too dry for any but the most extreme xerophytes of any bleak and arid silicious summit. In a few places, where a damp sphagnous carpet occurred, the plants were the most ordinary of species of any wet peaty lowland in New England or even the Southeastern States. It 1 Ruopora, xxx. 48, tt. 165, 166 (1928), ? Reopora, xxviii. 222 (1926). *Reopora, xx. 4 (1918). Rhodora Plate 236 TERRACES, SOUTHERN SLOPE OF Doctor Hutu (upper). UNREMOvVED ANGULAR BLOcKs, TABLELAND OF Docror Hitt (lower). ’ Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 59 was not thrilling to collect Osmunda cinnamomea, O. Claytoniana and Carex canescens. We badgered Mr. Lavers to produce an alpine lake or at least a bog, but the best he could do was a slight depression in the midst of the dry lichen-crusted blocks of rock. Here were two variations of the lowland Carex vesicaria: var. jeyuna Fern.; and another (PLATE 248), undescribed, with very long and broad purple scales. C. lenticularis, C. brunnescens and other uninteresting species were here, and one very striking sedge. This formed great hassocks or “nigger-heads,” much like those of Carex stricta, standing as vertical columns a foot or more high and consisting of ropy inter- woven dead roots (much suggesting a small tree-fern). The two inches at the summit were a thin and dense turf (living on the dead waste of its own past years) of short leaves and miniature culms (up to 4 cm. high), with purple spikes often only 2 mm. long, but sometimes up to 1 cm. or more. This looked like “something’’; but the best I can do is to make it out a starved and overcrowded state of the most variable and least interesting of mountain Carices, C. concolor R. Br. (C. rigida Good., not Schrank). Somehow this meagre and un- interesting sedge seemed to epitomize the botanical status of the southern tableland of the Doctor Hills, a poor place when contrasted with Bard Harbor Hill and the calcareous northwest slope of Doctor Hill at John Kanes’s Ladder.! The boggy barrens (“barrns”) and swales between Deep Gulch and Eddy’s Cove had looked interesting, so, on the way out, we lin- gered at some of them. Thelypteris cristata (Aspidium cristatum) abounded in one of the swales, a real extension north; and the rather rare Ranunculus Macounii was abundant in swampy woods. Epi- lobium nesophilum Fern.,2 a species of the region about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, abounded; and in one limy bog, where Juncus stygius var. americanus and Parnassia parviflora were abundant, we were amazed to find quantities of Parnassia caroliniana, quite new to Newfoundland. The woods near the settlement at Eddy’s Cove are terribly overrun by cattle, and almost none of the unspoiled forest-carpet remains. While Stanley Lavers and his father were packing the motor boat for the return to Old Port au Choix, Long, never through botanizing until the boat is leaving, crept on hands-and-knees among the ruined * Ruovona, xxviii. 125, 126, t. 155 (1926). * Reopora, xxvii, 32 (1925). 60 Rhodora [FEBRUARY and pastured knolls; and, when “all aboard” was shouted, he came half-beaming, half-reluctant, to the shore. For he held Calypso bulbosa, one of the rarer Newfoundland orchids, which the cattle had not wholly exterminated; and with it Listera borealis Morong, the northern cordilleran species which Marie-Victorin had been finding in the sea-shore spruce thickets of Anticosti and the Mingan Islands. Long had but one individual of Listera borealis and he wanted another, for the agreement was that the first set of specimens should come to the Gray Herbarium! So, on August 5th we tried again. Some years ago Wiegand, Bartram and I were anxious to get upon our labels for the East Coast the localities, Lushe’s Bight and Mos- quito Bight, to say nothing of Come-by-Chance and Seldom-go-by; so, our party of 1929 having got into training by the mountain-trip, we now yearned to see our names on a label opposite the locality, Bustard Head. But, alas! no one seemed to have heard of the place and when we showed them our maps and charts they merely said, “Oh! Back Cove.” Geographic nomenclature in Newfoundland follows neither the rule of strict priority nor established usage. The High- lands of St. John of all charts are now The Doctor Hills; Allan Ofrey lives at Eddy’s Cove, but by the charts it is Old Man’s Cove; the old Poverty Cove on the Straits is now Sandy Cove; the names of half the localities on our labels of 1910 are now obsolete, and in a few years our present labels may have become unintelligible! Starting out on a real search for Listera borealis, we first landed on two islands at the entrance to Old Port au Choix, Savage’s Island and Grassy Island. Both islands had the lushest of vegetation, but mostly tl iti pected; and both were largely dominated by the gigantic Angelica laurentiona Fern., which grew in our door- yard on the mainland, but here made dense thickets. And both had the most beautiful Carex incurva Lightf. which could be imagined, great lawn-like slopes of it 2 dm. deep, with globose-ovoid heads more than a centimeter thick. Arabis alpina L. was dominant on Grassy Island and the beautiful sky-blue Gentiana nesophila Holm! occurred sparingly on Savage’s; and nesting terns were greatly disturbed by our presence. We wanted to go on and examine the other islands in St. John Bay (it had been so rough or we had been so busy that we had not crossed to St. John’s Island for the Taraxacum); but we had 1 Holm, Ott. Nat. xv. 111, 180, t. 13, fig. 6 (1901). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 61 started for Back (or Bustard) Cove and for Eddy’s (or Old Man’s) Cove for the Listera. Fogg and I were landed at the former place and were to follow the shore for four miles to Allan Ofrey’s; Long went on to renew the search at the original spot. Fogg and I had a beautiful day, but with no very important discoveries: Parnassia caroliniana again and, of course, fine colonies on the turfy shores of Malazis brachypoda (Gray) Fern.,' the little American orchid which has been mistaken for the European M. monophyllos (L.) Sw. M. brachypoda is probably more abundant in the limy region of northwestern Newfoundland than anywhere else; and, since doubt of its specific distinctness has been raised, it seems desirable to show the contrasts photographically (as PLATE 253). Reaching Allan Ofrey’s little house (a tiny house with a large family) in the late afternoon we were met by Long. We all had the same sad report: no Listera borealis. He and the cows before him had got it all; but we optimistically feel that another year (especially in July, instead of in August) it will be found in quantity. Accepting the cordial invitation of Allan and Mrs. Ofrey to have tea with them, we hailed the waiting boat crew and all hands crowded into the little kitchen and enjoyed such a delicious feast of lobster, lettuce, cream and hot biscuit as we shall never forget; but, while eating the rich cream, we could not help mourning that we were not getting Listera borealis and Calypso in undigested form. Then we went out to the canning shed, where we were given an explanation of up-to-date lobster canning, with all its carefully inspected details of disinfection. Then nothing would do but that we must have our pockets filled with cans of freshly put-up lobster! The hearty cordiality and unspoiled enthusiasm of the Newfound- land fisherman, once the ice is broken and the restraint of diffidence removed, is proverbial. On this trip, as on a previous one, we had heard much of the great botanical promise of the distant Rubbly Hi So, when we asked Allan if, some year after the lobster season is past, he could guide us to the Rubbly Hills and to give us an idea of the expense, we were gratified and not at all surprised by the answer: “Shure, I’ll go wid yez. D’ere’s nuttin’ I loves so much.as trabbelin’ ober de country, and I always likes to go wid fonny folks. I’ve got me motor boat; dat don’t cost nuttin’. I’ve got plenty of lobster ? Ruopora, xxviii, 176 (1926). 62 Rhodora [FEBRUARY and rabbit; dey don’t cost nuttin’. We may have to borrow a dory; dat don’t cost nuttin.’ Den w’en we comes out you might give me a little somet’n if you feels like it.”” It has been a real grief that, as yet, we haven’t been able to carry through so promising a trip to the Rubbly Hills. There was plenty more to do; but we felt that, in the interest of fair play, we ought to leave something for others to discover, and that, in the interest of science, it would be well to see wholly new territory. No answers had come to my inquiries for appropriate headquarters at Trout River and at Fox Island River (coming off the Lewis Hills), and on the “Sagona” Constable Bussey and Mr. Jenkins (one of the political pillars of the West Coast) had sorely tempted us by telling of the fine home and kindly hospitality of Mr. W. A. Preble at Woody Point in Bonne Bay. Bonne Bay had been visited by Wiegand in 1910 but only slightly explored, since his companion at that time became ill and Wiegand was forced to work alone. At two different times former students of mine had spent periods there, but, with no previous knowledge of the flora, they had inevitably been unable to discriminate between the interesting and the uninteresting, and they, naturally, did not know how to tell the really promising spots. From various trips on the steamer into the Bay, ranked as the most pictur- esque inlet south of northern Labrador, we felt that there must be good and quite novel botanizing there. That was what we were after. So, early in the evening of August 7th, limp and dejected after a very pitchy voyage, we landed at Woody Point. The Preble mansion, outstanding for its architectural superiority and its beautiful garden with rows of fruiting strawberries and raspberries, was a landmark; and we promptly invited ourselves to be the guests of Mr. and Mrs. Preble. The genial and kindly owner did not see the matter from our viewpoint, however: the daughters had gone to Boston whence their grandfather, the late Dr. Preble, had originally come to Bonne Bay as surgeon for a Yankee fishing concern, and Mrs. Preble had no household help; all the travellers stopped at Mrs. Crocker’s. Mr. and Mrs. Crocker together peeped out at us through the crack of a slightly opened door and explained that they never take boarders; besides, Mrs. Crocker had a hard cold and must not take on extra work. It was necessary to play a trump card; so I asked if she had seen a doctor and suggested that some of the medicines in our outfit Rhodora Plate 237 — {a _—. = aig na Lips df ae = Sr... ot a rt Tue TaBLELAND AND Woopy Pornt, nei E Bay, IN JUNE (Photograph by S. D. Gran Diorire Pinnacies, WESTERN HEAD, ena Bay (lower). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 63 might help her. The effect was instantaneous: “Come right in. The right man in the right place!” Thus we found a home at Bonne Bay and soon monopolized Mr. Crocker’s carpenter-shop and work- benches as our own. Like the Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay has three main Arms and, like the names of localities on the Bay of Islands, the names on the charts and maps have little or no reflection in local usage. Woody Point (PLATE 237)! lies under the sombre, green, eastern slope of Lookout Mountain, at the southern entrance to what the charts call the “ South Arm,” but by the inhabitants known as “West Arm”; the finest botanizing is on the limestone cliffs which shut in the south side of “Main Arm” (called on the charts “East Arm”); while to the north- west of Main Arm there extends a slender branch of the antler-like Bay, locally, and to us par Ne known as “East Arm,” but on the charts called “ Deer 1 For the use of the picture, showing The Tableland covered in June with snow, I am indebted to Samurt D. Grant, Esq. of Trinity and Blanc Sablon. ?I could not help recalling my first encounter with Newfoundland geographic Alfred Kidder (the archaeologist) an I were about to sae from Birchy Harry Mac Buy tickets to Howley and ask the conductor to let us off at Goose Ponds.””’ We were properly mystified but followed directions, ve st next day, girs the train Dp ** A hted beside at a lonely platform, marked vateer,’’ and wi equipm: noe, our understan e fonier perplexed. The whol situation was promptly cleared b ion? ** y, you it is this way this place belonged to Pratt in St. John’s and an he sold it to Baggs Brothers!”’ (To be continued) 80 Rhodora [Marcu RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. FERNALD (Continned from page 63) From Woody Point (pLaTEe 237) one looks back to the Canadian forest on the slope of Lookout Mountain and across to the alternately wooded and bare slopes on the opposite side of the Arm. Farther up the Arm, but standing some miles to the south, is The Tableland, a flat-topped and great, seemingly naked block of serpentine (2336 feet high), weathered pinkish- to yellowish-ochre and looking like a gigantic pale brick wall, only streaked down its side with lines of white snow-fields. Lesser rounded knobs lie between it and the “bottom” (we should say the head) of the Arm and, towering above them, like a small Matterhorn, rises the sharp pinnacle of the Peak of Teneriffe. That was our view upon landing and we were impatient to get everywhere at once. Space will not permit a detailed account of the daily knee-jolting trips and the thousand-and-one incidents of our stay at Bonne Bay. We soon discovered that it was as little “worked out” as Bay of Islands, Old Port au Choix and the dozen other areas along the West and Northwest coast of Newfoundland visited by the party of 1925. Mr. Preble promptly adopted us; and with him in his motor boat, ‘and with a liberal supply of his fresh fruits and cream and home-made cakes, cookies and pies, to say nothing of roast chickens, we spent every day possible, from early morning to late evening, exploring the Bay and its headlands and mountains. Off days there had to be when we were forced to stay indoors caring for the presses, drying our paper in intermittent patches of sunshine and (without openly admitting it) resting our muscles and joints after the difficult climbing. Two or three talus-slopes a day were as much as we could stand; 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 81 but, when these necessary respites occurred, our ever ready and always companionable new friend was alert to hurry us through, that we might get started on another trip. Equipped with a botan- izing pick and collecting box he became a fourth member of the ex- pedition and was soon distinguishing at sight the newly found from the already collected species of Agrostis, Poa and Festuca. No botanical expedition should go to Bonne Bay without invoking the aid of Mr. Preble. Whereas the Arm where Woody Point is located (I hesitate between “South Arm” and “West Arm”) has several settlements comparable with those of Humber Arm of Bay of Islands, the equally extensive Main Arm is unsettled, except for the canning-factory at Lomond; and, like the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands, its southerly side is shut in by precipitous walls, repeating almost exactly the rocks of Middle Arm: fantastically contorted strata of limestone, limy slate and sandstone. To the north, beyond the slender head of East (or Deer) Arm, the round-edged block of Gros Morne (2540 feet) dominates the horizon, flanked by a series of lesser knobs; then on the northerly side of the Main Arm come two great quartzite masses, tipped at their westerly crests by conspicuous uplifted limestone cliffs, Gallie’s Head (2290 feet) and Killdevil (2135 feet), and farther to the east still others beyond our reach. The south side of the Arm is almost wholly limestone, with a regular alternation of vertical walls, flanked with high talus, and coves with flats, ponds or bogs. The names, themselves, were attractive and there was romance in making landings at Shag Cliff or Tucker’s Head or at Store-house Cove, Beachy Cove and Lord-and-Lady Cove (PLATE 238). The lower slopes of limy talus (all we had time or climbing ability to get at) were a joy. “Rock Polypody,” Thelypteris Robertiana, Holly Fern, Polystichum Lonchitis, Kobresia simpliciuscula, Carex scirpoidea, Luzula spicata, Salix vestita, Saxifraga oppositifolia, Dryas integrifolia, Potentilla nivea, Hedysarum alpinum, Rhododendron lapponicum, Solidago multiradiata and Arnica chionopappa were so common that we thought twice before collecting them; then yielded to the temptation. Woodsia glabella, Sphenopholis pallens, Silene acaulis var. exscapa and Lesquerella were so local that we did not hesitate; and when, high on Tucker’s Head (PLATE 238), we found two individuals of Androsace septentrionalis L. (Mar 5), new to Newfoundland, we hunted, vainly, for more material. Mr. Preble 82 Rhodora [Marca insists that it is not “new to Newfoundland,” for he is positive that he has seen it in abundance on Gros Morne. We are inclined to believe him; but Gros Morne still awaits botanical exploration. The subalpine grass known as Festuca rubra var. prolifera Piper (PLATE 241) abounded, here, as elsewhere in Newfoundland, characteristic of cold limy walls. In its almost uniformly simple and flexuous raceme a a Map 5. American Range of ANDROSACE SEPTENTRIONALIS. (rather than forking panicle) and in its membranaceous and awnless lemmas it has always seemed to me very different from the ubiquitous F. rubra of circumneutral to acid lowlands. On Bonne Bay we were s° fortunate as to find some culms of the normally viviparous plant with perfect florets; these have anthers so much smaller than in F. rubra that in Part III I shall formally treat var. prolifera as a definite 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 83 species. Another grass, as characteristic of these cliffs as the Festuca or as Poa glauca and Agrostis borealis, 3 is Poa er rather general on cool slopes or in mossy openings in Newf here certainly indigenous. With the essentially boreal species it was disconcerting to find Herb Robert, Geranium Robertianum, abundant. Wiegand had got it in 1910, but it is highly localized in western Newfoundland. Antennaria was at its best. The beautiful brown-headed novelty (pLaTE 265) of the limestones of Hannah’s Head and Druid’s Head (on the Bay of Islands) carpeted one shelf on the cliffs of Tucker’s Head (PLATE 238), while another shelf supported the white-headed plant (PLATE 268) of Penguin Head. Wiegand had been on Lookout Mountain and on The Tableland in 1910; but they are such prominent features of the landscape and so emphatically contrasted with the limestone cliffs of the Main Arm that we wanted to climb them too. The day we went to The Table- land (PLATE 237) it was densely foggy in the morning, but it cleared in mid-forenoon—so clear that we ambitiously laid out a programme including The Tableland, seven miles back from the Bay, and then the Peak of Teneriffe which, deceptively, looked near-by. We got in to the northern slope of The Tableland, botanizing along Winter- house Brook and on the lower serpentine plains, ascended by one of the snow-fields (PLATE 232) and tramped over the northern part of The Tableland proper, finally descending by a precipitous brook- valley, where, in chasms of the rock, chunks of ice 30 feet thick still lingered, and returned home. We had tramped, much of the time vertically and on the most slippery of wet magnesian rocks, about 25 miles; and the Peak of Teneriffe is still not botanized. It was a magnificent tramp and dramatically interesting but, botanically, productive of no novelties. Wiegand had got most of the specialties in 1910 and Long and Fogg had seen them on the North Arm of Bay of Islands in 1926; but, selfishly, I was delighted to see them again and, in a paternal way, so to speak (as sponsor of four of them), to reassure myself that they still abound on this great serpentine barren: Adiantum pedatum var. aleuticum, Danthonia intermedia, Sahz anglorum var. kophophylla, S. cordifolia var. Macounti, Arenaria marcescens (PLATE 255) and cylindrocarpa (PLATE 256), Cerastium terrae-novae (PLATE 257) and always puzzling plants of the C. arvense affinity, Lychnis alpina L., Conioselinum pumilum, Statice labra- dorica and Solidago hispida var. tonsa Fern. On the lower herrea, 84 Rhodora [Marcu where it was moist and peaty, the handsome Carex Wiegandu Mackenz. abounds, the northernmost station yet known; and with it grows fairly typical Pyrola rotundifolia L., also at a northern limit. Thickets along Winterhouse Brook are our northernmost station for the New York Fern, Thelypteris noveboracensis (L.) Nieuwl. and for several other but inconspicuous species (in Carex, Juncus, etc.). The Juncus alpinus of these lower barrens was nearer the typical plant of Europe than much of the American material. But I get little satisfaction from trying to follow the recent segregations pro- posed in Europe (see Part III); the Newfoundland plants vary from simple individuals with 1 or 2 glomerules to others with 25 or more. These variations are very obviously responses to minor conditions of habitat. It seems sufficient to treat the Newfoundland plants as typical J. alpinus, with flowers all sessile or uniformly short- pedicelled; and var. rariflorus Hartm. (1849) (var. insignis Fries (1890), J. nodulosus Wahlenb. (1820)). Var. alpestris Hartm. and J. nodulosus B. biceps et uniceps Laestad., sometimes maintained, seem to be merely dwarf or poorly developed states. At one point Carex Buxbaumii had very pale (almost whitish) instead of dark scales, f. dilutior Kiikenth., which we had never met. We spent two days on Lookout Mountain, the first collecting on the slope and making a start on its broad tableland (the uplifted Cretaceous Peneplane), at about 1800 feet altitude. The second day we crossed the tableland and the most strenuous member of the party (B. L.) went to one of the Lookouts, bare castellated and ragged crags of rotted diorite (alt. about 2500 feet) at the western edge of the plateau. The second day was sultry, and so hot that the younger members of the party stripped to their BVD’s; and, instead of en- joying the cool and bracing air of a theoretical mountain-top, We boiled and simmered all day. By afternoon, at each step we were saying, “ What’s the use?”; still we plodded hopefully on across the peaty barren. When we got back to Woody Point in the evening we found everyone panting, with the mercury at 100° Farenheit! Such midsummer days are not uncommon on the tablelands of New- foundland. Experiences on the tableland of Blomidon in 1910, on that of Lark Mt. in 1926, and others recorded earlier in this journal should have taught us; nevertheless, we went from the sea-level rocks and taluses of Bonne Bay, with their subarctic and even high-arctic species, 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 85 to the tableland of Lookout Mountain actually expecting to find an alpine flora! Instead, the great plateau is like that of Blomidon or of the Topsail region, a prairie-like expanse of peat, with innumerable shallow depressions and small pools. In the pools one finds occasional colonies of the boreal Sparganium hyperboreum, but much more often the Coastal Plain Utricularia geminiscapa Benj. (U. clandestina) (maP 6) and the New Jersey Pine Barren Potamogeton confervoides and P. Oakesianus. Pogonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus and Habenaria clavellata are there, and the crimson-flowered H. psycodes is positively dominant. Rynchospora fusca and alba, Carex exilis and livida (var. Grayana) and Juncus pelocarpus abound. Kneeling by mem teed rw Vv Map 6. Range of UTRICULARIA GEMINISCAPA. the peaty pools one finds himself in the inevitable Schizaea pusilla (maP 7) of the Pine Barrens, and Bartonia, and very often Muhlen- bergia uniflora (var. terrae-novae); and in a rock-bottomed tarn nearly over to the Lookouts Lobelia Dortmanna (Map 8) flourishes. The only notable plants, where we spent the most time (on both days) studying these peaty barrens, which do not occur in southern New Jer- sey are the Sparganium (hyperboreum), the tiny yellow-fruited Eleocharis nitida Fern. (which formed such dense carpets that I was inclined to jeer Long for having overlooked it in the Pine Barrens), and Drosera anglica. About many pools, either with D. anglica, D. rotundifolia and D. intermedia Hayne (D. longifolia L. in part, a name too confused in its application) or in extensive colonies by it- 86 Rhodora Range of ScHizAmA PUSILLA. Map 7. << 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 87 Map 8. American Range of Lopetia DorTMANNA. self, was another Drosera, quite strange to us. This proved to be the European D. obovata Mert. & Koch., new to North America. In Europe it is sometimes treated as a species; sometimes as a variety of D. anglica (D. anglica B. obovata Planch.); sometimes as a hybrid of D. anglica and D. rotundifolia; again as a hybrid of D. anglica and D. intermedia. As stated, on Lookout Mountain D. obovata is locally abundant, either with the other species or quite by itself, in the borders of peaty depressions. It and D. anglica are equally abundant; D. intermedia next; and D. rotundifolia comparatively scarce. Those who wish to get fresh material of all four together will find it in the depressions and pools to the west of the path as it reaches the table- land of Lookout Mountain. As already stated, Habenaria orbi- culata (Map 9) was here growing in turf of the ubiquitous arctic- alpine Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus (MaP 10). We had difficulty “8 IRi id wy, ‘ \ ‘ ? X I & |, = ; my a 7 b warty nse i 5 ~~ , Twi. Ho by Ree re eee \ 28 sane ete TARE \ a { hd ie = bf}. x “Ss t Bee uN } H '° SS 2 Di or ae Da ey Oma Gemma eee Ne * fh 2 mms, : ng Pres sd . ‘ } g ala cS a H hd 8 ee aye = et ; be we Se ones oes St Be are ee i H “MI 2 Map 9. Range of HaBENARIA ORBICULATA. 88 Rhodora [Marcu in believing our own eyes and, at my request, Fogg made detailed drawings of its flowers, lest we might forget how the fresh flowers appeared; but we cannot make it anything but H. orbiculata of “rich woods” on the continent. By the time we had got well up on the bases of the dry diorite peaks (the Lookouts), Fogg and I were content to linger over banks of the charming little chocolate-flowered Euphrasia Williamsii var. vestita and to let Long tackle single-handed the ragged and bleak crest. His only trophy was a mass of over-ripe Antennaria cana (Fern. & Wieg.) Fern., one of the most attractive of the genus, this station the first south of Pointe Riche. We, of course, wanted to get on Gros Morne, Gallie’s Head, Killdevil, the Peak of Teneriffe, and other mountains of which we did not learn the names. We were, however, drawn in so many directions and were so controlled by the frequent fogs that Kill- devil was the only other moun- tain touched. The vividness of the descriptive name reflects the ! reputation of its steep slope a >: among people who have always lived and hunted among precipi- tous hills; and in the ascent and descent Mr. Preble, although re- tired for several years, showed the result of long training and greatly outstripped the boys. We had other reasons for lagging besides short- ness of breath. Killdevil, where the steep path has been worn, is com- posed of very silicious rock; and high on its slope we found the southern Cypripedium acaule, at the only station we saw around Bonne Bay. We were also interested in comparing the flavors of different blue- berries! At one point on a rock-slide of the quartzite a few plants of Solidago calcicola frankly belied its name, though we suspect that it is a waif blown in from some more favorable habitat near-by. Woodsia ilvensis, which we had not seen lower down, was unusually large on the Map 10. Eastern American Range of ScIRPUS CESPITOSUS, Var. CALLOSUS. ‘(7y6uL) AVG ANNOG ‘avay{SwawMony, NO ‘(7/a]) AVG ANNO “HAOD ACV'J-ANV-dUo'] SEC 9%]d RIOpOyy 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 89 quartzite cliffs; and when we reached the comparatively narrow table- land we found a very perfect demonstration of the three crowberries of Newfoundland: Empetrum nigrum, E. nigrum forma purpureum (Raf.) Fern., with plum-purple fruits (new to Newfoundland) and E. Eamesit. The summit-ridge was as disappointing as the dry slopes, with only enough Phyllodoce caerulea and Carex stylosa to keep it from being utterly hopeless. Plodding doggedly on to the west, we were suddenly conscious of an abrupt change: the regular western Newfoundland Saxifages and Drabas, Carex rupestris, Solidago multiradiata, Tofieldia minima and other old friends. The extreme westerly crest of Killdevil was limestone, just as if some of the limestone at sea-level, with its distinctive flora, had been torn out by the uplift of the quartzite block and carried up to 2100 feet; and, just as fate has decreed in so many cases, we reached the interesting botanizing when it was time to start back, if we were to make the shore safely before dark. But we had to investigate a little: Woodsia alpina here mingled with W. ilvensis; Botrychium matricariaefolium, Arabis Drummondi, Habenaria viridis var. bracteata and Antennaria neodtoica var. attenuata gave a singularly southern aspect, rather than alpine; but a thicket of Salix cordifolia var. callicarpaea (Trautv.) Fern., the tallest we have ever seen (sheltered in crevices in the limestone) was decidedly more boreal; and Potentilla norvegica var. labradorica (Lehm.) Fern. and Galium kamtschaticum, in its shade, and Epilobium lactiflorum Hausskn. in the thickets of Salix vestita, were also boreal. Another Antennaria (undescribed, PLATE 266), with the largest brown heads of any in Newfoundland, made a fine carpet, strongly contrasting with the pale-headed species with which it grew. It was getting so close to twilight that we were ticklish about climbing around the rotted limestone; but Fogg volunteered to cross over to a more western crag, though he promptly returned, driven out by millions of mosquitoes which were beginning to as- semble for the evening. He had Ozytropis johannensis Fern.'; and from the crest he had reached a high escarpment of limestone evidently extended for thousands of feet toward the Bay—unworked and await- ing a party with plenty of daylight. A similar high escarpment seems to occur at the westerly crest of Gallie’s Head; and, through the woods to the east of Killdevil, we could see others; there is plenty 1 RHODORA, Xxx, 145, t. 173 (1928). 90 Rhodora [Marcu to do, and we should not mind if the Appalachian Mountain Club discovered the region and cut some good trails. Mr. Preble was anxious for us to see the deadwaters of Main River, which enters Main Arm, for “every kind of flower” grows there. So, one day, August 19th, we landed on the alluvial flats, planning to follow up river four miles to his flower-garden. The flats where we landed proved too fascinating and by night we had scarcely got out of sight of the moored boat. Another trip on the 27th, after Fogg had been obliged to return home, pleased Mr. Preble no better: we grubbed about in the tidal flats and got nowhere near the real area of wild flowers which he was intent on showing us. It was too much to expect him to appreciate all the range-extensions we were noting. Typha latifolia formed a dense (though sterile) stand at the border of a bog, where Scheuchzeria palustris var. americana Fern. reaches a northern limit and where the yellow-green Sarracenia purpurea forma heterophylla (Eaton) Fern. abounds. The Typha, Mr. Preble told us, is really abundant some miles farther north, along Baker Brook, where the fish-packers go to get their “flag.” In the woods and thickets Frazinus nigra and Corylus cornuta Marsh. (C. rostrata) were reaching northern outposts; and the abundant Arceuthobium pusillum, parasitic on Picea mariana, was also an extension northward. Various Carices were also absorbing our attention, very complex series in the flava- and the stellulata-groups. In wet swales Myosotis laxa and M. scorpioides both abounded; and one alluvial woodland had a great abundance of Trillium cernwum, another northern extension. To a New Englander these were, of course, a very tame lot of species; but they were significant as showing the very temperate conditions in sheltered river-estuaries, as contrasted with the arctic quality of the typical shore-vegetation on the outer coast. The halophytes particularly absorbed us. The brackish mud- flats were carpeted with Eleocharis parvula (R. & S.) Link (Scirpus nanus), at a new northern limit; and mixed with it, and at first almost indistinguishable from it, was E. acicularis var. submersa (Hj. Nilss.) Svenson! of Greenland, Arctic America and Labrador, new to New- foundland. Carex hormathodes abounded in the brackish shores, an extension north from Bay St. George, and with it Juncus Gerardi, also a northern extension. At one point there was an extensive development of Scirpus americanus (all sterile at this northeastern 1Svenson, Ruopvora, xxxi. 188 (1929). = 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 91 outpost); and the southern and chiefly maritime Juncus articulatus var. obtusatus, new to Newfoundland, abounded. The shallow films of salt water were filled with Zannichellia palustris var. major (Boenn.) Koch and a jumble of variations of Ruppia maritima,! the latter all growing together and clearly not individual responses to different depths and temperatures of the water: var. obliqua (Schur) Aschers. & Graebn., a European variety which we now know very generally about the Gulf of St. Lawrence (western Newfoundland, Miquelon, Anticosti, the lower St. Lawrence, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island and Cape Breton); var. intermedia (Thedenius) Aschers. & Graebn., more Jocal in eastern America (our eiea at the mouth of Main Ries and salt marshes of Rimouski , Quebec); and var. brevirostris Agardh, another variety (in a often treated as a species) known in America only about the Gulf of St. Lawrence (our new station, the first in Newfoundland, the “Céte Nord” of Quebec, and the Mingan Islands and the Magdalen Islands). These and numerous other halophytes held our attention through much of our two days at the mouth of Main River; but above the saline area the broad gravelly or alluvial flats will be quite as produc- tive. When we were there they were a splendid show of the ex- quisite creamy-white flowers of Parnassia caroliniana, the blue- purple and white of the delicate racemes of Lobelia Kalmii, and bright red of the fruiting racemes of Tofieldia glutinosa. Juncus Dudleyi, purplish-bronze in maturity, was a good find, in Newfound- land previously known only from the Bay of Islands; and these allu- vial islands seemed to be the center of distribution of the usually rare Carex Hostiana var. laurentiana Fern. & Wieg.2 It formed fine tussocks over a large area and with it were several tussocks of what was apparently a hybrid of it with C. flava. Near by, C. flava was also crossing with C. Oederi var. pumila. Solidago lepida var. elongata (Nutt.) Fern., the first east of Gaspé, was in the borders of thickets; and the flats were often covered with willows like those of northern Maine and northern New Brunswick: Salix lucida and its var. intonsa, S. cordata, S. pellita and S. glaucophylloides Fern. We did not come within two miles of the area Mr. Preble was anxious for us to see, where “every kind of flower” grows. That, ' For revision of the North American varieties of Ruppia maritima see Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xvi. 119-127, t. 110 (1914). * RHopora, xxvi. 122 (1924). * Reopora, xvii. 9 (1915) 92 Rhodora [Marcu along with many other alluring spots, must wait. A trip up Deer Brook brought a few more northward extensions of range; and another, to the mouths of Middle Brook and of McKenzie River, yielded more colonies of the estuary species, as well as Plantago major var. asiatica, new to Newfoundland. In the shallow bay at this point Eel Grass, Zostera marina, was very freely fruiting, the leaves of the fruiting branches much smaller than on the foliage-branches. All the material in Newfoundland and south along the Atlantic coast seems to belong to Z. marina var. stenophylla Aschers. & Graeber. Its leaves vary greatly in breadth, from 1.5-6 mm. wide (in dried plants); but they are all coriaceous and opaque, with only 3 (very rarely 5) strong nerves. Var. stenophylla occurs northward to southeastern Labrador, locally in southwestern Greenland, in James Bay, in the North Pacific and in northern Eurasian waters. Typical Z. marina seems to be the coarser plant of western European (and Mediter- ranean) waters, with thinner and subtransparent leaves up to 12 mm. wide, mostly with 5-7 strong nerves besides the more numerous finer ones. This larger extreme (typical Z. marina) has its counterpart on the Pacific coast of North America, whence it was published as Z. marina var. latifolia by Morong and as a species, Z. pacifica, by Watson. Whether there are good fruit-characters to separate the plants I am at present unable to say, for want of sufficient fruit of the broad-leaved plants of western Europe and of western North America. Should it eventually prove that Z. marina var. stenophylla Aschers. & Graebn. (1897) is a distinct species, it must be called, by 4 quite unintentional coincidence, Z. stenophylla Raf. Am. Mo. Mag ii. 175 (1818). We had originally had Trout River in our schedule; and one day, August 14th, starting from Woody Point for the region of Lomond (near the mouth of Main River), we suddenly perceived that it was absolutely calm outside. There was nothing to do, then, but make a trip southward along the outer wall and to go, while going was good, as far as possible southward along the coast. Passing under Wester? Head, at the southern entrance to Bonne Bay, we were attracted to the steeple-like pinnacles of diorite which stand like scattered spires (PLATE 237)! over the slope—mute evidence that no recent continental ice-sheet has passed over the area, with the inevitable denudation and — ae — pinnacles. lente under ue pear where mana fr. tal; #; tor DOa - seemaie ce vague. It, eather st daiek Lliwek hic feature: > were & 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 93 loose talus poured down the steep slope, we were at once, close to sea-level, in the mixture of Canadian, Hudsonian and Arctic-alpine vegetation already emphasized. Other landings, at the outer base of Western Head and, farther south, on the basalts and the shales near Wallace’s Brook, showed the same conditions. Most of the arctic species had been repeatedly collected and, consequently, Map 11. American Range of OxyRIA DIGYNA. need be merely suggested (Carex scirpoidea, Juncus trifidus, Silene acaulis var. exscapa, Saxifraga oppositifolia, etc.); but it was certainly @ surprise to find Oxyria digyna (MAP 11) abundant at sea-level, a species ranging south from “farthest north” (lat. 83° in Greenland and Ellesmereland), and in Gaspé and New England known only in the most alpine areas. Luzula campestris var. alpina Gaud., perhaps 94 Rhodora [Marcu better treated as a species, L. sudetica (Willd.) DC., was a good addition to the Newfoundland flora; and much of the Silene acaulis var. exscapa had elongate peduncles (the ordinary plant with flowers subsessile or buried in the leafy tufts). We had great hopes of this plant and collected much material in fruit. It was past flowering and when in anthesis it may prove to be of great interest. For the present we are calling it S. acaulis var. exscapa, forma caulescens (Vaccari) Fiori, a plant not previously recorded in America. On some of the slopes Hedysarum alpinum, with lingering flowers, was in fine fruit, as great a display of this elegant plant as we had ever met. Agropyron here, as everywhere in Newfoundland, was so perplexing that we collected much material, toward a restudy of the group; and we have a fine series of an Oenothera of the biennis-group at about its northern limit. One small pocket of Gentiana nesophila was all we could find, and there was not a sign of the ordinarily ubiquitous G. Amarella and Halenia deflexa; and Euphrasia was disconcertingly restricted in quantity. Finally, after Fogg was Ghiived to leave and Long and I had made the last trips about Bonne Bay, we two sailed for Bay of Islands to connect with the Clarke boat which would sail early in September for Quebec and Montreal. Bonne Bay, which we had originally passed by in our schedule as “all worked out,” had proved to be 4 mine of new discoveries; and we hadn’t been on Gros Morne, Gallie’s Head, the Peak of Teneriffe, nor the fascinating tablelands to the north, nor the spectacular mountains slightly to the south, about Trout River. Farther south, Chimney Cove, where the invalid Waghorne got choice things, was again unvisited; and we did-not see the deadwaters of Main River where grow “every kind of flower.” Mr. Preble tried to lure us back the next summer but, unfortunately, although his quite unnecessary bait was most tempting, further expeditions have thus far been out of the question. Waiting for the steamer to load at Corner Brook, Long and I revisited Hannah’s Head and the woodlands along the Humber, where, at the opening of the summer, we had had such “ thrills.” At the first of September Hannah’s Head was excessively dry and no one would guess that beneath the parched crust there were tens of thousands of fine buds of Botrychium Lunaria. The autumn plants were on; and Solidago canadensis, which seems to be a very rare plant in Newfoundland, was conspicuous. Lycopodium tristachyum, 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 95 another species rare in Newfoundland, grew in the dry woods and well up on the open rocky slope. At our old station Orobanche terrae-novae was ripe, its capsules slenderly lanceolate, as contrasted with the ovoid-conic capsules of 0. uniflora of the continent. Early in the summer, while waiting for the “Sagona,” Mr. and Mrs. Morris had discovered a turfy slope near Petrie’s where most of the Botrychia of Newfoundland congregate, and, best of all, they had Botrychium angustisegmentum (Pease & Moore) Fern.,! a Canadio- Alleghenian species new to Newfoundland. Sunday, September 1, was very rainy, but, determined to get specimens of the latter species, we went in rain-coats and with umbrellas (for we were now packed up and in “store clothes’) to the area—B. simplex, angustisegmentum, matricariaefolium, in several forms, and multifidum (Gmel.) Rupr. (B. ternatum var. rutaefolium). Not far away were B. Lunaria and B. virginianum var. europaeum Angstrém; so that Humber Arm lacks only true B. lanceolatum to complete the list of known Newfoundland species. Part II. PayroGroGcrapHic CONSIDERATIONS When we left Newfoundland we had done nothing we had expected to do and had done many things we had originally planned not to do, discounted at the start as not at all worth while. Nevertheless, we were wholly gratified with the results and our collection of dis- criminatingly selected specialties (with most of the commonest species uncollected) amounted to nearly 7000 sheets. We had learned anew one humiliating truth: that the best-worked areas, even after weeks of exploration, still need careful study; and we had been especially impressed by three points of large phytogeographic bearing. The least significant of the three was the complete absence in the summer of 1929 of several annual or biennial species which, in 1924 and 1925, had been everywhere abundant in appropriate habitats. In those years the open limy shores and the barrens near sea-level in northwestern Newfoundland had been brilliant with the biennial Gentiana nesophila Holm and propinqua Richardson, and the super- abundant G. Amarella. It was then impossible to avoid stepping upon biennial Halenia deflexa; while annual Euphrasia in multitudes, both of colonies and of species, colored all turfy slopes. But in 1929 we saw not a solitary individual of Halenia deflexa nor of Gentiana 1 Ruopora, xvii. 87 (1915), 96 Rhodora [Marcu Amarella nor G. propinqua. The complete absence of these plants was vividly brought home, since I had confidently promised to secure seeds of all variations of Halenia for Dr. Caroline Allen, who was monographing the genus. Our failure to find these usually ubiq- uitous biennials of the region, was, therefore, not due to two of them being on the “taboo-list.” Huphrasia, too, was a disappointment. The alpine E. Williamsti prospered, but the lowland species were very meagrely represented; in fact, E. purpurea Reeks, var. Farlow (Robinson) Fern. & Wieg., formerly one of the commonest maritime species of the West Coast, was nowhere seen, nor was EL. stricta Host, which in the past has been abundant about outer Bonne Bay and St. John Bay; while the usually abundant E. arctica Lange, of the upper borders of the strand, was found as only a single small colony. Our station for the biennial Androsace septentrionalis on the slope of Tucker’s Head yielded exactly two diminutive individuals (we took pains to scatter some seed!). On the cliff at Riviére 4 la Martre on the Gaspé Coast it can be secured in quantity, as also on the Mingan Islands; in other words, the species usually occurs in abun- ce. This fact, that most of the annual and biennial species of the sea- level habitats in northwestern Newfoundland had nearly or quite vanished from the flora in 1929, was very impressive. Certainly we had not diminished them in 1924 and 1925, for neither we nor any other botanists had ever visited any of these special areas, except La Pylaie in 1820, when he recorded and collected not a single Euphrasia nor Gentiana propinqua nor Androsace, and Wiegand in 1910, who did not visit the identical spots. In writing of our visit to Lark Harbor in 1926 (p. 4) I pointed out that there had been no summer, that early in September the snow of the preceding winter remained un- thawed in many places. Similarly, we were told, 1927 and 1928 were “summerless” years; 1929, with bright sunshine and some piping hot days, was heralded as the first real summer for four years- We were, apparently, witnessing one of the tragedies of boreal floras. With three successive years when the late-flowering annuals an biennials had been unable to mature seeds, these species had become, at least temporarily, almost extinct; while at least six of them seemed completely to have disappeared. Some of them (Gentiana nesophila, Androsace septentrionalis and some of the Euphrasias) had barely survived; and one of the most interesting observations to be made 0? 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 97 the next trip to the West Coast is going to be whether or not any or all of these handicapped species have “come back.” It requires no great powers of imagination to see why in the Arctic flora annuals are essentially wanting! The second point of phytogeographic importance concerns the antiquity of the Coastal Plain flora, characterizing the highest “alpine” and treeless tablelands, which form the peaty summit-levels of western Newfoundland, but occurring quite as abundantly on the lowland bog-barrens of southern and central Newfoundland. In discussing, in 1911, this austral or Coastal Plain element in the Newfoundland flora, accepting the then current interpretation of Pleistocene glacia- tion, I concluded that the Coastal Plain element in the flora and the fauna had reached Newfoundland in post-Wisconsin time from the South, by migration along the then elevated but now submerged Continental Shelf (the northern extension of the true Coastal Plain of the South). Subsequently this interpretation gained additional support by the discovery in Nova Scotia of more than 100 additional Coastal Plain species. Fortunately, since 1911 the problem of changes along our coast has received some of the attention it deserves and which is certainly needed, if we are correctly to interpret the migrations of plants and animals between Newfoundland and New Jersey. In 1915 the brilliant investigator, the late Professor Joseph Barrell, in a study of Factors in Movements of the Strand Line and their Results in the Pleis- tocene and Post-Pleistocene,| enumerated various isostatic factors which must be considered, but the strongest challenge to my inter- pretation of 1911, that the migration was post-Wisconsin, is contained _in the remarkably detailed study of The New England-Acadian Shoreline by Professor Douglas Johnson. Johnson’s mature con- clusions bear so strongly on the problem of migration of the so-called Coastal Plain element in the flora of Newfoundland that I venture to ers in post-Tertiary time; for after the deposition of the late Tertiary sedi- Barrell, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xl. 1-22 (1915). 98 Rhodora [Marcu occurred, a t cycle maturity was attained before subsidence drowned the resultant topography us we should expect the sidence t at post-Miocene, and more probably post-Pliocene replaces the first, due to increased resistance of higher or lower beds in the coastal plain series. Relation of Banks Cuesta to Former Plant Migrations.—The Banks as an after-effect of deglaciation. he submarine physiography of the Gulf of Maine offers striking con- invasion. ere seems to be no crag enc for placing the plant area, finally taking possession of their present isolated habitats on the - & receding of the ice”; and he finds evidence of the existence of ‘some tract along the coast, especially of Acadia and Newfoundland, whi 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 99 t va Scotia and Newfoundland in pre-glacial times, there is absolutely no botanical reason, so far as I can see, why this might not have been the case. In fact, there are certain rather striking points which would indicate that a migration in late Tertiary or early Pleistocene times took place.” Some of the points referred to in the last quotation are considered in Fernald’s later contributions to the subject, published in 1918 and 1921; and his reference in the last paper to an elevation of the continental shelf “since the Pleistocene glaciation” must be read in the light of his other clear statements that the plant migration in question probably antedated the glacial period. crustal readjustment under the weight of the ice; although we recognize oe Leiuged gig that both these factors may have played a réle in the later Still other lines of investigation were demonstrating that this migration need not have been a recent one. Dissatisfied with the then current idea, that Newfoundland had been completely denuded by the later Pleistocene glaciations which would have wiped out its flora and fauna, I appealed in 1923 to the venerable and unchallenged student of the Pleistocene, Professor A. P. Coleman, who had already emphasized the lack of glaciation (consequently the antiquity of the relic and endemic flora and fauna) of the alpine area of the Shickshock Mts. in Gaspé. To me the Newfoundland situation seemed identical: conspicuous and unquestioned denudation of the hills in some areas (Burgeo, for instance, PLATE 233); but in others, notably the West Coast and the Long Range, a lack of wholesale denudation by an ice-sheet. In 1926 Professor Coleman published his results, from which I quote pertinent passages (with apologies for such as modesty might require my omitting, except that they demonstrate the im- portance of phytogeography in the geological problem): : glas Johnson, The New England-Acadian Shoreline, 301-304 (1925). N. Y. John Wiley & Sons; London, Chapman & Hall. 100 Rhodora [Marcu All the available geological literature on the subject has been consulted ; but it is og Ss to note ra the most important work is by an eminent bot with various assistants, has studied the svi ws) many ‘parts ‘of ‘the island and has discovered a large — of peculiar, _— endemic, species which have survived hes ice atest paper, on the ‘Persistence of Plants in Wehiinted “Areas of ee real America,” . . . must be taken ie ac- count = students of the Pleistocene. In most parts of the SGalcat pein ne sag of ‘pg is thin and does not indicate powerful ice action. It s that the last ice was not which failed to show oie terra e facts observed seem beat ‘accounted for by supposing an early Pleistocene ice cap covering the whole peninsula, followed by a long ing the interglacial time seem to have been obscured or destroyed; and depres oe local ice sharia of the Wisconsin were not sufficient to cause s beoae babi Notre Dame Ba a. The general impression was — the glaci- ation was ancient except pf the chore of the bay at Lewisporte, wher: the bowlder clay was soft and fresh looking, with plenty of well-preserved striated stones. It ma y be that a valley glacier of Wisconsin times moved h y. hop’s Falls and Cinnd Falls, 20 or 30 miles west of Notre Dame cons in which striated bowlders are not infrequent. Exposed ridges of stone rise above the till, aie he as jagged edges which have been aia eaten by weathering To the north of Bishop’s Falls great kame deposits indicate a prolonged halt ui the ice sheet, and near the harbor of Botwood there are rolling gravel and a few shallow kettles. At the shore of the bay the only ovidenie 6 of ice action consists of a few bowlders scattered over hills 0 rhyolite penetrating slaty sandstone of a reddish color. Apparently little work was done es the ice panes the morainic wets its. . 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 101 rough and weathered surface does not suggest glaciation. | he highest point, a few miles northeast, is Maintopsail (1,829 feet). It also consists of coarse, greatly weathered granite, on which rest a few a c as on top, The greatly weathered surfa 1 a few hundred feet beneath suggests that the glaciation was very ancient, probably of Kansan or Jerseyan age; and nothing was seen to indicate a Wisconsin ice sheet. The northwestern side of the [Long] range is much more accessible both by rail and by water and was studied at four points. The first visits were made in 1923 at the suggestion of Dr. Fernald, who had found en- demic plants on the range, demanding a much greater lapse of time than the 25,000 or 30,000 years since the Wisconsin glaciation. He had also noted that the surface of the tableland was covered with loose blocks of showed only angular blocks of Archaean rock of local origin. No foreign wlders were found, and the conclusion was reached that the southern such as ice moving from the Gulf of St. Lawrence must have trans from the plains below. 102 Rhodora [Marcu loose fragments of the same rock. At first it seemed that the table had never been ice-covered; but the finding of a few scattered greenstones feet. From this to the highest point reached (1,700 feet) only fragments of serpentine or other basic eruptives which might be of local origin were of the mountain [otherwise] makes it a typical example of an unglaciated serpentine tableland, its surface covered with weathered fragments of ed. The Gros Morne (2,540) is believed by the people of Bonne Bay te be the highest mountain in Newfoundland. Its gently rolling summit 15 # es. The Gros Morne is about midway in the Long Range, and no climbs were made farther northeast, though the narrow, somewhat broken tableland as seen from coasting steamers has the same appearance as the part examined 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 103 covered with loose and more or less angular blocks, which could not have been left if there had been Wisconsin achat In ‘is irsebing paper it Nas nee aes ‘that ee. is Seadaoued in Newfoundland of early Pleistocene glaciation by ice caps which covered all of the island except the southern part of the Long Range, which seems to have remained as an area free fest ice on which preglacial plants could survive. It is probable that the Newfoundland ice was reall margin of the Labrador sheet which e or less comple t Gulf of St. Lawrence and ea over all but the highest tableland of the southern part of the isla retreat of the early ice sheet, which was probably of Kansan ‘ti ‘Jer seyan sat was followed by grea emergence of the land, especially toward the n he effects of the early glaciation have mag ereatly oe by later processes, and the ere glaciated surfac in most places covered with débris and eb s of the andastvitie vie redulttid from long- continued weatherin = a rule the only reg ore the early ice In one ie at "Gurling on the Bay of Islands, interglacial materials containing marine shells have been found between two bowlder clays; but elsewhere the time interval is shown only by the profound weathering undergone by the older materials. e Wisconsin ice probably covered less than half the island and was in hn form of small separate sheets or valley glaciers. No proofs of its work have been found above 1,000 feet; and Dr. Fernald has shown that the Labeador j ice Seas in the Wisconsin refrigeration, which was much less severe yond the earlier one, — which it was separated by a long interglacial time of milder conditio In the aah part of the island sane of sea-level followed each of the glaciations, corresponding in amount to the thickness of the ice re- moved and in accord ire the theory of isostas The causes of the movements of sea-level in the region have been ably discussed by Daly in > Postglacial Warping of Newfoundland and Nova tite sa it is not necessary to take up that very interesting subject er Goldthwait, in his excellent and very readable “Physiography of Nova pn describes the pn features of tae thoes and suggests that 104 Rhodora [Marcx and has so well — the work of ice in that area that one he am. land itself, though striae occur on lower se ree ar by. Visits paid by myself to the Mabou ariciaad } ae Inverness and to Ingonish Mountain left a strong impression that these elevated regions had never nage ice-covered. If ice a crossed them it must have done ne. ere Ott By at Tigont sh, without a Ped laciation, and the features of ile or tw ei the direction of Sydne The tattee 4 lan are : fresh that. tis ey must be considered Wiscon- sin; while, if the ~ ~_ was ever ice-covered, it must have been at the very beginning of the Pleistocene, so that its effects have been re- moved by poe caninied weathering. his view is supported by Dr. Fernald’s botanical researches, since he finds that some of the cordilleran plants observed in Gaspé and the sin glaciation entirely, and in parts were ae invaded even by the moré : extensive ice — bd the early Pleistoce They were nunataks 10 e age of the early glaciation cannot be positively determined, sie the only interglacial fossils found are Marine shells of still living species) 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 105 which are not known from other interglacial deposits. Since the earlier drift bod is profoundly weathered, a long time of exposure must have separated it from the fresh tills of the Mibascreene aad it has been assumed that the ~ glacial features correspond t the Kansan or Jerseyan glaciation This newer interpretation, that the tablelands of Newfoundland were either unscathed in the Pleistocene or were crossed only in the earliest (Kansan or Jerseyan) stage and not by a Wisconsin sheet, at once opens the way for a closer correlation of the Coastal Plain plant-migration with the demands of Douglas Johnson’s conclusions regarding the depression of the banks: that they were depressed in late Tertiary or earliest Pleistocene, not in post-Wisconsin time. Instead of Schizaea pusilla (map 7) and its associates coming north to Newfoundland from New Jersey in post-Wisconsin, it now seems reasonable to visualize them either as living in Newfoundland through- out the Pleistocene or as having reached Newfoundland in pre- Wisconsin time either from the North or from the South Stimulated by the actual field (rather than merely desk-chair) studies of Coleman and of Johnson, I was, naturally, greatly re- impressed by the prevalence in western Newfoundland of the Coastal Plain types on the highest tablelands, where, theoretically, one would look only for boreal species; and, following the subject further, it soon became apparent that these high tablelands have long been (perhaps as far back as the Cretaceous or even the Permian) centers from which the austral element in the Newfoundland flora has ra- diated to the younger boggy areas of the Island, which were under early Pleistocene (Kansan?) or later Pleistocene ac ice. Happily, while this newer interpretation was in the process of “ conscious cerebration,” I was invited to develop for an hour some theme in phytogeography before the Fifth International Botanical Congress, at Cambridge University; and, inevitably, I spoke upon the subject which was then uppermost in my mind. It is not necessary here to repeat the exposition which was published in full in Rropora,? but certain points which especially concern Newfoundland may be emphasized, The most distinctive elements of the Atlantic Coastal Plain flora of North America are members of groups which, today, are otherwise ‘Extracts from A, P, Coleman: The Pleistocene of Newfoundland, Journ. Geol. xxxiv. 193-223 (1996). * Specific rey tia and Identities in some Floras of Eastern North America and Hed hay Ra, xxxili. 25-63 (1931).—Contrib. Gray Herb. xciii., especially . 33 et 106 Rhodora [Marca chiefly confined to the Tropics or to the Southern Hemisphere, in- cluding Australia (the Xyridaceae,| Diospyros, the Halorrhageae, Lycopodium carolinianum, the Burmanniaceae, Drosera, excluding a few boreal species of § Rossolis, etc.); some with great development in the Malayan or the Australian region (or both) but highly localized or wanting in Africa (Schizaea, the Haemadoraceae, the Conostylideae, Nyssa); to which, of course, many others could be added. In Cretaceous (or even in the Carboniferous, in case of some of the Cryptogams) members of the Schizaeaceae, Diospyros and Nyssa (to say nothing of ubiquitous Lycopodium) abounded in the Arctic. Thence they spread southward until, due to many Tertiary and later vicissitudes in Eurasia, they were isolated in the Malayan and Austra- lian (and sometimes the tropical or southern African) regions. With Australia severed from its northern connection in the Cretaceous, it is obvious that the eastern American remnants of these and associated groups are very ancient. The great tablelands of Newfoundland are the counterparts of the high Appalachian tablelands of continental North America, the uplifted Cretaceous Peneplane, which, wort down by long erosion-cycles, had, at the opening of Cretaceous time, been reduced essentially to sea-level, where it formed a low plain with sluggish drainage (like the present but geologically youthful Coastal Plain), with Cretaceous seas bounding it to the East, South and West. Only at the North did the baselevelled Appalachian core have a land-connection. That was when the vast northern lands, Laurentia, Baltica and Angara, formed the greater land-mass of the world, with the smaller Amazonia, Ethiopia, Lemuria and Australia separated from the northern continent by extensive seas. Briefly, then, the thesis developed at Cambridge, based largely upo? the Newfoundland observations of 1926 and 1929, was, that the baselevelled Appalachian land received the southward-moving plants and that, as the late Cretaceous and Tertiary uplifts carried the Peneplane higher and higher, many species of the primitive sandy and peaty or aquatic habitats died out or found a younger haven in the sands, peats and sluggish waters of the newer Coastal Plain or in the sands, peats and pools which resulted from Pleistocene glaciation. By this newer interpretation, therefore, it is possible to codrdinate the presence of these austral types on the uplifted Cretaceous Pené- plane of Newfoundland with the findings of Coleman, that on some 1 Maps of the world-ranges of the groups here noted will be found in the paper above cited. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 107 of the tablelands of western Newfoundland, such as that of Blomidon, “there was no evidence of glaciation,” and with the probability pointed out by Johnson, that, instead of being very recent, the submergence of the continental shelf was “at least post-Miocene, and more probably post-Pliocene.” The exact time of interchange along the now submerged Tertiary shelf is still not quite clear; that it could have been as early as late-Tertiary now seems fairly settled, though it is as likely to have been in post-Kansan, in the long inter- glacial epoch (of hundreds of thousands of years) prior to the com- paratively trivial Wisconsin glaciation.! 1This newer interpretation received strong support from evidence in the summer of 1932 in Nova Scotia, — so far ae heee the oe of the present paper that it must be considered elsewhe (To be continued) 120 Rhodora [APRIL RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 107) Contrasted with the amazingly temperate flora of the peaty table- lands of western Newfoundland, where groups with pronounced austral affinities prevail, there is the abundance at or close to sea- level on the bleak outer coast of western Newfoundland of the arctic and arctic-alpine species. On the exposed coast between latitudes 52° and 48°, from Cape Norman to Cape St. George (and in some cases even southward to Cape Ray), the following members of the flora of the American Arctic Archipelago or of Arctic Greenland (well within the Arctic Circle) occur at or within 100 m. of sea-level. Their latitudinal limits of range on the Atlantic slope of America, as closely as can be determined from the data at hand, is approximately given (omitting fractions of degrees): W oodsia glabella R. Br. (83°-42°), or! mene viride Huds. (82°-43 ")» 4 ig i Schultes (82°-44°), F. vivipara (L.) Sm. (75°- 48°), F var. arenaria (Osbeck) Fries (70° P49 °), Poa alpina L. (76°-47°),. lacie ostis canadensis var. Lan are dorfi (Link) Inman Gr 44), C. neglecta cha) pene Meye erb. Coe Sel Beste oe ~44 a C. incu a Light, (82 a), . bipar- ita All. (7 Fon ri ota che "2 243° ), J. albescens anes) Fern 2 Luzula spicata (L.) DC. (76°-44°), L. campe ar. alpina eo (70°-49°), igo minima ill) e Sh 8° straminea Fern. (69 Salix reticulata L. on 8. arctophila Cockerell (77°-48°), Leiria digyna (L.) Hill (sort, Polygonum viviparum L rna var. pubescens S.) Fern (83°-51°), Lychnis alpina L. (76°-48°), Silene acaulis var. exscap4 (All.) DC. (83°-44°), Ranunculus hyperboreus Rottb. ean ), r. angustifolia Hook. (81 oe se "Deke eet Lilj. (83°- 9°), D. D. incana L. (70°-47°), D. hirta L. (81°-48°), D. rupestris R. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 121 Br. (76°-47°), Arabis alpina L. (76°-48°), Sazxifraga cespitosa L. (83°-48°), S. aizoides L. (78°-44°), S. Aizoon cst S. Hb a bai L. (85°-44°), Potentilla nivea L. (83°-4 Ser. alpestris Ses f. (74°-48°), Dryas dort hoo Vahl (83° —48°), Astragalus alpinus L. (73°-49°), Epilobium latifolvum ae —48°), E. lactiflorum ay (71°-44°), E. alpinum L. °-46°), E. Horne eae Neen . (70°- 44°), Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wahlen. (81°-44°), Lisssindia Sage se) Desv 74-44"), Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) ap ng. (76°-44°), Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum Bigel. (81°-44°), Diapensia lapponica L. (82°-44 0. Statice labradorica var. submutica Meer (78°-49°), Euphrasia aia Lange ue . ~48°), shalin alpina L. vegicum Gunn. (72°-49°), a hia ser nel a Pall. oe 48, shania phymatocarpum (83°-51°) and Crepis nana Hook. (70°-51°). That is a highly impressive list for sea-level between latitudes 52° and 48°, and, were I to include species like Lycopodium Selago, Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus Bigel., Stellaria humifusa, Sedum roseum, Empetrum nigrum and others which reach the New England coast, it would be greatly extended (to 491% percent of the entire flora of the Archipelago, as enumerated by Simmons). Nor does this arctic ' flora extend continuously from arctic Greenland or Ellesmereland to western Newfoundland via the coast of Labrador. A large proportion of the species are quite unknown on “the Labrador” from Nain (approximately lat. 56°) southward and one or two are not even known from the mountain walls and crests of northernmost Labrador (the Kiglapaits and the Torngats): for example Taraxacum phy- matocarpum (Map 12). In describing a dramatic day in 1925 on Burnt Cape (Pistolet Bay), where we first found the Greenland Habenaria straminea (unknown between Greenland and northern Newfoundland), I wrote: “ When the scattered members of the party assembled at the crest [alt. 223 ft. or 65 m.] . . . I was picking from the crevices a Taraxacum which, in its small blackish involucres, was unlike anything we had seen before.” I made it out to be the hyparctic T. phymatocarpum, known, as stated by Simmons, only in orthern Greenland, Ellesmereland,” but subsequently found southward to lat. 67° in Greenland and lat. 64° on Baffin Island. Distrusting my own identification, for the species is not known on Labrador, and in northwestern Newfoundland it is within only 223 feet (65 m.) of the sea, I divided the scanty material and sent some to my friend, Dr. Handel-Mazzetti, at Vienna, whose Monographie der * Ruopora, xxviii. 103 (1926). 122 Rhodora [APRIL Gattung Taraxacum (1907) had put the genus in order. His reply was wholly corroborative and when, later, I sent a series to the great Stockholm specialist, Dr. Dahlstedt, I also received a similar reply, Dahlstedt referring “ No. 29254 ad 7. phymatocarpum Vahl, verum.””? The contrast, then, between the bleak and rocky coastal rim and foreland of western Newfoundland and the peaty tablelands is complete. At both levels the ubiquitous Hudsonian and Canadian types form a generalized background: a forest or scrub of Pucea ae BO, 2 ym we KY niet Map 12. American Range of TaraxXacUM PHYMATOCARPUM. mariana and P. glauca Voss, Abies balsamea, Larix laricina, Betula papyrifera and smaller species, Pyrus § Sorbus and Populus tac- camahacca, with Alnus crispa (or its var. mollis), Salix (many species), Ribes glandulosum, Viburnum pauciflorum, Potentilla fruticosa, Lonicera villosa, etc., with the usual Canadian filicoid and herbaceous 1The western Newfoundland and Gaspé collections contain much Tararacum lapponicum Kihlm. In view of the present interpretation of the antiquity of the flora of these areas it was reassuring that Dr. Dahlstedt should write (in lit. Novem 14, 1927): ‘‘It has been very interesting to find that T. lapponicum ( =T. croceum Dt.) distrib’ in arctic North America. This collective species . . - iS widely distributed in northern and alpine parts of Fennoskandia and Iceland and Gree . It seems to me to be a very old species which surely in- habited the recently covered countries long before the last Skandinavian glaciation.’ 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 123 undergrowth; and the usual Canadian bog plants, with the addition of the almost ubiquitous Betula Michauzii, the superabundant Sanguisorba canadensis and the usually common Eriophorum spissum var. erubescens Fern. With this very generalized element almost everywhere, the truly distinctive floras are likely at first to remain masked to the uninitiated; but, once the common run of generally distributed and aggressive species is dismissed from consideration, the flora of the West Coast otherwise quickly segregates into the two contrasted elements which I have sufficiently emphasized: the arctic- alpine dominant at sea-level, the austral dominant on peaty summit- tablelands. The absence or great rarity of many, and often of all, of the Coastal Plain plants at low altitudes from Cape St. George northward is due, presumably, to the extensive calcareous area which makes up most of the lower levels and to the highly magnesian rock of portions of the Lewis Hills and Blomidon and between the North Arm (of Bay of Islands) and Bonne Bay, these furnishing soils toxic, or at least uninviting, to most of the Coastal Plain species. Farther inland and southward, where granitic, gneissic and other silicious rocks prevail, the plants of the acid peats of the tablelands have found welcoming conditions at lower levels, southward even at sea-level. In an earlier paper, commenting on the close proximity, in some areas, of the arctic and the austral elements in the flora, I said: “Tn western Newfoundland, similarly, it is quite possible to stand on rock-barrens carpeted with the arctic xerophytes . . . and, by stepping a few feet into the adjacent bogs, meadows, brooksides or thickets, to find one’s self in the midst of . . . plants of temperate or even austral range. . . . This intimate commingling of southern species (even Carolinian in some instances) with plants which characterize the Arctic seems, in Newfoundland at least, to be due to the differences of habitat which the two series affect. The arctic types prevail on the dry rocks or on windswept crests, 7. e. they are primarily controlled in their southern distribution by aridity and bleakness, the climatic features most obviously distinguishing the unglaciated Arctic areas. In describing the climate of the Arctic [American] Archipelago, which, as we have seen, is essentially un- glaciated, Simmons says, ‘The most prominent and important factor I take its extreme dryness to be,’ and this is certainly the most prom- inent factor in the isolated southern habitats of the arctic plants. 124 Rhodora [APRIL But in Newfoundland, bogs, wet thickets, brooksides and meadows are characterized by southern types and it is in such favorable habitats that all notable extensions [northward] of southern species occur.’”! Still later, in corroboration of Simmons’s statement, that on the American Arctic Archipelago, “The most prominent and important factor I take its extreme dryness to be,”? I quoted from Stefansson’s The Friendly Arctic, Chap. II: “Most of what little snow falls in the far North is soon swept by the wind into the gullies and into the lee of the hills, so that from seventy-five to ninety per cent. of the surface of arctic land is comparatively free from snow at all seasons a pebble the size of a plum lying on the ground would have. more than an even chance of being partly visible above the snow”; and I further wrote: “If a purely botanical demonstration of the saci rather than the abundance of lakes and swamps [on the unglaciated Arctic Archipelago] were needed an alert phytogeographer would quickly detect it in the absence of freshwater hydrophytes. Simmons admits 204 species of vascular plants to the flora of the Arctic Archi- pelago, mostly extreme xerophytes, with no true hydrophytes: no species of Isoétes, Sparganium, Potamogeton, Callitriche, Myrio- phyllum or Utricularia. Similarly, all these groups of aquatics were quite unmentioned either in the detailed lists of the floras of arctic Siberia and the Asiatic side of Bering Straits published by Kjellman or in Lynge’s very exhaustive study of the Flora of Nova Zembla, an arctic land which was untouched by the different advances of the continental ice-sheets of Europe. But in glaciated Greenland they all occur, there extending northward on the abundantly watered foreland to points varying for the different species from lat. 68° to 72°. Furthermore, the boreal members of the great genus Epilobium (excluding § Chamaenerium) are typically plants of wet habitats; and, if the Arctic in general were as wet as Campbell and his out- grown sources of information make out, we should expect these wind-dispersed Epilobiums to be everywhere in the Arctic. In wet Greenland they do occur, extending north to lat. 73°, but the Nordenskiéld expedition got none of them on the arctic coast of Siberia (lat. 66°-77°) and Simmons could muster only a single doubt- ful record for the entire Arctic Archipelago.’ 1 Fernald, Mem. Am. Acad. Rei 332 (1925). 2 Herman G. Simmons, A Survey of the or of the Arctic Archipelag9, Lunds Univ. Arsskr. n ang Ps Ba. 9 , Nr. 19: 30 (19 3 Fernald, Campbell’s Outline of sor ‘Geography eae, Ecology, vii. 513 (1926) Rhodora Plate 239 NANISM aT SEALEVEL IN WEsTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1, SOLIDAGO MACRO- PHYLLA; FIG. 2, SENECIO PAUPERCULUS; FIG. 3, SAXIFRAGA OPPOSITIFOLIA; FIG. 4, 8. CESPITOSA; FIG. 5, DRABA INCANA. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 125 With the exception of three positive hydrophytes (Alopecurus aequalis var. natans, Eriophorum Scheuchzeri and Ranunculus hy- perboreus) and a few plants of damp pockets, meadows or shores (Calamagrostis, Carex glareosa, bicolor, rariflora and microglochin, Juncus albescens, Habenaria straminea, Thalictrum alpinum, Carda- mine, Epilobium lactiflorum, Bartsia alpina, etc.), mostly plants of Greenland rather than of the Arctic Archipelago, the truly Arctic species (and their endemic relatives) in Newfoundland are chiefly xerophytes and they are all plants of open and exposed habitats. No better illustrations of the arid condition of this outer coast can be given than the limestone barrens about Old Port au Choix or on Pointe Riche. The vast extent and depth of the long-weathered and superficially arid debris is beautifully exhibited on near-by St. John’s Island (PLaTE 235). The coast of western Newfoundland, although fringed late into the spring with ice, which in winter has extended into the Gulf of St. Lawrence or across the Straits of Belle Isle, is not sufficiently cold to be comparable with the true Arctic; and it is decidedly warmer than the north side of the Straits and the outer coast of Labrador, where the south-flowing Labrador current carries icebergs and drift-ice far into the summer. It would seem, then, that the persistence of so extensive an element of the Arctic flora along the outer coast of western Newfoundland is due more to the aridity and the calcareous nature of the exposed ledges and the deep mantle of weathered debris than to low temperature; and that the flora of the rock barrens of the coast of western Newfoundland is largely composed of Arctic species because on these barrens are found arid conditions and cal- careous soils comparable with those of much of the Arctic Archipe- lago where, as Simmons and others before him have pointed out, aridity is “the most prominent and important factor.” Since the long-weathered superficial soils have, by continuous leaching, lost much of their alkalinity and have developed carpets of ancient acid peats, oxylophytes, such as Hierochloe alpina, Carex concolor, Juncus trifidus, Salix Uva-ursi, Potentilla tridentata, Empetrum nigrum, Loiseleuria procumbens and Diapensia lapponica, are not excluded. They, also, are xerophytes and unless the weathered and leached limestones were arid we should scarcely look for them there. ‘ Other illustrations of this arid mantle at sea-level are in Ropora, xxviii. t. 153, fig. 2 and t. 154, fig. 3 (1926). 126 Rhodora [APRIL The excessive dwarfing and crowding of internodes, as well as reduction of leaves and increase of blanket-coats of trichomes or other xerophytic modifications of high-arctic and high-alpine plants are familiar to every one. In eastern America it is quite unneces- sary, however, to go either to the Arctic or to the alpine summits to get the most beautiful illustrations of such nanism. At sea- level in western Newfoundland (in the latitudes of London, Paris, Berlin, Vienna, Winnipeg, Duluth and Vancouver) the arid limestone gravels supply endless fascinating illustrations (PLATES 239 and 240). Solidago macrophylla, the woodland species of southern Canada and the mountain woods of the northern states, where it attains a height of a meter or more, wandering out to the dry barrens of Newfoundland, will flower when only 3 em. high (PLATE 239, F1a. 1). Senecio pauper- culus, in New England and Pennsylvania often 5 or 6 dm. high and with 15-20 heads, is the tiniest of dwarfs (PLATE 239, Fic. 2) om far- from-rich Pointe Riche. Sazxifraga oppositifolia, which, on the damp walls of the Green Mts., may trail as broad carpets, with internodes up to 1 cm. long and flower-stalks twice as long, on these arid barrens has densely crowded leaves and sessile flowers (PLATE 239, FIG. 3). On cool and damp walls in western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec Saxifraga cespitosa L. often has its tufts (cespites) of leaves lax and elongate (up to 1 dm. long), with the thin and fan-like leaves 2 cm. or more long, with scapes up to 2 dm. high. Not so on the extremest of arid sea-shore barrens of Newfoundland (as at Plum Point) where the mats (PLATE 239, Fic. 4) are positively absurd in their condensa- tion. Willows and birches, which in damp and sheltered thickets reach heights of 1-3 m., on these barrens are absolutely prostrate, with stout and ancient matted trunks and marvellously reduced foliage. Potentilla fruticosa, “ Widdy,’’ which, on damp barrens of Newfoundland, forms knee-high to waist-high dense thickets, abun- dant and coarse enough to be used as emergency fire-wood,! wanders out to dry barrens and becomes almost unrecognizable (PLATE 240, Fic. 1). Potentilla nivea, on damp or turfy slopes of Newfoundland or Gaspé often forming loose mats, with leaflets 2.5-3 cm. long, is forced to struggle on the dry gravels, making wonderful little columns (PLATE 240, Fic. 2). dating back a full half-century (as shown by the marcescent bases of old rosettes) and with tap-roots de- 1 When I asked a native of Bonavista Bay how they prepare ‘*Widdy”’ for fire- wood, he replied: ‘‘ We rips up de whole tree, roots and all.” 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 127 scending straight down for 3 or 4 dm. So with Lesquerella (PLATE 240, Fic. 3), the plants reduced to ancient obconic crowns. The suc- culent (and edible) Roseroot, Sedum rosewm, on damp rocks growing strong, with many stems 2-3 dm. high and leaves 2-3 cm. long, can stand hard conditions; but the most arid barrens reduce it to a stature often of only 3 cm. Draba incana L., given a good oppor- tunity, grows 3 dm. high, with large scattered leaves; but, like the Sedum, it can maintain itself on the driest of Newfoundland barrens by condensation to a height of 2 cm. (PLATE 239, FIG. 5). Seaside Plantain, Plantago juncoides Lam. (decipiens Barneoud), which in favorable conditions may have leaves 2 dm. long and 1 cm. or more broad, with scapes 2 dm. high and spikes 1 dm. long, is almost too minute (PLATE 240, FIq@. 4) to be seen in the dry gravel. Poa alpina has the leaves distichous, at least theoretically; but the character is often not easily seen in the lush plants of mountain meadows and wet rocks, plants up to 6.5 dm. high, with broad leaves half as long and pyramidal panicles often 1 dm. in diameter. When, however, P. alpina gets into the driest of barrens it cuts out all overgrowth and the strongly marked distichous character of the foliage becomes em- phasized (PLATE 240, Fic. 5). Euphrasia, too, although annual, re- sponds quickly to the arid habitat. On shores with plenty of mois- ture E. purpurea var. Farlowii may be loosely branched and 1 dm. high, with internodes 1 cm. long. On the dry barrens, however, it is content with a full height of 1 or 2 cm. Already nearly half the known species of the Arctic American Archipelago are known from sea-level in western Newfoundland. In view of the fact that in many cases these species are known only as the rarest of localized relics and in view, furthermore, of the vast extent of unexplored barrens on the West Coast, it should not surprise us if, eventually, practically the complete Arctic American flora is found to grow in this arid section of temperate North America. Part III. Some Taxonomic Resutts or RECENT COLLECTIONS IN NEWFOUNDLAND. In the following notes range-extensions chiefly of considerable mag- nitude are recorded; and, since it has been imperative to study anew many groups, the revisions of such as are largely represented in New- foundland are included. Some groups, however, still under revision or awaiting fuller study, are necessarily omitted. Besides our own 128 | Rhodora [APRIL | collections a few others of special note should be mentioned. Mrs. Sinclair Kennedy (Rachel B. Kennedy) has already reported’ on some of her discoveries in southwestern Newfoundland; Mrs. George W. Jeffers (Anne M. Jeffers) collected in 1929 about Raleigh, on Pistolet Bay, and added materially to our knowledge of that fascina- ting region; Mrs. Harold Ayre (Agnes M. Ayre) has been very active on the Avalon Peninsula, where she has added some very striking Atlantic European species to the known flora of Newfoundland; in 1930, Mr. K. P. Jansson spent considerable time in the region of Millertown, near where one of my parties had done extensive bota- nizing in 1911, and, afterward, in a brief trip to Bonne Bay, he added two species to the Newfoundland flora. Some of the more significant of these discoveries by others are added to our own.” Woopsta ALPrna (Bolton) S. F. Gray. To the very few Newfound- land stations add the following. Bonner Bay: limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1115 W. ctasetta R. Br. The following are new stations. BonnE Bay crevices of limestone cliffs, very scarce, Tucker’s Head, and crevice of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, Fernald, Long & Fe ogg, nos. 1117, 1118. Lower Humber VALLey: very rare, crevices of dry limestone, Hannah’s Head, no. 1116. THELYPTERIS spiders mpeg (L.) Nieuwl. The northern limit in Newfoundland seems to be at Bonne Bay: boggy spruce thickets near Winterhouse Brook, peony Long & Fogg, no. 1125. T. Rospertrana (Ho ffm.) Slosson. Apparently more frequent on limestones of the West Coast than previously supposed. The follow- ing are the new stations. Sr. JoHn Bay: _— talus of limestone cliff, Crow’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1129. Bonne Bay: talus of limestone cliffs Prd Stanley ville, no. 1130; bushy talus of limestone cliff, Lord-and-Lady Cove, no. 1131. Bay oF ISLANDS: turf over limestone tals, tage (or Raglan) Head, no. 1127; spruce thicket at base of lim e cliff west of Big Barachois, no. 1128 Lo no. 1126. Plant gummy, aromatic; large plants more than 4 dm. hi gh, with fronds 2 dm. broad. ing. Sr. Joun Bay: bushy swale back of Eddy’s tae Old i Mans) paths rely x high & Fogg, no. 1135. Plants fruiting but very small, up to hi THYRIUM Fiurx-Femina (L.) Roth, var. srrcHeNsE Rupr. See Butters, Tapeons. xix. 204 (1917). Collections of 1923, tmisidentified 1 Some Additions to the Newfoundland dees Ruopora, xxxii. 3-4 (1930); Further Notes from Southwestern Newfoundland, Ruopora, xxxiii, 207-209, tt. 216, se de pei 2In the following notes species not pevaesars recorded from Newfoun 1933] ernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 129 and distributed as A. angustum, var. rubellum, prove to be this char- acteristic plant of northwestern America. The Newfoundland sta- tions follow. HicgHianps or Sr. Jonn: thickets below limestone escarpment, western face of Bard Harbor Sa Fernald & Long, no. 27,240; steep springy quartzite banks of brook, Southwest Gulch, Barc Harbor Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 241. The only other stations known in eastern North America are on the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé and Matane Cos., Quebec. Map 13. A. ALPESTRE (Hoppe) saeyhe The plant of Bard Harbor Hill reported in Ruopora, xxviii. 148 (1926) as var. americanum seems to be nearer the t typical European A. alpestre (See Fernald, Roopora xxx. 47, 48, tt. 165, 166 ee ). The following is an addition to the \ \ " (a ~ oe aed . ES fe a Ass / R * eo f a “¢. i . PAsfs 7 a / y ‘ f “}=d \ os & B * ‘ . il 3 | heen E ~ Bins cod eae AN es a Map 13. Range of ATHYRIUM FILIX-FEMINA, Var. SITCHENSE. Newfoundland collections there cited. H1cHLanps oF St. Jonn: wet quartzite rocks along Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1153 Muncie PEDATUM L., var. ALEUTICUM Rupr. Typical, especially of magnesian rock, near the West Coast. The following are recent new stations. Bonne Bay; wet rocks by waterfall, Shoal Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1163; talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, no. 4164, Bay or IsLanps: wet depressions and borders of rills, phi os ridge, North Arm, and dry serpentine ridge, North ogg, nos. 6 and 8; by rill, serpentine ledges, Red Rocks, Lark Mies tais Fernald, no. 7. Typical Adiantum peda is unknown in Newfoundland, although, through confusion of the French Capillaire (Adiantum Capillus- Veneris) with the Newfoundland CapruLarre or Mamennarr Berry, 130 Rhodora {APRIL Chiogenes hispidula of the Ericaceae, it has been reported. Thus, Sir Richard Bonnycastle, writing of Newfoundland plants with assurance but with “ first-hand unfamiliarity” with them, naively stated: “The maiden hair (adiantum pedatum) is a little trailing plant, seeking sheltered places, and is one of the most beautiful of the family of filices, or ferns. It bears a little fruit, white, and like an ant’s egg, which contains so much saccharine matter as to be lusciously sweet when made into a jam or preserve. It is occasionally brought to families here by the girls who follow the berry-picking trade; but 1t is preserved and not used for capillaire, as in Canada [referring to medicinal use of Adiantum].”’ Borrycuium stmpLex E. Hitche. Apparently rare in Newfound- land, but more probably overlooked. The following are recent col- lections. Bay oF ernee dry gravelly slope, Lark Harbor, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 18; turfy pasture-slope, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. fal sterile Hot slope, Petrie’s, Fernald & Long, no. 1172. Weis ISEGM M (Pease & Moore) Fernald, RHopoRa, XVil. 37 (1915). ae ss Tatas ‘ee scarce, on sterile turfy slope, Petrie’s, Fernald & Long, no. 1174, growing with B. simplex and B. matricariaefolium A. Br: ‘de station indicated to us by Mr. Frank Morris, the first east of central New Brunswick; See p EQUISETUM PRATENSE Ehrh. Reported for the first time in New- foundland in Ruopora, xxviii. 149 (1926), from St. John Bay. Ex- tending south at least to Bay or Istanps: thicket near Morley’s Pond, Fernald, Long & Fogg; | no. 1182. Lycopoprum cLavatum L. The northern known limit on the West Coast is on St. Jou i Bar spruce thicket on dry heath-barren south- west of Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1191. . OBSCURUM e northern known limit on the West Coast is on Bonne Bay: dry spruce woods, Island Cove, Main (or East) Arm, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1193. ae M Willd., var. srrcHENSE (Rupr.) Fern. Rnopora, xxv. 166 (1923). "The northernmost station known on the West oast is on Bonne Bay: peaty and turfy upper quartzite slope (alt. 600-650 m., Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1195. *L. COMPLANATU um L., var. CANADENSE Victorin, Contrib. Lab. Bot. Univ. Montréal, no. iii. 70 (1925). Bay or ISLANDS: peaty and grav- ‘diy ‘thicket, French (or Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 34. TRISTACHYUM Pursh. The northern known limit on the West Coast is in the Lower Humser VALtey: dry limestone gravel, Han- nah’s Head, Fernald & Long, no. 1196. Pinus Stropus L. The northern limit on the West Coast seems to be at Bonne Bay, where, we are told, it has been common on sheltere areas. The extraordinary *f. prosTRaTA (Mast.) Fern. & Weath., Rhodora Plate 240 NANISM AT SEALEVEL IN WESTERN NEWFOUNDLAND: FIG. 1, POTENTILLA FRUTICOSA} 2, P. NIVEA; FIG. 3, LESQUERELLA ARCTICA, var. PuRSHII; FIG. 4, PLANTAGO JUN- COIDES, var. GLAUCA; FIG. 5, POA ALPINA. FIG. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 131 Ruopora, xxxiv. 168 (1932), occurs on the bleak serpentine moun- tains of Bay or Istanps: Blomidon, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,032; North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 37. See p. 11. TypPHa LatiFoLIA L. Bonne Bay: bushy margin of open savannah near mouth of Main River, plants all sterile, Fernald & Long, no. 1202. Said by Mr. W. A. Preble to be abundant, and regularly harvested for “ flags” in barrel-making, at Baker Brook, 12 miles north of Bonne Bay. See p. 90. SPARGANIUM MULTIPEDUNCULATUM (Morong) Rydb. See Fernald, Ruopora, xxvii. 190 (1925). To the two recorded stations in New- foundland add the following. AvaLon Pentysuta: 20-Mile Pond (Windsor Lake), A. M. Ayre. Bay or Istanps: marshy border of pond at foot of serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 42. POTAMOGETON CONFERVOIDES Reichenb. The northernmost known stations are at Bonne Bay: shallow pools in bog-barrens at 400-550 m. alt., tableland of Lookout Mountain, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1206; alpine ponds, July 28, 1930, K. P. Jansson. See p. 85. P. Gramineus L., var. SPATHULAEFORMIS Robbins. To the very few Newfoundland stations add St. Joun Bay: shallow marl-pond in limestone barren, Eastern Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1209. P. pRaELONGUS Wulfen. To the small number of Newfoundland stations add Bay or Istanps: Morley’s Pond, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1211. See p. 14. ; P. BUPLEUROIDES Fern. The northernmost known station is at the head of Bonne Bay: brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1212. *RUPPIA MARITIMA L., var. optiqua (Schur) Aschers. & Graebn. See Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xvi. 123 (1914). Bonne Bay: brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1214. See p. 91. *R. MARITIMA, var. INTERMEDIA (Thedenius) Aschers. & Graebn. See Fernald & Wiegand, |. c. 124 (1914). Bonne Bay: with the latter in — tidal mud at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, 0. 1215. Heretofore known in eastern North America only from Rimouski Co., Quebec (Trois Pistoles, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,826). See p. 91. *R. MARITIMA, var. BREVIROSTRIS Agardh. See Fernald & Wiegand, l. c. Bonne Bay: with the two preceding, brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1216. *R. MariTm™a, var. RosrRaTA Agardh. See Fernald & Wiegand, l. c. 125. Disrricr or BurGro AND La Pome: pool in i back of Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 47. Bay or Istanps: brook in salt marsh, Lark Harbor, no. 46. 132 Rhodora [APRIL SCHEUCHZERIA PALUSTRIS L., var. AMERICANA Fernald, RHopora, xxv. 178 (1923). The northernmost known station in Newfoundland is on Bonne Bay: open savannah near mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1221. ESTUCA CAPILLATA Lam. As already noted, F. capillata is a part of the indigenous flora of southern Newfoundland, already recorded from southeastern and lee districts. An intermediate sta- tion is in BurGEo anv La Porte: dry peaty crests of gneiss hills near Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 57. Festuca ruBRA L. This complex species (often treated as several species) is highly developed in Newfoundland. As an aid to identifica- tion of these diverse plants the following key to those occurring in eastern America is proposed. : a. — ee. soft, not strongly whitened (except i in f. b. pete ings hae scabrous or merely strigose-hirsute: pani- cles up to 2.3 dm. long, often with elongate branches. .. .c. carers bead setaceous or linear-involute, 0.5—1 mm. in di- ee ee f. Lem glabrous... . g. Spikelets 7-10 ey " long, with 3-7 florets: a lume 3-4.5 mm. long: body of Ist lemma mm. long. Fo ate OTRO oe Ts oe: F. rubra (typical). BOUMS WIUND ioe a oaks oases gle os Forma glaucescens. g. Spikelets. 1-1.7 ge Sein, with 6-10 florets: Od — e 4-6 mm. long: body of Ist lemma 6- ag Fe WS ee ee, waa ‘orma megastachys. f Lemmas " puberulent or strigose-hirsute...... Forma squarrosa. a axl = or merely mucronate. Sag eee : Var. mutica. 0 pain erect, i athe vaginal, wi MOB: mostly elongate (1.5-6 dm.) and erect: line til = vey c. Basal and cauline leaves all flat, 1.5-3 mm. broad: ate lets 1-1.7 cm. long, $10 Aoeecad: body of Ist lenma , 56-7. Wine WR se Var. multiflora. b. Lemmas ensely to lanate: panicle narrow and spici- form or meg Peg cl 0.5-1.5 dm. long: spikelets i BEd OUR SOME ok Ob So ea eas De oe CA es bn bk ea Var. arenari. a. Foliage stiff, no mewhat wiry, oe whitened: spikelets 0.9-2 em bai. 6-10 flowered: body of Ist lemma 5-7.5 mm re : F, rupra (typical). Turfy, gravelly or rocky slopes and shores, or in mossy bogs and thickets, common (except on the oF sum- mits) dhecuihont Mewiat Forma GLaucescens (H Holmb., not fig noted. Forma squarrosa (Fries) Holmb. (Var. sub- och). Bay or Istanps: Wild Cove, Waghorne, 0D0- 39; cliffs near Pater sate s Cove, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,096. commutata. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 133 Forma MEGAsTacHys (Gaud.) Holmb. Notre Dame Bay: Baccalieu Island, July, 1902, “icv ere fed shores of Pike’s Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4662 *F, RUBRA, var. mutica Hartm. Extending from Greenland south to Newfoundland, se and the Gaspé Peninsula. Exp.oits VALLEY: railroad gravel, Millertown Junction, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4658. HIGHLANDS oF Sr. JouN: springy cliffs and talus weg Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Wiegand, Gilbert and Hotch- kiss, no. 27,376. +P. ee BRA, var. COMMUTATA Gaud. (Var. fallax (Thuill.) Hackel). Expiorts VALLEY: portage route from Depot Camp on Mary An Lake to Junction Brook, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 4661; gravelly bank near Rushy Pond, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, no. 4667. Bay OF Is SLANDS : bog: gy m meadows and wet ; ,n of Raleigh, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, 1 no. 27,375. Bay or ISLANDS: woods and thickets on slaty brookside, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1230. *F. RUBRA, var. ARENARIA (Osbeck) Fries. AVALON PENINSULA: damp mossy or turfy hollows on hill south of St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no 4664. VALLEY or GANDER River: dry gravelly bank, Glen- wood, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4667. Bonne Bay: lime- stone ledges and sins Shag Cliff, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no.1233. Bay OF IsLaNps: turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1231; meadow on Governor Island, Eames Godfrey, no. 5872. RUBRA, var. JUNCEA (Hackel) Richter. AvaLoN PENINSULA: rocky soil, base of cliff, Bell Island, Conception Bay, Howe & sce 1283. Bonne Bay: serpentine Gina, Bonne Bay, Wie gand & Kittredge, no. 2669. Bay or IsLAND ely plaeay Rican Brook, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,095. "he Sr. GEORGE: Barachois Br ook, R. B. Kennedy, no. 37. Festuca prolifera (Piper), eal nov. — prolifera Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. x. 21 (1 906). Map The alpine plant of the highest mountains ag New Hampshire, Maine, Quebec and Newfoundland (as well as lower stations on the limestones of Gaspé, Anticosti and Newfoundland) has never seemed to me like a mere viviparous state of the lowland Festuca rubra L., a species which abounds at sea-level and primarily on silicious soils throughout the coastal area from Labrador to New Jersey and even to the Carolinas. Yet, when he published it as a subspecies Piper hesi- tated to accord it rank higher than a “state” of F. rubra. 134 Rhodora [APRIL The plant of the White Mountains which has — — to F. ovina vivipara L. is in reality a viviparous form or s of F. rubra, differing only in its esgic spikelets. It is cy i be the only form of the plant in the White Mountains, and while properly a state rather than a subspecies, may be named as above. It seems surprising that no similar form occurs in Europe. Since Piper wrote the above paragraph I have had much experience with the alpine plant. In its reddish and membranaceous basal sheaths coarsely ribbed and quickly disintegrating into loose fibers and its usually loose habit of growth, it is certainly nearer to the com- plex Festuca rubra L. than to F. ovina L. and the other eastern North American relatives of F. ovina, F. le Schultes, F. vivipara (L.) Sm.! and F. capillata Lam., in all of ehick the basal sheaths are whitish and coriaceous, scarcely costate and not readily disinte- grating. In the latter group of species (Sect. Ovinae, subsect. In- travaginales Hackel) the anthers are only one-third to one-half as long as the palea; in F. ovina 2.5-3 mm. long, in F. brachyphylla 0.5-1 mm., in F. vivipara unknown, in F. capillata 1.5-2 mm. F. rubra, however, in its multiform varia- tions has the anthers longer, one- half to three-fourths the length of the palea, in our eastern Ameri- Map 14. Range of Festuca PROLIFERA can varieties 2.5-4.5 mm. long. Ordinarily the alpine Festuca prolifera of caleareous to circumneu- tral areas does not bear fertile spikelets, but in 1929, on the limestone cliffs about Bonne Bay in Newfoundland, Messrs. Long, Fogg and I were fortunate enough to secure it with the normal simple racemes of viviparous spikelets mixed on some individuals with non-viviparous spikelets bearing anthers. The well developed anthers are only 1.5- mm. long; and the well developed lemmas are awnless, either quite muticous or merely attenuate to pointed, but not with awned tips. Similar lemmas are found on all specimens in which they have not 1 For note on the specific distinctions of F. vivipara see Fernald, RHopoRA, xxviii. 151 (1926). Rhodora Plate 241 oo UNIFLORA, Var. TERRAE-NOVAE: FIG. 1, habit, X 1; Fia. 2, spikelet, FESTUCA PROLIFERA, Var. LASIOLEPIS, TYPE collection: Fic. 3, habit, < 1; FIG. 4, spikelet, x 4. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 135 changed to leafy tufts and in texture they are decidedly more mem- branaceous than in F. rubra. The latter species, except in rare cases (in which, however, the large anthers are regularly developed) has distinctly awned lemmas. In F. rubra, likewise, the inflorescence in all well developed plants is clearly a panicle, with at least the lower branches forking, bearing 9-70 firm spikelets, or in some of the arctic forms with the spikelets closely crowded. In F. prolifera, on the other hand, the inflorescence is a simple flexuous raceme of 3 to 8 spikelets, the lowest branch rarely bearing a second sessile spikelet. With many morphological characters and great constancy and witha very definite restriction to cold or alpine habitats in calcareous or other basic or neutral soils, Festuca prolifera seems to be a clear-cut endemic species of eastern North America. In its basal sheaths and loosely cespitose to subrepent habit it is related to F. rubra. In its awnless and membranous lemmas and in its almost uniformly pro- liferous habit it is close to F. vivipara, which reaches its southern limit at the northern limit of F. prolifera (the Shichshock Mts. and western Newfoundland). In its membranous and awnless lemmas it is similar, also, to uh brackyphylia, which extends south to western Newfoundland, the S k Mts. and northern Vermont, but which has the basal sheaths of F. ovina and the anthers only 0.5-1 mm. long. In size of anther F. prolifera matches F. capillata but there the resemblance ceases, F. capillata with the sheaths of F. ovina, densely cespitose habit, and short coriaceous or chartaceous tightly inrolled emmas. Festuca prolifera occurs in two extremes: the typical plant of the White Mountains and the Gaspé Peninsula, as well as southwestern Newfoundland, with glabrous spikelets; and the more northern plant (of midwestern Newfoundland and Anticosti), with lemmas pilose. The two sain ro are etenerar i the endtteagh collections. stone barrens, upper iu and tablelan s, m., Mt., Port au Port Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. z i : 0,788. 136 Rhodora | [APRIL Fernald, oe & Smith, no. 25,433; gravelly and sandy beaches and bars, R.S nne des Monts, F ‘ornald & Collins, no. 415; damp rocks, watertall of ee Brook, Mt. Fortin, Fernald & Pease, n no. 24,904; wet calcareous cliffs and ledges, northern base of Mt. Collins, F ernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,431; dry talus and ledges of ly schists, alt: 900-1125 m., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, Pease, no. 25,432; cold chim neys in the schists at about 900-1000 m. alt., Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,434. Marne: slide, West Wall of N: orth Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Fernald. New Hampsarre: in alpinis Montium Al- borum, Wm Oakes; White Mountains, in alpibus cum Ozyria, Tucker- man; alpine brooks, Mt. Washington, September 2, 1877, Pringle Se al opt fA he Gulf of Mexico, Mt. Washington, ‘August 5, 1855, Wm. Boott; Great Gulf, Mt. Washington, aaly 29, 1887, Faxon, July a; 1805, Viinschy Churchill, aa t 10, 1896 Faxon; head of Great Gulf, alt. 5500 ft. , Pease, no. ee Garden above wena Humber valley, July 12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1242. QUE- BEC: Riviére bide ‘Anti Saco i, 28 juillet 1925, Victorin, Rolland- Germain & Louis-Marie, no. 20,578; hum umus humide sur le calcaire, cailloutis mere R. Galiote, Anticosti, 14 _ 1926, Victorin | Rolland, no. 24,782; sur les platiéres récentes, avec Braya humilis, etc., R. "Chisotts Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. ©. 97, 872; te long des rivages calcaires, R. de la Chute, Anticosti, 21 juillet 1927, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,884; sur les platiéres en haut des gorges, R. au Fusil, Pe Poa Laxa Haenke. An additional station on the H1GHLANDS OF Sr. JoHn: quartzite cliffs and ledges of oe Gulch, Doce Hil, Fer- nald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1252, 1253. See p. 58 P. rrtviauis L. As stated on p. 83, Poa trivialis has every appear- ance of being indigenous (though sometimes also introduced) in New- foundland. Near the West Coast it is typical of peaty openings, glades or shores as well as Fig cliffs and talus or around springy spots- P. -saALTUENSIS Fern. & Wieg., var. MICROLEPIS Fern. & Wieg- RHODORA, xx. v4 (1918). The northern limit seems to be on BONNE Bay: woods and thickets near mouth of Middle Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1275. 2 ane aie ts cei eas 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 137 DactTYLis GLOMERATA L. In eastern North America the Eurasia Orchard Grass is thoroughly naturalized. Three of the vastehide occur with us (two of them in Newfoundland, the third likely to st found there). Typical D. GLOMERATA, common near settlements a; far north as Bonne Bay, has the glumes and lemmas with long-ciliste keels but glabrous backs. Var. ciliata Peterm. (not yet known in ewfoundland) is similar, but with glumes and lemmas pubescent on the back. *D. GLOMERATA, var. DETONSA Fries. Keels sami a or shart hiebedl not long-ciliate. Bonne Bay: swale at o mp-site, mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & F shag no. 1276. "Probably eae in hay or straw, and presumably more generally natural- iz CYNOSURUS CRISTATUS L. In his unpublished manuscript, Essaz sur la Flore de Terre-Neuve et des Iles St. Pierre et Miclon, based on his collections made from 1816- 1820, and preserved in the general library of the Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle at Paris, where I had the privilege of consulting it in Sep- tember, 1930, through the great kindness of the Chief Librarian, Dr. Léon Bultingaire, and his very helpful assistant, Mme. de Mouricaud, Bachelot de la Pylaie seemed to regard Cynosurus as indigenous in Newfoundland and the French Islands: “ Cette espéce croft a l’ile St. Pierre dans les terrains inférieurs, parmi les autre graminées qui forment des espéces du prairieux naturelles: elle se trouve aussi a Terre-neuve dans semblables localités, le long des ruisseaux et des riviéres, au bord des bois.” The numerous collections from about the Bay of Islands and from the Avalon Peninsula (Mrs. Ayre) seem to be introductions; and Brother Arséne considered it (RHopoRA, xxix. 207) an introduction on St. Pierre et Miquelon. In the same manuscript La Pylaie recorded *MoLInIA CAERULEA (L.) Moench as a native of boggy barrens near the West Coast, saying (under Melica caerulea L.): “ Cette plante croft dans leslandes dures et marécagueses qui se trouvent sur la c6te occidentale de Terre-neuve, & une certain distance du rivage: elle est rare. . . La plante ne différe pas de celle qui croft en Europe.” As yet this rare species has not been rediscovered in western Newfoundland but the habitat is right for Molinia, which should confidently be sought. CaTABROSA aquatica (L.) Beauv., var. laurentiana, nov (TAB. 242, Frias. 3 and 4), foliis caulinis ‘subacutis vel sii & aa apice rotundatis; culmo valde grosseque sulcato; paniculis contractis lan- ceolatis vel ee ovoideis 2-16 cm. longis 1-8 cm. diametro, in- ternodiis imis 0.7-3 em. longis, ramis horizontaliter patentibus ad 138 Rhodora ’ [APRIL basin versus floriferis; spiculis ochroleucis vel purpurascentibus 1-2- oris; lemmatibus 2-3 mm. ongis.—Springs, rills, pools and fresh to brackish marshes, near the coast, southeastern Labrador, New- foundland, southeastern Quebec, Magdalen psecpe Prince Edward oe and northeastern New Brunswick. LABRADOR: Seal Islands, , E. B. Delabarre. NEWFOUNDLAND: swaley tases: in of pool in aa hoa barrens, — Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,286; turfy and gravelly leroy paths (stunted indi vuals), Flower Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 27,434; borders of springs at foot of seems sea-cliffs, base of Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 12 t runs and boggy ee = limestone barrens, near Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,285. ne EBE wet places, Blane Sablon (« Labrador”), F ernald & sit ne. 2600; springy marsh near the shore, habia St. John, no. 90,1 sur les riv ages calcaires, Pointe-aux-Amm Vietorin € "Rolland, no. 18,225; rivages du lac Salé, Ile a la Chae, “Archipel de Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 25,881; le long = la petite riviére, Pointe de l’Est, Anticosti, Victorin & Roll and, no. 27,800; cold brook at edge of salt marsh, Ste. Anne des Monts, Collins & F arvuld, no. 28; border of salt marsh, Capucins, July 28, 1922, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,867 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); abundant i in a cold brook, mouth o f Bona- venture River, aly 31, 1902, Williams & Fernald; August . 3 & 4, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; springy holes at edge of salt marsh, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 872; brackish shore, Cacouna, Victorin, no- 595; shore of St. Lawrence, Temis aa Pesach t 7, 1879, Pringle; vicinity of Cap 4l’Aigle, J. sey no. 68,967. MagpALEN ISLANDS: brook in springy marsh and wet sand, =p entire Island, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, nos. Ga, 6883; sur les dun es humides, Tle du Havre-au-Ber, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9040. Prin a EpwakD IsLaNnD: cold springy shore, Southport, rt, Fernald & St. J ohn, no. 6881; nite marsh, Southport, Fernald & St. John, in Pl. Exsice. Gray: 121. New Brunswick: fresh to brackish marshy ground, Dal- ‘soe, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,868. I am unable to place the plant of cold springs, rills and pools 12 eastern Canada, Newfoundland and Labrador with any of the de- scribed variations of Catabrosa aquatica. The aggregate species has # wide range across Eurasia, north to subarctic regions; in wester? North America, from Alaska to the Saskatchewan, south, chiefly iD the mountains, to Arizona, Colorado and Nebraska; and borders of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Straits of Belle Isle. In the latteT area, where the plant abounds in cold waters near the fisheries, it might easily be taken to be a recent introduction from Europe, & pecially as it is as greedily eaten by the cattle as the European plant 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 139 and, apparently, spread by them to wet cowtrails and roads some distance from the pools in which it truly luxuriates. So generally have we come to associate the grass with the cattle-infested areas, where it is difficult to secure good specimens, that frivolous and clas- sical members of my parties have nicknamed it “Cattlebrows’er,”? the name Catabrosa itself referring to the erose or nibbled margins of the glumes and lemmas. Var. laurentiana is nearer to Catabrosa aquatica, var. uniflora S. F. Gray, than to other varieties of the species. Typical C. aquatica is apparently the large European plant with the cauline leaves rounded at tip; the panicles very long (mostly 1-2.5 dm. long), with delicate capillary whorled branches up to 1 dm. in length, whence one of the English names, WaTER Harr-crass. In the well developed panicles (1.5-2.5 dm. long), shown in Fic. 1, the lowest whorls are 3-6 cm. apart, the longer branches (4-10 cm. long) are spikelet-bearing chiefly above the middle and until very mature are slightly ascending. The spikelets are 2 (sometimes 3 or 4)-flowered. The culms (just above the ‘I realize that, in putting on record such —— which often relieve the monotony of ‘changing driers" and of ‘‘salivating’’ specimens, there Fadia danger of being wholly misunderstood by those who lack the ‘ ‘Vapbob asuee of At least, when I recorded one of our bits of —— humor in 1926 the effort ‘tan flat. ing legger’.""—Fernald, Resnuar xxviii. 61 (1926). his was intended as an obvious — but the greatest humor in the series was reached only when the matter was rved by the most prominent of British local Of enim Noticing that it along ths high ts Ss Pedestrians to prickly little fruits had become atta ”"—_Druce. Bot Se oe Cl. Brit. Isl. Rept 339, 340 (1928). The fishermen of the Straits of ec a re not bishops, although my characterization of Carex microglochin as aoe aristocratic” may have created the impression that it frequently associates th “mytrede bisshopes 140 Rhodora [APRIL upper leaf) are closely and shallowly furrowed (Fic. 2). Var. uniflora (var. subtilis Hook.), as shown by Lange, FI. Dan. xvii. fase. li. 3, t. mmumii. fig. 2 (1883),and by many European sj (see Fras. 5 and 6), is very similar to the newly proposed var. lawrentiana in having the cauline leaves narrowed to tip, the culms coarsely furrowed, the panicle comparatively small and the spikelets mostly 1-flowered; but the panicle is lax and open as in typical European C. aquatica, with the branches subascending until mature. The Rocky Mountain repre- sentative of the species (Fics. 7 and 8) seems to be var. uniflora. (To be continued) Rhodora Plate 242 + Wy / CaTaBRosa AQuamica: FIG. 1, panicle, X 1; FIG. 2, summit of culm, X 6. C. pit var. LAURENTIANA: FIG. 3, panicle, X 1; ria. 4, summit of culm, X 6. QUATICA, var. UNIFLORA: FIGs. 5 (European) and 7 (American), panicles, X 1; FIGS. 6 aaa and 8 (American), summits of culms, x 6. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 161 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Continued from page 140) AGROPYRON § GouLARDA IN EastTERN Nortu AMERICA.—With four recent monographic studies of North American Agropyron one would suppose it possible to place our few plants of this group with relative satisfaction. In 1897 there appeared Scribner & Smith’s extensive Native and Introduced Species of the Genera Hordeum and Agropyron;! in 1905 Piper’s brief but critical Agropyron tenerum and its Allies;? in 1910 Pease & Moore’s Agropyron caninum and its North American Allies;? and in 1932 Malte’s The so-called Agropyron Caninum (L.) Beauv. of North America.4 All four papers are the result of close study and careful consideration but if we accept the conclusions of one of the revisions we find ourselves at odds with the others. The genus is notoriously difficult and individual judgments as to specific and varietal lines are bound to differ; consequently, no one treatment can now be worked out which will be wholly satisfactory to all stu- dents. In the area best known to me, the region from southern Labra- dor and Newfoundland to New England and the Great Lakes, the genus has its great development in eastern North America; and assiduous collecting (nearly 300 numbers) of it and close study of its complexities, both in the field and in the herbarium, during a period of forty-five years have given me a bowing acquaintance with the group which makes it difficult to follow, without some divergence, any of the four revisions above noted. The greatest discrepancies are found in the treatments of § Goularda, the nonstoloniferous group of which Agropyron caninum (L.) Beauv. is typical. As Malte clearly shows® (pp. 28-30), true A. caninum of Eurasia is quite a different species from the long-awned plant of North America which has erroneously passed for it. Abundant herbarium material supports this decision, so that the primary premises of Pease & Moore’s revision, that our plant is A. caninum and that such very different plants as A. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm.) ' Scribner & Smith, U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 23-36 (1897). ; Piper, Bull. Torr, Bot. Cl. xxii, 543-547 (1905). ease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 61-77 (1910). ‘ Malte, Nat. Mus. Can. Ann. Rep. for 1930, 27-48, plates 1-5 (1932). * Earlier students, Beal and others, had doubted the occurrence of A. caninum in America; and in 1900 Scribner (in Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 9) implied that we do not have it. 162: a, Rhodora [May Rydb. and A. tenerum Vasey are merely variations of it, lose much of their force. The North American counterpart of the Eurasian 4. caninum, the plant (PLATE 244, Fries. 1-4, and Map 18) with long awns, occurring generally from Newfoundland and eastern Canada to New England and Pennsylvania, thence across the continent, is Triticum subsecundum Link (1833), the type of which is illustrated by Malte (his plate v), while its very large extreme (our PLATE 244, Fias. 5-7 and MAP 19), with glumes, lemmas and often the awns longer, is A. Richardsoni Schrad. (1838) or A. unilaterale Cassidy (1890), not A. untlaterale Beauv. (1812). Scribner & Smith, Hitchcock (in Gray’ ; Manual) and Rydberg all maintain the two latter (A. “caninum” and A. Richardsoni) as distinct species; Pease & Moore as different varieties; and Malte treats them as strictly identical! Agropyron Richardsoni and the so-called A. caninum of North Amer- ica sometimes overlap in their characters, but the former has a distinc- tive disruption of geographic range which suggests that it is not merely a selected series of overgrown individuals. Whereas A. “caninum” (map 18) is a common or frequent plant of either calcareous or non- calcareous ledgy and gravelly shores and dry woods and thickets from eastern Newfoundland to Pennsylvania, thence westward to the Pacific, the coarse A. Richardsoni (Mar 19) is decidedly localized east of the Great Lakes: confined to the St. Lawrence system eastward to Gaspé and Anticosti, chiefly in calcareous soils. Therefore, A. Rich- ardsoni, with a distinctive geographic range and in its typical develop- ment with clearly recognizable morphological characters, is, it seems to me, at least a good geographic variety. Malte, agreeing in principle with Pease & Moore, treats Agropyro” tenerum Vasey (PLATE 243, Fics. 1-3), including both A. pseudorepens Seribn. & Sm. (PLATE 243, Fias. 4-6) and A. novae-angliae Scribn. (PLATE 243, Fics. 7-9), and North American A. “caninum” (PLATE 244, Fias. 1-4) including A. Richardsoni (PLATE 244, FIGs. 5-7) as one polymorphic species; but, having demonstrated that the North American plant is not the Eurasian A. caninum, he correctly takes UP for the aggregate-species of North America the next available name, A, trachycaulum (Link) Malte (1932), based on Triticum trachycaulum Link, apparently overlooking the fact, however, that the same com bination under Agropyron was made by Steudel in 1854 and was re- peated by Candargy in 1901. The type of Agropyron trachycaulum, illustrated by Malte, is exactly A, tenerum Vasey (1885), but, again agreeing with Pease & Moore, 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 163 Malte merges with it two plants, A. pseudorepens Scribn. & Sm. and A. novae-angliae Scribn., which in eastern America are much more widely dispersed than typical A. trachycaulum. True A. trachycaulum or A. tenerum (PLATE 243, Figs. 1-3 and MaP 15) (also Triticum pauci- florum Schwein. (1824) ) has very slender and elongate spikes, with the tightly appressed spikelets scarcely imbricated, the tips of most of them failing to reach the spikelet next above (on the same side); many of the internodes of the rachis strongly quadrate, with all four sides deeply concaved, the middle internodes mostly 0.8-2 cm. long; glumes coriaceous or subcoriaceous, with hyaline border 0.4-0.6 mm. broad and the closely embraced rachillas (PLATE 243, FIG. 3) usually only scabrous or appressed-pubescent. This plant, true A. trachycaulum or A. tenerum, is widely dispersed in western North America, from southern Alaska to California, thence eastward to the more western of the Great Lakes; east of Minnesota and adjacent Ontario and Wis- consin it is represented in the extensive eastern collections in the Gray Herbarium only from limestone cliffs, slopes and gravels near the Gulf of St. Lawrence in eastern Quebec: Anticosti and the Mingan Islands, the Gaspé Peninsula and Bic. The other plants merged, without any indication of doubt by Pease & Moore (except that they separated the shorter-spiked specimens of A. pseudorepens as A. caninum, var. Hornemanni) and, again, by Malte, with true A. trachycaulum (A. tenerum) usually have dense spikes of well-imbricated and less closely appressed spikelets; the internodes of the rachis usually not strongly quadrate but with con- vex or corrugated backs and commonly 2 (instead of 4) ciliate edges; the middle internodes short; the glumes inclined to be more herbaceous and narrowly margined (hyaline margins only 0.1-0.4 mm. broad); the free rachillas commonly villous (with loosely spreading pubes- cence). These plants with denser spikes appear in two well marked geographic trends. The first of these (PLATE 243, Fics. 4-6 and MAP 16) is prevailingly calcicolous, occurring very generally from southern Labrador and the lower St. Lawrence to southern Maine on limy soils or on the margins of the sea or in brackish or saline marshes. Inland it is more inclined to take to the upland, occurring (as A. caninum, var. Hornemanni Pease & Moore) in the subalpine and al- pine (not always calcareous) regions of Maine and New Hampshire. It next appears on the north shore of Lake Superior and extends thence across the calcareous plains westward, where it is known as 164 Rhorora [May A. pseudorepens. This plant he comparatively dense spikes, in maturity (in fruit) averaging 7 mm. in diameter, in anthesis much thicker, and with glumes averaging 12.5 mm. long. As stated, the shorter-spiked members of this series were called by Pease & Moore A. caninum, var. Hornemanni and many botanists have identified them with A. violacewm (Hornem.) Lange, based upon Triticum violaceum Hornem. Malte clearly shows, however, that the name Triticum violaceum was a nomen confusum which should be rejected, while 7. biflorum, 8. Hornemanni Koch, involved in the typification of A. caninum, var. Hornemanni, was, by description, A. latiglwme (Scribn. & Sm.) Rydb., an arctic species with unkeeled and broad-margined broadly oblong to narrowly obovate glumes and pubescent lemmas, which is unknown in eastern North America south of northern Labra- or. ; The other dense-spiked plant. with villous rachillas, merged by Pease & Moore and now by Malte with typical Agropyron trachy- caulum (A. tenerum), is A. novae-angliae (PLATE 243, Fias. 7-9 and MAP 17), characterized by its slender spike (in maturity averaging only 5 (3-6) mm. in diameter), with the glumes averaging 8 (5-10) mm. long and the lemmas proportionally small. A. novae-angliae passes into A. pseudorepens, which in turn merges into A. trachycaulum, but in its typical form A. novae-angliae in the East is a plant of low altitudes and usually on neutral to acid soils (either rock, gravel or wet peat) from northern Labrador to the granitic hills of southern New England, thence westward. In general, then, while typical A. trachycaulum in eastern America is confined to the limestones border- ing the Gulf of St. Lawrence in Quebec, A. pseudorepens, also chiefly calcicolous, has a wider eastern range, from southern Labrador to southern Maine and northern New Hampshire; and A. novae-angliae, chiefly of neutral or acid soils, ssa-aas into the cooler parts of southern New England. Although very different in their extremes, all these plants seem to pass, as Pease & Moore and, later, Malte have independently main- tained, into one another.' In their best developments, however, they all have rather distinct geographic ranges, at least in eastern America; and I find myself looking upon them as reasonably defined geographic 1 The late Charles Walter Swan, an unassuming but ahepasapaeen nansvd student of New England grasses, left many suggestive notes on specimens On one of A. trachycaulum, var. glaucum (‘ A. salty focntars tags collected at = arom in 1898, te: ‘Cut off awns and compare. Why, ‘violaceum’ [i. e. novae-angliae]-” Rhodors PYRON TRACHYCAULUM r; inflore SCE FIG. 4, mature s closed oung initoee scence < Ps FIG. 5, y ei mont: NOVAB<-A FIG NGLIAE young FIi¢ 8, ripe biMosensan nce “ah Bt Fri i, from Quebec om nan Massac ne setts; 1 Plate 243 inflorescence, X l, m 1 collection FIG. 3, internode of rac! ‘illa, closely embraced by lemma, inflores 7 Newfoundlan ,: pseudorepens: { < 1, from type-r n, Willougl Ver- V internodes of rachilla, tig EN al a RS SE SS eee ee eg a ee SETS 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 165 varieties. It does not seem satisfactory to submerge as identical with A. trachycaulum (A. tenerum) such pronounced variations as A. pseudorepens and A. novae-angliae; nor does it seem any more satis- factory to treat as strictly identical A. Richardsoni (A. unilaterale) and the smaller “A. caninum.” All or nearly all of our varieties of Agropyron trachycaulum may have green or more or less glaucous or glabrous or more or less pubes- cent phases. These usually occur without appreciable geographic segregation (often in closely adjacent colonies), and long experience in the field has abundantly demonstrated that such variations may be expected throughout the ranges of any of the major or primary varieties. Pease & Moore, following what seems the more logical method in such cases, treated them as formae, this being the procedure which for several years the more progressive systematists have been adopting. Thus, the late Otto Holmberg, whose regrettable death has left unfinished the most scholarly of Scandinavian floras, treated such minor tendencies as forms, reserving the varietal category for stronger variations, with notable differences in size of parts or with morphological a and somewhat definite ranges: Festuca ovina, f. hispidula and f. laeviflora, but var. vivipara and var. duriuscula; F. rubra, f. Missense and f. planifolia, but var. commutata and var. oclandica; Agropyron repens, f. pubescens, but var. maritimum; etc. In general, I have for some years been trying to follow this procedure and so have Blake, Eames, Weatherby and others in America. Malte, discussing such variations, concludes that “all variations of the same nature ought to be considered as equals, i. e. ought to be conceded equal taxonomic rank and value.” As pure logic, wholly dissociated from the actual vagaries of Nature, this may be conceded; but, surely, when applied in classification, the logic often fails; characters which in one group are of great taxonomic importance in another may prove wholly unimportant and to be a series of nonconcomitant and unre- solvable variables. In the present case I find myself unable to follow my friend, Malte, in treating selected plants with “at least” a trace of parece ce on the old shrivelled basal sheaths, persisting from last year’s new vegetative shoot, as true varieties on a par with variations so strong that they are often considered good species: such phases of the long-awned plants as his Agropyron trachycaulum, vars. ciliatum and glaucum or of the awnless plants as his vars. trichocoleum and Fernaldii. Nor can I 166 Rhodora [May treat as coordinate with the true geographic varieties (which Scribner & Smith, Piper, Hitchcock and Rydberg have treated as full species) the more or less glaucous individuals (Malte’s A. trachycaulum, vars. glaucescens, Fernaldii, caerulescens and glaucum), minor tendencies which differ from the green individuals only in having more wax on the surface. By drying these over heat or by immersing them in hot water A. trachycaulum, var. glaucescens becomes the green plant (A. violaceum, var. majus Vasey); var. Fernaldii becomes the green var. trichocoleum and vars. caerulescens and glaucum promptly become their greener counterparts. As a matter of fact, furthermore, authentic specimens of two of these so-called “varieties” from the same locality are so nearly in- distinguishable that only by the closest examination can one detect that they may possibly have been collected from different clumps. Agropyron trachycaulum, var. Fernaldii (Pease & Moore) Malte, based on A. caninum, var. tenerum, f. Fernaldii Pease & Moore, is a slightly glaucous phase with “At least the lowest sheaths pubescent.” Its designated type was collected by John Macoun, no. 68,978, at Cap 4 l’Aigle on “ August 8,” 1905 (in Gray Herb.) and as identical with it Pease & Moore cited another collection in the Gray Herbarium from Cap a l’Aigle, “J. Macoun. . . no. 68979,” with the date (on the label) also “ Aug. 8th, 1905.” Unfortunately, Pease & Moore made a slight but confusing error, for Macoun’s no. 68,978 (their type) has the date on the label (in Macoun’s hand) “ Aug. 24th,” instead of “ August 8,” as cited by them. The two sheets look like young mate- rial (no. 68,979, labelled “ Aug. 8th”) and over-ripe material from the same colony (no. 68,978, labelled “Aug. 24th”) and the transposition of the date would be of little consequence had not Malte included no- 68,979 as one of the three known collections of his new A. trachy- caulum, var. glaucescens which is distinguished from his var. F' ernaldit only by having “Sheaths glabrous.” The type of var. Fernaldii (no- 68,978) has all the cauline leaves and sheaths quite glabrous but, when diligently searched for, two or three of the marcescent old sheaths at the base of the plant, but by no means all, show some pilosity. The younger material (no. 68,979) from the same locality, which Malte puts into a second of his varieties because it has “ Sheaths glabrous,” shows, likewise, in the material sent by Macoun to the Gray Herba- rium, very definite pubescence upon some of the new basal offshoots: The treatment of such trivial individual divergencies (in these ca5® 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 167 with lack of apparent divergence) as true varieties does not seem wise, and their recognition as anything but visible but taxonomically un- important departures from a theoretical type does not seem worth while. At any rate, such slight ecological or physiological responses are not comparable with the varieties which show strong departures in characters of the spikelets, in habitats and in ranges, departures so pronounced that several agrostologists have considered them true species. In § Holopyron, represented in eastern America by species with elon- gate rootstocks, there is less difference of opinion. All recent authors are agreed as to the distinctness of Agropyron dasystachyum (Hook.) Vasey, A. Smithii Rydberg, A. repens (L.) Beauv. and the American representative of A. pungens (Pers.) R. & S (pLaTe 245, Fig. 5). In recent years A. pungens has been called by some European botanists some kind of hybrid: by Ascherson & Graebner Triticum junceum X repens; by Rouy A. junceum X littoreum; by Holmberg A. litorale X repens. Now, a species (PLATE 245, Fic. 5), thoroughly consistent in all its characters and clearly matching European A. pungens, is indigenous at the sea-margin, on shingly beaches, sand dunes and borders of salt marshes, from Cape Breton to Cape Cod, the plant described from the Maine coast as A. tetrastachys Scribn. & Sm. It is a thoroughly typical element in the flora of this district, along with Puccinellia maritima (Huds.) Parl., Festuca rubra, var. juncea (Hackel) Richter, Carex maritima O. F. Mueller, Polygonum Raii Bab., Suaeda maritima (L.) Dumort., Lathyrus japonicus Willd., vars., and other maritime species which share the European and the American shores of the North Atlantic. Yet neither Agropyron junceum, A. littoreum nor A. litorale is known on the coast of northeastern America. Under the circumstances, with A. pungens a constant member of our mari- time flora, it seems inevitable that it should be maintained as a true species. Without overloading the present paper with needlessly detailed descriptions, the leading diagnostic characters of the eastern American species of Agropyron of both sections, as I now interpret them, may briefly summarized in the synoptic key which follows. Since there has been much confusion in the group (especially in § Goularda), sufficient specimens in that section (preferably of numbered exsiccatae which will be mostly represented in numerous herbaria) are cited to render my interpretation perhaps intelligible to others. The spikes of 168 Rhodora [May characteristic specimens of the different species and varieties in § oularda are shown, life-size, in PLATES 243 and 2 For the loan of several types of Vasey and of Scribner & Smith I am indebted to the great kindness of Professor A. S. Hitchcock; for the loan of the type of Triticum pauciflorum Schwein. to Dr. Francis W. Pennell; and for material possibly representative of Cassidy’s views to Professor Ernest C. Smith Knry To THE SPECIES OF AGROPYRON IN EastTERN NortTH AMERICA a. ji pei not strongly flattened, at maturity readily disin the individual florets promptly ee rae gt *- pe Dope culms solitary or loosely to densely cespitose c Ghia fiat or slightly convex, scarcely keeled, herbaceous or submembranaceous, oblong to narrowly obova , with hyaline margin 0.5-1 mm. broad: lemmas pubescent: spike 3-13 cm. long: plant arctic or subarctic Mier us A. latiglume. c. Glumes keeled, subcoriaceous to herbaceous, ROSS an late to elliptic, with hyaline margin 0.1-0.6 mm. broad: emmas glabrous (rar ly scabrous): spikes 2.5 long: plants of temperate wee 2. A, trachycaulum. b. Anthers 3 mm. long: lemmas with strongly arched-divergent Lome OWI ee a as as a es 3. A. spicatum. a, Spikelets ne ly flattened or 4-sided, at maturity dropping intact from the rachis, the individual florets not readily de- tached: anthers at | 14 as long as the lemmas, —. long: ate face of seb deeply channeled: culms soli t : rootstocks very elongate and extensively kite. { Hovorrnox Holmb. l. c. 273 (1 ge eee us to lanate. .4. A. dasystachyum.- o Lemmas and rachillas giabrous to y enbrous rene e. Glumes linear-attenuate, ta with ht mar- gins from below the middle: spikelets sit fowored cartilaginous band of upper nodes of culm shorter asi thinks oo eee oe ee eee . A. Smithit. e. Glumes lanceolate to oblong, ots curving to tip from above the pew — 3-7 ah the mari- noe no. 6, —11)-flow ous band of cou inv coarse ribs: top ot aaies bella (clesety filled with nor 4 6. A. pungens. Spik e usually n ot _conspicuously quadrate: inter- ice 2-7-flowered: glumes herbaceous, vith ender keel and ribs: leaves soft, flat, with crowded fine nerves: top of culm hollow........ 7. A. repens. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 169 . A. LaTIGLuME (Scribn. & Sm.) Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. - xxxvi. 539 (1909). =A. violaceum latiglume Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dep Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 30 (1897). A. bifloru fag (Scribn. & Sm.) Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 547 (190 ‘Spey. caninum, var. latiglume (Scribn. & Sm. ) Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 73 (191 0) .—An arctic species, extending south in eastern America only to Laprapor: Rama, August 20-24, 1897, Sornborger, no. 263, as A. violaceum dpa latiglume belongs to an arctic and subarctic series, in- cluding the American A. alaskanum Scribn. & Merr. and A. yukonis Scribn. & Merr. and the Old World A. mutabile Drobov. The material from continental boreal America is as yet too scanty to make out the true status of all these reputed species. 2. A. TRACHYCAULUM (Link) Steud.—A highly variable North American species, represented i in eastern America by the following five Breen varieties. Bee. ol s 0.4- 0.6 mm. broad: wpikelete in ours paras ptoenicon the yq wi sides concave and winged, mostly 0.8-2 cm. long; the 2nd internode 0.8-1.5 mm. broad, igh 3 mm. thick: ra- y with spreading pubescen Glumes (exeliding awns, when eesent) & averiging 12.5 (10— ae long: contracted fruiting spike averaging 7 (5-12) ‘ vin Hh CU tg fe re eG ore Ua ire Var. majus. Glumes (excluding awns, when present) hd 8 (7-10) m. long: contracted fruiting spike averaging 5 (3-6) mm : thi ne Var. T ocainp-angllan: a. Awns nearly e equaling ure much longer than body of lemma. Glumes averaging 9 (6-12) mm. long: awns of lemmas 7-20 mm. long: pon ir 4 ——-? spike (excluding aan) averaging 5 (3-10) mm. thick ibewa leit Ci wane ek oiies Var. glaucum. Glumes averaging 13.5 (12-18) mm. long of lemmas 10-40 mm. long: apc fruiting wire (exahiting gg 5 ie ri D. (O-“2G) se GOR ss a oe ee ar. unilaterale. icum. Triticum ikncies Link, Hort. Bot. Berol. ii. 189 Cis T. paucifloru Sug Schwein. in Keating’s Narr. Long’s 2d 1 For data nti dle. Journ. Rot. xxxvii. 33. 34 (1899). 170 Rhodora [May “Host” eentape a misprint for “ Hort”); Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Mus. Can. 42 (1932). Crithopyrum trachycaulum (Link) Steud. lie. (1854). A. tenerum Vasey, Bot. Gaz. x. 258 (1885). A. repens, var. tenerum (Vasey) Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 637 (1896). A. tenerum pried hese Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 30 (1897). A. pseudorepens magnum Scribn. & Sm. 1. ¢. 34 (1897); para large spikelets. A. tenerum 2 a (Seribn. & Sm.) Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 546 (1905). A. caninum, Var. tenerum (Vasey) Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 71 (1910). Zea um, var. tenerum (Vasey) Malte, lc. 44 (1932). PLATE ae Fics. 1-3, and Map 15.—Western North America, from obra to California, eastward to western Ontario, Wisconsin (perhaps in- Sree ee and Missouri (introduced) ; limestone ey about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Quebec. The following selected specimens Map 15. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, var. TYPICUM. (chiefly Seana are typical. QueBeEc: sur les rivages calca ires, Grande Ile, Archipel de Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 20, 555; sur les platiéres colcatien: Riv. au Saumon, Anticosti, Victorin e no. "20,588; 2 sur les éboulis dans les gorges, R. Vaureal, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,889; sur les bords de la petite rivitres no. 36; calcareous sea-cliffs between Mont Louis and R. & Pierre, F. ernald & Smi “0 no. 25,465; Mt. St. Pierre, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,199; dry calcareous slaty talus of Mt. St. Pierre Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2423; cobbly beach of Gulf of St. Lawrence, Cap au Renard, Fe rnald & ' Pease, no. 24,909; shore of 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 171 limestone-conglomerate cliffs and ledges, Cap au Massacre, Bic, July 16, 1904, Collins & Fernald. Ontario: sands at Pic R., July 30, 1869, J. Macoun, no. 175. Wiccua Murphy’s Railroad nek, Green Bay, July 15, 1897, Schuette. Manrrosa: Emerson, July 17, Mictonecs no. 246, July 10, 1899, ush, no. 142. Cou LORADO: Fort Garland, 1884, Vasey (type no. ball = nee Nasy , as designated by Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. 543 (190 5))—form with very slender spike; near ak Ryerg no. 2401 (type of A. pseudorepens magnum Scribn. & Sm., consequently of A. tenerum magnum (Scribn. & Sm.) Piper; in U. S. Nat. Herb. )—form with gate! ag OREGON: along spring-runs in open places, near Grant ss, Howe ~ Fics (type of A. tenerum longifolium Scribn. & Sok. ., in U. S. Nat Var. majus (Vasey), comb. nov. ?A. violaceum, B. virescens Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 155 (1880). A. violaceum, var. majus Vasey, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 280 (1893). A. pseudorepens Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 34 (1897). A. tenerum majus Vasey ex Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 543 (1905). A. in large part, but not as to nares eget Triticum biflorum . Hornemanni Koch, acc. to Malte, 1. c. 38 (1932). A. tenerum, var. pseudorepens (Scribn. & Sm.) M. E. hari Contr. West. Bot. xiv. 19 (1912). Zeia pseudorepens (Scribn. & Sm.) Lunell, Am. Mid]. Nat. iv. 226 (1915). Prare 243, ries. 4-6, and map 16.—Chiefly in calcareous or subalkaline soils, southern Labrador (and ?Greenland) to southern British Columbia, south to coast of Maine, northern New Hampshire, Lake Superior (Ontario) Nebraska, Colorado, Nevada and Oregon. The following, selected from a large representation, are typical. Laprapor: rocks, Forteau, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2690. NEWFOUNDLAND: edge of salt marsh, Killigrew’s, Fernald & W no. 4691; dry cliffs and talus, Tilt Cove, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4690; ledges, talus and gravel by Exploits R., Bishop Falls, Fernald & ‘tegand, no. 4687; ledges, etc., Reclois R., Grand Falls, Fernald & Wiegand, 4686; gravelly and turfy strand near Isthmus Cove, Pistolet Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,435; turfy lime- stone barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,438; wet spruce, th Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,323; lime- stone ledges and gravel, St. Barbe, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,324; turfy limestone shore, Plum Point, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long 172 Rhodora {May & Dunbar, no. 26,325 (approaching var. unilaterale); peaty limestone barrens, St. John Isl., Fernald et al., no. 27,436; turfy and gravelly shore, Back (or Bustard) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1282; turfy terraces and slopes, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1281; wet runs and boggy spots, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald & Wie- gand, no. 2680; damp shores, Port Saunders, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2687; serpentine tablelands, alt. 380 m., Bonne Bay, Fernald & Wie- gand, no. 2684; inside the strand, Southeast Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2693; shelves and talus of diorite, Western Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1283; dry sandy soil near sea- et s Per of Islands, Panes & Godfrey, no. 5878; oon beach, Little River, Macken Griscom ,178. ih ge Fears Be aa Blane ile hes Ties. ene Id & W: ae and, no. 2689; grassy hillside, R. 4 la Truite, Brest, St. John, no. 90,169; pee isle Map 16. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, var. MAJUS- in R. St. Augustin, St. John, no. 90,168; grassy shore, Pointe aU Maurier, Charnay, St. John. no. 90, 170; at rod cailloutis calcaire, Lac Salé, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,772; cailloutis caleaire, R. la Loutre, Anticos ti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24, 773 (transition to var. unilaterale); sur asi platiéres, R. Chicotte, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 27,890, 27,892; platigres —— R. MacDonald, Anti- costi, Victorin, Rolland & Lowis-Marie, nos. 20,553, 20,557, 20, 559; fal- aises ‘de la Montagne Saint-Alban, Cap pera Victorin ‘etal. ,no. 17,834; calcareous walls of Grande Coupe, Percé, Fernald & Collins, no. be meadows (alt. 1200 m.), Mt. Au Cain Tobe Mts., Fe Smith, no. 25,467; boggy spots at 1000 m., tableland of "Mt. posi Fernald & Collins, no. 35; crevices and talus of serpentine, Lac Diable, Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, no. 411; dans le massif de Rhodora Plate 244 if ROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. GLAUCUM ; erp nee, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. : or rescenc , from Type of var. caerul infloresce < 1, from TYPE of V : oe illa and a a lemma. 5, inflorescen none ee : hasten of rachilla and sion of lemme. > : 6. inflorescence, 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 173 serpentine, Ruisseau des Neiges, Victorin et al., no. 17,829; dry schistose crests and talus, alt. 850-1000 m., Mt. Logan, Pease Smith, no. 25,466; alluvial islands at mouth of Bonavennne R., Ww acoun, nos. 68,978 Nit : > Assn ain var. tenerum, f. Fernaldit Pease & Moore; consequent rie ai var. Fernaldii (Pease & Moore) Malte), 68, on rer by Malte as var. glaucescens Malte); 68,981 (green ae MaGDALEN inci sandstone bluffs, jor Isle, Fernald, Long & St. John, nos. 6937 (glaucous), 6938 & Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6043. Nova Scorta: barrens, St. Paul I., Perry & Roscoe, no. 77; thicket yp salt marsh, Village- dale, F, fet Long & Linder, no. 20,104; rocky and gravelly beach (brackish), Eel Take Fernald, Bean & White, no. 20,101; brackish marsh, Abram R., Fernald, Bean & White, no. 20,103; thin open humus (on basalt), North Mt., Belle Isle, Fernald, Bartram, Long & Fassett, no. 23,342. New BRUNS wick: brackish marsh, Bathurst, S. F. Blake, no. 5459; shelves of sea-cliffs ers north of Whale Cove, Grand Ma anan, Weatherby & Weatherby, 5490. Marne: Mt. Katahdin, August, 1892, F. P. Briggs; slide, West Wall, North Basin, Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Williams, Fernald; North Wa ll, North Basin, Katahdin n, ca Ewer, no. 147; opening by Chimney Pond, Katahdin, Ewer, no 241; Mt. Kineo, August 26, 1867, C. E. Smith; damp basaltic shingle, Lubec, Fernald, no. 1365; calcareous ledges, Kelly Point, Pembroke, Fernald, no. 1369; sp of salt marsh, Roque Bluffs, August 6, 1919, Know lton; dry sandy shore, Machiasport, July 25, 1914, Knowlton; rocky shore, Matinicus, August 6, 1919, A. . Long; rocks along shore, Ocean Point, Boothbay, Fassett, no. 234; salt marsh, Wells Beach, July 23, 1898, Fernald. gees Hamp- SHIRE: railroad track, Northumberland, Fe renld & Pease, no. 16,715; in alpinis Montium Alborum,” Tuckerman; Oakes Gulf, Mt. Wash- ington, Faxon, Sebategien, Kennedy et al.; Alpine Garden, Mt. Wash- ington, Faz xon, Pease, no. 10,600; Fan of ‘Huntington’s Ravine, Pease, no. 13,898; outlet of ‘Lake of ‘the Clouds, Mt. Washington, Robinson, no. 979; Ethan’s Pond, Mt. Willey, August, 1877, Faxon; summit of Mt. Willard, ae 19, 1894, henry border of rich deciduous woods, orth W oodstoc , Fernald, no. 11,566. VERMONT: gravelly bank, Canaan, Hai no. 10 ,088. Pent Pic R., Lake Superior, Loring; mouth of Dog R., Lake Superior, J. Macoun, no. 176. Nort Brookings, June 29, 1897, Thornbe BRASKA: cago e ager 20, 1895, ydberg, no. 2018 (type of A. pseudorepens & Sm. ), Shear, no. 272 (topotype of A. pse pens) ; priest July Aa udore » J. M. Bates; Broken Bow, alt. 2478 ft., Pammel, no. venna, Pammel, no. 59; wet valley near Whitman , Rydberg, BO. 1619. Wyomine: Wood’s Landing, Albany Co., elson, no. 3965; Pelican 174 Rhodora [Mar Creek, Yellowstone Park, Tweedy, no. 624. CoLorapo: Walsen ~~ Huerfano Co., alt. 6000 ft., Clements, no. 81; South Park, £. a! no. 11. ik Lone Mt., alt. 8000 ft., Elko Co., P. B. ennedy, no. 4357; Truckee meadows, near Sparks, Kennedy, 00 3060. anapth 1884, Cusick, no. 1134 (ryPE of A. var. majus y; consequently of A. tenerum majus Vasey; Yacht as in typical z pik oes but plant otherwise like the common eastem form). WasHINGTON: Pullman, Piper, no. 1910, in part (mixed with var. novae-angliae). British Couumpra: Cascade, J. M. Macoun, no. 63,388. The sheaths, blades or spikes are more or less glaucous in the minor oar or state: var. tenerum, f. Fernaldii Pease & Moore, |. ¢» 73 dato). oe yes aulum, var. glaucescens Malte in H. F. Lewis, nly Nat. Mus. Can. 45 (19 on) A iguecnurns var. Fernaldit (Pease & Moore) Malte, 1. c. 46 (1932). The varietal name Agropyron violaceum, 8. virescens Lange (1880) can hardly be taken up, although it is not impossible that Lange MY have had our plant. Malte shows, however (pp. 38, 39), that there was great confusion as to its exact identity and that it is now “jm — to say what particular form it was.’’ Although the type of A, violaceum, var. majus, for the loan of which I am indebted to Pro- fessor Hitchcock, has the rachillas scabrous rather than villous, it is otherwise quite like the common eastern plant and, in view of the inconstancy of this character in western material, it does not se™ justifiable to reject this earliest available varietal name. The tyP® of A, pseudorepens (Rydberg, no. 2018) is exactly the common plant of the shores of western Newfoundland and eastern Canada. The topotyP® (Shear, no. 272), collected on the same day, may well have come from the colony with the type. A. caninum, var. Hornemanni Pease & Moore was based on Triticum biflorum, 8. Hornemanni Koch, according to Malte (p. 38), is A. kee The plant of Pease & Moore is largely a short-spiked alpine extreme of A. trachy var. majus. As to the more or less glaucous phases of the which have been separated by Pease & Moore and by Malte, se€ the discussion on p. 166. Var. novae-angliae (Scribn.), comb. nov. A. novae: a) in Brainerd, Jones & Eggleston, Fl. Vt. 9 a a ne), 103 51900) eager hr aparece aang Farwell, Rep. Mich ee ar. novae-angliae Scribn. & on ce. 1 : Farwell . (1920) eemeaiey. PLaTeE 243, rics. 7-9, and MAP ii. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 175 Snook’s Arm, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4689; bogs, Bishop Falls, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4688; sandy beach, Sandy Lake, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2685; partially shaded limestone escarpments, Burnt Cape, Fernald & Long, no. 27,437; gravelly strand, Southeast Arm, Bonne riscom, no. 10,103; peaty and gravelly slopes, French or Tweed) I., Fe d, ong & Fogg, no. 65; wet runs and boggy spots in limestone barrens, Table oe 2682; meadow in limestone barrens, Green Gardens, Map 17. Eastern Range of AGRoPYRON Cape St. George, Macken- TRACHYCAULUM, Var. NOVAE-ANGLIAE. ze & Griscom, no. 11,011; cobbly barrier-beach, Great Barachois (or Barasway Bay ); Daxgee Poile, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 66; turfy sand-plain, Sand Beach, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 64. QUEBEC: boggy thicket, Ile Ste Géndvitve, Mingan Ids., St. John, no. 90, 171; rich wooded banks, R. Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald & C ollins, no. 171; on hornblende schist, Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, no. 176 Rhodora [May Jacques, no. 33,282; trap cliff, Tracadigash Mt., Carleton, July 24, 904, Collins, Fernald & Pease: shore, Tadousac, August 6, 1892, Kennedy; Cache R., Lac Tremblant, August 2, 1922, Churchill; Perkins, Papineau Co., Malte, no. 119,241; Mt. King, pres de Hull, Victorin, no. 15,261; Blue Sea Lake, Hull Co., Malte, no. 119,246; Wakefield, Malte, no. 119,239; dry serpentine ledges and gravel, Black Lake, Fernald & Jackson, no. 12,027; ledges, Mt. Elephantis, Brome, July 30, 1902, Churchill, Pease. Macpaen Istanps: sandy ouesteten Alright I., Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6936. PRINCE SLAND: moist rich woods and springy larch swamp, Bloom- field, F Feu Long & St. John, nos. 6940, 6941; larch swamp, Dundee, Fernald, bong 4 & St. John, no. 6942. Nova Scorta: rocky flood-plain talus 3 gypsum Bo near Fivemile R., Pease & Long, n o. 20, "102: — Be acc Port Mouton, Bissell & Graves, no. 20, 105. NEW Bruns K: Dalhousie, Malte, no. 119,247. Marne: cedar swamp, Blaine, S Gerteihber 7, 1896, F ernald; Caribou bog, Crystal, August 16, 1900, Fernald; rock-shelves, Mt. Kineo, Cushman , no. 1909; dry bank, n )5 no. 1366; granite ledges, Jordan Bluffs, Mt. Des ert I., Stebbins, no. 625; ledgy srk Dark Harbor, Islesboro, Woodward, Bissell & Fer- nald, n 8817; Elwell Point, South Thom maston, Bissell, Fernald & Caamdectosa: no. 8818; bea ch, Monhegan Island, August 8, 1921, Churchill; rocky woods, York, Fernald & Long, no. 12,732. NEw HAMPSHIRE: oe open ledges, Diamond Peaks, Dartmouth College Grant, Pease, no. 10,501; dry shaded cliffs, Devil’s Slide, Stark, Pease, no. 17,448; dry roadside, West Milan, Pease, no. 13,791; gravelly soil, Go rham, Pease, no. 12 "208; copse, Randolph, Pease, no. 1730; roadside, Whitefield, ‘Pease, no. 14, 426; talus, Mt. Webster, Pease, no. 11,722; roadside, Carroll, Pease, no. 16,590; among rocks, Jackson, July 10, 1880, J. A. Allen; yeti gg Three Mile I., Mere- , Peas, no. 2515; in = agnum, Alstead, Fernald, no. 240. VER ONT: oughby Mt., ii no. 2177 (from TYPE ae oR acc. to label) Willow ohby cliffs, A ugust 10 and 12, 1883, July 24, 1886, Faxon; North Slide, Willoughby Mt., August 15, 1896, Fe lis base of Willoughby Mt., July 3, 1894, Grout & Eggleston, August 1, 1894, Williams; 4th of July "Slide, Willoughby, July 1, 1896, Kennedy —— 15, 1896, Faxon; Smuggler’s Notch, Mt. Ma: nsfield, August 9, 1877, Faxon, July 10, 1894, jae plein dry ledge, South Burlington, June 27, 1912, Knowlton. Massacuuserts: Pettingill’s sees: Newbury, August 12, 1897, A. A. Eaton; rocky woods, Shelburn 1 : - Sharon, Weatherby, no. 4799; dry rocky open woods (granitic), Canaa®, Weatherby, no. 4145. New York: Wallface Mt., alt. 3000 ft., House, 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 177 no. 9533; ep sing, Co., Hoysradt; Watertown (as A. repens, var. glaucum) A. Gray, N. Am. Gram. Cyp. no. 128; Brownsville, June * 1859, Wm. Boott; dry open woods na erie Eames & MacDaniels, 0. 3564. ONTARIO: Britannia, Malte, no. 119,242; Kingston, July 27, 1897, Fowler; Peninsula, Lake Superior, “Malte e, no. 107,866. Micurcan: Isle Royale, Cooper, no. 176; Alpena, July 22, 1876, H. Gillman; Cheboygan, August, 1890, Ko ford. Wisconstw: Solon Springs, August 14, 1915, Allen & Davis. Mantrosa: Lake Winni- peg Valley, 1857, Bourgeau. MINNESOTA: sand, ae rove, North Boundary, Hubbard Co., M. L. Grant, no. 2915; Du Ith, August 1, 1888, Vasey (type of A. tenerum ciliatum Scribn. & Sm., consequently of A. tenerum trichocoleum Piper, A. caninum, var. tenerum, i, (Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore and A. trachycaulum, var. tric 2 coleum (Piper) Malte. type in U. S. Nat. Herb.). SaskaTcHEWAN: Whitehorse Lake, Herriot, no. 72,890; Carleton House, Richardson. South Daxora: Belle Fourche, Griffiths, no. 389a. NEBRASKA: Loup City, J. M. Bates, no. 5219. A.perta: Cataract Creek, S. Brown, no. 1482; Edmonton, Malte, no. 151,819; near Banff, July 14, 1891, J. Macoun. WyYoMING: Pine Blufts, Nelson, no. 3628, in part; steep slopes, Bridger Peak, Goodding, no. 1939; Bull Camp, Big Horn Mite Fe. illiams, no. 2771. CoLoRADo: Arboles, Baker, no. 145; ‘vicinity of Mt. Carbon, Tidestrom, nos. 3918, 4041. Nevapa: Ruby Valley, alt. 6000 ft., Watson, no. a grassy flats, alt. 6300 ft., Gold Creek, Nelson & Macbride, no. 2096. The individuals with trichomes pa on some sheaths or blades ae Kis called: rum ciliatum Scribn. & Sm. U. S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. shy 4: 30 (1897). A. tenerum trichocoleum Piper, Bull. teeth Bot. Cl. xxxii. 546 (1905). 4. caninum, var. tenerum, f. ciliat (Seribn. & Sm. ) Pease & Moore, Rnopora, xii. 72 (1910). A. linia, var. Hornemanni, f. pilosifolium Pease & Moore, |. c. 75 (1910). A. trachyc eee, tS trichocoleum (Piper) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Peo Can. 45 (1932). The aR glaucous state has apparently received no special designation. Var. GLaucuM (Pease & Moore) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, abe ex Can. 47 (1982). (4. caninum, f. glaucum Pease & Moore, xii. 71 (1910). A. trachycaulum, var. caerulescens Malte, le. © 0. PLatE 244, Fics, 1-4, and Map 18.—Rocky or gravelly shores, thickets, open woods and bogs, in basic to acid soils, Newfoundland to south- ern British Columbia, south to southern New England, aaa Mga Fn iriear Wisconsin, Minnesota, Nebraska, Colorado, Nevada California. From a large representation the following are cited as charactritie, Se OUND EAR: ledges, talus and grave 178 Rhodora [Mayr R Alphonse, Chicoutimi Co., August 6, 1902, Williams & Fernald; ic R 1860, Chas. Pickering, July 21, 1861, Wm. Boott; Anse a Persil, Riviére du Loup, Victorin, no. 98; shore of Boundary Lake, Ka- mouraska, July 31, 1878, Pringle, Horsford; Brome, Peas 47 Nova Scorta: thicket at upper border of grav- e h, ras thickets and upper border of shingly beach, Map 18. Eastern Range of AGRoPYRON Shubenacadie Gran TRACHYCAULUM, Var. GLAUCUM. Lake, Fernald, Bartram & Long, nos. 23,338, & Long, no. 23,340. New Brunswick: Junction of Matapedia and Restigouche Rivers, Malte, nos. 119,249, 119,251; Grand Falls, August 13, 1873, Wm. Boott; Lily Lake, St. John, August 10, 1873, Wm. Boott. Matne: shore of St. John R., Fort Kent, Pease, 9 2579; gravelly shores, Aroostook R., Fort Fairfield, F ernald, 00. FY 5 a @ 5 = 5. 5 Dd g en) } = os . = a) 3 I = = & e = 3 ° —_ hed ~] to = ° 3 i] C ] Fernald; argillaceous ledges by Penobscot R., Winn, Fernald & Long, no. 12,727; bogs, Oldtown, July, 1890, F. P. Briggs; exposed argil- laceous ledges along Penobscot R., Hampden, Fernald & Long, 2° 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 179 12,731; thicket above springy, limy gravel-beach of St. J ohn i: Towns hip i ix, Range 17, Somerset Co., St. John, no. 2142; dry river- thicket, Mercer, Aen 6, 1913, Knowlton; open woods, Farmington, F ernald, no. 574; thin soil on ledges, Hartford, Parlin, no. 1427; calcareous strand, Kelly Point, Pembroke, July 31, 1909, F ernald, 0. 1367 (TYPE of A. caninum, f. glaucum Pease & Moore, consequently of A. irankyomuhie var. glaucum (Pease & Moore) Malte); crevices of dry granite, Kelly Point, Pembroke, Fernald, no. 1368; rocks Winter Harbor, Stebbins, no. 3913; deciduous hillside-woods, Ded- ham, Fernald & Long, no. 12,729; granite ledges, F en PF spots & Long, no. 12,730; wet bank i in woods, Rockland, C. A _E. Lon. no. 662; coo of cliff, Monhegan Island, August 10, 1921, "Churchill: wooded t trace of Kennebec Ka Vassalboro, F rnold, no. 12,726; i ; Zi; Ne Baker Pond, Piermont, August 1, 1908, Walliams. VERMonT: Willoughby, ‘July 21, 1898, Kennedy; Twin Mt., West Rutland, Eggleston, no. 2473; serpentine outcrop, Roxbury, July 18, 1916, J. Wi D. Thoreau; Conantum Cliff, Concord, E. S. Hoar; dry rocky (diorite) oe , Horn Pond Hill, Woburn, Fernald & Long, no. 8815; de , Stoneham, July 4, 1894, W. P. Rich; High Rock oods, Ne ina m, June 22, 1890, T. 0. F uller; damp thicket east of Mow: Pond, Wellesley July 20, 1912, Wiegand; Neponset ny Canton, June 2 2, 1899, Keaned _ woods, Ashfield, July 1 Williams; dry som upland tee North Adam s, F ernald é1 no. 8816; rocky summit, West Stockbridge Mt., iy 18, 1911, Hoff. mann; rocky ledge, slope of Monument Mt., Gre at Barrington, July 6, 1906, Hofmann; limestone ledge, Sheffield, July 30, 1914, Hoffmann. Connecticut: Wauregan, J. L. Sheldon, no. 657; dry thicket, Somers, July 20, 1904, Bissell; roadside bank, Union, Weatherby, no. 4776; moist meadow, Waterbur y, Blewitt, no. 324; dry ledge, Waterbury, Blewitt, n 0. 3637; low wet “held, Brookfield, Blewitt, o. 1885; sphag- nous Sealey meadow, Bethel, Eames, no. 10,973 New Yorx: thin soil on igs Peaked Mt., West Fort Ann, July 16, 1918, regen 5850; aa Est tey’s lenn, “tsk etcalf, no. ; ry scrubby. hillside Caroline, Wiegand, no. 9283; rocky banks, Enfield, Metcalf, no. 5849; open woods, Ithaca, Metcalf, no. 5847; Sullivan Hill (on some labels od Oeut of Mt. Zoar’”’), Chemung Co., T. F. Lucy, no. 11,603; Penn Yan, Sartwell; marl openings, Bergen Swamp, Wiegand, no. 9282; Buffalo, Clinton; Niagara & Falls, July, 1836, Carey. PENNSYLVANIA: Pocono Mts., August 2, 1860, Porter; (Porter, on his label, also reports it from barrens of Huntingdon Co. and from Blair 180 Rhodora [May €0. ‘ Ot cae J ne 17, 1882, Schuette; Beloit, 1860, 7. J. Hale; Wil ose, July 3, 1918, 7 J. Davis. Min ogo ‘sand, aspen clearing, Clearwater Co., M. L. Grant, no. 3119; rocks, Thomson, Sandberg, no. 407; wooded slope, sandstone outcrop, Sales Valley, Rosendahl, no. 3816. NEBRASKA: wet meadow, near Whitman, Grant Co., Rydberg, no. 1617. ALBERTA: small meadow, pie Prairie, Jasper Park, J. M. Macoun, nos. 98,043, 98,044; N. Branch of Saskatchewan, S. Brown, no. 1497; Banff, Malte, no. 108,310 (var. caerulescens 2 cited ves him). nares var : Ca ‘ : aay ing’s Canon, alt. 1700-2000 m , Ormsby Co., Baker, no. 1286. CaLiFroRNIA: open woods, Idyllwild, San Jacinto Mts., M. F. Spencer, no. 1231. WASHINGTON: dry slopes near ear Con- conully, ‘Okanoga an Co., J. W. Thompson, no. 6941. British Co- LUMBIA: Cunaeen Lake, Vancouver I., W. R. Carter, no. 950; Comox; Vancouver I., Malte, no. 107,855 (type of var. caerulescens Malte). The earliest varietal name applicable to the common American Agropyron “caninum” is var. glaucum, a bit innappropriate, since most of the material is not strikingly, if at all, glaucous. The common green and glabrous phases of the plant are: = caninum of most American authors, not A. caninum (L.) Beauv. oO ia. Triticum subsecundum Link, Hort. Bot. Berol. ii. 190 (1833). Individuals of the green plant with more or less pubescence on some of the sheaths or blades have been called A. caninum, f. pubescens Pease & Moore, 1. c. (1910). The plants examined by thein have glabrous culms and variable, though not excessive pubescence on the foliage. They took their name from A. caninum pubescens Scribn. & Sm. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 4: 29 (1897). The tyPé of Scribner & Smith’s subspecies, most kindly loaned me by Professor Hitchcock, is a very extreme variation, if not another species, quite Rhodora Plate 245 ] 1 orescences, X 1. Fig. 1, AGROPYRON REPENS; FIG. 2, A. REPENS, forma ARISTATUM; » “i . ss r a ss : - REPENS, var. SUBULATUM: FIG. 4, var. SUBULATUM, forma VAILLANTIANUM; \. PUNGENS. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 181 unlike anything else which I have seen: with blades and sheaths all densely villous-tomentose, the tomentum also on the culms. No other material of the aggregate A. trachycaulum has been seen with positively pubescent culms. In view of the constancy of this char- acter in species of Muhlenbergia, Bromus, and in some other genera of the Gramineae the rare western plant deserves further attention. Var. UNILATERALE (Cassidy) Malte, Ann. Rep. 1930, Nat. Mus. Can. 46 (1932), in part (in cluding name-bringing synonym). Richardsoni Schrad. Linnaea, xii. 467 (1838). A. wnilaterale Cassidy, Colo. State Agric. Coll. Expt. Sta. Bull. no. 12: 63 (1890), not A. uni- laterale Beauv. Agrost. 102 (1812). A. caninum, var. uwnilaterale (Cassidy) Vasey, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. i. 279 (1893). A. caninum, TARE \ 4 f of v rc a4 ase Ny (f ae avis oe i> Ds Map19. Eastern Range of AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM, Var. UNILATERALE. f. violascens Ramaley, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn.—Minn. Bot. St. no. 9:3, 107 (1894). A. violaceum, f. caninoides Ramaley, |. c. 9, 108 1894). “A. violascens (Ramaley) Beal, Grasses N. Am. ii. 635 (1896). A. caninoides voamaley) Ham, 1. c. 640 (1896). ‘ caninum, var. Richardsoni (Schrad.) M. E. Jones, Contrib. West. Bot. xvi. 18 (1912). A. trachycaulu um, V lyse etceti (Schrad.) “Malte j in H. F. Lewis, Can. Field-Nat. xlv. “301 (1931). Pate 244, ries. 5-7, and MAP 19. ‘River 8¢ Le thickets and apse rocks, borders of Gulf and Cl llins, Fernald & Pease; sur les iléts cambriens ps : es,” Trois Pistoles, Victorin, Rolland & gin no. 34,008; 182 Rhodora [May vicinity of Cap a l’Aigle, J. Macoun, no. 68,982 (approaching bos glaucum). Marne: in agris (doubtless introduced i in western wool’), North Berwick, June 24, 1898, Parlin. New York: Buffalo, Clinton. ONTARIO: Kemptville, Malte, no. 119,243. Wisconstn: railroad track to Murphy’s mill, Green Bay, July 8, 1897, Schuette; Scott, Brown Co., June, 1885, Schuette. Iowa: Little Rock, C. R. Ball, no. 554; Jewell : : pr July 8, 1901, Iunell. Sourn Daxota: B rookings, July 10, 1804, ASKATCHEWAN: without locality, 1858, Bourgeau. At- BERTA: Dunvegan, Peace R., J. M. Macoun, no. 59,546; Brazeau, S. Brown, no. 1432; Devil’s Head Lake, August 5. 1891, J. Macoun; Banff, Butters & Toho no. 313. Montana: dry hillsides, Hound Dillon, Perens . 1067; soi moist bott ttoms, Hahn’s Peak, Routt Co... Decides et no. 1705. Nevapa: Incline, Lake Tahoe, P. B. Ken- nedy, no. 1439. Orxrcon: Dale’s, Blue ra Griffiths & Hunter, 00. 111. Wasutncton: Loomis, Grifiths & Cotton, no. 340. Brrrisi Cotumstia: Field, J. Macoun, no. 64,790; Comox, J. Macoun, no. 50. Individuals with more or less pubescence on at least the lowest sheaths have been call. A. Richardsoni silithen Beriba: & Sm. U.S. Dept. Agric. Div. sa Bull. no. 4: 29 (1897). A. caninum, var. unilaterale, f. ciliatu (Scribn. & Sm.) Pease & Moore, Ruopora, xii. 76 (1910). A. pi peti seg var. ciliatum (Scribn. & Sm.) Malte, lc. 47 (1932). Although Cassidy seems to have left no type (acc. to personal letter from Professor Ernest C. Smith) to stand for Agropyron unt- laterale, his description can have been based on nothing else than the long-awned (“2 inches”) A. Richardsoni; therefore, the inappropriate (or at least undistinctive) name unilaterale, as the first one used 10 the varietal category, has to be maintained. HE AMERICAN VARIATIONS OF AGROPYRON REPENS.—The ubiqui- tous Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. is excessively variable and it has repeatedly been segregated into minor species and varieties. As it occurs in North America, apparently indigenous along the coast from 1 Along with Bromus marginatus Nees, Puccinellia Nuttaltiana — ere Chloris spp Redowskt | (Hormem.,) Greene, var. occidentalis (Wats.) Rydb., Aster pronto Laker & G., herum aureum Gray and many other western plan us locally bi lbp oust C, Parlin, Roopora, vi. 81 (1904). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 183 Newfoundland and the lower St. Lawrence to New England and in- troduced as an obnoxious weed in eastern Canada and the north- eastern States and to a minor degree in the Northwest, it appears in several striking forms. Although conspicuous in their extremes, these all seem to intergrade; and essentially all of them may have either green or glaucous or pilose- or glabrous-sheathed phases. Such divergences are often very striking to the eye but as these tendencies are found indiscriminately in the awnless or long-awned, broad-glumed or narrow-glumed forms of the species I cannot look upon them as of taxonomic importance comparable with the variations of the spikelets. Two very marked trends occur in the glumes. In the majority of weed-colonies in the East the glumes are oblong to narrowly elliptic and broadly scarious-margined (PLATE 245, Frias. 1 and 2). In the larger mass of material of the sea-beaches, though sometimes in the weedy plants of the interior, the glumes are lanceolate and prolonged from near the middle to the tapering tip and with narrower or inrolling margins (Figs. 3 and 4). In each of these series the rachis may be glabrous or pilose and the lemmas awnless or long-awned. It is, therefore, very difficult to interpret the many European descriptions which, emphasizing one point (the pilose rachis or the presence of awns, for instance), i ignore the others. But, since it is desirable to have some names by which to designate our forms, I am appending the following wholly tentative arrangement of them, distinctly understanding that the names may eventually have to be altered, when a series is closely studied in connection with the European types. The two major trends I am treating as true oem: the parallel variations under them seem better considered as a. Glumes oblong, rounded or rather abruptly narrowed “ apex, with broad scarious margin. . .. b. techie gubrows except for ciliate ‘edges ar Sbtecens and lemmas blunt, acute or aah mibuiats Caos r especially the lemmas definitely awned. eras aris b. ‘Rachis pilose or hirsute... .d. d. apes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate- Pe ett siecle ata sacs BF SEP io oan ed a Forma Latestegde eso fumes and lemmas definitely awned............--- rma um. a. Gas lanceolate, gradually tapering dens near the middle 4 to © apex; margin narrow or inrolled.... ¢. Rachis glabrous except for ciliate edges... . ry J. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate-tipped f. Gl ly awned ee umes and definitely awn nd especially the lemmas definitely Sa Valtentaans. €. Rachis pilose or hirsute. . . .g- 184 Rhodora [May g. Glumes and lemmas blunt, acute or merely subulate- ME oy See os i ee po Ne eva Nes oe Forma heberhachis. g. Glumes'and lemmas definitely awned............. Forma setiferum. ns (L.) Beauv. Agrost. 146 (1812). Triticum repens L. Sp. et i. 86 wey —Gravelly coast, Newfoundland and eastern Que ec to e; a dominant sa aggressive weed south to southern New les ese | west to Minnesota and Iowa; Alaska to California. (Eu.) Pate 245, Fie Forma artstatom (Schum.) Holmb. Skand. Fl. hft. 2: 274 (1926). Triticum repens, var. aristatum Schum. Enum. PI. Saell. ii. 38 (1803).— Coast, Newfoundland and eastern Quebec a southern New England; and to Minnesota; Alaska to Oregon. PiateE 245, FIG. 2. Form sig er peg Rohlena, Béhm. ape Wiss. Math. Nat no. xxiv. 5, 8 (1899). Triticum repens, var. B. pubescens Doll, Fl. si 129 (1857), not M. Bieb. A. repens, a tae pubescens (Dall) Fl. France, xiv. 317 (1913). A. repens, f. pubescens (Dall) Holmb. Skand. FI. hft. 2: 274 (1926) Newfoundland and Saguenay Co., Quebec to Connecticut and western New tii Oregon. Forma pilosum (Scribn.) comb. nov. A. repens, var. pilosum Scribn. in Rand & Redfield, Fl. Mt. — 183 (1 894). eal . < ° | = y 2 ) > I AGROSTIS SCABRA, Var. SEPTENTRION ALIs: FIG. 1, portion of panicle, X 1, from Bonne ay, r "i i acne "AY Newfoundland: FIG. 2. A. HYEM ALIS: FIG. mature spikelets, < 6. 3, young panicle, X 1, from Pennsylvania; ria. 4, mature panicle, |, from New York; rig. 5, mature spikelets, < 6, from Illinois. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 205 Tabletop Mts., Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,483; Coulée des Fourches, Mt. Albert, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousse eau, no. 17,814; Little Cascapedia River, Collins, Fernald & Pease, no. 4931; icquet, Co. Rimouski, Rousse eau, no. 30,039. Marne: Mt. Katahdin, A. Young et al.; Mt. Bigelow, F ernald & Strong, no. 487. EW HampsuirE: White Mts., “In alpibus,” as A. con cinna, Tucker- man (TYPE or duplicate type ‘of A, saclenase alpine region, White ts., Oakes, as A. canina, var. alpina Oakes; and many subsequent collections from the mountains of Coés and Geatton Cos., including the following somewhat widely distributed numbered ones: Mt. Moers Robinson, no. 981; Hitchcock, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 3; Mt. Lafayette, Fernald in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no. 117. VERMONT: Me: Mansfield, Pringle, Faxon et al. N ew York: Whiteface Mt., Hitchcock, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 442; Mt. McIntyre, House, no. 9493. ALASKA: Nome, Hitchcock in Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 348 (no. 347 of the same series, as represented in the Gray Herbarium is not A. borealis). British CoLUMBIA: small peak above timber line, Selkirk Mts., Shaw, no. 1019, as A. varians orma macrantha (Ea mes), n. comb. Var. macrantha Eames, Ruopora, xi. 88 (1909) Spikelets proliferating or “ viviparous.’ Perhaps pathogenic. NEwFo OUNDLAND: Blow-me-down Mts., Eames & Fogg, no. 87. QuEBEc: Rivi se Minas, Victorin & Rolland, no. nda. New Hampsuire: Alpine Garden, Mt. Washington, Pease, Hovey’ Ma 1843), excl. B. Ad A. ‘rup hos ian Fl. So. U.S. 551 (1860), not All. A. novae-angliae Vist), Contr. U. S. Nat. var. on 100 (1894).—Western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec to moun- tams of Maine and New Ham pshire; Roan Mt., North Carolin The following are characteristic. ’NewF ans na Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, Wiegand, Gilbert Ficohtn Gulch, Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald, igs gg Long, Gilbert c octor Hill, Fernald, & Fogg, no. 1313. QuEBEC: Blane Sablon (“ Tabedi, Fernald ald & tegand, no. 2523; Lac du Vieillard, Gaspé Co., Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,484; River Ste. Anne des Monts, Fernald & Collins, no. 414; ; Cap Chat River, Fernald & Pease, no. 24,856; Mt. Fortin, Fernald & Peape, no. 24,857; Grand Cascapedia River, July 12-15, 1905, Williams, Collins & F Fernald. Matne: on Saddle Slide, in Great Basin and by wend Pond, 9 age ae July 10-13, 1900, Fernald. New PSHIRE: ts., uckerman (TYPE or duplicate type of A. Pickeringii “drone “in monte Great Hay- 206 Rhodora [JUNE stack,” Tuckerman; margins of alpine yaa eee Mts., September Mt. Washington, yet Tuckerman’s Sate Mt. * Wasbiniials Faxon et al.; Cape Horn, Mt. Washington, Faxon, Churchill; Great Gulf, Mt. Washington, Faxon; Boott’s Spur, Mt. Washington, Williams; Mt. Monroe, September 8, 1862, Wm. Boott; Mt. Lafayette, ay 29, 1863, Wm. Boott; Eagle Clift, Franconia, Fernald & Smiley, ,533. Norra Carona: “In monte Roan dicto,” on 1841, Gone & Carey, labeled and reported (Am. Journ. Sci. xlii. 42 (1842)) without description as A. rupestris; — Mt. July, 1889, Scribner (TYPE collection of A. rubra, var. american Agrostis canina, var. ? tenella was canes by Torrey from “ Moun- tains in the northern part of the State [of New York],” with “leaves linear, flat . . . alittle more thana line wide.” It might have been var. americana, but the description is quite as satisfactory for a well grown var. typica. The latter is the only form seen from the Adiron- dacks and Dr. E. D. Merrill informs me that Torrey apparently pre- served no specimen to stand for his A. canina, var. ? tenella. I am, therefore, leaving it with typical A. borealis. grostis rubra, var. americana was clearly published by Scribner in his Grasses of Tennessee (1894), with a good description, clear illus- tration and the citation of A. rupestris Chapm., not All., as a synonym. It was known to Scribner only from “Near the summit of Roane in.” Var. americana had had an earlier but invalid publica- tion in synonymy. In his Catalogue of Canadian Plants, ii. 391 (1890) Macoun published the following note: (2763.) A. canina, Linn.; Sei sec Cat. IV., 198. Prof. Scribner pe of this spe “This is A. rubra, Linn. May be . rubra, wre ate It is the same as A. rupes estris, Chapm. ‘(non All), found on Roan Mountain, North Carolina. The same plant grows on the V Wha te Mountains of New Hampshire (A. canina, var. oriee Oakes) together with the true A. rupestris All.” (Seribner,) Our s ations Mount Albert, Gaspé, Q., belong to A. rubra, Americana. “(M oun.) Macoun’s ce me may be viewed in different ways. It may be said that he published A. rubra, var. americana in synonymy (under A. canina), in which case he gave it no nomenclatural status; conse quently Scribner’s later account was the first valid publication of the name. If it be maintained that Macoun’s publication was valid, then the only characterization of the new variety is Chapman’s descrip- tion of the Roan Mt. plant as A. rupestris. In either case the result 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 207 is the same; the Roan Mt. plant has the large spikelets of A. Picker- ingit Tuckerm. and A. novae-angliae Vasey, not Tuckerm., though it is a low and narrow-leaved form. Var. paludosa (Scribn.), n. comb. A. paludosa Scribn. U. 2 Dept. ig y Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 11: 49 (1898); Hitche. U.S. = enue ur. ; 118, 161 (1926). A. melaleuca Fernald, 1. c. 63, 109, 161 (1936), ec itche: —Labrador, northwestern N: ewfoundland and eastern Sague- nay Co., Quebec. Lasrapor: rocky beach, Tikkoatokok Bay, lat. 57°, Bishop, no. 58. NEWFOUNDLAND: springy swale south of the Hospital, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,280 as A. melaleuca; boggy swale near the "Rock Make Flower Cove, F ak ase & Long, no. 27,481, Fernald, no. 27, 483, both as A. melaleuca: dripping quartzite cliffs and ledges, upper Deer Pond Brock Highlands of St. John, Fernald & Long, no. 27,482, as A. melaleuca; dry gr avelly limestone barrens, pe Apo Island, F. emai Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,479 (starved specimen); dry gravelly limestone see Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1308 (starved speci- ee in barren 3 pM on the gneiss gr Blane Sablon ¥ ses Long & Dididade no. 26,253 ek Flower fae Newfound- land, and Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,477 from Deer Pond Brook, Newfoundland, have the panicle-branches strongly ascending as in var. paludosa but many of their lemmas are awned as in var. americana. *AGROSTIS SCABRA Willd., forma Tuckermani, f. nov., lemmatibus aristigeris.—Rarely t ough the range of the typical awnless fo ewfoundland to New England. Type: sandy flats of Monatiquoit River, above treet, oa Massachusetts, July 1, 1911, Npfcatis aabie Willd. Sp. Pl. i i. 370 (1798) i is the plant which long correctly passed under that name. In 1905 it was merged by Hitch- cock, N. Am. Sp. Agrostis (U. S. Dept. Agric. Bur. Pl. Ind. Bull. no. 68), 42, with A. hyemalis (Walt.) BSP. Prelim. Cat. N. Y. 68 (1888), which, in turn, was based on Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt. Fl. Carol. 73 (1788). Walter lived at Santee, South Carolina; consequently it is natural to identify his C. hyemalis as a plant of eastern South Carolina. 208 Rhodora [JUNE According to Hitchcock there is no specimen preserved in the Walter herbarium but Walter’s brief diagnosis well describes the common plant of South Carolina: hyemalis. 1. mses erecto, panicula diffusa verticillata, foliis angustis subteretibus [misquoted by Hitchcock ‘‘sub- erectibus’’]. This, so far as it goes, sufficiently describes the species (PLATE 246; Fics. 3, 4 and 5) of eastern Virginia, North and South Carolina, Georgia and Florida, which begins flowering in early spring (March and early April; northward, in New Jersey, southern New York and southern New England in May), the beautifully distinct species clearly characterized, 120 years after Walter, as Agrostis antecedens Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 473 (1908). This southern early- flowering species (PLATE 246, Fics. 3 and 4), with mostly involute- filiform leaves and very lax panicles mostly 0.5-2 (rarely —3) dm. long, has the filiform branches simple or forked only near the tip; the tiny spikelets (1.2-2 mm. long) subsessile or only short-pedicelled and crowded in close spiciform terminal glomerules 2-10 mm. long; the tips of the glumes distant in fruit (F1c. 5), thus exposing the grain; the lemma 0.5-1 mm. long; the tiny (about 0.2 mm. long) anthers round- ish. It is common from Florida to Texas, extending north on and near the Coastal Plain to Rhode Island and Massachusetts, and in the interior to Kansas, Iowa, Illinois and Indiana; it abounds in Walter’s region. Agrostis scabra is coarser throughout, with cauline leaves usually broader and flat; the panicle, when well developed much larger, with the branches forking lower down and in maturity gibbous at base; the spikelets mostly longer-pedicelled, 2-4.3 (in typical A. scabra 2-3) mm. long; the glumes connivent in fruit, covering the grain; the lem- mas 1.3-2.5 (in typical A. scabra 1.3-2) mm. long; the anthers larger and elongate. A. scabra in its various forms abounds from Labrador and Newfoundland to Alaska, south to Pennsylvania, the Great Lakes states, Iowa, Nebraska, New Mexico, Arizona and California. In the region where its range meets that of A. hyemalis (A. antecedens), A, scabra begins flowering when the former i is wholly mature, from late June to August. This mid-summer spec h Walter’s country and the name hyemalis would be shaaniteglens if applied to it; for a plant which begins flowering in March and which, in the South, is mature in April it is at least less inappropriate. Willdenow’s 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 209 characterization of A. scabra was clearly based on the coarser and more northern plant: . . . “Folialinearia . . . Panicula ramosa divari- cata ampla, fere pedalis,” ete. Agrostis scabra, f. Tuckermani is unquestionably the plant from “Notch of the White Mountains” described as A. laxiflora, 8 montana Tuckerm. Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 43 (1843) “palea arista tortili exserta e medio dorsi proveniente praedita.”” Tuckerman’s plant is in the Gray Herbarium but, unfortunately, he involved the typification by citing as its nomenclatural basis “ Trichodium montanum, Torr. (fide ips.) Torr. Fl. i. 84.” The original description of 7. montanum Torr. Compend. 50 (1826) mentions no awn; and, although Hitch- cock (N. Am. Sp. Agrost. 43) says “In the mountains of New England is a form which has awned spikelets. . . This form has been named —Trichodium montanum Torr., Comp. 50. 1826,” he states very definitely that “Torrey’s specimen is in the Torrey herbarium . . . the flowering glume is awnless” and the type of the “ New England” plant was “collected on ‘summit of the New Beacon, Fishkill [New York]’”. With the typification of A. laxiflora, 8. montana thus in- volved, it is wiser to redesignate the form of A. scabra with awned lemmas and to assign it an unequivocal type. The name Agrostis laxiflora Richardson (1823) goes back to Tri chodium laxiflorum Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 42, t. 8 (1803). Mi- chaux’s plate shows very characteristic A. hyemalis (A. antecedens) and he cited as an unquestioned synonym Cornucopiae hyemalis Walt A. aphanes Trin. Agrost. ii. 100 (1841) from Newfoundland is pre- sumably a green state of A. scabra. Its flat leaves, more or less spreading panicle “lJucidissimae,” its hispid rays up to 314 inches long, its awnless lemma and its short-pilose callus are all characters of A. scaora, *A. SCABRA, var. septentrionalis var. nov. (TB. 246, Fics. 1 and 2), spiculis 3.2-4.3 mm. longis; glumis lanceolato-attenuatis apice sub- aristatis; lemmatibus 2-2.5 mm. longis.—Labrador to Nova Scotia. Spruce swamp, Brig Bay, Aug. 7, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,252; open savannah near mouth of Main River, Bonne Bay, August 27, 1929, Fernald & Long, no. 1306; dry serpentine slopes near Winterhouse Brook, Bonne Bay, August 8, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1310 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); St. George’s, July 29, 1922, 210 Rhodora [JUNE Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,144; wet antes on gneiss hills, Bur geo, September 15, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 81 (many FE modified by nematodes); knolls i in wee Soo tacrent Trepassey, August 16, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,252. QuEBec: prés des chutes, N atashquan, 31. juillet, 1928, Victorin & Rolland, no. 28,097; various Seema Anticosti, Sete i Rolland, nos. 27,818-27,822. MacGpALen IsLanps: wet t bogs g the sand ridges back of the py Alright Island, any 1, ‘1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6850; G Grand-Etang s ur la Dune du Nord, Tle de la Grande-Faitaee 9 aoiit, 1919, Victorin "4 Rolland, no. 9017; sprawling in dry clearing, Brion Island, August 8, 1914, St. John, no. 1766. Nova Scotia: swampy edge of fresh water pond and ‘unis hollows, Sable Island, A 1921, Fern ald, Barkin & Long, no, 23,267. *Var a ee forma setigera, f . nov., lemmatibus seti- geris. —Ran of the awnless form, often more abundant. NEW- nasties swampy woods, Bell Island, Conception Bay, August, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1302; Grand Lake, 1908, Owen Bryant; olin tableland, alt. 380 m., Bonne Bay, August 27, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2514; open peat bogs, Birchy Cove (Curling), August 10, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2513; sphagnous marsh, rk Harbor, August 31, 1926, Fomala, Si ohe & Fogg, no. y meadows, Bay St. George, August 5-7, 1901, Howe & 5s o. 10135 wet moss and peat on the gneiss hills near Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, September 9, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, a 79 (ryPE i in Gray Herb.); crests and crevices of gneiss ledges, Burgeo, September 10 and 15, 1926, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 80, 84 QueBEc: gneiss ledges, Mutton Bay, September tk 1925, Fernald ‘€ Long, no. 27,467; sur les rochers granitiques pres de Vembouchure, Rivigre Romaine, 20 juillet, 1925, Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie, no. 20,635. Masc- D d, ope — Island, . July 24, 1912, Fernald, cet Long & St. John, s. 6847, wet bogs and mossy pond-margins, between st Cane and East Point, Coffin Island, August 17, 1912, Fernald, Lon & St. John, no. 6851; dunes de la Pointe de VEst, 29 juillet, 1919, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9018. Nova Scorta: peat bog at head of White ‘Series St. Paul Island, August 6, 1929, Perry & Roscoe, 00- 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 211 51; Canso, July 18, 1901, Fowler; spruce swamp, Markland (Cape Forchu), August 22, 1921, Fernald & Long, no. 23,272. When not called Agrostis scabra or A. hyemalis, A. scabra, var. septentrionalis (including f. setigera) has been distributed either as A. borealis Hartm., A. geminata Trin., A. elata (Pursh) Trin., A. hyemalis var. geminata (Trin.) Hitche. or A. hyemalis, var. elata (Pursh) Fern. From A. borealis it is at once separated by its long and flexuous strongly hirtellous branches which place it with A. scabra. From A. geminata it is distinguished by the very diffuse and flexuous pro- longed branches, the panicle 14-24 the full height of the plant, the mature and strongly divergent or reflexed branches strongly gibbous at base, and the ligules 4-7 mm. long; A. geminata having the mature panicle smaller and more regularly ovoid, only *‘/g— very rarely 1) g the full height of the plant, its stiffer or merely arching shorter branches scarcely gibbous at base and the ligule of the usually shorter cauline leaves 1.5- rarely 4 mm. long. A. scabra var. septentrionalis has often been confused with the southern Coastal Plain A. elata (Pursh) Trin. and when I made the combination A. hyemalis var. elata (Pursh) Fern. Ruopora, xxiii. 229 (1922) I was influenced by the fact that the plant of Nova Scotia, the Magdalen Islands and Newfoundland is clearly an extreme of A. scabra (at that time confused with A. hyemalis). In A. elata, however, the cauline leaves are numerous (5-10), in A. scabra, var. septentrionalis only 2-4; the panicle is lance- olate to narrowly ovoid, not diffuse; and the lemma is conspicuously dark-nerved, nearly as long as the glumes, the lemma of A. scabra not evidently nerved and much shorter. AGROSTIS GEMINATA Trin., forma exaristata, f. nov., lemmatibus muticis exaristatis——Throughout the range of the typical form with awned lemmas, often more abundant. TYPE: muddy border of small lake at about 530 m. alt., back of North Fork Camp, North Fork of adeleine River, Gaspé Co., Quebec, August 12, 1923, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,485 (in Gray Herb.). Although Agrostis geminata is treated by Hitcbcock as a variety of A. hyemalis (i. e. A. scabra), and where the two grow together they seem to merge, the same may be said of A. geminata and A. borealis Hartm. A, geminata is one of the strong links in a chain of Somewhat confluent species (A. scabra, A. perennans Tuckerm., A. lata (Pursh.) Trin., A. geminata, A. borealis and A. canina L.; and doubtless others.) Only confusion would result from merging them all 4S one species. It seems better to treat them as reasonably distinct 212 Rhodora [JUNE species which at their meeting-places are occasionally interfertile. Such conditions are familiar in many northern groups. The Newfoundland collections of *A. GEMINATA, f. EXARISTATA are the following. AvaLon PEn- INSULA: dry peaty or gravelly silicious —_ fica Fernald, : g unbar, no. 26,263. Srrairs or BELLE IsLE: wet boggy tundra, Quirpon Island, Fernald & cya no. 37, 47 1. Ha-Ha Bay: trap ledges, Piton Point, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,469. IncornacHorx Bay: limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2527. Care Sr. Grorce: dry limestone acres, ian Gardens, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. - CaLAMAGROsTIS PickeRINGI Gray. and var. DEBILIS " (Kearney) Fernald § & Wiegand. Map 20. Both of general range over southern, and eastern New- Straits of Belle aa Near the West Coast our northernmost stations are the tablelands of Bonne Bay. As an apparently old type, of pre-Wisconsin dispersal, Calamagrostis Pickeringii is notable. Dominant on peaty bar- rens at all levels in New- foundland and Nova Scotia, it is absent from New Brunswick and most of Maine, but reappears in the alpine areas of Mt. Katahdin, the White Mts., the northern Green Mts. and the Adirondacks, whence it occasionally descends to the valleys. It has an isolated area in northeastern Massa- chusetts and adjacent southeastern New Hampshire (where the long-weathered till gives evidence of very early, rather than recent, glaciation); and there is an outlying area for a related plant (perhaps specifically separable) in northern Michigan. The range of the species is, emphatically, a disrupted one. The nearest allies of C. Pickeringtt (sharing with it the prolonged and geniculate or twisted awn) are C: Porteri Gray and C. perplexa Scribn. C. Porteri is one of the rarest of relic-species, with four isolated stations: one each, on rocky wooded slopes, in Chemung Co., New York; Huntingdon Co., Pennsylvania; Map 20. Range of CaLaMaGrosTIs PICKERINGII. Rhodora ee Fic 1, Canex pats, var. SETINA from Newfoundland; Fic. 2, C. LANGEANA from New foundland; both x 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 213 and Page and Giles Cos., western Virginia. C. perplexa is even rarer: with the original station a bluff in Tompkins Co., New York, the other (for a similar but not quite identical plant) a quartzite cliff in Piscataquis Co., Maine. _ Also having a geniculate and exserted awn is the arctic Calama- grostis purpurascens R. Br., likewise with a remarkably disrupted range: the unglaciated margin of Greenland; arctic northwestern Canada, thence along the Cordillera to South Dakota, Colorado, Nevada and California; with the only known station in the East (south of Greenland) a single colony on one of the highest cliffs of Bic, ebec.! The senility of this group of relic-species is in striking contrast to the aggressive and hopelessly variable complex which we call Calama- grostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., dominant and continuously spread across the cool-temperate, only recently available (since the Wisconsin) regions of Canada and the Northern States. C. mvexpansa Gray, var. RoBpusTA (Vasey) Stebbins, RHopora, tae the n most southern on Port au Port Bay: Table Mt. , Fernald, W: ie- gand & Kittredge, no. 2558. From central N ewfoundland we know it from Grand Lake, Waghorne, no. 43; and Bishop Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 4582. Except for its occurrence in Newfoundland and the closely allied region of Quebec (Céte Nord, Mingan Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé) var. robusta is cordilleran. ' Typical poncarsronadengie purpurascens occurs in easternmost Asia, south, locally, to the highest mountains of Japan. It is C. purpurascens, var. parvigluma (Takada) Miyabe (July 15, 1931), based on C. urelytra, 8. parvigluma Takeda, a Bot. Mag. xxiv. 37 (1910). a & Kudo treat C. urelytra, a. macrantha nag gece “Glumis Sterilibus 8-10-12 mm longis” as Peta C. purpurasc a4 d they transfer his — urelytra, B. otghine with ‘‘Glumis sterilibus 6-7 mm hea to varietal rank rc. Three plants of Richardson’s original material upon which C. ed long. openness C. purpurascens, var. parvigluma (C. urelytra, var. parvigluma) separable from it. The plant of northern Japan and the Kurile Islands with rily large spikelets (‘‘Glumis sterilibus 8-10-12 mm _ longis”) is, then, the ee departure . purpurascens. It becomes Te MAGROSTIS P . Br., Takeda), ,irelutra Hack., a. facrantha Takeda, ‘ogo Bot, Ma seers ete Pure (1931), not a rabe & Kudo, Journ okkaido Imp. Univ. Sapporo, xxiv. 214 : Rhodora [JUNE C. INEXPANSA, var. BREVIOR (Vasey) Stebbins, I. c. 50. C. hyper- esha elongata and hyperborea americana Kearney. Judged by the umber of collections, much less common than var. robusta. e Newfoundland collections eshte by Stebbins are the following. Va Exptorrs: ledges, talus and gravel (calcareous), Grand "Falls, P ernald, Wieg and, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 4583, | 4584; rocky shore, Buchan Tunction July 19, 1930, K. P. Jansson. HicHuanps oF Sv. Jou: dry white limestone a opposite western 7, uN Bay: swale back of beac h, Bard Harbor, Wiegand, Gilbert & and talus, Tucker’s Head, no. 1323; open savannah and springy swale near mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, nos. 1324, 1325, VALLEY ry THE Humper: dry limestone gravel, Hannah’s Head, Fernald & Long, no. 1318. Carr oe Grorcr: headlands of the Cape, Mac- kenzie & Griscom, no. 11,117. All other material distributed by me as Calamagrostis hyperborea belongs to C. inexpansa, var. robusta. C. necLEcTA (Ehrh.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb. See Stebbins, l. c. 53. In Newfoundland C. neglecta is far less common than the varieties of C. inerpansa. The following are identified by Stebbins as typical. Sacrep Bay: bog barren (“mesh”) south of Ship Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,492. Pistouer Bay: gravelly and y strand near Isthmus Cove, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, n0- 27,491. Sr. Joun Bay: turf overlying limestone, Savage’s Island, os Long & Fogg, no. 1315. Port au Port Bay: wet runs an boggy spots in limestone barrens, Table Mt., pad Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 2548. The first two numbers were erroneously distributed as Var. borealis. C. NEGLECTA, var. BOREALIS (Laestad.) Kearney. Rare. P1sToLeT , Fernald, Long 26,270. — or THE HumBeER: sandy rm He Grand Lake, Waghorne, no Muniatciuadth UNIFLORA (Muhl.) Fern., var. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. Ruopora, xxix. 11 (1927). Pare 241, rics. 1 and 2. Reaching its northern limit, apparently, on the tableland of Lookout Mt., Bonne As pointed out in the original discussion of var. terrae-novae, it often has the spikelets with 2 or 3 florets, thus making a strong departure from typical species of Muhlenbergia and from the theoretical 1- flowered Agrostideae toward Eragrostis of the more primitive Festu- 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 215 ceae. Judged by this greater development of 2-flowered spikelets in var. terrae-novae, it would seem to be more primitive than the con- tinental typical M. unzflora, with the spikelets mostly 1-flowered. LEUM ALPINUM L. In Newfoundland known only from wet, or 6 least damp, situations. Its southernmost known station there is on Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below limestone crest (alt. 630 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1327. In view of the preference of Phlewm alpinum for wet slopes or meadows, it is interesting, as a corollary of the principle discussed at the close of Part II (that the Arctic flora is essentially xerophytic and that it is the xerophytic Arctic species which abound on the arid rock-barrens of the West Coast) to note that P. alpinum was not listed by Simmons as occurring on the Arctic Archipelago and that in Greenland its northern limit is at lat. 70° (fide Ostenfeld). ORYZOPSIS ASPERIFOLIA Michx. In Newfoundland this species, of dry peer tigee forest in the northeastern United States, seems to occur chiefly in the “ thin thickets” bordering open barrens. In central N pen Soa se it is sometimes in well developed woods, but along the West Coast it follows the ficentehie and Secumentids barrens, as coantertilatie of the tablelands as of lower levels. The northern- most stations are on St. JoHN Bay: knoll in spruce thicket (on lime- stone), St. John’s Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotch- kiss, no. 27,510; peaty thicket bordering limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1331. Compare statements regarding H. abenaria herpes (pp. 8, 87) and H. Hookeri (p. 57). CANADENSIS (Poir.) Torr. (Oryzop sis pungens of Nfd. records; Stipa canadensis Poir.). Probably of general occurrence in central and southern Newfoundland. The specimens at hand are few. VALLEY oF THE Exptorts: granitic ledges and i along a brook, ot Fernald, Meg & —— no. 4529; moist woods, Buchan , eee ey ; Mackensie & Griscom om, no. 10,063; Beaty and site subalpine piven pes Mt., Fernald, Long ‘& Fogg, n 104. Duisrrict oF Burceo anp La Pore: in Cladonia-heath ~ pit gneiss slopes along Grandy Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no SPARTINA PECTINATA Link, seeded ek to BonnE Bay: gravel along Deer Brook, Fernald, Long & F O09, no. 1333. LEOCHARIS PARVULA (R. & S.) Link (Scirpus nanus Spreng.). Extended north to Bonne Bay: brackish gravel-flat at ous of McKenzie River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, 1337. E. untetumis (Link) Schultes, var. tenn LA Fern. & Brackett, Ruopora, xxxi, 72, t. 183 (1929). Extended gous from Bay St. 216 Rhodora [JUNE George, to Bonne Bay: brackish tidal mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1341. . AcICULARIS (L.) R. & S., var. susMEeRsA (Hj. Nilss.) Svenson, Ruopora, xxxi. 188 (1929). The first station known south of th Labrador Peninsula is on Bonne Bay: brackish mud-flats at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1344. See p. 90. IRPUS CESPITOSUS, var. DELICATULUS Fern., RHopora, xxiii. 25 (1921). To the original Newfoundland station on the Gander River may be added one on Bonne Bay: gravel along Deer Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1349. S. AMERICANUS Pers. Extended north to Bonne Bay: tidal mud and gravel at mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1354; plants all sterile. S. acurus Muhl. The northernmost known station is on Bay OF IsLanps: marshy border of pond at foot of serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 113. ERropHoruM opacum (Bjornstr.) Fern. See Ruopora, xxvii. 208 (1925). Extended south to St. Jonn Bay and IncornacHorx Bar: damp open depressions in limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix and Bay: bogs, July 26, 1930, K. P. Jansson ; the first station east of the Kennebec River, Maine, although typical R. tadhas occurs on the Geant Peninsula. CAREX fin a Bagg ci Extended south to Sr. “A aed Bay: turf overlying limestone, Grassy Island and Savage’s Island, F nee Long & fates a nos. 3. 1371, 1372; very luxuriant colonies, up to 2.1 *C. INCURVA ‘Light? var. SETINA Christ in Scheutz, al Vase. Jeniseens. 174 (1 888)—Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl i. No. 10: 174 (1888). Damp clay and gravel of limestone a en “Gar- gamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, F Tana Long & Fogg, no. 1373. PuaTE 247, map 4, p. 56. The type of var. setina came from lat. 70° 10’, near the mouth of the Jenisei. I have seen none of the original material but our plant is quite like the collection from Advent Bay, Spitzbergen, August 8, 1868, Th. M. Fries, which is cited by Kiikenthal in Engler, Pflanzent- iv, 114 (1909) as var. setina. Kiikenthal cites other specimens from Samojeden, Nova Zembla, Tschutchesland and western Greenland; and in the Gray Herbarium there are specimens from Jugor Straits, Arctic Russia; Jan Mayen; western Greenland and Ellesmereland; all close to or to the north of the Arctic Circle. The occurrence at se@- level at lat. 50° 43’ in western Newfoundland of this characteristically Arctic extreme of the species adds another to the many reco: of 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 217 Arctic types from that region. Kiikenthal’s description, “ Culmus humilis subabsconditus. Spiculae pauciores pauciflorae” covers the essential points of the variety but the following more detailed con- trast with typical C. incurva may be of value. C. INCURVA (typical). Culms up to 25 em. long: bene up to 15 cm. long: fruiting | hea 4 cm. in diameter: perigynia 3.5-5 mm. lon, INA. Culms 1 mm.—2 cm. long: leaves 13.5 Bc cm. het fruiting head 4-7 mm. in diameter: perigynia 3-3.5 mm. long. Kiikenthal refers to Carex incurva, var. setina the Greenland plant described and illustrated by Lange as C. duriuscula Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. fase. xlviii. 10, t. mmdccexliii (1871). Lange supposed his plant to be C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer. That it is quite distinct from both C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer and from C. incurva, var. setina will appear in the discussion of the next species. *CarEx Langean m. nov. C. duriuscula Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. fase. xlviii. 10, t. canicicatie (1871), as to Greenland plant, not C. A. Meyer, Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. i. 214, t. VIII (1831). Pxate 247. A plant of western Newfoundland, forming close turf on dry peaty limestone barrens bordering Gargamelle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1374, seems to be quite identical with the plant described and beautifully illustrated by Lange as C. duriuscula. Lange supposed the Greenland plant to be C. duriuscula C. A. Meyer and in his Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae, 134 (1880) and pt. 2: 288 (1887) he so maintained it, in each case holding it as specifically dis- tinct from the well-known C. incurva Lightf., next which species Lange placed his C. duriuscula. C. danas oula C.A » Mayer, as ond é dicated in his description and plate, has the | t the scales of the spike ovate and acute to merely obtuse, the authors conspicuously apiculate and the perigynia 7-nerved and toward the summit serrulate. It belongs, then, close to C. stenophylla Wahlenb. which shares these characters and by Trautvetter, Kiikenthal and others has been referred, at least as a variety, to that species. In the Greenland plant of Lange and in the plant of western Newfound- land identified with it, the bracts are broader and rounded at summit, the anthers are blunt and the nerveless perigynia are barely roughened on the margin toward the tip; it is certainly not the same as C. duri- uscula C. A. Meyer. Kiikenthal and other European students refer Carex duriuscula Lange, not C. A. Meyer, without question to C. incurva Lightf. or to its dwarf var. setina Christ; and in his treatment in Das Pflanzen- 218 Rhodora [JUNE reich! Kiikenthal emphasizes his reduction of it by a mark of affirma- tion. Nevertheless, C. incurva, var. setina, which occurs in western Newfoundland on the same barren with C. Langeana, has there, as in the material from Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen and arctic Siberia, the globose or subglobose inflorescences characteristic of all . incurva, and very thin and scarious or hyaline whitish or broadly white-bordered divergent scales; C. Langeana has ellipsoid or thick- cylindric spikes with firmer and deep-ferruginous appressed-ascending scales with only a narrow pale border. The anthers of C. incurva are 1.7-2.5 mm. long, of C. Langeana only 1 mm. long; the perigynium of C. incurva is plump or subinflated, that of C. Langeana, as shown by Lange’s immature material and by the Newfoundland collection, flat. The leaves of C. incurva are smooth or only slightly scabrous toward the tip; those of C. Langeana definitely spinulose-scabrous. It is not, therefore, satisfactory to refer C. duriuscula Lange (C. Langeana) to C. incurva. Lange himself, who certainly knew C. incurva, held them to be distinct, and the characters of the two justify his decision. It is possible that C. Langeana had its origin by the crossing of C. gynocrates Wormsk. with C. incurva or C. ineurva, var. setina. In the region of Newfoundland where it occurs C. gynocrates and C. incurva are common and the station for C. Langeana is very near our station for C. incurva var. setina. The latter as well as the larger extremes of C. incurva and C. gynocrates often fruit abundantly; while the achenes of C. Langeana are not well developed. Superficially C. Langeana strongly suggests the Arctic-European C. Deinbolleana Gay, which is generally accepted as a hybrid of C. dioica L. and C. incurva. The Newfoundland and Greenland representative of C. dioica is C. gynocrates and, crossed with C. incurva, it would undoubted- ly produce a plant strongly simulating C. Deinbolleana. On the other hand, sterility is only negative evidence of hybrid origin. C. gy” crates and other unique species are often quite sterile and Simmons specially comments? on the frequent sterility of C. incurva. Lange in his Conspectus Florae Groenlandicae, 134 and pt. 2: 288, cites C. Langeana (as C. duriuscula) from three definite stations; he cites C. gynocrates from five stations and C. incurva from nine, but in no case is any station for C. Langeana identical with any for either C. gy” crates or C. incurva. Whether the later collections of C. Langean@ 1 Kiikenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. IV, 114 (1909). 2 Simmons, Phytogeogr. Arct. Am. Archipel. 60 (1913). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 219 from Greenland have good fruit I do not know, but Lange certainly gave no intimation that the plant he took to be C. duriuscula was not a definite species. Until the question can be further checked in the field both in Greenland and in Newfoundland, the possible hybrid origin of C. Langeana must remain an open question. C. Wircanpit Mackenz. N. Am. Fl. xviii. 108 (1931). Extended north to Bonne Bay: boggy spruce thickets near Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no . CEPHALANTHA (Bailey) Bickn. Range extended north to BonNE Bay: swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1384. This material, like some other collections from western Newfound- land, has the perigynia as slender as in C. angustior Mackenz. The plant deserves special watching in the field. C. DEwryana Schwein. To the very few Newfoundland stations add the following, St. Joun Bay: bushy swale back of Eddy’s (Old Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1385. Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1386. C. scoparta Schkuhr. Range extended north to Bonne Bay: swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, g & Fogg, no. 1388. C HORMATHODES Fern. Frequent on the South Coast, its — e on Bonne Bay and Notre Dame Bay. Bonne Bay: d, Lon Fogg, no. 1390; brackish swale near mouth of McKenzie River, no. 1391. Notre Dame Bay: brackish shore of Dildo Run, Fernald, Wiegand & rots no. 4810. "XC. , nom. nov. C. aged X trisperma Fern. Ruo- DORA, iv. pe (1902). VaLLey or THE ExptLoits: muddy shore, Buchan Junction, July 15, 1930, Kk ”. Jansson This hybrid is so wide-spread in occurrence oe in the two stations personally known to me, so very abundant (at the type-station so abundant as easily to furnish 100 very full sheets) that it seems more convenient to have a binomial with which to refer to it. The original collection was from an extensive colony at Fort Fairfield, Maine. It is also rather abundant on a boggy shore at Blanc Sablon, Quebec Labrador, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2797; and it was collected at Lan- sing, Michigan, July 28, 1890, by G@. H. Hicks. Hs _NOVAE-ANGLIAE Schwein. Occasional in the southern distric orthern known limit on Est of - ISLANDS: ears ere ty 220 Rhsdeen [Jons it “jumps” to Greenland, is on the HigHLanps oF St. JOHN: mossy shelves of quartzite cliff at head of Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, F ernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1407. : C. conctinna R. Br. To the two remote Newfoundland stations previously recorded add PornrE RicuE: turfy talus of limestone sea- cliffs, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1410. coe GRACILLIMA Schwein., var. HUMILIS Bailey. Bonne Bay: margins of wet thickets along Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1426; thickets, anid shores and alluvial islands neat mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1427. *C. LIMOSA X R See httegy irate OINTE RicHE: wet rocky run on shelf of limestone, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1435. Recorded by Kiikenthal from a single station each, in Norway and Sweden. *C. Buxsaumm Wahlenb., forma pituTIor Kiikenth. BONNE Bay: swales and margins of wet thickets along Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1438. In its whitish-brown scales very strikingly contrasted with the usual dark-scaled C. Buxbaumii. Carex aupina 1n Nort Amertca—lIn boreal America one of the Carices of the Atratae long and correctly passed as C. alpina Swartz. Recently, however, it has been the fashion to call the species C. Halleri Gunnerus, because the name of Gunnerus clearly antedates that of Swartz. If the change rested solely on priority of publication there would be no objection to it; but, unfortunately, Gunnerus | not understand what he was publishing and his name, C. Hallert, 18 4 nomen confusum. Carex alpina (C. Halleri of many recent authors) has the culms harsh at summit (“superne scaber”—Kuiikenthal), the leaves with scabrous-serrulate margins and midrib, the scales of the spikes purple or purplish black, without pale midnerve but with a pale hyaline margin (“Squamae @ parvulae .. . nigricantes clarius carinatae marginibus anguste albo-hyalinae”—Kiikenthal). Its granular roughened perigynia have an exceedingly short beak (“in rostrum breve . . . contracti”—Kuikenthal). With these points in mind it is well to see just what formed the basis of C. Halleri. Gunnerus obviously — no material himself; his species was based on references from literature : DCCCXLIX. CAREX (Halleri) spica androgyna: terminali partita. Hall. 1356. Oed. fl. dan. VIL. 8. t. 403. Scheuchz. hist. t. 11. f. 8: citante Oedero. Habitat in alpibus. Oeder.t Gunn. Fl. Norv. ii. 106 (1772). Rhodora Plate 248 ¢¢ | * Seah) AREX ALPINA: FIG. 1, inflorescence, X 3, from Switzerland; Fic. 6, perigynium, X 2, inflorescence, X 3, from Newfoundland; F1a. 7, aig nium, X ‘ ALPINA, Var. INFERALPINA: FIG. 3, inflorescence, Palen Austria FIG. 8, peri- nium, x 6; Fic. 4, inflorescence, < 3, from Quebec; Fic. 9, peri um, X 6. * ALPINA, var. Steventr: Fig. 5, inflorescence, X 3, “hs Dedede: FIG. 10, peri- &ynium, x 6. . ? for) C FIG. gy ; a var. LAURENTIANA: FIG. 11, inflorescence, X 1, from Saguenay Co., Quebec; Fra. 2, inflorescence, X 1, from TYPE, Doctor Hill, Newfoundlan 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 221 The plate in Flora Danica, although crude, is recognizable as Carex alpina; and recent Scandinavian authors and those who have followed them have taken C. Halleri in that sense. It should be noted, however, that the name used by Gunnerus clearly indicates that the plant of Haller is primarily intended. Consequently, in interpreting C. Halleri chief weight should be given to Haller’s very full description. The diagnostic phrases used by Gunnerus were taken directly from Haller’s description of his no. 1356. Haller’s account of the plant of Switzerland which must be taken as the type of C. Halleri Gunn. is so important that it should be quoted: 1356. CAREX spica terminali tripartita.f of : Esset Carex Micueui p. 61. f. 5. t. 33. f. 6. nisi collum bifidum ceretur. An Cyperoides alpinum tenuifolium, spica brevi; ferruginea ScuEv- CHZER. p. 493. t. 11. f. 8.? : ren In alpibus reperi, ut in mont. Fouly, valle Trient; misit etiam Cl. sELLARDUS. Folia radicalia culmo breviora, latiuscula, ad lineam & ultra. Culmus superne nudus, triquetrus, semipedalis; non asper, ut neque folia. Spica ex tribus composita congestis. Duae laterales bre- viores, media longior, androgynae omnes. Glumae ovatae; mucronatae, spadiceae, linea flava divisae. Capsulae breves, ventricosae, mucrone longiusculo, simplici. Planta Scueucnzeri in H. 8. manifesto eadem cum 1355. Nostra magis diversa, etiam spicarum numero.! It will at once be noted that Haller did not accept Scheuchzer’s Cyperoides alpinum tenuifolium as identical with his plant; therefore that can be ruled out. Haller’s Swiss plant was, however, a species with culms and leaves not scabrous (non asper, ut neque folia), the scales of the spike with pale midrib (linea flava divisae) and the Perigynia long-beaked (mucrone longiusculo). It obviously had nothing to do with C. alpina Swartz. Although Haller specially pointed out that his no. 1356 was not the plant illustrated in Scheuchzer’s t. 11, fig. 8, Oeder erroneously identified it with his Scandinavian specimen and Gunnerus followed der. Scheuchzer’s drawing was very crude, but his description extremely detailed: a loosely stoloniferous plant, the scales with a slender and pale midrib ; obviously not C. alpina Swartz. Without attempting to identify either the plant of Haller or of Scheuchzer, Problems which can best be dealt with in Europe, it is sufficient for © present study to reinstate for the circumpolar plant which has erroneously passed as C. Halleri the proper name, C. alpina Swartz. ‘Haller, Hist. Stirp. Indig. Helv. ii. 184 (1768). 222 Rhodora [JUNE In North America Carex alpina is represented by three strongly marked geographic varieties. See PLatTe 248, rras. 1-10 and map 21. Since the map was made Dr. Malte has kindly sent me the material in the Canadian National Herbarium. Dr. Malte’s personal collec- tions show C. alpina, var. typica from several additional stations on Hudson Strait and the northern coast of Hudson Bay. 7 > x, 7 “ take A b AP Z if 1 oe - 7 “fs f. N } / d i rg . te \ Temes s i ‘ os ae - ' 4 y ‘ . \ i ‘i S i) 2 IN; (H ° f ‘ j j ~ < aA Be 4 », hes Ane rast i ee cae CE ~~ CH = ‘fF \ sina eu \ a 7 eet I i 0. ter Pk eee Map 21. American Range of Carex ALPINA: var. TyPica, solid dots; var. INFERALPINA, circles; var. STEVENII, crosses. C. ALPINA, var. typica. C.alpina aren | in age Svensk. Fl. ed. 2: 26 (1798), C. Vahlii Schkuhr, R iedgr. i. 87, t. Gg, fig. 94 (1801). aoe the stiff culms 0.5-3 dm. hh perigynia tri- mn, ferna t western side of Quirpon Island, Wiegand, Gilbert & do eth no. 27, st dry sterile meadow, head of Mauve Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Hotchkiss, no. 27,701; turfy shore, Cape Onion, Pecan no. 27,700; dry crests of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages, ee Pee Pe a ee Ee ee SO eS ee eer ee ee 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 223 Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,699. QuEBEc: cold chimneys in the schists at about 900-1000 m. alt., south of Fernald Pass, Mt Mattaouisse, Matane Co., Fernald & Smith, no. 25,550. KEEwat: Fullerton, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,025. Manrropa: Churchill, J. M. nd 7. ’ Macoun, nae 79,049. Fies. 1,2,6a Some of the American material has the perigynia tighter than in much of the European and on account of this character I designated in the herbarium at Kew a collection from Okak (Weitz) as an unde- scribed species. The character breaks down in a large series and I am unable to separate the material from bleak or alpine habitats in northeastern America from European C. alpina. The plant of low altitudes across southern Canada, extending northwest to Mackenzie, Yukon and Alaska and south to Lake Superior, is var. inferalpina Wahlenb. Although recent European authors have largely ignored var. inferalpina and Kiikenthal treats it only as a minor form, it is in North America a plant of moist wooded or bushy habitats in the Canadian forest region, with a range and with local habitats quite distinct from those of the arctic-alpine C. alpina. If treated as a species var. inferalpina would be C. angarae Steud. Syn. Cyp. 190 (1855), fide annotation by Kreczetowicz. This synonym should be noted as unintentionally omitted from the following paragraph. Var. INFERALPINA Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 241 (1812). Forma in- foralyans (Wahlenb.) Kiikenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv”, 386 (1909).— Usually slender and soft, less cespitose, 1.5-5 dm. high; perigynia ellipsoid or ellipsoid-obovoid, more prolonged, 2.5-3.5 mm. long and tapering to the beak, in age with widely spreading to recurving Ge whitish, stramineous or pale-brown, less conspicuously granulose.— Southeastern Labrador Peninsula to Yukon and Alaska, south, chiefly in calcareous regions, in mossy woods and thickets or on shores, to northern New Brunswick, the Lake Superior region of Michigan and Minnesota, southern Manitoba, southern Alberta, Idaho sid southern British Columbia. Fries. 3, 4, 8 and 9. Var EVEN Holm, Am. Jo urn. Sci. ser. 4, xvi. 21, 27 (1903).— lntetinedicte in appearance “between the other two varieties: spikes more slender and elongate; perigynia as in var. inferalpina but less prolonged and not recurving at tip.—Mountains of Cikeade and Utah. Fies. 5 and 10. (To be continued) 230 Rhodora [JuLy RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Continued from page 223) C. stytosa C. A. Meyer. Additional oN from HIGHLANDS OF rf JOHN: peat on quartzite slopes, head of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Id, Long & Fogg, no. 1441. Bonne ine pene or turfy upper quartzite lope (alt. 600-650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1442. "C. ahlenb., var. wutpoipeaouLA Kiikenth. Bonne Bay: stsvial omer and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, n In Re XXViii. 166 (1926), I recorded this variety from New- foundland on the strength of a collection which closely matches Scandinavian material of Kiikenthal’s hybrid of it with C. aquatilis. The Main River material seems to be the pure variety. C. crmita Lam. Typical C. crinita is not common in Newfound- land. The northernmost station on the West Coast is on Bay OF ISLANDS: gal ire woods and thickets, Lark Harbor, Fernald, Long af Fogg, n C. ir ‘Ehch, The northernmost known Newfoundland itation ts is on St. Jonn Bay: wet bog. back of Eddy’s (or Old Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. C. Hostrana DC., var. LAURE ras Fern. & Wieg., RHODORA xxvi. 122 (1924), The most extensive development of ‘the casieny yet known is on Bonne Bay: dominant on gravelly shore and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1454. Accompanied by an oe hybrid: *X C. xan ,hybr. nov. (C. flava X Hostiana var. laurentiana). X C. xanthocarpae Degl. C. flava X H. aaa similis, omnibus p bus majoribus; culmis 7-8 dm. altis supra scabris; foliis 3-4 mm. latis; spicis femineis 1.2-2 cm. longis 7-10 mm. crasiis, imis distaxiibus: periginiis ovatis inflatis 4-5 mm. longis longe rostratis, valde costatis—NEWFOUNDLAND: several large clumps with the abundant ag on gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mou of Main River, Bonne Bay, August 27, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg; no. 1455 (TYPE in sip Herb.). X C. xanthina clearly combines the characters of its parents and is quite sterile. It strongly simulates X C. xanthocarpa (X C. fulva Rhodora Plate 249 JuNcus TRIGLUMIS: FIG. 1, habit, X 1, from the Tyrol; Fic. 2, fruiting glomerule, iS fei crea Siberia; ria. 3, seeds, X 12, from Switzerland. J. ALBESCENS: FIG. 4, habit, AEA een: 4 é IDA: FIG. 3, flowers, x 6, from Scotland. Rhodes. Plate 252 Hapenary (upper insert) x H. Hoo FLOWER A eeiciae: var. ABBREVIATA: habit, X 1, from Type collection; FL OKERI: Seni (lower insert) x 2. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 239 should be treated as forms (differing in size only) and H. blephari- glottis as hardly more than a color-form. Personally I am not now prepared to follow such a course, any more than I am to merge Haben- aria with Orchis or to split it into monotypic or ditypic genera! *HaBenaria Hooxert Torr., var. abbreviata, n. var. (TAB. 252), omnibus partibus quam apud formam typicam brevior; foliis oblongo- obovatis vel suborbicularibus 2.5-7 cm. longis; scapis 7-18 cm. altis; spicis 2.5-9 cm. longis; sepalo dorsali late ovato obtuso apice vix prolongato 5-7 mm. longo, sepalis lateralibus divergentibus 6-8.5 mm. longis; petalis erectis 5-7 mm. longis; labello 6-10 mm. longo deltoideo- lanceolato apice plerumque rotundato vix prolongato; calcare 3 mm. longo; capsulis 9-14 em. longis.—Northwestern NEWFOUND- LAND, on limestone barrens bordering St. John Bay and Ingornachoix Bay: with Empetrum nigrum, Vaccinium uliginosum var. alpinum, etc. in peaty turf on limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, July 21, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1549; with Empetrum nigrum and Juniperus communis var. montana on peaty knolls in limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, July 22, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1550; with Empetrum nigrum, Juniperus communis var. montana, etc. on dry peaty knolls in limestone barrens back of Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, July 23, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1551; peaty knolls on limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, July 24, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1552; turfy and peaty knolls bordering limestone barrens, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, July 25, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1553 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Habenaria Hookeri var. abbreviata (PLATE 252, habit and upper insert) differs from typical continental American H. Hookeri (lower insert) in its shorter dimensions in every part, in the yellower color of its flowers, in the blunter upper sepal which shows only a slight tend- €ney to the prolonged tip so often seen in the continental plant, and in the more gradually narrowed lip. Its habitat, with arctic-alpine xerophytes on limestone gravel, is so unlike the conventional habitat, in acid woodland humus on the continent, that one would at first feel impelled to consider it a distinct species. It exhibits, however, no definite morphological characters by which it can be specifically Separated, although it is as clearly segregated from H. Hookeri as is H. macrophylla trom H. orbiculata, so-called species without marked 8eographic segregation. As stated, the plant of the limestone barrens of northwestern New- foundland differs from typical Habenaria Hookeri by its smaller size in all parts. These contrasts are brought out in the photographs made by Dr. Raup; and measurements taken from the 64 individuals 240 Rhodora [JuLy of var. abbreviata collected and from the 157 individuals of typical H. Hookeri, as represented in the Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club (ranging from southeastern New Brunswick to central Maine and Montreal and west to southern Ontario, Michigan and Pennsylvania), give the following sent H. Hooxert (typical): leaves 5-16 em. long; — (including spike) 1. dm. high; spike 5-25 em. long; upper sepal 7-11 mm. long; lateral i Py 11.5 mm. ions: petals 6-9 mm. long; lip 9-13 mm. nee spur 1.4—2.6 em. long; capsules 1.5—2.2 cm. oe ar. ABBREVIATA: lea 2.5-9 em. long; scape 0.7-1.8 dm. high; spike 2.5-9 cm. long; upper bad} 5-7 mm. long; lateral sepals 6-8.5 mm. long; Per eo mm. long; lip 6-10 mm. long; spur 0.9-1.3 cm. long; capsules 0. Although the Newfoundland plant is rather sharply differentiated from typical Habenaria Hookeri in the size of all its parts, there is a transitional series at the extreme northeastern limit of the species 0n the continent. All the material I have seen from Aroostook County, Maine and from the region just to the north in Temiscouata, Rimouski, Charlevoix and extreme western Saguenay Counties, Quebec has the short spur and lip of var. abbreviata, but in size of sepals and leaves and in stature it is as large as in typical H. Hookeri, the spurs being 9-14 mm. long, the upper sepal 7-9 mm. long, the lip 7.5-10 mm. long, but the leaves 6-12 cm. long, the spikes 0.6-2.2 dm. long; and occa- sional specimens from northern Vermont and northern New York indicate a similar transition. The only material at hand from the Magdalen Islands is overripe and with a very short fruiting spike; but it has lost the distinctive parts of the flowers. H. orpicutata (Pursh) Torr. Frequent on the West coe en as wooded habitats (see pp. 8,87 and mapP9). Then pthestinest station is on Bonne Bay: in turf of Scirpus cespitosus var. callosus and in sphagnum, wet peaty a at 400-550 m. alt., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 15. The western Mesrteciias plants, like those from the Shickshock Mts. in Gaspé are very small, as compared with the large woodland plants of New England and the upland to North Carolina—leaves 4-9 em. broad, scapes 1.5-2.5 dm. high, with racemes only 5-12 cm. long. I am unable to find any tangible character to separate this extreme series from the larger Alleghenian plant and particularly from the plants of western North America. In Newfoundland we, as yet, know H. macrophylla Goldie only from the extreme southeast, the Avalon Peninsula. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 241 H. Lacera (Michx.) R. Br., var. TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. RHopora, re 21 (1926). Range extended north to Bonne Bay: tableland of Lookout Mt. bs at ag (L.) Spreng. The northern limit seems to be on Bonn AY: extremely abundant, dominant, occurring in many doteanids of individuals on meadows and peats both at sea-level and on the tablelands. The combination Habenaria psycodes was first made in Spreng. Syst. iii. 693 (1826) and, nomenclaturally, the combination rests upon Orchis psycodes L. (1753); therefore, the combination should be referred to (L.) Spreng., even though Sprengel was confused as to the exact application of the name. PoGonta OPpHIoGLossorDEs (L.) Ker. The northern limit in west- ern Newfoundland seems to be on BoNNE Bay: wet peaty barrens at a site m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1556. OGON PULCHELLUS (Sw.) R. Br. The northern limit in Rion N ewfoundland is apparently on Bonne Bay: bee Sok rare on wet ae A ating at about 365 m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, pee: pulchellus is certainly not as common in western New- foundland as Pogonia ophioglossoides and Arethusa bulbosa. It is, judging from collections made by others, apparently commoner in the eastern half of the Island, especially about Notre Dame Bay. Of the five collections in the Gray Herbarium from western Newfoundland, four were particularly noted by their collectors as rare: Lookout Mt., Bonne Bay, “ very rare”; oat Harbor, Bay of Islands (Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 201), “very rare’; Blomidon (Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,226), “scarce”; Port aux Basques (Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,542), “very scarce.” *LISTERA BOREALIS Morong. Sr. Joun Bay: pastured spruce woods rio thickets, Eddy’s (Old Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. A characteristic individual of this species, well known from Anti- costi and the Mingan Islands, was found by Long in an area close to shore (the habitat on Anticosti and the Mingans), where, most unfor- tunately, the cattle had wrought almost complete destruction. Search in the region, extending along the coast for several miles, failed to bring to ie another specimen. See pp. 60, 61. Ma RACHYPODA (Gray) Fern. aneeia xxvill. 176 (1926). Apparently 1 more abundant in western Newfoundland than in most e continent, often in colonies of hundreds (sometimes thousands) of plants. 242 Rhodora [JuLy This species is so sharply distinguished from the Eurasian Malazxis monophyllos (L.) Sw. that, now that its characters have been pointed out, it is surprising to see it united again with the Eurasian (and Alaskan) plant, as M. monophyllos, var. brachypoda (Gray) F. Morris in Morris & Eames, Our Wild Orchids, 358, plates 110 and 111 (1929). The more important diagnostic points, as already summarized, are: YLLOsS. Flower-bud just before expanding ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long: pedicel and ovary during anthesis 2.5-4 mm. long: exp, and perianth 4-6.5 mm. broad: flower resupinate, the lip and Tateral be ce sub- connivent and projected forward: capsules 5-7 mm. long, on t pedicels , crowned by the subconnivent ascending p: ntbesegmments. © Flower-bud just before expanding biter long: oatieel 4 d ovary during ant 1.5- on anded peria anth mm Enel perianth-segments (including lip) te divergent, per- pes to the axis of the ovary, finally reflexed and appressed to th ry; the lip drooping: capsules 3-5 mm. long, on ee pedicels 1-2 mm. long, crowned by the rte and appressed perianth-seg Since the clear differences have not been wholly appreciated (the plants being insignificant), it seems desirable to make them clear by photography. In pLaTE 253 enlarged details of the two are displayed side-by-side. These differences, with complete geographic isolation, certainly are specific. Iam not familiar with the Old World Malaxis monophyllos growing nor sufficiently conversant with folk-lore as to know whether the English name used by Morris, “White Adder’s Mouth,” applies to the European plant. As a pseudonym for our plant with greenish- yellow flowers it is not descriptive. Sattx Lucipa Mubhl., var. mnvronsa Fern. Extending north to Bonne Bay: gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1577. *S. Uva-urst Pursh, forma phyllolepis, f. cal ae ping amentorum aii ovariis abortivis. Porr RT ; dry limestone barrens, upper slopes mad ‘tablelan ag alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt., my, 8 16, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & ‘Kittredge, no. 3171 (TYPE in Gray S. HERBACEA 8 “Additional stations from the H1GHLANDS OF JOHN: enact shelves of quartzite cliffs at head of Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, and aries of cliffs at head of Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, fg aga 1589. S. corpirou1a Pursh, CALLICARPAEA pian) Fern. R#o- DORA, Xxviii. 184 (1926). "Kixtended south to Bonne Bay: large shrubs, up to 2 dm. high, damp thicket under Nandan crest (alt. 650 m. ), crear Fernald Long & Fogg, no. eh S. co a Muhl. Tixtende d north to NE Bay: gravelly shores a alluvial islands near siiaeth of Mae ive; Fernald & Long, no. 1594. Rhodora show ing dre oping li ALAXIS BRACHYPODA: reflexed perianth, M FIG 1, MONOPHY LLOS: 6, fruit. showi trom Bavaria. Gg: FIG, Russia; FIG. flowers, 3. fruit, showing 1, from Quebec. e J eK a 7" Irom Switzeriand; ‘, buds 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 243 depressions in limestone barrens, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1595, heavily fruiting shrubs with decumbent branches, and aments up to dm. long; no. 1596, same habitat, shrubs sterile (presumably stam- inate), more ascending, up to 1 m. high. F W dii p. (TAB. 2 depressus vel adscendens 1-3 dm. altus S. lanatam simulans; ramis ramulisque decumbentibus vel adscendentibus crassis castaneis deinde cinereis juvenilibus cano-tomentosis; gemmis bene evolutis ovoideis apice rotundatis 5-6 mm. longis cano-tomentosis; foliis ovalibus vel longis 1-1.5 em. crassis densifloris, pedunculo rhachique villosis vel lato-conicis 6-7 mm. longis sparse villoso-tomentosis vel glabratis subsessilibus, stylo elongato tenui 2 mm. longo, stigmatibus integris 0.5-0.7 mm. ongis; glandula bractea breviora; amentis masculis 1-1.5 cm. longis; filamentis glabris——Western NEWFOUNDLAND, in the region bordering St. John Bay and Ingornachoix Bay: damp rocky limestone barrens, near sea-level, Ingornachoix Bay, August 4, 1910, margins of dry gravelly limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, St John Bay, July 22, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1 and 1604 (with abelian ctasiens POEL, Wee sea: ict Although the original sterile material of Salix Wiegandii was la- belled as collected by Fernald, Wiegand and Kittredge, it was actually found by Prof. Wiegand and Mr. Kittredge, since I was at that date on the Labrador coast (our specimens of 1910 and 1911 being “ pooled,” we followed the practice, now found to be unfortunately misleading, of using a joint label for all collections whether jointly or individually made). §. Wiegandii, now secured in both flower and fruit, proves to 244 Rhodora [JULY be a most distinct species with which it is a keen pleasure to associate the name of its discoverer. Salix Wiegandii is a most interesting new member of § Chrysantheae Koch (§ Lanatae Koehne) not closely related to any known member of that boreal group. It occurs in the same region as S. calcicola Fern. & Wieg. and like that species has very short staminate aments (the staminate aments of S. calcicola, heretofore undescribed but now known through 7 collections, being 1.5-2.5 em. long) and pistillate aments of about the same size as in S. calcicola; but in most characters the two are thoroughly distinct. The young branchlets of S. calcicola are villous, of S. Wiegandii lanate; the leaves of S. calcicola glabrous or quickly glabrate, in expanding sometimes loosely villous, and of a broad-ovate to suborbicular outline, the leaves of S. Wiegand per- manently lanate upon both surfaces and of an oval to oblong or slightly obovate outline; the large stipules of the vigorous shoots in S. calcicola taper subequally to base, those of S. Wiegandii are con- spicuously inequalateral at the cordate base; the sessile aments of S. calcicola are from terminal or subterminal blackish and villous buds of the preceding year, the short peduncled and leafy-bracted aments of S. Wiegandii from axillary pale-brown and lanate buds; the cap- sules of S. calcicola are glabrous from the first, of S. Wiegandii mostly pubescent (at least at base) to maturity. From the other American members of § Chrysantheae, Salix Wie- gandii is at once distinguished. The only other member of the sec- tion known in eastern America is S. laurentiana Fernald, a small tree or tall shrub with the large leaves (up to 2 dm. long) crenate and on petioles mostly 1-2 cm. long, with aments up to 9 cm. long,’ bracts (scales) oblong and brown and styles only 0.5-1 mm. long. 8. Rich- ardsoni Hook. of the Mackenzie and Alaskan area has villous-hirsute branchlets, staminate aments 3-4.5 cm. long, glabrous foliage, lance- attenuate and long-persistent stipules up to 2.5 cm. long and glabrous Schneider (Journ. Arn. Arb, i, 222), discussing S. laurentiana, a escri rnald correction of the original di on the s ies, saying: ‘‘ Fe t the fruiting aments m to 9 cm. in length, while I have on a longer than 7 cm.” The original collection of Fernald & Collins no. 202 (type number f S. laurentiana) consisted of ee ch was dra Th tained in the Gray H he great h but the sheet which went to the late Dr. G. G. Kennedy an ser at the Gray Herbarium shows an ament 8.5 cm. long; while e@ 11 more recentl Ll of urentiana which Dr. Schneider has not examin re are several with aments fully 9 cm. long. The mature aments may reach 4 thickness of more than 2 cm., with capsules 1 cm. long. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 245 capsules; S. Wiegandti can hardly be confused with it. S. Barrattiana Hook. of the Canadian Rocky Mountains is somewhat approached by S. Wiegandii, but its leaves have more sericeous-tomentose surfaces without the strong reticulation so conspicuous in S. Wiegandii, the stipules are semi-ovate and glabrous, the staminate aments 5 cm. long, and the pistillate up to 1 dm. long. S. Tweedyi (Bebb) Ball, originally from Big Horn Mountains, has glabrous and glandular- serrate leaves, glabrous capsules and usually forked stigmas. S. Hookeriana Barratt of the Pacific Coast is, like S. lawrentiana of the eastern coast, a tree or large shrub, with the branchlets densely villous-tomentose, the leaves green and glabrate above and densely white-pubescent but scarcely reticulate beneath, stipules wanting or inconspicuous and styles short, as in S. lawrentiana. S. Piperi Bebb of Washington and Oregon is, likewise, a large shrub, with short styles as in S. laurentiana and S. Hookeriana; it has glabrous branches, glabrous and serrulate leaves and long aments and is not closely ap- proached by S. Wiegandii. S. amplifolia Coville of Alaska is also a tree, with densely villous branchlets, villous and glabrate obovate leaves, no conspicuous stipules, very long aments, glabrous capsules and very long styles (3-4 mm.); it is certainly not strongly approached by S. Wiegandii. §. alaxensis (Anderss.) Coville is also a tree or erect shrub, having the branches glabrous or villous or villous-lanate even when old, the leaves densely white-pannose beneath, the stipules linear to filiform and subentire and the aments very long (up to 1.4 dm.) ; it is not at all approached by S. Wiegandii. S. Wiegandii seems to be as close to the arctic-alpine S. lanata L. of Eurasia as to any American member of the section; but S. lanata is a larger and usually less depressed shrub, with villous (instead of tomentose) branchlets, larger and more rounded to obovate leaves, much larger and persistent (as in S. Richardsoni) stipules, sessile mostly terminal and subterminal aments, the staminate much larger than in S, Wiegandii, bracts or scales with the long villous beard golden-yellow or cinereous, glabrous capsules and longer and often forking stigmas. SALIX ancorifera, n. sp. (Fic. 1), frutex S. dis- rats simulans; ramulis ‘novellis glabris fuscis niti- 18; foliis immat uris . Pistillate ibus 1.5-2.7 em. longis, 0.5-1.5 em. latis, juvinilibus eee ot Susts AN- minute rufescenti-pilosis glabratis costis utrinque corie 246 Rhodora 7 [JuLy strigoso-pilosis marginibusque | remote glanduloso-dentatis plea latis exceptis; amentis femeneis coetaneis breviter pe edun culatis in an- cinereo-villosis; ovariis subulato-attenuatis 5-6 mm. longis breviter cinereo-pilosis pilis nitidis; stylo 1 mm. longo, stigmatibus subulatis b longis glandulam crassam paulo superantibus.—Western NEWFOUND- LAND: woods, MclIver’s Cove, Bay of Islands, May 31, 1898, A. C. Waghorne, no. 38, distributed as S. phylicifolia L. (TYPE in lone Herb. ). Salix ancorifera for more than thirty years has been a perplexing plant. Originally labeled S. phylicifolia, it was later identified by me! as the problematic S. Barclayi *S. latiuscula Anderss. Mon. Sal., Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. vi. no. 1: 165 (1867) or S. Barclayt, 8. latiuscula Anderss. in DC. Prodr. xvi.? 255 (1868),? while Mr. C. R. Ball has marked the specimen S. discolor. As Schneider has pointed out in Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 152 (1920), the Waghorne specimen can hardly be what Andersson described as S.latiuscula. The latter, a sin- gle specimen in the DeCandolle herbarium, collected in Newfound- land by De la Pylaie, was described with very slender nectary (“nec- tarium valde tenue’’), but the nectary of the Waghorne specimen is very broad and stout. Schneider emphasizes that “ As to the stigmas there is no mention in either of Andersson’s rather long ee but since Andersson stated in 1868 that S. Barclayi is similar, differs in having the capsules glabrous, it is to be inferred that na latiuscula has the short stigmas of S. Barclayi. As a matter of fact Andersson did describe the stigmas of S. latiuscula, in the fo line of each of his two descriptions: “stylo brevi stigmatibus bifidis.” Since the Waghorne specimen has simple and remarkably elongate and recurved stigmas (Fic. 1) and since its nectary as well as the toothing of the leaves and the long pubescence of the midrib so far depart from the characters of S. latiuscula, as described by Andersson, it seems advisable to give the shrub of McIver’s Cove a definite name.® For the sketch (ria. 1) I am indebted to Dr. Lyman B. Smith. 1 Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 175 (1914). 2 Andersson seems ave quite uncertain about the status of this plant. He originally published it with a binomial, as above, but appended without number to his numbered account of S. Barclayi; but the next year he treated it unequivocally variety of S. Barclayi. S. latiuscula was taken up as a definitely published species ersson had Arb. iii. 73 (1921). Pesto S. ancorifera and several other endemic sit of Bo caver Rhodora Plate 254 Sarrx Wiecanpn, X 1: ria. 1, mature branchlet; rics. 2 and 3, flowering (pistillate) branchlets. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 247 From 8S. discolor Muhl. which 8S. ancorifera simulates, it is dis- tinguished not only by the very long and characteristically recurved stigmas, but by the glandular toothing of its leaves and by the pe- culiar long pubescence of the midrib; the erect or merely divergent stigmas of S. discolor being only half as long as in S. ancorifera and the leaves never displaying the long pubescence on the midribs. Whether Salix ancorifera is still growing at McIver’s Cove is doubt- ful. When Waghorne was there in 1898, there were only a few settlers; now there is a considerable village and much of the better land in the region has been put under cultivation. In early July, 1929, Messrs. Long, Fogg and I went to MclIver’s Cove for fruiting material. The older inhabitants well remembered Waghorne and his visit there; but no one in the village had ever seen or heard of a wild willow. They had plenty of S. viminalis planted, but a search of several hours, in which we had the enthusiastic codperation of the helpful population, indicated that the statement given us upon first landing, that no native willow now grows there, is apparently correct. This excessive localization of relic-endemic willows in Newfoundland is quite in keeping with the extreme localization there and in Gaspé of many other relic-endemics. Thus Salix leiolepis Fernald, “a very peculiar species” (Schneider, Bot. Gaz. Ixvii. 46), is known only from the type-collection from Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay; S. chloro- lepis Fernald is known from only a single brook-valley on Mt. Albert in Gaspé; S. amoena Fernald, only from a single cove on Ha-Ha Bay, Straits of Belle Isle; S. pedunculata Fernald, from but two stations in northwestern Newfoundland; S. obtusata Fernald, a “remarkable species . . . of which much more copious material is needed to decide the question of its true relationship” (Schneider, Journ. Arn. Arb. i. 171), only from a single very limited stretch of river-gravel in Gaspé; 8. Wiegandii (above described), only from the barrens near Old Port au Choix; and S. latiuscula Anderss., as yet not rediscovered and with the type-specimen lost, is apparently quite as rare. See p. 48. (To be continued) _IBRA or Sein! wasner et ‘: Lou 18. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 265 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Continued from page 247) CorYLus corNuTA Marsh. Range extended north to Bonne Bay: margins of thickets and woods, alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1627. ARCEUTHOBIUM PuUSILLUM Peck. Extended north to Bonne Bay: on Picea mariana, Deer Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1656; Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 1657. Oxyria picyna (L.) Hill. Extended southward to southern en- trance to Bonne Bay: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs (essentially at sea-level), Western Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1658. See p. 93 and MAP 1], *PoLYGONUM ALLOcaRPUM Blake, Ruopora, xix. 234 (1917). District or Burceo anp La Pomte: cobbly barrier-beach, Great Barachois (or Barasway Bay), Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 228. An extension north from Nova Scotia. SALsoLa Karr L., var. CAROLINIANA (Walt.) Mett. Duisrricr oF Burro anp La Porte: with the pubescent form, upper border of — beach, Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. Previously known from the Bay of Islands. ARENARIA MARCESCENS Fern. To the stations already recorded add Bay or Istanps: crests of dry serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 250. The species is on all the serpentine areas of western Newfoundland. PLatE 255 shows flowering and fruiting branches, life-size, and seeds 0. A. CYLINDROCARPA Fern. PLatTE 256. Apparently on all the more exposed limestone or serpentine areas of the West Coast. The plate shows small fragments of the extensively creeping A. cylindrocarpa and a small plant of A. norvegica Gunn. with which it has been confused; also characteristic mature fruits X 6, and seeds X 10. See p. it. STELLARIA cRassiFouia Ehrh. The Newfoundland range ex- tended south to Sr. Joun Bay: springy and mossy glades in spruce and larch swamp, Eastern Point, Fe , Long & Fogg, no. 1680. ERASTIUM FIscHERIANUM Seringe. Extended south from the Straits to Sr. Jonn Bay anv IncornacHorx Bay: wooded talus of lime- Stone cliff, Crow’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1684; dry peaty and turfy limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, no. 1683. C. TERRAE-NovaE Fern. & Wieg. Seep. 11, pLate 257. Apparently on all the serpentine areas of the West Coast. 266 Rhodora [AuausT The plate shows a small plant, life-size, and seeds X 10. es Fioged 38 District oF BurGEo AND La Porte: roadsides, and grassy banks, heigl Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26, 615, °F amg g pe & Fogg, no. 260. Although recorded by Waghorne and others from Newfoundland, the constant mixture in literature of C. viscosum and C. vulgatum L. makes it desirable to put a verified station on record. Lycunis aupina L. To the stations already recorded add Bay oF SLANDs: southerly slopes of dry serpentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 263 *SILENE ACAULIS L., var. ExscaPa (All.) DC., forma CAULESCENS Lear Fiori. BonNE Bay: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, mm Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1693 Var. exscapa, the common form in eastern io has the flowers and fruiting capsules scarcely exserted from the leafy tips. Forma caulescens has calyx and capsule of var. exscapa, but the flowers well elevated on peduncles rising 1 cm. or more above the leafy mat. € p. THALICTRUM ALPINUM L. In its simple, mostly scapose stems and slender racemes and its tiny dark and lustrous upper’ leaf-surfaces Thalictrum alpinum is unique, yet by a singularly innaccurate statement in American keys it would ordinarily be difficult to make a determination of the plant. In the Synoptical Flora (i. fase. 1: 14) T. alpinum is said to have “Flowers hermaphrodite’; and in Britton & Brown’s Illustrated Flora (ii. 86) T. alpinum and T. clavatum are separated in the key from other species by having “Flowers perfect,” while in Trelease’s detailed paper on the genus (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxiii. 297), upon which later treatments have been largely based, these species are said to have “Flowers all perfect.” Nevertheless, 7. clavatum is, as originally described by De Candolle, ordinarily monoecious and, in spite of the key-character and the description, it is so illustrated in the I llustrated Flora. Some herbarium-specimens indicate that it may rarely be dioecious, but perfect flowers are highly exceptional. Similarly, r. alpinum. is so generally dioecious that monoecious colonies or plants are unusual and hermaphrodite or perfect flowers very exceptional. The dioecious character of 7. alpinum is well brought out in the figure in the Illustrated Flora, although the text calls for “flowers apne NE MULTIFIDA Poir. (var. HUDSONIANA DC., hardly separable Re the typical form). The Newfoundland stations are so few that Plate 255 Rhodora MARCESCENS: Fria. 1, fragments, in flower, X 1, from Mt. Albert, Quebec; , X 1, from the type, Blomidon, Newfoundland; Fic. 3, seeds, X 10, from ARENARIA Fic. 2, fruit the TY PE, 1933] F ernald —Recent: Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 267 the following additional ones are worthy of note. Bonne Bay: limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker’s Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1709; turfy limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, no. 1710. Lower UMBER VALLEY: dominant in dry humus over limestone ledges and shingle, Hannah’s Head, no. 1708, well-developed plants with 16 or more heads. See p. 47. COCHLEARIA GROENLANDICA L. Pistotet Bay: wet rocky beaches, Raleigh, Anne M. Jeffers, no. 91. Characteristic of the outer coast of Labrador, but not previously found in Newfoundland where the common species are C. tridactylites Banks and C. cyclocarpa Blake. vouched for heretofore from the West Coast. Bay along spring-rill in thicket at base of Mt. Moriah, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1720. See *C. FLEXUOSA With. Lower HumBer VALLEY: wet springy banks and thickets, Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1721; springy and bushy slopes between Marble Mountain and Humbermouth, no. 1722. See p. 16. A typical Eurasian species, new to North America; clearly indige- nous, with characteristic endemic American plants of wet or springy banks. Quickly distinguished from the variable American C. pensyl- vanica Muhl. by its definitely petiolulate leaflets. Although appearing in every way indigenous on the lower Humber, C. flexuosa has been collected by Mrs. Ayre in a park at St. John’s where it was possibly introduced. LesQueRELLA Purshii (Wats.), n. comb. L. arctica, var. Purshii Wats. Proc, Am. Acad. xxiii. 254 (1888) and in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am i. 120 (1895); Fernald, Ruopora, xiii. 223 (1911); Payson, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. viii. 157 (1921). Puave 258. When Watson distinguished the plant of Anticosti as var. Purshii he recognized only two points of departure from the Greenland and arctic American L. arctica (Wormsk.) Wats.: “Pod somewhat pubes- cent; septum complete,” as contrasted with the glabrous pod and fenestrate septum of the arctic plant. Later, Payson, in his Monograph of the Genus Lesquerella, stated in regard to the perforate septum, that “This character is apparently of no value, since specimens of typical arctica are at hand that show no perforations.”! Payson, however, Stated that var. Purshii (then known from western Newfoundland 4s well as Anticosti) is a “more slender plant . . . with narrower * Payson, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. viii, 157 (1921). 268 Rhodora [AuGusT leaves . . . the es seems to have but 5-6 ovules in each cell, while the species has 6-8.” Since Watson’s day, and even since Payson’s, the material in the Gray Herbarium has vastly increased; when Payson studied the group we had 13 numbers of the two plants, now we have 45. With the large increase of material it becomes possible better to evaluate the differences and the similarities. As Payson says, the plant of Anti- costi and Newfoundland tends to be more slender and to have narrower leaves: the rosette-leaves are narrowly oblanceolate and very slenderly petioled, those of the arctic plant broadly oblanceolate to spatulate. In L. arctica the raceme is short and corymbiform or subcorymbiform, with little tendency to elongate, the fruiting pedicels loosely ascending or spreading and commonly arcuate, the longest 1.4—-2.6 (av. 1.6) cm. long; in the plant of the Gulf of St. Lawrence the raceme may be sub- corymbiform but, when well developed, it becomes an elongate and stiff slender raceme, with ascending to stiffly spreading short and straight pedicels, the longest only 2-16 (av. 8) mm. long. The sepals of L. arctica taper gradually to the subacute tip; in L. Purshii they are gradually rounded at tip. The petals of L. arctica are rather marcescent, enveloping the capsule until it is nearly grown; in L. Purshii they quickly shrivel and have usually dropped baton the young fruit is much distended. The capsules of L. arctica are glabrous, 6-9 mm. long and contain 6-8 seeds in each cell; those of L. Purshi oftenest lepidote (though sometimes glabrate) and averaging muc smaller, 3.5-7 mm. long, with 4, 5 or 6 seeds in each cell. Although, as Payson says, the usually fenestrate septum of L. arctica may be complete, the fenestration is common and the opening large, while in L. Purshii the perforation only rarely occurs and it is then smaller than in L. arctica. Differing, at least recognizably, in so many characters and isolated by more than 7 degrees of latitude, the two plants seem to be fairly segregated species. Their differences are summarized below. aRcTICA. Rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to spathulate, broad-petioled: raceme corymbiform or subcorymbiform; the fruiting pedicels loosely ascending to spreading, often arcuate, the longest 1.4-2.6 (av. 1.6) em. long: sepals gradually narrowed to subacute tip: petals subpersistent, often enveloping the nearly grown fruit: capsules glabrous, 6-9 mm. long, with 6-8 seeds in each cell: septum usually fenestrate, the ———— — or So ie tee nd and Arctic America, south to a (lat. 58° 43”), Labrado L. Pursuit. se tiedoarcs narrowly hlaacacinte, slenderly pet- 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 269 ioled: raceme corymbiform to elongate, slender and stiff, with ascend- ing to spreading straight pedicels, the longest 2-16 (av. 8) mm. long: sepals rounded at tip: petals soon shriveling, deciduous before the distension of the fruit: capsules lepidote, sometimes glabrate, rarely glabrous, 3.5-7 mm. long, with 4—6 seeds in each cell: septum usually complete, the perforation, when it occurs (not to be confused with rupturing), narrow and elongate——Western Newfoundland an Anticosti Island, Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: dry gravelly limestone arrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,336; dry gravel of limestone barrens, Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 28,337; dry mixed gravel on.crest southwest of Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,338; gravelly limestone barrens back of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,334; limestone barrens west of Big Brook, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,335; dry gravelly limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,339; dry gravelly or shingly limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1724; dry g & Fogg, no. 1726; dry limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3465, Fernald & St. John, i 216, Mackenzie & ruscom, no. 10,290; dry limestone barrens, Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom. Anticosti Island, QuEBEC: Pursh; platigres de ’embouchure, Rivitre Jupiter, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,851; sur les platigres récontes, Riv. Chicotte, Victorin & Rolland, pore 46; sur les platiéres, Riv. McKane, Victorin & Rolland, no. The close relationship of the arctic species in numerous genera and of their endemic representatives about the Gulf of St. Lawrence with an isolated species of southern South America has repeatedly been pointed out. It is therefore noteworthy that the nearest relative of Lesquerella arctica and L. Purshii should be South American. As early as 1829, Hooker identified the Andean plant as Vesicaria arctica: “nor can I distinguish from V. arctica, specimens I have in my Her- barium, gathered in the plains of Mendoza and hills above Cordova, South America, by Dr. Gillies and Mr. Cruikshanks.”! There has been much confusion of the one to three species of Lesquerella in South America and their identity is still rather vague. The Gillies plant, represented in the Gray Herbarium by a full sheet collected in 1825 from “ Half-way between Fort San Rafael & El Puerto del * Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 48 (1829). 270 Rhodora [AuausT Monte”’ in the Andes is a good match for the original plate of Vesi- caria montevidensis Eichl. in Mart. Fl. Bras. xiii. 302, t. 67, fig. 2 (1865), said to come from Montevideo. Some authors reduce Les- querella montevidensis (Eichl.) Wats. to L. mendocina (Phil.) Kurtz, but the material at hand indicates that Payson is right in keeping them apart. LL. montevidensis is placed by Payson next to L. arctica and L. Purshii (L. arctica, var. Purshii). It has the elongating raceme, ascending pedicels and slightly elongate pods like those of L. Purshii; but its leaves incline to be sinuate, its flowers are much larger, the pubescence of the pods is a fine stellate tomentum, and its styles are slightly longer than in L. Purshii. DRABA MEGASPERMA Fern. & Knowlt. Range in western New- foundland extended south to Sr. Joun Bay: turf overlying limestone, Grassy Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731; dry gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point and Eddy’s (Old Man’ s) Cove, nos. 1737, 174814. In eastern Newfoundland known as far south as NoTRE meio : rocky shore, Pike’s Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, . 5458. D. aRABISANS Michx., var. orTHOCARPA Fern. & Knowlt. Ex- tended sibrth fi ra Bay ‘of Islands to BonNnE Bay: limestone cliffs are on BONNE Bay: tent one cliffs near Stanleyville, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. iia? shelves ae talus of diorite onl Hg Head, no. 1728. Notre Dame Bay: turfy and rocky Twillingate, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 459. ane leds, Castle Rocks, Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 5460. ARABIS ALPINA Ls ein in calcareous soils, either wet or moder- ately dry, south to Incornacnorx Bay. The typical plant has conspicuous milk-white petals with delicate and eka veins. Doctor Hill and ruler St. J John Bay the petals are often firm, greenish- white and coarsely veined. This is . ALPINA, forma phllopetal, f. nov., petalis firmis Maden? valde venosis.—NEWFOUNDLAND: shaded shelves of lim fee Crow’s Head, St. Sen) Bay, July 28, 1929, Fernald, Long ‘ Fog g, 0 1753 (Type in Gray Herb.); thickets on quartzite gravel ‘alae ee Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, August 7, 1929, no. 1754. A. Drummonp1 Gray. Additional station on Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1756. In view of the occurrence of Arabis Drummondi in New England at low altitudes it is a striking fact that in western Newfoundland it 1s known only on the high limestone escarpments and crests of the High- lands of St. John and of Killdevil. : *DROSERA OBOVATA Mert. & Koch. Bonne Bay: with D. anglica, Plate 256 Rhodora ¢° FIG. 2 seeds, > 10, f r appma k; FIG. 4, FIG 1 plant, *~ i from Tor ne L LE I AR NARIA NORVEGICA: cA £ I Ss 7 se 4 i n N wfounc « , : om No way. . es 1 f uit, * a fror € .. a 1 OCA A: Fig. 3 fragments, In young iI toe ‘Gees ssctias WwW y PA? oe ‘ 9 f i acy f nai Q ian FIG ), mature fruit, > 6, ron € , flower, » 6, rom ue : Sey f 6 Rhodora Plate 257 : VERASTIUM TERRAE-NOVAE: Fic. 1, small plants, < 1, from Bonne Bay, Newfound- and: pra « . s . T ens “; FIG. 2, seeds, one showing ruptured testa, X 10, from the tyre, Blomidon, New- foundland. 1933] F ernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 271 intermedia and rotundifolia in peaty borders of ponds in the barrens at about 365 m., Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1759; with the same associates, often forming pure colonies of considerable ex- tent, wet peaty bog-barrens at 400-550 m. alt., tableland of Lookout Mt., no. 1760. The first record, apparently, for North America. D. obovata is usually considered a hybrid of D. anglica and D. rotundifolia. The Lookout Mt. plant is abundant in spots, sometimes more so than its associates. See p. 87. D. tinEarts Goldie. To the single known Newfoundland station (on Blomidon, Bay of Islands) should be added the following extensive ne. Portnre RicHE: quagmire-margin of pool in limestone barrens, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1761, the plant making essentially continu- ous turf about a single pool, hundreds of other neighboring and apparently similar pools quite lacking it. *SARRACENIA PURPUREA L., forma HETEROPHYLLA (Eaton) Fern. Ruopora, xxvi. 174 (1922). Bonne Bay: open upland marsh, Harlow Bis op, no. 336; open savannah near mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1762, all the pale form, no purple flowers s ?*SAXIFRAGA ADSCENDENS L. In the Roemer herbarium at the British Museum, received through Shuttleworth, there is a specimen of characteristic Sazxifraga adscen- dens (the identification confirmed for me by Mr. A. J. Wilmott) originally labeled: “ Sazifraga tricuspidata,” with the pencilled data: “Grénlandia, Terra nova,” and the pencilled name of the author (of S. tricuspidata) “Rottb.” Shuttleworth has added: “vix Rottb. an petraea vel adscendens Vahl” and “Herb. Roem.” Sazifraga tricus- pidata is, of course, a characteristic plant of Greenland and northern Labrador (not yet definitely known from Newfoundland) and the specimen of S. adscendens from “ Grénlandia, Terra nova” may have accidentally replaced one of S. tricuspidata. On the other hand, S. adscendens is a western European plant which might well be in New- foundland;! S. adscendens is, likewise, found in cordilleran North America, consequently, since hundreds of other cordilleran species are isolated in N. ewfoundland, it is to be expected in the latter region. An attractive but long expected addition to the flora of western Ruopora, xxviii, 50 (1926) and Proc. Intern. Congr. Pl. Sci. ii. ‘See Fernald, 1501-1506 (1929) 272 Rhodora [AUGUST Newfoundland, since it was known eastward to the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula and to Anticosti and the Mingan Islands. RIBES HIRTELLUM Michx., var. saxosum (Hook.) Fern. RHopora, xiii. 76 (1911). A rather striking extreme, with leaves of the fertile branches rounded to cordate at hs ase. Probably somewhat general on the West Coast. The following collections are at hand. PorNnTE RicuE: bushy talus of limestone sea-cliffs at base of the Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. eels Bay or IsLANDs: wet woods, Crabb’s, June 12, 1896, Waghorn AMELANCHIER Pee Wiegand, Ruopora, xxii. 149 (1920). Range extended north to St. Jonn Bay: peaty thicket bordering limestone barrens, Old Port ap Choi, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1792; shrubs 0.5-1 m. high. See p A. LAEvis Wiegand, se a xiv. 154, t. 96, fig. 7 (1912). Range n the West Coast extended north to Bonne Bay: talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. RATAEGUS LAURENTIANA Sarg. Very rare and local; the following are the known stations. VALLEY OF THE EXPLOITs: sandstone ridges and banks, Rushy Pond, and ledges and ele Py. the river, Bishop Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, nos. 6606. Bay oF ISLANDS: brought from wild thicket at Hugh's ees to garden of James Pennell, Esq. at Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1794. See p. 49. *POTENTILLA STERILIS (L.) Garcke (P. Fragariastrum Ehrh.). AvaLon PENINSULA: exact locality not definitely known, 1928, A. M. Ayre Potentilla sterilis is a noteworthy addition to the flora of North America. Unfortunately, Mrs. Ayre, in collecting it, was not fully aware of the significance of the discovery and there is some question as to the exact source of the specimens. In the winter of 1930-31, while going over with Mrs. Ayre a large collection of the very variable Fragaria virginiana marked “Strawberries near Murray’s Pond, all wild,” I found in the series two individuals (now in the Gray Her- barium) of most characteristic Potentilla sterilis. Mrs. Ayre had drawn a similar plant, probably from cliffs at Brigus. Subsequent search has, thus far, failed to rediscover the exact spots whence the collections came. P. sterilis is a typical plant of central, western and southern Europe; and its discovery in Newfoundland adds another to the long series of western Eurasian types which are apparently also indigenous there. P. pectinaTA Raf. To the very few Newfoundland stations add Bay or IsLanps: crests of sandstone sea-cliffs, Woody Island, F' ernald, g & Fogg, no. 2. P. norvecica L., var. LABRADORICA (Lehm.) Fern. RHODOR4; 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 273 xxviii. 213 (1926). Range extended from the Straits of Belle Isle south to Bonne Bay: shaded limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1801. See p. 89. *P. ErEcTA (L.) Hampe (P. Tormentilla Neck.). AVALON PENINSULA: a large patch in moss, Quidi Vidi, August 26, 1930, July, 1931, A. M. Ayre. Potentilla erecta, more familiarly known in Europe as P. Tormen- tilla, is as significant an addition to the indigenous flora of south- eastern Newfoundland as P. sterilis (see above) or as were some other typical western Eurasian species now long known from the Avalon Peninsula: Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourret, Festuca capillata Lam., Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br., Nardus stricta L., Juncus bulbosus L., Montia rivularis C. C. Gmel., Ranunculus hederaceus L., R. Flammula L., Potentilla procumbens Sibth., Pedicularis sylvatica L., ete. *P. AnsERINA L., forma sericea (Hayne), comb. nov. P. An- serina, var. sericea Hayne, Arzneigew. iv. 31 (1816). P. Anserina, 8. concolor Wallr. Sched. Crit. i. 226 (1822). P. Anserina, 8. holosericea Gaud. Fl. Helv. iii. 405 (1828). P. Anserina, a. argentea Neilr. FI. 09 (1859). ; 66 (1887). Argentina Anserina concolor (Wallr.) Rydb. Mon. N. Am. Pot. 160 (1898). .A. argentea Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxiii. 143 (1906). A. Anserina sericea (Hayne) Piper, in Piper & Beattie, Fl. Se. Wash. 142 (1914). P. Anserina, var. argentea (Rydb.) Jepson, Man. Fl. Pl. Calif, 485 (1925), not Neilr. (1859) as to type.—Bay or IsLanpDs: upper border of gravelly sea-beach, Governor Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 300. Tn Newfoundland, eastern Canada and northern New England Potentilla Anserina (var. vulgaris Hayne), with the upper leaf-surfaces deep-green, passes as it gets into drier habitats (like the upper borders of beaches) by a perfect transition into the very striking extreme with the upper surfaces silvery-sericeous. The latter extreme is at best a mere form, certainly not a true variety. It is quite parallel with P. palustris, f. subsericea (Becker) Wolf. Although Rydberg set up his Argentina argentea as an American species quite apart from the Old World P. Anserina var. argentea Neilr., I am quite incapable of finding the differences. Several Eurasian collections seem to me inseparable from the American plants. Dryas trecriroira Vahl, forma canescens (Simmons), comb. wae - integrifolia, var. canescens Simmons, Vasc. Pl. Fl. Ellesmere- and, 46 (1906).—The Newfoundland stations are Pornre RIcHE: Scarce (and sterile), on peaty and turfy limestone barrens, with the abundant and typical form with green upper surfaces of the leaves, 274 Rhodora [AuGuSsT Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1812. Porr au Port Bay: dry exposed ledges and shingle on the limestone tableland, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt., Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3598, Fernald & St. John, no. 10,846, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,317. Cape Sr. GrorGE: dry limestone barrens, local, Green Gardens, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. Dryas integrifolia, £. canescens is quite parallel with Potentilla Anserina, f. sericea, P. palustris, f. subsericea, and numerous other cases. It is likely to be found in the most arid situations throughout the range of D. integrifolia. Abundant collections from Greenland indicate that such is the case there, just as it is in western Newfound- land. ALCHEMILLA vuLearis L., var. vestiTa (Buser) Fern. & Wiegand, Ruopora, xiv. 233 (1912). .A. minor Huds. Extended south on the West Coast to Bonne Bay: damp thickets under limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1821. On the mountains of western Newfoundland Alchemilla vulgaris, var. vestita and var. filicaulis (Buser) Fern. & Wieg. are both conserva- tive and rather localized plants of remote subalpine habitats. Never- theless, at some places on the island they are both inclined to become aggressive weeds. Mrs. Ayre sends var. vestita from St. John’s, where it is a “terrible weed” in lawns, etc., just as typical A. vulgaris has become an almost indestructible pest in western Nova Scotia. Prunus virernrana L. The Choke Cherry extends north on the West Coast to Bonne Bay: swales and margins of wet thickets along Winterhouse Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1825. STRAGALUS EUcosMus Robinson. Our first station on the West Coast south of Pistolet Bay is on Bay or Istanps: turfy spots 0D slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, 00°- 1827. See p. 50. Oxyrropis FoLIoLosa Hook. The first station on the West Coast south of Pistolet Bay is on Bay or Istanps: turfy spots on slaty cal- careous talus, Cutwater Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1828. See p- 50 and map 3. It will be noted that neither Oxytropis foliolosa nor Astragalus eucosmus have been found on the West Coast of Newfoundland between Pistolet Bay and the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands. In describing our very hurried and wholly superficial botanizing on Cut- water Head (p. 50), I noted the occurrence there of a new Taraxacum with extraordinarily large heads, a plant collected also in evening light of the same day on the cliff at neighboring Cod Cove. This Tarava- cum (to be described and illustrated in Part III), like the Astragalus and the Ozytropis, is likewise known in western Newfoundland only Rhodora Plate 258 I from ( ree ‘reenland ‘ESQUERELLA ARCTICA: FIG. 1, small plant, X 1, from Greenland; ria. 2, fruit, X 1, nland; Fig. 3, shriveled flower, showing lance-acuminate sepals, x 4. from URS se . y : Sera KO fants re + Pursuit: rig, 4, small plant, x 1, from Newfoundland; Fic. 5, fruit, X 1, from wfoundland; FIG. 6, flower, showing oblong, obtuse sepals, < 4, from Newfoundland. Ne 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 275 on Pistolet Bay and the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands. Whatever the peculiar factors, as yet not wholly apparent (probably similarity of rock), which concentrate at points 200 miles apart these highly © localized species, it is probable that, if our incidental five-minute landing on Cutwater Head had been extended to half-a-day, many other specialties of Pistolet Bay might have been found: such plants as Carex capitata L., Cerastium Regelii Ostenf., Ranunculus pedatifidus J. E. Sm., var. leiocarpus (Trauty.) Fern., Draba nivalis Lilj., Par- nassia Kotzebuet C. & S., Potentilla usticapensis Fern., Astragalus stragulus Fern., Arctostaphylos rubra (Rehder & Wilson) Fern., Bartsia alpina L., Antennaria eucosma Fern. & Wieg., A. vexillifera Fern., Arnica plantaginea Pursh and Crepis nana Richardson. Here is a real challenge and an opportunity for a worth-while vacation for a pair of intelligent cliff-climbers. OXYTROPIS JOHANNENSIS Fern. Ruopora, xxx. 145, t. 173 (1928). To the few Newfoundland stations already recorded add Bonne Bay: limestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & (= Fogg, no. 1831. O. TERRAE-NovaE Fern. l. c. 147, t. 174 (1928). Apparently somewhat general on dry calcareous shingle and exposed limy ledges from the eastern en- trance of Hudson Strait to south- western Newfoundland (map 22). This type of distribution is shown Y Arnica terrae-novae and A. plantaginea (to be considered later) and several other species. Hepysarum atpinum L. Our only stations (as yet) between Cow Head and the limestone barrens of and Bay of Islands. Bonne B peg Mar 22. Range of Oxyrropis imestone rocks near crest (alt. 650 TERRAE-NOVAE. m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1835; basaltic talus near mouth of Wallace’s Brook south of onne Bay, no. 1834. Seep. 94. Bay or IsLanps: turfy spot on slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, no. 1832. See p. 50. * ALPINUM L., var. AMERICANUM Michx., forma albiflorum (Standley), comb. nov. H. americanum (Michx.) Britton, f. albiflorum Standley, Field Mus. Pub. Bot. viii. 15 (1930).—The only Newfound- 276 Rhodora ' [AvcusT land collection of the albino is from VALLEY OF THE EXPLOITS: ledges and talus, north bank of the river below the falls, Grand Falls, ernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, no. 5801. *VictA Cracca L., var. SERICEA Peterm. ‘This very striking silvery-sericeous extreme was found on Bonne Bay: gravelly nie g near old soit camp (obviously introduced), Beachy Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1837. THYR vi nape Willd., var. aLEuTICUS (Greene) Fern. RHo- DORA, Xxxiv. 179 (1932). Extending locally south to Notre Dame Bay and t au Port Bay. Freq eadky producing cleistogamous flowers and reniform fruits, Ssomb tite those of Amphicarpa rasta 1 AMPHICARPA bracteata (L.), comb. nov. Glycine bracteata L.. Sp. Pl. ii. 754 (1753). G. ca L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, ii. 1023 (1763). A, monoica (L.) Eli. Journ 373 (1818). | Fa cata comosa Britt. in Britt. & Br. Ill. Fl. i, 334, fig. 5228 (1807), not lycine comosa L. Sp. Pl. ii. 754 (1753). In eastern North America we have two well marked species of Amphicarpa: A, the ew ym A Glycine monoica L. (1763), while Falcata Pitcheri (T. & G.) Kuntze is is maintained asa be noted oth the of Species Plantarum (1753): (1) Glycine comosa, with the o 1 Linnea Vedra foliis ternatis hirsutis, racemis lateralibus” and (2) G. acai sree the Linnean pect “GLYCINE foliis ternatis ypigesaa caule piloso, tis.” Both go back direct se Glycine 1 G. bracteata, ll diff tiat + d since Linnaeus would presumably not have divided into two species the more slender plant, as bas assumed, it seemed desirable to study the types in connection with @ series of typical American plants. I e summer of 1930 ard Long and I made such a study at Mu The type of Glycine comosa is beau characteristic Amphicarpa Pitcheri, so well ged by Gronovius: ‘late scandens, — a in racemos parvos ad genicu ngestis, foliis hirsutis.”. Conse A. Prrenert T. & G. should be cota . pes (L.) G. Don in Loud. Hort. Brit. sols (1830). Gwene — L: 2am) was renamed naeus in 1 onoica, because he thoug re ptive io a plant notable for its two “types of puanng: sa trates and i the old Kew Rule name (the first combination of generic and specific es) was Amphicarpa mon Ell, The bracteata, therefore of G. monoica, is clearly the slender a long called Amphicarp@ monoica and well defined by Linnaeus (following Gronovius) with “foliis Alae & Carina albae, Vezxillo paaboeny violaceo.”’ Consequently nudi as indicated in the opening paragraph, AMPHICARPA MoNoICcA (L.) Ell. must be - A. BRACTEATA (L.), comb. nov. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 277 L. saponicus Willd., var. GLABER (Ser.) Fern. I. c. Fie (1932). Ex- tending northward on ‘the West Coast to Cow Hea *L. JAPONICUS Willd., var. GLABER, f. esareee (Bab.) ens l. c. 182 (1932). The only American collection seen is from Bon pars upper border of beach, White Point, Fernald, Long & a a no. L. saponicus Willd., var. PELLITUS Fern. I. c. 183 (1932). Extend- ing “egies ws gece Dame Bay and to St. John Bay nsis L. Lower HumBer Wiis ‘springy glades in spruce pave between Marble Mountain and Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1844. As stated on p. 15, Lathyrus pratensis in the mossy glades in typical spruce forest of the Lower Humber has every appearance of a native plant. It has as associates or near neighbors in the natural glades and woodlands other European species (Cardamine flexuosa With., Linum catharticum L., Scrophularia nodosa L. and Cirsium palustre (L.) Scop.) which, ihewias have every aspect of indigenous species. With them are the usual circumpolar or amphigean species of the Canadian forest-flora (Thelypteris Dryopteris (L.) Slosson and 7. Phegopteris (L.) Slosson, Botrychium virginianum var. europaeum Angstr., Cinna lati- folia (Trev.) Griseb., Carex capillaris L. and lepidocarpa Tausch, Streptopus omplenifolcus (L.) DC., Caltha palustris L., Pyrola minor L., ete.), as well as the usual endemic American species of wet cal- careous woods (Cystopteris bulbifera (L.) Bernh., Taxus canadensis Marsh., Carex stipata Muhl., Habenaria ditatata (Pursh) Gray, Listera convallarioides (Sw.) Nutt,, etc., etc.). These are not weeds and our conviction was, that Lathyrus pratensis and its other European associates are as definitely indigenous in western Newfoundland as are the endemic American species with which they are found. In this connection it is worth while to record some other stations for Lathyrus pratensis. On Prince Epwarp IsLanp: springy meadow, Rocky Point, Queens Co., Fernald & St. John, no. 7709. In Nova Scotta: border of boggy swale, Springhill Junction, Pease & Long, no. 21,732. Although an occasional introduction along railroads and roadsides on the continent of North America, L. pratensis may prove to be quite as indigenous in aes Edward Island and Nova Scotia as in Newfoundland. NUM erie ec" L. Known in Newfoundland from the Lower Humper Va ALLEY: wet slaty border of ditch, near Humber- mouth, July 4, “1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3654; railway gravel nea r Hu tl July 18, 1910, no. 3655; wet springy banks and thickets, Humbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1845; dry humus over limestone ledges and shingle, etl s Head, no. 1846; 278 Rhodora [AuGusT damp limestone gravel between Marble Mt. and Humbermouth, Fernald & Long, no. 1847. See discussion on p. 15 and under Lathyrus pratensis (preceding). Although Wiegand and I, in 1910, took Linum catharthicum to be a railroad introduction, it has not spread in 20 years as a railroad weed. It is quite possible that the railroad merely invaded its natural area. *EMPETRUM NIGRUM L. f. PURPUREUM (Raf.) Fern. RHODORA, xxv. 83 (1923). Bonne Bay: abundant with the common black-fruited form, peaty and turfy upper quartzite slopes (alt. 600-650 m.), Kill- devil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1851. See p. 89. The combination Empetrum nigrum, f. purpureum was independent- ly made by R. Good, Trans. Linn. Soc. xlvii. 519 (1927), Good obviously overlooking its publication in 1923. LATINE MINIMA (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer. See Fernald, Ropora, xix. 13 (1917). To the two recorded stations in Newfoundland add from District oF BurGEOo AND La Porte: sandy and gravelly margin of pond, Burgeo, Fernald, Seed & Fogg, no. 326. See p VIOLA PALUSTRIS L e oe on the Straits ‘ot Belle Isle add from HIGHLANDS OF Sv. pe OHN: springy meadow on quartzite slope od obs of Yellow Brook, atid slopes, ledges and gravel near head of p Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1862-1864. . 58. Shee aiid ANGUSTIFOLIUM L., va MACROPHYLLUM (Hausskn.) s Fern. Ruopora, xx. 4 (1918). HIGHLANDS OF Sr. Joun: wet quartz- ite ledges and grave along brook, Deep Gulch, Doctor “Tl, Fernald, g & Fogg, no. 18 ithe only wakes now ee in eastern North America are on the Magdalen Islands. See p. 5: E. Pytareanum Fern. ie acake xxvii. 33 (1925). To the four stations head recorded add the following. District oF boa AND La Porte: wet moss and peat on gneiss hills, te Bank an rations Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 331, 332. See p. 1 In view of the difficulty of the genus Epilobium as the seeming restriction of E. Pylaiaeanum to southernmost Newfoundland, it seems desirable to illustrate it. Puate 259 shows well-developed plants, se and characteristic calyx, < 6, and seed, X 10. WYOMINGENSE Nelson. To the few recorded Newfoundlan stations oa from Bay Sr. Joun: wet bog back of Eddy’s (Old Man ’s) patel Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1873. pavuricuM Fisch. To the few recorded stations add the follow- ing: ‘Sr. Joun Bay AND Incornacuorx Bay: damp open depressions in limestone ig anes Eastern Point and bare wet peaty depressions, Pointe icons rnald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1877, 1878. ro REALE Davesis "Newfo undland range extended south ato OF Rhodora Plate 259 ErtLopium PYLAIEANUM: Figs. 1, 2 and 3, fruiting and flowering plants, < 1, from 3 ilvx-lobes, * 6, fron "UTgeO, thant ace and; Fic. 4, flower, showing oblong, obtuse calyx-lobes, x 6, from Burgeo: y N ewt f, » Port any asques G. seed, showing slender beak, x 10, from the TYPE, Port aux Ba ques, ane 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 279 Bonne Bay: damp thicket under limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Kill- devil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1881. - LACTIFLORUM Hausskn. To the stations already recorded add ‘ . Bonne Bay: damp thicket under limestone crests (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1884. OENOTHERA PERENNIS L. The northern limit in western Newfound- land seems to be on BonnE Bay: scarce, along trail in spruce woods and thickets, slope of Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1887. CoNIOSELINUM PUMILUM Rose. In Newfoundland apparently con- fined to the serpentines of the West Coast and to the north side of Notre Dame Bay. Norre Dame Bay: boggy places on hill southwest of Tilt Cove and border of Castle Pond, Tilt Cove, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, nos. 5961, 5962. Bonne Bay: serpentine tablelands, alt. about 380 m., Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3788; dam ISLANDs: wet depressions and borders of rills, slopes and crests of ser- pentine ridge, North Arm, Long & Fogg, no. 347; serpentine tableland, 3787 PHYLLODOCE CAERULEA (L.) Bab. To the very few known New- foundland stations add the following. H1GHLANDS or Sr. Jou: Long ACCINIUM NUBIGENUM Fernald, Ruopora, x. 53 (1908). PLaTE 60. To the recorded stations add the following from H1cHLANDS OF Sr. Joun: peaty quartzite slopes, Deep Gulch, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1936, 1937. See p. 58. In view of the very local occurrence (MAP 23) of Vaccinium nubige- Map 23. Range of VaccINIUM NUBIGENUM. 280 Rhodora [AuGusT num it is desirable to show its habit. Anthers of the two related species (V. cespitosum Michx. and V. ovalifoliwm Sm.) are shown for comparison. As stated on p. 58, V. ovalifoliwm in eastern America is always past anthesis when V. nubigenum (likewise V. cespitosum) is coming into bloom. PRIMULA EGALIKSENSIS Wormsk. Extended slightly southward to INGoRNACHOIX Bay: turfy borders of limestone beach and dry grav- elly limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1952, 1953 (the latter exceptional in growing in dry gravel, conse- quently pics seemed iin scapes *ANDROSACE SEPT s L. Bonne Bay: limestone talus, Tucker’s Bead, Foviald Long ‘& Fogg, no. 1954. See pp. 81, 96 and MAP 5. Only two plants were found, one in fruit, the other a sterile rosette. These, presumably, were chance survivors of a colony which had be- come much depleted through failure to fruit during a series of ad- versely cold summers (see pp. 4, 95-97). The map has a single sta- tion in northwestern Greenland. So far as I can find, Androsace sep- tentrionalis has never been recorded from Greenland. It and some other plants, not yet listed from Greenland, were collected on the Crockerland Expedition by Dr. Ekblaw. The sheet in the Gray Herbarium bears the data: dry warm gravel slope, Etah, July 15, 1915, W. Elmer Ekblaw. Dr. Ekblaw collected abundant material, but his Etah station and several from adjacent northeastern Ellesmere- land are the only ones yet known in eastern Arctic America. LysIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) BSP. Range in western N ewfound- land extended a “4 eae hie: gravel along Deer Brook, F ernald, Long & Fogg, no. At this A ae of the species the plants, in late August, were all sterile and only 1-2 dm. high. Fraxinus nigrA Marsh. Range on the West Coast extended north to Bonne Bay: talus of = cliff opposite Lomond, Fer- nald, Long & Fogg, no. 1958. BARTONIA PANICULATA (Michx.) Muhl., var. 1opanpra (Rob-) Fern. Ruopora, xxiii. 228 (1922). Range on the West Coast extended north to Bonne Bay: wet peaty barrens at about 365: m., Lookout t Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1962. The migration of Bartonia paniculata (extending cane along the Coastal Plain to Louisiana) between New Jersey and Newfound- land, or vice versa, is well brought out by the map of its range northeast of New Jersey (map 24). The Newfoundland plant is all var. iodandra. Myosotis taxa Lehm. Range in western Newfoundland extended the Newfoundland Flora 281 iscoveries 1n 1933] Fernald,—Recent D ‘(Se1}oLB A BuIpnpoul) VEVINOINVA VINOLUVE Jo oFuvy wloysvoy WON “FZ “AVI 282 Rhodora [AuGuUST north to Bonne Bay: swales on alluvial islands and shores at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1965. PRUNELLA VULGARIS L., var. LANCEOLATA (Bart.) Fern. RHopora, xv. 183 (1913). Range extended north to Bonne Bay: spruce woods and thickets, slope of Lookout Mt., Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1968 (pilose form); talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, no. 1969 (glabrescent form) Lycopus un1FLorus Michx. The northern known limits in New- foundland are on Notre Dame Bay, East Branch of the Humber and Bonne Bay. Norre Dame Bay: Barred Islands, August 28, 1903, Sornborger. Bonne Bay: springy meadow, Woody Point, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1973. ScROPHULARIA NoposA L. Rather general on calcareous slopes and in thickets and borders of woods on the Lower HumBer and HUMBER Cove, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3940; abundant in gravelly thicket, river-bank between Mt. M d Humb th, 1 Scrophularia nodosa (see p. 16), apparently inseparable from the European plant, is certainly indigenous along the lower Humber and about Humber Arm. It is a characteristic species of thickets, borders of woods and rocky slopes, just as are its endemic North American counterparts on the continent. Mrs. Ayre’s discovery of the plant in rocky places on the Avalon Peninsula suggests that it may be looke for in many parts of the Island. Mimvutus moscHatus Dougl. Range in western Newfoundland extended north to Bonne Bay: springy ditch, Shoal Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1980. *VERONICA OFFICINALIS L., var. TOURNEFORTH (Vill.) Reichenb. This very definite small extreme of Veronica officinalis is character- ized by leaves only 1-3 cm. long and 4-17 mm. wide; by filiform peduncles much longer than their subtending leaves; by lineat- cylindric, very lax and flexuous racemes; by blue-violet corollas with oblong or narrowly elliptic lobes and by capsules as broad as OT broader than long. It abounds in coniferous woods and thickets, 0” peaty knolls and in sphagnous bogs in southeastern Newfoundland, is less common in western Newfoundland, and is frequent on Prince Edward Island and Cape Breton, often to the exclusion of the coarseT plant which, following Reichenbach, I am treating as typical V. officinalis: the plant with coarser leaves, stouter and mostly s2orter Rhodora Plate 260 /ACCINIUM NU BIGENUM: Fia. 1, flowering branch, X 1, Sa Newfoundland; Fic. 2, nr largin of leaf, x 4; Fic. 3, flower, X 4; Fic. 4, anthers CESPITOSUM: Fig. 5, anthers, x 8, from scaiemind - OVALIFOLIUM: FIG. 6, anthers, < 8, from Oregon. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 283 peduncles, denser racemes, lilac-blue or lavender corollas with broader lobes, and capsules about as broad as long. The American specimens of var. TOURNEFORTII examined by me are the following. New FOUNDLAND: roadside, St. John’s, July 31, 1894 (“exposed form’’), Robinson & Schrent; woods, St. John’s, August 4, 1894 (“ shaded form”), Robinson & Schrenk; covering knolls in dry spruce woods, St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6147; damp mossy or turfy hollows on hill south of St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6148; dry banks, St. John’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no 6149; boggy places along Waterford R., between Waterford Bridge a ; thicket on South Hill, Fernald, sg Am no. 27,015; rocky slopes of Joan Plain’s Hill, Bay Bulls, Fernald, unbar, no. 27,016; Salmonier, August, 1885, Roland Thacter, 1098, A. M. Ayre; rocky places, Murray’ s Pond, 1928, A, ud t woods near (To be continued) 298 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. FernaLp (Continued from page 283) Evpurasia. Since the revision of The Genus Euphrasia in North America, Ruopora, xvii. 181-201 (1915)—Contrib. Gray Herb. no. xliv.—by Fernald & Wiegand, much material has been collected in Newfoundland and eastern Canada and a few collections have been made in Labrador. In so far as the recent collections amplify our understanding of the species and their ranges they are here recorded, following the sequence of the paper above referred to. *EuPHRASIA OakEstt Wettst. In addition to the alpine stations already recorded the following should be listed. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy barrens and slopes, Sacred Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,981. QueEBEc: in a single dryish turfy pocket, at 915-1100 m., southwestern slope of Mt. Fortin, Matane Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 25,269; mossy spots on calcareous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by Gulf of St. Lawrence, slightly west of Marten River, Gaspé Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 25,275. The Quebec material is too young for positive identification but its foliage and pubescence are quite like those of typical Euphrasva Oakesti. The Mt. Fortin material comes from a turfy alpine habitat; the material from near Marten River, although from near sea-level, was associated with Luzula spicata (L.) DC., Draba nivalis Lilj., Saxt- fraga cernua L., Potentilla nivea L., Androsace septentrionalis L. and other arctic-alpine species. Most of the material from the Shickshock Mts., of Matane County, originally distributed as E. Oakesii, proves upon restudy to belong with E. Williamsii. *E. Wiuramstt Robinson. Straits of Belle Isle, NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy hillsides and barrens, western side of Quirpon Island, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,973; in carpet of Salix Uva-ursi Pursh, open peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, F ernald & Long, no. 28,974; dry gravelly and turfy limestone barrens, Savage Point, Fernald & Long, no. 28,976. Matane Co., QuEBEc (all dis- tributed as E. Oakesii): wet calcareous cliffs and ledges, Nettle Gully ; alt. about 400 m., northern base of Mt. Collins, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 26,001; talus of mica schist, chimney east of Razorback Ridge (alt. 850-1000 m.), Mt. Logan, Pease & Smith, no. 26,002; dry talus and ledges of green schists, at about 900-1125 m. alt., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, Griscom & Pease, no. 26,003; gravelly and turfy slides and chimneys at about 850-1000 m. alt., in the steep schistose southern face of Mt. Fortin, Fernald & 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 299 Smith, no. 26,004; shelves of cliffs and upper talus of green schists, alt. about 1100-1150 m., head of Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, Fernald & Smith, no. 26,005. : E. Wriu1amsu, var. vestrra Fern. & Wieg. Including E. Oakesii, forma lilacina Fern. & Wieg. Northern and western Newfoundland EW FOUNDLAND: crests of dry trap cliffs and turfy headlands, Sacred Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,975, 28,987; dry limestone gravel, Dog Peninsula, St. Margaret Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,989; turfy lime- stone crest, alt. 650 m., Killdevil, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1999; dry upper diorite slopes and rock-crests at about 675-750 m. alt., Lookout Mt., Bonne Bay (type region), Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 1996, 1997; trap ledges and gravel, subalpine southern slope of Lark Mt., Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 400. QuEBEc: calcareous sandstone cliffs of the upper terrace, Blane Sablon (type region of EH. Oakesii, forma lilacina), Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 2896. See pp. 6, 88. Additional experience indicates that Euphrasia Williamsii var. vestita and E. Oakesii, forma lilacina are inseparable. The plant stands midway between typical E. Williamsii (with chocolate-brown to maroon corollas and glabrous leaves) and typical E. Oakesii (with the corolla white, with violet veins, and the leaves pilose-hirtellous). In var. vestita the color of the corolla varies (“ purple, not chocolate”’ in no. 28,987; “crimson” in the type; “chocolate-brown to maroon” i no. 28,989; “chocolate-purple” in no. 400; “lilac” in type of E. Oakesii var. vestita). It may eventually seem wiser to treat the group as one species, EL. Oakesii, with localized varieties differing in color of corolla and in pubescence, parallel with the variations of E. purpurea. E. purpurea Reeks. Additional localities in NEwFOUNDLAND: turfy sandstone ledges, White Point, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1990; brackish spot and gravelly beach, East Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2,000, 2,001; knolls in sphagnous marsh, : g & Fogg, no. 402; turfy and gravelly talus of sandstone sea-cliffs, Woody Island, Bay of 403 Barasway Bay), Burgeo and La Poile, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 406 E. pv PUREA, forma CANDIDA Fern. ieg ; Magdalen Islands and from Saguenay Co., Quebec; clearly a white- : of the glabrous E. purpurea. Now known from the Straits of Belle Isle, NewrounDLAND: turfy upper border of limestone » Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,001; open peaty and 300 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER — spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, F nati & Long, no. 8,977 (minutest of plants, fully mature and branching flowering ahaha with leafy summit often only 3 mm. in diameter). *E. PURPUREA, var. RANDII (ictereon) Fern. & Wieg. Typical var. Randii, with corollas purple and the faces of the green leaves sparsely crisp-pubescent, proves to be frequent on the coast of New- foundland and to extend farther north on the Labrador than we knew in 1915. The new northern records follow. Lasrapor: fresh marsh, upland terrace, Indian Harbor, lat. 54° 25! , Harlow Bishop, no. 530. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy and shingly limestone shore, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,063, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 29,013; turfy knolls near the hospital, F lower Cove, Fernald, no. 29,015; basaltic talus near mouth of Wallace’s Brook (so. of Bonne Bay), F ernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1993; shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1994; — crests of trap headlands, Lark Harbor, F ale: Long & Fogg, 401; bare spots on peaty and gravelly slopes and peaty and grav- ally thickets, ene) (or Tweed) Island, Bay of Islands, Ferna ald, Long & F 099, 07 (dense form in open habitat), 408 (lax abadte form); dry soi oe ang the gop hills back of Port aux Basques, oO. beach, Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, ogg, no. 405; granite ledges and boulders by the sea, Burgeo, F Fernald, Long & Dun- bar, no. 27, amp depressions in sand and gravel back of barrier beach, Argente, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,044. EY REA, var. Ranvut, f. ALBIFLORA Foi & Wieg. Reported from Mewlcandiaad 3 in 1915 only app the East Coast. Now known b southern half of Burnt te Poe Bay, Fernald & Long, no. 28, 996; turfy or peaty pockets in limestone e liges Sandy “a Poverty ) tributed as E. Oakesii); ote and saat ste oe strand, Yankee Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,982; peaty or turfy pockets in ttnewtatls barre ns, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & shore and damp peaty hollows in limestone barrens, Sandy Cove, ingomsschers Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 27,041, 27,042 (dis- tributed as trap sea-cliffs, French (or Tweed) ‘Talend Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long ‘t Fogg, no. 399; wet bog-barrens, Trepassey, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,052. On account of its extreme pate Ce much of the material was originally mistaken for E. Oakesii, but even the small plants (unless crowded) have a strong tendency to divergent basal branching, while the smaller-flowered E. Oakesii is almost uniformly simple, the 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 301 rare branching plants having few ascending branches chiefly from the median axils. E. puRPUREA, var. FarLowm (Robinson) Fern. & Wieg. Frequent Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,979; turfy and peaty spots (various i & D of Port aux Basques, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,054; turfy pastures, Argentea, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,053; wet bog- barrens, Trepassey, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,052; peaty pockets in silicious rocks near crest of South Hill, St. John’s, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,051. *E. PURPUREA, var. FarLown, f. 1opaNTHA Fern. & Wiegand. Originally from Matinicus Island, Maine, now known from several regions in NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy and gravelly limestone strand, ankee Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,985; turfy limestone barren, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, no. 28,984; turfy limestone barrens, Dog Peninsula, St. Margaret Bay, ernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,988; dry limestone barrens, upper slopes and tablelands, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mt., Port au Port, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 3998 (individuals with glandu- lar bracts), 4002 (bracts glandless); dry peaty crests of gneiss hills near Sand Bank, west of Burgeo, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. E. pissuncta Fern. & Wieg. The commonest species of Newfound- land with medium-sized whitish corolla, general in the northern, central and western regions, south to Notre Dame Bay, the Exploits Valley and the Cod Roy area. E. arctica Lange. Recorded from Newfoundland only from Table ; . th : ay; Anthony, September 10, 1923, A. G. Huntsman; Quirpon Harbor, September 8, 1923, Huntsman; slaty cliffs and talus, Cape Raven, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,000; upper border of limestone gravel-beach and turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,995, 28,997; turfy limestones arrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,002; turfy limestone barrens, Yankee Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, turfy limestone barren, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, no. 29,004, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 29,012; springy cliffs and talus above the Overfall of Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,017; dryish limestone 302 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER talus, western face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 29,020; turfy limestone strand, Bard Harbor, St. John Bay, Wiegand & Gilbert, no. broad); turfy limestone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, no. 1989. As Euphrasia arctica I am treating the plant so common about the coast of the lower St. Lawrence in Quebec and in northwestern New- foundland, thence north around the coast of Labrador to Hudson Bay; also on the coast of Greenland, on Iceland and the Faerée Islands and somewhat general around the subarctic regions. Our plant is well matched by much Greenland material as well as specimens from Ice- land and arctic Scandinavia, and it seems to be quite inseparable from the Greenland, Iceland and Faerées plant so beautifully illustrated, as E. officinalis, var. latifolia, by Lange in Fl. Dan. xvii. fase. xlix. 9, t- mmdceccex. (1877); the smaller and less pubescent plants from Labra- dor and Newfoundland so closely matching Lange’s plate that the latter must have been made from very similar material. FE. arctica was published in a list of plants of the Faerées by Rostrup as *K. arctica Lge (in litt.). Denne forhen ubeskrevne, ret ejendommelige art eller underart er temmelig almindelig, den er ogsa funden i Grgnland og Island ifglge meddelelse af prof. Lange. Char.: Folia viscoso-puberula, reni i to-orbicularia, obtusissime crenata, margine revoluta; bracteae majusculae, sensim acutius crenatae v. serratae; flores sub- capitato-congesti. Unfortunately, however, to work back to the beginning of a com- plicated question, Hooker, not at all understanding the genus Eu- phrasia, had enumerated from “Prairies of the Rocky Mountains,” Drummond, a E. officinalis, “8. var. rotundifolia, laxiflora.—E. lati- folia. Ph. 1. c. (non L.)’? The Drummond plant, from the Rocky Mts. (E. officinalis, 8. of Hook.), as shown by a good sheet of it in the Gray Herbarium, is E. disjuncta Fern. & Wieg. Whether or not it was like anything Pursh may have seen from Labrador, it is nOW im- possible to say. Pursh gave no new diagnosis and he certainly had no thought of publishing a new species. His publication was very simple and clearly shows that he was merely identifying some plant of Labrador with E. latifolia of Willdenow’s Species Plantarum. latifolia. 2. E. foliis ovatis dentato-palmatis, floribus spicatis, corollis tubulosis, laciniis labii inferioris obtusis. Willd. sp. Pl- 3, p. 192. 1 Rostr. Bot. Tidsskr. iv. 47 (1870). 2 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 106 (1838). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 303 Icon. Sabb. hort. 3. t. 7. Moris. hist. 3. s. 11. t. 24. f. 8. In Labrador. Colmaster. ©. July. v. s. in Herb. Dickson. Flowers smaller, pale purple.! Pursh, as stated, was obviously simply identifying a plant in Dickson’s herbarium with the already published Euphrasia latifolia L. (and subsequently Willd.), giving word-for-word Willdenow’s diagnosis of a plant of southern Europe and northern Africa (which does not belong even to the genus Euphrasia as now accepted, but to Parentucellia) and citing two plates of the latter. nly by one comparative phrase, “Flowers smaller, pale purple,” thrown in as a comment, did Pursh depart from the literal copying of Willdenow’s description of Euphrasia latifolia L., i. e. Parentucellia latifolia (L.) Caruel. The latter plant has red flowers 1-1.5 em. long, much larger than in any North American species of true Euphrasia. Pursh’s comparative comment, if meant to indicate that the Labrador specimen which he saw in Dickson’s herbarium had “ Flowers smaller”’ than in E. latifolia L. of the Mediterranean region, would, conse- quently, be quite useless in making out which of the 11 Euphrasias known from the Labrador Peninsula he might have seen. Pursh’s comparative comment should be interpreted, however, like parallel cases in his Flora: he was comparing the plant which he misidentified with the Mediterranean E. latifolia with the species preceding it in his Flora, his E. “ officinalis . . . In Canada. Michaux. . . . v. s. Flowers white, with purple veins.’’ Since the Michaux plant, as shown by his material at Paris which I have examined, is the only Euphrasia known in the region of Canada traversed by either Michaux or Pursh, E. canadensis Towns., which, as defined by Wiegand and me from full field-knowledge of it, has “corolla 5-6.5 mm. long, white with lavender or bluish veins,” it should be clear that Pursh’s critical note, that the Labrador plant has “Flowers smaller, pale purple,” may have some real significance. Of the 11 Euphrasias known from Labrador 6 (E. Oakesii, E. Williamsii var. vestita, E. purpurea and vars. Randii and Farlowii, and E. disjuncta) have flowers measurabl smaller than in E. canadensis (the Canadian “ E. officinalis”’ of Pursh’s Flora), and of these E. Williamsii var. vestita, E. purpurea and E. purpurea var. Randii have the flowers purple, though there may be a lilac tinge on the upper lip of the others. Unfortunately, the plant Which Pursh saw in Dickson’s herbarium is not now known; though, in view of the facts, that Pursh was merely misidentifying it with a ‘Pursh, Fl, Am. Sept. ii. 430 (1814). 304 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER species of another genus and that the name EL. latifolia, misapplied by him, had already been preémpted by Linnaeus, the search for the plant in Dickson’s herbarium might seem a needless one. But, still more unfortunately, several European botanists have magnified Pursh’s misidentification of a Labrador plant with small, purple flowers with a Mediterranean plant of another genus into an assump- tion that Pursh intended to describe a new species! Consequently, the name Euphrasia latifolia, wrongly ascribed to Pursh, has got very extensively into the literature of Ewphrasia and far-reaching conclu- sions have been drawn therefrom. Hooker, having material of the remotely flowered Euphrasia dis- juncta, with smallish white corollas, from the Canadian Rocky Mts., called it, as already noted, E. officinalis, “8. var. rotundifolia, laxi- flora —E. latifolia. Ph. l. c. (non L.).” Lange, after properly publish- ing E. arctica in 1870, discovered Hooker’s identification here quoted and, apparently not taking the trouble to learn the character of Pursh’s original publication, abandoned his own well published £. arctica, with white corollas 5-8 mm. long, and in the text accompany- ing his beautiful plate in Flora Danica (t. mmdceccex.) reduced it to varietal rank as E. officinalis var. latifolia (Pursh). Lange’s synonymy there given (in 1877) was as follows: “E. latifolia Pursh Fl. Am. sept- 2, p. 430; E. officinalis var. rotundifolia Hook. Fl. Amer. bor. 2, P- 106; E. arctica Lge. (Bot. Tidskr. I. 4, p. 47),” in explanation of which Lange made the “Obs. Ex definitione Hookerii |. c. nostra planta respondere E. latifolia Pursh.”’ : As pointed out in a preceding paragraph, Pursh was merely mis- identifying some plant of Labrador with small purple flowers with the Mediterranean E. latifolia L. If it be maintained that by his phrase “Flowers smaller, pale purple” Pursh was defining a new species, it must at least be admitted that the only plants known with small and purple flowers which he could have seen from Labrador are the three already enumerated, E. Williamsii var. vestita with purple (usually chocolate-purple) corollas only 2.5-4 mm. long, and E. purpurea an its var. Randii, with deep-purple to pale-roseate corollas also only 2.5-4 mm. long. Pursh certainly was not describing the plant with white corollas 5-8 mm. long, so beautifully illustrated by Lange and supposed by him to be “E. latifolia Pursh.’’ The plant which Hooker had from the Rocky Mountains is the slender species with small and remote white flowers (corollas 4-5.5 mm. long), E. disjuncta, and not hodora Plate 261 « f, A NS ee Vin bt oe Type of Aster TRADESCANTI, X % Cee Ie Pe Lee eee 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 305 conspecific with the plant of Greenland, Iceland and the Faerées illus- trated by Lange. Incidentally the name, L. officinalis, var. rotundi- folia started with Lange; Hooker had given it no name, merely “8. var. rotundifolia, laxiflora,’ this descriptive phrase not constituting atrue name. Eliminating from Lange’s publication in Flora Danica the citations which do not belong to the species he described and illustrated, we have left the characteristic subarctic species which he had already properly published as E. arctica. Wettstein, misled by the earlier literature, took up E. latifolia as of Pursh, with E. arctica Lange as a synonym, in his great Monographie der Gattung Euphrasia (1896) and, quite naturally, he has been followed by others who have not realized the errors involved. Wett- stein, however, himself realized the doubt surrounding the name E. latifolia as used by Pursh, but since E. latifolia L. (the description of which Pursh had directly copied from Willdenow) is now removed to Parentucellia, Wettstein felt that something Labradorean should be attached to the name in Pursh’s sense. Unfortunately, however, such slight characterization as can be deduced from Pursh’s “Flowers smaller [than in E. canadensis, with white corollas smaller than in E. arctica], pale purple” leads in the direction of E. purpurea, rather than to the large- and white-flowered E. arctica. However that may be, the homonym-rule now effectively disposes of EF. latifolia Pursh in Wettst. Mon. Euphr. 136 (1896), for E. latifolia L. (1753) abundantly ante- dates it. Mr. H. W. Pugsley! feels, I do not understand why, that there is doubt as to what Lange meant by E. arctica. Lange’s description, published by Rostrup, was clear; in Flora Danica where, following the wholly uncomprehending suggestion of Hooker, Lange revived the indefinite “ EZ. latifolia Pursh,”’ he placed his own £. arctica un- equivocally with it and illustrated in an unexcelled plate the common plant of Greenland, Iceland and the Faerées, with white corollas 5-8 mm. long. Wettstein, likewise, did not hesitate to treat E. arctica as the boreal plant described and illustrated by Lange, though he per- petuated the error of calling it “ E. latifolia Pursh.” In view of this seeming clarity (clarity most unusual in taxonomic Work prior to the very recent insistence upon designating a “ type”) 4s to what Lange actually meant by Euphrasia arctica, it is quite per- Plexing to find Pugsley doubting the identity and substituting for 402 (1980). A Revision of the British Euphrasiae, Linn, Soc. Journ., Bot. xviii. 490, 306 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER “ Euphrasia latifolia Pursh ex Wettstein” the new name E. frigida. Pugsley’s substitution was made in a foot-note quoted below: The recent Congress at Cambridge having decided to reject homonyms, the name E£. latifolia cannot be used. It is therefore proposed, as some ov attaches to the identity of a arctica Lange, to substitute a fresh e EUPHRASIA FRIGIDA. ag if there is any doubt whatever (which I am unable to dis- cover) regarding the real identity of Euphrasia arctica Lange, there is hopeless doubt regarding the exact identity of E. frigida Pugsley. Tossed off as an afterthought in a foot-note, as a substitute, without any type designated, for “E. latifolia Pursh ex Wettstein,” it goes directly back for its typification, first to Wettstein, then to Pursh. As already emphasized, Pursh did not definitely publish a new species; he merely misidentified a plant of Labrador with a Mediterranean plant now put into a different genus. The only comment which can possibly be cited as constituting a new diagnosis by Pursh indicates, if it indicates anything, one of the very small-flowered Labradorean species, perhaps either E. purpurea Reeks or E. Williamsii Robinson, with purple (not white) corollas rarely 4 mm. long. Wettstein also includes E. officinalis “ var. rotundifolia Hook.,” which was based solely on a collection of the white-flowered E. disjuncta Fern. & Wieg. His other citations may or may not be conspecific with E. arctica; they cannot be at the same time conspecific with that, with E. disjuncta and with E. purpurea or E. Williamsii (one or the other of these two presumably the plant which Pursh had). Although there seems 2° justification for the new name E. frigida, its publication would have added less to the confused ideas already prevailing if its author had taken pains to give it a definite typification; and by refraining from publishing an ill defined name he could have prevented hours of futile plodding through the obscure paths of nomenclature. E. stricta Host. Already well known from southeastern New- foundland, now recorded from the West Coast: sandy and gravelly strand west of Bard Harbor, St. John Bay, Fe eas & Long, 00 29, cael wet open hillside, Neddy Harbor, Bonne Bay, Harlow Bishop, E. AMERICANA Wettst. The commonest species of southern and central Newfoundland, in dry open soil, eens north to Notre Dace Bay, the Exploits Valley and St. John Bay Pugsley, in his Revision of the British fics. Linn. Soe. Journ., Bot. xlviii. 521 (1930), seems to refer E. americana to the Europea? 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 307 E. brevipila Burnat & Gremli. At least, at the end of his discussion of E. brevipila he says: A form apparently inseparable from this species is found in Newfound- land and Canada—possibly an introduction from Europe. This is repre- sented in the exsiccata[e], Macoun, No. 1696 (Cape Breton), Fernald, No. 3989 (Newfoundland) and Fernald, No. 8026 (Magdalen Is., Quebec). The numbers of my own (and others’) collecting, i. e. Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3989 and Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8026, are before me and they are very characteristic Euphrasia americana, as usual with the leaves and bracts glabrous; while, as Pugsley cor- rectly states, in the European E. brevipila they are “all clothed ee with + shortly stalked glands and short bristles.” In E. americana the flowers are borne only on the upper half of the stem and branches, the first flowers of the central axis appearing (in well developed plants) at the 8th-11th node; and in mature fruiting plants the base of the central inflorescence is about midway on the axis. In the glandular European E. brevipila, however, as shown by Wettstein’s plate (his t. vii. fig. 8) and by various European specimens (Braun-Blanquet, FI. Raet. Exsice. no. 676; Pampanini, FI. Ital. Exsice. no. 339; Palmér, Fl. Suec. no. 1079; Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 2377, identified by Pugsley; and unnumbered specimens from Fries, Fréman, Asplund and others) the central inflorescence (on the main axis) occupies, when fully developed, three-fourths to five-sixths of the entire central axis; the first flowers of the central axis appearing at the 5th-Sth node. In E. americana the lower lip is white (only rarely bluish), but with bluish or purple veins; in E. brevipila the corolla is usually purplish or bluish (“Corolla pallide violacea vel coerulea” —Wettstein; “Corolla - + . Llac”—Pugsley). In E. americana the mature capsules are distinctly exceeded by the calyx, in E. brevipila not exceeded by it (“Capsula . . calycem aequans vel superans’—Wettstein; “Capelle. 2% , equaling or exceeding the calyx-teeth’’—Pugsley). Other characters, in the corolla and the calyx, could be pointed out which at once differentiate E. americana from E. brevipila, but those already indicated are sufficient. I have before me at this writing 141 numbers of E. americana, with the collecting of more than 50 of which I have been personally concerned. Like all the annual species it Varies in stature (up to 4.4 dm. high), degree of branching and size of foliage and bracts; but in its essential characters it is abundantly distinct from the glandular-pubescent, low-flowering European E. brevipila with bluish to lilac corollas and short fruiting calyx. 308 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER OROBANCHE TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. RHopoRA, xxviii. 235 (1927). Since Orobanche terrae-novae was proposed as a species excellent additional characters have been detected in the capsules and seeds. Fruiting material from several stations in Newfoundland, as well as from Anticosti, shows that the capsules are lance-conic, more easily pushing off the marcescent corollas than in the continental 0. uniflora L., which has the ovoid capsules usually closely invested. by the mar- cescent corollas. In QO. terrae-novae the seeds (F1G. 2) are more elongate, Gay — xX 45, of OroBANCHE Fic. 3. Seeds, X 45, of OROBANCHE TERRAE-NOV. UNIFLORA, with more delicate reticulation than in the continental 0. uni, gay (FIG. 3) or in the western 0. Sedi (Suksd.) Fern. In the latter species they are rounded-ellipsoid and shorter than in O. uniflora and even more ecm See pp. 48, 95.! LANTAGO Magor L., var. astaTica (L.) Dene. Bonne BAY: alluvial ‘alc and Rata at mouth of Main River, Fernald, Lon: g & Fogg, no. 2018; brackish oid age near mouth of McKenzie River, ne paragraph on Orobanche went into type, A revision ~ - section meee’ caulis of the genus Orobanche, by Daisy M. Acbey, has appeared—Bull. Torr. Bot. 933). Miss Ac ce; from Bard Harbo unifiora ret pharma Rhode Island, May 30, 1890, J. - Colitns. » 969 Rhodora Plate 262 3 i -atilis Nova Scotia. ASTER TRADESCANTI: portion of plant, X 1M, of A. sazxatilis, from Nova Scoti 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 309 2019. See p. 92. Collected by Mrs. Ayre in September, 1932 “ miles from anywhere” in the region of Salmonier. In the present wholly unsatisfactory state of our knowledge of the Plantago major group I am leaving the indigenous circumpolar plant as a variety of P. major. A thorough study of the group in America is much needed. *P. LANCEOLATA L., var. SPHAEROSTACHYA Mert. & Koch, f. VER- NALIS Béguinot Bay or Istanps: turfy pasture-slope, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2020. Forma vernalis, characterized by short elliptic-ovate, instead of elongate leaves, and by very short, subglobose spikes, seems not to have been recorded in America. GaALium TSCHATICUM Steller. To the recorded Newfoundland stations add the following. Bonne Bay: damp thicket under lime- stone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2023. ao oF Harry’s Brook: near Force-le-Plain, R. B. Kennedy, no. Galium kamtschaticum is a very notable case of bicentric distribu- tion: northeastern Asia and adjacent Aleutian Islands, and north- eastern America (map 25). I have tried in vain to separate our eastern ey ' A it == a0 Peal ra ‘Fey ae Cx I Map 25. Bicentric Range of GALIUM KAMTSCHATICUM. American plant (G. Littellii Oakes; G. circaezans, var. montanum T. & G.) from the Asiatic but in every important point the two seem the same. @. kamtschaticum has been recorded from Washington and Oregon, but the plant of that area has several very evident characters stiffer texture; 5-9, instead of 2-4, primary whorls of leaves; blades 310 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER narrower and with strikingly different venation; flowers more numer- ous; corolla of thicker texture, with obtuse, instead of acute, lobes; styles elongate, instead of sub-suppressed; etc.). The plant of Wash- ington and Oregon is the thoroughly distinct G. oreganum Britton. Since the map was engraved I have learned of the occurrence of 6. kamtschaticum in Corea. SAMBUCUS PUBENS Michx. The northernmost station known on the West Coast is on Bonne Bay: base and lower slopes of Gros Morne, R. H. Kimball, no. 88. The broader ae more open as well as much larger inflorescences, the usually more oblong-elliptic leaflets well grown at flowering time and the more coarsely rugose seeds seem sufficiently to separate the American Sambucus pubens from the European S. racemosa L. Typ- ical S. pubens has at least the young leaves somewhat pubescent beneath. However, the foliage may be wholly glabrous from the CAMPANULA ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ALASKANA Gray. The more extreme plants with oblanceolate or lanceolate to oblong or narrowly obovate cauline leaves is very marked, but in some colonies there is clear intergradation with the commoner forms with cauline leaves linear. The following eastern American material is referred to var. 4 “is KANA. NEWFOUNDLAND: sandy and turfy seashore, Bard Harbor, >t. John Bay, Fernald & Long, - 29,093; peat and turf bordering gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, rg eo grassy strand, foateichots: Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kuttre " : ; peaty and gravelly open slopes, French (or Tweed) Islan , fay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 434. QUEBEC: eee Collins, no. 1179. Nova Scortta: old cellar, Trinity Cove, ae eo slope, Atlantic Cove, St. Paul Island, Perry & Roscoe, nos. 376, See p. 56. 1 SAMBUCUS PUB f. calva, f. nov., foliis ram a < po the ceticut, Now oft ie: pr Me eastern Quebec to mcners me ono Columbia, cabin, 900 ew Porno Ng — Washington. pE: thickets in Fernald alt. aDons S50 es n Mta. taouisse, Fortin and Logan, July 13, 1923, Fern@ Griscom & M. ae ro 26 tigO. “in Gray Herb.). Other forms of S. pubens ai oT. &G. Fl. S. pupens, f. leucocarpa (T. & G.), comb. nov. S. pubens, 8. leucocar, 43- ii. 13 (1841). S. racemosa, f. leucocarpa (T. & G.) House, N. Y. State us. Bull. 2 244: 69 (1923). nthocarpa Cock. 8. puBENS, f. xanthocarpa (Cock.), comb. nov. S. racemosa, f. zanthovail Mid. Bull. Torr. Bot. cL xviii. 170 (1891). S. pubens, var. xanthocarpa Nieuwl. iii. Nat. iii. 310 (1914). S. racemosa, chrysocarpa E Eames & Godfrey. 9 gg 244: 41 ~ (1916). S. racemosa, f. ranthocarpa House, N. Y. State Mus. Bull Bot. S. puBENs, f. dissecta (Britt.), comb. nov. S. pubens dissecta Britt. Mem. Torr. Cl. v. 304 (1894). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 311 LoBetiA DortMaNNA L. The northern known limits in Newfound- , R. H. Kimball, no. 61, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2041. 85 a MAP 8. *SoLipaco HisPrpA Muhl., var. taNaTA (Hook.) Fern. Ruopora, x. 87 (1908). The only Newfoundland station known is from Port AU Port Bay: dry exposed ledges and ar oe on the limestone tableland, Table Mt., Fernald & St. John, no. 10,8 - HISPIDA, var. DISJUNCTA Fern. RHODORA, xvii. i (1915). To the type station (on the Humber) add Bonne Bay: turfy slopes below 20. crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. . , Var. ARNOGLOSSA Fern. 1. c. (1915). To the two stations originally pibiohe! add the following. Bonne Bay: agra talus near mouth of Wallace’s Brook, Fernald, Long & Fogg, 2046. Bay or Istanps: peaty and gravelly thickets, French lie “Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 441. See p. 7. CALCICOLA Fern. Already well known from the valleys of the Exploits and Harry’s River (or Bik), now extended north to BONNE Bay: quartzite gravel and talus, slopes of Killdevil, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2044. See p. 88. *S. Leprpa DC., var. ELoNGATA (Nutt.) Fern. Raopora, xvii. 9 (1915). Bo oe Bay: gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fernald & Long, no. 2060. See p. 91. Already well known in the East from the Gaspé Peninsula, Anticosti, the Céte Nord and Lake St. John. BELus rivanitie L. Although a frequent casual, persisting on garden refuse, the English Daisy is completely naturalized near the head of Humber Arm of Bay or ISLANDS: pasture-turf, Crow’s Gulch and turfy slope, Curling, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2073, 2074. Bonne Bay: turfy roadside, Woody Point, no. 2075. ASTER RADULA Ait. The typical southern plant extends north to Bonne Bay: open marsh land, Bonne Bay, Harlow Bishop, no. 589; gravelly shores and alluvial islands near mouth of Main River, Fer- *A. ACUMINATUS Michx. Very local. Bay or ISLANDS: spruce 312 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER *A. NEMORALIS Ait., var. MAJOR Peck. Var. Blakei i ther Known in Newfoundland only from REGION oF CapPE Ray: spruce thickets among the gneiss hills back of Port aux Basques, Yoraad Long & Dunbar, no. 27,141. Tue IpENtTITY oF AsTER TRADESCANTI.—After the very extensive studies by Wiegand,! it might seem the part of discretion to let well enough alone and to refrain from raising anew the question of the identity of the long-baffling Aster Tradescanti L. The type of the latter (PLATE 261), however, is so definite and its similarity in every obvious point to one of the characteristic species occurring in New- foundland, Quebec, Nova Scotia, New England and northern New York is so complete, that I feel that the long and vacillating career of A. Tradescanti as an unrecognizable species is now at an end. After prolonged study of the bases of Aster Tradescanti, Asa Gray selected to stand as its type a specimen at the British Museum of a plant in the Hortus Cliffortianus herbarium, which had been raised from seed received from Morison of his A. Virginianus ramosissimus serotinus parvis floribus albis Tradescanti, Morison, Hist. iii. 121 (7715), * whence the name.” In the Clifford herbarium Gray desig- nated as “vera”’ the plant he had, rightly, selected as type; and in 1903, while photographing types at the British Museum, I made @ silhouette-like and unfortunately vague portrait of it (PLATE 261), xX %. Of this type leone concludes: On photograph se not seem to match any American form [of A. paniculatus Lam.] unless it be a thane: condition of some normally vic form. The specimen may have come from shaded or crowded coloni the garden. The heads are rather small Ta are not fully developed, ‘and possibly would have been larger if they had matured. The rameal lea , raised fro simply an undeveloped shaded individual of [A. paniculatus] var. simples, but we have no way of proving this. It may, ref pete’ bea have been a hybri — a) puniculdies with 4. } lateriflorus or oe of this extremely vague and indefinite status ‘of f the ns name A. sien cant] pr writer believes that the bést interests of taxonomy are serv by abandoning it altogether Wiegand’s discussion of the type of Aster Tradescanti, above quoted, 1 Wiegand, Ruspoms, Sxev. 29-31 (1933). * Wiegand, 1. c. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 313 contains the highly important statement that “the photograph sug- gests A. saxatilis very much in the panicle and rameal leaves’’; but he dismisses without further consideration this very happy observation because, for some reason not clear to me, he felt that there is “no reason to believe that the low and slender A. sazatilis was in cultiva- tion in Europe at that early date.” In my younger days, absorbing everything which pertained to the discovery and early exploration of my native state, I extracted from the “Voyages” of Champlain, Weymouth and others the amazing store of “first records” of plants of the region. Consequently, I am puzzled by Wiegand’s dismissal of the periods of Morison and of Linnaeus (Hortus Cliffortianus) as too early for the eastern American Aster saxatilis to have been carried back to the gardens of Europe. Morison’s account of A. Tradescanti was published in 1715: “ Aster Virginianus ramosissimus serotinus parvis floribus albis Tradescanti, obis. . . . florum alborum, stellatorum, minimorum, ornati”; Linnaeus’s account in Hort. Cliff. (408) in 1737. For several decades prior to Morison’s date hundreds of eastern American species had been in European gardens, many of them appearing in the herbals of the 16th century; and the classic Canadensium plantarum Historia of Cornut, who dealt with American plants introduced into European gardens, was published in 1635. Aster sazatilis (Fernald) Blanchard is a very neat plant of the river- and lake-shores of Newfoundland; of Nova Scotia; of Quebec, from Lake St. John to the neighborhood of the city of Quebec; of the Penobscot, Kennebec, Androscoggin, Merrimac, Connecticut and numerous smaller rivers of New England, including shores at Machias, amariscotta and other early-explored coastal points; also shores of Lake Champlain and of smaller lakes in the Adirondack region. ore than a century before Morison’s account of A. Tradescanti, Champlain, with his highly botanical associate, Lescarbot, explored, and started colonies on, the coasts of Nova Scotia, Maine and else- where in eastern America. They even ascended the Penobscot to the very ledges along the Stillwater Branch of that river, which are the type-locality of A. saxatilis; and they recorded the necessity of there ceasing their up-river explorations because of the impossibility of taking their ships past the ledge-crowded water-falls. They also Spent some time in the region of Machias and of Damariscotta. At @pproximately the same time (1605), Captain George Weymouth, 314 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER exploring the same coasts, specially recorded the plants seen and took back to England seeds and roots (among them the Weymouth Pine, Pinus Strobus). Surely, Aster saxatilis had plenty of opportunity, prior to 1715, to reach European gardens from Nova Scotia or Maine, to say nothing of Newfoundland, Quebec and the Lake Champlain region. It is, consequently, worth while to reproduce the photograph, poor as it is, of the plant in the Clifford herbarium, properly selected by Gray as the type of Aster Tradescanti (PLATE 261) and, likewise, to show, but on smaller scale ( 14), the top of a characteristic plant (PLATE 262) from Digby Neck (opposite Weymouth) in Nova Scotia, a specimen labeled and cited by Wiegand as typical A. sazatilis. This wild specimen, Fernald & Long, no. 22,762, of “the low and slender A. saxatilis,” to use Wiegand’s words, is 2 feet, 214 inches high, the slender stems (“cauliculos graciles”) of the plant cultivated by Morison were “binos aut tres pedes altos.” No. 22,762 is a common and attractive plant of the region where, in 1605, the French sailed through Digby Gut to found Port Royal (now Annapolis Royal); and a specimen sent by Mrs. Agnes M. Ayre from the Avalon Peninsula in Newfoundland comes from a region where European colonists had settled as early as 1580. e opportunities for seeds or roots of Aster sazatilis to have been carried to Europe before 1715 were, as sufficiently emphasized, ap- parently more numerous than Wiegand realized; and the similarity of a loosely grown indigenous specimen of it to the type of A. Trades- canti is so striking (even to the “ folia palmum longa, salignea, angusta, . . . in ambitu sparsis denticulationibus serrata” of Morisons account) that I find myself fully subscribing to Wiegand’s statement, that “Indeed, the photograph suggests A. sacatilis very much.” It seems to me so satisfactory a match that, as one of the godfathers of the latter, I find myself abandoning the name A. sazatilis (Fern.) Blanchard (1904) in favor of A. Trapescanti L. (1753). That Asa Gray was baffled by the type of A. Tradescanti was quite natural, for, like Wiegand, he was trying to fit it to some native specimen 0 A. paniculatus. In Gray’s time there was no material of A. saxatilis in American herbaria. RIGERON HYSSOPIFOLIUS Michx., var. VILLICAULIS Fern. RHODORA, xvii, 17 (1915). Originally described from Table Mt., Port au Port Bay. Occasional on the West Coast northward to the Straits; also on Anticosti. The following additional Newfoundland stations may 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 315 recorded. Ha-Ha Bay: turfy or gravelly shelves, crests or. talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mt., Pease & Griscom, no. 29,137. STRaits oF BELLE ISLE: dry soil, Poverty Cove, M. E. Priest, no. P1; turfy or peaty pockets in limestone ledges, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,143; dry horizontal limestones, Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Denied no. 27,142. Sr. Barse Bay: limestone barrens near Ice Point, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,136; St. Jon Bay: peaty margins of dry limestone barrens, Old Port au Choix, F ernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2071. esioaas airs Bay: dry peaty and turfy ieacaane barrens, Gargamelle Cove, no. 2072; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Foal, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4136 Var. villicaulis is not always villous. Its chief characters are its low and depressed habit, crowded lower leaves (mostly obtuse), and its scapiform peduncles. (To be continued) Plate 263 Rhodora ANTENNARIA COLUMNARIS, X 1; insert X 2. Rhodora Plate 264 ANTENNARIA Foaat ,X 1; insert X 2. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 327 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 315) THE Genus ANTENNARIA In NEWFOUNDLAND.—In 1924 I published a brief synopsis of The Dwarf Antennarias of Northeastern America, Ruopvora, xxvi. 95-102 (1924). At that time 6 species and 2 varieties of the genus were known in Newfoundland. Now, after four addi- tonal Seasons in the field, we know 16 species and 2 varieties of 9. A. albicans. j. Ca sa a 8-10: gpirkeyepe stramineous or mc mm. series of con- epiouousy unequal brace: sorllda 3.7-4.2 mm. v4 w Fab ace.) piu Vie ee eC Ot es 10. A. straminea b. Larger bal leaves 2-17 mm. broad, distinctly mucronate or apiculate, green and glabrous to white-tomentose above: re en stems 0.4—4 dm. high: involucres whit- Ish, = es 5 Levene or rarely fulvous, (6-) 7-10 sees rious tips: ieee ic ig gradually eaprowed to hae ae solinled, with terminal mucro only ttl gx ms pats rate above, pai a cuneate-oblanc eolate or narrowly cuneate-obovate, rounded at tip; cauline leaves normally 4-9: denuded old receptacles very es ae up to 1.5 ng involucres 6-8 i oe ang 4.5 mm. long: achenes eb GE Wie Clos 11. - Wiegandit. igh mm. bracts with white or whitish petaloid tips: corollas Reape ong: achenes 1.4-1.8 mm. long, pa ae [2. oY. spathulata. Cee eecoeeseeosesseseeeseeonnvere 330 Rhodora [OcToBER flattened): rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to broadly obovate; the larger 1-5 cm. long, 2-17 mm. sate corolla and style together 4.8-7 mm. long in Nfld.) mm. ee o. Rosette-leaves ctinosclade to narrowly none , acute or subacute, gradually tapering to oo and — petioled, more or less grayish- tomentose ve: flowering stems st pod erect: sittin lea ft 8-18, subapproximate or almost evenly spaced; the tips gern of successive pect rarely becomin; more It cm. api than the intermediate blunt ridges...........- 14. A. rupicola. 0. ———. narrowly to broadly obovate, mostly rounded at summit and abruptly tapering to a i tose somewhat flexuous upon elongation: leaves 6-10(-14); the upper, by prolongation of the ma flowering i ot ming very remote (often 3-14 cm. apart) : co corymbs commonly loose, up to 3-6 cm Ke] ° 5 28 ee o ripe receptacle deeply and scaranie ‘hhoneycomb- — the pits broader than the thin intermediate 4. Ghaloias Gascnestens ox com nt (lying oe ee ted or somewhat corbike below the leafy A. neodioica. eola em. long mm. : style together 6. 3-74 mm. lo ong. .16. A. petaloidea var. subcorymbos4. . A. Eucosma Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xiii. 23 (1911).— Tuy limestone barrens and slopes from Pistolet Bay westward Hotchkiss, no. 29,144; Schooner (or Brand y) Clana; *Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no. 29,147; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fe rnald & Gilbert, no. 29,145; Fernald, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,144; Cape aig Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 29,146, Wiegand & Long, ™ 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 331 : no. 29,148 ; Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 29,140, Aa Gilbert & A wey nos. 29,141, 29,142, Pease & Belle tele Fernald, Wiayend & ‘Long, no. 29,150; Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. yr (TYPE), Fernald & St. John, no. 10,868, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,466; Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Me ackenzie & Griscom, no. tl on Species endemic in Newfoundland. Whether the broad gap in the known range of A. ewcosma (between the eastern Straits of Belle Isle at the northeast and Port au Port Bay at the southwest) represents the actual absence of the species from that extensive area seems highly improbable. Many species, origi- nally described from Table Mountain, Port au Port, or from Cape St. George, and subsequently seen on the Straits of Belle Isle, were found by us on the intermediate limestones centering on Pointe Riche (such plants as Erigeron hyssopifolius var. villicaulis Fernald, Anten- narta albicans Fernald and Arnica terrae-novae Fern. F The plant of Anticosti, mentioned at the time A. eucosma was pub- lished as “ apparently referable to this species, but the material inadequate for final determination,” has been subsequently collected at numerous stations by Bro. Victorin and his associates. It proves to be A. pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene. 2. *ANTENNARIA columnaris, sp. nov. (TAB. 263), humifusa, caulibus repentibus stragula psc 2-10 cm. diametro formantibus; stolonibus foliosis confertis ad 2 cm. longis; foliis basilaribus oblanceo- atis vel anguste obovatis vix petiolatis 5-9 mm. longis 1.5—4 mm. latis vix vel brevissime mucronulatis abido-tomentosis tomento coactili: Fai florifero 0.5-4 (deinde rarissime —-6) cm. alto; foliis caulinis 15-28 confertis vel superioribus deinde dW ovate linearibus erectis, = botany mediis a ttenu atis mucronatis 0.7-2 cm. _longis 1-2 mm. a 0 acutis Alycia te rates a oe acuminatis el uscis erosis; corolla 4 mm. lon ngo apice purpurascente; stylo purpuras- Cente exserto bifido; achaeniis laevibus 1.2 mm. longis—NEwFrounp- : dry peaty and turfy limestone barrens, Gargamelle Cove, July 20, i929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2076 (rxPE in Gray Herb.); peaty and turfy limestone sya oe Riche, July 24, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2077. See p 332 Rhodora [OcroBER A. columnaris, in the great abundance of cauline leaves, which during anthesis give the flowering stems the appearance of broad columns or (in the lower stems) small barrels, is unique. In many characters it suggests dwarfed A. confusa (described below; see PLATE 268) but it has usually many more leaves and very many more of the upper leaves with scarious appendages, and, when well de- veloped, its heads are decidedly larger and with more imbricated bracts. A. columnaris also strongly resembles A. angustata Greene of Baffin Island and northern Labrador, but that species has the narrower basal leaves prominently mucronate, the cauline leaves few and the upper ones with broad and flat appendages. 3. citi ade Foggii, sp. nov. (ras. 264), humifusa, caulibus is repentibus stragula 0.3-1.8 dm. diametro formantibus; stolonibus foliosis plus minusve confertis 1-3 cm. longis; foliis basilari- bus eato-oblanceolatis ve anguste obovatis vix petiolatis 4-16 mm. soni 2-4 (-5) mm. latis apice rotundatis vel subacutis obsolete vel brevissime mucronulatis utrinque albido-tomentosis tomento coactili; caule florifero 4-13 cm. alto floccoso-tomentoso; foliis caulinis 8-16 subdistantibus floccoso-tomentosis, imis linearibus obtusis, mediis linearibus acutis 8-16 mm. longis 1-2.5 mm. latis apice subu- latis, superioribus 4-7 (2-3 di Uohasette activa inclusis) apice scarloso lanceolat mm. longo munitis; capitulis femineis 1-3 (-5) corym- ‘alte ellipsoideo-campanulatis (in statu exsiccato late campanulatis tis); involucro 7-9 mm. alto basi viscido-lanato sub medio prolongato viridescente Recor’ 30-40 viscidis obscuris valde adpressis vel ag- glutinatis involucri apice coroniformibus, eee superiorum apicibus 3 el fuscescentibus 1.5-2 mm. latis, interioribus erosis vel cece tentntate: corolla 5-5.5 a apice purpurascente; stylo purpurascente exserto bifido; see and fagonaietes Bay, July 24, 1929, Tomald, Long & Fogg, no. 5 2102 ; Long & Fogg, no. 2099 (less characteristic, with larger leaves an usually more Sage with slightly looser outer bracts than the other nos.). See p. 54 Antennaria Poggi with which it is a great pleasure to associate the 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 333 name of one of my former students and Mr. Long’s and my stimulat- ing, untiring and always companionable associate on two Newfound- land trips, John Milton Fogg, Jr., is unique among the species of eastern America in having the bracts of the viscid or glutinous green lower half of the involucre so closely coherent as to give the involucre (at least when fresh) an almost gamophyllous aspect. In its very large involucre, with broad, oblong bract-tips, A. Foggii is suggestive of A. cana Fernald, another Newfoundland endemic, and A. pygmaea Fernald, of northern Labrador and Baffin Island. In both those Species, however, the outer bracts are looser. In A. cana the flowering stems are lower, with fewer leaves, the involucral bracts narrower and the corolla shorter; in A. pygmaea the mats are at most 5 cm. broad, the basal leaves narrowly oblanceolate, glabrous and mucronate; the upper cauline with a broad-lanceolate to deltoid tip, the 1 or 2 mista with regularly imbricated involucre and corollas only 4 mm. ong. 4. *ANTENNARIA Bayardi sp. nov. (TAB. 265), humifusa, jeer repentibus stragula 0.3-1.3 dm. diametro formantibus: stolonibus foliosis ad 3.5 em. longis; foliis basilaribus cuneato-obovatis cs remotis lineari-oblongis laxe tomentosis, imis hein iis 0.9- 1.4 cm. longis 1.5-3 mm. latis subacutis breviter mucronatis, superi- oribus 2-3 apice | lato ato o plus minusve unguiculato 0.6-1.5 mm longo | munitis; capitulis festa (1-) 3-6 corymbosis subey lindrico-urceolatis (in statu exsiccato subturbinatis), pedunculis plus minusve inaequa alibus; involu ucro 6-7 mm. alto x lanato; teriorum basi vir Vel fulvis vel pallide fuscis 1.2-2 mm. latis, interioribus PL atsies slo ine corolla 4~4.8 mm. longa apice purpuras urascente vel eae 0 ey cliffs and talus, Tucker's s Head, Main Ar rm, Bonne Bay, PReocet i. ae ee mad, Long & Fogg, no. 2097 para in Gray Herb.). See 4. Bayardi, one of the most distinctive species of eastern North erica, is named in appreciation of the loyal companionship and 334 Rhodora [OcTroBER keen instinct for the finer details of accurate botanical exploration of my companion on many Newfoundland cliffs and barrens, Bayard ng. A. Bayardi is not closely related to any other small-leaved species of Newfoundland. In its hirtellous achenes it is almost unique, in this character agreeing with A. isolepis Greene of the northern half of the Labrador Peninsula and A. subviscosa Fernald of Rimouski and Gaspé Counties, Quebec. From both these it is quickly distinguished by its short and broad rosette-leaves; from A. isolepis by the blunt tips of the rosette-leaves, the short-mucronate tips of the median cauline and the delicate subulus of the upper cauline leaves (the rosette-leaves of A. isolepis being distinctly mucronate, and all but the lowermost cauline bearing broad flat appendages); from A. sub- viscosa by the closer tomentum of the rosette-leaves, shorter, broader and blunter cauline leaves, essential lack of glandularity and dark involucres (A. subviscosa having the basal leaves loosely tomentose, the median and upper cauline linear-attenuate and glandular-hirsute, and the glandular-viscid involucres cream-colored or buff to rose- tinged). A. Bayardi is also closely related to A. intermedia (Rosenv.) Porsild, of western Greenland, and A. wmbrinella Rydb., of the Rocky Mountains. Both these species, however, have the pubescence of the basal leaves looser, the corymbs more symmetrical, the scarious tips of the involucral bracts broader and more rounded, and the achenes quite glabrous; furthermore the basal leaves of A. intermedia are much narrower and sharper-pointed. All of these localized endemics (A. intermedia of nunataks of wester® Greenland, A. isolepis of the unglaciated area of northern Labrador, A. Bayardi of the unglaciated mountains of western Newfoundland, A. subviscosa of vertical nunatak-cliffs of Rimouski and Gaspé Coun- ties, Quebec, and A. wmbrinella of the Rocky Mts.) are obviously closely related; and they all have the simple to but slightly cleft style included or barely exserted, the other dwarf species of Newfoundland having the style definitely exserted and finally deeply cleft. : In publishing A. umbrinella, Rydberg said: “I describe this specl®s as new, with some hesitation, not that I have any doubt concerning its distinctness from A. alpina and our North American species, but it is so closely similar to A. Magellanica Sch. Bip. that if it were not for the great distance between their ranges and for the slightly long leaves and more slender caudex of the latter, I would regard the tw° 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 335 as one species,”! A. magellanica Sch. Bip. Flora, xxxviii. 117 (1855), with “achaeniis . . . sparse hirtis,” was based upon Lechler’s no. 1049a from “Sandy Point” (Punta Arenas) on the Straits of Magellan and an excellent sheet in the Gray Herbarium of this type-collection is well matched by a later collection from the Straits of Magellan by Cunningham. In publishing A. magellanica, Schultz Bipontinus sug- gested that it was very close to A. chilensis Remy. A. chilensis Remy in C. Gay, Fl. Chil. iv. 235 (1849) was from an undesignated province, presumably from the Straits. A beautiful sheet in the Gray Herbarium of this original collection of A. chilensis, showing 4 plants with 6 flowering stems in full anthesis, indicates that A. magellanica (1855) should be united with A. chilensis (1849). Although very similar to several North American plants, A. chilensis is not well matched by any of them. It has narrowly spatulate basal leaves 1-2 cm. long, 2.5-4 mm. wide, rounded at apex or obtuse and densely lanate above; the 7-9 linear or linear-oblanceolate cauline leaves 1.5-2 mm. broad, quite lanate and mucronate; the corymbs glomeruliform; the involu- cres only 5 mm. high, with very unequal creamy to slightly brownish, obtuse, oblong bracts in 3 series. A. chilensis is perhaps more nearly simulated by A. straminea Fernald, of Newfoundland, than by any other North American species. A. straminea, however, has shorter and broader basal leaves, with more pannose tomentum; narrower cauline leaves, the upper with dilated appendages; and even more imbricated involucres (of about 5 series). The close relationship of the single endemic Patagonian species, A. chilensis, with the very extensive series of localized species of cor- dilleran North America, Greenland, northern Labrador, western New- foundland and the Gaspé region is of peculiar significance in view of the relationships between these (or some of these) areas repeatedly Pointed out in other groups: Carex macloviana D’Urv. of Chile, north- western North America, Gaspé, Labrador, Greenland and arctic Europe, with very numerous endemic allies in cordilleran North America; Empetrum rubrum Vahl of subantarctic islands and the Andes of Chile, with its nearest allies two species centering on the Gulf of St. Lawrence;? Primula decipiens Duby (P. “magellanica”’) of the Falkland Islands and Patagonia, the only representative in the Southern hemisphere of the complex boreal Primula § Farinosae;* _ Rydberg, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 302 (1897). : & Wiegand, Ruopona, xv. 213-217 (1913); Fernald, ibid, xxvi. 93 Fernald (1084); Fernald, Mem. Am, Acad. xv. 261, 262 (1925). See Fernald, Ruopora, xxx. 74-77 (1928). 336 Rhodora [OcToBER Polystichum mohrioides (Bory) Presl of the subantarctic islands and Fuegia, with more or less separable geographic varieties in the Andes, in the cordilleran region of North America and on the Gaspé Penin- sula;! and many other species, some with numerous localized boreal endemic allies, others, like Carex capitata L., C. incurva Lightf., C. microglochin Wahlenb., Draba magellanica Lam., Plantago juncoides m., ete., etc., with little if any recognized differentiation in the remote areas. 5. *ANTENNARIA brunnescens, sp. nov. (TAB. 266), humifusa, caulibus ramosissimis repentibus stragula 0.3-1.8 dm. diametro for- mantibus; stolonibus foliosis ad 2 em. longis; foliis basilaribus spathu- latis vel anguste cuneato-obovatis apice brevissime mucronatis 5-14 distantibus linearibus strictis glabratis, imis obtusis, mediis 1-1.5 cm. longis 1-1.7 mm. latis acutis apice subulatis, superioribus 4-5 apice scarioso lanceolato vel anguste oblongo plano 2-3.5 mm. longo 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2105. See p. 89. In its very large heads with strongly unequal series of bracts A. brunnescens resembles A. borealis Greene of Alaska and A. fusca Elias Nelson of the mountains of Wyoming. From them both it is at once distinguished by its acutish and brown rather than obtuse and lead- colored bracts and by its narrower cauline leaves with more slender appendages. In A. fusca, furthermore, the rosette-leaves are muc broader, the cauline leaves much longer, and the corollas pale- instead of purple-tipped. In eastern North America the only small-leaved and dark-headed species which approaches A. brunnescens in size 0 involucre (7.5-9 mm. high), length of corolla (4.8-5 mm.) and length of achene (1.8 mm.) is A. Foggii described above; but the involucre of that species, with the bases of the subequal bracts green and agglu- tinated to simulate a gamophyllous cup, is wholly different from that of A. brunnescens, in which the short outer series is castaneous at base and quite free. 1 See Fernald, Ruopora, xxvi. 89-93 (1924). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 337 6. A. cana (Fernald & Wieg.) Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 236 (1916), as to type-specimen (Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, Fernald & Wiegand no. 4139), not as to other specimens cited, and as to description only in part; Fernald, Roopora, xxvi. 98, only in part and not including t. 142, fig. 3 (1924). A. alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xiii, 24 (1911) as to type-specimen cited. Pxate 267. Antennaria alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand (1911) was a hopeless medley, published before the northern Antennarias of eastern America had begun to be properly studied. Its cited specimens belong to several species now clearly differentiated; but the TYPE from Pointe Riche (Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4139), having been definitely designated, must settle the final application of the name. When I elevated the variety to specific rank, restricting it to plants of western . Newfoundland, I retained in it the two original Newfoundland ele- ments: the TypE, from Pointe Riche and the plant of Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay (Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4141), supplemented by later collections from the latter locality. Subsequent collections brought in much material like that from Table Mountain and gradu- ally I came to think of and to recognize this plant as A. cana and under this name I have distributed much material. A much more local plant than the one I have generally been calling A. cana was collected along the Straits of Belle Isle in 1925 and, since it was so wholly dis- tinct from that and all other recognized species of the genus, it was published as A. Longit Fernald, Ruopora, xxviii. 237 (1926). During the past summer both these plants were found in abundance on Pointe Riche and in its vicinity and I am chagrined to find that the Pointe Riche rypx of A. cana is exactly A. Longii and not the much com- moner plant (originally cited only from Table Mountain) which has N passing as A. cana.' A. cana, as now restricted, was accurately described as 4. Longii Fernald, |. c. (1926). It is much more localized than the plant which has been confused with it. P Late 267 shows characteristic material from the type locality of A. cana (at left) and also some of the type material of A. Longii (at right). The material now at hand shows true A. CANA (A. Longit) from the following stations, all in northwestern Newfoundland: dry limestone gravel on. barrens, Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease tind ee psychological error arose through the shortsighted practise fol- two seasons’ work in Newfoundland, of labeling all material as aioe a I was at Blane Sablon while Wiegand was at Pointe Riche, but we col- ected together on Table Mountain. Thus the Table Mountain plant long in my mind as A. cana, although the Point Riche plant had b jesignated as th v7 vy PLY 338 Rhodora [OcroBER & Long, no. 29,177 (tyPE of A. Longii); Cape Norman, Wiegand & Long, nos. 29, 180, a ben Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, n 178; Four-Mile Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & = Re soy oe : back of Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long <& Fogg, no. 2086; Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 089; Pointe Riche, F ernald & Wiega no. 4139 mt Fernald, Long & F ogg, no. 2087; dry upper diorite peas ests at about 750 m. alt., Lookout Mountain, Bonne Bay ald, Long & F oa no. 2104 (material over-ripe, only doubtfully relered hase): Species endemic in Newfoundland.! The commoner plant which has erroneously passed as A. cana and which was illustrated as that species in Fernald, RHopora, xxvi. t. 142, fig. 3, is described below as no. 8. ‘7. A. VEXILLIFERA Fernald, Ruorora, xxvi. 99, t. 142, fig. 4 (1924). —Local on dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pistolet Bay to St. John Bay: Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,171; Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,172; Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, "Long & Fogg, no. 2085. Other- wise known only from the Shickshock Mts. of the Gaspé Peninsula. ANTENNARIA confusa, sp. nov. (TAB. 268, plant at left), humi- fusa, caulibus ramosissimis repentibus stragula 0.2-10 cm. diametro formantibus; stolonibus foliosis confertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis); foliis basilari ibus oblan ceolat is vel anguste cuneato-obovatis = m s oe acuminatis vel apiculatis erosis; corolla 3-3.8 mm. longa purpurascente; stylo purpurascente exserto bifido; achaeniis lear bos 1.5 mm. longis; planta mascula ignota. ae EWFOUNDLAND, 1 Since the above went into type I have examined a specimen of Antennaria oe collected at 5500 feet alt., Mt. Redfern Valley, northern British Columbia, a 1932, by Mrs. J. Norman Henry (no. 309, Herb. Phil, Acad.). Mrs. Henry’s can be separated on n vident in th e specimen from the smaller- headed individuals of A. cana of northwestern Newfoundland abundantly demonstrated relati p oras of Newfoundiand, tbe ie Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé and of the northern Rocky Mts. is Mrs. Henry’s discovery in northern British Columbia of ee Purshit ( (Wi hoe Fern., a species heretofore known only from western poeion arr and An un- (see p. 267 and t. 258); and by the finding by Dr. H. M. Raup o! pop ope a cals tain of northern British Columbia of Agoseris gaspensis Fern., peovibully known from the Shickshock Mts, Rhodora Plate 265 ANTENNARIA BAYARDI, X 1; insert X 2. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora . 339 in dry gravel or dry humus on limestone ledges and barrens, from Pistolet Bay to Port au Port Bay: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,157; Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, no. 29,159; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,160; Cape Nor- man, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 29,158; Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 29,162, Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 29,156; one mile back of Savage Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 29,155; Savage Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,154 (young, involucres blackish); Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Gi 29,173; Rock Marsh, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,144; Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar no. 27,145; limestone bluff opposite western escarpment of Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 29,163; St. John Island, Fernald, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2079; Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2078 (TYPE in Gray Herb.), 2082; Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2081; Pointe Riche, ernald, g & Fogg, no. 2080; Hannah’s Head, lower Humber Valley, July 12, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2090; tableland, alt. 200-300 m., Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4141 (included in original publication of A. alpina, var. cana), Fernald & St. John in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no. 290, Mackenzie & Griscom, ho. 10,467; all but the latest collections erroneously labeled A. cana (Fernald & Wiegand) Fernald. As already pointed out, A. confusa is the comparatively common dark-headed dwarf Antennaria of the limestone barrens of western Newfoundland, until now passing erroneously as A. cana. This con- fusion arose through the fact that, before it was realized that there are many species of the group in western Newfoundland, the two were united; but since the TyPE of A. cana is, unfortunately, inseparable from the plant later called A. Longii, the name A. cana must be re- stricted to the latter species (t. 267). A somewhat diagramatic draw- ing of a small specimen of A. confusa was shown in Fernald, Ruopora, Xxvi. t. 142, fig. 3, as A. cana. A. confusa is very quickly distinguished from true A. cana (A. Longiz) by having the basal leaves mostly nar- rower and not rounded at summit; the flowering stems more slender, taller and more leafy (the stoutish stems of A. cana usually 2-5, tarely -9, em. high and with only 4-8 leaves); the appendages of the upper leaves very slender-tipped (those of A. cana broader and blunt); the involucre only 5-6 mm. high (in A. cana 7-10 mm. high); and the corollas less than 4 mm. long (in A. cana 4-5 mm.). 340 Rhodora [OcToBER In its slender habit, small heads and short corolla A. confusa is nearest A. verillifera Fernald, Ruopora, xxvi. 99, t. 142, fig. 2 (1924), but that species has only 5-8 cauline leaves, nearly all of them with broad and flat oblong-lanceolate appendages, and larger heads with narrower bracts. 9. A. aLBIcANS Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 197 (1914) and xxvi. 100, t. 145, fig. 6 (1924).—Dry shingly, gravelly or turfy limestone barrens from Pistolet Bay to ihe u Port Bay: Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & H a no. 29,164; Schooner (or Banas Island, Pistolet Bay, Pease & Long, n 29,166; Cook Point, Pistolet Bay, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 5. 29, 165; ies Point, St. Barbe Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29, ‘161; Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. air eer melle Cove, Ingornachoix Bay, Fernald, Long & Fog Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Vornald, & St. Tol. no. ae 869 (TYPE). Endemic in Newfoundland. 10. A. srramtnea Fernald, Ruopora, xvi. 130 (1914) and xxvi. 100, t. 145, fig. 8 (1924).—Dry shinely, gravelly or peaty limestone barrens, Pistolet Bay to Bay St. George; turfy and rocky crests, net Dame y: Burnt Cape, Pistolet ray, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,168; Shoal Cove, Straits 4 Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 29,176; Savage Point, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,175; Ice Point, St. Barbe Bay, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29, 167; Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no, 27,187; St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29, 170; Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2091; Pointe Riche Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4140, Fernald: Long & Fogg, nos. 2092, 2093; limestone crest (alt. 650 m.), Killdevil, Main Arm, Bonne Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2094; Green Gardens; Cape St. Gaseae: Mackenzie & Griscom, 0. 11 098; Twillingate, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 6340 40 (TYPE); without definite locality, ‘ “Terre-sneuve,” 1828 (herb. Shuttleworth, ay Mus.). Endemic in Newfoundland. . A. Wreganpi Fernald, Rien DORA, xxviii. 238 (1926).—Very tient St. John Bay and Bay of tdeads: turfy limestone barrens, St. aus Islan a Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,1 Gulf St. Lawr. 55 re ae var. spathulata Pemald Ruopora, xvi. 132 (191 4) The most widely dispersed at Newfoundland, occurring chiefly in turf or humus over calcareous 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 341 nos. 2109, 2110; Table Mountain, Port au Port Bay, Fernald & St John, no. 10,870, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,468; Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,119. Known also from the mouth of the Natashquan, Sagnenay Co., Quebec, and from Anticosti Island. See 54 13. *ANTENNARIA gaspensis (Fernald), comb. nov. Tas. 268, plant: “i right. A. neodioica, var. gaspensis Fernald, Ottawa Nat. xix. 156 1905). When I published A. neodioica, var. gaspensis our understanding of the genus in eastern America was still very rudimentary, and certain characters now found to be very constant and of diagnostic value had not then been noted. My own field-experience with the plant was on the limestones of Percé in 1904 and 1905 and, although Victorin, Rolland, Brunel, Rousseau and others had repeatedly been collecting it at the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula and on Anticosti Island, I had not seen the plant growing since 1905 until 1929, when Messrs. Long, Fogg and I found it on the limestone headlands near the “bot- tom”’ (or head, as we should say) of the Middle Arm of Bay of Islands and on similar headlands on Bonne Bay. So very characteristic was the plant with its slenderly subeylindric whitish heads (in the dried condition turbinate) that it did not occur to any of us to associate it with A. neodioica Greene, in which the more or less green- or purple- tinged heads are more campanulate or subhemispherical (in the dried condition broadly rounded at base). The Newfoundland material Proves to be quite like the type-collection of A. neodioica, var. gaspen- sis, and study in the herbarium reinforces our field-impression in Newfoundland that the plant is quite distinct from A. neodioica. Briefly the diagnostic characters are as follows: A. Gaspensis. Rosette-leaves oblanceolate or narrowly obovate, 2-5 ni. broad, strongly whitened above: the terminal mucro or subulus only 0.2-0.5 mm. long: subulus of the median cauline leaves prolonged and ipmmonly unguiculate; tips of the 3-5 upper leaves with pale scarious PC i appendages: fresh involucres slenderly cylindric, sag mao de in drying, of 25-35 linear-oblong whitish or light-brown bracts: nuded receptacle ovoid, as high as or higher than broad. 342 - Rhodora [OcroBER A. ngopiorca. Rosette-leaves broadly oblanceolate to broadly obovate, — Pallas mm. broad, with the een surface obvious through the grayish ee curved, subulate tips: fresh Ae ues Basiaeners§ pa meas the dried broadly rounded at base, of 35-50 or more greenish- or purplish- tinged bracts: denuded ducati a low rounded dome, distinctly broader On account of its very narrow leaves much material of the narrow- est-leaved extreme of A. neodioica, var. attenuata has been identified and often reported as A. neodioica, var. gaspensis. True A. gaspensis, as shown by the large series now collected, is confined to the limestones at the eastern end of the Gaspé Peninsula and to Anticosti Island and the limestone ices of western Newfoundland. Arm, Bay of Islands Fernald, Long fr ogg, no. 2106; turfy limestone ledges and talus, eastern dome of Penguin Head, Middle Arm, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2107; limestone cliffs and talus, Tucker’s Head, Main Arm, Bonne Bay, Fe rnald, Long, & Fogg, no. 2108. QuEBEc: cae calcaires, Riviére Vaureal, Autioost i, Victorin, Rolland « & Louis, n o. 21,327; sur les talus calcaires, Riv. & la Patate, lembouchure, Riv. Jupiter, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 25,377, 25,383; calcareous cliffs near Cape Rosie r, A. mi Pease, no. é, Vi Becca. Brunel & satay Boi 17,548; turfy crest a) ‘sea cliffs, Cape iio Pease, no. 04; alluvions eemarcipes adie sud du Murailles, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fe rnald d& Pease; dry cal- careous gravel, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, August 18, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease, also Collins, Fernald & Pease, no. 142 (vyPE i in Gray Herb.), Fernald in Pl. Exsice. Gray. no. 291, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,550. See pp. 51, 83. 14. A. RUPICOLA Penal. Ru HODORA, i. 74 (1899). A. neodiorca, var. rupicola Fernald, Ruovora, xvi. 132 (1914).—In chit rie ndland known only in the southea stern half of the island, from the Avalon Peninsula to Notre Dame Bay and the Exploits Valley: dry crests an® rocky slopes of sandstone and arenaceous slate hills back of ag tat Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6349; dry cliffs and talus, Tilt Cove, q Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6347; sandstone ledges and talus, Gran Rhodora Plate 266 ANTENNARIA BRUNNESCENS, X 1; insert X 2. Rhodora Plate 267 ANTENNARIA CANA, X 1; inserts X 2. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 343 Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6341-6348; 6345 aberrant in having stolons and supernumerary branches ze veloped from the upper axils. Antennaria rupicola, originally described from Aroostook Co., Maine, was reduced by me to varietal rank in 1914 on the basis of the variable series from along the Exploits at Grand Falls; but material of the plant gradually accumulated from a broad and natural range across southern Canada (Map 26) is thoroughly consistent, and a re- AL ASee =| rab Map 26. Range of ANTENNARIA RUPICOLA. study of it, with the finding of the additional character of the recep- tacle used in the key, convinces me that it is a well defined northern species. A. rupicola (map 26) ranges from Newfoundland and Anticosti Island to northern Maine, and Thunder Bay District, Ontario. Be- sides the Newfoundland material (cited above), I have seen the fol- lo owing. QueEBEc: talus calcaires des bords de la Rivigre Macdonald, Anticosti, Vi ictorin, Rolland & Louis, no. 21,328; sur les cailloutis secs & l’entrée, Riv. Macdonald, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,616; detritus calcaires des talus secs, Riv. de. Rénard, Anticosti, Victorin Rolland, no. 27,614; wooded slope, St. Jean )Evangéliste, Nouvelle, July 19 & , 1904, Collins & Fernald; ledgy banks of Restigouche River, Mata- pedia, July 19, 1904, Collins & Fernald (aberrant specimen bearing rosettes and supernumerary branches from the upper axils). Mac- DALEN ISLANDs: ry clearing, Grindstone, Grindstone Island, i Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 8175 (distributed as A. neodioica). New Bronswicx: open field, Campbellton, July 8, 1878, Ohalmare (herb. Brit. Mus.). Maine: ledgy shores and rocky banks (calcareous- slate ey Island Falls, Fool: coc G61 (even); Fernald in Phe Exsice, Gray, no. 37, Pease, no. 2251. Onrtarto: yellow clay soil ge aman River, Thunder Bay Distr., 1912, H. E. Pulling; rocks, rie: C. 8: Wilikanion (herb. Phil. Acad.). Micutean: Isle ives Ooper. no. 50. [OcTOBER Rhodora 344 “"VSOHWAUOOEOAS ABA ‘VAGIOTIVLUd VIUNVNNGLNY jo 9duByy “LZ Avy 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 345 . A. NEODIOICA Greene, Pittonia, i iii. 184 (1897).—In Newfound- tery three varieties may be reco i ize a a. grein gray-tomentose above.... b. Outer and middle tracts of pistillate ek ODGUEG Be hes Rint ve. - Ow me po middle bracts attenuate..............2000. a. Rosette-leaves bright-green and glabrous above........ Var. "ire phale Var. typica. A. neni Greene, |. c.; Fernald, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hee toe 244 (1898); Robinson & Fernald i in Gray, Man, ed. 7; 822, fig. 982 (1908).—In Newfoundland kenowh only (oui the southeastern half of the Island: 10 miles south of St. John’s, ae 1902, L. L. Dame; rocky soil, along Rennie . 6357: grew’s, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 6358; rocky hills and gravel, | and talus along Exploits River, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wispond. Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6359-6361; dry soil, Millertown, July 11, 1930, Jansson; rocky river-shore and dry woods, Buchan Junction, July, , 19380, Jansson A widely distributed species, from southern N ewfoundland to Ontario, south to Virginia, Indiana and Wisconsin. ATTENUATA Fernald, = Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxviii. 248 (1898), -—More general in range: Murrays Pond and Placentia, 1928, A. M. Ayre; sandy terraces of "Exploits River, Bishop Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6356; sandstone ledges ed talus, Grand Falls, Fernald, Wiegand, Bartram & Darlington, nos. 6350-6355; ee iS) ? ’ Fogg, no. 465; dry gravelly slope, Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands, Fer- nald, Long & F ogg, no. 464 (the last two erroneously distributed as var. 1T wo pce well marked vari from Var. Granpis Fernald, R 73 (1899). A grandis House, Bull. N. Y State % Mus. No. 188: 60, 63 1516), wit bout statement of the specific characters. The largest extre with roset oo ons 7-17 mm broad; caulin e leaves 7-14, mostly broader and ote ger than in pe ogi pag a ‘heels of the involucres (except in forms from 7 wag oa reddish below, ra'Wew Brunetice above: corolla and style 5.5—-6.2 mm. - va South to Massachusetts and New Yo: bene: interjecta, var. nov., omatiieas an humifusis repentibus dis subligneis; foliis us rosulatis oblanceolatis vail anguste obovatis acutis vel subacutis —_ griseis 3-7 mm. recto OSO ple: une ‘got Warnes oe hess of lime cliffs, west of) Bay iste Mi uuski Co ; July 16, 1904, Coltins Belge 7 lichaud's Big, Ena O. me file c, Fern ald & Se se 905, of orbes; sur les schistes dénudés, Pointe du Vi Bic, ee, nos. 26,454, 26, sur les schistes, Listes 0 ri cok Bie tall SS ang no. 26,706 es schistes dénudés, Ile du Bic, pein shy Fag ay E70 yen : d ly acute rosette-leaves, the numerous and scarcely distant saute leaves, and the d Subglomerulate corymb of that species; but its scarious involucral bracts ‘ike Ose of A. neodioica, var. attenuata and its receptacles have the large and deep pits A. neodi lotoa. 346 Rhodora [OcToBER gaspensis); dry exposed calcareous pt Steady Brook Falls, lower Humber River, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4142. The variety has a -broad range similar to that of var. Satta. See p. 89. *Var. CHLOROPHYLLA Fernald, Ruopora, xxii 296 (1922).—Local: rocky river-shore, Buchan Junction, Jansson; dry gravelly slope, Lark Harbor, Bay of Islands, F ernald, Long & F ogg, no. 462 (errone- ously distributed as A. spathulata) ; St. George’s, Mackenzie & Gris- com, no. 11, Var. stale ranges from western Newfoundland and Antocosti Island to Nova Scotia, New England and New York. A. PETALOIDEA Fernald, var. SUBCORYMBOSA Fernald, RHopoRA, . Nat. Hist. xxviii. 246 (1898)—Very rare in Newfoundland: sandy terraces of Exploits River, Bishop Falls, Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington, no. 6363. A coastwise variety (MAP 27) of the more widely ranging A. petaloidea, eegethbog from east-central Newfoundland, the lower Natashquan (Saguenay Co., Quebec), Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia to N: erie Island and Cape Cod, Massachusetts. *HELIANTHUS GIGANTEUS L., var. SUBTUBEROSUS (Bourgeau) Britton. A few plants with obvious weeds on a st slope, Lark Harbor, Bay or Isuanps, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no This plant of the north central United States and sae Canada is becoming a frequent weed in the East. ARTEMISIA BOREALIS Pall. As pointed out in Ruopora, xxix. 93 (1927) we have three varieties of Artemesia borealis in Newfoundland. They are, apparently, con- fined to the West Coast. A. BOREALIS (typical). Bonne Bay: a of limestone cliffs near Stanleyville, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. Port av Bay: dry limestone barrens, Table Mt., eenaid, “Wiegand & Kittredge, no- A. BOREALIS, var. Pursuit Besser. Sr. Joun Bay: dry gravelly lime- stone barrens, St. John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,203. Port av Port Bay: dry exposed ag cee and shingle on the limestone tableland, Table Mt., Fernald & S t. John, no. 10,871, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,476. Cape Sr. Gronce: limestone barrens, Green Gardens, Mackenzie 4 Griscom, no. 11,079. A. BOREALIS, var. LaTIsEcTA Fern. I. ¢. (1927). Bonne BAY: shelves and talus of diorite cliffs, Western Head, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2122. Bay or Isuanps: talus of sea-cliffs, Preih (or Tweed) Island, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 476 (rxPE); turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cutwater Head, no. 2120. See p. 7. (To be continued.) Rhodora Plate 268 ANTENNARIA CONFUSA (left), X 1; A. GAsPENsis (right), X 1; inserts X 2. 364 Rhodora [NoVEMBER RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Continued from page 346) ARNIcA TOMENTOSA J. M. Macoun, Pittonia, iv. 168 3 080 3 hella . Ruopora, xvii. 18 (1915), xxvi. 104, t. 143, (1924). Sr. Jon Bay: peaty and turfy margins of dry limeston 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 365 barrens, Old Port au Choix, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2127, 2128; turfy margins of gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point, no. 2129. PLaTE 269, Figs. 3-5. The Newfoundland plants are mostly much larger than the Rocky Mt. specimens (just as are those of A. Louiseana), but I am unable to find any morphological detail to separate them. The species is well named, the very white-tomentose stems, involucres and erect basal leaves shining in the sunlight like white silver. The plants about St. John Bay are excessively tomentose, but the series shows such transi- tion to the plant of Table Mt., Port au Port Bay, described as A. pulchella, that it is necessary to reduce A. pulchella to A. tomentosa. The disruption of range of this species is strikingly like that of A. chionapappa Fern. (MAP 29) and of A. Louiseana (Map 30). See p. 53. - PLANTAGINEA Pursh. Pisroter Bay and Ha-Ha Bay: turfy limestone barrens, Cape Norman, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, nos. ae mossy talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Mt., Fernald & Long, no. Arnica plantaginea, heretofore recorded only from the northern part of the Labrador Peninsula, was collected in northern Newfound- land in 1925, the material then misidentified and reported as A, pul- chella Fern. A, TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. Ruopora, xxvii. 90 (1925). PxatE 270, Figs. 3 and 4, Arnica terrae-novae proves to be more generally distributed on cal- “areous rocks and gravels of western Newfoundland than at first sup- Posed (see p. 53). Furthermore, the beautifully prepared material, brought back from northern Labrador by Mr. Ernst C. Abbe of the Grenfell-Forbes Northern Labrador Expedition of 1931, supplement- ing that secured by Dr. R. H. Woodworth, shows that the Labrador Plant which has erroneously passed as A. alpina (L.) Olin is A. terrae- novae (MAP 28); and Mr. Abbe and I find that A. terrae-novae extends to the west of Hudson Bay. From true A. alpina of subarctic Europe A. terrae-novae is at once distinguished by its much narrower basal leaves, its usually less scapose habit, and less lacerate ligules. A. terrae-novae is as nearly related to A. attenuata Greene, of northwestern America, as to the Scandinavian A. alpina. A. attenuata is of more delicate texture (drying paler-green), with usually more branching stems, and its basal leaves are clearly 5-nerved, with 2 outer less con- Spicuous nerves, the basal leaves of A. terrae-novae being clearly 3- nerved, sometimes with 2 faint laterals. In A. terrae-novae glandular 366 Rhodora [NoVEMBER hairs abound at the summit of the peduncle and at the base of the involucre; in A. attenuata they are absent or completely hidden in the dense tomentum. No mature fruits of A. attenuata are available, but the flowering material suggests longer achenes and longer pappus. The following belong to A. TERRAE-NovAE. Lasrapor: Ekorti- arsuk, Cape Chudleigh, C. S. Schmitt, no. 312; on sandy old sea bot- tom, Head of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no. 428; on granitic rock, old sea beaches, Northwest Bank at Head of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no. 430; moist meadowy hillsides, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik, Abbe, no. 572; 20 miles nor rth of Nachvak, August 28, 1908, H. S. Forbes; moist gully in cliff on north side of Razorback Harbor, Abbe, no. 573; on granite cliffs at 150-600 m., Head of Nach- Xs nea Map 28. Range of ARNICA TERRAE-NOVAE. vak Bay, Woodworth, no. 429; slaty talus slope, Rowsell Harbor, Abbe, nos. 570, 571; prope Hebron (as A. angustifolia Vahl), Mentzel; Hebron, August 4, 1908, H. 8. Forbes. Uneava: Mosquito Bay, A. P. Low, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. no. 23,019. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald et al., 10s. 29,209, 29,21014; turfy limestone barrens, Cook Point, F ernald sd e ts of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 29,207, Fernald, Pease : dry e barrens, enzie & G ANITOBA: Kettle Rapids, iily 15, 1917, J. H. Emerton KEEWATIN: Maguse Lake, W. C. Gussow, no. 44 (seen since map 8 1 was — aved). 48 ( Rhodora Plate 269 ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA: FIG. 1, small plant, showing 3-nerved basal leaves, X 1, from Newfoundland; FIG. 2, achene and disk-corolla, < 6, from Newfoundland. - TOMENTOSA: FIGs. 3 and 4, small plants, X 1 from Newfoundland; ric. 5, achene and disk-corolla, x 6, from Newfoundland. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 367 secured at many new stations on Bay of Islands, Bonne Bay, Ingorna- choix Bay and St. John Bay. Puate 269, rics. 1 and 2. Arnica chionopappa, originally described from Gaspé and adjacent northern New Brunswick, is of rather general range about the northern half of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It is also frequent in Mackenzie and Alberta; and recently Professor F. K. Butters has brought me thor- oughly characteristic material from northeastern Minnesota. It is probably of more general occurrence on calcareous areas across Canada (Map 29). Rydberg, N. Am. Fl. xxxiv. 332 (1927) reduces the Gaspé A. chionopappa to A. arnoglossa Greene, of the Black Hills; and on the opposite page (333) describes the Newfoundland 4. chionopappa as a new species, A. Fernaldii Rydb. I have before me 15 numbers of the Newfoundland plant, representing all stages from Map 29. Range of ARNICA CHIONOPAPPA. bud to ripe fruit, 19 numbers, similarly diverse in state of develop- ment, of the Gaspé plant, 3 numbers from Anticosti and 1 from New Brunswick. I am quite unable to detect any constant difference in the series. It is consistently different from the plant of the Black Hills, however (A. arnoglossa), in having pilose involucres, all the Black Hills material having them glandular-puberulent and scarcely pilose. The disk-corollas of A. arnoglossa are slenderly funnel-form, with ex- ceedingly short pilosity on the tube; those of A. chionopappa (including A. Fernaldii) goblet-shaped, with the pubescence of the tube much longer than in A. arnoglossa. So far as material in the Gray Herba- rium shows, A. arnoglossa is restricted to the Black Hills. The material from Alberta and Mackenzie, of which Dr. Raup has secured si numbers, seems inseparable from A. chionopappa. See pp. 51, » 81. -———— 368 Rhodora [NovEMBER A. Lourseana Farr, Ott. Nat. xx. 109 (1906). A. Griscomi Fern. Ruopora, xxvi. 105, t. 143, fig. 7 (1924). To the one station hereto- fore known from Newfoundland add the following from St. Joun Bay and IncorNacHOIXx Bay: turfy margins of gravelly limestone barrens, and turfy slopes below limestone barrens, Eastern Point, Fe ’ PuaTE 270, Fics. 1 and 2. Arnica Louiseana was described by Miss Farr from mountains about Lake Louise in the Canadian Rocky Mts. The original descrip- tion emphasized the nodding flowering heads: “Heads of flowers 1-8, usually 3, fragrant, 4 em. broad, borne on long, slender, nodding . peduncles”; and again “The pale yellow color of the flowers and their drooping tendency distinguish it from other Arnicas of the region.” Furthermore, the colored illustration of the original collection made by Miss Farr’s associate, Mrs. Schiiffer,! shows a very small plant with definitely nodding small heads. Consequently, when the Gaspé plant with large erect flowering heads was studied, the highly localized species (A. Lowiseana) of Lake Louise, more than 2200 miles away, was passed as certainly not to be further considered. Subsequently ; three sheets of A. Louwiseana, including an 1soryPE of the species, have come to the Gray Herbarium. They all agree with the smaller individuals of A. Griscomi in every character; and in all of the 12 individuals under these numbers the flowering and fruiting heads are quite erect! It is surmised that, when Mrs. Schiffer made her drawing, which later influenced Miss Farr’s diagnosis, the specimens had part 4: 322-325 (1927). There Rydberg includes A. Louwiseana in be § Obtusifoliae, “Heads nodding in anthesis”; while A. Griscomt ™ placed in two other sections, §§ Alpinae and Arnoglossae, with “ Heads erect in anthesis.” : We saw much of Arnica Louiseana about Port au Choix, where at makes extensive carpets (see p. 53). Its very young heads (in young bud) are somewhat nodding but when they expand they are quite 1 Brown & Schiffer, Alp. Fl. Can. Rky. Mts. plate opp. p. 304 (1907). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 369 erect. This species forms more extensive carpets than the others in Newfoundland, owing to a definitely stoloniferous habit. It has either variously leafy or bracted stems or is acaulescent (those who divide the Senecioneae primarily on habit and foliage could recognize a dozen artificial segregates from a single habitat). It varies in stature from 0.5-2.5 dm., with basal leaves 1.5-12 em. long, and 0.6-3 cm. broad. The flowering branches may have 1-5 heads and these vary from 2.5-5 em. broad. The striking disruption of range (MAP 30) shown by A. Louiscana is a very frequent one, discussed at length in some other papers. y eek Map 30. Range of Arnica LOUISEANA. *Cirstum muticum Michx., forma lactiflorum, n. f., floribus lac- teis—NEWFOUNDLAND: talus of limestone cliff opposite Lomond, August 10, 1929, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2151. A considerable colony near the base of the cliff opposite Lomond has milk-white instead of the usual purple flowers. C. PatustrE (L.) Scop. Lower Humper Vater: “Railway gravel” near Humbermouth, 1910, Fernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 4192; springy glades in spruce woods between Marble Mt. and pumbermouth, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2153, Fernald & Long, no. In 1910 Wiegand and I took Cirsiwm palustre to be an introduction, which we associated with the near-by railway. In 1929, however, the Plant appeared like a native element in the wet glades and thickets, sharing them with strictly indigenous plants. Seep.15. ~ Taraxacum mv Eastern Amertca—The Dandelions of eastern North America consist of the common weeds, dominant and aggres- sive species difficult to eradicate and, like the majority of our weeds, brought recently from Europe; and a series of indigenous species Which, for the most part, are local and non-aggressive, confined to strictly natural habitats of Labrador, Newfoundland, the Mingan Islands, Anticosti and Gaspé, only very rarely extending westward in 370 Rhodora [NovEMBER Quebec or southward into the Maritime Provinces and New England. The problem of working out the identities of the native species is difficult. The treatment of the genus by Handel-Mazzetti, Mono- graphie der Gattung Taraxacum (1907), conservative, and very detailed for Europe and adjacent Asia, recognizes scores of local species there but, exclusive of the very distinct 7. mexicanum DC., admits abso- lutely no endemic North American Tarazxaca and, outside the two introduced species, cites for all temperate and boreal North America only 89 collections. As a sound basis for orientation Handel-Maz- zetti’s work is invaluable, but for detailed understanding of the genus in North America it is, obviously, unsatisfactory. The only special study of the genus in North America is Sherff’s North American Species of Taraxacum... This paper was based upon study of much borrowed herbarium material; but, apparently, the author had had little, if any, intimate field-experience with native American Tarazaca. It is difficult for one who has watched, collected and studied the native species of Gaspé, western Newfoundland and Labrador through a period of thirty years to reach the conclusion of Sherff, that 7. lapponicum Kihlm., with involucral bracts unappe?- daged and with the achenes (PLATE 271, Fic. 10) muricate only at the summit, is identical with 7. ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. (PLATE 271, Frias. 1-4), which has corniculate-appendaged bracts and the achenes muricate their whole length. Only by “lumping” very dissimilar plants as an “Herba valde polymorpha,” to use Sherft’s first deserip- tive phrase, could such a conclusion be reached. If 7. lappomeum, T. lacerum Greene and 1. ceratophorum are identical, the question naturally arises, why are not they further merged with T. lyratum (Ledeb.) DC.? The character relied upon in Sherfi’s key to distin- guish 7. lyratum (“Achaenia matura nigrescentia’”’) is, to be om one upon which Handel-Mazzetti had placed confidence, but it 1s most difficult to find any emphatic color-difference in the achenes of T. lyratum and of T. phymatocarpum Vahl (which Sherff, unjustifiably, it seems to me, merges with it) and in those of many mature collec: tions of 7. lapponicum and other species which Sherff merges with 7. ceratophorum. In T’. lyratum, however, the slender achene (PLATE 272, ri. 4) is very finely muriculate only at summit; in 7. phymatocarpu™ (PLaTE 272, Fics. 1-8) the stouter achene is coarsely muricate a whole length. I am, therefore, after collecting (or being associated 1 Sherff, Bot. Gaz. Ixx. 329-359, plates 31-33 (1920). Rhodora Plate 270 . ee + ° 5 9) Q ARNICA Lovutseana: Fia. 1, small plant, X 1, from Newfoundland; Fie. 2, achene and ISkK~ ‘ > + sk corolla, X 6, from Newfoundland. ‘ 3 . A. TERRAE-NOVAE: FIG. 3, small plants, X 1, from Newfoundland; Fie. 4, achene an disk- ; ; sk corolla, X< 6, from Newfoundland. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 371 with the collecting of) nearly 150 numbers of indigenous Taraxaca and after watching their behavior in the field and observing the essential constancy of their technical characters, quite as unable to follow Sherff in his wholesale reduction of species as I am to subscribe to the wholesale multiplication of micro-species, formae, biotypes or jordanons as “species,” at present so much in vogue in northern Europe The most fundamental character in Taraxacum, it seems to me, is in the mature achene, whether tuberculate its entire length or only at summit, whether with a slender or thick pyramid, and, lastly, whether rufescent or drab. The color is less satisfactory than the other characters, since it often changes as the fruit matures. The length of the filiform beak in mature fruit i is, also, a very satisfactory character. Consequently, for really satisfactory study, ripe fruit is essential. Much immature or merely flowering material can be placed only ap- proximately. The characters of the involucre are next in importance, Whether with many or with few or no bracts corniculate. The leaf- base furnishes important characters. In our introduced species the leaf usually narrows below to a definite petiole; in most of the natives it is broad at base or broadly margined. On these characters, which seem to be very real, our Taraxaca in northeastern America (exclusive of Greenland and the Arctic) seem to fall into 11 species, as follows: a. Mature achenes mostly tuberculate nearly or quite to the base; the tubercles, at least of the upper half, closely crowded; the nites of — achene without broad and ae i ntermedia te ig 38 mm. ie siuoncbae entire, dentate or nis ate: scapes sone ase 4 only 2-9 cm. long.......-. se a phymatocarpum. b. Beak 6-17 mm. long: Se ape green, purplish or livid, 1.2-3 em. high with 10-25 inner bracts: leaves mostly larger: Scapes mostl taller: se ¢. Many of the involucral bracts with a conspicuous cor- niculate appendage or knob below the tip; the outer bracts short and appressed or, if elongate and recurving, definitely boner than the inner. Inner bracts 1.2-2 em ;t PJ ap : overtopping the bract-tips; outer calyculate bracts tightly a d mu tha er, firm, often with a > po te white scarious borders beak of fruit 6- 6-14 mm. long......... 2. T.. ceratophorum. Inner bracts 2-2.6 em. ee: their tips mostly with oarse appendages mger t. and often gvertopping the bract-tips; — en bracts 3 as lon the inner, g or rec , herbaceous, witho oak iL beoad matein of fruit 13-17 mm. long..... .. '3. T. laurentianum. 372 Rhodora [NovEMBER c. Most or all of the involucral bracts with plane and unap- ndaged tips; outer bracts thin and herbaceous, when sone y — scarcely or but slightly broader than the in All or r nearly all the leaves with broad | bases; their mar- lobed, the teeth and lobes mostly entire: inner involucre 1.3-2 em. high, during anthesis with bracts separated to within 1 or 2 mm. of the base; their herbaceous central portion 1-3 ae on, bp Wath ox Fig eas 4. T. ambigens. ith white scarious ma pani sg mm. broad at base Snsege neh osc us, ray or ast cuneate, ong (excluding the pyrami : beak 9-12 mm. lon; ‘ge veer aaeas TESS. ee weehas . T. latilobum. a. —— achenes tabennolate only above the middle or, if o¢- onally toward the base, the tu _ remote and w broad plane intermediate areas or ban d. po be . Aen —— of the involucral Miaets corniculate- eee volucre closely ap or barely spreading: a. mid of fruit stout, one halt fs quite as broad as long; 5 is WS ea ca ie ny oe 6. T. lacerum. Leaves narrowly obovate-ianceolate or broadly o lanceolate, deeply sinuate, the gp eerie lobes lacerate at the deltoid oe and with sho intermediate narrow lobes: outer calyculate bracts loosely spreading, recurving at maturity: pyramid eg 34 times as eee as broad; beak 10-13 mm. 3 e. Anhaser red or oh gro Aap pappus creamy or upper faces of li s sulphur-yellow: leaves ss os dissected nearly or pe a a gs MAE gia ss 8. T. laevigatum. d. All or nearly all the involucral bracts unappendaged. . . ie f. Achene subtruncate or strongly round — the short pper third of each rib w y or more sharp murications; pyramid 0.3-1 Leaves usually narrowed below to pr —cey, winged petiolar pares at least i Hy lower and lo pyramid) 2-4 mm. long, drab or olivaceous evan ie pee few or none: achenes ace pyra- mid) 3. pay mm. long, olivaceous to fulvous. . . 10. T. lapponicum. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 373 f. Achenes attenuate into the long pyramid, smooth throughout or with 1-3 murications at the summit of each angle; pyramid 1.5—2 mm. long............ 11. 7. torngatense. 1. *T. pHymarocarpum Vahl in Hornem. FI. Dan. xiii. fase. xxxix. 6, t. mm 2 (1860); Handel-Mazzetti, Mon. Gat. Tarax. 58, tt. II. fig. 8 and IV. fig. 12 (1907). T’. lyratum Sherff, Bot. Gaz. Ixx. 332 (1920), in part, not DC. (including t. xxxi. fig. g).— Arctic America and arctic eastern Asia; with us known only from Taraxacum phymatocarpum, with the very closely allied, if not in- separable, 7. hyparcticum and T. pumilum Dahlst., is a typical high- arctic plant, characterized by its vary small heads, with black involu- cre of few bracts, its short and stout, very strongly muricate, fuscous achene and its very short beak. The recent collections from Labrador, made by my students and others under my direction who have made a specialty of collecting Taraxacum, Arnica, Antennaria, Euphrasia and other critical genera, contain none of it, though it is to be expected in northernmost Labrador. As already stated, I am unable to follow Sherff in reducing 7. phymatocarpum to T.. lyratum (Led.) DC. T. lyratum came originally from the region of Behring Straits (“in lapidosis summae alpis ad. fl. Tschuja contra ostium fl. Tschegan”) and its habit was beautifully shown in Ledebour’s plate. Material in the Gray Herbarium from Arakamtchetchene Island (C. Wright in Herb. U.S. No. Pacif. Expl. Exped.) is from close by and is quite like Lede- bour’s original plate. This is the plant of arctic Northwestern America which extends southward as an alpine species to Arizona. Its very distinctive achene is shown in PLATE 272, FIG. 4. In view of the concentration in the North of Taraxacum lyratum and T. phymatocarpum and their allies, it is peculiarly notable that the subantarctic species, the so-called § Taraxaca antarctica of Handel- Mazzetti (T. magellanicum Commerson and 7. melanocarpum and T. cygnorum Handel-Mazzetti) of Chile, South Australia, New Zealand and Chatham Island, should be so close to 7. phymatocarpum. For comments on this bipolar relationship in Lesquerella, Antennaria and im many other groups see pp. 269 and 335. 2. T. ceRaToPHORUM (Led.) DC. Prodr. vii. 146 (1838); Handel- Mazzetti, 1. c. 62, in large part, t. II. fig. 11 (1907); Sherff, 1. c. 338, in small part (1920). Leontodon ceratophorus Led. Icon. Pl. Fl. Ross. 1. 9, t. 34 (1829). 7. vulgare, var. ceratophorum (Led.) Trautv. Pl. Sib. 76 (1877), name only.—A wide-ranging boreal species, known in 374 Rhodora [NovEMBER Phe tern our area only from Labrador, western Newfoundland and ebec. Laprapor: rock-crevices, Rock Island, 15 miles nw. of Ford Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 606a; base of cliff, Dead Islands, lat. 52" 48 oF. A, en, no. 59. EWFOUNDLAND: crevices of trap cliffs, Sacred Island, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 29,239; Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2172. QuxEsEc: limestone shingle, crest (625 ft.) of Les Murailles, Percé, August 17, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; gravelly banks of Grand River, Gaspé Co., June 30—July 3, 1904, Fernald; calcareous cliffs and talus, Gros Morne, Gaspé Co., Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2482; summit of talus and bases of calca- reous cliffs west of Rivigre aux Marsouins, Gaspé Co., Ferna Weatherby, no. 2477; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fer Collins, no. 1210; rock-crevices, Cap Orignal, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 792, Rousseau, no. 26,708; Pointe sud-ouest du Cap Orignal, Bic, Rousseau, nos. 31,004, 31,006. Puare 271, ries. 1-4. As American Taraxacum ceratophorum I have taken the plant which seems nearest to match the highly conventionalized plate of Ledebour. Much material quite unlike it has been thrust into T. ceratophorum by Sherff; but, without a more extended study of species proposed by Greene, Rydberg and others in western North America, I am not prepared to state the exact range of 7. ceratophorum in the West. Good material from the Cascade Range in British Columbia is shown by sheets from Mt. McLean, near Lillooet, July, 1916, J- 4. Macoun, nos. 98,693 and 98,696; and Dr. Raup has brought back many numbers from northern British Columbia. The most extreme plant related to 7. ceratophorum, in having copiously tuberculate achenes and conspicuously appendaged involucral bracts, is 4 species of shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence which has sometimes been dis- tributed as 7. ceratophorum, more often as 7’. dumetorum Greene; but, since Greene explicitly states that his 7. dwmetorum has the “ achenes Rhodora Plate 271 TARAXACUM CERATOPHORUM: FIGs. 1 and 2, small plant and individual head, x 1, from Newfoundland; Fig. 3, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1; Fic. 4, achene, X 10. _ “+ AMBIGENS: FiG. 5, small leaf, X 1, from the ryPE, Port au Choix, Newfoundland; sho 6, head, x 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 7, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1, from the "YPE; Fig. 8, achene, X 10, from the TYPE. f T. AMBIGENS, var. FULTIUS: FIG. 9, head, X 1, from the rypE, Gargamelle Cove, New- oundland. * LAPPONICUM: FIG. 10, achene, X 10, from Newfoundland. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 375 , - spinulose at summit, otherwise smooth,” it is not satisfactory to place the plant of the Gulf of St. Lawrence with it. Some other characters are evident on comparing the Rocky Mountain plant which I take to be 7. dumetorum. It has a smaller head (the inner involucre 1.5-2 cm., in the Laurentian plant 2-2.6 em. high; its outer bracts are shorter and very scarious or broadly scarious-margined, the long outer bracts of the Laurentian plant herbaceous. Its achenes (PLATE 272, Fic. 10), as already stated, are smooth below, and its mature beak 7-8 mm. long; the Laurentian plant having the larger mature achenes rough throughout and with beaks 13-17 mm. long. I am therefore proposing the latter as 3. *T. laurentianum, sp. nov. (TaB. 272, Fics. 5-9), planta robusta; foliis oblanceolatis tenuibus 1-3 dm. longis 2-5 em. latis, basi late marginatis, marginibus duplo dentatis, dentibus longioribus argutis lanceolatis vel anguste deltoideis 0.3-1.3 cm. longis; scapo crasso 1-3.5 dm. alto; capitulis magnis; bracteis exterioribus herbaceis viridibus vel purpurascentibus late lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis 1.5-2 m. la cm. longis 4-8 m is adscendentibus deinde patentibus vel re- : pringy meadow at base of Ha-Ha Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, July 17, 1925, Fernald, W: tegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,245, TYPE in Gray Herb. (distributed as 7. ceratophorum) ; turfy spots on slaty oe no. 25,178; sur le sable de goulet, Riviére la Loutre (Est), Anticosti, 3 aofit 1927, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,559. See pp. 50, 51. Taraxacum laurentianum is the eastern American counterpart of the northern Skandinavian 7, Hjeltii Dahlst. That, however, has the ner involucre only 1.7-2 em. long, the outer bracts with white scarious margip, the pyramid at most 0.75 mm. long and the beak at most 1 em. long. Its relationship to the western American 7’. dume- forum has been noted. The large collections of the latter brought back 376 Rhodora [NovEMBER from Alberta and British Columbia by Dr. H. M. Raup greatly rein- force my opinion that it is a very definite western American species.’ 4. *T. ambigens, sp. nov. (Tas. 271, rics. 5-8), planta subgracilis; foliis a Sareea tenuibus 0.3-3 dm. longis 1-3 (-6) em. latis basi ate marginatis, marginibus dentatis vel sinuatis, lobis horizontaliter divergentibus vel refractis ga Takao plerumque integris 0.3-1.5 em. longis; scapo 0.4 . alto; capitulis mediocribus; bracteis ex- terioribus herbaceis Lnart tenccclate 0.8-1.3 em. longis 1.5-3 mm. latis, reflexis apice plerumque planis; bracteis interioribus 10-20 lineari- ‘Tadconlatis 1.1-1.9 cm. longis apice planis; ligulis croceis; achaeniis pallide brunneis vel rufescentibus anguste oblanceolatis 3. mm. longis apice acute muricatis basin versus obtuse muricu- latis; ‘pyramide 0.5-1 mm. longa; rostro 6-9 mm. longo; pappo 5-8 mm. longo lacteo. eis Labrador, western Newfoundland and eastern Quebec. Laprap springy banks and damp hillsides, Forteau, July 30, 1910, F sraald & Wiegand, no.4210. NEWFOUNDLAND: swales and wet peaty limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, July 27, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,175 (as T. latilobum) ; shaded base of limestone sea-cliff, Port au Choix, July 27, 1 Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2167 (TyPE i in Gray Herb.); turfy limestone shore, Sandy Cove, nr yinag ge Bay, August 9, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,177 (as T.. latilobum); calcareous cliffs, Steady gy Falls, lower Hie Valley, hil sa 1910, ‘f ernald & Wega 0. 4209 ceratophorum). QUE : limestone and calcareous mipidaticle terraces, Blanc Sablon (“ Labrador”), Fay 30, 1910, Lae nald & he Sigg no. 4211 (as 7. ceratophorum); damp ledges and (as T. ce m); wet. calcareous ledges, rand Cascapedia R., July io-8,. 1905, Williams Collins Fernald (as T. ceratophorum). *Var ultius, var nov. . 271, Fic. 9), bracteis exterioribus turfy limestone slope east of Big Brook Stra of (as 7. ceratophorum); turfy talus of limestone headland, Gargamelle TYPE in Gray Herb.). j (1500 ft.) to 915 m. (3000 ft.), Fernald d Basin, between Mts. Matt ouisse and Fortin, July 22, 1922, Fernald & dae! no. 25,342 (as I ceratophorum, altered to 7. lapponicu oy “aly &. 23, F ernald, com, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 26,116 me 4 ceratophorum, altered to r. lapponicu m). 1 Just as this discussion of Taraxacum is to be paged, beautiful material pb dumetorum from within the area here covered comes to hand: from es & Northern Slate Island, Thunder Bay District groan uly 6, 1933, A. S. Pease R. Cc. = no. 23,576. Its characters are discussed in the treatment of T. ¢74 phorum 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 377 Taraxacum ambigens, as clearly indicated in the citations, has been confused with 7. ceratophorum, T. lapponicum and T. latilobum. In foliage it is very like the first two and quite unlike 7. latilobum, which has the slender-petioled leaves copiously double-dentate. The involu- cre is essentially that of 7. lapponicum and without the corniculate appendages and the firm and white-bordered outer bracts of 7’. cerato- phorum; but the achenes in all mature heads are copiously tuberculate or muriculate to the base, as in both 7. latilobum (PLATE 273, Fic. 5) and 7. ceratophorum (PLATE 271, FIG. 4). This series has been a con- stant source of perplexity, thrown first into one species because of the involucre, then into another because of the leaves and, again, into a third because of the achenes. With 7. ambigens taken out, the en- tanglement which has confused the identities of 7. ceratophorum and T. lapponicum in eastern America is removed. That Taraxacum ambigens is not a hybrid of 7. lapponicum and T. ceratophorum is quite clear. At only 1 of the 16 stations for the latter has 7. ambigens been found, although these areas have all been closely scrutinized for all Taraxaca. T. ambigens may eventually have to be reduced to one of the Cordilleran species of Greene, Rydberg or Nelson. Its strongly muricate achenes seem to keep it apart; but a number of their pro- posed species were based on very young material of which ripe achenes were unknown. & Weatherby, nos. 2479-2481; grés schisteux, Tourelle, Rousseau, no. 31,145. Marne: gravelly thicket, Orono, Fernald, no. 2397 (as T. officinale) ; rocky slope, Dennysville, Fernald & Weatherby, no. 2483; damp soil, Cutler, July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald. Massacuuserts: low woodland dump, Beverly Farms, June 23, 1913, F. T. Hubbard; Lanesboro, July 17, 1917, J. R. Churchill. Taraxacum latilobum has the aspect of very broad-leaved 7’. palus- fre, var. vulgare (1. vulgare (Lam.) Schrank, 7. officinale Weber) but its achenes (PLATE 273, FIG. 5) are very strongly muriculate quite to the base asin 7. ceratophorum. The abundantly naturalized European Species, to which Handel-Mazzetti and others have referred T. latilobwm has, as they describe them, the achenes tuberculate at sum- 378 Rhodora [NovEMBER mit, “parte superiore (14 usque 14 fere) tuberculis largis brevioribus longioribusve o b s i t a’ —Handel-Mazetti. T. latilobwm is apparently indigenous from Newfoundland and Gaspé to central and eastern Maine, but at its Massachusetts stations it seems like an introduction. 6. T. Lacerum Greene, Pittonia, iv. 230 (1901). T. ceratophorum Liebm. & Lange, Fl. Dan. xv. fase. xlv. 7, t. mmdclix. (1861), not DC. T. mutilum Greene, |. c. 232 (1901); T. groenlandicum Dahlst. Arkiv. Bot. v. no. 9: 23, tt. 14 and 15 (1906). 7. arctogenum Dahlst. |. e. 26, t. 16 (1906).—Greenland and Arctic America, south to Labrador, DOR: near mouth of stream emptying in Ikordlearsuk, lat. 59° 57’, Abbe & Odell, nos. 593, 594; moist meadowy hillside, Near Island, Seven Islands Bay, Kangalaksiorvik, lat. 59° 25’, Abbe, no. 595: top of ridge, north of harbor, Razorback Harbor, lat. 59° 14’, Abbe, no. 596; moist gully in cliff on north side of Razor- back Harbor, Abbe, no. 597; gravelly beach, Mouth of Frazer River, lat. 57°, Harlow Bishop, no. 606; Nain, C. S. Sewall, no. 142; hill ack of Mission Park, Hopedale, lat. 55° 27’, Abbe & Hogg, no. 592. Un- GAVA: Ungava River, Spreadborough, no. 14,395 (as T. ceratophorum). Taraxacum lacerum, originally described (in 1901) from the Upper Liard in northern British Columbia, was collected in the same general area (on Mt. Selwyn) in great diversity of numbers by Dr. Hugh M. Raup and his companions in 1932. Dr. Raup’s very full material shows every transition to Greene’s 7. mutilum (1901) from Alaska and it is quite inseparable from the Greenland, Labrador and New- foundland specimens which Dahlstedt has identified as his ow? T. groenlandicum (1906). I am, furthermore, unable to find satisfactory distinctions to separate 7’. arctogenum (1906), a co-type of which is 10 the Gray Herbarium. Dahlstedt, in publishing 7. groenlandicum, cited material from Melville Peninsula. It is in the Herbarium of the Carnegie Museum from Southampton Island; and in the Gray Herba- rium from Dawson Trail, Yukon (Tyrrell, no. 23,101), Herschell Island, Yukon (Frits Johansen, no. 98,717) and Point Barrow, Alaska (Murdock). The species is, then, widely dispersed in Arctic Americ Rhodora Plate 272 ‘Taraxacum PHYMATOCARPUM: FIG. 1, plant, X 1, from Greenland; Fia. 2, achene, with characteristic short beak and remnant of pappus, X 1, from Greenland; Fie. 3, achene, x T. LYRATUM: FIG. 4, achene, X 10, from Colorado. T. LAURENTIANUM: FIG. 5, leaf, X 1, from the rypr, Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland; Fis. 6 and 7, heads, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, with long beak and long pappus, < 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 9, achene, X 10, from the TYPE. T. pumerorum: Fic. 10, achene, < 10, from Alberta. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 379 with extensions south to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and to the northern Rocky Mts. 7. *T. Longii, sp. nov. (ras. 273, Frias. 1-4), planta subgracilis; foliis anguste obovato-lanceolatis vel late oblanceolatis valde laciniato- : sinuatis 1-1.5 dm. longis 3-5 em. latis, lobis lineari-caudatis ad basin erectis deinde laxe patentibus vel recurvantibus; bracteis interioribus 10-12 lanceolatis 1.6-2.4 em. longis cornubus parvis plerum ue praeditis; ligulis croceis; achaeniis griseo-olivaceis vel pallide brunneis oblanceolatis 3.5-4 mm. longis apice acute muricatis basin versus planis; pyramide subulata 1.21.5 mm. lo a; rostro 1-1.3 em. longo; pap : a Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, F ernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, Taraxacum Longii is one of the complex group of which 7’. ceratopho- rum is the type. From that species, as here interpreted, it differs in its doubly incised-dentate leaves, the recurving, broader and more her- us outer bracts, the tiny appendages of the inner bracts and the achenes smooth below the summit. From T. lacerum, to which it was Previously referred, by its broader and doubly incised leaves and the more herbaceous and soon reflexing outer bracts. From 7. dumetorum It is at once distinguished by its very characteristic leaf, by the herba- ceous (rather than scarious) and more appendaged, shorter outer bracts, by the fewer inner bracts and by the longer pyramid of the Tuit. 7. Longii is related to T. macroceras Dahlst. of Siberia, but that has the outer bracts appressed and with much longer horns, the inner narrower than in 7’. Longii, and the fulvous achenes with a very short (0.5 mm. long) pyramid. The only other species to which 7. Longii seems to approach is 7’. norvegicum Dahlst.; but that has a shorter involucre, with much narrower bracts, the outer appressed, the pyramid short and the beak at most 6 mm. long. - T. Larvicatum (Willd.) DC. Cat. Hort. Monspel. 149 (1813); Handel-Mazzetti, |. ¢. 109, t. III. fig. 11 (1907); Sherff, 1. c. 356 (1920). ‘ontodon laevi Wil pete th. Volh . erythrospermu .) Eichw. ist. Skizze Litth. Volhyn. 150 (1830); Britton inna prep lei il Fi. ed. 2, iii. 316, fig. 4064 380 Rhodora [NovEMBER (1913).—Dryish open soil, southern Quebec to southern British Co- lumbia, south to Virginia, Missouri and New Mexico (acc. to Sherf}); naturalized from Europe. First collected in America, apparently, in d 9. T. paLusTRE (Lyons) Lam. & DC. Outer bracts of involucre ovate to oblong-lanceolate, erect, finally loosely spreading.—F'. Frang. Sm. Engl. Bot. viii. 553 (1799) and Fl. Brit. ii. 823 (1800). L. Ran Goiian, Ill. et Obs. Bot. 55 (1773). L. Taraxacum, 8. palustre (Lyons) uds. Fl. Angl. ed. 2, i. 339 (1778). 1. officinale, B. palustre hyo Var. vulgare (Lam.), comb. nov. Outer bracts linear or linear- lanceolate, strongly reflexed even in bud.—Leontodon Taraxacum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 798 (1753), in part; and many later authors. L. vulgare Lam. Fl. Frang. ii. 113 (1778). T. officinale Weber ex Wiggers, Prim. 1. Holst. 56 (1780). 1. vulgare (Lam.) Schrank, Prim. FI. Salisburg, 198 (1792); Handel-Mazzetti, I. c. 88, t. III. fig. 2 (1907); Sherff, 1. c. 350 (1920). L. officinalis (Weber) With. Arr. Brit. Pl. ed. 3, iii. 679 (1796), excl. var. 7’. Dens-leonis Desf. Fl. Ant. ii. 228 (1800). L. Taraxacum, 8. vulgare (Lam.) Benth. Cat. Pl. Indig. Pyr. Bas Langued. 94 (1826). T. Dens-leonis, var. officinale (Weber) Coss. & Germ. Fl. Env. Paris, li. 432 (1845), as to name-bringing synonym. 7. Taraxacum (L. Karsten, Deutsch. Fl. 1138 (1880-83).—Grasslands and clearings, ® ubiquitous and aggressive weed, Newfoundland to southern Alaska, south through much of the United States; naturalized during colonial days from Europe. The necessity to reverse the names of our two large olive- oF drab- fruited weedy Dandelions, one the ubiquitous weed with the outer bracts narrow and strongly recurved from the first, the other a weed of Newfoundland, eastern Canada and New England (rarely in Pennsy!- vania) with shorter and broader appressed or merely spreading outer bracts, is most disconcerting. It results, however, from the failure of those who have monographed our Tarazaca to trace the names 1° volved to their ultimate sources. It is, to say the least, uncomfortable, in following the rules of Nomenclature now in vogue, to find ones self unwillingly appearing as an iconoclast, in changing to # vey awkward combination the technical name of a cosmopolitan weed. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 381 It is certainly to be hoped that a less cumbersome and more appropri- ate designation may eventually be found. In the present case Handel-Mazzetti, in his Monographie der Gattung Taraxacum (1907), merged, as 7. paludosum (Scop.) Schlechter (1866), the real 7. paludosum, i. e. Hedypnois paludosa Scop. Fl. Carn. ii. 100, t. 48 (1772) and the wholly different 7. palustre (Lyons) Lam. & DC. (1805). Handel-Mazzetti cited definitely in the synonymy of 7. paludosum the T. palustre Lam. & DC. (1805), Leontodon Taraxacum var. palustre With. (1787) and L. palustre Smith (1800) and, as a plant intermediate between 7’. vulgare and T. paludosum, the L. Taraxacum, 8. palustre Hudson (1778)—the latter incorrectly cited by Handel- Mazzetti as a binomial (“L. palustre Hudson”), which Hudson did not make. Had he checked the citations, he would have detected that the original use of the name 7. palustre was for a plant utterly unlike 7. paludosum. Smith (1800), Withering (1787) and Hudson (1778), at the points cited by Handel-Mazzetti, all definitely carried the reference back to “Lyons. Fasc. 48”; but the failure of recent monographers to do so has caused the present upheaval in nomencla- ture. Furthermore, this failure of European students of Taraxacum to follow 7. palustre to its nomenclatural source has led to another con- fusion. Thus, the combination T. palustre was properly published in Flore Frangaise, iv.45 (1805), where Lamarck & DeCandolle made thesameconfusion as did Handel-Mazzetti later of “ Leontodon palustre. Smith, Fl. brit. 2. p. 823” and Hedypnois paludosa Scop. The cir- cumstance, that Lamarck & DeCandolle had mixed elements, in no Wise changes the fact that NoMENCLATURALLY their 7. palustre (1805) rested upon its name-bringing synonym, L. palustre Sm. (1800), therefore, upon L. palustre Lyons (1763), the latter reference given without qualification by Smith as his source. Nevertheless, although the name 7’. palustre already had perfectly valid publication for one Species (in 1805), we find the new combination, 7. palustre (Ehrh.) Dahlstedt, Bot. N otiser, 1905: 145°(1905) and Arkiv Bot. vii. no. 6: 8 (1908), based on Leontodon Taraxacum palustre Ehrh. (1790), not L. palustre Lyons (1763) nor L. Taraxacum, 6. palustre (Lyons) Huds. (1778), put forward and now being used in Skandinavian literature for @ species of another section! Israel Lyons’ account, in his Fasciculus Plantarum circa Canta- brigiam Nascentium (1763), was as follows: 382 Rhodora [NovEMBER 89. Leonropon (palustre) calyce toto erecto glabro, scapo cavo unifloro. Leontodon calyce toto erecto glabro, foliis longe ellipticis denticu- atis. Gmel. sib. 2. 15 ? Habitat in palustribus, on Hinton Moor, primus observavit D. Car. capus teres cavus uni, imbricatus, squamae externae ovatae acutae margine submembra ceae erectae; internae lineares. Receptaculum nudum, Pappus pilosus denticulatus stipitatus. Folia radicalia oblonga, ad apicem latiora, acuta denticulata glabra, nervo medio rubro orus. Calyx glaber Lyons’ Leontodon palustre was well characterized nine years earlier than Hedypnois paludosa Scop. and, were the two conspecific, Lyons’ name would have to be taken up instead of that of Scopoli. The “Folia radicalia oblonga, ad apicem latiora” and the “squamae externae ovatae acutae margine submembranaceae erectae” of Lyons’ description indicate, however, that he had the variation of the common dandelion of meadows, lawns and fields with short and appressed outer bracts, not the wholly different 7. paludoswm (Scop.) Schlechter, a plant with thick linear-oblanceolate mostly unlobed leaves only 3-10 mm. wide, small heads with white-margined outer bracts, pale flowers and large achenes (5 mm. long) with very long pyramids. Smith, Engl. Bot. viii. t. 553 (1799), published a good plate of Lyons’ oe after studying plants “raised from seed sent from Cambridgeshire’ (the type-region). This plate and a number of sheets of specimens collected in England as 7. palustre seem to leave no question that the common weed with linear or lanceolate stron ly recurving outer bracts, Leontodon vulgare Lam. (1778), T. officinale Weber (1780), 7. Dens-leonis Desf. (1800), differs from Leontodon palustre Lyons (1763) only in that single fickle character and that, consequently, the earliest specific name, palustre, must be used for the aggregate-species. One way out of this awkward situation would be to treat the two as different species, which I am unable to do, in view of the fact that I cannot consider them specifically distinct. The only other possible way to avoid taking up 7. palustre for the common weed, which usually passes as 7’. officinale or as T. vulgare, is to recognize the “ accidental binomial,” “Dens leonis vulgaris” of Hill, Brit. Herb. 441 (1756)- There are many very strong objections to such a course. In the first Place, Hill was not regularly using binomials; all other plants enum erated on the page, as well as on the preceding page, had polynomials. Furthermore, the double generic name Dens leonis is wholly i : ee and it is quite possible to view Dens leonis vulgaris as a trinomial- Rhodora Plate 273 frog RAeACUM Loneu: Fra. 1, leaf, X 1, from Grand River, Quebec; ric. 2, head, X 1, ; m the rypr, Ha-Ha Bay, Newfoundland: FIG. = baits with beak and pappus, X 1, tom the rypp; Fi. 4, achene, X 10, from the a Latconvas Fig. 5, achene, X 10, from Sechimdia nd. ay - TORNGATENSE: FIG. 6, leaf, < 1, from the Type, Head of Nachvak Bay, Labrador; Ay head, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 8, achene, with beak and pappus, X 1, from the E; Fig. 9, achene, x 10, from the Typp. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 383 To save the long-established name, 7. vulgare, by going back to Hill for its justification does not seem the proper course. Either horn of the dilemma is unsatisfactory, but the cause of sound nomenclature, so long as the existing rules are in force, calls, unhappily, for the taking up of 7. palustre (Lyons) Lam. & DC. for the less common weed of Europe and America; and 7. palustre, var. vulgare for the superabundant weed of fields and lawns. Under the constructive and conservative (therefore discarded) “Kew Rule” this change would have been unnecessary. If we could see with the eyes of some Scandinavian and English botanists, we should recognize in Taraxacum palustre many scores of species. Every slight divergence in the cutting of the leaves or the color of the corollas or the shade of the achenes would become a “species,” and the weeding of a village park would yield at least a dozen of them. Personally, I can match the specimens on the lawn outside my window with authentic sheets of ten of Dahlstedt’s “specific” propositions. Sound taxonomy demands good balance; if specific values are universally reduced to the point of absurdity the old and honored science of taxonomy will be doomed. The argument that, because often parthenogenetic, therefore vegetatively reproducing, these divergencies or biotypes in Tararacum are self-perpetuating, could be applied equally to any vegetatively reproduced garden sport. Genetically they are not species nor anything but trivial variations which, under normal sexual reproduction, would quickly be lost in a common blend. They are no more species than are the color-forms of many garden flowers or the variously colored garden forms of cereals. Unless the Tarazaca have very real and deep-seated differences of involucre, flower and fruit and definite geographic segregation, it seems like stultification of science to treat them as species. We must not ignore the facts that all plastic and modern species consist of innumerable minor trends, but that these slight tendencies are utterly different from the true (“Linnean ”) species which, through millions of years, have stood the long test of competition and physiographic change. Call the minor variants jordanons, if you will, or the good and more generally used formae or the more modern biotypes but keep the good old term species for species. Shifting of meaning does not clarify terminology. T. Lappontcum Kihlman, Meddel. Soc. Faun. Fl. Fenn. xi. 108 10. : (1884) Handel-Mazzetti, |. c. 73 (1907). in part. 7. crocewm Dahlst. 384 Rhodora [NoveMBER in Anderss. & Hesselmen, Bih. K. Svenska Vet.-Ak. Hdlg. xxvi’. No. 1: 12 (1900).—Arctic and subarctic Eurasia and North America, Harlow Bishop, no. 604; Anatolak, C. S. Sewall, nos. 334, 336; Titter- asuk, Sewall, no. 12; wet spruce woods, Nain, lat. 56° 33’, Sewall, no. 66, Harlow Bishop, no. 605; Hopedale, Sewall, no. 176; “The Park, Hopedale, Abbe, Hogg, & Forbes, nos. 579, 580; Battle Harbor, Sewall, no. 193. NEWFOUNDLAND: swaley cleft in bare rock, top of F ishing Head, St. Anthony, Abbe, no. 577; peaty and turfy brookside, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 29,258; springy slopes and brooksides at northern half of Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald et al., nos. 29,250, 29,261 (as T. ceratophorum); turfy limestone barrens, Cook Point, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 29,251; turfy limestone slopes, Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, nos. 29,247, 29,257, Fernald, Wiegand & Hotchkiss, nos. 29,248. 29,249, 29,265; turfy slope by se Four-Mile Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & g, 00. 29,263; turfy or peaty limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty) Cove; Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,174, Fe é Griscom, no. 29,256 (distributed as 7. groenlandicum); mossy glades back of Savage Cove, Fernald & Long, no. 29,246; swales and peaty limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long Dunbar, no. 27,172; turfy limestone headlands and shores south of Flower Cove, Pease, Long & Gilbert, no. 29,255 as 1’. ceratophorum (2 or 3 bracts corniculate, but involucre otherwise of 7. lapponieu™ and achenes of the latter); dripping quartzite cliffs and ledges, UPP& Deer Pond Brook, Highlands of St. John, Fernald & Long, no. 29,252; springy meadow on quartzite slope near head of Yellow Brook, Doctor Hill, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2108; turf overlying limestone, Grassy ee ee ee a ee a ee ee 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 385 Island, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & tome no. 2173; turfy talus of limestone sea-cliffs, Eastern Point, St. n Bay, ernal , Long & Fogg, nos. 2161, 2162, 2166; turfy talus of limestone sea-cliffs or on limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & Fogg, nos. 2164, 2165, 2171; dry peaty limestone barrens, ‘Gaveutia Cove, Fernald, ong & Fogg, no. 2162; turfy spots on slaty calcareous talus, Cod Cove and A Cuties Head, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg. nos. 2169, 170. QUEBEC: gravelly thicket back of strand, 5 Pty Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4212 (as T. ceratophorum); grassy hillside, Riviere a la Truite and grassy bank, Pointe Jones, Brest, St. John, nos. 90,790, 90,791; sur les platiéres, R. du Brick, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27, 552; au pied du grand Cap 4 Vembouchure, R. Vaureal, Anti- costi, no. 27, 553; sur fo platidres argilo-calcaires, R. Chicotte, Anti- costi, no. 27,556; dans la Mg sur le ewig Pointe du Sud-Ouest, Anticosti, no. 27, 557; sur ages calcaires, R. dela Chute, Anticosti, no. 27,558; calcareous aistiia meadow, ak "1000-1125 m., Table-to Mts. , Fernald & Collins, no. 789 (as T. ceratophorum) ; canyon humide, cirque nord-est, Botanist Dome, Mt. de le Table, Rousseau & Fortier, no. 31,500; by alpine brooks or in wet crevices of hornblende schist, alt. 600-1075 m., Mt. Albert, Fe ollins, nos. 263, (as T. sratophoren) sur les schistes hornblendiques et “ paragneiss, alt. 8 0 m.) Fernald Pass, betwee n Mts ouisse and Fortin, Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 26,117 (as r. ratophoru) ; banks of Grand er Gaspé Co., Jun e 20-July 10, 1903, G. H. Richards, June 30-July 3, 1904, Fernald; wa red Std "bluffs and steep slopes, “Posse Baldé and the Baie des Chaleurs, besahin es cad August, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; damp ledges and cliffs betw the Forks and Brilé Brook, Little Cascapedia R.., July, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease. Puate 271, FIG. 10 It is probable that several of the plants described from the Rocky ts. by Greene, Rydberg and others belong to Taraxacum lapponicum. Without better fruit than they described the proper disposition of ey species must await fuller yee pitiorsrea 1.5-2 mm. geese rostro 5-6 mm. longo; pappo Ss de 5-6 mm. longo. NorTHERN LaBrapor: granite rock, North Shore of 386 Rhodora [NovEMBER Duck Bight, 1 km. north of Ryan’s Bay, August 24, 1926, R. H. Woodworth, no. 446 (as T. ceratophorum); granitic rock under 760 m., Razorback Mt., Ryan’s Bay, August 23, 1926, Woodworth, no. 444; granitic cliffs at 150-600 m., Head of Nachvak Bay, August i7, "1926, Woodworth, no. 443 (TYPE i in Gray Herb.). Taraxacum torngatense is proposed with some hesitation. Super- ficially it is suggestive of the most attenuate states of 7’. lapponicum, but the very attenuate and almost to quite smooth achenes and the very long pyramid seem to set it off very definitely from its allies. Much fuller material, especially in ripe fruit, is needed. Writing of the type-number in a letter of November 14, 1927, Dahlstedt said: “Undoubtedly a good new species, ~~ well characterized through the almost smooth reddish-brown fruits.’ (To be continued.) 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 395 RECENT DISCOVERIES IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND FLORA M. L. Fernatp (Concluded from page 386) ADDITIONAL NoTES Waite the preceding eleven instalments have been in the course of publication my attention has been called to necessary changes in nomenclature. Such as have come to attention follow, although it will doubtless be found that some earlier homonyms besides those already detected will necessitate further change. That is the inevit- able result of the adoption of the “homonym rule” without any safe- guarding. Carex IncurvA Lightf. On pages 56, 60 and 216 I made notes on C. incurva Lightf. (1777) and its var. setina Christ (1888), publishing 396 Rhodora [DECEMBER a map (Map 4) of the range and a photograph (PLATE 247, Fic. 1) of the latter. Most unfortunately, however, strict priority in nomen- clature forces us to abandon the perfectly familiar name C. incurva for a characteristic and notable species of bipolar distribution and to take up for it a name, C. maritima, which has been equally familiar as the apellation of one of the most definite species of a wholly different section of the genus. Carex maritima Gunner, Fl. Norveg. ii. 131 (1772), not C. maritima O. F. Muell., Fl. Dan. iv. fase. xii. 6, t. deciii (1777), was briefly but clearly diagnosed and based on an earlier diagnosis and excellent ana- lytical plate: REX (maritima) spica unica, subrotunda; glumis ovatis, brevissime aristatis. Hall. 1354? Oed. dan. VIII. Norv. Fjaerestar. Habitat in arena littorea norv. Oeder. C. maritima Gunner, was, therefore, established chiefly on the species described, without binomial, and well illustrated by Oeder in Flora Danica, iii. fase. viii. (pl. eeecxxxii) : Carex spica unica subrotunda, glumis ovatis, brevissime aristats. Hall. 1354? Locus. In arenosis maritimis Norvegiae. Both Oeder and, after him, Gunner, thought that the seashore plant of Norway might be species no. 1354 of Haller, but both express doubt on that point. C. maritima Gunner must, therefore, rest UPO? the Norwegian plant actually illustrated. This is without question the later-described C. incurva Lightf. The detection of the priority of Carex maritima Gunner (1772), @ name not caught either in Index Kewensis or by Kiikenthal, over C. incurva Lightf. (1777) and over the wholly different C. maritima O. F. Muell. (1777) was made by Kreczetowicz, who, in a study of Carex incurva sensu Kuekenthal,: correctly takes up C. maritima for incurva but, less correctly, it seems to me, splits C. incured, upon characters which are not satisfactorily constant in the material be- fore me, into several proposed species: C. transmarina V. Krecz. for the plant of Greenland, C. orthocaula V. Krecz. for that of the Bering sea area, C. jucunda V. Krecz. for that of Newfoundland, ete. C- setina (Christ) V. Krecz. is set up for the dwarf C. incurva, var- setina Christ; and Simmons’s ecological state of C. incurva, with culms showing the inflation so frequent in submersed individuals of _ species, C’. incurva var. inflata Simmons, appears as a new species, _1V. Krecz, Bull. Jard, Bot. del’Acad. Sci. deL’Urss. xxx. 119-138 (1932): 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 397 psychroluta V. Krecz., without a single specific character stated and only the description of Simmons directly quoted: “rhizoma longum inter muscos in aqua libera natans, culmus erectus valde inflatus, spica subglobosa.”’ Although I find myself unable to follow Kreczetowicz in his over- splitting of Carex maritima and his specific segregation from the north- ern European plant of the material from Greenland, Newfoundland and other North American areas, there are some well-defined geo- graphic varieties which, unfortunately, have to be called CAREX MARITIMA Gunner, var. setina (Christ), comb. nov. C. in- curva, var. setina Christ in Scheutz, Pl. Vase. Jeniseens. 174 (1888)— ongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand. xxii. no. 10: 174 (1888). C. setina ae V. Krecz. Bull. Jard. Bot. de l’Acad. Sci. de L’Urss, xxx. 136 - MARITIMA, var. melanocystis (Desv.), comb. nov. C. melano- cystts Desv. in Gay, Hist. Bot. Chile, vi. 203, t. 73, fig. 5 (1853). C. tncurva, var. melanocystis (Desv.) Kiikenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.° 114 (1909). C. MaRrTima, var. misera (Phil.), comb. nov. C. misera Phil. Florul. Atacam. 388 (1860). C. melanocystis, var. misera (Phil.) Kiikenth. in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxvii. 499 (1899). C. incurva, var. masera (Phil.) Kiikenth. in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.2° 114 (1909). The coarse maritime species with spreading or pendulous pistillate spikes with very prolonged scales, Carex maritima O. F. Muell. FI. Dan. iv. fase. xii. 6, t. deciii (1777), not Gunn. FI. Norv. ii. 131 (1772), must, apparently, be called C. paLEACEA Wahlenb. Vet.-Akad. Nya Handl. Stockh. xxiv. 164 (1803). The plant of Scandinavia and Russia, typical C. paleacea, is comparatively low, with culms 1-5 dm. high (“20-50 cm. altus”—Kukenthal: “3-5”—Lindmann; but, as Shown in the Gray Herbarium, sometimes only 1 dm. high); the American plant is more variable, ranging from 0.2-1 m. high. The leaves of European C. paleacea are accurately described by Kiikenthal ‘s “4-8 mm. lata”; but those of the larger American specimens are often 10-12 mm. broad. The European plant has the pistillate spikes “2-5 cm. longae” (Kiikenthal); but in ours the length is 2-7 em. In typical European C. paleacea the perigynium has a minute beak, arely 0.2 mm. long; the beak in the American series is distinctly longer, 0.3-0.5 mm. long. The plant of eastern America is, therefore, 4 well defined geographic variety which I am calling ‘ Carex PALEACEA Wahlenb., var. transatlantica, var. nov., culmis 2-1 m. altis; foliis 0.5-1.2 cm. latis; spicis femineis 2-7 cm. longis; 398 Rhodora (DECEMBER. perigyniis valde rostratis, rostro 0.3-0.5 mm. longo.—Coast of Labra- dor to Massachusetts; shores of James Bay. TypE: meadows an swamps in the slaty region, south and east of Bic, Quebec, July 17, 1907, Fernald & Collins, no. 930 (in Gray Herb.). Carex maritima, var. erectiuscula Fern. Ruopora, ii. 170 (1900) seems to be a hybrid of C. paleacea, var. transatlantica and C. salina, var. kattegatensis. A plant of the shores of the White Sea in Russian Lapland seems well distinguished from typical C. paleacea by its browner and erect spikes. This is C. PALEACEA, var. brunnescens (F. Nylander), comb. nov. C. maritima, var. brunnescens F. Nylander, Spic. Fl. Fenn. ii. 20 (1844). Carex Vani Schkuhr, var. inferalpina (Wahlenb.), comb. nov. C. alpina, var. inferalpina Wahlenb., Fl. Lapp. 241 (1812); Fernald, RwHopora, xxxv. 223, t. 248, figs. 3, 4, 8 and 9 (1933). C. angarac Steud. Syn. Cyp. 190 (1855). C. alpina, forma inferalpina (Wahlenb.) Kiikenthal in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv.”° 386 (1909). C. Vanu, var. Stevenii (Holm.), comb. nov. C. alpina, vat. Steveniti Holm, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xvi. 21, 27 (1903); Fernald, l.¢., figs. 5 and 10 (1933). Unfortunately Carex alpina Swartz (1798), which I used in the earlier part of this paper, is invalidated, as Mr. Mackenzie points out to me, by the earlier C. alpina Schrank (1789) and another, C. alpina Honck. (1792). So far as I can yet determine, the earliest available specific name for our plant is C. Vahlii Schkuhr, Riedgr. i. 87, t- Gg. no. 94 (1801). HaBENARIA ORBICULATA (Pursh) Goldie. The reference to Habernaria orbiculata (Pursh) Torr. on P- 240 should read H. orbiculata (Pursh) Goldie. The species rests nomen- claturally entirely on Orchis orbiculata Pursh. In publishing H. macrophylla Goldie, Edinb. Phil. Journ. vi. 331 (1822), its author made the transfer of Orchis orbiculata to Habenaria, saying of his ner H. macrophylla “It must rank next to Habenaria orbiculata (Orchis of Pursh and Nuttall), having, like it, two plane, orbicular, approach- ing to elliptical, leaves, . . . . and which, in this plant, are four times as large as those of H. orbiculata.” Even though one may read into this comparison of the leaf-size the influence of Hooker’s mis- identification of Orchis orbiculata Pursh,! yet from a purely nomen- clatural standpoint H. orbiculata rests alone upon the P ursh species, which is the plant we have recently been correctly calling by that name: “In the herbarium at Kew there is a specimen of Habenari 1See Ames, Ruopora, viii. 2 (1906). 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 399 orbiculata which appears to be the type. On the reverse of the sheet on which it is mounted, in the upper left-hand corner, the name ‘ Fred Pursh’ is written. Presumably, this specimen was obtained by Hooker when the Lambert collection was sold, as Lambert possessed Pursh’s herbarium.” EuPHRasIA STRICTA Host (see p. 306). Professor Wiegand kindly calls my attention to the fact that E. stricta Host, Fl. Austr. ii. 185 (1831) in antedated by E. stricta HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 333 (1818). The removal of the latter species long since from Euphrasia, made E. stricta Host available and valid under the International Rules until they were fundamentally (and, I believe, unwisely) altered in 1930. Under the present dispensation our plant should probably be called E. rtarputa Jord. Pug. Pl. Nov. 134 (1852) EXPLANATION OF PLATES 232-273. ipeieg! oe yor Buliciones Bot yg in the legends. * ‘ um Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,743; ria. 5, DraBa rncaNna L., var. russ (Bhrh.) Poin. fee Heed Cape, Fernald et al., 20. 28, 350; all x 1. T FO : , Peas . 27, x Fr PLaTE 241. MUHLENBERGIA UNIFLO Ra (Muhl.) Fern., var. TERRAE-NOVAE & 7G. 1, habit, x 1, from Ceacty B Brook, Newfoundland, Fernald Fogg, no. 101; Fic. 2,'s He elet from no. 101, X 10. FESTUCA PROLIFERA (Piper) Fern., var. LAStoLEpis Fern.: Fic. 3, plant, X 1, from TYPE per’ tion, tanleyville, , Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fo Fogg, no. 1236; ria. 4, spikelet Tr, TE 242. CaTABROSA Aquatica (L.) Beauv.: oa Ay icle, X 1, from Lund, Sweden, Nilsson na eh c eae UATICA, var. LAURENTIANA Fern.: Fia. "3, panicle, X 1, from ‘eater: ary Edward 8 > Fernald & St. o. no. 6881; Fic. 4, summit of culm, X 6, from Port 2 & “a FIG, gh FI rep <_1, from Henry lake Fremont Co., Pho ict er Payson, no. > Fic. 8, summit pr pe culm, X 6, from no. 2017. va Pi . AGROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM (Link) Steud.: F1G. 1, inflorescence, 7 om Fort Garland, cornet, 1884, Vasey, TYPE collection of A. tenerum omy 2, inflorescence, X 1, from Mt. Ste. Anne, Pereé, Quebec, Collins "Ames, Orchidaceae, iv. 144 (1910). 400 Rhodora [DeceMBER &* Fernald, no. 36; ric. 3, internode of rachilla, x 10, from Riviére a Pierre, pe Ferna & Smith, no. 25,465. A. TRACHYCAULUM, var. MAJUS a : Fig. 4, mature (contracted) inflorescence, X 1, from Kearney, Nebr. Shear no. 272, TOPOTYPE of A. pseudorepens Seribn. & Smi ; Fic. 5 young Siiiarme x ¥ from Little Riv ver, Babbler ay an, Mackenzie LScom, (Seribn.) Fern.: Fic. 7, young iat x 1, from the ty region, Will- oughby Mt., Vermont, £. F. Williams; ria. 8, ripe (contracted) inflorescence, X< 1, from Newbury, Massachusetts, A. ation; FIG. 9, internodes of rachilla, <_10, from Willoughby, Vermont, Eggleston, no. 21 PuatTe 244. GROPYRON TRACHYCAULUM (Link) ‘Steud. , var. GLAUCUM (Pease & Moore) Malte: ria. 1, Samper pen x 1, from Kelly Point, Pem- broke, Maine, Fernald, no. 1367, TypE of the variety; FI G. 2, infloresbence, x1, fom m Comox, V ancouver Island, Britis h Columbia, Malte no. 107,855, TYPE cens FIG. 3, inflorescence, X 1, from Victoria, British Catatibin: Malte, no. 108, 309, TYPE of var. pilosiglume Malte; ria. 4, internode of rachilla and base of lemma, < 10, from typp. A. TRACHYCAULUM, Var. UNILATERALE (Cassidy) Malte: ric. 5, inflorescence, X 1, from Riviére au —— Anticosti I., Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,886; Fic. 6, inflores- 6, <1, fro m Dry Fork of Belt Creek, Montana, Rydberg, no. 3382; FIG. 7, internode of fees A and base of lemma, X 10, from Victorin & Rolland, no. ep em ase x 1, of, ric. 1, AGROPYRON ee (L.) Beauv., from Sandy Bay, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 385; FIG. 2, ete ravine forma pening cane (Schum ; Holmb., oa ae Matas e, "Seri 22; Fic. 3, A. REPENS, var. SUBULATUM hreb.) Reichenb., Dhaai "Shed rd, no. ed a . 4, vee: SUB VAILLANTIANUM (Wulf. & Schreb.) Fern., from Jamaica Plain, ‘Massachusetts Faxon; ¥iG. 5, oa PUNGENS (Pers.) R. & S., from Harwich, Massachusetts, . AGROSTIS yan Willd., var. SEPTENTRIONALIS Fern.: = Q portion of panicle, X 1, from Main River, Bonne Bay, Newfoun undland, & Long, no. 1306; FIG. 2, mature spikelets, < 6, out no. 1 i HYEMALIS (Walt.) BSP. (A. antecedens Bickn. FIG, 3 ung panicle, X +5 from Telford, Pennsylvani enner; FIG. 4, expanded panicle, 1, 13 , Long Island, New York, Bicknell; ric. 5, mature spikelets, X ® from Wady Petra, Illinois e in Kneucker, Gram. te @. 1, CAREX MARITIMA Gunn., var. SETINA sory tneurva Lightf., var. setina st), X 1, from Gargamelle Cove, ited sol land, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1373. Fria. 2, C. LANGEANA Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1374. Puate 248. Carex Vanim Schkuhr (C. alpina Sw.): ria. 1, inflorescence, x 3, from the Vneasiine, Graubiinden, Switzerland, Zahn, no. 17; ria. 6, pe ium of no. 17, X 6; FIG. 2, inflorescence, < 3, from "Anse aux carte ewfoundland, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,699; ria. 7, perigynium same, X - VAHLII, var. goin LPINA (Wahlenb.) Fern.: FIG. 3, inflo ce, X 3, from Austria, Arnell; um, of same, X 6; FIG 4, in- te x 3, from North Fork of of Madeleise Rive River, Quebee, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, n 0. 25,549 ,549; Fig. 9, perigynium of same, < 6. C. VAHLII, var on : . oO ; < : SI ARIA L Fig. 11, inflorescence, x 1, from Chevalier, qe free : FIG. a Be Pease, | no. 13,386; ria. 2, fruiting ee 6 es ton-Karagai, Prov. Semiplatinsk, western Siberia, July 29, 1928, Kru - Sergievskaja; Fic. 3, seeds, X 12, from Val de Fain, Haut Engadin, Switzer 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 401 land, August 10, 1868, Shutileworth. J. auBescens (Lange) Fern.: Fic. 4, habit, x 1, from St. John Isl and, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, F. Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,787; ria. 5, (Seeley glomerule, 6, from Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Newfoundland, F ong & Dunbar, no. 26,492; ria. 6, seeds, < 12, from Rock M arsh, i lesa ‘Cove, Newfound- land, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26, Pate 2 CYPRIPEDIUM PARVIFLORUM M Salisb., var. be peli fg eae) Fern.: Fig. 1, sasee plant, ay Pape Old Port au Choix, Newfoun & Fogg, no. 1533; FIG. Samal plant, X wi from TYPE pala pay Savage ‘Cove, Sabon rep Fernald & Lon ong, no. 27, 851 TE 251. HaBENARIA STRAMINEA Fern.: FIG. 1, habit, < 1, from Pointe Riche, N Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. i543: FIG. 2, Howers, x5, from Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, N pis Bea “ ise ‘Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 27,889. H. auprpa (L.) R. Br.; Fic. 3, flowers x &, from.G Glen Lochay, Killin, Tayside, Derthahire, Scotland, June 25, 1927, Ta PLATE 252. HABENARIA Hooxkert Torr., var. ABBREVIATA Fern.: habit, X 1, from TPE collection, —— Point, St. John Ba ay, Newfoundland, Fernald, ong & Fogg, no. 1553; flower, X 2 2, from TYPE da insert). H. Hooker: flower, < 2, from Walli heaton Vermon t, Kenned MaA.axis B a (Gray) oo Fig. 1, habit, X 1, from Rock Mars i ‘Flower Cove, Nestea land, Fernald, Peas ed Long, no. i ak e ; 4 Los (L.) Sw.: FIG. Ts, nebo, erect lip, x 4, from Kloster-Schwaderloch, Switzerland, Zoja in lanquet, Fl. Raet. — no. 123; Fria. 6, fruit, with shriveled perianth orwar ‘ rat Nene x 4, from Graswangthal, Bavaria, F’. Schultz, PLATE Saurx Wiecannr Fern., X 1: Fia. 1, hangers branchlet, from Pointe Riche, | Nowe, undland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1605; Fics. 2 and 3, Newaring ( (Pistillate) branchlets from ‘ee TYPE co foneeey Gargame lle Co ewfo d, F. , Long & Fogg, no. 1 P pane O55. ARIA MARCESCENS Fern.: FIG. 1, fragments, in flower, X 1, tom Mt. Albert, Queber, Fernald, Griscom, M ackenzie & Sm ith, no. 25. 725: re 2, fragment, in fruit, x 1, from the TYPE, Blomidon, Newioun ernald & Wi G < rom th E © ernald, "hice no. 1675; Fic. 4, wer, to show rage Fala do x 6, from Mt. Albert, Quebec, "Fernald, x 1, ERASTIUM TERRAE-NOVAE Fern. & Wieg.: Fa. 1, small plants, Fs from The Tableland, Bonne Bay, Newfoundland, , Long Fong, no 0. 1685; Fic. 2, seeds, showing one with ruptured testa, X 10, fear the ajo Plotniden Newfo os Fernald - Wiegand, no. 3390. x" LesquereLia arctica (W rmsk.) Wats.: ric. 1, small plant, p trom Bowel Harbor, lat. i 30’, ssrestern Gree — _ 5 — rie — xl Ber any ay ait tft, ° 15’, western Greenlind July’ 3; 1929, M. P. RT. Po ; Fig. 3, flower (shriveled), owing Jan ce-acuminate sepals, oe han tone = at ulbrud, lat, 70° 3, Greenland, “fi June 4, 1924, A. E.P orsild. L. Purs#it (Wats.) F 402 Rhodora [DECEMBER Fia. 4, small plant; xX 1, from Big i bea of Belle Isle, Newfoundland, Long & Gilbert, no. 28, 335: a. 5, fruit, < 1, from Green Gardens, Ca St. fot Seekeidind “ataboce © Grea no ; Fic. 6, flower, showing oblong, obtuse sepals, 4, from Gargamelle Cove, Newfo undland, ernald. F o. 1725. Prats 259. Eproprom Pynaranum Fern.: Frias. 1, 2 ee 3, deer Ww , oundlan no. 332; Fria. 4, flower, showing ob ong, obtuse ealyx-lobes, x ¥* from no. 332: howi der ei : , from eee Port aux Basques, PuaTe 262. ASTER Taisen vai. x: upper throe-fourtls of sheet from Sandy Cove, Digby Co., Nova ‘Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 22,762, identified ‘(corecti ta Phetaces! as A. saxatilis (Fern.) Blanchas a: PLATE COLUMNARIS hag < 1, from the TYPE Lng nice Giieuuhs ee e, Neon i fonttutland. Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2076; 2, to show tips of crowded cauline leaves. Old Narra Foca Fern., X 1, from Type collection, 9, st pen Ne ie sow Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2100; insert, * to display leaf-tips and coherent bracts Pics 3 aiekehi R1A Bayarpr Fern., X 1, from TYPE on O007; Tucker’s Head, Bonne Ray. Mewloendland. paid: "Long & Fogg, no- insert 2, to show leaf-tips and loose bracts ection 66. ANTENNARIA G uatinnacinn Fern., X 1, from TYPE ere ’ alt. 650 m., Killdevil, Bonne Bay , Newfoundland, F Fernald, Long & Fogg, ™ 2105; insert, < 2, to show leaf-tivg and broad ve t left Prate 267. ANTENNARIA CANA (Fern. & W rs Fern., x.1, plant 4 & from type station of species, Pointe Riche, New oundlan d, F oN eat Fogg, no. 2087 i lant at right from Type collection of A. Longit Fern., 99.177; (or (or Brandy), 1 sland, Pistolet Bay, Newfoundland, Pease & Long, n0- q rg tr rom collections shown below, to display leaf-tips an sevens tection PLaTE 268 Regge ARIA CONFuSA Fern. a x 1, from TYPE 78: i rt reg Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Foag, no. oe iilands, iw PLaTE Live: RNICA CHIONOPAPPA Fern.: Fic. 1, L plant, eed Pihensinct wing 3-nerved basal leaves, x 1, tom Eastern Point, es fo disk n r hag Fogg, no. 2137. A. tomentosa J. M. Macoun: ries. 3 and 4, small plat ee ; x 1, from Old Port au Choix, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, . 5, achene and disk-corolla, x 6, from no. 2127. 1, fro Te 270. Arnica LoviseaNna Farr: Fig. 1, small plant, X Pn zis Eastern. Point, St. John Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, » Long & Fogg, or dian Fiqg. 2, cohen and disk-corolla, x 6, from Pointe Ric ra Ne oil plan Fogg, n 9. 2143. Pages TERRAE-NOVAE Fern.: FIG. 3, Sma tao Fo99; pe from Soa weg ‘St. John Bay, Newfoundland, le Cove, New- no. 2124; ig. 4, achene and disk-corolla, X 6, from Gargamelle é foundla nd, Fernald, lon & Fogg, no. 2136. 1933] Fernald,—Recent Discoveries in the Newfoundland Flora 403 Puate 271. ——— CERATOPHORUM (Led.) DC.: Figs. 1 and 2, small plant and individua 1 head, to show characteristic involucre, < 1, from Gar- er 98 Cove, Newioahdls nd, Fernald, Long & & Fogg, no. 7172; Fria. 3, achene and pappus, x A, from no. 7172; ria. 4, achene, X 10, from no. 7172. T. aAMBIGE - Fern.: Fria. 5, small leaf, tae 1, from the rypr, Port au & waa. no. 2167; FIG. 6, head, with characteristic re- — —_ Ar X 1, from the Typg; Fia. 7, ‘achene wit and pappus, € TYPE; FIG. 8, eae , X 10, from the Typr. T. AMBIGENS, var. FULTIUS mg FIG 9, head, sho owing appressed outer involucre, x 1, from the TYPE, Gargamelle Cove, Newfoundlan d, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 2163 T. Lapponicum Kihlm.: rra. 10, characteristic ies sg < 10, from Sandy oie or Straits of Belle Isle, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, CUM PHYMATOCARPUM Vabhl.: ria. 1, plant, X 1, from G. r, lat. 78° 30’ G and, Ralph Robins , no 2, achene (dark) with characteristic short be k; s 1, from Netiuleme, Whal ) nland, Wether en 175, in part; Fic. 3, achene, X< 10, from no 17 LYRATUM a. 4, achene, x “40, from high alpine region, Colorado, Hall & Harbour Bi U a. 5, | 7 i NTIAN TYPE, base of Ha-Ha Mountain , Ha-Ha Bay, aaionadla Fe nd, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 29,245; Frias. 6 and 7, he ads, showing ro : n tT long Pepe, X 1, from the Typg; FI G. 9, achene, X 10, from the TYPE. uM Greene: Fic. 10, achene, Xx 10, from Medicine Hat, Alberta, Alby hppehat DUMETO June 8, 1804, J John PS ane ; cum Lonem Fern.: Fic. » leaf, X 1, from Grand had Gaspé Co., , Quebee, J June 30-July 3, 1904, Puhale hs FIG. 2, head, showing c racteristic involucre, < 1, from the TYPE, base of Ha-Ha Mo untain, ore Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald Wiegand, , Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. ~ a od ; ee ie SE rl oo. ~. leaf, < 1, "from the tyPE, Head of Nachvak Bay, Labrador, tivel . 443; FI . 7, head from Typx; Fria. 8, achene, with compara- pri = grec beak, aa ifs x 1, from TYPE; FIG. 9, os a x 10, from Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Vor. 68. No. 5.—Aprin, 1933. ISSUED APR 3- 1933 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. No. CII. 1. Studies in the Bromeliaceae-—IV. By Lyman B. SmiTH...... 145 2. The Bromeliaceae of Peace and Tobago. By W. E. Broap- WAY and L. B. Sarre 2 a 152 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY,—No. CII. 1. STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE.—IV. By Lyman B. Smira. Presented January 11, 1933. Received February 6, 1933. . THE following paper places on scientific record the novelties to be included in the publication of the Bromeliaceae of Trinidad and also such new or noteworthy species as have come to the writer’s attention in a general study of the family during the past year. The form used is that of previous papers in this series. In this paper and the succeeding one, the authors are indebted to the following institutions for the opportunity to study their material or photographs thereof: the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens of Trinidad and Tobago (Trin), the Gray Herbarium of Harvard Uni- versity (G), the New York Botanical Garden (NY), the United States National Museum (US), the Field Museum of Natural History (FM), the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (K), the Missouri Botanical Garden (Mo), the Riks Museum at Stockholm (S), the Biological Institute of Sao Paulo (SP), the Herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem (B), the British Museum of Natural History (BM), the Conservatory of Botany at Geneva (Gen), the National Museum of Rio de Janeiro, the National Museum of Natural History of Buenos Aires (BA), the private herbarium of Cornelio Osten, Montevideo, Uruguay, the Dudley Herbarium of Stanford University, and the Brooklyn Botanic Garden (Bk). Aechmea dichlamydea Bak. var. trinitensis, var. nov., spicis omnibus brevissime crasseque stipitatis. PI. I, fig. 3. q TRINIDAD: Epiphytic, Broad Walk, Trinidad Botanic Garden, Port of Aone ba , J. H. Hart in Herb. Trin. 4089 (Trin, TYPE, phot. G; NY); 1889, y 5627 (Trin); indefinite, 1867, Prestoe (K); Herb. Trin. 916 (Trin). Canistrum (Wittrockia) minutum (Mez), comb. nov. Nidu- deere minutum Mez in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xvi. 4 (1919). Pl. I, gs. 4-5 While at Alto da Serra, the type locality of Nidularium minutum, [ collected what I took from its habit to be a close relative of Nidu- larium Scheremetiewii. However, a dissection of the fresh flowers re- vealed that each petal bore two finely divided scales a short distance above the base, thus making it a Canistrum. Quite evidently it had 146 SMITH never been described under Canistrum, but its habit suggested that it might have been under Nidularium and its close correspondence to the description of N. minutum confirmed this surmise. Canistrum minutum is most nearly related to C. amazonicum, from which it differs in its nearly symmetric evenly pale green sepals and narrower leaves. BRAZIL: Sio Pauvto: Pye yee Biologica, Alto da Serra, alt. 800-900 m 1924, D. Lemos in hb. 8. P 480 (G, SP); 1929, L. & Smith, F. C. Hoehne & M. Kuhlmann 1829 (G); J. “King in hb. S. P. 24579 (G SP). Deuterocohnia Meziana O. Kuntze ex Mez emend. L. B. Smith, bracteis florigeris acutis vel obtusis: floribus distincte pedicellatis; sepalis suboblongis, late obtusis vel subtruncatis, asymmetricis. Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 465 (1896). D. paraguariensis Hassler in Ann. Conserv. & Jard. Bot. Genéve, xx. 298 (1919). D. divaricata Mez in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xvi. 9 (1919). PI. I, figs. 1-2. BRAZIL: Matro Grosso: Corumbé4, 1892, O. seg ‘pat PE Sig phot. G); same, rupicolous os calcareous rocks, 1911, Hoehne Rio). PARAGUAY: calcareous banks, Sierra de Ama hal Camo. Mr Margarita, northern Paraguay * 1908, Rojas 11098 (Gea, type of D. pa we G;B in, TYPE of D. divaricata); Colonia Risso, 1896, Aniets 219 10 3) Tapas P mi, 1893, Lindman A 2097 (8); Pits Fonciere, 1916, Rojas 2270 (H Owing to the fact that the type of Deuterocohnia Meziana consisted of young material, the sepals were erroneously described as acuminate, but a careful dissection shows them to be nothing of the sort. All the differences which are to b from the descriptions of D. Meziana and D. paraguariensis are nullified either by mistakes in the descrip- tion of the former of by a consideration of the difference of condition. The cit of D. Meziana is young material poorly preserved, et v nata, e spicis ad 15 composita, arene 3 dm. longa; brat primariis ovato-lanceolatis, amplis, membranaceis, mox disruptis, infimis quam spicae multo longioribus: spicis breviter crasseque nat tatis, crasse ovoideis, 4-5 em. longis, dense 12-15-floris; bractels florigeris imbricatis, late ellipticis vel ovatis, acutis, 25 mm. lo gio sepala bene superantibus, membranaceis, prominenti-venosis, ae glabris: floribus solum perjuvenilibus vel fructiferis cognitis, SU STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE.—IV. 147 sessilibus; sepalis liberis, anguste lanceolatis, acutis, 16 mm. longis, glabris, suleatis: capsula tenuiter ellipsoidea, sepala subaequanti. Pl. II, figs. 4-5. COSTA RICA: San José: forests, La Palma, alt. 1459 m., 1898, Tonduz 12533 (US, TyPE; phot. G); Carraco: Jocosal, south of Cartago, alt. 1500 m., 1920, Lankester K 39 (K). This plant is quickly distinguished from the great majority of species of Guzmania by its strongly plicate leaves, but resembles its near relative, G. calamifolia André, in this particular as well as in its very thin bracts. It differs from G. calamifolia in its elongate inflores- cence, broad primary bracts, and short stout spikes. Guzmania rosea, spec. nov., acaulis, 4-5 dm. alta: foliis rosulatis ad 6 dm. longis, supra glabris, subtus dense minuteque brunneo- lepidotis, exterioribus ad vaginas atro-brunneas reductis; laminis foliorum interiorum ligulatis, 25-30 mm. latis, late acutis, ex sicco concoloribus: scapo erecto, glabro; scapi bracteis dense imbricatis, late ellipticis, apice acuminatis, infimis omnino supremis solum apice lepidotis: inflorescentia simplicissima, laxa, 25 cm. longa: bracteis florigeris orbicularibus, sepala involventibus, apiculatis, roseis, ad apicem extremum lepidotis, infimis sepala subaequantibus, alteris quam sepala bene brevioribus: floribus patentibus, ad 5 mm. pedicel- latis; sepalis glabris, 38 mm. longis, ad 25 mm. connatis, late obtusis, paulo asymmetricis; petalis 50 mm. longis, alte conglutinatis, ex sicco aureis, obtusis; stylo gracili, petala subaequanti, stamina paulo superanti, ovario tenuiter pyramidato. PI. II, fig. 6. COLOMBIA: Et Vaux: on rocks, Poreto on the Rio Dagua, Lehmann K 362 (K); Cauca: Timbiqui, 1903, Lehmann K 355 (K, Typ; phot. G). The simple inflorescence and large high-connate sepals of this species place it near G. musaica (Linden) Mez, from which it is im- mediately distinguishable by its lax elongate inflorescence and con- colorous leaf-blades. Tillandsia (§ Allardtia) Archeri, spec. nov., epiphyta, acaulis, 27 cm. alta: foliis rosulatis, 2 dm. longis, utrinque dense adpresseque lepidotis; vaginis magnis, castaneis, late ovatis; laminis anguste tri- angularibus, acuminatis, basi 15 mm. latis, subtus cinereis: scapo erecto, gracili, quam folia paulo breviori; scapi bracteis foliaceis, internodia multo superantibus: inflorescentia ovoidea, subdense bipin- hata, 7 em. longa, fulgide rubra; bracteis primariis late ovatis, lepido- Us, infimis longe caudatis, quam spicae axillares bene longioribus: Spicis lanceolatis, subsessilibus, 5—6-floris, 25-30 mm. longis; bracteis 148 SMITH florigeris laxe imbricatis, rhachin vix obtegentibus, oblongo-ovatis, 12-15 mm. longis, quam sepala distincte longioribus, carinatis, apice incurvis, mox glabris, membranaceis, valde nervatis: floribus sub- sessilibus; sepalis oblongis, obtusis, 12 mm. longis, sparse lepidotis vel glabris, nervatis, posticis alte connatis; petalis oblongis, late obtusis, ca. 14 mm. longis; staminibus styloque inclusis. PI. I, figs. 14-15. COLOMBIA: Anrrioqura: Santa Elena, 1930, W. A. Archer 1204 (US, TYPE; phot. G). In the key in Mez’s monograph this plant runs down to 7’. compacta from which it differs in its acuminate leaf-blades. In habit it more closely resembles 7. myriantha, but differs in its highly connate posterior sepals. .The spikes are suggestive of those of 7’. rubella and T. oroyensis. Tillandsia flexuosa Sw. Authors have disagreed on the applica- tion of this name, but it seems best to use it in the sense of including the later 7’. aloifolia Hook. as asynonym. In the process of identifying and publishing on his West Indian collections, Swartz considered certain of his specimens to be identical with the plant figured by Jacquin in his Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum Historia t. 63, and doubtfully referred to 7. tenuifolia L. Swartz recognized that Jacquin’s plant was misdetermined and made the new name — flexuosa for it. Unfortunately Swartz appears to have misapplied the name in identifying his own specimens, and this error has been used by some authors to give a different interpretation to the species and to reduce it to synonymy under 7’, utriculata. Such action would be justifiable had 7. flexuosa been published as a new species, but it was obviously published as a new name and should take its significance from 1’. tenuifolia Jacq. which is generally admitted to be the same T. aloifolia Hook. Tillandsia (§ Anoplophytum) latisepala, spec. nov., caulescens; omnino argenteo-lepidotis: foliis dense quaquaverse dispositis, dense subpruinoseque lepidotis; vaginis inconspicuis; laminis patentibus, anguste triangularibus, 20-25 cm. longis, ad 17 mm. latis, ad apicem involutis: scapo gracili, erecto, leviter curvato, 15 cm. longo; scap! vaginis imbricatis, seapum omnino obtegentibus, ellipticis, longe et datis: inflorescentia simplicissima, quaquaverse florigera, subdense ovoidea, 6 cm. longa: bracteis florigeris submembranaceis, latissime ovatis, sepala superantibus, infimis caudatis, 3 cm. longis, - superantibus: floribus 22 mm. longis, subsessilibus; sepalis nai -crasse coriaceis, 11 mm. longis, 9 mm. latis, apiculatis, dense pruinose- STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE.—IV. 149 que albido-lepidotis; petalis ex sicco albis, angustis, obtusis; filamentis prope apicem transverse plicatis; stylo elongato, e corollae fauce emergenti, stamina paulo superanti. PI. I, figs. 6-7. PERU: Cuzco: Valle de Santa Ana, Huadquina, alt. 1500 m., 1931, F. L. Herrera 3313 (US, typx; phot. G). This species is easily distinguished from its near relatives by its very broad thick-coriaceous sepals. Tillandsia xiphioides Ker-Gawl. The following specimen con- stitutes the first Bolivian record for the species: BOLIVIA: Porost: prov. Nor-Chichas, on rocks near San Antonio, 1931, M. Cardenas 93 (G). Vriesia Alfarovii Mez. The discovery of additional material of this species necessitates a slight emendation of the original description and a large extension of range as follows: Inflorescentia laxe paniculata; bracteis primariis eis scapi similibus, quam spicae axillares multo brevioribus; spicis lateralibus suberectis, ad 24 cm. longis, breviter stipitatis, basi a prophyllis 2 auctis, spica terminali basi a prophyllis multis seapi bracteis exacte similibus aucta. COLOMBIA: Et Vauue: epiphytic, coastal thickets, Buenaventura, alt. 0-10 m., 1922, Killip 11736 (). The Killip specimen is a very good match for the type material (Tonduz 9883, from Costa Rica) in the Gray Herbarium, but shows a larger proportion of the inflorescence. Had merely the terminal spike of the Killip specimen been collected, it would have appeared to be a simple inflorescence with a section of the scape, on account of its long sterile base. This, evidently, is just what happened in the case of the type material. Vriesia Broadwayi, spec. nov., epiphyta, semimetralis: foliis 3 dm. longis; vaginis ellipticis, utrinque dense minuteque ferrugineo- lepidotis; laminis anguste lanceolatis, acuminatis, 2 cm. latis, supra glabris, subtus dissite lepidotis: scapo erecto, gracili; scapi bracteis ense imbricatis, dissite lepidotis, inferioribus foliaceis, superioribus late ellipticis, apiculatis, pallido-brunneis: inflorescentia simplici, racemosa, optime secunda, 7-9 em. longa, laxe 5—7-flora, minutissime lerrugineo-lepidota; rhachi flexuosa; bracteis florigeris late ovatis, late acutis, brunneis, ad 22 mm. longis, quam sepala distincte breviori- bus, cum floribus secunde versis: floribus crasse stipitatis; sepalis late ellipticis, rotundatis, 18 mm. longis, subcoriaceis, levissime hervatis, margine pallido excepto atro-brunneis; petalis ignotis: cap- sula subeylindrica, 35 mm. longa. PI. I, figs. 9-10. 150 SMITH TRINIDAD: Heights of Aripo, 1922, W. E. Broadway 9916 (Trin, TYPE; phot. G; K; NY), Mt. Tucuche, 1920, N. L. Britton, Hazen & Mendelson 1258 in part (G), 1929, Broadway 7096 (K). This species seems to be more nearly related to V. oligantha (Bak.) Mez than to any other known species. It differs in its finely ferrugin- ous-lepidote narrower leaves and smaller sepals. Vriesia Hoehneana, spec. nov., perconspicua, plerumque bi- metralis vel ultra: foliis rosulatis, ad 5 dm. longis, dorso minutissime brunneo-lepidotis; vaginis magnis, late ellipticis, atro-castaneis; lam- inis ad 8 em. latis, pallide viridibus, late acutis, apiculatis, venulis sin- uosis transversalibus dense ornatis: scapo perelongato, basi ad 14 mm. diametro; seapi bracteis infimis foliaceis, quam internodia multo longioribus, supremis late lanceolatis, internodia subaequantibus: inflorescentia laxissime pauciramosa vel simplici; bracteis primariis eis scapi similibus, quam bases steriles spicarum multo brevioribus; spicis ad 28 em. longis, 8-16-floris, in inflorescentia composita spicis lateralibus divergentibus, graciliter stipitatis, basi unibracteolatis vel nudis, spica terminali basi a bracteis multis scapi bracteis exacte similibus aucta; bracteis florigeris cum floribus secunde versis, ad 32 min. longis, internodia subduplo aequantibus, suborbicularibus, latis- sime acutis vel apiculatis, ad apicem versus obtuse carinatis paulo incurvatisque, flavis, sublaevibus, minutissime obscureque brunneo- lepidotis: floribus bene secundis, ad 10 mm. stipitatis; sepalis ad 34 mm. longis, anguste ellipticis, utrinque sed praesertim intus minute brunneo-lepidotis; petalis citrinis, ad 5 em. longis, basi ligulis binis magnis auctis; staminibus inclusis, filamentis ad apicem valde in- crassatis. PI. I, figs. 11-13. BRAZIL: Sio Pavto: in campo, Alto da Serra, Estrada do Vergueiro, 1920, F. C. Hoehne 4724 (G, SP); Campo Grande, 1924, F. C, Hoehne 9478 (G, SE); in campo, Estac&o Biologica, Alto da Serra, alt. 800-900 m., 1929, L. B. Smut 1945 (G, Type). This species is a native of the open rolling campo, and when see? in the field is unmistakable on account of its extremely elongate scape and few-branched or simple inflorescence. The spikes an flowers closely resemble those of V. hicroglyphica and V. tessellata, but these both have many-branched inflorescences with the sterile base of the terminal spike no more elongate than in the lateral ones. In the long scape-like base of the terminal spike V. Hoehneana rese™ bles V. Alfarovii, but differs from that species in its much narrower sepals. The character of having the sepals strongly lepidote inside 1s @ rather frequent one in the section Xiphion but has not been particl STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE.—IV. 151 larly noted. The fine irregular cross-veining of the leaves is the same type as found in V. platynema and figured by Gaudichaud (Atl. Bonite, t. 66 (1846)). n Mez’s monograph this species runs down to V. T'weedieana, but as shown further on in the present paper the name is quite evidently misapplied. Since no other name appears applicable to the specimens which Mez used in making his description of V. Tweedicana, and since their description is the only one which does not show distinct differ- ences from the above-cited specimens, it becomes necessary to erect a new species based on the recent material from Sao Paulo but quite probably including some of the specimens placed under V. T’weedieana by Mez. Hoehne has figured a small specimen of the species under the name ot V. tessellata on page 97 of the Album da Seccao de Botanica do Museu Paulista. Vriesia Rodigasiana Morr. in Ill. Hort. xxix. 171, t. 467 (1882). Tillandsia Tweedieana Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 138 (1888); Brom. Gs ge Vriesia Tweedicana Mez in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 561 94). Tillandsia Tweedieana was founded on Tweedie 1842 and Glaziou 16467. The Tweedie specimen is conspecific with Vriesia Rodigasiana, while the Glaziou specimen later became the type of Vriesia fribur- gensis Mez. In his choice of name Baker evidently considers the Tweedie specimen as the type, and Mez further strengthens this position by removing the only other number of the original citation. Thus it seems best to avoid confusion and let Vriesia T'weedieana lapse into synonymy rather than to use it as antedating V. friburgensis. _Mez treated V. Tweedicana as a valid species under the section Xiphion, disregarding the fact that the type shows the stamens longer than the petals and that Baker so described them. The reason for this confusion is not yet solved, but it may lie with the Sello specimens, which Baker added to this species in his Handbook of Bromeliaceae and which Mez retained. Certainly there is much in Mez’s description which does not fit the type, and which leads one to believe that he Wrote from other specimens which he thought conspecific. Vriesia tucumanensis Mez. ‘This species should include V. caldasiana Mez as a synonym. When the two species were originally described by Mez in De Candolle’s Monographiae, they were sup- posedly distinguished by V. t is having the stamens exserted, and by V. caldasiana having them included. In all other respects they “appear very similar. Examination of type material of V. ¢ Lana 152 BROADWAY AND SMITH (Mosén 4436) from the Riks Museum at Stockholm shows that the stamens, contrary to the description, are exserted quite definitely at anthesis. Mez evidently saw immature material only. Any objections to the equality of the two species on the ground of the wide geographic separation of their type localities are answered by the number of intermediate stations which have recently come to light. Jousu , Jorgensen 2803 (G); Tucuman: Sierra de Tucuman, 1882, F. Schultz ( E; phot. G); Yerba Buena, Naranjal, Dept. Tafi, 1918, Schreiter 738, 27/2331 hb. BA (G, BA, Hb. C. Osten). In establishing the name of this species, V. tuewmanensis has been selected rather than V. caldasiana, because it appears earlier 10 the same work and still more because it was the one to be described correctly as regards the stamens. 2. THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO. By W. E. Broapway anp L. B. SMITH. In THE following treatment the authors feel that they have employed a very satisfactory means of combining and correlating the field an herbarium studies of tropical plants. One contributes a knowledge of local conditions, geography, climate and history, and the characters of the plants which are lost in herbarium specimens. The other sup- plies the information gained from the study of the wide range of specimens and literature to be found only in the larger herbaria, thus correlating local and general information. By keeping in close touc they are able to answer questions in a short time that would require years for either one alone. ; The senior author’s interest in the Bromeliaceae dates from his experiences as a student-gardener at Kew when he had charge of ve living material to which the late J. G. Baker was constantly referriné in the preparation of his “Handbook of the Bromeliaceae.” hee then in coming to the West Indies and most particularly to Trinida he has continued to collect and study the family, discovering 4 nU™ 8. V. procera. li Petals flaccid, pen em hey 3 : or as. ees Sug Bacon . 1. V. stenostachya (Bak.) Mez. Leaves 7 dm. long, 6-8 cm. wide, linear: inflorescence compound; spikes 5 dm. long, bearing gent sterile bracts at base; floral bracts 55 mm. long, rose: flowers W! pedicels 2-4 mm. long; sepals narrowly elliptic, obtuse, 26 mm. long: petals yellow (?).—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 564 (1896). Tillandsia stenostachya Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 109 (1888). TRINIDAD: by Maracas Falls, 1845 er (K, type); 1925, B Broadway 5560 seh ag phot. G ee et cliff at HONS 9 Mt. Tucuche, 1 1920, Broad- Hazen & Mendeison 1317 (NY, phot. G); Freeman 9068 (Trin); 1924, wo 06 nie part (NY). 1 For key to use in identifying i fect material see p. 159. v7 So + THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 171 2. V. longibracteata (Bak.) Mez. Stemless, 1 m. high or less: leaves 4 em. or more broad, linear, abruptly acute, concolorous in all Trinidad material: scape erect, its bracts broadly ovate, acute or apiculate, densely imbricate: inflorescence simple, narrowly lanceolate, densely many-flowered ; floral bracts up to 7 cm. long, lanceolate, acute, red at anthesis, later turning green, more or less incurved: flowers yellow, rarely known to emerge from the bracts in the Trinidad specimens (Broadway!), pedicels 7 mm. long; sepals narrowly elliptic, 25 mm. long.—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 568 (1896), as longebracte- ata. Tillandsia longibracteata Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 81 (1888). ID N. L. B & Mendels * Fei ; 13 (Trin, G, NY); 9918 fin, NY) He ee es OPM, Mo); 1928, roadway (K); Mora forest, 1927, Broadway (Mo); Morne Bleu, 1922, ; ea 10569 (Trin); Valencia road, 1931, Broadway 7584 (G); indefinite, er 830, 831 (Baker!); Crueger (Mez!); Herb. T ) OBAGO: n Hall, 1913, Broadway (US). [Venezuela, British Guiana. | Epiphytic and terrestrial. 3. V. simplex (Vell.) Beer. Leaves rosulate, up to 5 dm. long; sheaths broadly elliptic, often with a strong purple tinge, minutely Punctulate-lepidote; blades ligulate, up to 35 mm. broad, rounded- Piculate or abruptly acute: scape slender, strongly decurved, its racts elliptic, varying from distinctly shorter than the internodes to slightly imbricate. inflorescence simple, pendulous, very lax, much exceeding the leaves if extended; rhachis slender, flexuous; floral bracts broadly ovate, 3-5 em. long, red with yellow apex, much ex- ceeded by the sepals: flowers remote, spreading, 4-8 cm. long, long- celled; sepals oblong, yellow, 30-35 mm. long; petals yellow with Teen tips; stamens exserted.—Beer, Brom. 97 (1857). T: illandsia "plex Vell. Fl. Flum. 133 (1825), cones, ifi. t. 130 (1827). Vriesia *calaris Morr. in Belg. Hort. xxix. 301 (1879) TRINID : y in). Broa, Venenucla, Colombia ee 1742 HO) Epiphytic, 4. V. chrysostachys Morr. Stemless, about 5 dm. high: leaves Tosulate, ligulate, acuminate, concolorous, 40-48 mm. wide: scape “rect, its bracts densely imbricate: inflorescence simple or of 2-3 ‘rect spikes; spikes very narrow, 30 cm. long, 2 cm. broad; floral bracts 35 mm. long, distichous, yellow, coriaceous, exceeding the flowers, densely imbricate, slightly if at all incurved: flowers yellow, 172 BROADWAY AND SMITH 25 mm. long, subsessile; sepals ovate-lanceolate, acute, 15 mm. long, apex cucullate-incurved; petals 24 mm. long, their scales entire, acute. —Morr. in Belg. Hort. xxxi. 87 (1881). Tillandsia chrysostachys Bak. in Bot. Mag. exii. t. 6906 (1886). Tillandsia trinitensis Bak. Brom. 211 (1889). TRINIDAD: Fendler 820 (Mez!). [Peru.] 5. V. macrostachya (Bello) Mez. One meter or more high: leaves 1 m. long; sheath large, dark brown; blade ligulate, 8 em. broad, rounded-apiculate, concolorous: scape very stout, erect, its bracts ovate-elliptic, acute, densely imbricate: inflorescence simple, 5-7 dm. long, many-flowered; rhachis over 1 cm. thick at base; floral bracts broadly ovate, 6 cm. long, about equaling the sepals, ecarinate, coriaceous: flowers spreading with stout pedicels 13 mm. long; sepals ovate, obtuse, 42 mm. long, 17 mm. wide: coma whitish.—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 601 (1896). Caraguata macrostachya Bello Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. xii. 122 (1883). TRINIDAD: Las Lapas, off the Blanchisseuse road, 1927, Broadway 7361 [Cuba, Porto Rico, Venezuela.] Epiphytie. 6. V. Broadwayi L. B. Smith (see p. 149). Five dm. high: leaves 3 dm. long; sheath elliptic, densely and minutely ferruginous-lepidote throughout; blade narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, 2 cm. wid glabrous above, scantly lepidote below: scape erect, slender; scape- bracts densely imbricate, sparsely lepidote, the lower foliaceous, the e, ferruginous-lepidote; rhachis flexuous; floral bracts broadly pil abruptly acute, brown, up to 22 mm. long, distinctly shorter than ‘ sepals, secund with the flowers: flowers with stout pedicels; a broadly elliptic, obtuse, 18 mm. long, subcoriaceous, faintly ashe dark brown except for the pale margin; petals not known: capswe subcylindric, 35 mm. long. PI. I, figs. 9-10. : : Hei i : p; phot. ; x RETA hn oe, Bonny 04 i a (G); 1929, Broadway 7096 (K). ’ [Endemic.] 7. V. albiflora Ule. Over 1 m. high: leaves 6 dm. long; blade ligulate, 7 em. wide, flat, rounded-apiculate, subglabrous: scaPe erect, THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 173 stout, its bracts elliptic, acute, imbricate: inflorescence laxly bipinnate; primary bracts lanceolate, much shorter than the spikes: spikes sub- erect, linear, 25 em. long, 2-3 em. broad, compressed, prophyllate; floral bracts lanceolate, 25 mm. long, equaling the sepals, keeled, glabrous, even, imbricate: flowers erect; sepals narrowly elliptic, acute, coriaceous; petals ligulate, bearing 2 scales 10 mm. from the base, white; stamens and style included: capsule short, equaling the sepals—Ule in Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. xlviii. 141 (1907). Tillandsia rhododactyla Mez, Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xvi. 76 (1919). TRINIDAD: near Tamana, 1868, Herb. Trin. 2008 in part (Trin); Tamana forest, 1915, Broadway 7806 (Trin, NY). (Guiana, Brazil, Peru.] Epiphytic. 8. V. procera (Mart.) Wittm. Fully 1 m. or more high: leaves 4 dm. long, sublinear, 6 em. wide above the large ovate sheath, rounded- apiculate, glabrate, green: scape-bracts leaf-like, mostly exceeding the internodes: inflorescence laxly paniculate, its branches flexuous, slender; floral bracts 28 mm. long, shorter than the sepals, elliptic, acute, ecarinate, enfolding the base of the flower: flowers spreading, j- mote, 35 mm. long; sepals oblong, rounded; petals yellow, scales 29, 21 (1891), as Vriesea. Tillandsia procera Mart. in R. & S. Syst. 7 1224 (1830). Vriesia gracilis Gaud. Voy. Bonite Atl. t. 67 (1846). ndsia viscidula Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xlviii. 328 (1922). TRI : : .L. Britton, Hazen & Chale ‘Cnet tiene WoL. Britton. “6 tircadtoos BESO (NY, en Sy Tt hay Uae St Maddhng So Foren, 102 way 6185 (8, K); near dp ras S Cane ade Cie, eL. Bonioay [Buea indefinite, Broadway (Mo); 2774 (Mez!). and Dutch Guiana, Brazil. Epiphytie. - V. paniculata (L.) Mez. Stemless, 1 m. high or less: leaves Tosulate, linear-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, up to 60 cm. long, 4-6 - Wide: scape erect, its bracts leaf-like, densely imbricate: inflores- cence usually compound and few-branched; spikes laxly few-flowered, ‘rect; oral bracts ovate-acuminate, exceeding the sepals, ecarinate, Straight, partially enfolding the flowers, not at all imbricate, sub- membranaceous : flowers 6-9 cm. long, with stout pedicels 6 mm. long; Sepals 35 mm. long, elliptic, acuminate, subpungent; petals long, yiccid, pendent, white—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 614 (1896), as Vriesea panniculata. Renealmia paniculata L. Sp. Pl. 286 (1753). 174 BROADWAY AND SMITH TRINIDAD: indefinite, eo iad 3235 (Mez!). bia. [Antilles, Panama, Colombi 5. GUZMANIA R. & P. Leaves densely rosulate, entire, sheaths conspicuous. Inflorescence various, spikes always polystichous. Flowers perfect. Sepals usually somewhat connate. Petals connate or closely conglutinated, naked, yellow or white. Stamens usually included, filaments more or /¢ss fused to the petals. Ovary wholly superior, pyramidal, ellipsoid or ovoid, glabrous. Ovules many,densely glomerate. Capsule septicidal. Seeds with a long straight usually brownish coma.—Fl. Peruv. 1. 37, t. 261 (1802). About 80 species. Chiefly Andean with outlying species in Central America, the Antilles, Venezuela, Guiana and the Amazon Basin. Key To Sprciss. 1. Inflorescence simple. F 2. Inflorescence short, corymbi 1. G. lingulata. iG Li See Ro Neer notching ars ea 2. Inflorescence cylindric, bracts membranous......... 2. G tachia. 1. Inflorescence compound Fe 8 Oe Cie ee Wwe ere a ee eee eo Oe ee 1. G. lingulata (L.) Mez. Stemless, 3 dm. high: leaves 3-4 dm. long, obscurely punctulate-lepidote, blade lingulate, acute, Sane wide: scape stout, erect, often short, its bracts leaf-like, densely 1m- bricate: inflorescence short, corymbiform, 7 cm. broad; outer bra lanceolate, forming an involucre which wholly conceals the flowers, red-tinged; floral bracts shorter than the flowers, linear, cucullate: flowers erect, short-pedicelled, 45 mm. long, sepals free, 17 mm. lon, i narrowly linear, rounded, glabrous; petals linear, cucullate, white; ovary ellipsoid: capsule subellipsoid, 3 em. long, short-beaked; — reddish brown.—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 899 (1896). Tillandsta lingulata L. Sp. Pl. 286 (1753). Caraguata lingulata Lindl. 10 Bot. Reg. xiii. sub. t. 1068 (1827). G ee ; . G. 9089 (Ss x ERA ants natn 2 le TOBAGO: indefinite, 1918, Williams (Trin): Baws "5399, 5a61b (Mes!) Epiphytic. 2. G. monostachia (L.) Rusby. Stemless, 2-4 dm. high: eat rosulate, obscurely punctulate-lepidote, soon glabrous; sheat ‘ broadly ovate, brownish; blades linear, 20 mm. wide, acute, yellow!” green: scape erect, its bracts ovate, acute, imbricate, pale green: er e single el = ee es cylindric, g-15 cm- ~ £ ov és THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 175 long, sterile toward apex; floral bracts imbricate, ovate, acute, mem- branous, the fertile ones pale green with conspicuous brown longitu- dinal stripes, about equaling the flowers, the sterile ones bright red: flowers erect, white, 23-29 mm. long; sepals joined equally for about 1/4 their length, 18 mm. long, obovate, broadly rounded, even, coriaceous; petals fused for most of their length, lobes elliptic, broadly rounded; stamens included, filaments connate with the petals for most of their length: capsule cylindric, 2-3 cm. long.—Rusby ex Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 905 (1896), as G. monostachya. Tillandsia monostachia L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 410 (1762). Guzmania tricolor R. & P. Fi. Peruy. iii. 38, t. 261 (1802). lls (Trin); St. ’ 2 ropuche River, 1931, Browne 71585 (Cs hedsbinite. = eros "S004 (Trin); Fendler 821, 929; Ryan; Broadway 2676, 2729, 3233 (Mez!). TOBAGO: Mason Hall, 5986; Moye eee (Trin, G, NY); 4688 (G); indefinite, Eggers 5708, [Antilles, Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru.] Epiphytic. 3. G. megastachya (Bak.) Mez. Stemless, 7 dm. or more high: leaves 5 dm. long, obscurely punctulate-lepidote, linear, 4 cm. wide, acute: scape erect, stout, its bracts elliptic-lanceolate, acute, densely imbricate: inflorescence many-flowered, elongate, subcylindric, about 2 dm. long; branches much abbreviated; primary bracts broadly ovate, acute, 55-80 mm. long, exceeding the axillary spikes: spikes subsessile, Polystichous-flowered: floral bracts subtriangular, 40 mm. long, equaling or exceeding the sepals, strongly carinate, submembrana- ®eous: flowers 62 mm. long, subsessile; sepals free, linear, acute, Strongly nerved; petals conglutinated into a narrow tube for most of their length, lobes narrowly elliptic, ded; st included: cap sule 37 mm. long, subclavate.—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 928 (1896). Millandsia foliosa Griseb. Fl. W. Ind. 597 (1864), not Mart. & Gal. (1843), 7 megastachya Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 46 (1888). 7. magna Bak. Brom. 210 (1889) ne ee acaesnite, Eggers 6936 (Mez!). . 6. CATOPSIS Griseb. Stemless herbs. Leaves densely utriculate-rosulate, entire, minutely ‘Ppressed-lepidote, green, sheath large, ovate. Scape conspicuous. 176 - BROADWAY AND SMITH Inflorescence usually bipinnate, rarely simple or tripinnate, exceeding the leaves, its branches polystichous-flowering. Flowers small or minute, sessile, perfect in the Trinidad species. Sepals free, usually obtuse, strongly asymmetric, glabrous. Petals free, naked. Stamens included, anthers ovate or elliptic. Ovary superior, broadly ovoid or ellipsoid in the perfect or fertile flowers, style shorter than the ovary or absent. Ovules few-many, long-caudate. Capsule septicidal. Seeds with coma folded over, their bases projecting from the capsule.— Griseb. in Goett. Nachr. 1864. 21 (1865). About twenty species. Chiefly in Central America and the Antilles, with outlying species in Florida, northern South America, the Andes, and southern Brazil. Key To SPEcIEs. 1. Leaves acute or acuminate: inflorescence definitely paniculate. 2. Scape-bracts and primary bracts ovate-acute: sepals 12 mm. ong Cy Berteromana. 2. Scape-bracts and primary bracts narrowly lanceolate, acumi- nate: ore Oi: IONE: . os kis ss 2. C. nutans. 1. Leaves rounded-mucronate: inflorescence simple or of only spikes . 8 Oy ee Me ee Bee! We SO bw ee ec 8 ola cee, 8 ee Oe ee et OO 6is ap SER eee 8 ee Oe ee ee eee) OF let hele eee . 1. C. Berteroniana (Schult. f.) Mez. About 8 dm. high: leaves 3 dm. long, blade 5 em. broad, subtriangular, acuminate: scape erect, its bracts lance-ovate below, broadly ovate above, equaling or ceeding the internodes: inflorescence laxly bipinnate, 30 cm. long, 12 em. wide; spikes long-stipitate, 6-30-flowered; primary bracts ovate- apiculate, much shorter than the sterile base of the spikes; floral bracts suborbicular, 8 mm. long: flowers perfect, suberect; sepals ie mm. long, exceeding the petals, strongly asymmetric, even, Y ellowish; petals white, ovate-elliptic; style 1/3 as long as the ovary, ovary broadly ellipsoid: coma pale brown.—Mez in DC. Mon. —— 621 (1896). Tillandsia Berteroniana Schult. f. in R. & S. Syst. 1221 (1830). Catopsis Mosenii Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 622 (189): TRINIDAD: Aripo Savanna, 1920, N. L. Britton, Broadway & Hazen gi (NY); indefinite, Fendler 819, Broadway 2773, 3238 (Mez!). [Florida, British Honduras, the Antilles, British Guiana, Brazil.] 2. C. nutans (Sw.) Griseb. Stemless, 5 dm. high or less: leaves rosulate; sheaths broadly ovate; blades subtriangular, acuminate: scape slender, erect; scape-bracts narrowly lanceolate, acuminate: inflorescence laxly bi- or tripinnate; primary bracts like the gerd bracts, much shorter than the axillary spikes: spikes suberect, laxly flowered, long-stipitate; floral bracts broadly ovate, much shorter THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 177 than the sepals: flowers perfect, suberect; sepals broadly elliptic, 5-6 mm. long, strongly asymmetric, glabrous, nerved; petals elliptic, obtuse, white, slightly exceeding the sepals; ovary broadly ovoid.— Griseb. Fl. W. Ind. 599 (1864), not as used by Bak. Tillandsva nutans Sw. Prodr. 56 (1788). TRINIDAD: woods of Morne L’Enfer, La Brea, Crueger 2008 Sl Arima, 1901, Dannouse (Trin); Caparo, 1908, Broadway 2675 (FM); Tabaquite, near El Paraiso, 1917, Broadway 8949 (Trin); near Tabaquite, 1918, B Aigo rin, G, NY); 1919, Broadway (NY); Maracas road to waterfall, 1924, Broadway 5864 (FM, Mo); woods of Cumuto, 1-2 miles from svaie south, Epiphytic. 3. C. sessiliflora (R. & P.) Mez. From 2 to 4 dm. high: leaves tubular-rosulate, 15 cm. long, blade sublinear, 22 mm. wide, rounded- apiculate: scape erect, its bracts remote: inflorescence simple or of only a few spikes, rhachis straight; floral bracts shorter than the sepals: flowers perfect, suberect, 10 mm. long; sepals suborbicular, 15 mm. long; petals ovate-lanceolate, slightly exceeding the sepals, white; style short but distinct; ovary large, ovoid.—Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 625 (1896). Tillandsia sessiliflora R. & P. Fl. Peruv. m. 42, t. 271, fig. b (1802). T. nitida Hook. Exot. Fl. iii. t. 218 (1827). Catopsis nitida Griseb. Fl. W. Ind. 599 (1864). C. nutans as used by Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxv. 176 (1887), not Griseb. TRINIDAD: : 2 NY); Heights POD aeoruas, 18aI, . L. Beton & Pret wet jehnite, ggers 6709, Broadway 4013, 4354, 4444, 4831 (Mez [Mexico and the Antilles to Peru and eastern Brazil.] Epiphytic. 7. BROMELIA [Plum.| L. Coarse herbs, spreading by subterranean stolons. Leaves usually rosulate, with large curved spines along the margin. Inflorescence most species. Sepals free or somewhat united, obtuse or acute, ‘ately mucronulate. Petals dorsally united by the filaments, but their margins free, eligulate, fleshy in most species. Stamens in- cluded, often much conjoined by their filaments. Anthers narrow, acute. Ovary passing gradually into the thick pedicel, epigynous tube ©onspicuous to nearly lacking. Berry succulent, relatively large. few to many, flattened, naked.—Sp. Pl. 285 (1758). Thirty-four species. Mexico and the Antilles to Argentina. 178 BROADWAY AND SMITH Key To SPEcizs. 1. Inflorescence a densely capitate panicle, sessile, sunk in the leaf- ee a Sew aR GN sha 2 hes ER AA Subgenus Karatas. 2. Floral bracts shorter than the sepals: scales on the inflorescence inous, coarsely lacerate........-..-.-+++- 1. B. Karatas. ferru 2. Floral bracts longer than the sepals: scales on the inflorescence oa white, divided so finely as to appear hair-like. . . . . 2. B. humilis. 1. Inflorescence an elongate rather open panicle, definitely stipitate. : Subgenus Eubromelia. 3. B. chrysantha. 1. B. Karatas L. Pincurn. Leaves densely rosulate, very nar rowly triangular: inflorescence densely capitate, subconical, deeply immersed in the center of the leaf-rosette, densely ferruginous- TRINIDAD: St. Ann’s, 1923, Broadway 5118, 1922, Broadway 5396 (FM). [Mexico and the Antilles to Colombia and British Guiana.] In hard lands under trees. Fruits edible. ‘ 2. B. humilis Jacq. Plants relatively small, less than 1 m™. ™ diameter, propagating by leafy stolons: leaves densely rosulate, the outer recurving, the inner suberect and usually tinged with red ve purple; sheath triangular-ovate, pale-tomentose-lepidote or glabrous; blade narrowly triangular, spinose-serrate: inflorescence densely caP- itate, sessile, sunk in the center of the leaf-rosette, densely pele- tomentose-lepidote: floral bracts lanceolate to linear, equaling sepals: flowers 5-7 cm. long; sepals free, erect, entire, narTOW, edna long; petals fleshy, purple at apex becoming white below, 40 mm. long, linear, obtuse, glabrous, connate for 1/3 their length; ovary cylindric.—Enum. Vindob. App. 306 (1762). TRINI : i . itu von 1890, Hart 761 (Trin, NY) Terrestrial. lindric, ferruginous-tomentose; floral bracts broadly ovate, flowers 45 mm. long, obscurely pedicellate; sepals broadl THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 179 mucronate, 10-12 mm. long; petals bright yellow, blade broad and conspicuous.—Hort. Schoenbr. i. 28, t. 55 (1797). B. aurea Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xlviii. 328 (1922). geUNIDAD: coastal hillside, western end of Monos part 1921, Britton, Urea). L. . G., & Brown, M.S. 2736 (G, NY, Typ of B. a [Venezuela, Colombia. ] 8. ARAEOCOCCUS Brongn. Low herbs. Leaves appressed-lepidote. Inflorescence laxly pa- niculate, scapose. Flowers small, inconspicuous. Sepals connate for half their length, rounded, glabrous. Petals free, reflexed at anthesis, eligulate. Stamens shorter than the petals, filaments free, anthers Four species. Trinidad, Tobago, Guiana, Brazil, Costa Rica. 1. A. micranthus Brongn. Leaves few, fasciculate, subpetiolate, spinulose-serrate, blades recurving, acute, 30-40 cm. long, 1-2 cm late, membranaceous, entire: inflorescence laxly subpyramidal, 15 cm. long, glabrous, its axes strongly geniculate, reddish: spikes laxly 3-8-flowered ; floral bracts ovate, apiculate, 2-2.5 mm. long, spreading : flowers 5 mm. long, sessile; sepals 0.5-0.75 mm. long, suborbicular; petals 3-3.5 mm. long, with a short broad claw, abruptly acute; ovary subglobose, 2 mm. thick; ovules usually 2 in each cell: berry purple.—Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, xv. 370 (1841). TRINIDAD: Aripo Road via Arima, 4-5 mile posts, 1925, Broadway 5708 ( ,8): . p ad via a, rs posts, ’ 1672 (Tri : TOB rn Coe oe, 1927, Broadway (Mo); indefinite, Prestoe (Trin) [Guiana, the Amazon Basin.] Epiphytie. 9. HOHENBERGIA Schult. f. Mostly large showy herbs. Leaves densely rosulate, usually spin- ulose-serrate, Inflorescence scapose, compound. Spikes densely he torm, sessile or stipitate. Flowers sessile, compressed, mostly idden by the floral bracts, Sepals strongly asymmetric, usually free. etals nearly or quite free, naked. Pollen with 2 or 4 pores. Epi- Synous tube small or none. Ovules several to many in each cell. 180 BROADWAY AND SMITH Fruit dry, scarcely enlarged from the ovary.—Schult. f. in R. & 5. Syst. vii. p. lxxi, 1251 (1830). Twenty-seven species. Terrestrial and epiphytic. The Antilles, Venezuela, Guiana and Brazil. 1. H. oligosphaera (Bak.) Mez. Leaves about 1 m. long, 75 mm. wide, abruptly acute or rounded-apiculate, spines 1-3 mm. long, independent sclerenchyma bundles present: inflorescence tripinnate; primary bracts reflexed, broadly triangular, much exceeding the lower branches; spikes subglobose, stipitate; floral bracts with suborbicular base, contracted into a long-acuminate apex, 25-30 mm. long, purp e: sepals acute, glabrous, carinate, 15-18 mm. long, the posterior ones distinctly longer than the anterior; petals acute, violet-purple; anthers acute; ovary glabrous——Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 124 (1896). Aechmea oligosphaera Bak. Brom. 48 (1889). PI. I, fig. 8. TRINIDAD: Hort. Trin., 1890, Broadway 3961 (Trin); Moruga, Edward Trace, 1916, Broadway 8203 (Trin); forest, vicinity of Tabaquite, 1921, N. L. ritton, Freeman & Nowell 2581 (NY, Trin, G). TOBAGO: Mason Hall, neat the river, 1913, Broadway 4517 (FM); 1914, Broadway 4834 (US). [Venezuela.] Epiphytie. 10. WITTMACKIA Mez. Large showy herbs. Leaves rosulate, abruptly acute or rounded, closely serrate. Scape central, often decurved, its bracts membrana- ceous. Inflorescence laxly bipinnate, composed of several elongate laxly polystichous spikes. Floral bracts minute, narrowly acumina . Sepals nearly or quite free, mucronate, the right side extended ear broad membranaceous wing. Petals free, narrowly acute, recurved # anthesis, eligulate. Ovary glabrous, sessile, epigynous ube hago Style longer than the stamens. Ovules crowded, obtuse. Fruit if scarcely changed from the ovary. Seeds many, curved, obtuse, naked. —Mez in Mart. FI. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 274 (1891). il Three species. The Antilles and Costa Rica to Guiana and pee : 1. W. lingulata (L.) Mez. Leaves about 1 m. long, 5-10 em. et light-floccose, later glabrous; scape-bracts membranaceous, la entire or sparingly fine-dentate: inflorescence ample, its branches - erect to spreading and often arching; primary bracts ae * floral bracts narrowed from a broadly ovate base into 4 bristle” point, about equaling the ovary: flowers 12-18 mm. long, sepals glabrous, 3 mm. long without the terminal spine; petals e; 7-10 THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 181 mm. long, acute; stamens shorter than the petals, anthers mucronate; ovary ellipsoid-cylindric to clavate, 7 mm. long—Mez in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 275 (1891). Bromelia lingulata L., Sp. Pl. 285 (1753). Billbergia odora Miq. in Linnaea, xviii. 377 (1844). Chevalliera lingulata Griseb. Fl. Br. W. Ind. 591 (1864). Aechmea lingulata Bak. in Journ. Bot. xvii. 164 (1879). Waittmackia odora Mez in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 277 (1891). TRINIDAD: Marabella, 1865, Crueger 2000 (Trin); Santa Cruz Valley, 1874, O. Kuntze 662 (NY); Moruga, Edward Trace, 1916, Broadway 8204 (Trin); base of Mt. Tamana, 1920, Britton, N. L. & E. G., & Hazen 1962 G); Freeman 9070 (Trin); indefinite, Fendler 833; Prestoe; Broadway }). TOBAGO: Ma all, near the river, 1914, Broadway 4829 Epiphytie. 1l. GRAVISIA Mez. Stemless plants with densely rosulate, linear, spinulose leaves. Scape central, large, its bracts entire. Inflorescence twice or thrice mnate, many-flowered. Sepals free, erect, asymmetric, short- iiucronate. Petals free, erect, bearing two coarsely crenate or deeply incised scales near the base. Stamens included, the first series alter- hate with the petals and free, the second more or less fused to the petals. Pollen grains with more than 5 pores. Ovary sessile, epi- 8ynous tube conspicuous. Ovules many, caudate, borne on the upper half of the placenta.—Mez in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 299 (1892). Eight species. Antilles, Costa Rica, and northern South America. Key To Species. Inflorescence dense, subglobose: primary bracts broad, suborbicular. : / Inflorescence elongate with its ] b h te: prim ied ag ae ee ages ~ G. aripensis N. E. Brown. Leaves 6-10 dm. long; blade ws Tuptly acute, mucronate, 5 cm. wide, teeth 1 mm. long: scape da 7-10 mm. thick, densely brown-lanate; scape-bracts slightly d "eate, broadly ovate, bright pink, soon glabrous: inflorescence €nse, subglobose, 7-8 cm. long; primary bracts resembling the scape- ee suborbicular, almost entirely concealing the axillary branches; ng obscurely compound, densely fasciculate, many-flowered: ‘i Tacts ovate-lanceolate, acute with a terminal mucro 3-4 mm. ng, brown-lanate: sepals 15 mm. long, brown-lanate; petals exceed- 182 BROADWAY AND SMITH ing the sepals, deep blue, mucronate ——N. E. Brown in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, liii. 466 (1926). PI. II, figs. 13-14. TRINIDAD: slopes of Aripo, 1921, Freeman & Broadway (Trin); Heights of Aripo, 1922, Broadway 9917 (Trin, TYPE; phot. G); 1928, Broadway 6894 (Mo); indefinite, 1862, Crueger 1748 (Trin). Endemic. Epiphytic. On the basis of Crueger 1748, Mez records Gravisia exsudans (Lodd.) Mez from Trinidad, but a comparison of _this specimen with the original plate by Loddiges shows the same differ- ences as between it and (7. aquilega as indicated in the foregoing key. 2. G. aquilega (Salisb.) Mez. Plant 1 m. or more high: leaves 1-1.5 m. long, 5-10 cm. wide: scape stout, densely farinose: inflores- cence of 10-20 stipitate heads, interrupted-thyrsoid, 4 dm. long; primary bracts lanceolate, broad, reflexed, bright pink, the lower ones much exceeding the axillary heads; floral bracts ovate, pungent, shorter than the sepals, glabrous: flowers 36 mm. long, glabrous; sepals 14 mm. long, pungent; petals mucronate, flavous; ovary 10 mm. long, trigonous.—Mez in Mart. FI. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 300 (1892). Bromelia aquilega Salis. Parad. Lond. t. 40 (1805). Aechmea aguileg¢ Griseb. Fl. Br. W. Ind. 592 (1864). 500 (hei. Bh Marabella, 1868, Finlay 1999 (Trin); ete 1889, Broo rin); (Trin); Chaguanas, 1890, Herb. Trin. 4213 (Trin); Aripo Bavante eg iams (Trin); 1924, Williams, R.O. & A. A. 10716 (Trin); Teteron Bay, 1920, N. L. Britton 481 (G, NY); Manzanilla, 1921, Britton, N. L. & stg 2192 (G, NY); Oropuche, via Valencia, 1925, Hombersley (Mo); indole uller 841 in part, Broadway 2187 (Mez!). TOBAGO: Caledonia, NY); Trin. 5572 (Trin); Government House grounds, 1910, Broadway 3639 (sar indefinite, Eggers 5677 (NY); Meyer (Mez!). {Venezuela, Guiana, northern Brazil.] Epiphytic. 12. AECHMEA R. & P. Flowers usually sessile. Sepals often asymmetric, usually mucronate. Petals free, bearing two scales near the base or high up. - series of stamens more or less joined to the petals. Pollen gras 2 or 4 pores. Style shorter than the stamens, stigma lobes linear, often twisted. Ovules caudate or obtuse. Fruit usually dry- 04) small, rugose, dark-colored, naked.—FI. Peruv. Prodr. 47, t- 8 (17 pt Apparently 120 to 130 species. Mexico and the Antilles to northe Argentina. THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 183 d. 2. Sepals wholly unarmed: branches of the inflorescence polystich- BO eee ti PLR ete Subgenus Lamprococcus. fulgens. 2. Sepals mucronate at apex: branches of the inflorescence dis- _tichous-flowered. 3. Margins of the floral bracts free from the rhachis. ubgenus Euaechmea. 4. Floral bracts large, forming a tubular sheath about the 0 hes of the inflorescence short and denaely: flowered 30076522 Sa 2. Ae. Mertensii. 4. Floral bracts minute, much shorter than the ovary, nearly : branches of the inflorescence long and laxly : MOWONOE OBS FO 3. Ae. porteoides. 3. Margins of the floral bracts joined to the rhachis: rhachi eT ORORVALON. oa SA ee ubgenus Platyaechmea. ® Bpikes long-stipitate............. 2. 6sscc sss 4. Ae. dichlamydea. ar. trinitensts. 5. Spikes ki snflorescence simple, spic » Sepals mucronate at apex, usually free............ Subgenus Pothuava. 6. Se . Ae. nudicaulis. pees OIE 6 ee Subgenus Macrochordium. ; 6. Ae. bromeliaefolia. I. Ae. fulgens Brongn. Leaves densely rosulate, 4 dm. long, 65 mm. wide, subensiform, minutely serrulate, rounded-apiculate: scape frect, glabrous, its bracts lanceolate, entire, roseate: inflorescence com- Pound at base, simple for the upper half, about equalling the leaves, glabrous, red: spikes loosely 3-8-flowered, polystichous; floral bracts none: sepals 5 mm. long, rounded-emarginate, asymmetric, violet; sp 12 mm. long, erect, rounded, ligulate at base, violet changing ® red; ovary ellipsoid, 7 mm. thick, epigynous tube conspicuous; ovules long-caudate, borne high in the ovary: berry scarcely enlarged from the ovary.—Brongn. in Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 2, xv. 371 (1841), as Aechmaca, 1854 aye Hort. Trin., 1888, Broadway 2990 (Trin); 1890, Broadway [Northern Brazil.] Epiphytic. Introduced in cultivation. oi - Mertensii (Meyer) Schult. f. Leaves bulbous-rosulate, m. long; sheath large, ovate; blade 2-5 cm. wide, coarsely long, 4-5 cm. wide, branches densely 4~12-flowered; floral bracts et reniform, long-spinose, enfolding the ovary: flowers 12-17 ™m. long; sepals free, mucronate, 46.5 mm. long; petals yellow, 184 BROADWAY AND SMITH erect, mucronate, 11 mm. long, their scales fimbriate; y subclavate, glabrous, epigynous tube short but distinct; ovules few, long-caudate, borne high in the ovary.—Schult. f. in R. & S. Syst. vii. 1272 (18380). Bromelia Mertensii Meyer, Fl. Essequeb. 144 (1818). Aechmea spicata Mart. in R. & S. Syst. vii. 1273 (1830). Ae. mucroniflora Hook. in Bot. Mag. Ixxxi. t. 4832 (1855). wie) . 1 é (Trin); Piareo Savanna, 1893, Broadway 5287 (Trin); Arima, ae lo = A on, N. L. &. E. G., & Hazen 1010 (NY); St. Ann’s, 1924, Broadway (FM, Mo); Laventille uppet lands, 1930, Broadway 7745 (G); indefinite, Fendler 842, 843 (K); 1930, uiana, Amazon asin. ves Epiphytic. 3. Ae. porteoides Britton. About 1 m. high: leaves firm, 8 dm. long; sheath large, broadly elliptic; blade linear, 4-5 cm. wide, acute, spinulose-serrate, the spines 2-4 mm. long, black: scape arching (Broadway), terete, densely white-floccose; its bracts broadly lance- olate, membranaceous, pink, deciduous: inflorescence paniculate, equaling or exceeding the leaves, cylindric, very delicately white- stellate-tomentose throughout; lower primary bracts like the scape bracts, often deciduous, upper primary bracts small and acicular, little larger than the floral bracts; branches fasciculate, spreading, with long sterile base, slender, very laxly few-flowered, strongly geniculate, 6-8 cm. long; floral bracts long-aciculose from a minute ovate base, much shorter than the ovary: flowers 2-3 cm. long; a or nearly so, sessile; sepals 8-10 mm. long, strongly asy mune striate, mucronate with a spine 2-3 mm. long; petals deep violet- purple, 18 mm. long, with two nearly entire scales at base; ovary about 1 em. long, much enlarged in fruit.—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xlvu- 328 (1922). Pl. II, figs. 7-10. N. L. Britton, Hazen endelson 1342 (NY, Trpx, Trin); Hei of Aripo, poco Broadway 9915 (Trin, G, NY); St. Clair, 1913, P. McLean (Trin); pre Bleu, 1921, N. L. Britton, Freeman & Bailey 2274 (NY); Blanchis te. 92 5 M); 19 008 (Mo); Ortinola Pet Maracas, 1931, Broadway 7460 (G); indefinite, Herb. Trin. 1751, 6620 (Tx): Endemic.] : Epiphytic and terrestrial. 6-8 4, Ae. dichlamydea Bak. Half a meter or more high: leaves dm. long, 4-7 em. wide above the broad subovate base, lin. ate, broadly acute, serrulate: scape stout, erect, its bracts lanceolate, THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 185 entire, bright red, showy: inflorescence ample, laxly bipinnate, to- mentose-lepidote; primary bracts like the scape-bracts, mostly shorter than the sterile bases of the spikes: spikes long-stipitate, distichous, up to 16 em. long and 3 cm. broad, 5—20-flowered, the thachis excavated and attached to the sides of the floral bracts; floral bracts boat-shaped but not keeled, strongly nerved, 12-15 mm. long, short-mucronate: flowers sessile ; sepals nearly free, mucronate; petals yellow: berry globose, 7 mm. in diameter.—Bak. in Journ. Bot. xvii. 133 (1879). Ae. bracteata as used by Bak. Brom. 55 (1889), not Griseb AGO: Lot 42, 1913, Broadwa (G, Mo); road from Charlotteville to Speyside, 1925, Williams 11 142 (Trin); Menna, 1914, Broadway (Mo); indefi- ‘ Bore (BM, typr, phot. G); Meyer (Baker!); Clemens 29; Eggers 5872 Jamaica, the Lesser Antilles.] Epiphytic. Var. trinitensis L. B. Smith (see p. 145). Sterile bases of the spikes short and stout. PI. I, fig. 3. — NIDAD: Hort. Trin., 1890, Hart 4089 (Trin, trpn, phot. G); 1889, way 3627 (Trin); indefinite, 1867, Prestoe (K); Herb. Trin. 916 (Trin). [Endemic.] Epiphytic. 5. Ae. nudicaulis (L.) Griseb. Leaves 5 dm. long, 6-10 cm. broad above the narrow sheath, linear, apiculate, strongly spinose- Setrate: scape slender, erect or arching, white-floccose, its bracts erect, elliptic-acute, entire, red, membranaceous, congested at its apex: in- orescence simple, polystichous, cylindric, fertile throughout; floral bracts minute or sometimes wanting, entire: flowers 22 mm. long; Sepals free, mucronate, strongly asymmetric; petals 12 mm. long, yellow, acute, bearing the fimbriate scales 4 mm. from the base; ovary Subglobose, epigynous tube conspicuous; ovules short-caudate, borne og the middle of the placenta.—Fl. Br. West Ind. 593 (1864). Bro- mela nudicaulis L. Sp. Pl. 286 (1753). 3750 (Tiny St. anne, roy prone (FM); Chaguanas, 1 Ete bat 0.8 1868, Herb. Trin. 2001 (Trin); indefinite, Herb. Trin. 2422 (Trin); 1874, i. broad above the large ovate sheath, linear, usually rounded by Ceay of the point, coarsely spinose-serrate: scape stout, densely 186 BROADWAY AND SMITH white-lanate, its bracts ovate-lanceolate, entire, densely imbricate: inflorescence simple, polystichous, densely cylindric, 7-15 em. long, 35 mm. wide, fertile throughout, densely white-lanate; floral bracts broader than long, truncate, thickened, 2-keeled: flowers 17 mm. long; sepals 7 mm. long, joined at base for 2 mm., emarginate; petals 15 mm. long, erect, emarginate, greenish-yellow soon turning black, scales borne 5 mm. from the base, fimbriate; ovary tomentose; ovules borne high in the ovary, long-caudate.—Bak. in Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. iii. 664 (1883). Tillandsia bromeliaefolia Rudge, Pl. Guian. 32, t. 50 (1805). Macrochordium melananthum Beer, Brom. 146 pa : . Trin. 2002 (Trin); 1878, Herd. Trin. 698 (lrm)s Aakaes eek, O° Kune 988 (NY), Carapichaims 1892, Alexander 5723 (Trin); Balandra, 1922, Freeman 10505 (Trin) ; indefinite, Fendler 837; Prestoe (Baker!). : [Venezuela, Guiana, Brazil, Paraguay, Bolivia, Argentina.] Terrestrial or epiphytic in forest. 13. ANANAS Mill. Prneapple. Leaves densely rosulate, scarcely enlarged at base, acuminate- pungent, spinose-serrate. Scape about equaling the leaves, sets bracted. Inflorescence densely strobiliform, crowned with a tuit 0 sterile bracts. Flowers sessile, violet or red. Sepals free, pasar slightly asymmetric. Petals free, erect, ligulate. Stamens includ : pollen grains ellipsoid, with 2 pores. Ovary coalescing with a bracts and axis to form a fleshy compound fruit, epigynous tube ita Ovules borne near top of cell. Berry sterile in cultivated forms. Gard. Dict. Abr. ed. iv. (1754). ve A single rather variable species, native of Brazil and probably @ the Guianas but widely cultivated. Vi. TRINIDAD: vicinity of Valencia, 1921, Britton, N. L. & B. G. 2107 (NY) . . 2 se i j t- Terrestrial; introduced and sparingly cultivated in Trinidad. Na uralized in the Mora Forest district. 14, BILLBERGIA Thunb. Stemless plants. Leaves rosulate or rarely fasciculate, sheath large, blade linear, spinulose-serrate, often banded. Scape ere t oF THE BROMELIACEAE OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO 187 arching, its bracts red, membranaceous. Inflorescence simple or compound. Flowers showy. Sepals free, erect, usually obtuse. Petals free, actinomorphic or zygomorphic, bearing two scales, claw long, blade elliptic. Stamens exserted at anthesis, both series free, or the second joined to the petals only as high as the scales. Pollen grains with longitudinal folds, but no pores. Style exceeding the stamens, epigynous tube large. Ovules many, obtuse.—Decad. PI. Bras. iii. 30 (1823). About 50 species. Chiefly Brazilian with outlying species in the rest of South America and in Central America and Trinidad. ; Key To SPECIEs. Inflorescence cylindric: petals becoming spirally recurved at anthesis: Wee WCUCONE ec a ea oe be ee ts . B. rosea. Inflorescence densely pyramidal: petals twisted, not spiral at anthe- = oe weety Ot verrucdse.. 0... Ess 2. B. pyramidalis. 1. B. rosea Beer. Leaves 1 m. long, 50 mm. broad above the narrowly ovate brown sheath, densely and finely spinulose-serrate, angular, 12, 10, and 10 mm. long respectively, verrucose; petals 65 mm. long, acute, with crenate scales, yellowish green; ovary broadly ovoid, densely granulose: berry yellow, globose, 10 mm. in diameter.— rom. 128 (1857), Dee RAD: indefinite Hort. Kew (Mez!). Introduced in cultivation. *. B. pyramidalis (Sims) Lindl. Leaves tubular-rosulate, 1 m. long, densely and finely spinulose-serrate, 6 em. broad above the ovate a8e, often spotted: scape erect, white-farinose, its bracts lanceolate: Inflorescence simple, pyramidal, 15 cm. long, white-farinose, rhachis Stout, straight; floral bracts minute, acute: flowers 65 mm. long, obscurely short-stipitate; sepals 17 mm. long, pale reddish, densely farino, ©; petals 52 mm. long, obtuse, red, twisted at anthesis, scales fimbriate anthers 7 mm. long, linear; ovary subcylindric, densely sTiNose, epigynous tube short.—Bot. Reg. xiii. sub t. 1068 (1827). a Pyramidalis Sims in Bot. Mag. xlii. t. 1732 (1815). RINID D: Hort. Trin. 6 (Trin); St. Joseph, culti- ig 1017, Ht. Fadler soot 7 imeated asi Introduced in cultivation. Fig. Fig. — hs et tet Poo bo Pt ee Oe Se NM Oe PO BROADWAY AND SMITH EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Prats I. aed ere gece O. Ktze. (O. Kuntze), flower and section of branchlet ECHMEA DICHLAMYDEA Bak. var. TRINITENSIS L. B. Smith (Hart in hb. Trin. 4089) conte x ¥%. CaNISTRUM MINUTUM (Me 2) I L. B. Smith (L. B. Smith, Hoehne & Kuhlman n 1829), flower X 1 ame, petal and stamens Crating LATISEPALA L. B. Smith (F. L. Herrera 3318), inflores- cence 6. Same, sepal < 1 <. oe L. Britton, Hazen & Mendelson 1258), flower and mee Vri weuae HorHNEA ~ L. B. Smith (designed from a photograph), habit much reduce Same (L. B. Smith ree. terminal section of spike X we Same (Hoehne in te S. P. 4724), petal and stamen x Y. TILLANDSIA a ri L. B. Smi th’ (1 (W. A. Archer 008), habit Same, spike x 1 Puiate II. TILLANDSIA DIDISTICHOIDES Mez (Fendler slg — x MM Same (Broadway a), Page bract and flower Same, petal and sta hys.-geogr GUZMANIA Plicammot1s L. B. Smith (Tonduz in inst. phys-9 P nat, eos Kas tied _ Das ame, high an ca — BA e SB. ° Smith (Lehmann K 355), floral bract and flow . Anciiurs PORTEOIDEs Britton (Broadway 7460), fascicle of branches Same = grain : Giommnor ITCAIRNIA ERECTIFLORA Mez (J. R. Johnston 303), spik Same (dasa from a photograph), habit much reduced GRAVISIA ARIPENSI sN-E. Be A me E Uaadeas 9917), habit X 14 Same, rear view of bean nx xy Contris. Gray Hers. CII. Bare: 1-2, DeureRocoHNia Meziana O. Ktze.; 3, AECHMEA DICHLAMYDEA var, a (Mez) L. B.Sm.; Me ipa. RuNrTENss L. Sega B teed ie rRUN GIA OLIGOSPHAERA (Bak.) ez; 14 44°10 Verrsta Broapwart L. B. - Sm; 11-13, V. Hossnnana L. B. Sm; ib, Tauannera Anosmnr LB. 8m Contris. Gray Hers. CII. Puate II. 1 ais os ys —etes x J Ja QS, Figs. 1-3, Tra: G NIA PLICATIFOLIA te DIDISTICHOIDES Mez; 4-5, GUZMA G B. Sm as ; 6, G. Ro . B. Sm.; 7-10, ARCHMEA PORTEOIDES Britton; 11— ay RLOMEROPIECAIRNIA. ERECTIFLORA Mez; 13-14, Gravista ARIPENSIS N. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. CII. REALIGNMENTS IN THE GENUS PANICUM. By M. L. Ferna.p. Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 36, 1934. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CIII. REALIGNMENTS IN THE GENUS PANICUM M. L. FERNALD No large genus of the Monocotyledoneae in eastern North America ©an compare for difficulty of satisfactory classification with Panicum; me within the genus by far the most baffling aggregation is that strictly North American series which has been designated as the subgenus Dichanthelium Hitchc. & Chase, the heteromorphous series often called the Dichotomum-group, from P. dichotomum L., the type of the subgenus, to which at one time or another most of the species with small spikelets have been referred. After Linnaeus, the earlier ‘ystematists, mostly with conservative or orthodox conceptions of Specific values, proposed, within this dominant Atlantic American Sroup, a fair number of unquestioned species: P. depauperatum Muhl., laziflorum Lam., ciliatum Ell., strigosum Muhl., aciculare Desf., con- Sanguineum Kunth, angustifolium Ell., microcarpon Muhl., spretum Schultes, lanuginosum Ell., ovale Ell., sphaerocarpon Ell., polyanthes Schultes, tenue Muhl., ensifolium Baldw., chamaelonche Trin., lance- arium Trin. and commutatum Schultes, and several with larger spike- lets, With these well attested names to shuffle, the next two or more 8enerations were mostly content to leave well enough alone and to recognize something as probably meant by these and some other names (now ranked as synonyms) of the same post-Linnean peri en, with more intensive exploration, especially of the Coastal Plain, where Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium is dominant, Scribner, of 62 Rhodora [Marcu a conservative school, or Scribner and his associates proposed a few of our best-marked species: P. linearifolium, ovinum, Wrightianum, Thurowti, columbianum and equilaterale. There was, furthermore, no balking at the reduction of intergradient plants to varietal rank or to complete synonymy: P. Ashei reduced to P. commutatum, P. tennesseense to P. lanuginosum, and P. patuluwm treated as a variety of P. lancearium (as P. Nashianum patulum). Then, with the ultra- democratic or radical reaction against orthodoxy and good usage which found expression in such gems as “Asa Gray didn’t know where he was at!” and “Now the day of authority is ended,” Panicum suddenly became a favorite source of proposed new species, especially by younger men with little or no background of general scholarship and with a minimum of experience in exact and judicious considera- tion of other groups, whose specific evaluations were of a conveniently mechanical uniformity not consistent with the behavior of plants in Nature. For several years Ashe and Nash held the field. The recog- nition of such species of the former as P. calliphyllum, annulum, mattamuskeetense, yadkinense, roanokense, lucidum, meridionale an subvillosum definitely clarifies our understanding of the group; but such remarkable names of Ashe as P. arenicolum, filiramum, Cahoont- anum, huachucae, orangensis, shallotte, parvipaniculatum and glabris- simum can, fortunately, be forgotten in synonymy. Similarly ane understanding of the genus is greatly helped by the recognition 0 Nash’s P. perlongum, boreale, leucothrizx, villosissimum and ‘ gid phyllum; but there is little intellectual or taxonomic satisfaction i0 attempting to keep apart as species his P. Clitei, paucipilum, - lanticum and tsugetorum. : American botanists have to thank Hitchcock & Chase for their very exacting and remarkably complete study of the genus whi appeared in 1910 as The North American Species of P anicum.' The making of the very detailed keys alone must have required mon of work; the trailing of types and the careful drawing of their spike lets, with critical notes upon the type-specimens, are, surely ae : result of years of careful research ; furthermore, the very illuminating every close student of our flora must be grateful. It would, co” sequently, be most gratifying if the evaluations of species in the ‘ Contrib. U. 8. Nat. Herb. xv. (1910). . . 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 63 could all be accepted as they stand. But a close study of the work shows that two quite different groups of plants are accepted as species: Ist, the entities with sharply defined and constant or es- sentially constant characters in inflorescences or spikelets: P. flewile, Gattingeri, virgatum, verrucosum, consanguineum, fusiforme, boreale, caerulescens, praecocius, thermale, sphaerocarpon, polyanthes, ensi- folium, chamaelonche, Wilcovianum, malacophyllum, Leibergii, xantho- physum, scoparium, scabriusculum, clandestinum, latifolium and Boscii; and 2d, a large series of plants which are separated as “ species” on “more or less” differences of an inconstant nature. Illustrative of this second group are many plants which the older systematists would unquestionably have treated as variations of other species and Which a gratifyingly large group of students today would still so t: P. capillare and barbipulvinatum; P. longifolium and Combsii; P. anceps and rhizomatum; P. linearifolium and Werneri, P. laxi- florum and xalapense; P. mattamuskeetense and Clutei; P. dichotomum and barbulatum; P. meridionale and albemarlense; P. Lindheimeri and implicatum, huachucae, tennesseense, lanuginosum and languidum, with essentially identical spikelets and Ist glumes; P. villosissimum, escens and scoparioides; P. Commonsianum and Addisonii; P. tsugetorum and columbianum; P. lancearium and patulum; P. pani Secribnerianum and oligosanthes; P. Ashei, commutatum and oor, In some cases active field-botanists have already protested the “eparation as species of members of some of these twins, triplets or Sextets. Thus, in his scholarly Plants of Southern New Jersey, Dr. heat Stone speaks of “ P. albemarlense, a species which so far as i a. feel that P. tsugctorum is “Perhaps only varietally distinct Tom P, heterophyllum [P. columbianum]”*; personally I can’t get “ven a variety out of it. In 1929 the acute taxonomist of Indiana, C.¢, Deam, in the main faithfully accepting the specific evaluations _ Stone, Pl. So. N. J. 208 (1910). Stone, 1. ¢. 206 (1 ) egand & Eames, FI. Cayuga L. Basin, 89 (1926). 64 Rhodora [Marcu of Hitchcock & Chase, occasionally showed a wholesome independ- ence. “Our Indiana specimens show some variation and some have been named for me as Panicum barbulatum Michx. This species is separated from Panicum dichotomum L. by its more pubescent nodes, . L have studied our species carefully and I believe a division of ‘then | is not warranted.’ Of P. tennesscense he said: “1 think all of my specimens could be safely referred to Panicum huachucac, regarding them as a glabrous form of that species”’;? and he specially noted his difficulty in separating P. tsugetorum from P. columbianum and P. Ashei from P. commutatum In the same year Weatherby, Raowlioii & Bean expressed a wide- sar tae in — to = group: o Pa cay and and Eames Corn _ — Exp. Sta. Mem. xcii. Many Afte ing “characters” through a maze of lightly differing herbaciaie oie ’ we suspect that the Race siete acm ably . carried further. ‘ there any real specifi ¢ lines betw colanbea um, P. tsugetorum OD P. subvillosum; P. meridionale and P. albemarlense? Where does columbianum, var. thinium leave off and P. meridionale begin? Bicknell, a keen observer and by no means averse to recognizing © Such questions we have, for the most part, been unable to answc satisfactorily; we have, as the most practicable method, an ———. "i at least as varieties, sn vg! all the tags ee in rece pe a e so far as we are able to make them out in t ial a ’s tele- have, however, feats! ‘weith a good deal As rele Prof. Fernald 8 This scoping 0 indheimeri, P ucae, a single species. eto arrangement gives, in New England, re a srg and it is “rns specimens, a quality which should oar stron wou Dr anyone condemned to struggle with ‘this oup. We h — ve reduction of P. Clutei to synonymy “de P elense in preference to his later re-separation 0 of t nuth- pligenantioe we have omitted altogether. Material of it from the “yee eastern states is at least warletatty distinct from P. Scribnerianum, the latter may stand as a species, as species go in Panicum; bu atin England collections referred to P. oligosanthes appear to us to TeP of P. only slender states of P. Redes num. New England reports © lucidum seem also to be erroneous.* 1 Deam, Grasses of Indiana, 265 (1929). * Deam, 1. c. 275 (1929). 3 Watieks & Knowlton & Bean, Ruopora, xxxi. 107 (1927). 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 65 Still more recently, Weatherby & Griscom, reporting on their field-experiences in South Carolina, found, as others have before them, the greatest confusion of the characters relied upon by Hitchcock & Chase to separate Panicum xalapense from P. laxiflorum and con- cluded: “it appears to us . . . . that P. aalapense is doubtfully separable.’’! Somewhat earlier, as a result of attempting of understand certain tangled (“implicated”) groups in Panicum, I had “telescoped” some of the entities which Hitchcock & Chase accept as true species: P. barbipulvinatum reinstated.as a variety, P. capillare, var. occidentale Rydb? (Surely, if Rydberg could see in it only a variety, its specific status might well be open to doubt); P. Werneri placed under P. linearifolium as a glabrous variety; and P. Lindheimeri, huachucae, tennesscense, implicatum and languidum treated as a hopelessly inter- gradient series of variations. This treatment has found reflection in the work of several later students and in writing of the group in 1930 Dr. J. M. Fogg, Jr., noted specimens of what seemed to him one plant as identified for him, some as P. implicatum, some as P. huachucae, Some as P. huachucae, var. silvicola; and he stated that in his judgment “there is a well marked meridionale extreme and an equally character- istie oricola one, but between them an almost complete series of inter- gradations.’’5 More recently, trying again to gain a clear conception of the genus in northeastern America, I have found myself wholly in accord with the conservative views of Stone, Wiegand & Eames, Deam, Weather- by, Knowlton & Bean and Weatherby & Griscom and other field- tanists who have written me of their judgments; and I have ac- cepted as a duty the quite unwelcome task of realigning several members of the genus, as discussed in the succeeding pages. In Most of these cases, it will be noted, it is necessary only to study the very illuminating comments of Hitchcock & Chase in order to detect the confluent plants, the groups of variations which I have desig- hated as the 2d series which they recognize as true species. The Tecognition of mere tendencies or variations in response to edaphic or ecological conditions as species is too common but it completely obscures one of the most important and far-reaching laws Shae & Griscom, Rropora, xxxvi. 35 (1934). Sy a ee Ruopvora, xxi. 111 (1919). ’ ODORA, xxiii. 194 ‘Fernald, 1. ¢. 141 and 223-228 (1921). Fogg, Ruovora, xxxii. 233 (1930) 66 Rhodora [Marcu of evolution, which should be at the bottom of all sound taxonomy; and, in view of the great need of scholarly and thoroughly trained taxonomists, so much emphasized in several public meetings in recent years, such a standard of values can hardly prove convincing to the really earnest and thoughtful young students whom we wish to enlist. Fortunately, they are still idealists and they are naturally attracted to the fields in which scholarly thoroughness is evident. When a plant or a series of specimens has no definite and constant character of the reproductive (conservative) structures, but differs only in having thinner or thicker leaves, weaker or stiffer culms, greater or less development of pubescence, or greener or more purple foliage, it is safe, judging from common experience of many good field-observers, to look to differences of habitat (of shade and sun- shine, of chemical reactions of the soil or of moisture and aridity) as largely controlling these simple responses. Nevertheless, upon Just such ecological responses somewhat intensified and upon little or no difference in the shape of spikelet or of its Ist glume have P. languidum and P tennesseense been separated from P. huachucae and P. Lind- heimeri, P. albemarlense from P. meridionale, P. pseudopubescens and P. scoparioides from P. villosissimum, P. patulum from P. lanecartum and P. Joorti from P. commutatum. : The recognition of such tendencies as true species and the illogical disinclination’ to call them varieties (or merely forms or states 38 some cases) has had many advocates. One of the most consistent defenders of as yet not sharply differeniated plants as “species # the late Dr. Rydberg. So consistent was Rydberg’s attitude on this point, that it is almost startling to find an occasional variety desig- nated by him.' Rydberg’s philosophy, clearly expressed, was stat to the International Congress of Plant Societies at Ithaca: Until we have discovered and described all, or most, of the pe unknown forms, and until the species have been tested , have done a service to taxonomy if I have pointed out existing charac T also think that a form that is worth describing, also should have @n® 1 Some years ago I chanced to overhear a bit of +“ tthe Gray Herbarium, which others should enjoy. Miss Alice Eastwood was catechizing Rydbere ee oe one of his segregations, which he defended as n ote consisten . Miss E : ang consistency!’’, to which cam rejoiner in Rydberg’s high-pitched voice: “Some folks would call that female. 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 67 I prefer a binomial. When I use a binomial I do not pretend that it means the same as a species in Hall-Clements style. I do not pretend to be able to pass on its rank, because in most cases it is impossible.’ Somewhat earlier Rydberg had expressed his view of species in these words: “My intention is not to defend them [his own segre- gates] as species. The limitation between species and variety will always be arbitrary, so also between variety and form [therefore call every recognizable trend a “species” !]. . . . What he [Fernald] and many others call varieties, I call species.”? Some others with the same philosophy are readily recalled and the defenders of many of the “redundant”? Panicums can hardly be called conservative. Nevertheless, although in some cases, especially of plants described from scrappy bits of specimens otherwise quite unknown to the phytographer, the constancy of characters cannot always be con- fidently asserted, it certainly cannot be rightly maintained that an experienced and careful taxonomist, after many years of study of Plants in the field and in the herbarium, can “not pretend to be able to pass on its rank,” and that “in most cases it is impossible.” Surely, when the common experience of really careful and thoughtful ob- Servers and the large accumulation of specimens in our greater her- baria shows a plant essentially invariable in its fundamental re- productive characters, it is quite possible (even simple) to note its vast difference from a series which lacks stability in the same char- acters. Many justly honored taxonomists have clearly comprehended that there are such differences; and the differentiation between true or stable species, on the one hand, as opposed to inconstant or un- Stable ones, on the other, is absolutely necessary if taxonomy is to hold its honored place in science. It is almost a truism that “con- ‘etvative” and essentially unvarying species characterize the more — floras and faunas—the relic species persisting from the earlier geological epochs in the evolution of plants and animals. It 'S equally a truism, that in recently disturbed or altered areas a stimulation and multiplication of variations has occurred and that under such conditions inconstant and plastic species luxuriate. The members of Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium have their greatest de- Velopment on the relatively youthful Atlantic coastal plain of North America, and the subgenus shows its youth, in the first place, by its 1 Rydb. in Proc, Intern. Congr. PL. Sci. ii, 1544, 1545 (1929). ull. Torr. Cl. xxxviii, 352-354 (1911). HoboRa, xxiii. 141 (1921), 68 Rhodora [Marcu multiplication of variations and its aggressiveness, in the second, by its restriction to North America, with most of its species on or near the geologically young coastal plain. he relative youth of Panicum subg. Dichanthelium is strikingly contrasted with the great age of some other members of the Paniccae. Valota, for instance, is a small genus (about 12 species) sharing warm parts of America with Australia; and Leptoloma has one very uniform species in North America, the other three in Australia. Since Aus- tralia was cut off from its connection with the other continents by mid-Cretaceous time, it follows that Valota and Leptoloma have had a tremendously long existence; their species are few and stable. Panicum, subg. Dichanthelium, restricted to North America, where it is chiefly developed in the most youthful regions, and without representation in the ancient flora of Australia, is, by inference at least, a more youthful group. Its behavior certainly so indicates. Is it not significant, therefore, that this group should contain so many poorly differentiated, so-called “species”? Failure to recognize that they belong to a different class from the stable and ancient species obscures one of the most illuminating demonstrations of evolution we have in our living flora. After Rydberg had expressed at Ithaca his inability to judge the validity of his own generic and specific segregations, Dr. Skottsberg made a trenchant and very sound reply. His telling examples and direct refutation of the weak attitude of the extreme “splitter,” pecially of genera, should be carefully studied by all who are not beyond redemption. It is impossible here to republish his complete rejoinder, but I may be pardoned for passing on certain pregnant passages, even though they deal primarily with generic, rather than specific, segregation. The principles involved are equally applicable to the segregation of confluent “species.” these almost. convulsive efforts to segregate everywhere? Some “i ple say there is a good deal of personal vanity at the bottom of it, bees is time to split it up so that we may get a better oversight over Be ‘ cannot see the point there. As if a large genus would become cone, c handle only because we call its sections genera? Have we really 8 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 69 vegetative as on floral characters. We efface interesting facts regarding geographical distribution. I think it is quite fascinating to observe how a genus like Viola, a very natural genus indeed, has developed, under different conditions, . . . Split up this sarge ea that. wonderful e ; awa ies grown in Oregon and the Andean in the Rocky Mountains they would not have been violets any more. For if the genus Pinus is split, anything may ha : uppose we have a natural genus (taken in a wide, conservative sense) that has developed one section in Europe, another in Asia, a third America, showing characters that give us certain hints as to the early history of the genus and at the same time so well separated from each other that the splitter has a fair chance to set to work, will it not appear to us that we Ow, as it were, less about the three new genera than abou the single old one unless we are able always to remember that, once upon a time, the three used to be one? The limitation of genera is a matter of both good knowledge—and of the whole assemblage, not only of the species in one section of the area— and good taste taxonomy always means development, asking them, before they spoil a hot, after all, these new genera like rockets, rising with brilliancy only to slump down and fall into oblivion, increasing the burden of synonyms that all of us curse?! As already stated, the conservative viewpoint, so well expressed by Skottsberg regarding genera, applies equally well to species. The nordinate Segregation of species without sharp differentiations truly effaces interesting facts.” PANICUM LONGIFOLIUM Torr., var. Combsii (Scribn. & Ball), comb. nov. P. combsii Seribn. & Ball, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Agrost. Bull. no. 24: 42, fig. 16 (1901). * LONGIFOLIUM, var. pubescens (Vasey), comb. nov. P. anceps, (isso eae" Vasey, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Bot. Bull. no. 8: 37 Panicum longifolium Torr., originally described from New Jersey, has four usually well-defined but clearly confluent geographic va- Meties: var. tusketense Fern., Ruopora xxiii. 192 (1921), known only ‘Skottsberg, Proc, Internat. Congr. Pl. Sci, ii. 1554, 1555 (1929). 70 Rhodora [Marcu from the valley of the Tusket River in Nova Scotia; typical P. longi- folium, following the Coastal Plain from southeastern Massachusetts to Florida; var. Combsii, extending from southern Georgia and north- ern Florida to Louisiana; and var. pubescens occurring, likewise, from Florida to Louisiana. The diagnostic characters of the four varieties follow. a. Plants 2-9 dm. high; culms 1-3 mm. broad at the 1st exposed conta principal sheaths 0.5-1.5 dm. long, 15-40-nerved at mmit, gla — us Sprsorgeeacn’ villous); longer blades 3.5 m. broad, g abrous syoeety ae — fthcaate amihak 6 0.3-2.3 dm. long, 0.1-1.5 dm. broad. Tess Spikelets 2-3 mm. long, the ond “glume equaling * I rile lemma; longer a of panicle 3-14 cm. long................ oi (typical). igo somes 2.6-3.4 mm. long, the 2nd cred peor shorter than the sterile lemma; longer branches of peels ¢ 0. Di SS I a Var. tusketense. Branches res bresuhlet ets of mature panicle strongly (often — ontally) py ee anes 3-4 mm. long, with tips dhe stemile Massed; niger testis of ria S00 ome “fl s emma; lon sv ranches of panicle cm. “ WES Oe : bee paws a an a Fea Var. Combsit. a. Plants 8-10 dm. high; culms 3-6 mm. broad at the Ist ex- ode; principal sheaths 1-2.5 a long, 25-50-nerved at summit, usually densely villous; longer blades 3-7 dm. long, often cba the panicle, og mm. broad, usually villous; larger panicles 2-4 dm. long, 1-2 dm. broad, in maturity with hori ontally divergent _ tiie be: and branch- : lets; spikelets 2-2.5 mm. Var. pubescens. ie oe ed fee a Set ee ee ee eet ee Typical P. longifolium, described by Torrey from “ the pine barrens of New Jersey,” with “Culm about 2 feet hight 2°. heaths somewhat hairy at the throat” but otherwise he d whole plant very smooth,” the “Panicle with few appressed branches,” is the only variation of the species found north of Georgia, except for the super ficially similar but isolated Nova Scotian var. tusketense. On the basis of pubescence of foliage (a most fickle vegetative character) the 51 sheets before me of typical P. longifolium and var. tusketens¢ fall into the following grouping. FOLIAGE STRICTLY GLABROUS (except for ligule , 41: Nova Scotia, Massachusetts, 4; Rhode Island, 7; Conneotent, 7: New Jersey, 5; M eiand, 2; Georgia, 1; Fl orida, 1; PARSE VILLOSITY ON | Ok MO ORE SHEATHS on BLADES, 9: Connecticut, New Jersey, 4; Delawar are i Virginia, 1; Georgia, 1; Florida, I: ABUNDANT AND CONSPICUOUS eihers ea SHEATHS AND BLADES, |: From these figures it is clear that typical Panicum longifolium is all 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 71 essentially glabrous plant, “whole plant very smooth,” to use Tor- rey’s diagnostic phrase. Consequently, in vainly attempting to find the specific lines which separate from it P. Combsii, it is at least not reassuring to find them stated by Hitchcock & rae as ee This species [P. Combsii] is closely related to ongifoli which it may be pos met se its shorter blades, saaae caikelate, re usually by the lack of pubese In their key Hitchcock & Che (N. Am. Pan., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Pah xv. 99) group P. longifolium and P. Combsii under the call: fee pg is Hh: noting leaves half as long as culm or more; panicle much peat it is most difficult to detect any constant difference in the foliage of the two. We then hopefully turn to the stated diag- nostic characters: Spikelets not over 2.7 mm., y 2.5 mm. long, the fess glume less tha ne half that # length; ligule 2 to 3 mm. long. .53. P. longifolium. Spikelets 3 to 3.5 long; first glume two-thirds ie is fourths in ieogthe ante. ess than 1 mm. long........ 54. P. combsii. In the original diagnosis of P. Combsii, mate & Ball, likewise, described the “first glume . . . two-thirds to three-fourths the length of the spikelet”; but their illustration of the plant might well have been drawn from a New Jersey, New England or Nova Scotian specimen of P. longifolium, for the artist showed the first glume only two-thirds the length of the spikelet, a proportion not difficult to find in specimens of P. longifolium all the way north to Nova Scotia. I =~ carefully measured characteristic spikelets and their first glumes n all three series with the result shown in the accompanying table. Pro- portion ist (per Typical P, tonerroLtrum Glume, Spikelet. cent) Marion, M tts, Id, no. 783 1.7 mm, 2,8 mm. -53 Dartmouth, Massachusetts, Eaton & Griscom - 3 rea H ’ use ogg, 1.9 3 - 63 ie » Rhode Island, Collins & Fernald, no. 11,2451.5 3 .50 ke Worden, Rhode Island, Faron .a 8 .60 , Rhode Island, 1.9 3 .63 Richmond, Rhode Island, Fernald & Collins 7 3 57 orth, enoanaer ety We , NO. 3763 1.4 3 ped ° mnecticut, Weatherby, no, 2514 1.8 3 . Pattie Connecticut, Graves, no 1.5 2.7 55 Southiy onnecticut, ward 2 ...3 53 mes Cc cut, Bissell, no, 5529 1 2 - 50 Bee Branch, New Jersey, 2 3 i? n Co., New Jersey, poder Lf 2.8 . Pine Barrens, New Jersey, A. Gray 1.5 2.8 .53 72 Rhodora [Marcu Pro- portion 1st (per Typical P. LonGIFOLIUM Glume, Spikelet. cent) Cold Spring, New Jersey, Gershoy, no. 52 1.2 2.4 50 New Lisbon, New Jersey, MacElwee 1.2 2.4 .50 Rehoboth, Delaware, Churchill 1.5 2.5 -60 Talleyville, Delaware, ‘lommons 1.6 2.6 58 Clinton, Maryland, Holm 2 3 . 66 Cape H , Virginia, Am. Gr. Nat. Herb., no. 50 1.8 2:5 64 Sumter Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 1081 2 3 66 esville, Florida, . Gr. Nat. Herb., no. 51 1.2 2 .60 Range of 1st Glume: 37-66 (av. 58) per cent. of length of Spikelet. Var. TUSKETENSE Kemptville, Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 23,191 1.8 2.9 -63 Gilfilling L., Nova Scotia, Fernald & Long, no. 23,190 2 3 -66 Butler’s L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19, 1.8 3.2 -56 Pearl L., Nova Scotia, Fernald & Linder, no. 19,761 1.6 2.6 -58 , Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,765 1.7 3 57 Tusket L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,759 1.5 2.8 53 Butler’s L., Nova Scotia, Fernald et al., no. 19,764 is: Ss -60 Range of Ist Glume: 53-66 (av. 60) per cent. of length of Spikelet. Var. ComsBsit Coffee Co., Georgia, Harper, no, 2014 2.1 3.5 -60 Berrien Co., Georgia, Harper, no. 1679 2 2.8 ae Chipley, Florida, Combs, no. 583 (coryPE) 2-2.2 3 66-.7 Pensacola, Florida, Curtiss, no. 6919 2.5 4 ea Gateswood, Alabama, Tracy, no. 8408 2.2 3.5 . New Orleans, Louisian 3.6 -55 a, i Range of Ist Glume; 55-73 (av. 64) per cent. of length of Spikelet. These measurements distinctly show the futility of attempting the separation of Panicum Combsii as a species distinct from P. longt- tum because the former has the “Spikelets 3 to 3.5 mm. long; first glume two-thirds to three-fourths that length,” while the latter has “Spikelets not over 2.7 mm., usually 2.5 mm. long, the first glume less than half that length.” Of the comparatively few sheets seen of P. Combsii, 1 has the spikelets less than 3 (2.8) mm. long and only 2 have the glumes of the required length, the remaining sheets showing them well under two-thirds, and in one case only slightly more than one-half the length of the spikelets. All these sheets were labelled by Hitchcock & Chase P. Combsii. In true P. longifolium, furthermore, it is a somewhat exceptional specimen which has the spikelets “not over 2.7 mm., usually 2.5 mm. long.” Of the 23 measured (because well developed) 16 have spike- lets longer, 2.8-3 mm., the latter measurement being most frequent. As to the length of the 1st glume, it is significant that in only 4 single 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 73 collection have I found the 1st glume “less than half” the length of the spikelet, while in several cases it reaches the reputed “two- thirds . . . that length” of P. Combsii. In the most northern ex- treme, P. longifoliwm, var. tusketense, furthermore, the spikelets stand midway in length between those of the very southern var. Combsii and of the geographically intermediate typical P. longifolium, while the glumes of the northernmost extreme average three-fifths as long as the spikelets. Similarly with the reputed difference in the ligule. Harper’s no. 1679 from Berrien County, Georgia, is cited (from Tifton) by Hitch- cock & Chase as P. Combsii and the specimen in the Gray Herbarium so labelled by them has very orthodox glumes (71 per cent. the length of spikelet) but it is heterodox in having spikelets only 2.8 mm. long; and its ligules, which in P. Combsii should be “less than 1 mm. long,” wholly break the bounds by measuring 3.5 mm. in length! On the contrary, in much northern material, for example Graves, no. 256, from Groton, Connecticut, cited as P. longifolium by Hitchcock & Chase, it is easy to find ligules not more than 1.5 mm. long. Although breaking down as a species, Panicum Combsii may be maintained as a geographic variety. Its glumes and sterile lemma are more attenuate at tip than in the other varieties and its mature panicle, as shown by the cotype and other mature specimens, has more horizontal branches and branchlets than in true P. longi- folium and var. tusketense. In its more divaricate branching var. Combsii simulates the coarser southern plant, var. pubescens. That variety, however, has relatively small spikelets, and its very long leaves, as beautifully exemplified in Tracy, no. 6507a, may greatly overtop the panicles. Panicum anceps Michx., var. rhizomatum (Hitche. & Chase), comb. nov. P. rhizomatum Hitche. & Chase, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. Xv. 109, fig. 104 (1910). Only by those who recognize species which are confluent and which are separated solely on “more or less” difference in size and habit, Without technical morphological characters, can Panicum rhizomatum © maintained as a species. Its leading diagnostic characters, as given by its authors, are found in their key: Panicle open; spikelets 3.4 to 3.8 mm. long (shorter in excep- tional - i se emt. eae eee ie e' i nn 55. P. anceps. Panicle more or less contracted; spikelets not over 2.8 mm. long. . 56. P. rhizomatum. 74 Rhodora [Marca In their fuller discussion of Panicum anceps they note that the “open” panicle may be “occasionally narrower”’ or with “branchlets . . . approximate, producing densely flowered branches,” while in P. rhizomatum “In occasional specimens the panicle is rather open but less so than in P. anceps; but the following three specimens, having all the characters of P. rhizomatum, have panicles as open as those of P. anceps, the small spikelets secund as in that species, and appear to be intermediates.” There is sufficient evidence that they are intermediates. In spite of the spikelets of P. anceps being defined as “3.4 to 3.8 mm. long,” there are “ occasional specimens with smaller spikelets; . . . only 3 to 3.2 mm. long. Such . . . being nearly glabrous plants with open panicles, are referred here, though in the smaller spikelets they approach the next species [P. rhizomatum|.” If additional evidence were needed that P. rhizomatum is only a variation of P. anceps, it appears in sheets sent out from the National Herbarium to illustrate the two. The plant from Maryland, Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 54, distributed as P. anceps, “As described by Hitchcock & Chase,” therefore conforming to their conception of the species, has the fully mature panicle of the same breadth but with slightly more ascending branches (less open panicle) than the mature panicle of their no. 56, distributed as an authentic representative of P. rhizomatum. In no. 54 the spikelets are only 3-3.2 mm. long, while the mature panicle of no. 56 displays some still persistent spikelets 3 mm. long. Again, compare Curtiss, no. 5747 and Biltmore Herb. no. 696” from Florida. The former is cited in The North Amerwan Species of Panicum as good P. rhizomatum and from its freely de- veloped rhizomes and small spikelets is a good illustration of that plant. The latter (696) is cited without question as P. anceps (“spikelets 3.4 to 3.8 mm. long”). Nevertheless, the very full sheet in the Gray Herbarium, bearing the Hitchcock & Chase revision label, looks like the other and its spikelets range from 3.2 down to 2.5 mm. in length. PANICUM AGROSTOIDEs Spreng., var. condensum (Nash), comb nov. . condensum Nash in Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 93, 1327 (1903). Panicum condensum in its most extreme development is veTy differ- ent from the most ideal material of P. agrostoides; but, unfortunately , neither of them consistently stays close to the ideal. The beautifully clear key-characters published by Hitchcock & Chase would, if they held in a larger proportion of cases, be satisfactory. As stated by them the two differ as follows: 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 75 Spikelets 1.8 to 2 mm., in occasional specimens 2.2 mm. long; panicle branches ascending or spreading........ . P. agrostoides. Spikelets about 2.5 mm. long; panicle branches erect or nearly so. 51. P. condensum. Turning to their fuller accounts, contradiction is promptly dis- covered: the spikelets of P. condensum are there described, not as “about 2.5 mm. long” (the key-character), but as “2.2 to 2.5 mm. long,” 7. e. as over-lapping in measurement. Furthermore, many specimens placed under P. agrostoides “have rather turgid spikelets to 2.2 mm. long, more or less crowded on the ascending but not appressed branches and appear to be intermediate between P. agro- stoides and P. condensum. These are not cited in the distribution given below.”! Then follows an enumeration of such transitional plants from stations from the northeastern to the southeastern and southwestern limits of the species; while in P. condensum “In casional specimens . . . . the panicle branches are ascending panicle not contracted, thus approaching P. agrostoides.” In the representation of the species in the Gray Herbarium) 63opet yy) > cent. of the specimens are characteristic P. agrostoides, 10 per cent. Ug "7 thoroughly good P. condensum; but 27 per cent. are admitted inter-_ mediates. That is too large a proportion of transitional specimens. The specifications, if they are desired by any student, will be gladly furnished; their detailed enumeration here would make a discussion So similar to those under P. anceps and P. longifolium as to seem un- necessary. P. LaxtrLorum Lam., var. strictirameum (Hitch. & Chase), comb. nov. P. xalapense strictirameum Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 161 (1910). Although I am unable to find such definite trends as to keep Pani- cum xalapense HBK. (1816) apart from P. laziflorum Lam. (1798), even as a variety or reasonably constant form, var. strictirameum, in 'ts closer panicle of smaller and more rounded spikelets, is a striking departure from the commoner and wider-spread P. laxiflorum. The characters used by Hitchcock & Chase to separate P. xalapense from P. laxiflorum are the following: the I 8p. On tai fly Bide EEN We RON SL APG: 87. P. zalapense es glabro 4 i ae lets 2.2 pehg Se taasma oy am aneenemetoen gitar ay Ip em ane cannot help calling to mind those trustful amateurs who, a generation 280, nitituan cast into the waste-basket all specimens not conforming closely to the 76 Rhodora [Marcu However, some cited specimens of the “glabrous” P. laaiflorum “have pilose blades like those of P. xalapense; the spikelets are 2.2 to 2.3 mm. long.” Many of the specimens identified in the Gray Herbarium by Hitchcock & Chase and cited in their North Amervan Species of Panicum as P. xalapense (presumably on account of a few trichomes or cilia on the foliage) have spikelets fully 2.2 mm. long and some of them actually 2.5-2.6 mm. long (larger than allowed for r. laxiflorum): Biltmore Herb., no. 2993a; Canby, no. 106, “ exceptional in having almost glabrous sheaths”; Tracy, no. 7202; Curtiss, no. 6602; etc. Conversely, numerous collections treated authoritatively as P. laxiflorum depart uncomfortably from the specifications: Nash, no. 239 (type-no. of P. pyriforme Nash), with spikelets 2.4-2.5 mm. long and some leaf-blades pilose nearly to the tip; Churchill, from South Jacksonville, April 11, 1897, with spikelets 2.5 mm. long but specially noted on the sheet by Mrs. Chase as “exceptionally pu- bescent”; Tracy, no. 7388, with spikelets as small as in the most theoretical P. xalapense; ete. The type of P. zalapense, with “spike- lets 2 mm. long” (H. & C.) came from Mexico, and Hitchcock - Chase restrict P. laxiflorum with spikelets larger (“2.2 mm. long ) to Georgia, Florida and Alabama. Nevertheless, Pringle, no. 13,250, from Hidalgo in Mexico, has the well developed spikelets 2.2-2.3 mm. long; and Hitchcock’s collection from the type locality, Jalapa (Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no’84), shows some spikelets 2.2 mm. long. Further discussion seems unnecessary. P. MERIDIONALE Ashe, var. albemarlense (Ashe), comb. nov. P’. albemarlense Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xvi. 84 (1900). a. At best P. albemarlense seems to be only an extreme of P. meridno- nale. I have collected one or the other scores of times and am unable to find any morphological character to separate them; and it 1s SIS" nificant that Hitchcock & Chase relied wholly on a habital tendency and on degree of pubescence: . ° . t; Autumnal form widely Se iri put Big cem a ma vernal culms soon geniculate-spre: gy Ibemarlense. Autumnal form erect or leaning, never forming a mat; plants. nale. yellowish-green.............. ee hig 121. P. merid In the fuller discussion, however, they say of P. pice’ “ Allied to P. meridionale, from which it differs mostly in the usu@ y stouter, spreading culms, which often form large mats in the autum?, and in the softer, denser pubescence.”’ 1934] | Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 77 My own interpretation is that P. columbianum thinium Hitche. & Chase, Ruopora, x. 64 (1908) is inseparable from P. meridionale. The habit is identical, and in all technical points they seem the same: “blades 1.5 to 4 em. long, . . . long-pilose on the ie surface, - panicles 1.5 to 4 em. lone, nearly or quite as wi ikalts 1.3 to 1.4 mm. long,” ete. in P. meridionale; “ eke sarely over 3 cm. long, sparsely pilose with long hairs on the upper surface - + . ; panicles 1.5 to 4 em. long, about as wide; spikelets 1.3 to 1.4 mm. long” in P. columbianum, var. thinium. By definition there should be a difference in the length of ligules: in P. columbianwm “‘ligules less than 1 mm. long,” in P. meridionale “ligules 3 to 4 mm. long.” Nevertheless, on the sheet in the Gray Herbarium specially sent out by Professor Hitchcock as typical P. meridionale (Amer. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 122) it is difficult to find ligules as much as 1 mm. ies P. Lanueinosum EIL., var. fasciculatum (Torr.), comb. nov. dichotomum, 8. fasciculatum Torr. Fl. No. and Mid. U. S. 145 Ae P. nitidum, a. ciliatum and 8. pilosum Torr. 1. ¢. 146 (1824). huachucae Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 51 (1898). P. den nesseense Ashe, 1. ce. 52 (1898). P. wnciphyllum, forma prostratum Scribn, & Merr. Ruopora, iii. 124 (1901). P. lan vig var. huachucae (Ashe) Hitche. Ruopora, viii. 208 (1906). P. huachucae, var. silvicola Hitche, & Chase, Ruopora, x. 64 (1908). P. languidum Hitche. & Chase, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xv. 232 (1910). - (1912). P. Lindheimeri, var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Fern. Ruopora, Xxili. 228 (Jan. 26, 1922, the number dated “ October,” 1921). 1898). P. unciphyllum implicatum (Scribn.) Scribn. & Merr. Ruo- DORA, ili. 123 (1901). FP. Lindheimeri, var. oe gee (Seribn.) Fern. Riopora, xxiii, 228 (Jan., 1922, m isda ted Oct., 1921). Lf LANUGINOSUM, var. Lindheim ri (Nash), pat nov. P. Lind- heimeri Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxiv. 196 (1897). P. Lindheimeri, P. LANUGINOSUM : ern.), P. ndheimeri, var. Ms var. septentrionale (Fer ad 227 aa: 1922) misdated Oct, 1921). When I reduced! to Panicum Lindheimeri many freely inter- stadient plants, I failed to go far enough. In its broad panicle with freely forking branches and long pedicels, in its obovoid, pubescent Spikelets with characteristic short and broad Ist glume, in the shape 1 See Ruopona, xxiii, 141 and 223-228 (1921, 1922). 78 Rhodora i [Marcu of its foliage and in its autumnal branching P. lanuginosum Ell. Bot. S. C. and Ga. i. 123 (1816) seems too difficult to separate specifically from the many plants enumerated in the preceding synonymy. The only strong tendency which separates it from them is the often denser and shorter ‘pubescence. This, in thé main, is good, but the leaf- margins often have the papillose-ciliate character of the others and the upper surfaces have a few of the long trichomes which character- ize some of the other variants. Without morphological characters of the spikelets or inflorescence, but distinguished only on its usually denser pubescence, P. lanuginosum seems hardly separable specifi- cally from the others. Ashe, who was not averse to recognizing any variant as a “species,” could not clearly distinguish P. lanuginosum and P. huachucae (see Hitche. & Chase, p. 221). Hitchcock, in 1906, treated the two as conspecific; and Scribner & Merrill, in 1901, merging P. implicatum with the plants which have been separated as P. huachucae, but, un- fortunately, under the confused name P. unciphyllum Trin., put P. tennesseense into P. lanuginosum and correctly said: “ Panicum lanuginosum is extremely variable and often can only be separated arbitrarily from the related species—it is possible that it should be considered only as a variety of the preceding species.” According to Hitchcock & Chase, in P. lanuginosum “The vernal form . - - - resembles P. huachucae silvicola but is larger and more velvety”; but, curiously, although P. lanuginosum is sharply separated in their key in The North American Species of Panicum by being “ velvety- pubescent,” while P. tennesseense, implicatum, languidum, huachucae, etc. are merely “ pubescent, often villous, but not velvety,” P. ciliosum Nash, referred definitely by them to the synonymy of the “ velvety” P. lanuginosum, “ differs in having blades glabrous on the upper SUuT- face or with a few long hairs only, but not velvety,” and numerous other specimens, “because of the lack of velvety pubescence on the upper surface of the blades, may be referred to this form” (H. & C., p. 221). The instability of the other members of this ee lees sufficiently elucidated in Ruopora, xxiii. 141 and 223-228 (1921, 1922). More than a decade of later experience has aieaie the conviction that they are not specifically separable. P. lanuginosum Ell. (1816) is, apparently, the oldest specific name for this particularly involved group. 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 79 P. viLLosisstmuuM Nash, var. pseudopubescens (Nash), comb. nov. P. pseudopubescens Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 577 (1899). P. VILLOSISSIMUM, var. scoparioides (Ashe), comb. nov. P. scoparioides Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 53 (1898). It is most difficult to find any constant character of the inflorescence to separate P. pseudopubescens and P. scoparioides from P. villosis- simum. The subappressed pubescence of the former sets off a large - Series of specimens and these may appropriately stand as a variety. Although maintaining P. pseudopubescens as a species, Hitchcock & Chase do not give very emphatic distinctions: Vernal f - +? spikelets] as in P. villosissimum; winter leaves as in P. villosissimum. ; This species is very closely allied to P. villosissimum and occasional speci- mens are about as close to one type as to the other. Numerous specimens corroborate this opinion. 8 to P. scoparioides, it seems to differ chiefly in its smoother quality, with sparser and shorter trichomes and in a tendency to have less exserted primary panicles. It is also very localized and scattered in occurrence; and it is possible that it is not a well established type, but rather a series of sporadic colonies resulting from the crossing of one of the glabrous species with small and pubescent spikelets, like P. lanuginosum Ell., var. septentrionale Fern., with the slightly Coarser P. oligosanthes Schultes, var. Scribnerianum (Nash) Fern. The very few collections at hand look like the result of such a hypothetical cross. P. coLUMBIANUM Seribn., var. oricola (Hitche. & Chase), comb. nov. P. oricola Hitche. & Chase, RHoporA, viii. 208 (1906). Panicum oricola, as a coastwise variety of the wider-ranging P. columbianum (including P. tsugetorum Nash), seems to stand to that Species in the same relation as P. albemarlense to P. meridionale: a ‘5 to 1.6 mm.” and “3 to 6 cm.” respectively. Further clinching 80 Rhodora {Marcu their essential identity, Mrs. Chase collects and distributes, to stand as authentic P. columbianum with “spikelets 1.5 to 1.6 mm. long,” material (Am. Gr. Nat. Herb. no. 148) with ura spikelets well over 1.6 mm. in length. P. LANCEARIUM Trin., var. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.), comb. nov. P. Nashianum atu Seribn. & Merr. U. ept. Agric. Div. Agrost. Cire. no. 27: 9 (Dee. 4, Whee P. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.) Hitche. eaten viii. 209 (1906). Var. patulum was originally considered by Scribner & Merrill a variety of P. Nashianum Scribn. (1897), a species which Hitchcock & Chase identify with P. lancearium ‘Trin. (1826). The evaluation of P. patulum by Scribner & Merrill seems to have been thoroughly justified: “This variety is closely related to the species, intermediate forms occurring.” Hitchcock & Chase maintain P. patulum as distinet species on what seem like minor ecological characters: es firm, glabrous above; culms stiffly ascending. . 164. P. lancearium. Blades lax, softly nabeblet on both surfaces; culms decumbent. shen Nevertheless, they assign the culms of the “stiffly ascending” P. lancearium “a more or less geniculate base,’’ while in the description the leaves become ‘ teually glabrous on the upper surface” and the autumnal culms are “geniculate-spreading.” “The following [7] specimens approach P. patulum in habit or in having papillose, more rounded spikelets, but the blades are not pubescent on the uppet surface, or but one or two are pubescent”; while in the “readily dis- tinguished” P. patulum “the blades are sometimes only obscurely pubescent above.” Of the specimens of the two in the Gray Her- barium fully one-fourth are transgressors. P. OLIGOSANTHES Schultes, var. Scribnerianum (Nan), com. opt: . Seribnerianum Dhiecd 7 ae . Bot. Cl. xxii. 421 (1895 P. OLIGOSANTHES, v gen comb. nov. P. Helleri Nash, Bull. Torr. Bot. Clas XXVi. ree (1899 Typical Panicum oligosanthes Schultes (1824), as interpreted by Hitchcock & Chase, is the plant of the southeastern Coastal Plain (but extending in the interior northward to Lake Michigan) with linear-lanceolate primary leaves mostly under 8 mm. broad and spikelets commonly 3.5-4 mm. long. Northward and westward it is represented by a plant of quite similar character (P. Scribnerianum) but with the primary siya al more Jancoomste and slightly broader (up to 12 mm.) andt shorter (usually under a a 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 81 3.5 mm. long); and southwestward the two pass by insensible transi- tions into P. Helleri which is commonly glabrous or appressed-pubes- cent, as in P. oligosanthes, thinner-leaved than in most material of the others, and with spikelets as small as in P. Scribnerianum. at P. oligosanthes, P. Scribnerianum and P. Hellert are not truly segregated species, in the sense used by most conservative taxonomists (such indubitable species, for instance, as P. verrucoswm uhl., P. depauperatum Muhl., P. microcarpon Muhl., P. dichotomum L. (including P. barbulatum Michx.), P. lucidum Ashe, P. xantho- physum Gray, etc.) is made sufficiently clear by the very illuminating critical comments of Hitchcock & Chase regarding them. Their key does not sharply contrast the first with the other two, for that is Separated from them and from P. Wilcoxianum (from which I am unable to distinguish P. Deamii Hitche. & Chase in Deam, Grasses of Indiana, 283, 284, t. 75 and fig. 18) on evasive shape of spikelets, shade of green of the plants and direction of trichomes. #0) 6.08 oe Ue ewig sos be -0 ef eee 6. CSCS OE ee Oe os. cAa Ua ade re « Giese cates ree es 168. P. wilcoxianum. ades ascending or spreading, rarely less than 8 mm. wide, mrp some of them more or less hispid.........- 171. P. scribnerianum. ge ays not over 3 mm. long; blades rather thin; The key itself, when carefully checked, is sufficient indication that the quality ascribed to the blades of P. Helleri extends to the whole piazieag of differential characters. Starting with the spikelets, the narrowly obovate [i. e. obovoid], subacute” spikelet of the type of P. oligosanthes is illustrated by Hitchcock & Chase as their fig. 321; the “broadly obovate [obovoid], turgid, blunt” spikelet of the type dee - Helleri in their fig. 317. The very close similarity of outline of Spikelets in figs. 317 and 321 is doubtless due to the facts that the autumnal state of P. oligosanthes has “spikelets . . . . commonly oe turgid and blunt”; that some specimens of P. oligosanthes “ppear to be intermediate between this and P. scribnerianum, having the narrow blades, appressed pubescence, and open, few- flower ed panicles of P. oligosanthes, but very turgid, blunt spikelets, Which, however, measure 3.5 to 3.7 mm. long”; and that in some 82 Rhodora [Marcu specimens of P. Helleri “The spikelets are 3 mm. long, too immature to show turgidity.” As to length of spikelets, the very definite statements in key and diagnoses need emendation. P. oligosanthes by the diagnosis has “spikelets 3.5 to 4 mm. long,’’ but “In this species the spikelets vary more in size than usual in this group. The following specimens have spikelets only 3.2 to 3.3 mm. long.” This is the exact size given in the key and the diagnosis for P. Scribnerianum; but in “ A few Missis- sippi specimens” of the latter Hitchcock & Chase find “spikelets 3.2 to 3.6 mm. long.” Spikelets 3.6 mm. long are the rule at the northeastern limit of the species, in southwestern Maine and southern New Hampshire (South Berwick, Me., Parlin & Fernald; York, Me., Fernald & Long, no. 12,547; Walpole, N. H., Fernald, no. 280); and upon such material from Massachusetts the range of reputedly true P. oligosanthes has been extended to the northeastern limit of P. Seribnerianum (see Hubbard, Ruopora, xv. 64). Furthermore, although P. Helleri has the “Spikelets not over 3 mm. long,” in “ few specimens . . . . the spikelets are 3.1 to 3.2 mm. long; and Hitchcock 1233, with spikelets 3.3 mm. long, is referred here since the specimen shows the sprawling habit of P. helleri.” P. oligosanthes, which, as above shown, may, likewise, have the “spikelets only 3.2 to 3.3 mm. long,” has the autumnal state “erect or spreading, some- times topheavy-prostrate.” The specific differentiation now seems to hang on the distinction between “sprawling” and “topheavy- prostrate.” I give up As for the difference between “olivaceous” and “ green,” again I give up. The New England plant (P. Scribnerianum) is surely not @ deep green, but rather pale. In the garden the depth of green 10 many plants is much altered by the increase or diminution of nitrates; P. oligosanthes and other species (P. xanthophysum, for instance) growing in open sterile sands and gravels are far less green than when they occur in richer soils. Unless supported by morphological characters, such differences in depth of green are not specific. In the “appressed-pubescent”’ P. oligosanthes the diagnosis calls for “the papillose pubescence ascending,” but in many of the specimens it diverges at an angle of 60°, while in some it is almost horizontally spreading. In P. Helleri with “sheaths or some of them glabrous OF sparsely hispid,’’ as opposed to P. Seribnerianum with “some of them more or less hispid,” “little weight can be given to pubescence OF lack 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 83 of it”; while P. Scribnerianum “is very variable in the matter of pubescence. . . . Glabrous and hispid sheaths are commonly found on the same specimen.” Ordinarily P. oligosanthes and P. Scribnerianum, growing in open sandy or rocky soil, have the firm leaves of ordinary xerophytic colonies of plants, while some of the woodland specimens of P. Helleri have them thinnish. Specimens of the latter species, however, such as Bush, no. 3893, Hitchcock, no. 1173, Reverchon, no. 2854 and Bush, no. 5399, growing in the open, have firm enough foliage; and in tracing P. Seribnerianum to its nomenclatural source (P. scoparium of Gray, Man. 613, not Ell.) Hitchcock & Chase designated “as the type of P. scribnerianum” a plant from Pennsylvania collected by John Carey in 1836. The type of P. Scribnerianum has leaves as thin as in the most extreme P. Helleri. It is quite unnecessary to amplify by further illustrations from abundant intergradient specimens the clear demonstration supplied by the critical comments of Hitchcock & Chase, that P. Scribnerianum and P. Helleri are not specifically separable from P. oligosanthes. By treating them as “species” on a par with innumerable true and Constant species one of the simplest and most fundamental principles of evolution and of sound taxonomy is obscured. P. commuratum Schultes, var. Ashei (Pearson), comb. nov. P. Ashei Pearson in Ashe, Journ. Elisha Mitchell Soc. xv. 35 (1898), excluding synonym. In their extremes P. commutatum and P. Ashei appear very differ- — ent: such extremes, for instance, as the narrow-leaved stiff P. Ashet with wiry, slender culms grayish-puberulent, which abounds in south- ern New England, New York and New Jersey, appearing utterly un- like the coarser, large-leaved, glabrous plant of Florida and other Southern states, true P. commutatum. Similarly, the firm-leaved and erect P. commutatum of open habitats, with comparatively pale foliage, looks, at first glance, amazingly unlike the weak and often depressed or reclining, thin- and dark-green-leaved plant of southern swamps and wet woods, which has been separated as P. Joorii Vasey, U. S. Dept. Agr. Div. Bot. Bull. 8: 31 (1889); but prolonged study of the plants referred by Hitchcock & Chase to these three categories and close checking of the variability of the characters emphasized by €m and shown by abundant specimens fail to reveal the clear lines Which we have learned, through years of experience, to look for in 84 Rhodora [Marcu true species. P. Joorii seems like P. commutatum venturing from the open sands and dry open woods into the rich southern swamps or wet woods and there displaying the simple edaphic responses which one would expect in such a habitat: deeper-green, thinner and more spreading leaves and weaker habit. I am unable to find in the material that striking asymmetry of leaf which is so emphasized by Hitch- cock & Chase as to become one of their key-characters. A very slight asymmetry sometimes occurs but similar asymmetrical foliage can easily be found on sheets of P. commutatum from the drier open habitats and of P. Ashei. To me P. Joorii is a weak and thin-leaved state of P. commutatum; and P. Ashci is a well defined but by no means constant variety which ranges generally more to the north than does true P. commutatum. In the latter decision I find myself heartily in accord with the conclusion of Scribner & Merrill in their very sound and satisfying study of The New England Species of the Genus Panicum published in 1901, though I would unhesitatingly admit P. Ashei as a good geographic variety. Scribner & Merrill re- duced outright P. Ashei to P. commutatum, but they qualified the reduction by the note: “In the type [true P. commutatum] the culms are glabrous as are the nodes, but in the form which extends into New England ranging southward to Tennessee and Florida the culms, at least the lower internodes, are puberulent and the nodes often quite densely pubescent with erect, appressed hairs.’ On characteristic New England sheets of P. Ashei they recorded, at that time, their conviction as follows: “Panicum Ashei Pearson, a form or var. 0 P. commutatum Schultes.” Turning to the extended treatment by Hitchcock & Chase we find the most significant differences, as recognized by them, in the key: “rarely over 5 ytbapen Peppered 2 ote y ose oe - 183. P. ashet. — pia a yon or or puberulent; blades firm or a spike- Cts fly enti eutainal Ce aang, eee EE. commulatum. Culig decumbent Saray cadet ae Pore Turning to the fuller discussions by Hitchcock & Chase we find their key-characters modified. The spikelets of P. Ashet become “2.4-2.7 mm. long,” though in “Occasional specimen: : only 2.1-2.3 mm. long”; and the type has the leaves “less vigid than satel,” 1 Serib. & Merr., Ruovona, iii, 93-129 (1901). 2Scrib. & Merr. |. c. 116, 117 (1901). 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 85 The term rigid is pretty strong for a leaf which is easily bent by merely poking it against a neighboring object; and when the New England plant grows in the shade its leaves are thin and submembra- naceous. In the full description of P. commutatum the spikelets are defined as “2.6-2.8 mm. long,”’ not very much larger than the “2.4-2.7” of P. Ashei; but “Most of the Florida specimens «05°... Tave.. 0. spikelets 3 to 3.2 mm. long. This form can not be satisfactorily separated even as a subspecies, though extreme specimens differ sufficiently to be recognizable.” In P. Joorii the spikelets are de- scribed as “3 to 3.1 mm. long,” which should keep it apart from P. Ashet, but, unfortunately, there are some “doubtful” “specimens with spikelets only 2.2 to 2.5 mm. long.” As to the culms, P. commutatum “is typically almost glabrous, . but puberulence occurs rather commonly and is not found to be as- sociated with any other character. . . . Some puberulent specimens have ordinarily wide blades and other specimens with wide blades are glabrous.” Similarly with P. Joorii: “As a whole this species has glabrous culms, sheaths and blades, but occasional specimens more or less puberulent are found.’’ Although the leaf-blade of P. commutatum is said in the key to be symmetrical as opposed to the “usually unsymmetrical” blade of P. Joorii, it seems that in P. commutatum the “Early autumnal Specimens . . . sometimes appear very different from vernal speci- mens, owing to the somewhat unsymmetrical broadening of the middle of the crowded upper blades.” Furthermore, “A few southwestern specimens . . . differ in *ppearance from P. commutatum . . . . and seem to approach P. joorii, but the spikelets are not over 2.8 mm. long.” In P. Joorii, nevertheless, as pointed out in a preceding quotation, they may be as short as 2.2 and as long as 3.1 mm. | Although Hitchcock & Chase find Panicum Ashei an “unusually uniform species,” it should be apparent from the contradictory state- ments above quoted that it belongs to that large group of so-called “species,” very much favored by some of our American botanists, in which stability of characters is not required: the geographically Somewhat segregated tendencies which I believe in calling geo- graphic varieties, On July 23, 1895, the late Thomas C. Porter collected at Chestnut 86 Rhodora [Marcu Hill, Easton, Pennsylvania, the freely branching late-summer or autumnal state of a plant which he called P. commutatum; the next June, on the 5th, he collected the same plant at Chestnut Hill in the vernal state, with simple culms and well developed terminal panicles. The two collections look as if they were from the identical colony; both have ashy-puberulent culms and submembranaceous leaves mostly 1-1.5 em. wide, the larger of the primary ones 57-63-nerved. The collection of July 23 (in the Gray Herbarium) is labelled by Hitchcock & Chase as unquestioned P. Ashei; the material of it in the vernal stage (June 5) as P. commutatum. The plants, to be sure, are embarrassing, for they have the puberulence of P. Ashei, with the leaves overstepping the prescribed limit of 10 mm. They belong in the intermediate group, a status likewise shown by the number of veins in the larger leaves. I have been over the better-marked plants of P. commutatum of the South and the clearly defined P. Ashet of the North and find that in the larger leaves of the former the nerves count up to 53-99, while in P. Ashei they range from 31-61. The Chestnut Hill material, which is authoritatively placed in both species, shows a count of nerves too near the border-line. Another Pennsylvania sheet, Heller, no. 4780, collected in Lancaster County, June 5, 1901, is cited in the North American Species of Panicum as _ perfectly good P. Ashei. Nevertheless, the specimens of this no. in the Gray Herbarium, specially renamed by Hitchcock & Chase PF. Ashei (probably because of puberulence on the lower internodes), show plenty of leaves 1.8-2 em. broad. If there is any clearly recognizable difference between the kinds of puberulence emphasized by Hitchcock & Chase (“Culms crisp- puberulent” in P. Ashei; “glabrous or softly puberulent” mir. commutatum) the soft puberulence or short pilosity is well displayed in Bush, no, 410, from McDonald Co., Missouri. The leaves of this no. (as represented in the Gray Herbarium) are 7-11 mm. wide; con- sequently it was relabelled “ P. Ashei.” But the “softly puberulent” lower internodes and the 75 nerves of the leaves remove it technically from that “species” as defined. It is unnecessary to multiply cases of the break-down of characters: there are before me a score or more of other examples and they 1n- clude quite inseparable collections called sometimes P. commutatum, sometimes P. Joorii: for instance Harper, no. 1623, from Brooks Co., Georgia and Nash, no. 1675, from Lake Co., Florida, both cited as P. 1934] Fernald,—Realignments in the Genus Panicum 87 commutatum; while Hitchcock, no. 477, from Alva, Florida and looking as if unretrievable if it became mixed with the other two, is cited as P. Joorii. Both identifications seem correct and they reemphasize the lack of specific differences between P. Joorii and P. commutatum. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. CIV. ISSUED AUG 6 - 1934 I. Records preliminary to a general treatment of the Eupa- wonene. Xl Ry BL. Ropinson.. 120s eka es II. The ey of two wide-ranging Species of Mikania. PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF rier UNIVERSITY oo. MASS., 1934. I. RECORDS PRELIMINARY TO A GENERAL TREATMENT OF THE EUPATORIEAE—XI. - py B. L. Rosrnson. RV + idle SINCE the preparation of the preceding paper in this series, pub- lished in August 1932, the writer has received for examination and identification additional material of the Compositae-Eupatorieae from many sources. Grateful to all who have thus aided his monographic studies, he would here mention his special indebtedness to those in charge of the herbaria of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, the Botanical Section of the National Museum at Stockholm, the Botanical Conservatory of Geneva, the Botanical Museums at Berlin-Dahlem and at Munich-N ymphenburg, the New York Bo- tanical Garden, the United States National Museum, the Field Mu- seum, the Missouri Botanical Garden and the Botanical Departments of the Universities of California, of Michigan and of Minnesota. All of these establishments have lent unidentified specimens from the less known regions in the American tropics and several have most kindly permitted the borrowing even of type-material, when this has been particularly needed. Exceedingly helpful has been a loan of the Eupatoricae from the admirable private herbarium of Mr. Cor- nelius Osten of Montevideo. It has likewise been a much appreciated privilege to work over the Eupatorieae of several recent exploring expeditions, notably those of essrs. E. P. Killip and A. C. Smith in Peru, of Mrs. Ynes Mexia, both in Minas Geraes, Brazil, and along the Marafion River in Peru, of Mrs. Agnes Chase in Brazil, of Dr. A. F. Skutch in Guatemala, of Professor H. H. Bartlett and his assistants in Central America and of Professor R. H. Wetmore and Dr. E. C. Abbe in the Canal Zone. Highly interesting material has also been from time to time sub- mitted by Dr. F. C. Hoehne of the Biological Institute of Sao Paulo, Brazil, by the Rev. Father Luis Mille of Guayaquil, Ecuador, by Dr. Otto Buchtien of La Paz, Bolivia, by Dr. Lorenzo R. Parodi, professor at the Universities of Buenos Ayres and of La Plata, by Professor Martin Cardenas of Potosi, Bolivia, from Dr. Angel Cabrera of the Museum of the University of La Plata, by Mr. Pedro Jérgensen of Villarica, Paraguay, by Mr. Arturo Burkart of Buenos Ayres and by t. Leodora Meyer of Fontana in the Argentine Province of Chaco. Material from these sources and some others, such as collections acquired by purchase and a few hitherto unworked remainders of earlier loans, has yielded many plants new to science as well as newly observed 4 ROBINSON facts concerning habit, diagnostic features, range and variability within the group. These, so far as feasible, are put on record in the present paper. Piqueria Standleyi, spec. nov., fruticosa gracilis usque ad 2 m. alta primo adspectu glabra sed obscure subadpresseque puberula; ramis subteretibus curvato-adscendentibus aetate pallide griseis ca. mm. diametro; internodiis usque ad 1 dm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis caudato-acuminatis subintegris vel inae- qualiter crenato-dentatis et aliquando plus minusve lateraliter un!- angulatis utrinque viridibus textura membranaceis ima a basi 3- nervatis supra glabriusculis subtus praecipue in nervis obscure puberulis plerisque 6-8 cm. longis et 3-5 cm. latis; petiolo 1.5-3 cm. longo; thyrso terminali parvo subdenso; capitulis 3—5-floris brevissime pedicellatis ca. 4.5 mm. longis; involucri squamis ca. 4 lineari-lanceo- latis peracutis viridibus dorso incurvo-puberulis et cum glandulis sessilibus ornatis; styli ramis longis ad apicem versus incrassatis; achaeniis ca. 2 mm. longis minute puberulis; pappo nullo.—SaLvaDor: Sierra de Apaneca, in region of Finca Colima, Dept. Ahuachapan, Jan. 17-19, 1922, Paul C. Standley, no. 20,076 (rypE, in U. S. Nat. Herb., phot. and small fragm. Gr.). Having anthers apically unappendaged and achenes destitute of pappus, this plant, with somewhat the habit of an erect Mikanca, seems definitely to fall into the genus Pigucria, where it will certainly be easily distinguished by its triangular-ovate leaves, narrow and very acute phyllaries, as well as its rather compact inflorescence from any of the other species as yet known to occur north of Panama. Per- sistent efforts to place it satisfactorily in any of the South American species have been wholly unsuccessful. : Aceratum Gaumert Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xlix. 463 (1913)- This species, clearly referable to § Euageratum, normally has five pappus-scales, some being rather short and muticous, others attenuate to a bristle tip and nearly equalling the corolla-tube. However, among some Compositae collected by Mr. W. C. Steere on his expedi- tion to Yucatan, under the joint auspices of the Carnegie Institution, the University of Michigan and the U. S. Department of Agriculture : there has been found a plant which has calvous achenes but 1n other respects closely agrees with the type. This may be put on record as follows: : Forma fallax, forma nova, quoque formae typicae aliter omnino similis differt achaenis calvis——YucaTaNn: Muna, on rocks on a Mg RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 5 ridge, 22-23 July, 1932, W. C. Steere, no. 2125 (Gr.); San Miguel, Cozumel Island, Quintana Roo, in low forest, W. C. Steere, no. 2643 (Gr.). Similar pappusless forms of normally pappus-bearing species oc- cur in some other species of the genus as well as elsewhere in the Compositae. Ageratum panamense, nom. nov. A. rivale Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. lxi. 3 (1920), not Sessé & Mocifio, La Naturaleza, ser. 2, i. app. 136 (1889). This earlier Mexican homonym, which was not included in the bibliographical indices of its period, unfortunately escaped the writer’s notice when the Panama plant was being named. The identity of Sessé & Mocifio’s A. rivale, published (as A. Riuale) long after the death of its authors, has not been determined. The plant is stated to have been an erect annual, about a foot in height, with alternate multipartite linear-lobed leaves, a single terminal peduncle, 6 obovate-oblong phyllaries and as many 4-fid corollas. It is clear that this problematic old species could not have been an Ageratum. However, the International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature no longer permit the use of a later homonym and it therefore ecomes necessary to rename the plant of Panama. STEvia (§ BREVIARISTATAE) ANISOSTEMMA Turcz. Bull. Soc. Imp. at. Mose. xxiv. pt. 1, 167 (1851). The original material of this species has phyllaries dorsally beset with short-stiped glands. It 'S a native of the Quitesian Andes and sometimes attains a height of 5-7 dm., having thickish leaves of rather firm texture and 3-4 em. in length. This may be styled var. typica. A plant of similar decum- bent habit and identical floral and achenial characters but of lower growth, smaller thinner leaves and eglandular phyllaries may be put on record thus: Var.? Wagneri, var. nov., humilior 12-16 em. alta; foliis rhombeis 15-2 cm. longis textura membranaceis; involucri squamis laxe puberu- lis, pilis albidis tenuibus patentibus vel crispis non glanduliferis.— ©UADOR: in the western Andes, on trachyte, clay-slates and old sandstone of the Serra Encillada in the southerly vicinity of Mt. Chimborazo, alt. 2745-3050 m., Sept. 1858, Dr. Moritz Wagner (tyPr, in herb. Univ. Munich, phot. and small fragm. Gr.); also a second specimen of the same date and collector from Guaranda Valley, likewise in the southern neighborhood of Mt. Chimborazo, og ARIstata D. Don, var. VILLARICENSIS Robinson, Contrib. Gray b si xe. 8 (1930). Under this name was published a plant collected y Jorgensen March 2, 1929 and distributed under his no. 4267. 6 ROBINSON In the United States National Herbarium a second specimen has been found of Jérgensen’s no. 4267 collected March 1931. This unfortunately, though bearing the same number, is the typical 5. aristata and not the smaller-leaved glandular variety published as var. villaricensis and should not be taken as an isotype of the latter. The issue under identical numbers of plants collected at different dates or places is a practice to be avoided, since in many cases it results in this kind of confusion. S. Batesii, spec. nov., herbacea perennis erecta 2-3 dm. vel ultra altitudine; caule tereti crispe puberulo superne ramoso; ramis al- ternis patenter adscendentibus foliosis; foliis alternis sessilibus ob- longis integerrimis vel obscure ad apicem acutum versus paullo undulato-dentatis obscure 3-nervatis basi cuneatis supra viridibus (post exsiccationem nigrescentibus) brevissime hirtellis subtus molliter griseo-tomentosis plerisque 2-3 cm. longis et 5-8 mm. latis tenuibus; panicula planiuscula foliosissima; pedicellis 1-9 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 8 mm. longis ad apices ramulorum in racemulas falsas dispositis; involucri squamis lanceolatis acutis dorso crispe puberulis et cum glandulis sessilibus munitis; corollis pubentibus et glandulis sessilibus ornatis ut videtur albis; tubo proprio gracili ca. 1.5 mm. longo, faucibus cylindratis ca. 2.5 mm. altis; dentibus limbi 5 patentibus ovatis obtusis; achaeniis heteromorphis 3.5 mm. longis in angulis hispidulo-scabratis, eorum tribus (adelphocarpiis) 3-aristatis et coronula squamularum munitis, duobus alteris (idiocarpiis) exaristatis sed etiam coronulatis—Mexico without locality, 1846,. Bates, no- 25 (ryPk, in herb. Royal Gardens, Kew, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This plant has been repeatedly studied in the hope of placing it among the already described members of its perplexing genus, but quite without success. Its alternate sessile non proliferous leaves closely covered beneath by a gray tomentum and its rather loose and very leafy inflorescence give the plant individuality and should lead to its pretty ready recognition. It is manifestly related to, though certainly distinct from, S. ovata Willd. S. Benpert Perkins in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xlix. 221 (1913); Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. c. 54 (1932). Of this little known species # second tendency is now evident from material kindly communicated by Prof. M. Cardenas of Potosi, Bolivia. It may be distinguished from the typical form by the following traits: as Var. a. typica glanduloso-puberula; involucro extus dense pilis brevissimis glandulari-capitatis rectis patentibus obtecto; corollis praecipue in tubo et in faucibus glandulari-puberulis; achaen's dense in faciebus brevissime puberulis et in angulis scabratis.— RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 3 Bouiv1a: Dept. Potosi: Quechisla, Bender, no. 24 (Brl., phot. and sketches of details, Gr.); Cardenas, no. 29 in part (Gr.). Var. 6. Cardenasii, var. nov., brevissime pilis incurvis non gland- iferis puberula; involucro extus pilis incurvis albis attenuatis eglandu- losis ornato; corollis parce hispido-hirtellis eglandulosis; achaeniis in angulis scabratis sed in faciebus laeviusculis—Boutvia: Dept. Potosi: near Betanzos, alt. 3800 m., Cdrdenas, nos. 479 (Gr.) and 480 (tyPE, Gr.). 8. (§ Multiaristatae) dubia, spec. nov., herbacea perennis erecta submetralis laxe pilosa; radice e fibris longis duris nigrescentibus sistente; caule tereti purpurascenti usque ad 5 mm. diametro folioso supra mediam partem adscendenter ramoso; internodiis 3-5 cm. longis; foliis plerisque ternatis breviter petiolatis rhombeo-ovatis subobtusis grosse inciso-crenatis ad basin versus integris cuneatis supra laxe pilosis subtus in superficie sparse et secum nervos dense patenter pilosis textura membranaceis paullo discoloribus plerisque 4-5 em. longis 2-2.4 em. latis; pilis albis attenuatis moniliformibus; petiolo ca. 4 mm. longo; panicula terminali valde convexa; capitulis ca. 12 mm. longis sessilibus glomeratis; bracteis ovatis integris; bracteolis ovalibus apice rotundatis involucro 2-3-plo brevioribus; involucri squamis viridibus lanceolato-oblongis vel -linearibus dorso margineque hirtis et cum glandulis brevissime stipitatis ornatis ca. longis; corollis roseis; tubo proprio 1.5 mm. longo hirto; faucibus subeylindratis ca. 3.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi anguste oblongis 1.8 mm. longis 0.7 mm. latis; achaeniis heteromorphis ca. 5 mm. longis, eorum 3 (adelphocarpiis) 11—12-aristatis, ceteris (idio- carpiis) 0-6-aristatis; aristis ca. 4.5 cm. longis.—BraziL: Serra dos Orgiios, Rio de Janeiro, Glaziou, no. 6575 (K., phot. & sm. fragm. Gr.). Determined by Baker as S. organensis Gardn. and so reported by Glaziou, Mém. Soc. Bot. Fr., iii. 383 (1909), but differing from that Species in several important respects, particularly in its sessile heads, ea numerous awns and distinctly, though shortly petiolate, ternate eaves, The little known S. verticillata Schlecht. Linnaea, xvi. 372 (1842), which has many points in common, is said to have broadly lanceolate leaves (the largest nearly 3 inches in length), 6-9-awned achenes and heads on pedicels nearly equalling or even exceeding the involucre. 8. (§ Multiaristatae) ophryodonta, spec. nov., gracilis ut videtur herbacea (basi radiceque ignotis) decumbens vel oblique ascendens 8 ROBINSON oblongis apice obtusissimis vel rotundatis basi breviter angustatis primo aspectu integris sed margine per bases incrassatas capillorum minute serrulato-denticulatis (unde nomen) a basi 3-nervatis textura membranaceis 2.2-3.5 em. longis 7-10 mm. latis utrinque pilis longis albis nodulosis attenuatis sparse ornatis; cymis terminalibus pauci (3-5)-capitulatis laxis; pedicellis gracilibus erectis glandulari-puberu- lis 1-2.5 em. longis; bracteola capitulum arcte suffulciente oblonga 4.5-5 mm. longa subacuta; capitulis 1.5 em. longis; involucri squamis oblongis 6.5-7 mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis breviter acutatis vix costu- latis dorso longe sparseque appresse pilosis etiam minute glandulari- puberulis; corollae tubo proprio ca. 2.4 mm. longo sublaevi; faucibus cylindratis vix ampliatis ca. 4 mm. longis sublaevibus (an roseis?) dentibus limbi lineari-oblongis plus minusve inaequalibus ut videtur albis obtusis vel subacutis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis dorso puberulis; achae- niis homomorphis 8-10-costatis 5 mm. longis in costis obsolete sca- bratis; pappi aristis ejusdem achaenii ca. 17 corollam subaequantibus sursum barbellatis —Uruavay: Dept. Treinta y Tres: at Melo, Dr. 7. Schroeder, being no. 16,325 in herb. of Mr. Cornelius Osten (phot. and small fragm. Gr.). Prolonged efforts to place this plant satisfactorily in any hitherto described species have failed. Though manifestly related to S. multiaristata Spreng. it differs in its broader and blunter setiferous leaves, much longer internodes and decidedly blunter phyllaries. In pubescence it recalls the rather recently described Uruguay species S. sabulonis Robinson, but that has a denser inflorescence, acute phyllaries and far more coarsely toothed leaves of obovate tendency and with more gradually narrowed base. phyopappus tetrastichus, spec. nov., ut dicitur frutescens verisimiliter erectus (basi ignota) griseo-tomentellus; caule subteret! costellato; internodiis plerisque 1.4—2 cm. longis; foliis alternis sessili- bus anguste oblongo-oblanceolatis obtusis mucronulatis integris bas! attenuatis 5.5-6.5 em. longis 7-10 mm. latis 3-nervatis paullo axe reticulatis erectis concoloribus griseis firmiter membranaceis; panicula corymbosa alterniramea ovoidea rotundata 1.5-2.3 dm. alta 1-1.5 dm. diametro; capitulis 4-floris ca. 12 mm. longis ad apices ramulorum aggregatis; pedicellis 3-7 mm. longis; involucri squamis 15-16 ciel stichis inaequalibus lanceolato-oblongis, extimis brevibus acutiusculis, interioribus gradatim longioribus obtusis vel (saltim intimis) ap!ce rotundatis secundum mediam partem paullo incrassatis et SU her- baceis sed in lateribus tenuibus scariosis; corollis tubulatis 6-7 ™™- longis; dentibus limbi deltoideo-ovatis ca. 0.7 mm. longis; achaenus crassiusculis deorsum breviter attenuatis 5-angulatis fuscescentibus RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 9 praesertim in angulis hispidulis; pappi setis ca. 60 substramineis basi paullo connatis in seriebus - brevibus conjunctim delabentibus.— Braziu: Goyaz: Serra dos Pyreneos, Glaziou, no. 21,593 (TYPE, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., phot. and small fragm. Gr.). In listing his number 21,593 in Mém. Soc. Bot. Fr. iii. 375 (1909) Glaziou calls it Vernonia frutescens Glaziou, n. sp., but leaves it without diagnosis. Clearly the plant is not a Vernonia, a fact noticed by the late Dr. Ekman who annotated the New York sheet as “ Eu- patorium new species.’’ It seems equally clear to the writer that the plant is not a Eupatorium on account of its regularly 4-flowered heads, its peculiar involucre, and its slightly but distinctly connate pappus- bristles. Its imbricated and multiseriate phyllaries prevent its being classed in Mikania or Kanimia. However, it is essentially in agreement with Symphyopappus and seems naturally placed in that genus, where the pappus-bristles are normally somewhat connate at base. It is worth while to note furthermore that the phyllaries in Symphyopappus compressus (Gardn.) Robinson and in some of the other species of the genus tend to dispose themselves in upright rows, as In the plant here under consideration, though less exactly so. In S. tetrastichus the receptacle of the 4-flowered head is not quite Square but is somewhat rhombic, with the result that the 4 upright series of phyllaries are not at equal distances from each other but somewhat approximated in pairs. ough Glaziou’s undescribed Vernonia frutcscens has no nomen- clatural validity, the specific name would have been gladly adopted if there had been certainty that the plant so called by Glaziou (which would then become automatically the historic type) was in fact identical with the specimen, without specific determination, which as been found under Glaziou’s number 21,593 in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. However, as some numbers of Glaziou’s very extended and valuable series have been found to cover diverse elements, it seems best not to base a new species on a specimen hot personally examined, nor would the name selected by Glaziou or use under the genus Vernonia have any distinctive quality if employed in Symphyopappus, a group in which most of the species are frutescent to fruticose. ‘upatorium (§ Cylindrocephala) anachoreticum, spec. nov., veristmiliter herbaceum et perenne (basi ignota); caule subtereti post ®xsiccationem costulato sordide tomentoso usque ad inflorescentiam terminalem folioso; internodiis plerisque 1-3.) cm. longis; foliis OPPositis sessilibus late patentibus attenuatis serratis basi cuneatis Integris a basi 3-nervatis supra primo crispe pubescentibus deinde a 10 ROBINSON basibus pilorum delapsorum paullo scrabridulis, subtus molliter brunnescente tomentosis 6-7 cm. longis 1.5-2 em. latis membranaceis; panicula hemisphaerica cymoso-ramosa densiuscula foliaceo-bracteata ; capitulis terminalibus subsessilibus, lateralibus (2-5 mm. longe) pedi- cellatis, 9-11 mm. longis, 5-8 mm. diametro ca. 20-floris; pedicellis sordide tomentosis; involucri ovoideo-subcylindrati squamis ca. 5- seriatim arcte imbricatis oblongis apice rotundatis neque squarrosis neque appendiculatis dorso purpurascentibus plerisque 3-striatis ad apicem versus paullulo hirtellis aliter subglabris; corollis ut videtur purpureis gracilibus 5 mm. longis, dentibus limbi brevissimis; achae- niis gracilibus 3 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus fuscis sed in angulis pallidis sursum minutissime scabratis; pappi setis ca. 39 sordide vel lutescente albis coroll juantibus.—PeEru: Chachapoyas, Mathews (rrr, in herb. Univ. Geneva, phot. and sm. fragm. Gr.). This species, known solely from an unnumbered specimen said to have been a part of Mathews’s last collection, in habit much resem- bles E. leptocephalum DC. var. hypomalacum Robinson, but may be readily distinguished by its much larger heads with about 25 instead of 8-10 florets, its somewhat ovoid instead of slenderly cylindrical involucre, as well as by its smaller practically sessile leaves with more closely matted tomentum on the lower surface. The name alludes to the retiring nature of a plant which has thus far escaped rediscovery for nearly a century. E. (§ Eximbricata) Arsenei, spec. nov., herbaceum erectum vel paullo decumbens ca. 1 m. altum praesertim ad nodos versus laxe patenter pilosum; caule tereti saepe purpureo-tincto ca. 4-9 mm. crasso; internodiis plerisque 6-10 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petio- latis late ovatis acuminatis grosse crenatis basi patenter cordatis ‘ (-7)-nervatis membranaceis utrinque viridibus sparse in nervis hirtellis ca. 5 em. longis et 4 em. latis; petiolis gracilibus, foliorum mediorum ca. 4 cm. longis, foliorum superiorum multo brevioribus; cymis paucicapitulatis rotundatis subumbelliformibus in paniculam magnam laxam dispositis; pedicellis gracilibus plerisque 3-7 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 5 mm. altis 7 mm. diametro 30-floris; involucr! uamis subaequalibus anguste oblongo-lanceolatis vel lineari- oblongis obtusis vel vix acutatis dorso saepius 2-nervatis; corollis albis, tubo proprio gracili 1.5-2 mm. longo, faucibus campanulatis 0.7-1 mm. altis, dentibus limbi 0.7-0.9 mm. longis; achaeniis atro- brunneis 1.6 mm. longis in angulis sursum hispidulis; pappi setis albis barbellatis Mexico: Michoacan: vicinity of Morelia at Carrinda- paz, Nov. 8, 1911, Bro. G. Arséne, no. 6080 (TyPE, in Gray Herb., isotypes U. S., Mo.), near Loma of La Huerta, alt. 1950 m., Sep. 1, RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 11 1910, Arséne, nos. 5489 (Gr., U. S.) and 6619 (U. S., Mo.); Cerro San Miguel, alt. 2100-2200 m., Dec. 1910, Arséne, nos. 5302 (U. S., Mo.) and (doubtfully) 5201 (Gr., U. S., Mo.), the latter being too immature for certain determination. This species is obviously related on the one hand to E. choricephalum Robinson, which however has narrower more sharply pointed phyl- laries and much more diffuse panicle, and on the other to FE. lastum, a plant with distinctly larger heads and shaggy stems. E. ASPERULACEUM Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 342 (1876). To the synonymy of this species may be added E. pseudoprazelis Hieron. Verh. Brandenb. Bot. Ver. xlviii. 200 (1907). Neither in habit nor in any significant character do these plants seem to differ. Their types were both collected near the junction of the Rio Negro with the Amazon and are certainly conspecific. EUPATORIUM AZANGAROENSE and E. scopuLoRUM.—Some years @go, when revising the Eupatoriums of Peru and of Bolivia, the writer maintained the then but little known E. scopulorum Wedd. and keyed it apart from E. azangaroense Sch.-Bip. Even at the time this seemed a doubtful course since the differential traits to be gleaned from their original descriptions in Weddell’s “Chloris Andina” were of a decidedly unconvincing nature. Subsequent study of the more copious material now available and examination of photographs of types and authoritatively determined plants in several of the Euro- pean herbaria have brought convincing evidence that no satisfactory or natural distinction between these plants can be made. It is there- fore desirable that they should be united and one of the two names selected. E. scopulorum Wedd. and E. azangaroense Sch.-Bip. were first described by Weddell, Chlor. And. i. 216-217 (1857) and there- fore, in accordance with Art. 46 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, they may be united under either of the names. To the writer it seems best to select E. azangaroense Sch.-Bip. as the binomial to be maintained and E. scopulorum Wedd. as the name which should pass into synonymy. The reasons for this choice are as follows: 1) E. azangaroense Sch.-Bip., though not characterized until described by Weddell, was the earlier name to reach print. See Bonplandia, lv. 54 (1856). 2) The historic type of E. azangaroense has much greater definiteness, being one of a numbered series, Hohenaker’s Lechleri plantae peruvianae” no. 1776, therefore easily checked in several of the larger herbaria. 3) The type of E. azangaroense has me through photographic prints in recent years much better known than that of E. sc rum. 4) E. azangaroense is immediately associable with a definite type-locality, Azangaro, Peru. These con- 12 ROBINSON siderations are believed to outweigh the facts that EH. scopulorum had slight page priority, that it was illustrated by a (none too good) plate, and that when characterizing E. azangaroense, Weddell confused with it extraneous material ranging as far afield as Ecuador and even northern Colombia, where material conspecific with the plant of Schultz has never been confirmed. E. (§ Eximbricata) atrocordatum, spec. nov., fruticosum vel saltim frutescens (basi ignota); caule ramisque teretibus brunneis juventate incurvo-puberulis tardius glabratis; internodiis plerisque 4-6 cm. longis; foliis acuminatis serrato-dentatis patenter-cordatis a basi 3-nervatis in nervis minute puberulis aliter glabris exsiccatione nigrescentibus, caulinis maximis 5-6 cm, longis 4-5 em. latis, rameis multo minoribus, superioribus profunde cordatis; petiolis plerisque 1-2 em. longis; corymbo terminali composito planiusculo multi- capitulato obscure brevissimeque incurvo-puberulo; pedicellis fili- formibus 8-12 mm. longis flexuosis; bracteolis filiformibus 1-2 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 5.5 mm. altis et 6.5 mm. diametro ca. 40-floris; involucri squamis ca. 15, eorum ca. 13 subaequalibus lineari-oblongis obtusis vel apice rotundatis ad apicem versus eroso-ciliolatis dorso plerumque 2-nervatis subglabris, extimis 2-3 multo brevioribus linearibus vel anguste oblongis subherbaceis minute puberulis; corollis albis, tubo proprio gracili glabro ca. 1.3 mm. longo, faucibus turbinato-subcampanulatis ea. 1.5 mm. longis glabris, dentibus limbi ca. 0.6 mm. longis in angulis sursum paullo scabratis; pappi sets 20-25 tenuibus albis corollas subaequantibus.—Mexico: Chiapas: Cerro del Boqueron, Sep. 1913, C. A. Purpus, no. 6796 (TYPE, in herb. Univ. Calif., phot. and small fragment Gr.). This perplexing plant from its subequal phyllaries technically falls into § Eximbricata, yet its nearest allies appear to be E. pyenocephalum Less. and several local and little known species which group themselves about this widespread and variable type. From E. pyenocephalum itself E. atrocordatum differs in its much flatter, more corymbous and much less glomerate inflorescence, narrower outer phyllaries, less imbricated median phyllaries and conspicuously cordate rameal leaves. From the delicate annual E. microstemon Cass. it differs ™ its shrubby or at least suffruticose habit, flatter inflorescence and cordate leaves. The nearly related EK. viscidipes Robinson and bh. furthermore differ in several minor traits, such as pubescence, — cidity, ete. Probably the closest relative of E. atrocordatum 1s - little known FE. multinerve Benth., but that has a more ope? we RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 13 elongated panicle and somewhat shorter-petioled more numerously nerved leaves, which have incisely crenate rather than serrate-dentate margins and are by no means so deeply cordate. The fanciful name is of course suggested by the nigrescent con- spicuously heart-shaped rameal leaves. These, in fact, are of a rather unusual character. In nearly all plants having cordate stem- leaves, the uppermost cauline and the rameal leaves show less and less tendency to be heart-shaped and are apt to become rounded, obtuse or even acutish at base. Here, however, the rameal leaves, though of reduced size, are more deeply cordate than the stem-leaves. E. (§ Cylindrocephala) boyacense, spec. nov., fruticosum sub- scandens 2-3 m. altum inflorescentia obscure fulvido-puberula et foliis subtus minutissime hirtellis exceptis glabrum exsiccatione paullo nigrescens; caule subtereti fusco-maculato ut dicto 2.5-7.5 em. crasso; internodiis 6-12 cm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis acu- minatis argute serratis vel serrulatis (dentibus 0.5-1 mm. altis inter se 2-6 mm. distantibus) basi rotundatis penniveniis supra glabris ob- scure venuloso-reticulatis (venulis saepe minute sulcatis) subtus ob- solete strigillosis (in venis venulisque paullo exsertis), lamina 7-9 cm. _ longa 3.5-5 em. lata textura membranacea; petiolo gracili plerumque |-2 em. longo; panicula composita oppositiramea pyramidali; capitu- lis ea. 12-floris ca. 11 mm. longis subsessilibus vel usque ad 4 mm. longe Pedicellatis ad apices paniculae ramulorum glomeratis; bracteo- lis ovatis obtusis; involucri squamis ¢a. 25 atrobrunneis 5-6-seriatim 'mbricatis ciliolatis aliter subglabris apice rotundatis; corollis gracilli- ms tubulatis ca. 6 mm. longis albis glabris; dentibus limbi vix 0.4 —— longis; achaeniis glabris 3.3 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 40 laeviusculis albidis ca. 5 mm. longis.—Cotoms14: tall forest of Mt. ap6n region, alt. about 90 m., in extreme western part of Dept. Boyaca, E. Lawrance, no. 279 (rypr, in Field Mus., phot. and Among the Colombian Eupatoriums of § Cylindrocephala, this P lant seems closest to E. lcbrijense Robinson and. E. leucolithogenum Robinson. Both of these have somewhat more numerously flowered heads (with 15-20 florets) and larger more palmately nerved leaves pointed rather than rounded at base. Furthermore, the reticulation of the veinlets on the upper leaf-surface in E. boyacense is closer than 1 14 ROBINSON E. (§ Chromolaena) Chaseae, spec. nov., herbaceum vel paullo suffruticosum erectum ca. 1 m. altum; radicis fibris paucis paullo incrassatis duris e caudice subgloboso lignoso ca. 2.5 cm. diametro orientibus; caule subtereti post exsiccationem costulato brunneo us- que ad inflorescentiam oppositirameam subsimplici; internodiis plerisque 2—5 em. longis; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis rhombeo- ovatis vel subobovatis obtusis grosse supra mediam partem dentatis ad basin versus longe cuneatis et integris textura duris supra breviter scabro-puberulis subtus reticulato-venulosis et griseo-subvelutinis paullo supra basin 3-5 (—7)-nervatis ; caulinis usque ad 7-5 cm. longis et 3.5 em. latis; petiolo vix 5 mm. longo; foliis supremis et rameis oblongis serratis basi breviter cuneatis multo minoribus; ramis plerisque 5-10 cm. longis oppositis adscendentibus; capitulis ovalibus vel subcylindricis ca. 30-floris 13 mm. longis pedicellatis; involucri squamis ca. 40 multiseriatim imbricatis eburneis apice rotundatis dorso striatis margine minutissime ciliolatis; corollis palidissime lilaceis ca. 5.5 mm. longis; tubo et faucibus non distinctis; dentibus limbi deltoideis dorso glandulis globosis instructis; achaeniis gracilibus paullo deorsum decrescentibus ca. 3.8 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 30 albidis sursum barbellatis——Brazii: State of Minas Geraes: stony campo, Morro do Cruzeiro, Lagoa Santa 42 km. north of Bello Hori- zonte, alt. 850 m., Mar. 23-24, 1925, Mrs. Agnes Chase, no. 9013 (T¥PE; in Gray Herb.). As the little Section Chromolaena, to which this species is to be referred, does not seem to have been keyed since Baker in Mart. Fi. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 300 (1876) recognized but two species, the following summary of the more striking differences and pertinent synonymy ° the five now known members of the group may be welcome. Key To THE nes or Evpatorium § CHROMOLAENA Base of leafblade ¢ Heads thick-ovoid; ae aries purple-tinged, often slightly Dick pi orsally but not ciliolate; leaves — . horminoides SOANORY CNN oe a Ys eee 9. EB. Chaseae Base of leafblade blunt, rounded or even subcordat eads ovoid to subeytindvie- phyllaries flattish to a ere Tacves ne ves eee large, about 6 em. long and 4.5-5 re gre eath; achenes 5 m ag ng... b ae a “‘mattogrossense aves aad cm . long, ayish-tomentose benea 7 achen ihe ut 3.5 mm. lon “d . Sh ear ee ots Rage calamocophol eads ‘eabiaoboas: phyllaries plein eae convex, the dorsa surface nearly hemispherical 5. E. epaleaceum RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 15 1. E. norminowes (DC.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt, 2, 300 (1876). Chromolaena horminoides DC. Prod. vy. 133 (1836). C. Candolleana Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 464 (1846). Eupa- torium strobilanthum Mart. Hb. Fl. Bras. n. 815 acc. to Bak. 1. e.— Minas Geraes, Sio Paulo and Bahia. 2. E. Cuasear Robinson (see above).—Minas Geraes. 3. E. MATTOGROSSENSE Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 761 (1897).—Matto Grosso. 300-301 (1876). Chromolaena leucocephala Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 465 (1846) and also C. leucocephala as employed in herb. by ‘Schultz-Bipontinus. Likewise, at least as to name-bringing synonym, Eupatorium leucocephalum Malme, Ark. f. Bot. xxiv. no. 8, 26 (1932), not Benth.—Minas Geraes, Goyaz and Sao Paulo. Beyond a slight difference in leaf-breadth no distinction is apparent between Baker’s vars. calamocephala and leucocephala. The heads of the latter, when carefully compared at like stage of development with those of the former show no significant difference in size. Schultz Seems to have recognized correctly enough Gardner’s Chromolaena leucocephala and applied the name in essentially the same sense. __5. E. epateaceum (Gardn.) Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. li. 534 (1916); Malme, Ark. f. Bot. xxiv. no. 8, 26 (1932). Chromolaena epaleacea Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 436 (1847). Eupato- rum lupulinum Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 301 (1876).—Minas Geraes, Sao P aulo, Goyaz and Matto Grosso. E. (§ Subimbricata) corumbense, spec. nov., fruticosum 1.8 m. at tum griseo-tomentellum; caule (vel ramo) subtereti vix (post ex- siecationem) costulato 2-3 mm. crasso paullo albido-medulloso; inter- nodiis ca. 3 em. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis lanceolatis obtusis Stosse serrato-dentatis vel (supremis) subintegris basi cuneatis ‘extura membranaceis pinnativeniis supra griseo-puberulis subtus distincte pallidioribus griseo-tomentellis 5-8.5 em. longis 2-3 cm. latis; petiolo tomentello 1-1.5 em. longo; panicula pyramidata Oppositiramea usque ad mediam partem foliaceo-bracteata ; capitulis ca. 11-floris 5 mm. altis plerisque breviter pedicellatis; involucri Squamis ca. 3-seriatim laxe imbricatis valde inaequilongis lanceolatis ors griseo-viridibus tomentellis margine pallidioribus subscariosis ; orollis albis glabris sed plus minusve ad limbum glanduloso-atomi- feris; tubo proprio in fauces gradatim ampliato; dentibus limbi vix ‘5 mm. longis; achaeniis angulis hispidulis 2 mm. longis; styli ramis ad apicem distincte sed brevissime clavatis et fuscescentibus; papp! 16 ROBINSON setis inaequalibus ca. 25 albis barbellatis—Brazit: Matto Grosso: on an isolated mountain on edge of tree-line, Urucum, Corumbé, alt. about 550 m., April 1927, Miss Dorrien Smith, no. 94 (TYPE, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., phot. Gr.). In its inflorescence, small heads, and dark abruptly clavate style- branches, this species recalls the genus Ophryosporus, but its anthers are distinctly appendaged at the tip. Abruptly clavate style-branches, like those of Ophryosporus, occur also in some other species of Eupa- torium, as for instance in E. dentatum Gardn. and in the recently described E. subcapitatum Malme. E. (§ Subimbricata) huantae, spec. nov., fruticosum erectum 1.2-1.8 m. altum crispe puberulum; caule tereti purpureo-brunneo albo-medulloso; internodiis plerisque 6-8 cm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis longe acuminatis lateraliter paucidentatis basi leviter cordatis concoloribus utrinque puberulis textura firmiter membranaceis plerisque 4—5.5 em. longis 3 em. latis; petiolo 9-12 mm. longo; panicula terminali ovoidea oppositiramea foliaceo-bracteata 2.5 dm. alta 1.3 dm. diametro; bracteolis parvis et minimis lanceolatis; pedicellis plerisque 4-7 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 24-floris 8 mm. altis; involucri ca. 3-seriatim imbricati squamis ca. 20 purpureo-viridibus griseo-puberulis, extimis et intermediis lanceolatis acutis, intimis oblongis ad summum versus lacerato-ciliatis obtusis sed argute mucronulatis; corollis glabris 3.3 mm. longis, tubo et faucibus v1x distinguendis cylindratis albis, dentibus limbi viridibus (sec. adnot. lectorum) vix 0.3 mm. longis; styli ramis clavatis aureo-flavis; achae- niis (immaturis) glabris pallidis 2.6 mm. longis; pappi setis albis ca. 30.—Prrv: Dep. Ayacucho: Huanta, in arid thickets, about 2800 m. alt., Killip & Smith, no. 23,337 (rypr, in Gray Herb.). : Traced by the author’s key to the Eupatoriums of Peru published in 1919, this plant would fall with E. gracilentum Robinson, an her- baceous plant, which has smaller far more loosely panicled heads, and with E. Cookii Robinson, which is villous with purple-jointed hairs and has much shorter-pedicelled, indeed almost sessile, heads. E. (§ Subimbricata) hylophorbum, spec. nov., herbaceum erec” post exsiccationem costulato purpurascente brunneo ut petioli et costa et nervi foliorum subtiliter fulvescenteque puberulo; internodils 4-12 em. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovato-oblongis acutis dentatis vel crenatis vel (supremis) subintegris basi obtusis m nervis venisque principibus brevissime puberulis aliter glabris gent supra basim pinnatim 5-nervatis subtus laxe prominulenter su» a plice reticulato-venosis 7-11 em. longis 2.5-4.5 em. latis exsiccatione RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 17 fuscencentibus textura membranaceis; petiolo 1-2 em. longo; panicula terminali oppositiramea basi foliaceo-bracteata; ramis late patentibus solum prope apicem capituliferis; capitulis breviter pedicellatis sub- glomeratis ca. 25-floris 5 mm. altis et crassis; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 20 ca. 4-seriatim imbricatis ovatis vel ovato-oblongis vel (intimis paucis) sublinearibus apice rotundatis dorso glabris conspicue striatis; corollis glabris gracilibus 3 mm. longis; tubo et faucibus viridescente albis; dentibus limbi perbrevibus rubescente azureis; achaeniis 1.5 mm. longis glabris; pappi setis ca. 30 albis 3 mm. longis.—Prrvu: Dept. Junin: Pichis Trail, Dos de Mayo, alt. 1700-1900 m., in dense forest, July 2-3, 1929, Killip & Smith, no. 25,827 (Type, in Gray Herb.). In habit this species somewhat resembles E. vestitum Poepp. which however has larger more regularly pinnate-veined and less toothed leaves, and is clothed with a dense and much longer indument. - HYPOMALACUM Robinson, Bot. Gaz. xxxv. 4 (1903). This shrubby species of § Subimbricatum with small thyrsoid heads, acute lanceolate to linear-oblong phyllaries and pinnately veined leaves, though described nearly thirty years ago has, until now, been known only from the original material collected by Heyde & Lux at Los Verdes, Dept. Amititlin, Guatemala. However, on a collecting trip made by Professor R. H. Wetmore and Dr. E. C. Abbe to Barro Colorado Island in the Panama Canal Zone they secured among other Specimens a plant which in essentials of habit, inflorescence, floral structure, achenes, etc., so closely agrees with the Guatemalan type of E. hypomalacum as to suggest that the two should be treated as varieties of the same species. The distinctions noted are as follows: Var. typicum foliis subintegris sed obscure denticulatis discoloribus 12-14 em. longis 3.5-4.5 cm. latis subtus molliter pubescentibus et cum glandulis sphaericis lucidis ornatis supra viridibus minute Prominulenterque reticulatis areolis ultimis perspicue circumscriptis.— GuaTemata: Los Verdes, Depart. Amititlén, alt. 1100 m., Heyde & Lua, no. 6157 (in series of J. D. Smith). ar. Wetmorei, var. nov., var. t pico habitu inflorescentiaque Sain; foliis paullo amplioribus 12-20 cm. longis 3.5-6.5 em. l child Trail, alt. about 800 m., Dec. 26, 1931, R. H. Wetmore & E. C. Abbe, no. 77 (Gray Herb.); also on lakeshore, east of landing, no. 87 (Gr.) of same series E. LANICAULE Robinson, Proc, Am, Acad. xxxv. 336 (1900). Of 18 ROBINSON this Central American species, described more than thirty years ago from specimens collected by Dr. Sereno Watson in the eastern parts of Vera Paz and Chiquimula, Guatemala, no rediscovery has thus far been reported. It may be well therefore to record the fact that the same species has recently been collected in British Honduras by Mr. W. A. Schipp, being his number 1096 from Fern Hill, Toledo, alt. about 91 m. The field memoranda indicate it as a “Tall shrub 6 ft. high 2 ins. in diam., growing on hillside in forest shade.’’ The plant is said to be “occasional” and the flowers “white flushed red.” The specimens of this number were distributed as Eupatorium Oerstedia- num, a relatively common species with leaves more narrowly oblong, less deeply toothed and more abruptly narrowed, rounded or even subamplexicaul at the base. Furthermore, the heads of E. Oecrstedi- anum are typically of § Cylindrocephala and the involucre remains closed and cylindrical even after drying, while in E. lanicaule the involucre in drying spreads and takes on an open campanulate form as frequently happens in § Subimbricata but not in § Cylindrocephala. E. (§ Subimbricata) Loefgrenii, spec. nov., fruticosum erectum 8 dm. altum; caule tereti dense fulvideque tomentello ca. 5 mm. diametro albo-medulloso ad inflorescentiam virgato foliifero; foliis (supremis alternis exceptis) suboppositis sessilibus ovalibus vel late ellipticis obtusis vel apice rotundatis leviter crenato-dentatis penni- veniis utrinque duplicate reticulato-venulosis 6-8 em. longis 4-5 cm. latis firmiter coriaceis supra in venulis leviter exsertis glanduliferis subtus in venulis conspicue exsertis hirtellis; panicula terminali densa pyramidata; capitulis ca. 8-floris breviter pedicellatis ca. 8-9 mm. longis; involucri squamis inaequalibus ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis oblongo-lanceolatis acutis sed non attenuatis plerisque 2-costatis pallidis; corollis albidis 5-nervatis; tubo proprio gracili 3 mm. long glandulis paucis sessilibus ornato; faucibus turbinato-subcampanu- latis ca. 1.5 mm. altis; dentibus limbi brevibus subacutis vix 0.3 mm. longis; styli ramis apice subabrupte incrassatis fere capitulifer's nigrescentibus; achaeniis (immaturis) pubescentibus ca. 3 mm. long!s; pappi setis ca. 45 barbellatis ochroleucis 5 mm. longis.—BRAZIL: State of Sao Paulo: in campo, S. José dos Campos, Alberto Lofgren, no. 120 (Type, in Mus. Bot. Stockholm, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This plant, though pretty clearly related to E. dictyophyllum DC., has much less deeply toothed leaves, which are neither so hairy nOF so cuneate at base. In EF. dictyophyllum furthermore the phy llaries are caudate-attenuate and the heads about 5-flowered. FE. Loefgren™ is also in many ways similar to E. Warmingii Bak. but that has smaller leaves, of obovate tendency, more cuneate at base and smooth- ne RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 19 er above, since the secondary veinlets are scarcely evident and little if at all exserted. Moreover the phyllaries of FE. Warmingii are caudate-tipped and the style-branches scarcely clavellate instead of abruptly and definitely thickened as in E. Loefgrenit. E. Luxm Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxvi. 480 (1901). Dr. A. F. Skutch, who collected material of this local and little known Guate- malan species at Santa Elena, Dept. Chimaltenango, Feb. 26, 1933, reports the plant as arborescent, reaching a height of 25 feet and diameter 4 inches. He also states that it was found along a stream in the cloud forest at an altitude of about 2745 m. and had bright lavender flowers. Dr. Skutch’s specimens of this species show clearly that, without any other visible change of character, it may be, like the type, opposite-leaved (as in the specimen of Skutch’s no. 289 at the Gray Herbarium) or alternate-leaved (as in the case of the same number at the U. S. National Herbarium). E. Matacnopnytium Klatt, Arb. Bot. Mus. Hamb. [an advance reprint] page 3 (1890) and Jahrb. Hamb. Wissensch. Anstalt. ix. pt. 2, page 125 (1892). This species was based on a specimen of Ule’s no. , collected on slopes of the Serra de Oratorio in the state of Santa Catharina, Brazil. Hieronymus evidently wholly overlooked the publication of this plant, for when he published his EZ. Niederleinii in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 763 (1907), which was based on Niederlein’s no. 1472 from Cabaceras in the Argentine province of Misiones, he appended a “ var. latifolia” also founded on Ule’s no. 1508 from Santa Catharina. In other words, this supposed broader-leaved variety of his E. Niederleinii was isotypic with Klatt’s already published E. malachophyllum, which in consequence must of course be accepted as the correct specific name. The question which naturally arises is whether the typical EF. Niederleinii of Argentina is even varietally separable. After examining the types of both, as well as conspecific material subsequently collected in the Brazilian state of Sao Paulo by ammar (Gr.) and by Brade, no. 5708 (Gr., Stkh.) and in the Argentine Misiones by Rodriguez, no. 553 (Gr.) and Griiner, no. 468 (Gr.), the “riter finds that the distinctions of leaf-breadth and number of florets, y ntioned by Hieronymus, show little constancy or significance. It 'S true that the Brazilian specimens average somewhat more “-Plously silky-villous, but this is only a matter of degree and as a difference would seem to have no more than formal value. E. (§ Subimbricata) mercedense, spec. nov., scandens, ut videtur subherbaceum, aspectu glabrum sed subtiliter puberulum; caule Ne gracili purpurascente viridi; internodiis plerisque 4-12 em. °ngis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis lanceolato-ovatis apice 20 : ROBINSON attenuatis lateraliter argute serratis basi rotundatis supra glaberrimis subtus in nervis obscure puberulis trinervatis textura firmiter mem- branaceis vel subchartaceis 5-6.5 em. longis 2-2.5 cm. latis impunctatis; petiolo 1-1.6 em. longo; panicula ampla laxissima oppositiramea 4 dm. alta 2 dm. diametro foliaceo-bracteata; bracteolis parvis lanceo- latis integris sessilibus;. pedicellis filiformibus plerisque 7-10 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 24-floris 6 mm. altis 5 mm. diametro; involucri turbinato-campanulati squamis ca. 20 subtriseriatim imbricatis vir- idibus striatis, extimis lanceolato-ovatis acutis obscure puberulis, intermediis et intimis gradatim longioribus lineari-oblongis obtusius- culis subglabris; corollis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 0.5 mm. longo; faucibus subcylindratis 2 mm. longis viridi-albis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 0.3 mm. longis pallide azureis; achaeniis nigris 1.5 mm. longis glabris; pappi setis ca. 30 albis tenuibus 2 mm. longis.—PERU: Dept. Junin, La Merced, alt. about 700 m., in thickets, May 29- June 4, 1929, Killip & Smith, no. 23,793 (rypx, in Gray Herb.). This species in habit recalls E. larwm Gardn. of Minas Geraes, Brazil and possibly may prove to be a geographically remote and much modified form of it; but the two plants differ in so many minor characters that they can scarcely be treated as conspecific until some intergradation can be demonstrated. In E. laxum the leaves are of softly membranaceous texture, finely pubescent on both surfaces and rather bluntly serrate with incurved teeth, while in E. mercedense they are very much firmer in texture, quite glabrous and somewhat lucid above and serrate with sharper more spreading teeth. In E. laxum the phyllaries usually have two paler ribs. In E. mercedense there are usually three or more ribs on the phyllaries. In E. laxum the leaves (in a dried condition) are nearly or quite concolorous while in E. mercedense the lower surface dries to a pale green and the uppet to a much darker olivaceous shade. E. (§ Conoclinium) Mexiae, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne 2 m. altum patenter pilosum, pilis albis saepius curvatis nodulosis attenua- tis cum glandulis globularibus sessilibus lucidis intermixtis; caule subtereti multicostulato fistuloso repetite trichotomo, axe principe ab ramis lateralibus saepius superato; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis deltoideo-ovatis acuminatis obtuse serrato-dentatis bas! late cordatis vel (foliis superioribus) rotundato-subtruncatis supr@ praecipue in superficie subtus secum nervis venisque pilosis 9-16 ¢m- longis et latis membranaceis utrinque viridibus; petiolo 6-11 ©™- longo; cymis sublaxis paucicapitulatis conjunctim paniculam foliaceo- bracteatam formantibus; pedicellis gracilibus plerisque 1-3 ©™- longis; capitulis magnis ca. 1.5 cm. altis et 2 cm. diametro a. 140- RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 21 floris; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis obtusis valde inaequalibus, extimis latissime ovatis viridibus dense _pilosis et glandulari-punctatis, intermediis oblongo-ovatis striatis, intimis sublinearibus; corollis ut videtur albis glabris, tubo proprio gracili 2.7-3 mm. longo, faucibus subturbinato-campanulatis ca. 0.9 mm. longis, dentibus limbi brevissimis (0.2-0.3 mm. longis) late deltoideis; achaeniis apice obtuse appendiculatis; styli ramis longissimis fili- formibus ut videtur aurantiacis; achaeniis nigris saepius plus minusve curvatis hispidulis basi calloso-appendiculatis 1.7 mm, longis; pappi setis ca. 35 capillaribus microscopice barbellatis ca. 3 mm. longis.— Braz: Minas Geraes: District Carangola: rocky hill to southwest, Fazenda de Gramma, 3 leagues south of Areponga, alt. 900 m., Jan. ripest Mrs. Ynes Mexia, no. 4226 (rye, in Gray Herb., isotype A well marked novelty, recalling in its habit and many of its characters both E. apiculatum Gardner and E. hemisphacricum DC., but readily distinguished from each by its far larger heads and much more numerous florets. This noteworthy addition to the Brazilian flora is another of the highly interesting plants brought to scientific attention by the admirable exploration of Mrs. Ynes Mexia for whom it may appropriately be named. The specimens studied are those sent for identification to Washington and Cambridge by Mrs. H. P. Bracelin of the University of California, who is engaged in editing ts. Mexia’s extensive collection. E. microstemon Cass. Dict. xxv. 432 (1822). To the synonymy of this species may now be added the long obscure E. microcephalum Regel, a plant described from garden material, believed to have been of Colombian origin. When preparing his revision of the Colombian Eupatoriums (Proc. Am. Acad. liv. 264-330) the writer was unable to see any specimen even supposed to illustrate the plant of Regel. Some years later, however, when Mr. Alfred Rehder of the Arnold Arboretum was visiting for botanical work the scientific establish- ments of Leningrad, he very obligingly undertook the commission to see whether anything authentic could be found for the obscure L. merocephalum at that center. In this he was entirely successful, finding a sheet so labelled in hand of Regel in the herbarium at the Botanic Garden. Mr. Rehder was permitted to take a photograph of the sheet and through the kindness of the management of the herbarium was supplied with some small but characteristic fragments, sufficient to show details of the involucre, florets, leaf-texture, pu- nee, etc. Careful examination of this material makes it clear that Regel’s E. microcephalum differs in no significant trait from the 22 - ROBINSON delicate tropical American annual of wide distribution much earlier characterized as E. microstemon Cass. In several respects Regel’s description was misleading, since he characterized the plant as suffruticose, and suggested its relationship with FE. trapezoideum Kunth, with which it certainly has no close affinity. Furthermore, the leaves of his material, grown doubtless in rich garden soil, are larger than those usually found in the wild. For these reasons it is by no means remarkable that his species has not been recognized from its description; nor is it surprising that Regel did not know of the much earlier E. microstemon Cass., a species which did not attain clear recognition until considerably later. A nearly related plant of Peru may be put on record as follows: Var. ? perennans, var. nov., perenne var. typico paullo elatius usque ad 1.2 m. altum; foliis quam apud var. typicum paullo majoribus (usque ad 8 cm. longis et 5 cm. latis) textura paullo firmius membrana- ceis; panicula laxiori, ramis inflorescentiae patentibus elongatis nudiusculis.—Prru: Dept. Ayacucho: Aina between Huanta and Rio Apurimac, alt. 750-1000 m., May 1929, in thickets, the florets pinkish white, Killip & Smith, no. 22,688 (rypPx, in Gray Herb.). Eximbricata) mikaniifolium, spec. nov., herbaceum gracile verisimiliter perenne brevissime puberulum ca. 4 dm. altum; caule tereti ca. 2 mm. diametro folioso superne ramoso; foliis plerisque alternis graciliter petiolatis deltoideis acutis in lateribus grosse den- tatis basi leviter patenterque cordatis textura membranaceis utrinque puberulis a basi 3-nervatis ca. 4.5 cm. longis et 3 cm. latis; petiolo 1-1.4 cm. longo; corymbo terminali planiusculo laxo; pedicellis 6-30 mm. longis; capitulis 25-28-floris post exsiccationem hemisphaer- icis ca. 1 em. altis et 2 em. diametro; involucri squamis angustissimis linearibus perattenuatis ca. 7 mm. longis vix imbricatis plerisque 2-nervatis; corollis ut dicitur albis gracilibus ca. 7 mm. longis glabris vel ad basin versus obscure granulatis; achaeniis gracilibus 3 mm. longis pallide brunneis vix scabratis; pappi setis ca. 30 albis corollas subaequantibus.—ARGENTINA: edge of woods in firm soil, Las Buenas, Chaco, Dec. 1932, A. G. Schulz, no. 237 (ryPE, in Gray Herb.). This seems to be a well marked species not very closely related to any hitherto recorded from Argentina and not thus far found in any of the neighboring countries. The leaves, though prevailingly Mikania periplocifolia and its near relatives. ‘The specimen from which this interesting novelty has been described was submitted to the writer’s study by Mr. A. L. Cabrera of La Plata. E. (§ Eximbricata) morelense, nom. nov. Kyrstenia rufa Greene, RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 23 Leafl. i. 10 (1903), not Eupatorium rufum Spreng. ex DC. Prod. v. 33 (1836), the latter being Vernonia extensa (Wall.) DC. 1. c. The Mexican plant characterized by Greene as Kyrstenia rufa is Pringle’s no. 8028 from Cuernavaca in the State of Morelos. It appears to be a good species though rather suspiciously near FE. photinum Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xxxv. 338 (1900). However, E. photinum is essen- tially glabrous, while in E. morelense the stems, at least when young, are covered with long deflexed purple-jointed hairs. E. photinum also may be distinguished by its relatively narrower much more caudate- attenuate leaves and somewhat longer petioles; its heads are also a bit smaller. If, as thus seems probable, these two plants are distinct species, Greene’s Kyrstenia rufa should have a name under Eupatorium of which Kyrstenia is but a scarcely definable section. As E. rufwm has already been employed in the genus a new designation becomes needful. Pringle’s no. 8028 was distributed as E. ciliatum Less., a species still obscure which, as shown by type material at the Botanical Museum in Berlin-Dahlem, is a decidedly different plant with much smaller more deeply toothed and merely acute (rather than acuminate) leaves and looser inflorescence E. (§ Conoclinium?) moritibense, spec. nov., ut videtur fru- tescens basi ignota; caule tereti superne crispe puberulo vel sordide tomentello; medulla alba; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis inciso-dentatis basi breviter cuneatis textura subchartaceis pennativeniis supra viridibus sublucidis sparse minuteque granulatis subtus paullo pallidioribus prominulenter reticulatis secundum venas venulasque minute granulatis plerisque 5-8 em. longis 3-4 em. latis; petiolo 14-18 mm. lon 0; corymbo terminali composito breviter pedunculato planiusculo; capitulis ca. 12-14-floris 8 mm. longis; mvolucri squamis ca. 10 subaequilongis lanceolatis acutis firmius- culis 2(-3)-nervatis ca. 4 mm. longis dorso paullo puberulis; recep- taculo convexo nudo; corollis 3.5-4 mm. longis graciliter tubulatis S-nervatis verisimiliter albis vel saltim pallidis, faucibus vix ampliatis; dentibus limbi 5 vix 0.4 mm. longis; achaeniis glabris ca. 2 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 25 inaequalibus sordide albis quam corollae brevioribus sublaevibus.—Brazit: Bahia: Moritiba, 1841, J. Blanchet, no. 3489 (t¥PE, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., phot. Gr.). A clearly marked species with ovate sharply, rather coarsely and even somewhat doubly dentate leaves of pinnate venation. Though the receptacle is but slightly convex, the species would seem from mvolucre to be best referred to § Conoclinium. The place-name is spelled as on Blanchet’s label Moritiba and this form, as representing current usage at the time of his visit, has been 24 ROBINSON selected for latinization. The locality in question is presumed to be the one situated about 12° 40’ S. lat. and 39° 5’ W. long. Its name is variously rendered as Maritiba, Muritiba and Murityba. E. opLonGirotium (Spreng.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 333 (1876). While pretty constant in general habit and most of its technical details this species shows marked variation in the breadth, texture and toothing of the leaves. To the varieties hitherto proposed there may be added Var. oxyodontum, var. nov., foliis elliptico- vel subspatulato- oblongis tenuibus potius subcarneo-membranaceis quam subcoriaceis vix 5 em. longis sed usque ad 2 em. latis, superioribus argute sinuato- dentatis, dentibus 1-4 mm. longis——ArGENTINA: Misiones: Loreto, Apr. 16, 1933, G. Griiner, no. 1359 (Type, in Gray Herb.). With its deeply toothed almost pinnatifid upper leaves this variety differs rather conspicuously from the typical variety and from var. elongatum (H. & A.) Bak., both of which have subentire or at most bluntly toothed and proportionately narrower leaves. While the Paraguayan forma odoratissimum Hassl. has some of the upper leaves sharply toothed as in the plant here under discussion, they are much more narrowly oblong and of decidedly firmer texture as in the typical variety. No one appears to have recorded anything of the root of this species. The specimen at hand of var. oxyodontum shows it to be dark, firmly woody, fusiform and 1.5 cm. in diameter. E. (§ Subimbricata) pampalcense, spec. nov., fruticosum 6 dm. achaeniis pallidis glabris 2 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 20 roseis 3.9 mm. longis.—Peru: Dept. Ayacucho: Pampalca between Huanta and RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 25 Rio Apurimac, on open hillside, alt. about 3200 m., May, 1929, Killip & Smith, no. 22,232 (ryrx, in Gray Herb.). This species is somewhat intermediate between § Subimbricata and § Eximbricata but seems best referred to the former, where it may be placed near E. Cookii Robinson, which has some habital and technical similarity, though it has narrower acute outer and middle phyllaries, smaller much fewer-flowered heads, larger leaves, etc. E. pauciDeNTATUM Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 297 (1876). This has long been to the writer a puzzling species. A sheet of Riedel’s no. 1299 (also numbered 1727) in the Gray Herbarium is clearly labelled in the characteristic hand of Schultz “ Eupatorium paucidentatum Sz. Bip. n. sp.”’ It is subsimple up to the inflorescence. ts leaves are mostly about 5-toothed on each side and are obtusely bricated in the manner of § Subimbricata. They are furthermore somewhat narrowed to an obtusish puberulent tip; the heads are about 6-flowered. It seemed impossible to reconcile the traits of this plant, on which Schultz himself had worked, with the description by Baker, calling for a copiously branched plant with leaves truncate or broadly deltoid at base, pedicelled heads, a 4—5-seriate involucre, and phyllaries deltoid at tip and white-puberulent on the back. Therefore it appeared probable that, while Baker may have had some material corresponding to the original specimens studied by Schultz, his diagnosis was drawn from a mixture. Here it may be noted that, had the Riedel specimens exhibited an involucre such as described by Baker, Schultz would pretty certainly have referred the plant to Osmia, a group correspond- Ing to Eupatorium § Cylindrocephala, since Schultz was disposed to maintain Osmia as a separate genus. The fact that Schultz placed the Riedel specimens in Eupatorium confirms the view that he was working upon the plant of looser involucre. Of the material studied by Baker three sheets present in the her- barium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew have been most kindly lent to the writer for examination. From these it becomes clear that Riedel’s no, 1029, cited by Baker, is identical with Riedel’s no. 1299 (1727) in the Gray Herbarium and labelled by Schultz as “ Eupatorium paucidentatum Sz. Bip. n. sp.” _ This plant with subsimple stems, sessile heads and relatively loose involucre, which in the complex we may call Element A, proves to be indistinguishable from the broad-leaved form of the variable and pre- viously published E. stachyophyllum Spreng. 26 ROBINSON The other two sheets, both labelled “ Eupatorium paucidentatum Schtz. Bip.” by Baker bear Burchell’s numbers 4007-2, 4092-2, 4115, 4300-2, 4547 and 4727-2. These all have heads distinctly of the § Cylindrocephala and the lateral ones are at maturity perceptibly pedicelled. In all cases in which the specimens are adequate to show habit the branching is free and, as Baker states, rather copious. This may be called Element B. Manifestly conspecific with Element B are specimens of Burchell’s no. 4007-2 and 4404-2 as well as Brade’s no. 6221 now in the Gray Herbarium. Element B cannot be sepa- rated by any constant or satisfactory character from the earlier EF. congestum H. & A. It thus becomes clear that E. paucidentatum Sch.-Bip. should be given up as its type-element must pass into the synonymy of F. stachyophyllum Spreng. and the more loosely branched material with involucre characteristic of § Cylindrocephala though by Baker re- ferred to E. paucidentatum Sch.-Bip. should be placed in E. congestum H.& A While it is true that Baker referred to E. paucidentatum still further material, collected by Lund, Martius, and Sello, not seen by the writer, the identity of these plants could not seriously affect the status of the species since Baker states that the name was derived from Riedel’s labels of the plant studied and named by Schultz. These Riedel sheets thus clearly constitute the typical part of the species and its nomenclatural status cannot depend on material subsequently associated with it by Baker. As to the correct designation of the earlier species H. congestum H. & A. it may be added that there appear to be no very satisfactory distinctions, certainly none approaching specific significance, to sepa- rate E. bracteatum H. & A. from E. congestum H. & A. It seems therefore that these plants, both resting on rather scrappy Uruguayan types collected by Tweedie, must be united under one or the other of their specific names. They were published on the same page- It would be natural to choose E. bracteatum which has a few lines of “priority of place,’ but the International Rules of Botanical Nomen- clature, far from insisting upon the principle of priority of place, expressly indicate that when two groups of like nature are published at the same time the author subsequently uniting them may select whichever name seems best. In preferring, in this case, H. congestum to E. bracteatum the writer bases his choice on the grounds that E. congestum has been more frequently employed for the plant in ques- tion and is free from later homonyms, while the name LE. bracteatum H. & A., which has scarcely been employed except in synony™Y Le A RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 27 since its original publication, conflicts with the subsequent homonym of Gardner. Of course the latter under the now validated rule re- jecting later homonyms, could not be maintained, but as it has long been current in Brazilian taxonomy the introduction of a second even though earlier use of the name is undesirable since it would tend to confusion. It appears best therefore to select for the seemingly conspecific plant-entities E. bracteatum H. & A. and E. congestum H. & A. the name E. congestum H. & A., a designation which has not been applied to any other plant group. E. (§ Eximbricata) Skutchii, spec. nov., fruticosum usque ad 3 m. altum; caule tereti densissime griseo-tomentello lenticellis sparsis ovalibus nigrescentibus vel atropurpureis ornato albo-medul- loso; foliis oppositis longe petiolatis late ovatis acuminatis serratis basi rotundatis vel subcordatis paullo supra basin subpinnatim 5-7- nervatis textura membranaceis utrinque viridibus 8-10 cm. longis 8.5 cm. latis supra hirtellis subtus praecipue in nervis venisque pubescentibus, dentibus numerosis plerisque 1-2 mm. altis mm. inter se distantibus saepe breviter cuspidatis; panicula terminali magna composita oppositiramea folioso-bracteata griseo-tomentella; pedicellis filiformibus usque ad 1 em. longis cum bracteolis linearibus parvis instructis; capitulis 17-25-floris ca. 8 mm. longis 5-7 mm diametro; involucri squamis 11-12 linearibus acutis ad apicem appendice filiformi 0.5—0.7 mm. longo auctis ca. 7 mm. longis 1.3 mm. latis tenuibus viridibus vel purpureis dorso laxe pilosis; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus cylindratis 1.8-2 mm. longis; dentibus limbi 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis gracilibus brunneis 2.2 mm. longis vix scabratis; pappi setis 18-21 delicatule capillaribus albis.—GuaTEMALa: Dept. Chimaltenango: open hillside, Santa Elena, alt. 2400-2700 m., Mar. 25, 1933, Dr. A. F. Skutch, no. 337 (TYPE, in U. S. Nat. Herb., fragm. Gr.); also Chichavac, in pine woods; flowers white, very fragrant, Mar. 23, 1933, Skutch, no. 333 (U. >: Gr.). When keyed among previously described Mexican and Central American species of the genus, this plant falls near E. ixiocladon Benth. and E. subcordatum Benth. From the former it may be readily distinguished by its grayish-tomentose stem and the absence of viscidity in the inflorescence; from the latter by its larger much more humerously toothed leaves, larger heads and conspicuous dark lenticels on its tomentellous stems. In naming this species it is a pleasure to commemorate the botanical activities of Dr. A. F. Skutch, who has combined with his ornithologi- cal interests a careful attention to the plants of the regions he has 28 ROBINSON explored and whose specimens and field notes are in many cases exceedingly helpful. E. (§ Eximbricata) tarmense, spec. nov., fruticulosum e caudice lignoso valde incrassato multicaule caespitosum; caulibus subsim- plicibus vel paucirameis ca. 2 dm. altis glabris parte inferiori a delapsu foliorum saepius denudatis et nodulosis (internodiis plerisque 8-12 mm. longis) cortice griseo obtectis, parte media gracilibus brunneo- purpureis foliosissimis (internodiis brevissimis plerumque 2-5 mm. longis), parte suprema minus foliosis (internodiis 1-2.5 cm. longis) ; foliis parvis oppositis brevissime petiolatis (aliquando in axillis proliferis) anguste ovato-oblongis apice obtusis supra mediam partem paucicrenatis basi integris cuneatis utrinque glabris textura sub- coriaceis subtus paullo pallidioribus et laxe reticulatis 5-8 mm. longis 2-3 mm. latis; petiolo vix 1 mm. longo; corymbis terminalibus 3-4-capitulatis; bracteis lanceolato-linearibus; pedicellis filiformibus usque ad 2 em. longis; capitulis ea. 25-floris 1 em. altis 7 mm. diametro; involucri squamis ca. 18 subaequalibus anguste oblongis obtusis tenuibus dorso striatis subglabris saepius purpureo-tinctis 4-5 mm. longis; corollis albis glabris, tubo proprio gracili 1.5 mm. longo; faucibus ca. 2 mm. longis; achaeniis nigris 2.2 mm. longis minute in angulis sursum scabratis; pappi setis ca. 15 tenuibus albis.—PERU: Dep. Junin: Tarma, on open hillside, alt. 3000-3200 m., Apr. 20-22, 1929, Killip & Smith, no. 21,833 (rypx, in Gray Herb.). In habit this approaches the Peruvian E. Mancoanum Robinson and the Colombian E. Funckii Robinson, but differs from the first in its glabrous instead of densely glandular-puberulent stems, narroweT subglabrous phyllaries and slender black achenes, and from the second ca. 16 regulariter 3-4-seriatim imbricatis persistentibus aetate di- vergentibus vix acutis vel obtusis vel apice (saepissime vinaceo) RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 29 rotundatis ciliatis dorso 3-striatis hirtellis 1.6-5.5 mm. longis 0.6-1.5 mm. latis; corollis gracilibus minute papillato-scabratis; tubo pro- prio et faucibus vix distinctis conjunctim ca. 4 mm. longis; dentibus limbi lanceolatis 0.5 mm. longis; achaeniis pallidis 1.8-2 mm. longis i angulis paullulo scabratis aliter laevibus; pappi setis ca. 30 albidis. —Cotompia: Dept. Antioquia: at Titiribi in the vicinity of Medellin, June 30, 1928, Rafael A. Toro, no. 1201 (ryre, in herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., phot. and fragm. Gr.). Though the much imbricated involucre might suggest reference of this species to § Cylindrocephala, the per- sistence and at length spreading habit of the phyllaries indicates its closer relationship with § Subimbricata, where its few-flowered heads, entire practically glabrous leaves, and rather unusual inflorescence should permit its ready recognition. It may be placed near E. densum Benth., which, however, has distinctly serrulate leaves rounded at the nearly sessile base and prominently reticulated beneath. (§ Cylindrocephala) trujillense, spec. nov., fruticosum glaberrimum basi inclinans; caulibus teretibus purpurascentibus; internodiis plerisque 2-4 cm. longis; foliis oppositis lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis breviter petiolatis ad apicem versus integris attenuatis in lateribus acute 2-4-dentatis basi cuneatis textura firmiter coriaceis * basi 3-nervatis utrinque glaberrimis subconcoloribus supra lucidis (nervis venisque depressis) subtus opacis vel paullo lucidulis obscure albideque maculatis impunctatis; panicula terminali corymbosa oppositiramea 1-2 dm. alta aequilata foliaceo-bracteata glabra; pedi- cellis plerisque 1-5 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 25-floris 12 mm. longis +5 mm. diametro; involucri squamis ca. 30 pluriseriatim imbricatis arcte appressis ciliolatis 3-striatis et ad apicem versus viridi- vel brunneo-maculatis; corollis purpurascentibus glabris gracilibus ca. S mm. longis; achaeniis gracilibus glabris ca. 4 mm. longis; pappi Setis ca. 28 albidis 4.5 mm. longis vix scabratis.—VENEZUELA: on arid slopes, Mendoza, Trujillo, Jan. 19, 1928, Pittier, no. 12,635 (TYPE, N. Y. Bot. Gard., phot. and fragm. Gr., isotypes U. S., Monac.). This species, in its leathery, narrowly ovate to lanceolate, subsessile, somewhat bullate, shining leaves recalls E. Thurnii Robinson of the Taima Mountains, but may. be readily distinguished by its entirely glabrous character, broader phyllaries, and lack of the fine dark punc- tation evident on the lower surface of the leaves in E. Thurnii. E. (§ Cy lindrocephala) Voglii, spec. nov., ut videtur fruticosum rectum ramosum_ breviter sordideque tomentosum; ramis adscen- dentibus teretibus tomentulo purpureo-brunneo dense obtectis; inter- nodiis superioribus ca. 3 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis acutiusculis crenato-dentatis vel subintegris basi rotundatis vel sub- 30 ROBINSON cordatis textura membranaceis supra puberulis subtus griseo-tomen- tellis a basi 3-5-nervatis reticulato-venosis 3-4.5 em. longis 2-3 cm. latis; petiolo ca. 1 em. longo; inflorescentia planiuscula corymbis subdensis ramos terminantibus; capitulis (vix maturis) 6-9 mm. longis 7—11-floris; involucri cylindrati squamis ca. 18 parvis ad- pressis basi subglabris eburneis 2-3-striatis ad apicem versus multo fuscioribus subherbaceis hispido-puberulis et glandulis sessilibus ornatis; squamis extimis et intermediis obtusis, intimis acutis plus minusve purpurascentibus; corollis sursum gradatim paullo ampliatis sine faucibus distinctis ca. 3 mm. longis extus glandulis adspersis; dentibus limbi ca. 0.3 mm. longis—VENEzUELA: Timotes, Father C. Vogl, no. 764 (rypE, in herb. Univ. of Munich, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This species differs from the somewhat similar E. scabrum L. f. in having smaller heads and much more appendiculate and puberulous phyllaries. Though in many respects similar to E. meridense Robinson, it has shorter subsessile heads, far more conspicuously dark-tipped phyllaries, and leaves of ovate instead of lanceolate form. From E. Tyleri Robinson, which has rather similar foliage, it differs in its dark-appendaged phyllaries, its shorter leaves abruptly rounded or even subcordate at base, and its relatively longer petioles. E. (§ Subimbricata) yungasense, spec. nov., perenne subher- baceum vel verisimiliter plus minusve lignescens (basi ignota) puber- ulum elatum patenter ramosum; caule téreti brunnescenti flexuoso albo-medulloso 4 mm. diametro; internodiis inferioribus usque ad 17-19 cm. longis; foliis (supremis exceptis) oppositis graciliter petio- latis deltoideo-ovatis acuminatis crenato-dentatis basi cordatis ima a basi 3-nervatis utrinque viridibus subconcoloribus breviter puberu- lis textura molliter membranaceis plerisque 2-5 cm. longis et 1.54 em. latis; petiolo 1-4 em. longo; panicula laxa foliaceo-bracteata glandulari-puberula; bracteolis ultimis parvis lanceolatis; pedicellis filiformibus 4-18 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 24-floris 7.5 mm. altis 4.5 mm. diametro; involucri subturbinato-campanulati squamis ca. 3~4- seriatim imbricatis viridibus striato-nervatis, interioribus lineari- oblongis obtusis subglabris, extimis lanceolatis acutis dense puberulis; corollis ut videtur albis glabris; tubo proprio vix 0.8 mm. longo; faucibus cylindratis vix ampliatis 2.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.3-0.4 mm. longis; achaeniis glabris 1.7 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 30 albis 3 mm. longis.—Botrv1a: Nor-Yungas: sub- tropical region, alt. 1300 m., Millugnaya, December, 1917, Dr. Otto Buchtien, no. 4407 (type, in Gray Herb.). This plant has long lain at the Gray Herbarium among some RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 31 baffling puzzles put aside for closer study when time could be found for the purpose. It clearly resembled in many respects the little known E. tamboense Hieron. but careful examination renders it improbable that it is conspecific with that species, which has somewhat firmer thombic-ovate and more sharply toothed leaves, fewer-flowered heads, lilac corollas and obtuse outer phyllaries. In E. yungasense may be placed also Buchtien no. 300, collected at Sirupaya near Yonacachi in Sur-Yungas, though earlier tentatively referred by the writer (Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 53) to E. tamboense. Mikania (§ Thyrsigerae) acrensis, spec. nov., volubilis inflores- centia inconspicue puberula excepta glaberrima; caule tereti; medulla alba; internodiis superioribus plerisque 4-6 em. longis; foliis oppositis breviter graciliterque petiolatis ellipticis vel elliptico-ovatis acumina- tis integris a basi 3-7-nervatis membranaceis utrinque viridibus glabris tenuiter prominulenterque reticulatis 4-5 em. longis 2.4-2.8 em. latis (supremis solis visis); petiolo ca. 1 em. longo; panicula py- ramidata 4-5 dm. alta 2.5-3 dm. diametro composita oppositiramea foliaceo-bracteata; ramulis plus minusve ancipitibus obscure hirtellis; pedicellis 0-3 mm. longis; bracteolis late ovatis acutis vel acuminatis 4 mm. longis 2.5-3 mm. latis tenuibus viridibus glabris vel glabrius- culis; capitulis numerosis ca. 1 em. longis; involucri squamis oblongis obtusis brevissime mucronulatis pallido-viridibus ca. 6 mm. longis ad apicem versus eroso-subciliatis dorso glabris leviter striatulis; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus brevis- simis campanulatis; lobis limbi anguste lanceolatis ca. 2 mm. longis; styli ramis filiformibus; achaeniis glabris deorsum attenuatis 3.7 mm. ongis; pappi setis ca. 60 rufescentibus 5 mm. longis corollas paullo Superantibus.—BraziL: Seringal San Francisco on the Rio Acre, June 1911, E. Ule, no. 9883 (Type, in herb. Royal Gardens, Kew, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). PR resumably this species is related to the little known M. Lind- leyana DC. of the Guianas, but that is said to have ovate leaves and oval-oblong bractlets equalling the phyllaries. + (§ Thrysigerae) additicia, spec. nov., herbacea scandens gracilis; caule tereti purpureo-brunneo dense breviterque piloso albo- medulloso; internodiis 10-18 em. longis; foliis oppositis longe petio- latis late ovatis acuminatis grosse dentatis utroque lateraliter 1(—2)- angulatis basi cordatis ima a basi 3(-7)-nerviis utrinque viridibus et parce hirtellis subtus paullo pallidioribus textura membranaceis Pellucide reticulatis 6-8 cm. longis et latis; petiolo 3-5 em. longo €nse puberulo; paniculis griseo-pubescentibus pedunculatis plerisque ~6 cm. diametro, axillaribus oppositis et terminali conjunctim in- ae ROBINSON florescentiam elongatam foliaceo-bracteatam formantibus; capitulis pedicellatis; bracteolis ovato-lanceolatis acutis viridibus ca. 2 mm. longis; involucri squamis oblanceolato-oblongis subacutis viridibus tenuibus griseo-perberulis vix nervatis ca. 4 mm. longis; corollis glabris albis; tubo proprio gracili 0.8 mm. longo; faucibus campanu- latis ca. 2 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 0.5 mm. longis; achaeniis (immaturis) vix scabratis ca. 2.2 mm. longis; pappi setis 20-25 albis inaequalibus.—BraziL: State of Rio de Janeiro: Serra Itatiaya, a small herbaceous vine in woods, alt. 2100 m., May 17, 1922, Holway, no. 1856a (TyPE, in Gray Herb.). Collected and distributed with ©. stenomeres described below. M. (§ THyRsIGERAE) ANTIOQUIENSIS Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 580 (1901). The original material of this silky-stemmed cordil- leran liana had ovate leaves with cordate or rounded base. The follow- ing plant of recent collection seems certainly conspecific but has leaves sufficiently different in contour to justify recognition as a new variety. Var. subcuneata, var. nov., foliis ovato-oblongis basi plus minusve cuneato-angustatis; aliter var. typicae similis.—PrRu: “ vine, climbing tangle, in open,” sandy soil along trail from Iquitos to San Juan, alt. 105 m., flowers white, Feb. 7, 1932, Mrs. Ynes Mezxia, no. 6492 (TYPE, in Gray Herb.). 30, 1913, Brade, no. 6101 (Type, in Gray Herb.). In habit this species somewhat approaches M. phacoclados Mart., but can be readily separated by its thinner relatively broader merely undulate-crenate and longer-petioled leaves, much looser inflorescence, and pilose phyllaries. RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI BS The number on the label of the specimen is apparently not that of the collector but of its record in the herbarium of the Biological In- stitute at Sao Paulo. It is a pleasure to name this new plant for its discoverer, Mr. A. C. Brade, who has for many years been active in the botanical exploration of his country. This species is probably best referred to § Corymbosae though the inflorescence is rather looser and more convex than is usual in that section. M. (§ Thyrsigerae) calcarulata, spec. nov., verisimiliter fruti- cosa vel frutescens et volubilis (basi ignota); caule tereti dense hirtello albido-medulloso; foliis oppositis petiolatis membranaceis ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis acutiusculis vel (saltim supremis) acumina- ts profunde sinu angusto vel etiam clauso cordatis ad basin versus paullo denticulatis aliter integris vel obscure undulatis a basi tri- hervatis supra minute puberulis post exsiccationem olivaceis subtus multo pallidioribus molliter griseo-tomentellis ca. 10 cm. longis et 6 cm. latis; petiolo ca. 2.5 em. longo; thyrso:‘subcylindrato 2-2.5 dm. longo 9-10 em. diametro, ramis oppositis late patentibus usque ad mediam partem simplicibus et nudis; ramulis 3-10 mm. longis pleris- que 3-capituliferis; bracteolis ultimae ordinis ovato-ellipticis sessilibus itegris acutiusculis plerisque 4-6 mm. longis; capitulis subsessilibus ca. 11 mm. longis; involucri squamis late oblanceolatis acutis striatis viridibus vel paullo purpureo-tinctis obscure hirtellis basi calcarulatis ca. 7 mm. longis 2.5 mm. latis; corollis ut videtur albis ca. 7 mm. longis; achaeniis (immaturis) 2.5 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 75 albis corollas aequantibus.—ParaGuay: on plateau and slopes of the Sierra Amambay, Rojas, no. 10,548 (rypx, in herb. Univ. Gen., phot. and small fragm. Gr.) being of the series issued by Dr. E. Hassler. : Prolonged effort has failed to place this rather characteristic plant m any of the other now fairly numerous Mikanias thus far recorded from P araguay, nor has it been possible to refer it satisfactorily to any species known to the writer from any of the neighboring countries. The deep and sometimes closed basal sinus of the otherwise sub- *ntire leaves, their strongly discolorous character with grayish- velvety lower surface, the cylindrical inflorescence with subsessile heads clustered rather closely toward the outer ends of the panicle- _ branches, the elliptic-ovate bractlets and curiously spurlike bases of the phyllaries should make this species relatively easy of recognition. Though sufficient to demonstrate most of the characters, the type material is unfortunately scanty. The name alludes to the short spurlike appendage at the base of the phyllary, - (§ Thrysigerae) camporum, spec. nov., volubilis herbacea; 34 ROBINSON caule subtereti (post exsiccationem costulato) conspicue patenterque setifero albo-medulloso vix vel haud fistuloso; internodiis 4-15 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis triangulari-ovatis caudato-acuminatis dentatis basi sinu angusto vix profundo cordatis lateraliter argute angulatis supra etiam post exsiccationem laete viridibus subglabris subtus paullo pallidioribus in nervis venisque setiferis plerisque 8-10 em. longis et latis textura membranaceis; petiolo 2.5-4 cm. longo setigero; paniculis axillaribus pyramidatis 5-18 cm. longis 6-9 cm. diametro sordide subappresseque pilosis; bracteolis oblongis albido-. scariosis acutiusculis involucrum longitudine aequantibus vel paullo superantibus; capitulis ca. 8 mm. longis; pedicellis plerisque 2-5 mm. longis; involucri squamis albido-scariosis ca. 7 mm. longis et 1.2—1.4 mm. latis linearibus plus minusve acutatis tenuibus subglabris; corollis glabris albis; tubo proprio gracili ca. 2 mm. longo; faucibus campanulatis ca. 1 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideo-ovatis; achae- niis fusco-griseis glabris 2.8 mm. longis; pappi setis albis corollam longitudine subaequantibus.—Braziu: State of Sdo Paulo: Campos do Jordao in woods, alt. 1800 m., E. W. D. and M. M. Holway, no. 1766 (ryPk, in herb. Univ. Minn., isotype Gr.). Traced by Baker’s key to the Mikanias in the Flora Brasiliensis this plant would be at once referred to § Angulatae and presumably placed near M. triangularis Bak., a species of some habital similarity but quite glabrous throughout, tending to be nigrescent in drying, and having bractlets less than half as long as the phyllaries. M. camporum is also in some respects similar to the still rather obscure M. vitifolia DC., but that has longer-petioled 5~7-lobed or -angled finely cuspidate-denticulate leaves, a longer proper tube of the corolla, a fistulose stem and sparser shorter and much less setiform pubescence. M. (§ Corymbosae) capricorni, spec. nov., gracilis volubilis ut videtur herbacea vel suffruticosa (basi ignota); caule flexuoso terett primo pilis purpureo-brunnescentibus moniliformibus patentibus induto; internodiis plerisque 7-9 cm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis triangulari-ovatis acuminatis crenato-dentatis basi integt!s subtruncatis vel subcordatis membranaceis supra viridibus parcissime hirtellis subtus paullo pallidioribus parce (solum in nervis venisque) hirtis ca. 3 cm. longis et 2.5-3.2 em. basi latis; corymbis subdensis planiusculis; capitulis pedicellatis ca. 1 em. longis; involucri squam's oblongis acutis stramineo-olivaceis textura medio subherbaceis ad marginem versus subscariosis dorso obsolete puberulis ca. 7.5 mm. longis et 2-2.2 mm. latis; corollae tubo proprio 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus turbinato-campanulatis ca. 1.5 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis acutis ca. 1.5 mm. longis ad apicem solum hispidulis; achaenels RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 35 gracilibus glabris 4 mm. longis in angulis minutissime serrulatis; pappi setis ca. 75 albis.—Braziu: campo, San José dos Campos, State of Sado Paulo, Aug. 1908, Alberto Léfgren, no. 258 (ryPE, in Mus. Stockholm, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This species somewhat recalls M. salviacfolia Gardn. and the mari- time M. stipulacea (Vahl) Willd., but both of these have rufescent pappus and larger leaves, which are much more densely pubescent, in fact white-woolly or shortly white-velvety on the lower surface. M. (§ Thyrsigerae) Chaseae, spec. nov., herbacea volubilis perennis brevissime atro-pilosa post exsiccationem fusco-brunnea; caulibus 2-3 gracilibus teretibus atropurpureis a basi ad apicem foliosis 2.5 mm. diametro ca. 7 dm. altis; internodiis plerisque 3-7 aude longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis deltoideo-ovatis acumi- hatis serrato-dentatis basi cordatis lateraliter utroque 1(-2)-angulatis utrinque hirtellis a basi 3(—5)-nervatis plerisque 3.5-4.5 em. longis et cm. latis textura membranaceis; panicula terminali composita elongata foliaceo-bracteata pilis brevissimis incurvis fusco-brunneis puberula; bracteolis lineari-lanceolatis vel oblongis 2-3 mm. longis; pedicellis filiformibus 2-5 mm. longis; capitulis (immaturis) ca. 5 mm. ongis; involucri squamis lineari-oblongis obtusis brunneis obscure hervatis ca. 4 mm. longis; corollis gracilibus ut videtur sine faucibus distinctis; dentibus limbi brevibus; pappi setis laete albis sublaevibus. ~»RAZIL: Minas Geraes: Serra do Caparaé, twining on brush in the turfy campo above the timber line and near the rest house, alt. 2100-2200 m.., Apr. 30-May 4, 1925, Mrs. Agnes Chase, no. 9687 (typ, in Gray Herb.). raced by Baker’s key in the Flora Brasiliensis this species would fall in the Series Angulatae near M. vitifolia DC. from which, of course, it is readily distinguished by its much smaller deltoid-ovate eonspituously dentate leaves, much more leafy and less glomerate inflorescence, smaller heads, ete. It is a pleasure to name this species for its discoverer, Mrs. Agnes Chase, whose diligence in collecting and observing the grasses by no means prevented her from much useful collecting in other groups during her strenuous explorations in Brazil. M. (§ Thyrsigerae) eriostrepta, spec. nov., perennis volubilis— stiseo-lanata; caule tereti lano griseo subsericeo reflexo induto; inter- Nodiis 1-1.5 dm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovato-oblongis ad *picem acute cuspidatum gradatim angustatis paullo undulatis et obscure remoteque cuspidato-denticulatis basi brevissime cordatis a basi 3~5-nervatis supra villosis subtus laxe griseo-lanatis 9-11 cm. longis 4-5 em. latis membranaceis; petiolo lanuginoso ca. 2.5 cm. 30: ROBINSON longo; paniculis terminalibus et in axillis superioribus oppositis pedunculatis oppositirameis 8-9 cm. longis 4-6 cm. diametro; capitu- lis pedicellatis; bracteolis oblongis scariis brunnescentibus sub- glabris involucrum paullo superantibus; involucri squamis lanceolato- linearibus brunnescente substramineis ad apicem acutiusculum versus paullo hirtellis aliter glabris striato-nervatis; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio gracile 2 mm. longo; faucibus campanulatis 1 mm. longis; dentibus limbi ovato-deltoideis 1 mm. longis; achaeniis 2.8-3 mm. longis deorsum attenuatis; faciebus nigrescentibus atomiferis; angulis pallidis; pappi setis 20-30 albis.—Brazit: Alto da Serra, Sao Paulo, Trepadeira, 22 Aug. 1925, Dr. F. C. Hochne, no. 20,895 (ryPE, in Gray Herbarium). The type (somewhat overmature) shows this plant to be a rather close relative of M. hirsutissima DC. However it differs markedly in the close white woolly indument of its stem as well as in the facts that its leaves are nerved from the base, rather than pinnately nerved, and completely lack the prominulent reticulation characteristic © M. hirsutissima. There seems no doubt that it is a different species. Similarly it rather closely approaches M. lanuginosa DC. but that has relatively broader ovate and much more deeply cordate leaves. When better known M. eriostrepta may possibly be found to inter- grade with one or the other of these species but no such transition is: as yet apparent. M. (§ THyrsIGERAE) FERRUGINEA Rusby ex Buchtien, FI. Boliv. i. 190 (1910); Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixiv. 101 (1922). This species, almost always covered as to its stem and petioles with wide spreading almost setiform tawny hairs, appears to pass to a nearly smooth somewhat narrower leaved variety, which may be put on record as follows: Var. subglabra, var. nov., ab. var. typica patenter fulvo-piloso: differt caule petiolisque glabris vel obsolete hirtellis; foliis ovato- oblongis basi rotundatis integerrimis triplo-reticulatis; costa et venis primae et secundae et tertiae ordinis utroque exsertis; habitu, inflorescentia, capitulis var. typicae similis —Bouivra: Mapiri Region at San Carlos, alt. 850 m., May 24, 1927, Buchtien, no. 1576 (TYPE, _ Gray Herb., isotype U.S.). M. (§ Corymbosae) Hoehnei, spec. nov., volubilis primo aspectu glaberrima; caulibus teretibus purpureo-brunneis; internodiis 8~ 15 paullo undulatis a basi 5-7-nervatis textura herbaceis (aut paullo carneis) supra glabris subtus saltim juventate minutissime lepido- RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 37 furfuraceis plerumque 3-6 cm. longis 2.5-4 em. latis; petiolo 1.8-4 em. longo; corymbis parvis (2-2.5 em. diametro) valde convexis; pedicellis plerisque 1-6 mm. longis; bracteolis magnis conspicuis late ovatis acutis sessilibus involucrum superantibus, ad apicem versus obsolete hirtellis; involucri squamis lineari-oblongis obtusis rubescenti- brunneis ad apicem versus brevissime ciliatis 5.5-6 mm. longis; corollis roseis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus companulatis 1.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideo-lanceolatis 1.5 mm. longis; achaeniis gracilibus 5 mm. longis ad summum versus paullo glandulari-atomiferis aliter glabris; pappi setis ca. 50 salmoneis 5 mm. longis.—BraziL: Japuhyha, Sao Paulo, 17 Apr. 1926, Hoehne & Gehrt, no. 17,376 (rypr, in Gray Herb.). Without data, Riedel (Gr.). This well marked species when secured by Riedel was referred in- correctly to M. testitudinaria DC. and distributed under that name from the St. Petersburg Botanical Garden. This determination (probably in the first place made by Schultz seems to have been accepted by Baker, who records a Riedel specimen under M. testitu- dinaria in the Flora Brasiliensis. However, the real M. testitudinaria DC., as shown by its type, Vauthier’s no. 330, is a perceptibly pu- berulent plant with shorter, stouter petioles and very much smaller bracteoles, scarcely more than a quarter as long as the phyllaries. tis a pleasure to name this species for Dr. F. C. Hoehne, whose contributions to the knowledge of Brazilian botany have been of distinguished extent and interest. M. | (§ Spiciformes-Thyrsigerae) infesta, spec. nov., lignosa scandens breviter seabrido-pilosa; caule tereti post exsiccationem Costellato dense recurvato-setulosis; foliis oppositis petiolatis oblongis cutis vel subacuminatis cuspidato-denticulatis basi rotundatis vel (foliis supremis) breviter cuneatis usque ad mediam partem pinnati- venus supra scaberrimis impresse reticulato-venulosis subtus breviter Sordideque pubescentibus prominulenter reticulato-venulosis textura Primo membranaceis aetate subrigidis 12-20 cm. longis 5-7 em. latis; Petiolo robusto 2-3 cm. longo; panicula terminali ovoideo-pyramidata °Ppositiramea breviter setuloso-pilosa 3 dm. longa 1.5 dm. diametro; “apitulis 5-6 mm. longis sessilibus approximatis prope apices panicu- ine tamulorum spicatis; bracteolis lanceolatis 1.5 mm. longis; involu- “rt squamis anguste ovato-oblongis brunneis apice rotundatis dorso parce puberulis 4 mm. longis; corollae tubo (ca. 1.8 mm. longo) faucibusque viridescente albis; dentibus limbi roseis; styli ramis albis; Pappi setis ca, 25 albis.—Prrv: Dept. Junin: Pichis Trail, Yapas, alt. 1350-1600 m., in dense forest, June 28-29, 1929, Killip & Smith, nO. 25,439 (rypx, in U. S. Nat. Herb., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 38 ROBINSON The heads in this species, though sessile along the secondary branches of the panicle are borne so near the tips of these that the spicate arrangement is somewhat less noticeable than in most species of § Spiciformes, to which, however, the plant would seem technically referable. It may be placed next M. Jelskii Hieron. from which it may be readily distinguished by its much larger leaves, which are scabrous and have the veinlets impressed on the upper surface, and are pinnately nerved from near the base, also by its much more crowded heads, as well as by other features. The type specimen, a unicate in the collection, bears on the in- florescence many subcylindric costulate tubular growths of irregular disposition, widely spreading and open and somewhat slit at the outer hese, although of vegetable tissue connected with the plant, stand in no relation to its morphology and are inferred to be galls caused by Cecidomyids. The plant does not appear to be otherwise deformed and its inflorescence, heads, and florets seem to be quite normal. M. (§ Thyrsigerae) iquitosensis, spec. nov., lignosa scandens exsiccatione fuscescens; caule subtereti costulato puberulo; inter- nodiis plerisque 3-4 cm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter breviterque petiolatis oblongis acutis vel acuminatis integerrimis basi acutls utrinque glabris textura verisimiliter subcarnoso-membranaceis 4-6.5 em. longis 2-3 cm. latis multo supra basin pinnatim 5-nervatis; petiolo 5-8 mm. longo puberulo; panicula elongata folioso-bracteata; partialibus patentibus plerisque 5-9 cm. longis sordide puberulis ramosis; bracteolis lanceolato-linearibus minutis; pedicellis ca. 2 ™m- longis; capitulis 6-7 mm. longis ad apices ramulorum irregulariter cymosis; involucri squamis anguste lanceolato-linearibus acutis vel ad apicem obtusiusculum pilulosum plus minusve angustatis 4.5 mm. longis subenervatis non punctatis; corollis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 1.8 mm. longo; faucibus turbinato-campanulatis 2 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis acutis incurvis 1 mm. longis; achaentls atrobrunneis parce puberulis 3 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 40 albis.— Perv: Dept. Loreto: Iquitos, alt. about 100 m., in woods, corollas and styles greenish-white, Aug. 3-11, 1929, Killip & Smith, no- 27,080 (rypE, in Gray Herb.). : This plant somewhat recalls the Colombian M. Aschersonit Hieron. but has smaller much less clearly reticulated leaves as well as linear- lanceolate acute or acutish undotted and almost nerveless phyllaries, shorter corolla-throat, relatively longer proper tube and limb, as well as other differences. M. (§ Spiciformes) Klugii, spec. nov., scandens primo aspectu RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 39 glabra sed saltim inflorescentia sordide denseque breviter puberula; caule subtereti costulato fistuloso purpureo-brunneo puberulo; inter- nodiis 7 em. vel ultra longitudine; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis late ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis subintegris (margine plus minusve revolutis et undulatis) basi rotundatis textura subcoriaceis utrinque prominulenter reticulatis supra glabris lucidis post exsiccationem fuscescentibus subtus pallidioribus obscuris in nervis inconspicue puberulis ca. 10 cm. longis 5-7 cm. latis; panicula magna laxa patenter ramosa 3-4 dm. alta 2.5-3 dm. diametro basi foliaceo-bracteata; ramis inflorescentiae plerisque usque ad mediam partem simplicibus nudis; ramulis plerisque 3-7 cm. longis; capitulis 7-8 mm. longis in spicas laxas plerumque binatim vel ternatim dispositis sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis; bracteolis minimis lanceolato-linearibus 1-1.5 mm. longis; involucri squamis linearibus obtusis 4.5-5 mm. longis 0.8-1 mm. latis sordide puberulis post exsiccationem atrobrunneis; corollis subglabris post exsiccationem fusco-brunneis, tubo proprio gracili 2.2 mm. longis, faucibus anguste campanulatis 1.2 mm. altis, dentibus limbi ovatis acutis; achaeniis (immaturis) 1.8 mm. longis in angulis paullo scabratis; pappi setis ca. 30 carneis corollas subaequan- tibus vel paullo superantibus.—PErv: Dep. Loreto: a liana in dense forest, Florida, Rio Putumayo, at mouth of Rio Zubenita, alt. about 180 m., May-July, 1931, G. Klug, no. 2135 (Type, in Gray Herb.); Balsapuerto, alt. 220 m. in forest, Mar. 1933, G. Klug, no. 2960 (Gr.). Of the Peruvian species of Mikania thus far described, this prob- ably approaches most nearly M. aquaria Robinson, but it differs in having shorter-petioled leaves, which are subglabrous beneath, and Somewhat prominently reticulated veinlets on both leaf-surfaces, while in M, aquaria the veinlets are impressed above and the lower leaf-surface is densely puberulent throughout. In M. aquaria the Phyllaries are thinner, more distinctly nerved and nearly glabrous dorsally Among the Brazilian species, the closest approach to M. Klugit would probably be found in M. amazonica Baker but this is described as having rigidly subcoriaceous leaves with immersed and obscure veinlets, its phyllaries being but 2 mm. long and dorsally glabrous. According to the collector’s note M. Klugii is called Si-ey-mano by the Huitoto Indians. - &§ Thyrsigerae) Lawrancei, spec. nov., scandens fruticosa 3-4 m. longa; caule subtereti primo patenter piluloso vel incurvo- Puberulo et glandulis sessilibus globosis aetate nigrescentibus ornato = bo-medulloso; internodiis ca. 3 em. longis; foliis oppositis brevissime Petiolatis oblongis acuminatis integris vel obscurissime remoteque 40 ROBINSON denticulatis basi cordatis pinnati-nervatis utrinque delicatule reticu- latis 6.5-10 em. longis 1.7-3.5 cm. latis firmiter membranaceis supra in costa minutissime puberulis aliter glabris sublucidis subtus paullo pallidioribus pubescentibus et cum glandulis sessilibus nigris ornatis; paniculis terminalibus et lateralibus ca. 1.5-2 dm. longis et 5-12 cm. diametro oppositirameis; capitulis subsessilibus glomerulatis ca. 6 mm. longis; bracteolis ovatis acutis sparse puberulis involucro brevior- ibus; involucri squamis oblongis sparse puberulis apice rotundatis brunnescenti-stramineis 3.2 mm. longis 1 mm. latis; corollis sordide albis; tubo proprio gracili 0.8-1 mm. longo; faucibus subcylindrato- campanulatis 1.5 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.6 mm. longis subglabris vel ad summam partem versus paullo puberulis; pappi setis ca. 30 albis—Cotomsia: Dept. Boyaca: high forest front, Alto Chapon region, alt. 2135 m., A. E. Lawrance, no. 413 (TYPE, in Gray Herb., isotype in Field Mus.). This species does not appear closely related to any of the hitherto described Colombian Mikanias of § Thyrsigerae. It may best be placed near M. Stuebelii Hieron., from which, however, it may be readily distinguished by its very short petioles and by its reticulated, cordate and gland-sprinkled leaves. M. Linpseren var. conuina Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 233 (1876). From this obtusish-leaved, obscurely puberulent phase of M. Lindbergii Bak., founded on Regnell, no. III. 717 (in part), the writer fails to find any significant or reliable character to separate M. nitidula Bak. 1. c. 243, as shown by the original material in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew, namely Warming’s specimen from Lagoa Santa and Ackermann’s also from the Brazilian state of Minas Geraes, where M. Lindbergii with some variation of leaf-contour appears to be a characteristic plant of frequent occurrence. M. (§ Thyrsigerae) malacolepis, spec. nov., ut videtur perennis et scandens basi ignota; caule ramisque teretibus pallide brunnescent- tomentellis; internodiis plerisque 4-8 cm. longis; foliis oppostts graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis integris cordatis a basi 5-nerva- tis membranaceis supra puberulis subtus dense pallideque pubescentl- bus; panicula terminali 17-24 em. alta ca. 8 cm. diametro subdistanter oppositiramea; capitulis ca. 9 mm. longis crassiusculis brevitet % cellatis; bracteolis late ovatis vel suborbicularibus magnis 4-4.5 ™m™- longis 3 mm. latis pallide fulvescenti-sericeis; involucri squamis late oblongis obtusissimis saltim ad apicem versus etiam fulvescenti- sericeis 4.5-5 mm. longis 2 mm. latis; corollae tubo proprio 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus subcampanulatis 1.5 mm. longis; dentibus limb 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis glabris 3 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 45 albidis.— RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 41 BraziL: Minas Geraes: Lagoa Santa, Warming (TYPE, in Gray Herb.); Caldas, 6 Sep. 1862 (hb. Inst. Biol. S. Paulo, where numbered 20,790). When traced by the key in the Flora Brasiliensis this falls into M. nsmiaefolia and in fact it corresponds well with Baker’s description of that species, having cordate leaves and large bractlets. Indeed it is to be noticed that a plant of Regnell and one collected by Warming at Lagoa Santa are included by Baker in M. vismiaefolia. However, the real M, vismiacfolia DC. Prod. v. 189 (1836) was based on the very different Vauthier no. 267 of which no less than three specimens have been examined and which entirely confirms DeCandolle’s de- scription since it has leaves obtuse not at all cordate at base, inflores- cence more subdivided, bractlets minute, and phyllaries much nar- rower. _ It may be remarked that M. vismiaefolia-was placed by DeCandolle in his § Erectae on the doubtful assumption that it was not a twiner. Baker , on the other hand, referred it to Series Cordiformes. However, It is presumably a member of the Series Ecordatae and may appro- Priately be placed next M. nodulosa Sch.-Bip., which is closely similar in nearly all respects, though described ‘as having leaves glabrous above, which is by no means the case with M. vismiaefolia. M. (§ Corymbosae) panamensis, spec. nov., volubilis gracilis obscure puberula; caule subtereti multicostulato purpurascenti; foliis parvis oppositis graciliter petiolatis deltoideis argute acuminatis utroque 3~4-crenato-lobulatis cordatis pallide viridibus membranaceis utrinque puncticulatis plerisque 1.5-3 em. longis 1.2-2.4 em. latis ima a basi 3-nervatis; corymbis in ramis terminalibus breviter peduncu- latis 2-3 cm. diametro planiusculis; bracteolis lanceolatis minimis; capitulis ca. 4.5 mm. longis sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis; involu- eri squamis subspatulato-oblongis viridescenti-albidis incurvo-puberu- lis (etiam glandulis aureo-brunneis sessilibus ornatis) 3.5—4 mm. ongis maturitate ad apicem obtusissimum vel rotundatum lasio- hirtellis; corollis albis ca. 3.2 mm. longis; tubo proprio 1 mm. longo; faucibus gradatim turbinatis ca. 2 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.3 mm. longis; achaeniis (vix maturis) 1-1.2 mm. longis glabris; Pappi setis ca. 30 tenuibus albis corollam subaequantibus.—PANAMA Cana ZONE: around Culebra, alt. 50-150 m., Jan. 2, 1911, Pitter, no. 2191 (type in U. S. Nat. Herb., phot. and fragm. Gr.). In its habit and small deltoid coarsely toothed cordate leaves, this Species recalls the Cuban M. batataefolia DC., which however has nearly glabrous acute to shortly acuminate phyllaries. From M. congesta DC. (including M. Parkeriana DC. and M. variabilis Gardn.) the plant here described differs in its smaller leaves and particularly 42 ROBINSON its inconspicuous bractlets which are scarcely a third as long as the phyllaries, while in M. congesta DC. they are conspicuous and equal or often exceed the phyllaries. On the whole M. panamensis ap- proaches perhaps most closely some of the forms of M. periplocifolia H. & A., an abundant and variable species of extra tropical South America, but that has a perceptibly different inflorescence with the heads more glomerately grouped in the rather dense corymbs. It also has pretty conspicuous bractlets often nearly or quite as long as the phyllaries. It is remarkable that this striking and graceful little plant, collected near the famous and much visited Culebra region does not seem to have been secured by any other collector than Professor Pittier. M. panicutata DC. Prod. v. 194 (1836). Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 240 (1876), probably misled by Schultz’s incorrect determina- tion of Riedel’s no. 552, seems to have wholly misapplied the name M. paniculata. DeCandolle’s original description calls for a plant with heads spicately and rather distantly disposed along the branch- lets of a loosely much branched panicle, and the type, collected by Lund (Gen., phot. Gr.), clearly shows such an inflorescence with sessile or subsessile spicately arranged heads and linear-oblong phyl- laries which are slightly thickened and perceptibly calcarulate at the ase. Baker, on the other hand, used the name M. paniculata DC. to cover not only the Lund specimen (which he cannot have seen or at least cannot have carefully examined) but two other plants of quite different nature, with heads glomerulate in thyrsoid inflorescences and with elliptic-oblong phyllaries not noticeably calcarulate at base. These extraneous elements in Baker’s treatment are 1) Burchell, no. 4774 (with crisped-puberulent and shortly villulose very flexuous slender stems and subsessile heads), which is M. BRUNNESCENS Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixxvii. 48 (1926), and 2) Riedel, no. 552 (with much stiffer, straighter, nearly glabrous stems and slender- pedicelled heads), which seems to fall satisfactorily into M. Gutt- LEMINI Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. xevi. 26 (1931). M. paniculata var. melastomaefolia Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. in Mart. Fi. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 240 (1876) is a plant represented in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew only by some fragments of Warming’s no. 274, thus labelled in hand of Baker. These show 4 single leaf, which is oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, petiolate, 3-nerved from near the base and not significantly different either in form oF texture from the leaves of M. Guilleminii. With the leaf is a portion of an inflorescence, which likewise corresponds rather closely as t0 RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 43 species that it seems pretty certainly conspecific may be distinguished from the typical variety as follows: Var. typica foliis ovatis obtusis vel acutis nullo modo attenuatis Supra scaberrimis plerisque 3-5 cm. longis exsiccatione brunneo- fuscescentibus textura duriusculis. Var. macrophylla, var. nov., foliis lanceolato-ovatis acuminato- attenuatis supra vix scabridis plerisque 8-10 cm. longis post exsicca- honem viridibus vel olivaceis textura primo mollibus aetate leviter induratis.—Brazit: Minas Geraes, at Araponga in the Serra da ramma, on clay soil, pendent from a steep bank, alt. 930 m., Apr. 19-25, 1925, Agnes Chase, no. 9619 (ryPE, in Gray Herbarium). An unnumbered Riedel specimen in the Gray Herbarium from Brazil without more precise locality seems to be the same, though incorrectly referred by Schultz-Bipontinus to M. microdonta DC., which has sub- sessile heads and a finer reticulation of exserted veinlets on the upper Surface of the leaves. Tom Paraguay, where it occurs on the upper reaches of the Apa River. However, in the herbarium of Mr. Cornelius Osten, of which he has been so kind as to lend the Eupatorieae for study at the Gray Herbarium, there is an excellent Argentine specimen of the plant. It was collected by Mr. Rojas, Sept. 13, 1915, in a forest path near the falls of the Yguazti in the Province of Misiones, being no. 7842 in - Osten. The species may therefore be henceforth included in the flora of the Argentine Republic as well as in that of Paraguay. Mr. Rojas’s field notes indicate that the plant is a liana 5-8 m. in length, with greenish flowers. M. (§ Corymbosae) stenomeres, spec. nov., herbacea volubilis; 44 ROBINSON caule tereti anguste fistuloso dense purpureo-puberulo; internodiis 1.5-1.8 dm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis subhastato- ovatis caudato-acuminatis crenato-dentatis (dentibus minute apicu- latis) basi cordatis utrinque puberulis post exsiccationem subolivaceis subtus paullo pallidioribus a basi plerumque 5(3-7)-nervatis 6-7.5 cm. longis 4—5.5 cm. latis membranaceis; petiolo 3-4 cm. longo; corymbis modice convexis ramos laterales 1.2-1.4 dm. longos terminantibus 4-7 em. diametro; bracteolis ovatis acutis incurvo-puberulis 6-7 mm. longis 4 mm. latis; pedicellis 2-8 mm. longis; capitulis 10-11 mm. longis; involucri squamis oblongo-linearibus subacutis 6-7 mm. longis 1.6 mm. latis praecipue ad apicem versus adpresse puberulis; corollis albis; tubo proprio gracili 3.5 mm. longo minute hispidulo; faucibus vix ullis; lobis limbi sublinearibus acutis ca. 2.5 mm. longis 0.7-0.9 mm. latis glabris; achaeniis 4 mm. longis glabris; pappi setis ca. 60 vix scabratis corollas subaequantibus——BraziL: State of Rio de Janeiro: Serra Itatiaya, small herbaceous twiner in woods, alt. 2100 m., May 17, 1922, E. W. D. and M. M. Holway, no. 1856 (TPE, herb. Univ. Minn., phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This species in habit somewhat approaches M. Glaziovii Bak., which, however, is glabrous, has leaves less deeply cordate and more sharply toothed, much smaller bractlets and quite a different corolla-limb. Unfortunately two plants, both of which seem to be novelties, were collected together and associated under no. 1856 of the Holway series. While similar in habit and leaf-contour the two may be readily dis- tinguished, the present species by its corymbose inflorescence, rela- tively large bractlets, linear phyllaries, and particularly by its almost throatless corollas with long narrow almost linear lobes. This material may continue to bear the number 1856. On the other hand the plant distributed with it which has a paniculate inflorescence, much less conspicuous bractlets, oblanceolate-oblong phyllaries, and a campan- ulate corolla-throat equalling or exceeding the lobes, may be renum- bered as 1856a, and becomes the type of M. additicia, described above- M. (§ Thyrsigerae) stereolepis, spec. nov., scandens thyrsis crispe sordideque puberulis exceptis subglabra; caule subtereti post exsiccationem multicostulato fistuloso; internodiis 1 dm. vel ultra longitudine; foliis oppositis petiolatis oblongis caudato-acuminatls serrato-dentatis basi acutis supra basin pinnatim 5-7-nervatis pallide viridibus subconcoloribus chartaceo-subcoriaceis supra in nervis obscure puberulis subtus subglabris prominulenter reticulatis ¢a- 12 cm. longis et 4.5 em. latis; dentibus plerisque ca. 0.5 mm. altis et 3-6 mm. inter se distantibus; petiolis gracilibus ca. 2 cm. longis} paniculis lateralibus et terminalibus pedunculatis,, pyramidatis OP" RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 45 positirameis; capitulis ca. 7 mm. altis sessilibus ad apices ramulorum breviter spicatis; bracteolis lanceolatis ca. 2 mm. longis; involucri squamis oblongis apice rotundatis pallidis subglabris textura firmis; corollis albis; tubo proprio 1 mm. longo puberulo; faucibus subcylin- dratis ca. 2.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 1 mm. longis; achaeniis (immaturis) subglabris vel ad apicem versus paullo hispidu- lis ca. 1.8 mm. longis; pappi setis 25-30 flavescenti-albis sublaevibus corollas aequantibus.—Ecuapor: Loja: Chuquiribamba, Nov. 17, series of Edward Frangois André, no. 4466 (rypx, in herb. Royal Gardens, Kew, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This puzzling plant is perhaps most closely related on the one hand to M. pulwrulenta Sodiro and on the other to M. lanceolata Hieron. From both of these it differs in having dentate leaves, longer, more slender petioles and practically glabrous phyllaries of firmish texture. From Dr. L. B. Smith, who has devoted some care to the working out of the route followed by André, it is learned that this plant from the date on the label was probably not collected by André himself, but by one of his assistants presumably by Poortman. M. THapsowEs DC. Prod. v. 189 (1836). To this species, there should apparently be reduced M. lagoensis Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 220 (1876). This decision has been reached only after personal measurements have no delimiting value. In regard to the petiole, It may be explained that in both species the upper leaves are sessile, while the main portion of the blade in the middle and lower leaves is more or less conspicuously elevated on a cuneately winged petioliform ase. Thus neither of Baker’s key distinctions has any real signifi- cance, It is true the original material of M. lagoensis has some peculiarities, Which might at first sight ggest specific differe he inflorescence 's stunted and the heads somewhat smaller than those found in nor- mally developed M. thapsoides, yet the form and dense puberulence as Well as the color and texture of the phyllaries are precisely the same. 1€ pedicels and mode of branching are identical. The pappus- bristles are of the same shade and abundance. In fact, one searches ‘ ‘one for any morphological difference that has significance and will old, There would appear to be some slight uncertainty about the habit 46 ROBINSON of M. lagoensis. Tweedie, according to Hooker and Arnott, Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 242 (1836), stated this to be a climbing plant, but Baker describes it as erect and places it in his Series Corymbosae Erectae. In the Tweedie specimen, it is true, the stem is slightly flexuous; but in its thickish, softly herbaceous, multicostulate and puberulent character, it agrees closely with the stem of M. thapsordes. Baker is in error in describing the leaves as glabrous above and subentire. They are puberulent on the upper surface and are more or less coarsely crenate at least at the sides, though the latter feature is obscured in the Tweedie specimen since its leaf-margins are curi- ously erose in such manner as to suggest insect damage occurring during the life of the plant and partially healed by new corky margins of irregular contour. Altogether, with its dwarfed stature, lack of base, stunted inflores- cence and insect-damaged leaves, Tweedie’s specimen was a most un- fortunate one on which to found a new species; and when Baker added some mistakes of description, it is by no means surprising that 4. lagoensis has lain long unrecognized. Certainly until far more con- vincing distinctions can be found than any as yet stated, M. lagoensis may find appropriate disposition in the synonymy of the earlier M. thapsoides DC. M. (§ Corymbosae) trachypleura, spec. nov., volubilis gracilis vel suffruticosa dense breviterque pubescens habitu M. scandenty accedens; caule teretiusculo subtomentello; internodiis plerisque 5-9 em. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis grosse undulato-dentatis et saepius hastato-angulatis basi sinu ro- tundato cordatis 5-6 cm. longis 3-4 em. latis; corymbis m ice TO- tundatis vel planiusculis; capitulis ca. 6.5 mm. longis terminali sessile vel breviter pedicellato lateralibus graciliter 2-7 mm. longe pedicellatis; pedicellis hirtellis; bracteolis capitula arcte suffulcient- bus lanceolatis herbaceis hirtellis plerisque 2-3 mm. longis; involucr! squamis anguste lanceolato-oblongis tenuibus acutis vel acuminato- attenuatis ca. 5.5 mm. longis substramineis, exterioribus dorso hir- tellis; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 1.7 mm. longo; fauci- bus campanulatis 1.2 mm. altis; dentibus limbi deltoideis acutis © 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis 1.5-1.8 mm. longis in faciebus parce g andu- liferis in costis serrulatis vel brevissime ciliolatis; pappi setis ca. 40 pallide carneis.—Paraauay: in region of Lake Ypacaray, April-May, 1913, Hassler, nos. 12,176 (Gr.) and 12,600 (Type, in Gray Herb.) San Bernardino at Atir4 in “campos, orillas-estéros,” April 1915, Rojas, no. 130 (said to = Hassler, no. 2500 and being no. 7347 in herb. of Mr. Cornelius Osten); open slopes of hills at Carapegua, March RECORDS OF EUPATORIEAE—XI 47 1919, Rojas, no. 3345 (hb. Osten). Brazri: Minas Geraes: at Lagoa Santa, Warming (K., phot. Gr.); Sao Paulo: at Ypiranga, Luederwaldt, no. 217 (Gr.) and at Butantan, Hoehne, no. 52 (Gr.). ARGENTINA: Colonia Benitez, Chaco, Schulz, no. 205 (Gr.); Prov. Corrientes, Lossen, no. 595 (Gr.). : This puzzling plant has been found in different herbaria referred to M. scandens (L.) Willd., M. scandens var. cynanchifolia Bak., M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd., M. cordifolia var. tomentosa Hieron. and to M. scandens * periplocifolia var. intermedia Malme. After prolonged study, it cannot be satisfactorily placed in any of these, since all of them have decidedly more abruptly pointed phyllaries and possess achenes which are nearly or quite smooth on the ribs. Indeed the fine serrulation or even very short ciliolation of the ribs of the achenes in WM. trachypleura, though a microscopic feature seems an excellent diagnostic character not found elsewhere in the scandens group. M. Warminan Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 242 (1876). Quite unable to find among the available Brazilian Mikanias anything that could represent this species (described by Baker as a twiner with obovate leaves), the writer requested a loan of the au- thentic material at Kew. This was kindly and very promptly sent and consisted of a single curved-ascending virgate leafy shoot of material collected by Warming at Lagoa Santa but unaccompanied y number, date, or habital notes. The stem is neither flexuous nor twisted. The short petioles are quite straight. In fact there is absolutely nothing to show why Baker regarded this plant as a twiner and referred it to his Series Corymbosae olubiles, It appears to be an erect or suberect undershrub presum- ably related to M. glauca Mart., M. oblongifolia DC., and M. sub- rverticillata Sch.-Bip. among Baker’s Series Corymbosae FErectae. Furthermore, the leaves are elliptic-oblong and not (as described by Baker) obovate. The plant proves, in fact, to be identical with what the writer not long ago unconsciously redescribed as M. neglecta Robinson, Candollea, v. 173 (1934), not dreaming at the time that it could have anything to do with a species characterized as a twiner with obovate leaves. M. neglecta is therefore to be referred to the synonymy of M. Warmingii. M. (§ Corymbosae) Werdermannii, spec. nov., primo aspectu glaberrima sed sub nodis et in inflorescentia minute inconspicueque irtella_verisimiliter scandens; caule hexagono gracili brunnescenti albo-medulloso; internodiis (superioribus solis visis) 4-9 em. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acutis margine subundulatis et lateraliter plus minusve hastato-dentatis basi rotundatis vel sub- 48 ROBINSON truncatis 3-5 em. longis 2-3.5 cm. latis utrinque viridibus supra obsolete minuteque hirtellis subtus paullo pallidioribus microscopice albido-puncticulatis; petiolo 1.5-2 em. longo ad laminam versus anguste alato; corymbis in ramo et lateralibus et terminali densius- culis modice convexis; bracteis sessilibus ovalibus acutis integris 5-10 mm. longis 3.5-7 mm. latis; bracteolis ovatis vel obovatis breviter acuminatis basi angustatis 3-4.5 mm. longis ca. 2 mm. latis; involucri squamis lineari-oblongis acutis albido-substramineis leviter striatis glabris ca. 6.5 mm. longis; corollis albis glabris gracilibus; tubo pro- prio gracili 1.7 mm. longo; faucibus turbinato-subcampanulatis ca. 1.2 mm. altis; dentibus limbi lanceolato-deltoideis ca. 1 mm. longis; achaeniis gracilibus glabris 2.7 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 36 albis.— Boxtivia: Dept. El Beni: Rio Chaparé-Marmoré, alt. ca. 250 m., Aug. 1926, Dr. E. Werdermann, no. 2235 (ryPE, in Mus. Bot. Stockholm, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). In many respects similar to M. cordifolia (L. £.) Willd. of which it may possibly prove only an aberrant form, yet in general appearance and in minor characters, such as its exceptional smoothness, sub- hastate leaves, conspicuous oval bracts and bractlets, ete., too unlike to be referred satisfactorily to that common and wide-ranging species. In its scarcely hirtellous six-angled stem and in its rather broad bracts and bractlets M. Werdermannii also recalls the Mexican and Colombian M. Gonzalezii Robinson & Greenman, but that has some- what longer heads, more herbaceous phyllaries, and much larger decidedly cordate leaves, which are perceptibly glandular-punctate and are free from any suggestion of hastate toothing toward the base. M. yapasensis, spec. nov., lignosa scandens tenuiter griseo- pubescens; caule hexagono albo-medulloso incurvo-puberulo; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis brevissime remoteque cuspidato-denticulatis patenter -cordatis subconcoloribus utrinque pallide viridibus incurvo-puberulis a basi 5(3-7)-nervatis ca. 6 cm. longis 3.5-4.5 cm. latis membranaceis vel fortasse paullo carnosis, panicula ca. 5 dm. longa et 2: dm. diametro oppositiramea; capitulis ca. 1 em. longis sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis in corymbos sub- hemisphaericos dispositis; bracteolis lanceolatis acutis herbaceis 2.5- 3.5 mm. longis; involucri squamis lineari-oblongis vel paullo oblanceo- latis obtusis vel acutis flavescente brunneis striatulis subglabris ¢a- 7 mm. longis; corollis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 2-2.5 mm. longo; faucibus ca. 1 mm. longis; dentibus limbi lanceolato-oblongis ca. 1 ™™- longis; achaeniis gracilibus nigrescentibus 3.6 mm. longis parce granulatis, costis pallidis; pappi setis ca. 65 subsalmoneis 4.5 mm. longis.—Perrv: Dept. Junin: Pichis Trail, Yapas, alt. 1350-1600 m., June 28-29, 1929, Killip & Smith, no. 25,493 (ryee, in Gray Herb-). VARIABILITY IN MIKANIA 49 This species is somewhat intermediate between § Thyrsigerae and § Corymbosae. It slightly recalls M. carnosa Muschler, but that has smaller at their maturity much smoother leaves, which are cuneate at ase and borne on much shorter petioles, narrower and more acute phyllaries, and yellowish-white not salmon-colored pappus. /Trilisa carnosa (Small), comb. nov. Litrisa carnosa Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, li. 392 (1924). Though originally described as “most closely related on the one hand to Trilisa, by its involucre, and on the other, to Carphephorus, by its chaffy receptacle” its author (Man. Southeastern Flora 1304-5) later quite astonishingly keys this plant from Trilisa by “well imbricate” involucre and from Carphe- phorus on the ground that it has the “receptacle naked’’! The writer has been most kindly permitted to borrow the now fairly copious material of this interesting plant from the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. This he has carefully studied in connection with identical specimens that have accumulated at the Gray Herbarium. Thus far he can detect no character of generic significance to separate Litrisa from the earlier Trilisa, to which L. carnosa is accordingly here referred. The alleged involucral difference appears in fact a rather vague one of degree only, as may be surmised from a close comparison of the figures on pages 1330 and 1336 of Dr. Small’s recently issued and very welcome Manual. iatris Ohlingerae (Blake), comb. nov. Lacinaria Ohlingerae Blake, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 1. 203, t. 9 (1923). Ammopursus Ohlingerae Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, li. 393 (1924). The writer fully agrees with Dr. Blake that this plant, though adequately marked a a specific entity, falls naturally into the large genus which em- braces the Blazing-stars. As to its proper nomenclatural status, however, the above new combination seems needful to bring it under the now very generally accepted International Rules. Il. THE VARIABILITY OF TWO WIDE-RANGING SPECIES OF MIKANIA. La By B. L. Roprnson. Monograpnic study of any large group of plants is apt to show that it is composed in part of rather constant, pretty readily keyed Species of restricted range, uniform habitat and conservative tenden- “ies. On the other hand, there are in considerably smaller number far more variable, wide-ranging and aggressive plant-entities. The latter have invaded or more probably have persisted in habitats of 50 ROBINSON diverse nature and have assumed in response to local conditions highly perplexing phases. It is in the rating of these variants of wide-ranging species that the greatest difficulty of classification is encountered. When such phases of polymorphous species first reach scientific attention they are apt to be known only from limited areas and specialized habitats, often at great geographic distance from eachother. Under these circumstances, the material available not only shows such phases strikingly unlike as intergradation. Under these circumstances, they are apt to seem worthy of specific rank. In fact they are generally and very properly so treated until intermediate material becomes available. Each nomials and replace them by far less convenient trinomials or even polynomials. However, polymorphous species certainly do occur in nature and as their different phases are found to show conclusive evidence of intergradation, the needful reductions and nomenclatural changes should be made with promptness to keep taxonomy in accord with existing knowledge. A somewhat complicated case of this nature was recently treated in the commemorative volume Ostenia, where on pages 349-355 the writer assembled under the earliest available specific name, Kupd- torium lanigerum Hook. & Arn., a considerable number of varieties and forms hitherto treated either as distinct species or merged under the later and now unavailable name E. alternifoliwm Sch.-Bip. present paper attempts similar discussion of two other variable species of wide range. Mrxanta Hooxertana DC. When treating Mikania Hookeriana DC. in the Flora Brasiliensis, Baker reduced to it without apparent hesitation the far more robus and much broader-leaved M. platyphylla DC. of Peru. The unlikeness of these plants when examined in their extremes is certainly striking, yet when treating the Mikanias of Bolivia some twelve years ag, the writer was forced to the conclusion that the two were “very closely related if not actually identical.’”’” Much subsequently accumulated material now available makes the union of these species unavoidable. VARIABILITY IN MIKANIA 51 Furthermore, it has become clear that to the aggregate there must be added M. Badieri DC. and M. Imrayana Griseb. of the Lesser Antilles, M. gracilis Sch.-Bip. of Surinam, and M. vitrea Robinson of Venezuela and Trinidad. In all these plants the heads are closely sessile. They are sometimes glomerate at or very close to the tips of the panicle-branchlets, as in the type-specimen of M. Badieri, but usually they are crowded along the distal portion of these branchlets, thus being disposed in short dense spikes. Repeated attempts have been made to find any involucral, floral, or achenial differences which would separate these species. Many promising characters were readily seen, but all broke quite hopelessly when studied in specimens of different stages of development and from diverse habitats. Page 194 and M. platyphylla and M. Hookeriana on the following page. In choosing between names of like date and applicable to the same stoup, page-priority has ceased to have any compelling significance, and from Art. B. 46 of the International Rules, the author first uniting such groups may select whichever of the names may seem best, and his choice must thereafter be followed. In this case, the first attempt to unite any of the species concerned seems to have been Baker’s mention of M. platyphylla in the synonymy of M. Hookeriana and it 'S therefore in accord with the spirit of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature that the latter name be accepted as the one 0 be applied to the polymorphous species under consideration. This is rather fortunate, for the original material of M. Hookeriana '8 better than that of M . platyphylla. Furthermore, M. Hookeriana ~ represents one of the continental phases of the aggregate, while M. Badieri, though possessing a trifling page-priority—a matter now of no compelling significance—would be decidedly less desirable as the type of a multiform species, since it represents a phase peculiar to a small island and shows a slight difference in inflorescence, a character that may be strengthened by the possible discovery of other traits as the plant of Guadeloupe becomes better known. The chief phases of the united species may be presented thus. - Hookertana var. typica. Caulis modice gracilis glaber vel Subglaber albo-medullosus laxe scandens. Folia graciliter petiolata 52 ROBINSON ovato-oblonga vel elliptica acuminata vel acuta vel rariter obtusa integerrima pleraque 2-5 cm. lata membranacea vel plus minusve carnosa. Capitula secundum ramos paniculae sessilia congestim spicata.—M. Hookeriana DC. Prod. v. 195 (1836). M. gracilis Sch.- Bip. ex Miq. Stirp. Surinam. Sel. 187 (1850). M. Imrayana Griseb. Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 363 (1861). Walloughbya Imrayana Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891).—This typical variety, based on material from British Guiana, is also present in Dutch Guiana, on Dominica and probably several of the other Lesser Antilles. Baker (Fl. Bras. vi. pt- 2, 242) records the species (with which he was uniting the broad- leaved M. platyphylla) in “Nicaragua: Ralph Tate n. 132.” The writer has had no opportunity to verify this Central American record, but has seen undoubted material of var. typica from Tehuantepec in southernmost Mexico, Orcutt no. 3434 (Mo.). Though Baker (I. ¢.) cites M. Hookeriana from several points in Brazil, the writer has thus far seen no Brazilian material that could be referred to var. typica. A form scarcely distinguishable from var. typica, though tending to intergrade with var. platyphylla, occurs in the Mapiri region of Bolivia. , Var. Badieri (DC.), stat. nov. Caulis modice gracilis glaber vel subglaber. Folia ovalia vel elliptico-oblonga saepius breviter et obtuse cuspidato-acuminata integerrima subcoriacea. Capitula ad apices ramorum paniculae glomerulata vix vel nullo modo spicata.— M. Badieri DC. Prod. v. 194 (1836).—This particular expressioD of the M. Hookeriana group, though known as yet only from the island of Guadeloupe in the Lesser Antilles, is pretty certainly conspecific with the continental forms found in British Guiana, Surinam, etc. Var. Kittsiana (Urb.), stat. nov. Caulis modice gracilis et glaber verisimiliter laxe scandens. Folia late ovata cuspidato-acuminata grosse undulato-dentata. Capitula secundum paniculae ramos @ apices versus dense spicata—M. Badieri var. Kittsiana Urb. Sy mb. ~ v. 220 (1907).—St. Kitt’s, Britton & Caldwell, no. 385 (U. 5» phot. Gr.). Var. platyphylla (DC.), stat. nov. Planta multo robustior dis- tincte lignescens valde volubilis. Caulis (5 mm. vel ultra diametro) fistulosus aut glaber aut praesertim in parte superiore set : puberulus. Folia late ovata plerumque cuspidato-acuminata bas! obtusa vel subtruncata integra crassa textura subcarnosa et fragilia pleraque 6-13 cm. lata. Capitula ad apices versus paniculae ramorum _ dense spicata.—M. platyphylla DC. Prod. v. 195 (1836). M. wtrea Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 22 (1920). Willoughbya platy- phylla Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891)—From the Amazonian drainage VARIABILITY IN MIKANIA 53 of Bolivia and Peru to Venezuela and Trinidad. Also recently col- Var. cardiophylla, var. nov., varietati praecedenti similis differt caule minus lignescenti et foliis (saltim caulinis) ut videtur tenuioribus basi distincte cordatis.—St. Vincents, Lesser Antilles, H. H. & G. W. Smith, no. 1890 (rypx, in Gray Herb.). Mikanta vitiroutia DC. The little known Brazilian species Mikania vitifolia was founded upon a specimen from Sao Paulo. The type is no. 426 of the collec- tion given to Gaudichaud for his services to the Brazilian government in 1833 presented by him to the Museum of Natural History in aris. This specimen shows but a single leaf, though it bears some much reduced foliar bracts in the inflorescence. The leaf is large, long- petioled, and has a suborbicular and sharply 7-angled blade. The five angles on the main part of the blade are developed as deltoid lobes, each with an acuminate tip. The lowest angles, however, are mere teeth on the rounded lobes near the deeply cordate base. This striking specimen from southern Brazil has never been precisely matched so far as the writer knows. However, Baker in the Flora Brasiliensis associated with the species specimens collected in Sao Paulo by Sello and by Riedel, but described the leaves as 5-lobed. The first very close relative of this species subsequently published was M. punctata Klatt, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxi. 195 (1893). This was based on Costarican material collected by Pittier (nos. 3434 and 4934). It was incorrectly described as having 7-flowered heads, though these were really 4-flowered even in the type-material. Klatt failed to indicate the general leaf-form of his M. punctata, but in the specimens which he studied it varied in the main stem-leaves from deltoid-ovate with but one angle on each side to somewhat pentagonal- Ovate, a form in which below the spreading lateral lobes there occurs on each side an obtuse angle or abrupt bend in the leaf-contour. On the other hand, the smaller upper leaves are broadly ovate and scarcely or not at all angled laterally. Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 46 (1894), studying Colom- bian material collected by Lehmann and in essentials identical with the Costarican plant which had formed the basis of M. punctata Klatt, referred it without any qualification to M. vitifolia DC. 54 ROBINSON portant characters, as well as in its 3-5-angled leaves, this agreed closely with M. punctata Klatt. As already pointed out, Contrib. Gray Herb. c. 18 (1932), Klatt’s M. punctata is a homonym of the much earlier M. punctata Gardn. Therefore, even if Klatt’s M. punc- tata should prove specifically distinct from M. vitifolia DC., it would have to bear the later name M. boliviensis Lingelsh. In 1924 the writer ventured to found a species of this general affinity on a Peruvian specimen, Macbride no. 4683, which had ovate but quite unlobed and unangled, though obscurely cuspidate-denticu- late, leaves. Close approaches to this Peruvian plant, called M. eryptodonta, have subsequently been found in the Amazonian drainage of Brazil, on the delta of the Orinoco in Venezuela, and on the island of Trinidad. The conspicuous differences in the leaf-form at first seemed fully adequate in the specific separation of these three plants, M. vitifolia, M. boliviensis (M. punctata Klatt not Gardn.) and M. cryptodonta, particularly as they had been characterized from widely separated regions. However, the geographic gaps and the striking differences have now been in large measure bridged by intermediates. As this tendency became evident, the writer has made repeated efforts to discover other and more fundamental differences, but quite without success. The three plants are found to be in close agreement in all essentials of inflorescence, floral form, achenes, etc., as well in such minor traits as pubescence, punctation of leaves, obscure toothing of leaf-margin, and the color, texture and nervation of the leaves. Indeed, it has become increasingly evident that these plants, though conspicuously different in their extremes, are only formal expressions of a single widespread and polymorphous plant-entity. It is believed, therefore, that the following treatment will provide adequate nomenclatural status for the phases concerned. M. viriroLta forma typica. Folia (caulina matura) suborbicu- laria acute 7-angulata et obscure denticulata.—M. vitifolia DC. Prod. v. 202 (1836).—Sao Paulo, Brazil. Forma boliviensis (Lingelsh.), stat. nov. Folia subdeltoideo- vel pentagono-ovata 3(—5)-loba et obscure denticulata.—M. punctata Klatt, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxi. 195 (“1892” [1893]), not Gardn. M. vitifolia Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 46 (1894), not precisely DC. M. boliviensis Lingelsh. in Fedde Rep. vii. 251 (1909) _——Southern Mexico and Central America to Bolivia; also with outlying stations far to the eastward at Faca in the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil, Edwal no. 12 (hb. Inst. Biol. S. Paulo no. 16,432) and in the Federal District of Venezuela near Caracas, Birschel (Gr.). MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 55 Forma eryptodonta (Robinson), stat. nov. Folia (plerumque eis formarum praecedentium paullo minora) ovata obscure cuspidato- denticulata neque lobata neque angulata.—M. eryptodonta Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixxiii. 22 (1924).—Prrvu: southern Huanaco, Maebride, nos. 4552 (Gr.) and 4683 (Gr.); also northern Junin, Kilip & Smith, nos. 23,835 (Gr.) and 25,313 (Gr.). Braziu: Rio Acre Territory, Seringal S. Francisco, Ule, no. 9885 (K., phot. Gr.); State of Para, at Belem, Dahlgren & Sella, nos. 230 (Gr.) and 287 (Gr.). VenEzvELA: Orinoco Delta, Cano del Guinipa, Bond, Gillin & Brown, no. 92 (Gr.). Trintpap: Eggers, no. 1457 (Copenh.), Broadway, nos. 5102 (N. Y.) and 7000 (Gr.). III. MIKANIA SCANDENS AND ITS NEAR RELATIVES. By B. L. Roprnson. Tue plants referred by such authors as Schultz-Bipontinus, Baker, Klatt, Oliver, Hemsley, Hieronymus and Urban to Mikania scandens (L.) Willd. form a loose aggregate of small-headed, slender, cordate-, Sagittate-, or hastate-leaved perennial twiners of North American and pan-tropical distribution. Although long treated as a single polymorphous species, this com- plex, taken as a whole, does not have an ordinary or, from the phyto- Seographic point of view, convincing range. On the other hand, if its elements are examined separately they drop into fairly circum- scribed natural areas. Indeed, these individual ranges are in severa ‘epresentatives of the group and about them little can even yet be decide However, by the aid of the now pretty copious material (running to several hundred specimens) already examined, it seems Possible to advance at least a working theory concerning the American, Asiatic and Malaysian segregates of the complex. Af ough conclusions on. the as yet all too imperfectly understood th rican members of the group must be deferred, the other elements in © aggregate may be tentatively summarized thus.— 56 ROBINSON M. scanpens (L.) Willd. (sensu strictiori). Heads about 7 mm. long, mostly crowded in round-topped fastigiately branched corymbs; bractlets subfiliform to narrowly lanceolate, usually about two-thirds the length of the involucre; phyllaries lanceolate-linear, attenuate, whitish and often purplish-tinged; corollas pink, pale purplish or rarely white; pappus-bristles 30-35, white or sometimes purple- tinged.—Sp. Pl. iii. 1743 (1804). Eupatorium scandens L. Sp. PI. ii. 836 (1753).—Wet thickets, southern Maine to Florida, chiefly near the coast, and (in more doubtful forms tending to white corollas and greater pubescence) through the Gulf States to Texas; also locally in the interior especially in New York, Southern Michigan, northern Indiana, eastern Missouri and Oklahoma. This plant is in general nearly but never quite glabrous, but es- pecially to the southward it passes imperceptibly into more hairy phases (M. pubescens Muhl., M. menispermea DC., M. scandens vat. pubescens Torr. & Gray), which, however, appear to have no more than formal value. The lilaceous coloration, nearly always perceptible, occurs most often in the corollas, but sometimes becomes evident in the pappus and phyllaries even when the corollas are by exception white. M. micrantHa HBK. Heads at maturity somewhat openly corym- bose-paniculate, about 6 mm. long; bractlets narrowly lanceolate to elliptic, about half to two-thirds the length of the involucre; phyllaries linear, acute, greenish-stramineous; corollas white, the teeth small, spreading or recurved at tip, about 0.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 33-36, white or (especially in age) somewhat rufescent.—Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 134 (1820). M. orinocensis HBK.1.c. M. suberenata H. & A. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 243 (1836). M. wmbellifera Gardn. 10 Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. iv. 119 (1845) and M. scandens var. umbelli- fera Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 249 (1876) as well as M. gle- chomaefolia Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. |. c., being the more typical form with oval rather abruptly pointed and mostly crenate-dentate leaves. M. subcymosa Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 448 (1847) and M. scandens var. subcymosa Bak. |. ¢., a seemingly trivial variant with more triangular-ovate, gradually pointed and subentire leaves. Generally distributed from Mexico and the West Indies to Brazil, Argentina and Bolivia. A few doubtful specimens from tropical Florida may also belong here. Though not capable of sharp definition on the side of M. scandens, this plant is of widely different and far more tropical range. acai more, it shows several perceptible distinctions. Thus its heads ten to be smaller. Its inflorescence is habitually looser and more panicu- MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 57 late. The phyllaries are acute rather than attenuate as in M. scandens. It seems never to show the purplish coloration nearly always present in M. scandens. The throat of the corolla is usually more turbinate- campanulate and the teeth tend to be shorter and more disposed to terminate in a spreading or recurved tip. While the leaves vary greatly in contour both in M. scandens and in M. micrantha, they tend on the whole to be more sharply angled and triangular-sagittate or -hastate in the former and more oval, cordate, and merely crenate in the latter. These foliar distinctions, though not holding good for diagnostic purposes, become evident when the species are compared in extended series. Of this species, M. ? alata DC. Prod. v. 197 (1836) is a probable, though by no means certain, synonym. It was hesitatingly based by DeCandolle—apparently from description alone—upon Kleinia alata G. F. W. Mey. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 249 (1818). No type or authentic ma- terial of Meyer’s species is known either at Goettingen, where Meyer worked, or elsewhere so far as ascertained. While most of the char- some do not. For instance, the statements that the leaves arg entire, that the bractlets are deciduous, and that the “4-5” ph are equal in length do not satisfactorily correspond. Und circumstances, the slightly earlier specific epithet alata, ussubsta tiated by authentic material, should scarcely be taken up to replace especially in a group of such inherent difficulty, the definitely known M. micrantha. in M. scandens, the pubescence of M. micrantha varies much in extent, the more typical forms being smoothish. A hairy phase has been described as: Forma urrsuta (Hieron.) Robinson. Stems, petioles and usually both surfaces of the leaves covered with sordid-white perceptibly jointed hairs—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixiv. 43 (1922). M. scandens var. hirsuta Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 47 (1894) and M. steead var. villosa Hieron. |. ec. xxxvi. 473 (1905).—Colombia to eru. M. concesta DC. Heads shortly pedicelled or subsessile in some- What corymbosely disposed rather dense subglobose glomerules; bractlets narrowly oblong to linear-oblanceolate, herbaceous, spread- 'ng-puberulent, equalling or somewhat exceeding the involucre; Phyllaries oval to oblong, abruptly but sharply mucronate, greenish- white to yellowish-green, dorsally puberulent, about 4.5 mm. long; corollas white, the proper tube about 1.6 mm. long; pappus-bristles 33-37, white. Leaves deltoid-ovate to ovate-oblong, cordate, acumi- 58 ROBINSON nate, varying from coarsely and somewhat hastately toothed to cre- nate, undulate or subentire, mostly 5-9 cm. long.—Prod. v. 197 (1836). M. Sieberiana DC. 1. c. 196 (1836). M. Parkeriana DC. 1. e. 199 (1836). M. variabilis Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 486 (1846). M. atriplicifolia Sch.-Bip. in Miq. Stirp. Surinam. Sel. 189 (1850). M. scandens var. congesta Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 249 (1876). M. scandens var. cynanchifolia as incorrectly applied by Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 46 (1894), though not of Bak. (as to name-bringing synon.). M. micrantha forma congesta Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixiv. 43 (1922). M. micrantha var. cynanchi- folia as interpreted by Robinson, |. c. 67 (1922), but not of Bak. (as to name-bringing synon.).—In the lowlands of southeastern Mexico (Tuxpefia, Campeche, Lundell, no. 1364), Porto Rico, Santa Domingo, the Lesser Antilles, Trinidad, the Guianas and Brazil; also in the cor- dilleran countries of South America from Colombia to Peru and Bolivia. To the southward, as for instance in southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and the Argentine Republic, this species, at least in its more typical and smoothish form, is scarcely found, though in habit sometimes rather puzzlingly simulated by the smaller-headed M. periplocifolia. M. pertptocrrouta Hook. & Arn. Heads smaller than in any of the foregoing, about 5-5.5 mm. high, in somewhat corymbously dis- posed and usually crowded subspherical glomerules; bractlets sub- filiform to narrowly lanceolate or more rarely rhombic- or spatulate- obovate, herbaceous, puberulent; phyllaries narrowly oblong to oval- elliptic, abruptly pointed or often rounded at the slightly erose sum- mit, 2.2-2.5 mm. long; corollas white, slightly smaller than in M. micrantha and M. congesta; pappus-bristles 35-40, white or at length carneous; leaves prevailingly deltoid-ovate and tending to be saliently and hastately toothed, averaging smaller than in the preceding species.—Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 243 (1836). M. scandens var. pertploct- folia Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 1, 249 (1876), only as to the typical Argentine material. Here also may be provisionally placed the Chilean M. araucana Phil. Anal. Univ. Chil. Ixxxvii. 330 (1894) and M. humilis Kunze ex Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 792 (1897), plants in nearly every respect closely similar, but having the phyllaries abruptly short-pointed instead of rounded at the summit as is more usual in the species. In similar manner, the Paraguayan M. scandens var. sagittifolia Hassl. in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xii. 368 (1913) aP- pears to be merely a smoothish and narrow-leaved form of M. pert plocifolia.—Southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, central and northern Argentina and northern Chile. MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 59 This species can almost always be distinguished from any of the foregoing by its very small heads and mostly oval-elliptic and very blunt phyllaries. The leaves, however, are so variable as to be at times very misleading. Though in its more typical forms they seem pretty characteristic in their prominent and hastate toothing, they sometimes (especially in mesophytic habitats) rather closely simulate those common in the more northern species. As to indument, it may be said that the typical form of M. peri- plocifolia is finely pubescent. It passes on the one hand to a nearly glabrous form and on the other to a form with slightly more copious soft and grayish puberulence, the latter having been described first as M. scandens * paraguayensis Malme, Kgl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. Xxxii. no. 5, p. 36, t. 4, f. 10 (1899) and later as M. scandens var. peri- plocifolia subvar. mollis Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, iii. 712 (1903). To the synonymy of M. periplocifolia there must be provisionally added also M. Niederleinii Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 792 (1897) from Santa Ana in the Argentine Misiones. This is a plant known to the writer merely from its type-specimen at the Botanical Museum in Berlin, and even there the material is scanty, showing but a single leafy stem, terminated by a small rather dense and glomerate inflorescence. In all technical characters of bractlet, phyllaries, corollas, achenes, etc., the plant corresponds closely with M. pertploci- folia. It is true the leaves seem a little thicker, harsher in texture and on the lower surface more prominently netted-veined than is usual in M. peri plocifolia, but these are matters quite likely to result from differing edaphic factors. , Anal. Univ. Chile, xxxvi. 178 (1870).— Marshes near Mendoza, Argentina. It is probable that this little plant will prove a distinct species, as believed by Philippi, but it will ave to be studied from far more copious material before there can be any assurance regarding its proper status. 60 ROBINSON M. minima (Bak.), stat. nov. Heads even smaller than in two preceding species, 3-3.6 mm. long, pedicellate and often tending to be racemose; bractlets subfiliform, about 2 mm. long, borne near the middle or even at the very base of the pedicel; phyllaries elliptic- oblong, abruptly short-pointed, about 2.3 mm. long, dorsally puberu- lent especially toward the apex; corollas white, glandular-atomiferous; proper tube slender; throat turbinate-campanulate; teeth very short (0.2-0.3 mm. long), pointed, usually recurved; mature achenes 1-1.2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 25, whitish. Branches and branch- lets 6-angled, finely incurved- or crisped-puberulent; leaves deltoid- ovate, entire, acute to often rounded at apex, openly cordate to sub- truncate at base, mostly 2.5-3.5 em. long.—M. scandens var. minima Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 250 (1876).—Argentina: Province of Tucumién, Tweedie, no. 1188 (ryeE, in hb. Royal Bot. Gard. Kew, phot. Gr.); Dept. Traneas on Rio Tipamaya, alt. 1400 m., Apr. 1926, Venturi, no. 4178 (Arn. Arb., phot. Gr.). This small-headed plant, known only from the Province of Tucu- man in northern Argentina, seems to be one of the best marked species in the perplexing M. scandens group. Its branches are as definitely hexagonal as in the well known M. cordifolia. Its heads are the smallest in the group. They also tend perceptibly to be racemose toward the tips of the panicle-branchlets. It is noteworthy also that the bractlet, instead of being at the summit of the pedicel and appearing like a fifth phyllary as it does in the other members of the group, is in M. minima borne near the middle or even at the very base of the pedicel. . M. TRACHYPLEURA Robinson (See p. 46). Heads (when fully mature) 6-7 mm. long, pedicellate in round-topped rather dense corymbs; bractlet closely subtending the involucre, lanceolate, attenuate, subherbaceous, grayish-pilose, about half the length of the involucre; phyllaries linear to narrowly lanceolate, mostly attenuate, 4-5 mm. long, at least the outer ones loosely villulose; corollas white, the slender tube 1.7 mm. long, the narrowly campanulate throat about 1.2 mm. high, the teeth deltoid, acute, 0.7 mm. long; achenes 1.5 mm. long, upwardly scabrid-ciliolate or serrulate on the angles as well as sparingly glandular-atomiferous on the faces; pappus-br istles about 40, white or slightly carneous.—M. scandens var. cynanch- folia Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 249 (1876), in small part but not as to name-bringing synonym M. cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn.— A vigorous softly pilose nearly or quite herbaceous twiner of central and southern Brazil, northern and central Paraguay and adjacent part of the Argentine Government of Chaco. MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 61 In connection with M. trachypleura it is needful to examine the nomenclatural claims of the name cynanchifolia, which has been vaguely employed for several plants of this affinity. M. cynanchi- folia Hook. & Arn. was first published in synonymy by Baker, who in the Flora Brasiliensis, vi. pt. 2, 249 (1876), made it the nomenclatural basis of his M. scandens var. cynanchifolia. Unfortunately Baker’s diagnosis was brief, comparative and not very illuminating. He was not even comparing his variety with the nearly related tropical American relatives, but was merely putting forward, as an exception- ally pubescent variety of the North American M. scandens, some four specimens of central and southern Brazil, together with a Tweedie specimen from Tucumén in Argentina. The writer, desiring more precise information regarding the identity of the unpublished M. cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn., commissioned r. I. M. Johnston during a recent visit to the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew to look the matter up. Finding difficulty in interpreting the material there at hand, Dr. Johnston kindly arranged that three sheets illustrating Baker’s M. scandens var. cynanchifolia should be lent to the writer for study. These were as follows: 1) Burchell’s no. 8922 from Goyaz, a plant with densely glomeru- late nearly sessile heads, obtusish to abruptly pointed phyllaries and relatively long bractlets, which exceed the involucres. This element proves to be only a rather pubescent form of M. congesta DC. 2) The Warming specimen collected at Lagoa Santa in Minas Geraes, a plant with looser inflorescence, acuminate phyllaries, much shorter bractlets (only half to two-thirds the length of the involucres) and achenes distinctly ciliolate on the angles. This element is con- Specific if not precisely identical with the plant, now known from Paraguay and the Argentine Chaco, which has been treated above as M. trachy pleura. 3) Tweedie’s no. 1091, said by the label to be “a firmly rooted climber in all the marshes of the country of Bs. Ays. & R. Grand.” that is to say, Buenos Ayres and Rio Grande do Sul. Near the single specimen on this sheet is written in hand of Sir William Hooker the name M. cyanchifolia H. & A., the specific epithet being misspelled, doubtless by mere clerical error. The plant, while in most respects closely simulating M. trachypleira, has somewhat smaller heads (about 5.5 mm. instead of 6.5 mm. long) and achenes quite destitute of serrulation or ciliolation on the angles. Sir Arthur Hill informs me that this is the only sheet in the repre- sentation of Mikania cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn. at Kew which bears € original labelling in hand of Hooker or Arnott, and that no speci- men of Tweedie no. 1287 has been found there. 62 ROBINSON Before deciding upon the degree to which the name cynanchifolia, first published in varietal rank by Baker in 1876, is available in specific rank, it will be best to trace its subsequent use. In 1894, Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 46 applied it (as Baker’s variety) to a plant of Ecuador, which seems to be only a rather pubescent form of M.congesta . Next, Malme in Kgl. Sv. Vetensk.-Akad. Hand. xxxii. no. 5, 35 (1899) stated that the plant he was there characterizing as M. scandens * neriplocifolia var. intermedia somewhat approached M. scandens * cynanchifolia (Bak.). Later, Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixiv. 67 (1922), following Hieronymus, employed the name cynanchifolia for a rather pubescent plant of Ecuador with glomerulate heads and long bractlets, but transferred it as a variety from the North American M. scandens to the tropical American M. micrantha HBK. More recent study leads to the belief that this plant of Ecuador is merely an unusually pubescent and rather small-headed form of M. congesta DC. In 1931, Malme, Ark. f. Bot. xxiv. no. 6, 39, employs as his own the binomial Mikania cynanchifolia but fails to give the plant further definition. Somewhat later, Malme, |. c. xxiv. no. 8, 33 (1932), realizing that his intermedia differed decidedly from the smaller- headed and much blunter-phyllaried M. periplocifolia, republished it as M. cynanchifolia forma intermedia, again making no attempt to give M. cynanchifolia correct nomenclatural status by providing it with specific diagnosis, which, as already pointed out, it has never ha 1. Finally in 1933, Malme, Kgl. Sv. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl. ser. 3, xi. no. 2, 58, in determining Dusén’s admirable collection of Parana plants makes use of the name “ M. cynanchifolia (Hook. & Arn. ms.) Malme.”’ On what, it may be asked, does M. cynanchifolia as a published name really rest? Undefined by its original authors, it appeared first in the synonymy of Baker’s M. scandens var. cynanchifolia, but ac- cording to the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature cita- tion in synonymy does not constitute valid publication. Of course, Malme has subsequently treated M. cynanchifolia as a good species with parenthetic references to Baker and to Hooker & Arnott and may therefore be thought to have validated the binomial in specific rank. However, there remains the question whether 1t 's in fact a described species. The only attempt ever made to give it diagnosis is Baker's scant three lines of description, drawn up, as we now see, from a confuse group of five specimens belonging to three different species. These he was grouping together merely as a very hairy variety of the North American M. scandens, with which they clearly have nothing to do. MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 63 It would be natural to suppose that the type of M. cynanchifolia would automatically be the Tweedie element from Tucumdén, this being the only specimen mentioned by Baker which had been studied by Hooker & Arnott; but unfortunately the only Tweedie sheet now in the Kew Harbarium, labelled by Sir William Hooker as M. cyanchi- folia and by Baker subsequently as his M. scandens var. cynanchifolia, is not from Tucumén but from “Buenos Ayres and Rio Grande do Sul.” Furthermore, this last specimen does not in all respects agree with Baker’s description, for it has leaves equally hairy on both sides, while Baker states that the leaves of his var. cynanchifolia were obsoletely puberulent above and densely grayish-puberulent beneath. When these facts are taken into account, it becomes evident that M. cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn. has at no time received intelligible definition. The name, originally misspelled by its senior author and used subsequently by Baker to cover chiefly if not wholly non perti- nent material of several kinds, has fallen into a status so vague that it seems best in the interests of sound nomenclature to attach the concept by arbitrary typification to Tweedie’s no. 1091. When thus anchored, the species may be defined as follows: _M. cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn. in herb., herbacea gracilis volu- bilis fere ubique incurvo-puberula; caule 6-costato-angulato flexuoso; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis lateraliter paullo undulatis basi sinu profundo sagittatis textura herbaceis subconcol- oribus utrinque aequaliter subdense breviterque incurvo-puberulis 2.4-3.3 em. longis 1.2-1.6 em. latis; petiolo ca. 1.2 cm. longo; corymbis Parvis subglobosis plerisque 2-3 cm. diametro ramos breves adscen- entes terminantibus; capitulis breviter pedicellatis ca. 5.5 mm. longis; bracteola capitulum arcte suffulciente lanceolata vel anguste vata dorso dense griseo-hirsutula 2.5 mm. longa; involucri squamis oblongo-lanceolatis plerisque acutis ca.’4 mm. longis et 1 mm. latis, €xterioribus dorso hirsutulis; corollis glabris; tubo proprio gracili 1.6 mm. longo; faucibus campanulatis 1 mm. altis; dentibus limbi del- toideis 0.6 mm. longis; achaeniis 1.5 mm. longis in faciebus glandulis sessilibus adspersis in costis laevibus; pappi setis ca. 33 albis.—The Weedie label accompanying this material in the herbarium of the Kew Gardens reads as follows: “1091 This a firmly rooted climber in all marshes of the country of Bs. Ays. & R. Grand. -92 & -93 in marshes near Lagoa De Los Pattos.” From this it is inferred that the specimen actually with the label is no. 1091 and comes from the region of Buenos Ayres, Argentina, but that Tweedie regarded as identical two specimens which he subsequently added to his series under the numbers 1092 and 1093 and which came from the marshes about Lagoa dos Patos in Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. 64 ROBINSON Of course, the species of this technical group are habitally similar and were at the time little understood. Therefore Tweedie’s inference that his 1091 from eastern Argentina was precisely identical with material later collected in southernmost Brazil, though by no means improbable, carries little conviction. Very closely related to M. cynanchifolia Hook. & Arn., as thus typified and defined, is the still problematic plant of the Paraguay River drainage called M. cYNANCHIFOLIA forma INTERMEDIA Malme, Ark. f. Bot. xxiv. no. 8, 33 (1832). This plant, of which Professor Malme has most amiably given to the Gray Herbarium a portion of the type-material, simulates the typical form in pubescence and most of its floral char- acters. It appears, however, to be a much more luxuriant plant, has much longer internodes and petioles and much larger relatively broader leaves, which are provided at base with spreading and some- times sharp angles, almost in the manner of M. periplocifolia. Its phyllaries are thinner, whiter, broader and less pubescent than those of the typical form of M. cynanchifolia——The plant was originally described as M. scandens * periplocifolia var. intermedia Malme, Kgl. Sv. Vidensk.-Akad. Handl. xxxii. no. 5, 35 (1899). Here appears to belong also M. scandens var. periplocifolia subvar. mollis Chodat, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, iii. 712 (1903). It is probable that this Forma intermedia of the Paraguay drainage will prove specifically separable from the true M. cynanchifolia of Argentina, Uruguay and southernmost Brazil. But until the latter is much better known, trustworthy diagnostic characters will be difficult to discover. M. pilcomayensis (Hassl.), stat. nov. Inflorescence at length ovoid, the secondary corymbs borne on widely divergent pedicels (2-3 em. in length); phyllaries obtusish, puberulent, 5 mm. long; pappus white. Leaves shallowly 3-lobed or even somewhat penta- gonal in general contour, coarsely and bluntly toothed, the openly cordate base of the blade attached to the petiole by a conspicuous acumination.—M. scandens var. pilcomayensis Hassl. in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xii. 368 (1913).—Paraguay: edge of woods, Onebrahachal on the lower reaches of the Pilcomayo River, Rojas, no. 268 (TYPE, in hb. of Dr. E. Hassler, phot. Gr.). When visiting the Botanical Conservatory at Geneva in 1927, the writer was kindly permitted to examine and photograph this interest- ing plant, which seems fully to confirm Dr. Hassler’s implied sus- picion that it might prove a distinct species. It certainly shows D° close relationship to the North American M. scandens, nor can }t MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 65 convincingly placed in any of the other here recognized segregates: from this all too widely interpreted species. In inflorescence M. pilco- mayensis shows a transition from § Corymbosae to § Thyrsigerae; while in leaf-contour, as Dr. Hassler well remarks, it suggests De- Candolle’s Series Angulatac. As a readily recognizable Paraguayan endemic, thus far not known to intergrade with any other Mikania, it is certainly best treated as an independent species. M. cordata (Burm. f.), comb. nov. Inflorescence at maturity an open corymbous panicle; pedicels mostly 3-5 mm. long; branchlets of the inflorescence angled or slightly winged at base; heads 7-7.5 mm. long; bractlets linear-filiform, about 3 mm. long; phyllaries linear, 6 mm. long, abruptly contracted to a short sharp point; corollas white; datum Burm. f. Fl. Ind. 176, t. 58 fig. 2 (1768). E. volubile Vahl, Symb. iii. 93 (1794). Mikania volubilis Willd. Sp. PI. iii. 1748 (1804). astern tropical Africa, the East Indies, Formosa, Philippines, Java, Borneo, ete. When compared with the North American M. scandens, this wide- ranging plant of the Old World differs rather strikingly on account of its more open inflorescence, slightly larger heads, more abruptly pointed phyllaries and brownish pappus of which the bristles are perceptibly more numerous. There can be no reasonable doubt that this was the plant described by the younger Burman as Eupatorium cordatum. Hence the need for the new binomial here proposed. To the synonymy of M. cordata there may be doubtfully referred — the little known M. scandens var. rhodotricha Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. Vi. pt. 2, 250 (1876). Interpreted from the Kew material of Gardner’s no. 60, this plant has heads about 8 mm. in length, that is, slightly longer than those usually found in the M. scandens group. Further- more, its pappus is not only a rather deep reddish brown as in M. cordata but is likewise composed of exceptionally numerous bristles (51-59). While Brazilian specimens of undoubted M. micrantha HBK. sometimes have a distinctly erubescent pappus, their heads are smaller, the pappus-bristles are less numerous, and the phyllaries 'richa. Until better known this seems best placed provisionally in the synony my of M. cordata, with which it agrees in essentials. 66 ROBINSON There may here be indicated a series of plants, chiefly of the Greater Antilles: but with outlying members in tropical Florida, at Panama, and in tropical Africa. They are manifestly related rather closely to M. scandens, but have for the most part smaller, more saliently angled, deeply toothed, lobed or even divided leaves. Though resting upon minor and to some extent variable characters and consequently difficult to key, these organisms are fairly recognizable plant-entities, no one of which can be satisfactorily merged either with the North American M. scandens or with any of the species treated above. M. spaTaTAEFOLIA DC. Heads, phyllaries, corollas and pappus much as in M. micrantha; corymbs small (mostly 2-6 cm. in diameter), lax or dense, loosely disposed, long-peduncled from the upper axils; leaves small (mostly 3-4 em. long and broad) deltoid-ovate, openly cordate or subcordate, conspicuously and usually hastately few- toothed or somewhat lobed, the lobes mostly short, widely divergent, subdeltoid.—Prod. v. 197 (1836). M. deltoides Poepp. as to plant so named by Poeppig but not the one described by Sprengel. M. tamoides DC. |. ¢., only a state in which the heads are less mature and the inflorescence in consequence seemingly more glomerate. Walloughbya heterophylla Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1170, 1338 (1903).—Cuba and the Keys of Florida. M. RANUNCULIFOLIA A. Rich. Close to the preceding, but covered with a looser longer spreading pubescence and having the leaves not only somewhat larger (mostly 4.5-8 em. long) but cleft fully half way to the midrib or base, the lobes being ovate and rounded at tip. A. Rich. in Sagra, Cuba, xi. 45 (1850). Walloughbya ranunculifolia Millsp. in Field Col. Mus. Bot. ii. 106 (1900).—Cuba and Isle of Pines. This and the preceding species, though as yet pretty readily separ- able in the scanty material at hand, are in essentials so close that transition is to be expected. M. PpANAMENSIS Robinson (see p. 41), as yet imperfectly known from a single rather immature specimen gathered by Pittier in the vicinity of Culebra, is also in most respects very similar to the West Indian M. batatacfolia. However, it differs in several respects not aS yet connected by known intermediates. It is more densely puberulent. The leaves seem to be of a slightly firmer texture and are more con- spicuously dark-punctate. Its phyllaries, instead of being smoothish and pointed or even acuminate, are rather closely grayish-puberulent and very obtuse or even rounded at the shortly fringed summit. The heads in bud are rounded or subtruncate at the top, while at a cor responding stage of development those of M. batataefolia are acute OF MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 67 even shortly acuminate. The rediscovery of this as yet little known plant of the Canal Zone is much to be desired. M. Carrert Bak. The type of this tropical African species was examined and photographed at Kew nearly thirty years ago. It rather closely resembles M. ranunculifolia, but is said to be sarmen- tose. Its leaves are of smaller size (scarcely over 3 cm. in diameter) and are suborbicular in general contour, being cleft palmately about half way to the middle into 3-7 irregularly toothed lobes of subequal length, while in M. ranunculifolia the leaves are somewhat triangular- ovate, the terminal lobe being decidedly longer than the lateral.— Kew Bull. 1895, p. 106 (1895).—Tropical east Africa. -M. corypauirouia Griseb. A delicate twiner with leaves 3-5- This slender, nearly herbaceous plant may be readily distinguished by its very deeply parted or actually divided leaves with relatively narrow lobes or divisions. M. rroparouiroua O. Hoffm. If rightly interpreted from Dink- lage’s no. 289, this plant of Cameroon in western tropical Africa is in habit and foliage very similar to the Cuban M. corydalifolia, but differs in having more shortly pedicelled or subsessile heads disposed In looser few-headed cymes. Its bractlets are also shorter, being scarcely a third as long as the phyllaries—O. Hoffm. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxiv. 468 (1898).—Cameroon. In M. scandens and such of its close relatives as have been indicated above, the leaves are prevailingly of an ovate, ovate-oblong, deltoid or elliptic form, being normally more than half as wide as long. It is true an exception to this has been noted in the Paraguayan plant called M. scandens var. sagittifolia by Hassler. This, as stated above, 'S pretty clearly only a narrow-leaved phase of M. periplocifolia. However, there are two other plants of the general M. scan affinity which should be mentioned here and which have strikingly narrow, arrow-shaped leaves, only about a third as wide as long. These are: M. Dusenn Robinson. A smooth twiner with leaves that are con- 68 ROBINSON spicuously attenuate to a very sharp apex and have a base which, though sagittate in general form, has at the attachment a small sub- orbicular bay nearly enclosed by the deflexed basal lobes.—Contrib. Gray Herb. xevi. 24 (1931).—Southern Brazil and northeastern Argentina. In inflorescence, involucral and floral characters, this rather strikin plant is disturbingly close to M. micrantha, yet in leaf-form it is so exceedingly different that convincing evidence of intergradation must be observed before its reduction to varietal or formal rank would be justified. M. sagittifera, spec. nov., gracilis volubilis ut videtur herbacea perennis breviter griseo-hirsutula; caule subtereti brunnescenti; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis anguste triangularibus gradatim a apicem acutissimum attenuatis lateraliter breviter undulato-denticu- latis vel (saltim supremis) subintegris basi sagittatis 5-9 cm. longis 1.5-3 em. latis; petiolo 1-2 em. longo; corymbis convexis plerisque 2-4 cm. diametro longe pedunculatis irregulariter ramosis; bracteis angustissimis integris attenuatis; pedicellis plerisque 2-3 mm. longis; bracteolis linearibus; capitulis ca. 8 mm. longis; involucri squamis lanceolato-oblongis acutis subherbaceis dorso griseo-hirsutulis ca. 5 mm. longis; corollis pallidis verisimiliter albis; achaeniis 2.6-2.8 mm. longis atrobrunneis in faciebus glandulari-atomiferis in angulis gla- bris; pappi setis carneis.—Kabulabula, on the Chobe River, Bechuana- land, July 1930, van Son, no. 28,729 (rypx, in the Gray Herbarium), collected by the Vernay-Lang Kalahari Exped. In all probability this is the same as the plant collected in water along the margin of the Longa River above the Lazingua in southeast- ern Angola by von Baum and named M. scandens forma angustt- folia by O. Hoffmann in Warburg, Kunene-Sambesi Exped. 405 (1903) and later rediscovered in Rhodesia at Victoria Falls by the Swedish Rhodesia-Congo Exped. and raised to specific rank, as M. angustifolia by R. E. Fries in his admirable report on the botanical investigations of this expedition, i. pt. 2, 328-9, fig. 38 a & b (1916)—a name which would have been gladly taken up but for the fact that it has the earlier homonym M. angustifolia HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv- 1 (1820) and would therefore, according to the present International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, be invalid. ; As neither the plant of von Baum nor that of the Swedish Exped! tion has been available for study during the preparation of the present paper and as in any event the name angustifolia would have to be abandoned, it has seemed best to draw a new description from the material at hand, so that the species in question may have correct MIKANIA SCANDENS AND RELATIVES 69 nomenclatural status under its new name, which could scarcely have een the case, if it were based on unverified synonymy. The primary object of this little series of notes is to provide a rational application for a dozen or more names now available to re- lieve the much overworked M. scandens. It may be thought that a key should have been furnished, but the group is one in which the plant-entities, though on study pretty readily recognizable, are to be interpreted each rather by the habitual association of minor and often variable traits than by the presence of any character sure to hold and therefore appropriate for use in a key. Of the African species not as yet studied from sufficient material to determine satisfactorily their degrees of relationship to the other members of the M. scandens group, there may be mentioned M. cheno- podifolia Willd. of Sierra Leon, M. oxyota DC. of southeastern Africa and M. natalensis DC. Of these the first two are described as nearly or quite glabrous, while M. natalensis has a short but almost velvety pubescence. All three are said to have rufescent pappus and, so far 4s examined by the writer, would appear to have white corollas. Certainly no one of these plants can be satisfactorily placed in the North American M. scandens, which as we have seen has normally White pappus and roseate or purplish corollas. The African members of this affinity, of which presumably some are still undescribed, are certainly in need of clearer delimitation among themselves and sharper definition on the side of the East Indian M. cordata, which in fact seems to be present also in tropical Africa. Mikania deltoides Poepp. and M. cissampelina DC. are further names which have at times been associated with M. scandens, both of them in connection with plants of the Greater Antilles. Some com- ment on their application seems here desirable, since the writer fails ‘o find himself in accord with their disposition by the late Professor Urban in the synonymy of his for the most part exceedingly helpful treatment of the West Indian Mikanias. M. deltoides Poepp. ex Spreng. Syst. iii. 423 (1826). Urban, Symb. Ant. v. 233 (1907), asserts with marks of affirmation that this was Eupatorium havanense HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 128 (1820). 'S may well be true of the material described by Sprengel, who Placed the plant in a series of erect and shrubby species and states that its leaves were paler beneath. However, though Sprengel in the hurried compilation of his Systema may have blunderingly Placed in the genus Mikania a Eupatorium with many-flowered heads, 70 ROBINSON Poeppig certainly knew the difference between these genera. There- fore it is not surprising to find at the Natural History Museum in Vienna among the admirable series there representing Poeppig’s plants a delicate twining Mikania with deltoid-ovate deeply cordate and coarsely toothed leaves and bearing the original label stating it to be “ Mikania deltoides Pp. Cuba, 1823. Poeppig.”’ As Poeppig never published the plant and as the species was mistakenly associ- ated by Sprengel with a previously characterized Eupatorium and therefore given a wholly misleading description, the name M. deltordes Poepp. has no nomenclatural importance whatever. M. cissampelina DC. Prod. v. 195 (1836) has remained a problem- atic plant. DeCandolle’s diagnosis is brief and calls for a glabrous plant with obtuse entire leaves and with heads 5 lines (i. e. 1 em.) in length. Though the species is said to have come from Santo Domingo, no collector, date, number or more precise locality is mentioned. The only published comment on the identity of M. cissampelina seems to be the one found in Urban’s treatment of the West Indian Mikanias, where in his Symb. Ant. v. 230 (1907) it is referred to M. scandens L. but said to be a form with floral parts and achenes larget than those of the common form. Feeling certain that no entirely glabrous plant with heads | cm. long could be satisfactorily included in M. scandens L., the writer has endeavored to gain further light on the type-material of M. cissampelina, and through the very kind and effective assistance of Dr. Hochreutiner, Director of the Conservatory of Botany at Geneva, who has sent detailed information, and of Mr. J. Francis Macbride, who most obligingly prepared and forwarded several exceedingly clear photographs of the type-sheet, it is now possible to record the following facts. On the type-sheet of M. cissampelina, labelled in hand of DeCan- dolle, there are mounted about ten pieces, of which most show a bit of stem, a leaf or two, and a partial inflorescence. Of these pieces, the one at the upper right and another at the lower left of the sheet doubtless represent the plant from which DeCandolle drew his description; for in fact they show a plant with cordate obtuse leaves and with heads fully 1 em. long. It may be remarked, however, that the plant is not wholly glabrous, being on the contrary finely pubes- cent. Nor are the leaves quite entire, since the margins are shallowly crenate-undulate. d This plant on the type-sheet, which may be styled Element A ie must be regarded as the source of the description, is unquestionably M. corpirouta (L. f.) Willd. STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V 71 The other scraps of material mounted on the same sheet have deltoid-ovate acuminate somewhat hastately toothed leaves and bear heads about 8 mm. long. They also are somewhat pubescent and seem uniform with each other. This part of the material, which may be styled Element B, clearly belongs to the M. scandens group but certainly not to the real M. scandens L. of North America. From the cissampelina, is merely some non-pertinent material by oversight IV. STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE,—V. By Lyman B. Smita. (Plates I-III.) THE present paper is chiefly the result of studies made in the sum- mer of 1933 in the herbaria of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew (K), the British Museum of Natural History (BM), and Cambridge niversity (Cam). I am also indebted to the following institutions and individuals for lending me important material or procuring Photographs or duplicates for me: the United States National Museum (US), the New York Botanical Garden (NY), the Field Museum of Natural History (FM), the Missouri Botanical Garden (Mo), the University of California (Cal), the Berlin Herbarium (B), the National useum of Prague, the Rijks Herbarium of Leiden, the Botanical Museum of Munich (Mun), the National Museum of Natural History of Buenos Aires (BA), and Don Cornelio Osten of Montevideo, Tuguay (Ost). Tam obliged to Mr. J. E. Dandy of the British Museum and to Dr. - A. Sprague of the Kew Herbarium for important suggestions on nomenclatorial points. Dr. Castellanos of the National Museum of “enos Aires and Don Cornelio Osten have given me much helpful 72 SMITH advice on the Bromeliaceae of northern Argentina and adjacent regions. ; In making new combinations, I am publishing only those which have been necessitated by the process of determining material. In other cases it seems better to wait until the validity of the species can be checked by an examination of the types. Ananas comosus (L.) Merrill var. microstachys (Lindm.), comb. nov. A. microstachys Lindm. in Svensk. Ak. Handl. xxiv. no. 8, 39, t. 7, fig. 20-23 (1891). A. sativus var. microstachys Mez in Mart. Fl. Bras. iii. pt. 3, 294 (1892). In accepting Merrill’s combination as the correct name for the common pineapple of cultivation, it becomes necessary to have a new combination to designate the primitive wild variety. Aregelia, see Neoregelia. Bakerantha, nom. nov. Bakeria André, Rev. Hort. lxi. 84 (1889), non Seem. (1864). Bakerantha tillandsioides (André), comb. nov. Bakerva tall- andsioides André, ibid. Se Catopsis (Eucatopsis) cucullata, spec. nov., acaulis: foliis rosulatis, tenuibus, ad 22 cm. longis, minutissime punctato-lepidotis; vaginis late ellipticis sed haud distinctis; laminis subtriangularibus, acutis apiculatisque, basi 2 cm. latis: scapo decurvo, vaginis late ovatis, acutis, internodia superantibus: inflorescentia simplici vel paupere paniculata, pendula; in inflorescentia paniculata bractels primariis late ovatis, acutis, quam spicae suberectae multo brevioribus: spicis ad 10 em. longis; bracteis florigeris suberectis, late ovatls, acutis, 10-15 mm. longis, flores bene superantibus, apice cucullato- incurvis, tenuibus, nervatis, obscure punctato-lepidotis vel glabris: floribus hermaphroditis; sepalis late obovatis, asymmetricis, 10 mm. longis; petalis quam sepala paulo longioribus; staminibus manifeste inaequalibus; stylo brevissimo. PI. III, figs. 3-5. MEXICO: Vera Cruz: Banderilla, Jilotepic, Jalapa, alt. 1300-1550 m., 1888, Com. Geogr. Explor. Rep. Mex. 366 (FM, TYPE; G). This species is unusual for Catopsis in having its flowers hooded by the bracts. The flowers are perfect but the stamens are distinctly unequal. This combination of characters conflicts with the generally accepted definition of the subgenus Eucatopsis, but in the case of i least two species the definition is obviously in error. Hooker s illustration of Tillandsia nitida in the Exotic Flora t. 218 has been cited as the original of a species assigned to Eucatopsis, yet the figure plainly shows the stamens unequal. Harms illustrates another x,t of the subgenus, Catopsis nutans, with the same character of unequ# STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V : 73 stamens.’ Obviously the relative lengths of the stamens must be abandoned as a distinction between the two subgenera of Catopsis. Dyckia Meziana Kuntze. This little-known species is illustrated here to show its more important technical characters and to give a Aare with the nearly related D. pulquinensis Wittm. Pl. III, gs. 11l- Dyckia microcalyx Bak. var. Ostenii, var. nov., foliis haud ultra 20 cm. longis, margine fortiter spinosis; lamina basi ad 3 cm. lata: inflorescentia laxa, in. typo simplici: floribus magnis; sepalis ad 6 mm. longis. PI. III, fig. 16. ARGENTINA: Misronzs: on rocks on the banks of the Yguazi, Yguazi Falls, 1915, Osten & Rojas 8097 (Ost, TyPE; phot. G). Dyckia pulquinensis Wittm. The closest relative of this species is D. Meziana Kuntze, not D. hamosa Mez as Wittmack suggested. D. hamosa has the stamens included while D. pulquinensis and D. M eziana have them conspicuously exserted, and are practically identical in habit. In fact there is little to distinguish the two species except the form of the petals, and until further material appears it will always be a question whether the distinction really holds. Pl. II, figs. 6-10. Guzmania R. & P. Ina previous paper? I noted the apparent weakness of the distinction between Guzmania and Sodiroa but owing In the second place Sodiroa in its original sense has only its flaring Sepals to distinguish it from Guzmania. The caulescent habit long thought to be distinctive of Sodiroa is shown equally well by Guzmania angustifolia which has sepals quite unlike Sodiroa. It is hard to see why flaring sepal-blades should separate Sodiroa from Guzmania, diosa in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenf. 2 Aufl., xv a. 131, fig. 48 D * Contrib. Gray Herb. xeviii. 19 (1932). 74 SMITH when flaring petal-blades full as conspicuous fail to separate Phytar- rhiza from Tillan The following brief synopsis will serve to make the necessary transfers and illustrate the relations of the species in Se typical Sodiroa group, while adding citations previously unnote 1. Inflorescence subcorymbose: flowers closely aggregated. 2. Sepals 3—7 em. long: leaf-blades with several strong nerves. 3. Leaf-sheaths deep chestnut-brown 4. Sepals triangular-acute. coPnby TOOUCIOT acu bs G. Pearcet. 4. Sepals broadly obtuse. Costa Rica, Colombia...... G. obtusiloba. 3. pepo heaths but little caw than the blades. ]- NN ha ee iin ee a a ye he BRS . caricifolia. 2; Sepa not more than 2 cm. long: leaf-blades with a single edian nerve. ra IOFHDIA <2 hoe ae G. gemaen i ascii Pa eprencr. * COMME i ore is G. Kal G. Pearcei (Bak.), comb. nov. Sodiroa Pearcet Bak. Journ. Bot. xxv. 53 (1887). COLOMBIA: Cauca: western Andes of Popayan, alt. 1400-1800 m., Lehmann 5806 (B, phot. G). G. obtusiloba, nom. nov. Sodiroa Andreana Wittm. PI. Lehm. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xi. 57 (1889), non Guzmania Andreana Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 936 (1896). COSTA RICA: La Hondura de San José, alt. 1300 m., 1933, Valerio 702 (FM, phot. G). G. caricifolia (André), comb. nov. Sodiroa caricifolia André ex Bak. Journ. Bot. xxv. 53 (1887 G. graminifolia (André), éoeb. nov. Sodiroa graminifolia André ex Bak. Journ. Bot. xxv. 54 (1887). S. Trianae Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 888 (1896). It should be noted that while André gave S. caricifolia and S. graminifolia as the only species when he described Sodiroa in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, xxiv. 167 (1877), he said specifically that he was not going to describe the species until later. Mez’s description of the peculiarly abrupt transition from sheath i blade in the scape-bracts of S. graminifolia allows him to separate . Trianae, but an examination of the types shows the two species . be identical, and the strange bracteal characters merely the result of drying and inrolling inaccurately observed. ; G. Kalbreyeri (Bak.), comb. nov. Sodiroa Kalbreyert Bak. Brom. 141 (1889 : G. dissitifiora (André), comb. nov. Sodiroa dissitiflora André, Enum. 5 (1888). STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V 75 G. Sprucei (André), comb. nov. Sodiroa Sprucet André, Enum. 5 (1888). G. rosea L. B. Smith in Contrib. Gray Herb. cii. 147 (1933). In G. Sprucet the leaves are ligulate and the sepals are about 5 cm. long, while in G. dissitiflora the leaves are narrowly triangular and the sepals are only about 3 cm. long. The character of relative length of bracts and sepals formerly used to distinguish these species has become quite useless with the appearance of material additional to the types. G. angustifolia (Bak.) Wittm. G. caulescens Mez & Sodiro in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, v. 112 (1905). The typical material of _G. angustifolia as shown at Kew varies from very short-caulescent to distinctly caulescent, but the leaves are never truly rosulate. This eliminates any distinction for the later G. caulescens. G. Cornuaulti (André) Mez. This species must be excluded from Guzmania henceforth. See under Tillandsia Turneri. G. gloriosa André. G. columnaris Mez & Sodiro, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, v. 113 (1905). G. gloriosa should not have been trans- ferred to Thecophyllum. André dissected and sketched the type when he collected it, and his illustration in Brom. André, t. 17, figs. Cl and 3 clearly shows a gamopetalous naked corolla. He described it as “breviter trilobata.’’ Unfortunately the flowers have deterior- ated so badly that it is impossible to check André’s findings, but until € is proven wrong it would seem unwise to contradict the statement of so careful and accurate an observer as he. In my provisional key to Guzmania,? G. gloriosa runs down to 33. G. columnaris from whose description it shows no essential distinction. G. gloriosa is now known from the following material: CO rete? 2000-8100 a ee (GO) ECUADOR: PicuincHa: Perucho, Ma Quito, alt. 1830 m., 1876, André 3791 (K, TYPE; phot. G); woods, west of t. Pichincha, Sodiro 45 (hb. Mez, type of @. columnaris, not seen). G. longipetala (Bak.) Mez. A dissection of the flowers of this Species shows a gamopetalous naked corolla, indicating that it should be retained in Guzmania, not in Thecophyllum. As the floral bracts are somewhat shorter than the sepals the species runs down to G. ‘worifolia in my key. It differs from that species in its very elongate Primary bracts, 2-flowered spikes and membranaceous floral bracts. _ Lindmania Mez. The following synopsis includes several changes i: taxonomy and brings the treatment of the whole genus up to ate: : Mez in Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, iii. 131 (1903). Contrib. Gray Herb. xeviii. 19 (1932). 76 SMITH 1. Flowers neither secund nor nutant. Inflorescence tripimnate 3. Inflorescence arachnoid, amply tripinnate. 4. Stamens longer than ‘the DAUBIB EB Oia as ere es . L. Pearcei. 4. gps “" gy than tie) petals: leaf-blades LW ig Se a RU Ga ee ce eee een ear 2. L. albicans. 8. Infloreacanee subglabrous barely tripinnate: leaves en- Ce DOUGIAUG i tase Yoga seid siskee Sve aie 3. L. petiolata. 2. easter be see pss Ne bipinnate, glabrous: leaves not at ee f nstricted between sheath and blade................4. 4, L. guianensis. 1 Viewers secund or nutant groans’ h. -blades serrulate for a “of their length, ungent : scape-bracts serrulate: flowers 5 mm. long........ 5. L. Weddelliana. 6. Leaf-blades serrulate only toward base, ‘itor-scumi : nate: scene rears entire: flowers 3 mm. long ........ 6. L. Rusby. . Leaf-blades a oF semeneion aceabeen id to villous: floral bracts acumi- nate, mostly longer than the pedicels. 8. Inflorescence merely arachnoid: floral bracts not much longer tan te DOU es Se eh 7. L. micrantha. 8. Inflorescence de rind ign as floral bracts more than twice as long as the pedicels..................-- 8. L. villosula. 7. Inflorescence glabrous: fatal bracts merely acute, mostly shorter than the pedicels. 9. Flowers scarcely 5 mm. long................--- 9. L. Weberbauert. 9. Flowers mm. long. = Sepals obtuse: leaves up to 25 seg A gaia 10. . bape tn a. 0. Sepals acute: leaves much shorter...........---- 1. L. Pearcei Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 537 (1896). He dorfia Pearcet Bak. Brom. 128 (1889) BOLIVIA: near Butuco, July 1865, Pearce (BM, Typ; phot. G). I do not know why Mez considered that this specimen came from Colombia. The label gives no other locality than “Butuco” which I have been unable to find, but at the date given, oe must have been in Bolivia judging by the data on other specim 2. L. albicans (Griseb.) Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. i ix. 537 (1896). Cottendorfia albicans Griseb. Symb. Argent. 330 (1879). ARGENTINA: Saura: Dept. Oran, Barranco de Rio Blanco near the Ri san San Andres, 1873, Lorentz & Hieronymus 602 (NY, B, phot. 6); 3. L. petiolata Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, iv. 864 (1904). PERU: : terrestrial in forest, near Tambo Isillame on the way a. Sandia to Chinshimanee. alt. 1000 m., Weberbauer 1210 (B, TYPE; not seen 4. L. guianensis (Beer) Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 537 (1896). Anoplophytum guianense Beer, Brom. 44 (1857). BRITISH GUIANA: Bersice: Cc t River, Schomburgk 20 (K, phot. G); 1564 (Mez!). upper Corentyne STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V Fé . L. Weddelliana (Brongn.) Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 538 ens Cottendorfia Weddelliana Brongn. ex Bak. iors. 129 (1889). LIVIA: La Paz: prov. Yungas, damp meadows, Weddell 4233 (Paris, TYPE; not seen). 6. L. Rusbyi Mez in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxx. Beibl. 67, 6 (1901). PERU: Cuz Herrera 3316 (G). BOLIVIA: he Paz: Nor aS, as, subtro opical region, Polo- Polo m9 prepa alt. 1100 1912, Buchtien 38674 (NY); Prov. Yungas, Bang 2571 (NY, typx; G, FM, "K). It should be noted that the collector of the type of this species was Bang, and not Rusby as given in the original description. L. micrantha (Lindl.), comb. nov. Pitcairnia micrantha Lindl. Bot. Reg. xxix Mise. 44 (1843). Cottendorfia neogranatensis Xiil. 364 (19 MEXICO: Oaxaca: Sierra Madre: v's ban Reiche 566a (Mun, phot. G). SALVADOR: AnvacnaPAn: mo ed bank, Vicinity of Ahuachapén, alt. 1000 m., 1922, Sta fondo 1978 ce type of L. flaccida; G, NY). CO- LOMBIA: without further locality, Jurgensen 389 (K, type of L. neogranaten- sis; A sags G). BRAZIL: Feperau District: Rio de oa 1841, 41, C. Smith (cult. Cam, rypr; phot. G). Hitherto Pitcairnia micrantha Lindl. has been assigned to the Synonymy of P. suaveolens Lindl., but from the description alone it is quite evident that this could not be the case with the flowers of P. micrantha so much smaller. The origin of the type-is rather open to doubt, since the plant was discovered only after its arrival in England and may not have come from Brazil as supposed. However, even if it did, the resulting range would not be wholly without precedent in the family and later collections may show a more nearly continuous Tange. Until quite recently Lindmania was not known outside of South America. Then Standley extended its known range north to Salvador, and now the appearance of Reiche’s specimen establishes it = southern Mexico. - L. villosula Harms, Notizblatt, x. 794 (1929). BOLI 1000 m., iat, , Rusby Wis (SV): Cocuantaea: tnetchaca oan Aon, at 1000'm 102 erdermann 2120 (B, TypPE; phot. G). L. Weberbaueri Mez in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xii. 417 (1913). il ira Rusbyi Bak. in Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, xxix. 697 (1902), not Lindmania Rusbyi Mez (1901). 78 SMITH PERU: Junin: wooded slope, La Merced, alt. 600-700 m., 1923, Macbride 5352 (G, FM); dense forest, Rio Paucartambo Valley, near Perene Bridge, alt. 700 m., 1929, Killip & Smith 25826 (US, NY); Ayacucuo: Prov. oars" wer BOLIVIA: La Paz: Yungas, alt. 2000 m., 1885, Rusby 2541 (NY, re of Cottendorfia Rusbyi; phot. G). 10. L. penduliflora (C. H. Wright) Stapf in Bot. Mag. cl. t. 9029 (1924); Castellanos in An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. B. A. xxxvi. 52, t. 3 (1929). Catopsis penduliflora C. H. Wright in Kew Bull. 197 (1910). PERU: are a. age Forget (K, idbigl ARGENTINA: Satta: Oran, Rio Blanco, alt. 1928, Venturi 7600 (G); Tartagal, 1925, Schrei- ter 26/1232 i in hb. ’BA (Castellanos! Jusuy: Sierra Santa Barbara, San Pedro, alt. 750 m., 1929, Venturi 9721 (G, NY). 11. L. gracilis (Rusby), comb. nov. Catopsis gracilis Rusby in Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. 489 (1910). BOLIVIA: La Paz: Guanai, alt. 500 m., 1901, R. S. Williams 738 (NY, ier phot. a near Santa Ana, Bopi, alt. 500 m., 1921, O. E. White 1086 (NY). L. brevfolia (Griseb.) Hauman = ABROMEITIELLA BREVIFOLIA (Griseb.) Castellanos. See Castellanos in An. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. B. A. xxxvi. 371 (1931). L. chlorantha (Speg.) Hauman = ABROMEITIELLA BREVIFOLIA (Griseb.) Castellanos. See Castellanos, ibid. Neoregelia, nom. nov. Aregelia Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 4, 61 (1896), non O. Kuntze. Kuntze proposed Aregelia as a nomen novum for Nidularium, so that its typification must be identical with that of Nidularium. Consequently it is not allowable to use Aregelia for a genus segregated from typical Nidularium as Mez did. he substitution of Neoregelia for the Aregelia of Mez includes the fol- lowing new combinations: N. ampullacea (E. Morr.), comb. nov. Nidularium ampullaceum E. Morr. Belg. Hort. xxx. 242 (1880). Aregelia ampullacea Mez in N. concentrica (Vell.), coin. nov. Tillandsia concentrica Vell. Fl. Flum. 134 (1825), Icones, i iii. - 133 (1827). Aregelia concentrica Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 81 (18 N. eleutheropetala (Ule), ate nov. Nidularium eleuthero- petalum Ule, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. xlviii. 131 (1907) Aregelia eleutheropetala Mez ex L. B. Smith in Contrib. Gray Herb. xevill. 5 (1932). N. laevis (Mez), comb. nov. Aregelia laevis Mez, Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. xii. 411 (1913). STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V 79 N. Morreniana (Ant.), comb. nov. Karatas Morreniana Ant. Phyto-Iconogr. t. 35 (1884). Aregelia Morreniana Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 72 (1896). N. sarmentosa (Regel), comb. nov. Nidularium sarmentosum Regel, Gartenflora, xix. 268 (1870). Aregelia sarmentosa Mez in Mon. Phan. ix. 66 (1896). Var. chlorosticta (Bak.), comb. nov. Karatas chlorosticta Bak. Brom. 7 (1889). Aregelia chlorosticta Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 65 (1896). N. spectabilis (Moore), comb. nov. Nidularium spectabile Moore in Gard. Chron. 8 ( 1873). Aregelia spectabilis Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 70 (1896). Pitcairnia Archeri, spec. nov., brevissime caulescens, 7 dm. alta: foliis quaquaversis, minutissime perobscureque punctulato-lepidotis, dimorphis, exterioribus squamiformibus, late ovatis, integris, interi- oribus fere 1 m. longis, super vaginam in petiolum elongatum spinoso- Serratum contractis, lamina lanceolata, integra, ad 6 cm. lata: scapo erecto, bracteis ellipticis obtecto: inflorescentia simplicissima, dense spicata; bracteis florigeris late ellipticis, fulgide rubris, dense imbrica- tis, subcoriaceis: floribus sessilibus; sepalis linearibus, nullo modo carinatis, ad 4 em. longis, quam bracteas florigeras multo longioribus, ab initio albis, mox apici nigrescentibus; petalis intus nudis, veri- similiter per anthesin quam sepala brevioribus. PI. III, figs. 20-21. COLOMBIA: Cuocé: terrestrial, La Concepcién, 15 km. east of Quibdo, alt. ca. 75 m., 1931, W. A. Archer 2078 (US, TyPE; phot. G). This species is unusual in combining sessile flowers with exserted sepals, and also in having cleistogamous flowers. Probably it should be placed in Newmannia, although such action would neces- Sitate a redefinition of that subgenus. Puya Herzogii Wittm. At one time I was inclined to reduce this species to the synonymy of P. Brittoniana because it was evidently conspecific with the Kuntze specimen cited by Mez under that species. However, on locating the type of P. Brittoniana, I find it quite dis- tinct from the Kuntze specimen. Thus P. Herzogii remains a valid Species and its occurrence, thus far evident, is as follows: BOLIVIA: La Paz: prov. Inquisivi, rocky hillsides, Pongo de Quime, alt. m., 1921, O. E. White 197 (NY, G); Cocuapamsa: Tunari Mt., alt. 3600 m., 1892, Kuntze (NY, phot. G); at tree line above Incacorral, alt. 3300 m., 1911, Herzog 2269 (Leiden, type; B, phot. G). Puya nana Wittm. It is difficult to believe that this species is not a Greigia until one dissects a flower, so close is the habital simi- 80 SMITH larity. It is by far the most extreme case of reduction of floral axes in the whole genus. PI. III, figs. 14-15. Tillandsia Barclayana Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxv. 239 (1887). T. lateritia André, Enum. 6 (1888); Brom. André, 76, t. 21 (1889). The following material convinces me that 7. Barclayana and T. lateritia are not peas distinct: Tillandsia Castellani, spec. nov., saxicola, distincte caulescens, florifera usque ad 15 em. alta, verisimiliter pulvinata: caule ramoso: foliis caulem distiche vaginantibus, ad 45 mm. longis; vaginis latissime ovatis, valde nervatis, extus dense lepidotis, margine ciliato-lepidotis; laminis sublinearibus, teretibus, 2-3 mm. in diametro, pungentibus, dense pruinoseque cinereo-lepidotis: scapo manifesto, terminali vel pseudoaxillari, nudo, glabro, gracili: inflorescentia 1-2-flora; bracteis florigeris ovatis, late acutis, glabris, valde nervatis, quam sepala bene brevioribus: sepalis aequaliter subliberis, lanceolatis, obtusis vel late acutis, ad 9 mm. longis, glabris, nervatis; petalis stylo sta- minibusque ignotis: capsula anguste cylindrica, 15-25 mm. longa. Pl. III, figs. 17-19. ARGENTINA: Cénpona: Capilla del Monte, Los Paredones, 1922, C tellanos 1576 (G, Type); same, alt. ca. 1000 m., 1918, Osten 13474 (Ost); Cuesta de Atlantiog. 1921, Castellanos (G); aw Lens: : Quebrada de Ramo in San Brancnen, 1925, Castellanos 25/618 in hb. BA (G) It is indeed a pleasure to dedicate this species to Dr. Alberto Castellanos, who has not only done much himself to advance the knowledge of Argentine Bromeliaceae, but has also been extremely generous in extending help to others. Tillandsia Castellani probably belongs to the section Diaphoranthe- ma, in which case it is related to the group of species centering 00 T. myosura, but differs at once in having the floral bracts distinctly shorter than the sepals. It is also possible that it might belong in section Phytarrhiza i in the vicinity of 7. crocata, but this is less likely. Here again the relatively short floral bracts are distinctive. Its characters are suggestive of a cross between 7. myosura and I. capillaris, but the specimens appear too uniform for such a hy brid origin. Tillandsia didisticha Bak. in Journ, Bot. xvi. 16 (1888). mania complanata Wittm. Mededell. Rijks Herb. xxix. 92 (1916). As STUDIES IN THE BROMELIACEAE—V 81 already noted in Contrib. Gray Herb. xeviii. 34 (1932), Wittmack’s species could scarcely belong to Guzmania. An examination of the type of Guzmania complanata shows that the petals have run together in drying so as to simulate a gamopetalous corolla, yet the claws are definitely overlapping and may be separated by careful dissection. They were obviously distinct when fresh. The sepals may be either glabrous or quite plentifully lepidote or any stage in between in 7. didisticha. In Herzog 1201, the type of Guzmania complanata, they are plentifully lepidote. Tillandsia Leiboldiana Schdl. in Linnaea, xviii. 414 (1844). T. lilacina Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 806 (1896). Tillandsia Leiboldiana was originally described as having its stamens included, and it undoubtedly belongs to the section Allardtia although Mez placed it under Platystachys in his monograph. In returning the species to Allardtia no good specific distinction appears to separate the later 7. lilacina. Tillandsia paleacea Presl, Rel. Haenke. i. 125 (1827). T. fusca Bak. in Journ. Bot. xvi. 240 (1878). 7. scalarifolia Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxv. 235 (1887). 1. Schenckiana Wittm. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xi. 63 (1889). 7. lanata Mez, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, v. 109 (1905). T. favillosa Mez in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. iii. 43 (1906). PI. II. The identity of Tillandsia paleacea has long been in doubt, although the original description was full enough to give an idea of its probable relationships. Recently through the kindness of the National Museum at Prague I have received a photograph of the type collected in Chile by Haenke. From the photograph it is immediately evident that it is a wide-spread somewhat variable Andean species which has been passing under a number of names. The later names of course must lapse, since the material to which they have been applied now proves confluent. Tillandsia (§ Platystachys) pueblensis, spec. nov., acaulis, 16-24 cm. alta: foliis rosulatis, dense pruinoseque griseo-lepidotis, exterioribus reductis, interioribus ad 16 cm. longis, saepissime re- curvatis; vagina vix distincta, lamina anguste triangulari, basi ca. 10 mm. lata, involuta, pungenti: scapo erecto, brevi, vaginis inferiori- bus foliaceis, longe laminatis, vaginis superioribus lanceolatis, acutis, membranaceis, appresse lepidotis: inflorescentia simplicissima, linear!- lanceolata, laxe 5-7-flora, ad 9 cm. longa, 1 em. lata; bracteis florigeris stricte erectis, anguste lanceolatis, acutis, imbricatis sed rhachin haud obtegentibus, 25-30 mm. longis, membranaceis, valde nervatis, appresse griseo-lepidotis, pulchre rubris: floribus subsessilibus; sepalis anguste lanceolatis, acutis, 20 mm. longis, membranaceis, nervatis, 82 SMITH carinatis, posticis inter sese ad 6 mm. connatis; petalis violaceis, 4 cm. longis, tubulose convolutis; staminibus styloque exsertis. PI. III, figs. 1-2. MEXICO: Pursta: Zapotitlan, 1912, Purpus 5856 (G, Typ; FM, Mo, Cal). In Mez’s monograph this species keys down to 7. sublaxa, from which it differs in its pruinose-lepidote leaves, lepidote floral bracts and connate posterior sepals. Tillandsia Rusbyi Bak. Brom. 176 (1889). 7. Buchtieni H. Winkler in Fedde Rep. Spec. Nov. vii. 107 (1909). Tillandsia Turneri Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 144 (1888). 7. Cornuaulti André, Enum. 8 (1888); Brom. André, 102, t. 33 (1889). Guzmania Cornuaulti André ex Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 925 (1896). A careful examination of André 1764, the type of Tillandsia Cornu- aulti, shows that André was quite correct in considering it a Tillandsia. He illustrated the spike as distichous, a character unknown in Guz mania, to which Mez transferred it following some ms. of André. To be sure the spike portrayed had so few flowers that their ranking was not so evident as it might be, but the specimen itself shows much larger spikes and these are definitely distichous. It is also significant that André’s original sketch, made doubtless from fresh material, shows a corolla of distinct and naked petals. The type of 7. Cornuaulti agrees closely with that of 7. Turnert which is the earlier name by some months. The primary bracts are relatively much larger in 7. Cornuaulti but this is probably just because it is a young specimen as indicated by the undeveloped state of the petals shown by André. : Vriesia drepanocarpa (Bak.) Mez in DC. Mon. Phan. ix. 581 (1896). Tillandsia drepanocarpa Bak. in Journ. Bot. xxvi. 41 (1888). Vriesia Dusenii L. B. Smith in Contrib. Gray Herb. xeviii. 17, t- 5, fig. 3-4 (1932). Both Baker and Mez erred in their description of the type of Vriesia drepanocarpa, when they called the inflorescence simple. As a matter of fact the inflorescence consists of six sp!kes of two fertile flowers each, and what Baker and Mez considered flors® bracts are in reality primary bracts. For a complete description © the species see under the later V. Dusenii. By the addition of V. Dusenii to its synonymy, V. drepanocarpa extends its range to include the state of Parand as well as that of Sao Paulo. PI. I. - EXPLANATION oF PLATES. Puate I. VRIESIA hate plead ade (Bak.) Mez (Burchell 3596), habit, showing compound inflorescence Puate II. TILLANDSIA PALEACEA Presl (Haenke s. n.), habit and enlarged inflorescence. Fig. 1. go hor — SIONS ore ia) Puate ITI, TILLANDSIA Sepsnayregs i B. Smith (Purpus 5856), habit * 14. me, posterior sepals Caropsi cucutiara L. 3 Smith (Com. Geogr. Explor. Rep. Mex. 366), a Same, 2 te and stamens X 1. m1 . ee pis YCKIA poi fe Sede Wittm. (Herzog 1849), leaf X 14. Same, section of inflorescence X 1. x . Same, > oe and stamens X 1. ade . Sami Soll ae dl andl eal CON MOB wON Re — RSs . Batue, sepa - Same, petal X 1. . Pura risk ven (Herzog 1856a), inflorescence X 14. - Same, sepal x 1 . Dycxra & MICROCALYX Bak. var. Ostenn L. B. Smith (Osten & Rojas rim Le 4 Maziana Kuntze (O. Kuntze s. n.), flower X 1. x1 8097), flowe - TILLANDSIA Caseani ket L. B. Smith (Castellanos 1576), habit X 4. e xX Ps ) g spike . Same, apy spike X 20. Prtcarrnta ARCHERI 4 2. Smith (Archer 2078), inflorescence X 4. xd . Barns, sti al Contris. Gray Herp. CIV. Puate I. ci rr) ee AS pb L Lite 1 | Specimen in monographia Bromeliacearum cltatum. = Da. feapna Or, alin, ve y co, Get. Carl Mez 1894. (Bremen! OF VRIESIA DREPANOCARPA (Bak.) Mez. | ) Contris. Gray Hers. CIV. PuaTe II. : : : ; ; TILLANDSIA PALEACEA Presl. Conteris. Gray Herp CIV. Puate LI 1 ik = gf Beene PUEBLENSIS L. B. Sm. ; 5 , DycKIA PULQUINENSIS Wittm.; D. Meziana Kuntze; 14-15, ; 3-5, CaTopsis CUCULLATA P UYA ee = 17-19 “Troan ittm.; 16, Dyckra microcaLyx Bak. var. Ostet L. B. Sm.; Sin. DsIA CASTELLANI L. B. Sm.; 20-21, PrrcarrntaA ARCHERI Leb. Rhodora Plate 290 ee f _ DRABA ALPINA: 1, flowering plant, X 1, from Norway; FIG. 7 hae wag . plant, NX 1, fro Kors Lap pmark; Fia. 3, portion of rosette, X 10, fro 4, summit of — es +0, D tr ro n fig. : dson D. ALPINA, Var. NANA: FIG. 5, fruiting plant, X 1, from Mansfield in Bay (isotype of ‘D. Bellii): FIG. 6, flowering plant, X 1, from Thule, north land; ric. 7, leaves, X 10, fro m fig. 6. [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 36, Nos. 427-431, July-November, 1934] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CV DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA By M. L. FerNaLp Dates or Issuz oe ee ee he bee ee we ok ee ee ek ee a RW eR 8 eee Pages 241-26] 7 , 285-805 and Plates 290-298................-..:10 August, 1934 006" Meee 8 September, 1934 863-071" OBI 5 October, 1934 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY—NO. CV. DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Plates 290-319) INTRODUCTION In the northeastern United States the genus Draba is only slightly developed and without taxonomic difficulty; but northeastward, on the Gaspé Peninsula, in western Newfoundland and on the Labrador Peninsula, the genus begins to show some of the diversities and complexities which, in cordilleran North America, Europe, boreal and alp ine Asia and the Arctic, render its satisfactory classification most cult. The recent studies of types of arctic American species by Mrs. Elisabeth Ekman,! the studies of Asiatic species by Pohle* and = ostensibly world-wide (but chiefly Eurasian) monograph of Draba by O. E. Schulz! have made it opportune, or at least desirable, ‘o attempt to set our own Drabas in order. For her very painstaking ae ee Nomenclature of some North-European Drabae, ged i nF Ee ae Sees eager Eo ere H ; or andl. Ivii. no, 3: 1-68, tt. 1-3 (1917), ser. 3, ii. no. 7: 1-56, tt. 1-3 (1926); xxiii. 476-495 (1929); Contribution IIT, ibid xx xxiv. 280— js neg Conga. V. 465-495, t. v (1931); Contribution, ete. IV, ibid, xxvi. 431-447 (1932); 346 ton, ete. V, ibid, xxvii. 97-103 (1933); Contribution, etc. VI, ibid, xxvii. 339- : (1933). 3 = - Pohle, Drabae asiaticae, Fedde, Repert. Beiheft, xxxii. 1-225 (1925). - E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv! (1927). 242 Rhodora [JULY search for the historic type-specimens of the Greenland and other arctic species and for her critical discussions of them we owe gratitude to Mrs. Ekman, who has been able to clarify many formerly obscure situations. The inherent difficulty of the group, however, coupled, it would seem, with lack of clarity in definition, is peculiarly emphasized by Schulz’s treatment. To use his keys, whether to the sections or within the sections, with possibility of arriving at even a doubtfully satisfactory identification, one needs to have had much experience in following down false leads and in successively trying another and another, until eventually some sort of “identification” is achieved. Such misleading and carelessly constructed keys are altogether too familiar in the work of certain Americans; they are not at all confined to European taxonomy, although the sum-total of inadequate and discouraging keys in Das Pflanzenreich is disproportionately large. A few illustrations, taken chiefly from species of our eastern American flora, will clearly bring out the inadequacy of these keys. : In the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé there occurs a densely humifuse and matted, glabrous plant (pLaTe 292)! with naked, filiform scapes a few centimeters high, which has erroneously passed as Draba fladnizensis Wulfen or as the closely related D. lactea Adams or D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball (pLaTE 291). The plant is one of four scapose species found (thus far) about the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the others being the well-known stellate-pubescent D. nivalis Liljeblad (PLATE 295, Frias. 1-3), another but apparently undescribed species (PLATE 295, Fis. 4-7) also with stellate pubes- cence, as yet known only from a single collection, and the strongly hispid D. rupestris R. Br. (PLATE 293), likewise known near the Gi of St. Lawrence from a single station only. In the present connection the important point to note is, that these plants are normally scapose, only very exceptionally with 1 or 2 small bracteal leaves, the filiform scapes usually only 1-10 em. high. Consequently, a botanist without uncanny intuition or without special forewarning would inevitably look for them all under the 1st main division of the genus in Schulz . treatment. A. Caules floriferi aphylli, scapiformes. But, alas, not one of them, nor the species to which Schulz er them, is treated by him in the scapiform group! On the contrary, a the This paper being originally published in parts, the plates may not occur - installments where occasionally cited. Rhodora Plate 291 r Drag x 1, from owe, northwest Greenland; Fra. 2, fruiting plant, X 1, from Labrador; Fic. 3, tips s aves, X 10, from fig. 1; r1as. 4 and 5, valve and septum, X 10, from Torne Lappmark. A FLADNIZENSIS, Var. HETEROTRICHA: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, 1934) Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 243 four of the species to which these tiny scapose plants have been referred are found extensively treated under B. Caules floriferi + foliosi. This is the more disconcerting since the monographer correctly describes D. nivalis with “Caules filiformes, . . . aphylli vel mono- phylli,” D. rupestris with “Caules tenuissimi, aphylli vel monophylli” and D. fladnizensis with “Caules . . . aphylli vel sub flore imo folio unico praediti’’; and in his fig. 28,J he shows the latter with 5 entirely naked scapes and 2 with a bract subtending the lower pedicel; while in his fig. 25,H he correctly illustrates D. lactea with absolutely leaf- less scapes. The only species of our area (in northern Labrador) admitted by Schulz to his “A. Caules floriferi aphylli, scapiformes ” is D. alpina L. (Late 290); but its very remote segregation in the key from the others is not made clear by the essentially identical descriptive phrase, in the specific treatment, “Caules . . . p spent cones aphylli, rarius monophylli.” The fundamental trouble, of course, is the altogether too common one of trying to build mutually exclusive €ys upon a single inconstant character, without giving warning of exceptions, as a careful systematist would endeavor to do. This reliance upon single inconstant characters is found, also, in the keys to species within the artificially separated sections. One other illustration, this based on undoubted members of group “B,” is illuminating. One of the comparatively frequent species of easternmost Quebec, Newfoundland and Labrador is the biennial D. incana L. (PLATE 299), often with excessively leafy flowering stem, the crowded leaves up to 95 in number: “foliis numerosis (usque ad 50 vel etiam ad 95 . . . ) valde approximatis”—Schulz, |. c. 285. One would, therefore, promptly key it (Schulz, |. c. 19) to I. Caules foliis multis densifolii . . . Sec. XII. Phyllodraba, # section in which Schulz places our D. aurea M. Vahl (PLaTE 296), With: “Canles: = A i enebies (8-16-) foliati” (which is not a very large number) but, also, the Japanese D. Sakuraii Makino with "Caules (02%, 3-6-phylli,” the Colorado D. crassa Rydb. D. chrysantha Wats., 1882, not C. Koch, 1847) with “Caules floriferi * + + paucifolii”’ (the specimens have 1-5 leaves), the Californian D. corrugata Wats., well illustrated by Schulz, his fig. 23, showing the few leaves of the primary axis (as in Watson’s type) 0.5-1 cm. or more apart (not well described by Schulz’s sectional “Caules foliis multis densifolii”). and, finally, the New Mexican D. mogollonica 244 : Rhodora [JULY Greene, with “Folia . . . caulina . . . pauca (1-3), re- mota”!! But, D. incana “foliis numerosis (usque ad 50 vel etiam ad 95 .) valde approximatis” is not placed by Schulz in § Phyllo- draba. Instead, it is exhaustively treated and over-divided in § XIV. Leucodraba, under the call II. Caules foliis paucis remotis paucifolii. The preceding instances illustrate the difficulty of interpreting correctly Schulz’s sectional groupings of Draba, at least those rep- resented in North America. Similar difficulties, most unfortunately, are met in coordinating the specific diagnoses with the key-characters given by him. For example, in sect. Leucodraba the key to subsect. Holarges (pp. 204-206) is of vast importance to students of the boreal floras. The first division is a. Siliculae ellipsoideae, as opposed to b. Siliculae oblongae vel lineares. Nevertheless, species covered in the key only under “a. Siliculae ellipsoideae” (nec “oblongae vel lineares”) are further defined as follows: D. hirta, “Siliculae ex ovato lanceolatae” (p. 204); D. sub- amplexicaulis, “Siliculae . . . . oblongae” (p. 273); D. daurica, “Siliculae . . . oblongae” (p. 274); D. arabisans, “ Siliculae eS lineari-lanceolatae, semper acuminatae”’ (p. 275); D. Hen- neana, “Siliculae . . . oblongae vel ex ovato oblongae”’ (p. 276); D. mongolica, “Siliculae . . . ovoideae vel anguste lanceo- latae, acutae” (p. 278); D. sachalinensis, “Siliculae ovato-lanceo- lgtee, 3 sad Apicem: i stylun 2 6. attenuatae” (P- 281); D. incana, “Siliculae . . . lanceolatae vel oblongae” (P- 283): etc. The inclusion in the key of numerous species as having siliques ellipsoid, as opposed to oblong or linear, and then the further definitions of them as having the siliques oblong, ovoid, lanceolate oF linear-lanceolate and acuminate or attenuate (surely not ellipsoid) is such evident contradiction and leads to such inevitable perplexity that one wonders if the many European admirers of Schulz’s work have actually faced the problem of using his keys. Schulz’s deset!P- tions of species and his bibliography are of remarkably high quality , it is, therefore, the more to be regretted that his keys are so misleading: To some of us, who have long worked in taxonomy, the test of mone” graphic work is the accurate construction of the keys; unless the keys unlock the doors it is impossible to enter. ——— 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 245 This extreme difficulty or impossibility of arriving surely at a correct identification by trying to follow the keys in Schulz’s mono- graph is not the only reason for my boldness in attempting to work out some sort of recognizable classification of our Drabas. The group is a most interesting element in the more localized or isolated floras of northeastern America and its geographic as well as taxonomic relation- ships are important to understand. Furthermore, the full content of the Draba flora of the temperate latitides of eastern North America has been most inadequately appreciated. The greatest development of the genus in America is, of course, in the cordilleran region, with the Arctic next; but in the area covered by Gray’s Manual, thence east to Newfoundland and north across the Labrador Peninsula or south into Georgia, we now know at least 25 true species, and several more are doubtless present. ; The utter inadequacy of treatments of Draba for the area just defined becomes emphasized when it is noted that in Schulz’s mono- graph ONLY 135 sPEcIMENS in the entire genus are cited from the area above defined, and those are largely of the well known annual and biennial species of the South (D. caroliniana Walt., D. cunetfolia utt., D. brachycarpa Nutt., etc.). However, in the Gray Herbarium alone (to say nothing of the Canadian National Herbarium, the herbarium of the University of Montreal, the United States National Herbarium, and numerous other large herbaria in the Eastern States, which would more than double the number) the single species, D. arabisans Michx., is represented by 154 sheets; while D. glabella Pursh (D. hirta of most eastern American authors, including D. Henneana of Schulz’s treatment and D. dawrica of Mrs. Ekman’s) has 137 sheets. For all of North America (excluding Greenland) Schulz cites only a single atypical (and apparently not conspecific) number (PLATE 303, FIG. 1) from the Gaspé Peninsula to represent D. norvegica Gunner (PLATE 301); yet the Gray Herbarium alone exhibits 87 sheets or numbers of D. norvegica from Newfoundland and Quebec Labrador! Again, D. rupestris R. Br. (PLATE 293) is recognized by Schulz only from Scotland and the Faerées. Nevertheless, had he done what a mMonographer of a world-wide genus should be expected to do, namely, visited the larger American herbaria before writing with quasi au- thority on American plants, the author would have found at the east- ‘tnmost of the great herbaria (the Gray Herbarium) plants from New- foundland (PLATE 293, Fic. 2) and Labrador (ric. 3) which seem quite 246 Rhodora [JULY inseparable from authentic specimens (FIG. 1) from the type-locality of D. rupestris, Ben Lawers in Scotland, except that they are sturdier. Unfortunately, one can hardly feel that the treatment of Draba in Das Pflanzenreich shows any more understanding of American plants than has been indicated for other groups by writers of certain treatments in some other volumes in the series. The prevalent European assumption that American plants can be adequately known and understood without visiting and. studying the large American herbaria, where the bulk of American specimens are, naturally, pre- served and where European visitors would be most cordially wel- comed, is one of the greatest fallacies of much Old World taxonomic publication, ostensibly of world-wide scope. It is, I realize, a thank- less and unappreciated, if not quite useless task for a mere American to point out weaknesses in the work of some European taxonomists (and other botanists);! but, surely, the publications in Europe on American groups would be less open to just criticism if their sponsors would see to it that only the most scholarly work, based upon 4 truly adequate understanding of the plants and upon ability clearly to present the results, were published. It requires a degree of assur- ance, which most of us lack, and an opportunity to study extensively in the greater herbaria all over the world, an opportunity which comes to few, properly to prepare the specialist for a monograph of world- wide scope. Such a fortuitous combination of requirements is not common and, perhaps, has never been achieved, but it is certainly not too much to expect that those who undertake cosmopolitan monographs should make some effort to meet these elementary requirements. Some years prior to the World War, the author of one of the vo- luminous German monographs (of a genus with 400-500 species in North America) wished, what was obviously out of the question (as wholly crippling work at the lending institution), to borrow many thousands of irreplaceable sheets (including all types) of his assigned group from the Gray Herbarium. Being then a bachelor, with a e late Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S., F.L.S., one of the most prolific o wrote Paris, and Geneva [for some reason omitting Berlin].’-—C. B. Clarke, Journ. : Soc. Bot. xxi. 2 (1884). To one who has some familiarity eit Carer in North America it is appalling to see how thoroughly the more technical groups of American are? (like the Ovales) were misidentified and with what notes of assurance they were mislabelled by py in the herbarium at Kew. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 247 larger proctorial suite of rooms than I needed, I invited my German colleague to spend two or three months in Cambridge as my personal guest. His reply intimated a reason which, unfortunately, limits the possibilities of broad outlook everywhere: “Mit besten Dank bescheinige ich Ihren den Empfang Ihres Briefes. . . . Lebhaft bedauere ich vorerst nicht persénlich Ihre Bekanntschaft in Cambridge machen zu koennen, wir haben in Deutschland Geld fiir alles, nur nicht fiir die Wissenschaft.” Even the best of European taxonomic work on groups largely American, conscientiously done by a master of the group, loses much of its implied completeness and authority when, owing to neglect of all except a few continental herbaria, its author fails to study many thousands of American specimens which would clarify his under- standing and make his work more truly cosmopolitan. Thus, in Niedenzu’s potentially great monograph of the largely American family (seven-eighths American) M alpighiaceae there is, as Gleason has already clearly pointed out, “extraordinary and astounding neglect of American material.” As Gleason, further, quite justly says, “a visit to America is certainly not too much to expect of the author of a volume for such a dignified and ostensibly authoritative work as the Pflanzenreich. . . . . Finally, it seems that the Present author would be informed and all future authors in the Pflanzenreich warned that there are two large herbaria in London and several large herbaria in the Americas, all of which contain much material of importance in the monographing of any group of plants.” Dozens (on the average) of American taxonomists annually visit the larger herbaria of Europe for study of types and authentic material. The European taxonomist, one would suppose, would find it abso- lutely essential to visit the greater American herbaria, if he expects adequately to understand American plants or if he hopes to have his Cutputtings on American groups respected by American botanists * Gleason, Review of Niedenzu's Malpighiaceae, Torreya, xxx. 101-103 (1930). The very natural and human but unfortunate tendency to attempt world-mono- 8raphs from a wholly provincial viewpoint is not new. The pantropical genus Smilaz = $ accum d@’Histoire Naturelle in Paris (and slsewhere), the following passage, written in Geneva in 1878, by Alphonse and Casimir DeCandolle is significant: ‘‘ Les lacées ont été l’object de deux trés-bons travaux. ‘ dans le cinquiéme volume de son Enumeratio, publié en 1850, a décrit celui de Luca ou dans l’herbier royal de Berlin, car il ne mentionne aucune des au Srandes collections, pas méme celles de Paris of il a résidé si longtemps."”—A. & C. DC., Mon. Phan. i. 2 (1878). 248 Rhodora [JuLy as satisfactory world-treatments. By crossing the Atlantic and making use! of our important herbaria he would, also, give us an opportunity to reciprocate the many courtesies and attentions we so regularly receive when we visit the Old World botanical centers. Greater intercourse between the taxonomists of the Old World and the New would do much further to remove or to modify the once disdainful attitude toward American herbaria and botanical publica- tion and the once frequent assumption of finality of botanical knowl- edge and of its monoply in limited areas, above referred to. With a less restricted conception of the physiographic, consequently bo- tanical, diversity of regions outside Eurasia the following incident of a not very distant past would hardly recur. A sumptuous Old World monograph of a large boreal genus recognizes but 2 species in New- foundland, each represented by a single specimen seen. We now know 9 species in that country, represented by nearly 100 numbers in the Gray Herbarium alone. Twenty years after the publication of the monograph I wrote its author, offering to send material of additional species. The reply was: “Ich fiirchte dass ich nicht 6-8 Arten aus Newfoundland werde anerkennen kénnen. Ich habe bis heute, obwohl ich viel neues Material in der Hand hatte, keinen Grund gefunden, von dem in meiner Monographie angenommenen Artenumfang abzugehen.”’ If the perfectly frank author here quoted had seen the larger American herbaria, his outlook would have been quite different; at least, he would have had the opportunity for new light. After openly regretting the weaknesses in the work on American species of the most prolific writer on the Cruciferae, it is perhaps UD- seemly to venture a paper on so difficult a group as Draba. It is, however, with full realization of the difficulties but with the hope of at least somewhat clarifying our understanding of our own plants that the present synopsis is presented; only by painstakingly working out the species in natural areas can we attain the proper bases for world-monographs. The lines drawn between species, for instance between D. rupestris (PLATE 293) and D. norvegica (PLATES 301, 302), when fuller experience justifies, may have to be modified or abolished. In a group where morphological characters of flower and seed are almost wanting and where habit and character of pubescence are more than usually depended upon that is inevitable. 1I do not mean to imply that the bulk of specimens in American herbaria ca? be divided and shared, as one European visitor has repeatedly requested 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 249 The names, likewise, may eventually need some alteration. With- out the most intensive understanding of the plants and the most intelligent comparison of adequate series of specimens with the type- specimens, when they can be located, there is constant danger of going astray. In many cases I have been forced, at least for the present, to accept the verdicts of others, especially Mrs. Ekman, Pohle and Schulz, regarding such identities. As pointed out, however, in the discussion of D. glabella (pLatEs 307-312) Mrs. Ekman re- cently (1917) asserted with some confidence that the boreal plant which has oftenest (but erroneously) passed as D. hirta L. is not that Linnean species, but is a series of boreal subspecies and varieties of the Patagonian D. magellanica Lam.; the plants with pubescent siliques being D. magellanica, subsp. cinerea (Adams) Elis. Ekm. with its var. dovrensis (Fries) Elis. Ekm.; those with glabrous siliques D. magellanica, subsp. borea Elis. Ekm. Very soon, however, she with- drew two of the boreal plants from the Patagonian, her D. magellanica, subsp. cinerea again (and rightly, it seems to me) becoming (1929) D. cinerea Adams (1817) and her D. magellanica, subsp. borea identified (1930), correctly, with D. daurica DC. (1821); but D. magellanica, var. dovrensis was left unchanged, except that Mrs. Ekman finally considered it a hybrid of D. daurica and D. cinerea, an origin hardly Probable .for the true Patagonian D. magellanica. Through the generosity of my former student. Mr. J. Francis Macbride, I have a Photograph and detailed account of the type of D. daurica DC. (1821), PLATE 308, Fic. 3. Through the great kindness of Prof. J. Milbraed, Curator of the Botanical Museum at Berlin-Dahlem, the actual type (PLATE 308, Fic. 2) of D. Henneana Schlechtendal (1836) is before me. Through Mrs. Ekman and Dr. Porsild I have many sheets identified by Mrs. Ekman as D. daurica (1821) and as D. magellanica, var. borea (1917). So far as I can make out they are conspecific; but a still earlier name has been overlooked. D. glabella Pursh (1814), with an unfortunately misleading name for a plant with stellate pubescence on rosette-leaves, stem, cauline-leaves and sometimes the siliques!, was based on a specimen in the Banks Herbarium, from Hudson Bay. The excellent photograph (PLATE 308, FIG. 1) of it kindly supplied by Mr. Ramsbottom, Keeper of Botany in the British Museum, with detailed notes on all technical characters by his associate, Mr. Exell, leaves no question that D. glabella (1814) is conspecific with the others and antedates them all, except D. magel- lanica Lam. (1786), with which I am not convinced that the boreal Plants are conspecific. 250 Rhodora [JULY I have, unhappily, been obliged to point out the inadequacy of certain European work upon the American species of Draba and some other groups. Another disconcerting tendency, especially of some Swedish students, is to see hybrids in every plant they do not promptly understand. Floderus, following this wholly hypothetical and very dubious course, has treated nearly all Greenland Salices as hybrids. Few representatives of species are found, according to him, in Green- land. It is, consequently, astounding that so many of the Greenland specimens of Salix should be inseparable from common plants of the coast of Labrador, northwestern Newfoundland and Gaspé, where at least one of the hypothetical parents assigned by Floderus for the Greenland plants does not occur. Along the same line, Mrs. Ekman has marked a large proportion of the specimens, which she did not understand, in the National Herbarium of Canada as hybrids or probable hybrids of far-distant parents. As an illustration of this easy but specious method of solving the identity of a plant I may cite no. 1920 of the Canadian National Herbarium, originally distributed as Draba aurea M. Vahl, from sand and gravel, Little Charlton Island, James Bay, July 14, 1887, J. M. Macoun. The three plants on the sheet at Ottawa are passing from flower to fruit, showing the short and thick, strictly terminal racemes, the long soft pilosity of the 20 + crowded cauline leaves and the stems, the characteristic retrorse villosity of the silique, the long style (1 mm. long) and the golden petals which at once characterize D. minganensis (Victorin) Fernald (pLaTEs 297, 298), a species with three areas of extreme localization: the Mingan Islands, north of Anticosti; cliffs of Bic, Rimouski Co., Quebec; and limestone islands of James Bay. Yet Mrs. Ekman, not knowing Canadian Drabas from field-experience, labels the Little Charlton Island plant “Draba aurea M. Vahl, f., potius hybrida: D. aurea X daurica (an = D. arabisans Michx.).’’ The white-flowered Draba daurica (ie. D. glabella), with closely pannose-stellate pubescence on leaves and stems and with only 1-5 cauline leaves, and glabrous to sparsely stellate-hirtellous siliques with styles barely 0.5 mm. long (see PLATE 307), occurs in all the areas of D. minganensis but its relationship to that species is merely g°0- graphic. D. arabisans (pLares 314, 315) is an endemic of eastern North America, with the pub ce of basal foliage and stem minutely stellate-pannose, the 3-12 cauline leaves scattered, the _ glabrous and the petals white. It has no close relationship to gpg Plate 292 f so A 2, portion of pha ing Diant, x 1; FIG. 3 «10; . 4, flov | x 10; FIGs. “5 ak 6, valve oe septum, X 10; all from ‘Bhickekock hes Quel foie LLENII, 0. sp.: FI 3 . portion bes grees heuer 1; 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 251 minganensis nor has it ever been found either on the Mingan Islands or about James Bay, where it should be expected if it has there produced stable and fully fertile offspring. As for D. aurea, that very characteristic species of the North (PLATE 296), is the only one of the three hypothetical parents of Mrs. Ekman’s supposed hybrid which is related to D. minganensis. It is at once distinguished, however, by the slender and very elongate, leafy-bracted raceme. Furthermore, it is quite unknown about the Gulf of St. Lawrence and, consequently, can hardly have helped give rise to the Mingan and Bic colonies of the very characteristic D. minganensis. Just as this is going to press another of Mrs. Ekman’s interpreta- tions of an endemic American species comes to hand. Lest to those _who do not know the plants concerned or American geography or who do not check the statements of fact it may seem that I am over- stressing the absurdities which the hybridophile will fail to see, I am here quoting Mrs, Ekman’s complete statement. Draba arabisans Michx. In the year 1911, on my first visit to the Copenhagen Herbarium, the late Professor OsTENFELD had the kindness to show me a specimen o arabisans Michx. which had been obtained from MicHaux cope hee Drsrontaings, and might possibly be regarded as a second-type. to see and examine MicHa te ea the — du sgn des Plantes in Paris. I then found. that the pecimen in every respect agreed with DmsronTaINEs’s plant i that ¢ the two ae prabants = once belonged to the same tuft. stalks of Micnavux’ own type ce perhaps a little taller, at least one of them, which was somewhat branched at the top. ICHAUX’ diagnosis is y incom lete, but one characteristic deserves to be at da viz. Ste De Hf inted st f yles. This may mean that the pods are epee at the a Ak yi ee which agrees with the pods of - both D. arabisans an D. ler D. arabisans was collected by MicHaux 252 Rhodora [JULY in the Hudson Bay area (‘‘Hudson Strait’’) and there both D. aurea and . daurica are to be found. It is a pity that given of the hybridogenity of D. arabisans. One has only to study all . . intermediate forms between D. aurea an ~) = S & 9 =) jon pS) B ° =] oe =g © B a . a between D. arabisans and D. daurica. In the specimens found by Messrs AB & ROTeP from D. aurea were, howe . And finally I only wish to propound: E. GreEne described D. praealta It is most distasteful to be unable always to agree with others; it is most unfortunate that some whom we should like to accept as authoritative students fail to check their own statements and so easily reach important decisions with inadequate understanding of the plants they discuss. Michaux’s complete discussion of Draba arabisans was as follows: ARABISANS. D. caule folioso, simplici vel foliis os cuneato-lanceolatis; caulinis lanceolatis; omnibus acutis: siliculis stylo acuminatis. : bs. Affinis D. 7 Ataalihus . . incanae; minus ramosa; racemo fructifero minus elongato: siliculis longioribus: foliis caulinis dissitis. : Hab. in rupibus ripariis ad lacum Champlain et in Nova Anglia. Nevertheless, in a paper on GREENLAND Drabas, Mrs. Ekman states, without a word of qualification, that “D. arabisans wie collected by Michaux in the Hudson Bay area (‘Hudson Strait’). A glance at Michaux’s own statement is sufficient to show the ipoad plete inaccuracy of this assertion. Lake Champlain, about 125 miles 200 km.) long, separates the states of Vermont and New York, extending slightly into southernmost.Quebec. It has an altitude of 96 feet (29.4 m.) and a flora of Alleghenian type, slightly verging on warm-Canadian. Its northernmost shore is MORE THAN 1100 MILPS (1770 KM.) SOUTH OF THE NEAREST POINT OF HupsoN STRAIT. Mi- chaux’s routes are perfectly well known;? the nearest he ever ot o ! Elis. Ekman, Contribution to the Draba Flora of Greenland, VII: Draba arabisans Michz., Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxviii. 7 934). b ? See Journal of André Michaux. 1787-1796, with an Introduction and Notes PY Charles Sprague Sargent. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxvi. no. 129 (1889). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 253 Hudson Strait (except possibly in crossing the ocean) was the northern bend of Rupert River, 700 miles (1125 km.) to the south. Mrs. Ekman’s misstatement of the source of the type of Draba arabisans and her mistranslation of the very simple diagnostic phrase, “siliculis stylo acuminatis” as “the pointed styles” (“Micnaux diagnosis is very incomplete, but one characteristic deserves to be remembered, viz. the pointed styles”) seriously shake a faith which, I had hoped, could be placed in her precision; and her confidence, from study of a single fragmentary specimen, that D. arabisans is a hybrid of D: aurea and D. glabella (D. daurica) as seriously disturbs my high estimate of her scientific judgment. Briefly summarized, the chief diagnostic characters and the geo- graphic ranges of the three plants under discussion are as follows: D. aurea: Short-lived perennial (sometimes sg te ge! with few basal e petals golden-yellow; siliques 0.7-2 cm. long, densely pilose, with style 0.5-1.8 mm. long; seeds 30-50, about 1 mm. long. Greenland; northern , J. GLABELLA, var. TYPICA (D. paurica): Suffruticose long-lived peren- ] 7 + - 2 ¢ 4a 4 oy 1 ] ranche arm pilose or glabrate; racemes strictly terminal, long-peduncled, mostly oy) lous, conspicuously veiny or rugose, 6-13 mm. long, with thick style obsolete or up to 0.5 mm. long; seeds 18-36, 0.7-1 mm. long. Arctic and subarctic regions, south to Newfoundland, Quebec, Lake Champlain (a single known station), New York, and shores of Hudson Bay. See MAP 17 d formi mats of rosettes; stems mostly branching, remotely few-leaved, glabrous or sparingly stellate-pannose; rosette-leaves minutely stellate-pannose , 1.1-1.7 mm. long. St. Lawrence basin and adjacent orthern New England, Newfoundland to the Great Lakes. See PLATES 314 and 315 and MAP 21, Draba arabisans, familiar to every botanist who knows its type- region, ledges about Lake Champlain, and the dry slates, schists and 254 Rhodora [JULY limestones of most of the St. Lawrence basin, has so few traits of the arctic and subarctic D. aurea that it is almost unbelievable that any one should have imagined that it has any relationship to that short- lived golden-flowered plant, with leafy-bracted, very elongate ra- cemes, numerous pilose leaves, pilose, mostly simple stems and pilose many-seeded siliques. Is it not apparent, if D. aurea ever were, by the most improbable long-distance transfer of pollen, a parent of D. arabisans, that something of the habit, pubescence, leafiness and color of flower ought to crop out in the “hybrid”? If such a far- fetched explanation were defensible, should not D. arabisans show something of the broad-based cauline leaves of D. aurea and of D. glabella; should it not occasionally have more ovules and seeds (the maximum number in D. arabisans and in D. glabella or D. daurica being near the minimum in D. aurea), and if D. aurea, with seeds 1 mm. long, should fortuitously cross with D. glabella with even smaller seeds (0.7-1 mm. long), why should their “hybrid” have the seeds consistently larger than in either (1.1-1.7 mm. long)? Further- more, how was the hypothetical cross accomplished? The northern- most station of D. arabisans in the East (there, in the neighborhood of D. glabella) is 425 miles (684 km.) from the nearest colony of D. aurea; its northwesternmost station even more remote (450 miles or 772 km.) from the nearest D. aurea and quite as far from the nearest D. glabella. It would have required a relay of more than 400 un- swerving and consecrated bees to transfer the requisite single pollen grain; bees are often cited as models for humans, but they have not this degree of altruism! As to Mrs. Ekman’s second proposition, that the Rocky Mountain Draba praéalta Greene is another hybrid of D. aurea and D. glabella (D. daurica), little need be said. D. praealta is a winter-annual or very short-lived perennial of the group with D. nemorosa. Its north- ernmost area is more than 1000 miles (1600 km.) from the nearest D. glabella and in no character (except in being a Draba) does 1t suggest either D. aurea or D. glabella. It would be quite as sensible to argue that. D. nemorosa is a hybrid of D. aurea and D. verna. No one who did so would be taken seriously. The above cases in Draba and Saliz are very typical of much of the space-filling guess-work which is too often passing as science, vagaries which suggest that when the hybridophile becomes t0° obsessed he is in danger of becoming the victim of hybridomania- Of such assumptions in case of Rubus, Professor L. H. Bailey thus speaks: Rhodora Plate 293 m§ Lawe BA ots PESTRIS: FIG. 1, rage oe, plant, X_1, from type loe ality, Ben Dr ; L Scotlan 2, fruiting erage 1, fro Seng eamatnodts FIG. 3, flowering plant, X d; F from th FIG. 4, leaves, X 10, from fi 1934] Fernald,—Draba in ey Northeastern America 255 ment we cease to invoke crossing as a W ifficultie The fact that certain forms are puzzling aa of doubtful pes validity does not make them hybri and widespread as has been imagined, then the systematology of the group is eg as if hybridity were the order of nature and species Were minor nbs ena. rom experience with une under field conditions, Fernald long ago (ihoaion xxii, 185) exposed the danger of easily assumin hybridity. The determination of Pybri idism io g nee is con! so cehiatae easy as one might suppose: consult, for example, the posthumous Pied of the work of Beng + Lidforss in Zeitschrift fiir Induktive Ab- stammungs und Vererbungslehre, vol. 12, 1-13, Berlin 1914. Note, also, the studies of Crane and Dar on in Genetica, ix, is gigeres jens the ger Seen of Rubus Perhaps Rubus is one of — genera, as ae tie has recently said of Cuphea (Gray Herb. Con v.) “‘whose many technicalit ties re render it particularly fitting that it nie left i in the aside of a specialist. Along a similar line of reasoning, Professor Einar Du Rietz, dis- Cussing the attitude of “the Swedish school of salicologists,” says: i e not misunderstood age greta recent papers, saonce of his are not on a dange oad that may easily lead to complete dissolution of seal practically ‘spplindble patient eet in those populations. This method of treatment, of course, involves the theory that the species Setinmiiiod. ate the primary units and the main ation as hybrids is younger than those. This, ae is not need. It Appears te possible that the smaller and more uniform populations classed as species are secondary units differentiated from the highly ty i syngameon classed as a complex of hybrids, or sto bed t In such highly polymorphic syngam pt any farm of sufficient vitality may saniniide a primary species if isolated, and to some extent even if not isolated.? 1 4. a en od . Bailey, Gentes Herb. ii. 272, 273 (1932). Du Rietz, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. xxiv. 381, 382 (1930). 256 Rhodora [JULY In our Draba population of northeastern America hybridization doubtless sometimes occurs, but, just as in most of our groups of vascular plants, the hybrids are quite obvious to those who are familiar with the true species. They do not make up a significant element in the flora, and, being chiefly sterile, they are taxonomically insignificant. The constant and freely fertile plants of definite and highly characteristic ranges surely are not demonstrated hybrids of taxonomically unrelated and geographically remote parents. In groups like Draba, mostly dependent on insect-pollination, “absent- treatment’? hybrids must be demonstrated before they can be ac- cepted. In getting at types, some of which have not been discussed by others, I have met with universal kindness and courtesy. The most generous sending by Prof. Milbraed from Berlin of the actual type of Draba Henneana Schlechtendal has been noted. Similarly, with his well known liberality Sir William Wright Smith, Director and Regius Professor, has sent me from the Royal Botanic Garden at Edin- burgh the type of D. crassifolia Graham. Mr. Ramsbottom and Mr. Exell, as noted, have supplied a photograph of and very detailed notes on the type of D. glabella Pursh preserved at the British Museum. Dr. Becherer and Mr. Macbride have sent as a gift photographs of and critical notes on four types of species described in DeCandolle’s Systema. To all these gentlemen I here express my keen appreciation of their courtesies and aid. In the present study, in which the problems have chiefly concerned plants of eastern Canada, Newfoundland and Labrador, I have been able to supplement the 892 sheets from this area in the Gray Her- barium and the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club with the remarkable collection in the National Herbarium of Canada, @ collection made doubly valuable on account of the beautiful material from the shores of Hudson Straits and Hudson Bay secured by the late Dr. Malte and put at my disposal by Dr. R. M. Anderson. I have, furthermore, had the great advantage of receiving as a loan through Brother Marie-Victorin the invaluable collections of spe¢i- mens of the Province of Quebec belonging to himself and to the University of Montreal. I have also, through the kindness of Drs, Merrill and Gleason, been able to study the material of the New York Botanical Garden and to borrow for closer examination many critical specimens. To all the gentlemen who have thus put irreplaceable collections at my disposal I extend my sincere thanks. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 257 In view of the difficulty of the group and the admittedly tentative classification of it, at certain points, it has seemed important to illustrate very fully the more technical species, especially those which have been misinterpreted. Much obscurity and misunder- standing would have been avoided in the past if proper illustrations had accompanied the original descriptions of all species of the genus. The photographs have been most carefully and generously made by my life-long friend and a co-editor of Ruopora, Professor J. FRaNKLIN Cotuins, the expenses of the photography and the making of the blocks met in part through the Wyeth Fund of the Division of Biology of Harvard University, in part through the Milton Fund for Research of Harvard University. With his accustomed great gener- osity and encouragement of accurate illustration, another friend of many years, who has aided me in the collection of many of the cited specimens, Mr. Bayarp Lona, has assumed the entire cost of re- production of the half-tone blocks. Synopsis or DraBA IN TEMPERATE Eastern NortH AMERICA (east of the Great Plains and Hudson Bay) a, Petals rounded or emarginate at summit: flowering stems with 1 or more leaves above the basal rosette, or, if seapose with perennial bases, mostly branching caudices and mar- sear remnants of old leaves along the caudices below the rosettes... . Flowering stem a slender scape (very rtp sagas with a basal leaf or bract), including-the mature race Ste (rarely —2) dm. high, rising from a basal rosette: sae solitary to numerous, at the summits of short crowns or of soneska4 branches or Pectin 1s of the caudex; leaves of the rosette 0.3-2 em. long, 1-5 mm. wide: siliques 2.7-9 a ere c. Leaves and scapes bearing simple or a i a and forking as well as sometimes pac and stellate) trichomes, or leaves merely ciliate or even gla baw d es conspicuously villous-ciliate: rachis and pedi- els copiously villous-hirsu ovate to rounded-ob 5-3 mm. broad, villous-hirsute, iam oe tri yet pact ie toe m. long, 2 cels pomp apt nr hi thn Thc or ciclighe tomate white in age, 2-5 mm. long, 1-4.5 mm. broad: nes 0.2-0.5 mm. long: seeds 0.7—1.5 mm. long e. Midribs of leaves becoming firm and prominent beneath, persisting as goo) subulate remains 258 Rhodora se sc multicipital caudices: scapes and pedicels ya rous or essentially so anding leaves with more or less stellate or de urcate pubescence on the surface near the tips: scene broad-oblong 12-1. 8 mm. brsai!: petals 3.5-— broad: anthers 0.5 mm. ams alin oblong to nar- rowly ovate, 5-10 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad; valve s only obse — or scarcely reticulate; iepuim without conspicuous median seeds 16-20, re ‘alone: 1-1.5 mm. lon ag a WA ge ahi Patera ge . fladnizensis, ate Expanding leaves wit glabrous: surfaces: ga s narrowly oblong, os mm. broad: petals mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad: aby ae a 0.2 a long: cen chika mheedlaka e, 2.7-7 mm long, 1-2 mm. broad; valves reticulate-veiny; ee with | broad median fold: seeds 10-16, ate, 0.7—1.1 mm. long...........5.5 6% 3. é. Midribs soft ae evanescent: old leaves soon wilting, persistent — ing as marcescent shreds, not as subulate nis sie Perennial wi vith multicipital eset and . long- persistent x cus of old leaves: leaves hispid with simple and variously ge Pe trichomes: scape, rachis and pedicels _hirtellous aod sparsely ciliate: scape, rachis and pedicels aes or stellate trichomes, simple elongate trichomes wamnie or very sparse Leaves cuneate-obovate to: broadly oblanceolate, obtuse: siliques glabrous: style 0.3-0.4 mm. long: seeds i eo A TORR OE TO a 8 ve Leaves linear or linear-oblanceolate, acute: siliques — rege style 0.8-1 mm. long: seeds 8-10, 0 Cea 6 ew ee OTe eS ee ee eae oe ae ee ee —-5 dm. : basal leaves in the perennial —— 0.59 cm. ae 0.1-1.8 em. broad: siliques 0.25-2 ¢ long. (Very exceptional specimens of nos. 1-7 might be sought here f. Perennial, or nos. 8-10 biennial, with often branching ex, the branches common terminating in ee ee rosettes of oe the biennial often simple-crown nos. 8-10 very leafy eaves 7-95) and with racemes often Leafy tasted at aoe g. Flowering —_ simple or with erect or raters ascend- ing bra entir rarely laciniate pet many times shorter than the silique, gw 1.8 1 10-50, 0.7-1.4 (rarely mm. long h. Petals deep yellow (fading in drying): cauline of principal flowering stem 7-25: ovaries and siliques densely pilose; siliques lanceolate to linear-oblong, 0.7-2 em. long, usually twisted. [JULY heterotricha. scape sparsely hirtellous only at base...... i D. oniege Rhodora Plate 294 X of Tes CRASSIFOLIA: FIG. 1, small flowering plants, X 1, from original —- .-rummond; rig. 2, flowering and fruiting plants from Labrador; Fries. 3 and 4, 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 259 Lower 4-12 flowers of the primary raceme com- monly subtended by leafy bra a pedicels erect, the lowest pa Ate long in fruit........- 8. D. aurea. Lower flowers bractless, the lowermost only rarely subtended: pedicels spreading te the lowest only 2-4 mm. long in fs ie ee Caray D. minganensis A. Petals Swe cauline leaves 1-95: and siliques g us or variously short-pubescent; siliques Ap ar rig porn to ov ort- oblong, 2 2 (rarely-15) mm. long, if strongly twisted mv pe than 12 mm. long, glabrous or minutely stellate-tomentulose. .. . 7. Biennial (rarely slightly cise by brief per- ts): lower leaves of the rosettes shriveling soon after anthesis, rosette-leaves not strongly co saianatie wit lower cauline: the subspherical rosette of ie orking hairs or with both intermixed....-... 10. D. incana. Ww vested below with fibrous shreds of old leaves new basal rosettes usually well pay any tee cat flowering — their leaves ike the e oliage: axis of raceme and pedicels glabrous, sparsely hitelone or stellate-pu eau all or many of its ehones simple = elongate and irregularly forking, — or ou Ee sessile or a e regu tar stellate hairs... .k. k. Leav oo ee on sparsely — margin 8, c ming trans- lucent ir conspicuously veiny (by trans- a ta light) in se ini Rx sch > _ tal Ce ee a Ee Ok Oe ee ee Bm ne ternodes: i vice 0.5-7 ( ston the mm. long, mostly much shorter than the elliptic, chine or lanceolate siliques. .. . l. Foliage with numerous simple or ’ elongate and furcate trichomes: rosette- te-leaves pee fruiting 0.1-2.5 dm. high, + oe te 0-13 ent ing 6) leaves: sepals ere tals 3-4.2 ae 1/3- me yr ihe ‘full Might 2 ‘eae t: seeds 14- re ae 8 aaah oblong or oe obinaelennebladt, 2-3.8 mm. 260 Rhodora broad; the lowest on pedicels 1-5 mm. MOE iors os SEs. AO 12. Cauline leaves linear-lanceolate to nar- rowly tests : mm. eee aoe mm. ; oad: petals 1-1.5 ies broad: itigies deca to linear-lanceolate, 2-2.5 mm. broad; the lowest on pedicels 4-10 mm. ren iit Cae sale. (6 EAS es 1 l. Foliage with se apart stellate and several to few simple and elongate trichomes; rosette-leaves cuneate-oblanceolate, 4-9 y f ss cemes yj = \% on ap ean height of the plant: WD ee Se Seas Bek 14. D le hae :™. m. Siliques plump, ovoid, ellipsoid or es 2.5- - lo long, & glabro us: sepals 1.5-2 ange oad: seeds closely ‘but gular a imbricated, often turned rere mM. Siligues stron ronal fat rnin ah iy only in no. entulose valves), mm. n. Siliques labrous or only sparsely hirtellous or sca os eee: flattened: racemes usually bractless... . o. Cauline basi sheet rounded at base, oblong, ovate or obovate: mature siliques —_— definitely Nogesd flat- tish, plane only slightly twisted: pra obsolete a thick and short (u ong): fruiting pedicels stoutish, thor ihe lowest 16 (rarely Stems hirsute, especially on lower internodes, with abundant simple divergent hichechan pi RA the oso hairs: cauline leaves a Oe i ee A ra a rage 4 o. Cauline leaves narrowed or 0 8) cal rounded at base, oblanceolate, ones or narrowly obovate: mature siliqu scarcely or cols ceo ae veiny, often- [JULY D. norvegica. D. clivicola. . laurentiana. pycnosperma. laurentian4a. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 261 twisted, sometimes flat, very thin: ee slender, 0.5-1 mm. long: fruiting edicels slender; thedos lowest 116 aie ong: stems glabrous or minutely MDEACEN boa oe oe Cen 17. D. arabisans. n. Siliques densely stellate-tomentulose, only slightly compressed, hardly flat: racemes ae leadchienctea at base... 18. D. lanceolata. g. Flowering with strongly divergent ete inate: i : es Sle atiy. w WiG cess aI een ee aie came an ei wee ). D. ramosissima. eg ‘Aanuelie ——_ annuals or biennials, with bractless ra acemes: flowering stems leafy or wih at least 1 p: f leaves above the basal rosette. ... p. Siliques 1.7-6 mm. long, 16-see aa petals (when Stems yes abbreviated co orm branches from le and upper axils: siliques linear- ellipsoid, ~~ 8 58 long, oo stellate-puberu- lent: s WW eu as ee es 20. D. aprica. Stems ee with pete. or leafy ot (or oars es 1.7—5 mm. long, narrowly c uneate petals a mm. long: leaves scattered nearly to the ae and elongate oi cemes: siliques 3-13 mm. long..........-..-: D. nemorosa. Flowers heteromorphic, some with broad white petals 3.5-5 mm. long, others with reduced pe others apetalous and cleistagomous: leaves tse ly near the base: ric stems and brane sea siliques 6-18 mm. sever Leaves obviously den a with agape ile kb che ar fruiting elongate, its rachis an cels pubescent. 28. D. cuneifolia. ciliate with simple Liaianes stellate- Sion ~ the lower surface: fruiting raceme short a nd mbelliform, its rachis and pedicels glabrous. .24. D. reptans. wee — deeply 'c cleft: annuals or win oinaieale: floweri scapes arising from basal rosettes.......... . D. verna. (To be continued) Rhodora Plate 295 2, fruiting plant, x1 A NIVALIS: FIG. 1, Rovcring plant, X 1, from Greenland; Fic. from ‘Greenland; Is 3, leaves, X 10, from alli dland. sae N. sp.: FIG. 4, fruiting plant (ryPE), X 1, from Gaspé Co., Quebec; FIG. of leaves, x 10, Sioa ~ ; FIG. 6, valve, X 40. ‘south the TY PE; FIG. 7, 8 eptum and seeds, X 10, from ahi TY Rhodora Plate 296 cto AUREA: FIG. 1, small flowering plant, X 1, from Greenland; Fic. 2, small ung plant, X 1, from Greenland; ria. 3, fruiting plant, X 1, from Alberta. 1934) Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America = 285 DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continned from page 261) shallowly emarginate, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, 2.5-4 mm. 0.5-0.7 mm. long: ovary glabrous or sparsely hispid; — won ag long; siliques narrowly to broadly ovate, elliptic or ob get ads long, 2-4 mm. broad, glabrous or sparsely eh wit areas to Hudson Strait and the northern shores of ne Bay; northern Eurasia. LaBRapor: Ekortiarsuk, Cape y, Bell. Uncava: Port Burwell, Hudson Strait, J. M. sae aa no. 79,069, Malte, no. 119,988: PLaTE 290, Fics. 1-4; MaP 1. long: scapes 0.5-7 cm. high.—Trans. Linn. Soc. xiv. 363 (1825). D. Bellit Holm in Fedde A , Repert. ss 338 (1907); Macoun, Surv. Can. ¢. 1 = (date unknown); ay- eer i 1s a Am. Journ. Bot. iv. pee 61 (1917); Elis. Ekm. 1. Southern range in eastern America Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxv. pee ALPINA. 469 (1931). D, alpina, : = var. Bellii (Holm) 6. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!®. 89 (1927). 286 Rhodora [AucusT Arctic regions, south to Hudson Strait. Uneava: Port Burwell, Hud- son Strait, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,072 (mixed with D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha) ; crevices of rocks, Mansfield Island, August 30, 1884, R. Bell. Pate 290, Frias. 5-7. I am not convinced by the treatments of either the late Dr. Payson or of Mrs. Ekman that Draba Bellii is a species distinct from D. alpina. It seems to me an extreme arctic development, with the regular reduction in size and the increase of trichomes which one would expect under most xerophytic conditions. The beautiful series of plants collected by Dr. W. Elmer Ekblaw on the Crocker Land Expedition of 1913-16 in northwestern Greenland contains quantities of material bearing out this interpretation. It is also significant that on the sheet of the isotype of D. Belli in the Gray Herbarium the late Professor Ostenfeld, who certainly understood Draba in the Arctic better than most botanists, wrote “only D. alpina.” Numerous names have been proposed for the dwarf arctic extreme and Schulz recognizes in arctic and subarctic America the following, besides typical D. alpina: var. nana Hook., which he makes include var. glacialis Th. M. Fries (1869), not other authors; var. Adamsit (Ledeb.) O. E. Schulz, based upon D. Adamsii Ledeb. (1842), which Mrs. Ekman, |. c. 466, has identified, by comparison with the types, with the wholly different D. micropetala Hook. (1825); var. Pohlea O. E. Schulz, cited from Cape Chidley, and differing only in its narrow siliques (2-2.5 mm. wide); var. Bellii (above discussed); var- corymbosa (R. Br.) Durand (1856), based on D. corymbosa R. Br. (1819), which, as Mrs. Ekman has shown (I. c. 493), was based on the identical type of Cochlearia fenestrata R. Br. to which genus and species D. corymbosa actually belongs; and var. pilosa (Adams) Regel, based on D. pilosa Adams, the type of which, according to Mrs. Ekman (I. ¢. 484) is a wholly different plant from any form of D. alpina, with “linear, carinate leaves, which are keeled on the underside and ciliate in long, hispid, simple hairs. The upper part of the stalk is glabrous like the pedicels’ ete. For our dwarf extreme of Draba alpina the name var. nana Hook. seems safe, at least. 2. D. FLapnizensis Wulfen, var. HETEROTRICHA (Lindblom) Ball. Loosely to densely cespitose, the many branches and branchlets of the caudex closely invested below the living rosettes with pale, meee cent subulate midribs of former leaves: leaves oblanceolate, thin, 0. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 287 : narrowly ovate, 5-10 mm. long, 2-3.5 mm. broad, glabrous, only ele or scarcely reticulate; septum without median fold or with shght basal fold: seeds 16-20, often apiculate, 1-1.5 mm. long.— Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. vii. 230 (1860). D. lactea Adams, Mém. Soc. Nat.Mose. v. oN 104 (1817); DC. Syst. ii. 347 (1821) and : q \ Prodr. i. 170 (1824); O. E. Schulz in ‘Be. Engler, Pflanzenr. iv. 261, fig. 25, * H-L (1927). D. androsacea Wahlenb. FI. = Ba aes ' : and many later authors. D. Wahlen- ot xi, $24 (1830), "D. fladnizensio Wats, ,MaP 2, Southeastern Bton =~ ~~ yn. Fl. N. A. i'. 109 (1895) NIZENSIS, Var. HETEROTRICHA other Am. auth. in part, not Wul- tal n ky Mts.; he urasia. LABRAD us slope, Rowsell Harbor, lat. 58° 58’, Abbe & Odell, no. 373; f 320 m.) extending south tom East Bay, capri lat. 59° 55’, Abbe & Odell, no. 382; lat. 59° 19’, Abbe, no. 379; lower slopes, north side of Komaktorvik, ac Woodworth, no. 239: Okkak, Moravian Bros.; mah, wy. 212x; East Summit of Bishop’s Mitre, lat. 57° 56’, Abbe, no. 386; est Summit of Bishop’s Mitre, Abbe, no. 387. Uneava: Port 288 Rhodora [AuGuUST Burwell, Hudson Strait, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,072 (mixed with D. alpina, var. nana), Malte, nos. 120,038, 120,062, 120,136, 120,136a. PLATE 291; MAP 2. Although some recent European authors keep Draba lactea Adams (D. Wahlenbergii Hartm.) apart as a species from D. fladnizensis, it is significant that the characters relied upon are not of the first importance. Lange, Ostenfeld and numerous others have united them and in Hultén’s Flora of Kamtchatka, where Draba was worked up by Mrs. Ekman, she says of D. lactea: These specimens from Kamtchatka have some simple hairs even on the surface of the leaves and seem like most Siberian material somewhat infected with D. fladnizensis WuLrF. D. lactea Apams has been identified by Scxutz with D. Wahlenbergit FiscHer belong to these species, . . when making the diagnosis, ApaMs has had in view such impure, som what intermediate specimens as these here mentioned from Kamtchatka.’ Since, as would appear from the above and numerous other pub- lished items, much of the Siberian (as well as Arctic) material is transitional from D. fladnizensis to D. lactea and since all the Kamt- chatkan material is called D. lactea “somewhat infected by D. flad- nizensis,” although the latter is not known from Kamtchatka, I find myself beyond my depth in attempting to separate them as species. Further doubt of the specific distinctions of D. fladnizensis and D. lactea is encountered in Schulz’s treatment of the Gaspé plant. The only relative of D. fladnizensis in southeastern Quebec is a common, densely matted species (PLATE 292) of the Shickshock Mountains, with strictly glabrous leaves, very narrow sepals and petals, lance- acuminate siliques mostly 4 or 5 mm. long and only 1-2 mm. wide, septum with a conspicuous and broad median flange, seeds only 10-16 in number: in other words a plant quite different from either D. fladnizensis or D. lactea. Nevertheless, upon one collection of this completely isolated and endemic Shickshock species Schulz extends D. lactea to Gaspé: “Lower Canada: Table-Topped Mts., Gaspé Co. (J. A. Allen 1881).” Upon another collection of the same plant he ‘ Elis. Ekm. in Hultén, Fl. Kamtch. ii. 163 (1928). Rhodora Plate 297 ABA MINGANENSIS 2 and 3, small flowering plants, x Noe sng sochipa ee Mingan, Gnchos tons om 1, . luteola, var. et ns us) ria. 4, flowe 10, from fig. 1; Fria. 5, small fruiting plant, 1, from Bie, 10, from fig. Dd. . LeTEOLA: tl 6, fruiting plant, < 1, from Colorado; FIG. ? wliqne: x 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 289 bases his single record of the strictly Eurasian D. fladnizensis for all North America: “Kanada: Quebec, Matane Co., Mt. Mat- taouisse, Siidseite des Fernald Passes, 915-1000 m ii. M. (M. L. Fernald, Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie, A. S. Pease, L. B. Smith 1923, n. 25779, hb. Deless.)”—Schulz, p. 257. If the uniform and wholly isolated Gaspé plant is both D. lactea and D. fladnizensis (which it is not), it would seem that fuller demonstration is needed before D. lactea and D. fladnizensis are accepted as distinct species. The Malte collections from Hudson Strait have been identified by Mrs. Ekman as D. lactea and as D. lactea crossed with various other species (D. nivalis, D. rupestris, ete.). See comments on p. 250. 3. D. Allenii, sp. nov. (ras. 292), planta valde humifusa stragula 0.3-2 dm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque fili- xu 2 : bus; foliis tenuibus oblanceolatis 0.5-1.5 em. longis 1-3 mm. latis daha Votan intact til gine pilis simplicibus fertis fructiferis parum elongatis Ps (thachi 0.2-2.5 em. longo) 2-8- ic i floris; pedicellis imis fructiferis 1.5— ee 5.5 mm. longis; sepalis anguste ob- if latis submembranaceis glabris; Map 3. Range of Drapa ALLENI. natis 2~3 mm. longis 1-2 mm. latis; antheris 0.2 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 10-16-ovulatis; siliculis glabris oblongo-lanceolatis acutis vel Coronatis, valvis reticulato-nervosis, septi medio valde plicato; semini- bus a funiculis 0.2-0.5 mm. longis pendulis ovoideis brunneis 0.7- Cos., QueBec: on rock, at about 915 m. (3000 ft.), Table-topped Mountain, August 10, 1881, J. A. Allen (distributed as D. androsacea) ; abrupt, western calcareous slopes, alt. 1000-1100 m., 290 Rhodora [AuausT 1125 m., Table-topped Mt., August 7, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 581; mossy hornblende-schist at about 915 m. (3000 ft.) near eastern end of the basin, northeastern slope of “ Mt. Logan” [later determined to be Mt. Mattaouisse], July 22, 1922, Fernald & Pease, nos. 25,097, 25,101, 25,102; cold chimneys and rock-shelves at about 915-1000 m. alt. is south side of Fernald Pass, Mt. aetna July 8, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, 779 (TYPE 5 Gray Herb.); cold schistose walls at head (alt. pie 1070 m.) of Big Chimney, Mt. Mattaouisse, July 14, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 27,780; moist turfy chimneys at about 000 m. alt., southern slope of Mt. Fortin, ful 12, 1923, Fernald, Griscom & M ackenzie, no. 25,781; gravelly and turfy slides and chim- neys at about 850-1 000 m. alt. ., in the steep schistose southern face of Mt. Fortin, August 21, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,784; cold, mossy chimneys (alt. about 800-1050 m.) at head of Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, July 13, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Mackenzie, Pease & Smith, no. 25,782. All distributed, unless other- wise noted, as D. fladnizensis. Map Draba Allenii, like Ranunculus Allenii Robinson, commemorates the pioneer botanical explorations of the Shickshock Mts. by JoHN AtpHEUs ALLEN, 1863-1916. Although obviously related to D. fladmzensis Wulfen and D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha (Lindbl.) Ball (D. lactea Adams; D. Wahlenbergii Hartm.), PLATE 291, it differs from them both in important characters. Schulz, as noted in the discussion of D. fladnizensis, var. heterotricha, cites the two specimens f D. Allenii which had come to his attention, one as the only basis in North America of D. fladnizensis, as var. laxior (Gaudin) QO. E. Schulz, based on D. sclerophylla Gaud., @. laxior Gaudin; the other as the only eastern Canadian representative of D. lactea. Whether D. sclerophylla, $. laxior Gaudin is properly referable to D. fladnizensis is a question for students of the alpine flora of Europe to determine; but from D. Allenii it is very definitely distinguished by the following points specially noted in Gaudin’s original and very detailed description: “Rosulae sessiles, densissime caespitosae, aggregatae et quasi confluentes” (in D. Allenii the rosettes tet minating loosely elongate caudices and themselves very lax); “F o lia : ura, . . ._ lineari-ligulata, . .. obsolete uninervia, pilis mere marginalibus, rigidis”’ (in D. Allenii leaves thin and ciinibebnkiosus: oblanceolate, very prominently costate beneath, mostly eciliate, but rarely with a few flexuous cilia); “Flores ae per exsiccationem ochroleuci” (in D. Allenii with n° 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 291 obvious yellow after 10-12 years); “Siliculae pe culum aequantes, . vales, . stigmate sessili” (in D. Allenii siliques much shorter nee pedicels, lance-acuminate, with definite style). In general one does not expect in Gaspé local plants of the Swiss Alps, unless they have been found to have a broad circumpolar dispersal; and Schulz’s account of his D. fladnizensis, var. laxior contains a point not mentioned by Gaudin, which is inconsistent with D. Allenii being the European plant: “Pedicelli re eee (1-2) saepe ex axilla folii prodeuntes” (never in D. Alleni Draba jaan, as shown in the original plate and in other excellent illustrations as well as in specimens from the Tirol and from the Rhaetic Alps and other continental European mountains, is, as well described by Schulz, a densely cespitose plant, with closely crowded short crowns, the oblong leaves very conspicuously and permanently ciliate with long stiff divergent trichomes, the siliques ellipsoid or oblong, obtuse, with valves scarcely reticulate, the septum without a long fold, the seeds 12-20. D. Allenii in its humifuse habit, with elongate freely forking filiform caudices, its leaves, when rarely ciliate, with few short, soft and erect (not divergent) cilia, its lance-acuminate or acute siliques with distinctly veiny valves, strong longitudinal fold of the septum and fewer seeds, is abundantly distinct. Whether or not Draba lactea (PLATE 291) is maintained as a species or is treated as a variety (var. heterotricha) of D. fladnizensis, it has little in common with D. Allenii: cespitose habit; coarsely ciliate and variously pubescent leaves; much larger flowers; oblong to narrowly Ovate siliques averaging twice as large as in D. Allenii and with vein- less valves, plane septum and more numerous and larger seeds. Draba Allenii is presumably on Mt. Katahdin, Maine. On Sep- tember 21, 1926, Dr. G. L. Stebbins, jr. found at 4000 feet in the Chimney of Mt. Katahdin two plants of a strange Draba. Dr. Stebbins’s ee memorandum follows: mzensis Wulfen, an arctic-alpine species which had not been found before south of the Shickshock Mountains of Quebec, and is therefore new to New England. Although both the Draba and the Saxifrage are normally 292 Rhodora [AucusT lime-loving, they were growing here on granite rocks in an acid soil region, and seemed quite healthy. There may be a little rich pocket in that particular crdan and it would certainly be interesting to find the soil eaction ther Under date of January 6, 1934, Dr. Stebbins writes: “I have visited _ the spot where I found them three times since, and in each case as diligent search as I was able to make failed to reveal the two plants or any others. I have, of course, been very much on the lookout for it on other parts of the mountain, but it hasn’t turned up yet. The only hope for a real stand of it is in a narrow ravine that branches off the chimney to the right at its base, and looks wicked for climbing, though I have no doubt that the same band of softer, presumably more calcareous rock traverses it that is found in the chimney itself, which harbors quite a little Saxifraga Aizoon, and where I found the — two plants mentioned.’ The much denuded fruiting raceme (with the valves gone) which Dr. Stebbins brought back seems to be that of Draba Allenii. With- out seeing the foliage, however, it would be unwise to identify it with positiveness. 4. D. rupestris R. Br. Densely to loosely cespitose, the multicipal caudex with the short branches retaining marcescent leaves or thetr shreds and terminating in rosettes: leaves membranaceous, linear- oblanceolate to oblong, acutish, 5-15 mm. long, 1-3.3 mm. broad, 2-4-toothed or entire, hispid with Papi or variously forking trichomes, the midrib delicate and evanescent: flowering stem capillary, get (or rarely with 1-3 small leaves), 1- 1 (—“ 25,” Ekm.) em. high, hirte with simple and forking trichomes or rarely glabrous: raceme bite anthesis corymbose, in fruit elongating and with rachis up to 6 cm. long, 3-20-flowered; shies ls hirtellous with simple or forking tri- chomes, in maturity 1+4 mm. long; sepals narrowly oblong, 1.5 mm. 1 ho . cee jr., Ruopora, xxix, 15, 16 (192 wy reporting on soil from the bet of the Sarifraga Aizoon from ucing this we grate “found it to be exactly neutral. T aging the so ve come from a local concentration of calcium minerals sh oH granite—which is well known h e, especially on Mt sre Island—or may have been set free by unusually thorough decomposition of the at this point. The thing most difficult to account for would seem to be the manner ple which the seeds of these circumneutral soil species managed to to “find this favorable spot in the middle of a vast area of soils too acid to permit the plants to Wherry, Ruopora, xxix. 139, 140 (1927). Rhodora Plate 298 Scie MINGANENSIS: FIG. 1, well developed frvatiog plant, X 1, from Bic, Quebec; *. « and 3, flowers and tip ot silique, X 10, from Bie 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 293 brown, 1-1.3 mm. long.—R. Br. in Hort. Kew. ed. 2. iv. 91 (1812); DC. Syst. ii. 344 (1821) and Prodr. i. 169 (1824); Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand. ser. 3, lvii. no. 3: 58, t. 3, figs. h and o (1917); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv}, 223 (1927). D. hirta fi Sm. Fl. Brit. ii. 677 (1800) and Engl. Bot. xix. x s. 38 9 : <= ho. 385; Okkak, Weitz (Brit. Mus.); Battle _ Map 4. Eastern Amer- Harbor, August 3, 1913, W. E. Ekblaw, an Range of Drasa Uneava: crevices 0 rock, Cape Chudleigh, R. Bell, no. 2027. NEWFOUNDLAND: limestone barren, near sea-level, Pointe Riche, August 4, 1910, F ernald, Wiegand & Kittredge, no. 3455, PLATE 293: map 4 ’ 1 RUPESTRIS. Draba rupestris is obviously very rare in eastern America. The plants cited are fair matches for material from the type station, Ben Lawers (Fig. 1). Most of the plants, common in western and northern Newfoundland and adjacent southern Labrador, which have been Passing as D. rupestris are better referred to the coarser and usually more leafy D. norvegica Gunner. Should it prove on further observa- ion, as seems not unlikely, that D. rupestris and D. norvegica are confluent, the earliest name, D. norvegica Gunner (1772), should be used for both. I am here maintaining D. rupestris out of deference to the opinion of European students, although I expect that further study in the field will demonstrate it to be only an extreme phase of + Norvegica. 5. D. crasstromta Graham. Short-lived perennial (biennial or annual ?) with simple or slightly branching caudex forming solitary rosettes or mats up to 5 cm. broad, glabrous throughout or the leaves sometimes ciliate: leaves somewhat fleshy, drying thin and subtranslu- cent, oblanceolate, obtuse or subacute, entire or essentially so, 0.4- em, ong, 1.5-5 mm. broad, glabrous throughout or frequently Sparsely ciliate with simple (rarely bifurcate) trichomes 0.5-1 mm. long: Scapes filiform, including the raceme 1-10 cm. high, naked or rarely With 1 or 2 leaves, glabrous: raceme at first corymbiform, elongating im fruit to 1-7 em., 3 (rarely 1)-10-flowered, the lower 1-2 flowers remote: pedicels filiform, glabrous, the lower in fruit becoming 4-10 1934] Fernald—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 295 in 1829, and under date of “ 10th June 1829” Graham described his species: “Plant densely caespitose, perennial.” That it is a perennial which begins flowering very promptly is, however, indecated by Graham’s statement: “It flowers most freely, . . . produces abundance of seed, and has come up in many of the neighbouring pots in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden without any change of char- acter.” If by the latter statement Graham meant that the cultivated plant had, in slightly more than one year, seeded, scattered its seeds and produced a second crop which had matured far enough to justify his saying “ without any change of character,” then, in cultivation in a temperate climate, D. crassifolia may evidently become annual. Mrs. Ekman, who seems to have studied the Greenland and European plants very thoroughly, says, “Planta saepe caespitosa.” On the other hand, specimens of Drummond’s original material (FIG. 1), which had once belonged to J. acques Gay but which are now in the Gray Herbarium, bear Gay’s comment: “Févr. 1851. La plante est évidemment annuelle! Hooker et Asa Gray la classent & tort parmi les especes vivaces.” Rydberg, in his. Flora of the Rocky Mountains, ed. 2: 350, 353, reduces D. albertina Greene, without qualification, to D. crassifolia and he defines the latter as having “leaves oblanceolate to spatulate, hirsute” as contrasted with the “leaves narrowly linear-oblanceolate, glabrous” of his own D. Parryi (pLaTE 300, Fics. 4 and 5), which he maintains as a species. In view of the doubts raised as to the duration of Draba crassifolia and by the definition of it by Rydberg as having the leaves hirsute, it has seemed desirable to examine Graham’s own specimen. This, most happily, has been possible through the kindness of my good friend, the Regius Keeper of the Royal Botanic Garden at Edinburgh, Sir William Wright Smith (to whom I here reexpress my sincere appreciation); and I now have before me the original specimen pre- Served by Graham: “ Draba crassifolia Graham, Hort. Bot. Edin. 1829. Seeds from Arctic America.”! This is, as Graham himself Stated, identical with Drummond’s material (PLATE 294, FIG. 1). ” ond collected the plant, as shown on the label of one of his specimens in hose specimens Graham's cultivated erbarium (sen , with : plant is identical) on “Summits of the Rocky Mountains bet lat. 5 d 57 ry general the reports on botanical explorations in British international boundary were ‘‘arctic’”’ has led to endless confusion, by the citation, by Hooker and others, of plants growing from 52°-57° as coming from ‘‘ Arctic America. 296 Rhodora [AUGUST It is the northernmost extreme of the species adequately and clearly described by Graham with “ Leaves (5 lines long, 2 broad), much crowded, subcarnose, smooth, veinless [when fresh, although clearly veiny by transmitted light when dry], indistinctly keeled, sub- denticulate, rather sparingly ciliated with simple spreading hairs.” Rydberg’s description of his Draba Parryi (which I am treating as a Colorado variety of D. crassifolia) was Annual, perfectly eS a few cilia on the petioles: stems several, usually less than . high, scapiform or rarely with a stem leaf: basal leaves numerous, linear or narrowly linear-oblanceolate, 1.5- 2.5 cm. long— The Colorado material of var. Parryi (PLATE 300, Fras. 4 and 5) has at most (so far as I have seen) about 24 seeds in a silique, the leaves are at most 2.5 mm. wide and the tallest stem seen is 1.6 dm. high. Schulz, however, in transferring D. Parryi to varietal rank, gives it a characterization so unlike that of Rydberg’s species that it is apparent that he has confused something with it: Planta altior et ramosior, fructifera usque ad 20 cm longa. Caules interdum 3-4-phylli. Folialongiora, usque 3 emlonga. . . . arium 24-36-ovultum. Pedicelli inferiores saepe valde elongati, usque 2, 5 cm ongi. Schulz, furthermore, begins his citation of specimens with Labrador; and of the tall (up to 2.5 dm.), branching, large-leaved (leaves 3-8 mm. broad), leafy-stemmed plant from Ramah (Sornborger, no. 61), which may have as many as 48 ovules and which has petals twice 4s large as in D. Parryt, he specially comments: “ August fruchtend, besonders luxuriés mit beblitterten Asten.”’ Schulz’s description of var. Parryi was, apparently, derived chiefly from the wholly distinct plant of Labrador (our no. 11, PLATE 300, Fics. 1-3). I have not seen the other Labrador specimens cited by Schulz under var. Parryi; they may be like the Sornborger material. It should be noted, however, that “Cumberland Inlet,” cited under Labrador, is presumably the well-known Cumberland Sound of Baffin Island. 6. D. nrvauis Liljebl. Densely to loosely cespitose, forming mat 1-10 cm. across; the branches of the multicipital caudex clothed with m olate, obtuse, entire or essentially so, subcoriaceous, 3-11 mm. . 1-4.5 mm. broad, with the firm subulate midrib prominent. gen the surfaces canescent-pannose with minute sessile or subsessile ste Rhodora Plate 299 DraBa INCANA (var. CONFUSA): FIG. 1, small fruiting plant, from Archipel de Kécarpoui, Quebec; ric. 2, dwar plant, from Pereé, Quebec (isotype of var. conica); F1G. 3, flowering plant, from Cow mal Newfoundland; Fic. 4, small fruiting plant, from Newfoundland; Fic. 5, slender plant, "trot same station as fig. 2; ria. 6, leafy plant, from Baie A Jean, Quebec; all X 1. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 297 trichomes: flowering stem naked and scapose, very rarely with a single small leaf, filiform, 1- 10 cm. high, eg Sanco me raceme sub- capitate at flowering, i in fruit elongate into an open or lax raceme with rachis up to 6 em. long, 1-13-flowered: pedicels stallnte:tonsenti: lose, very short in flower, elongating in fruit to 1-8 mm., then spread- o 2-2 mm. broad: nin thee about mm. long: ovary ‘minute ly stellate, 14-09 -ove led; siliques ees flattened, lanceolate to narrowly oblong, narrowed to the short oe 1-0.4 ma) style, glabrous, 4-9 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad; seeds 14-28, 0.7-1 mm. long.—Vet.- Akad. Handl. (1793) 208 (1793), Utkast til Sv. FI. ‘4. "2: 269, fig. 35 (1798) and Nov. Act. Reg. Soe. Sci. hg vi. 47, t. II, fig. 2 (1799): Wat- h in Gray, Syn . Fl. N. Am. i!. 109 (1803); Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska |[f ‘>. Me -Akad. mee ser. 3, li. no. 7: 26, ba II, figs. 2, 7, 8, 10, 13 and 16 "(2a (1926); 6. E. gbors - Engler, Pflan- |, \nt zenr. iv.1%, 209 (19 27); Elis. Ekm. 4 ' Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxvii.339 (1933). |[f. ai muricella Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 174 v D. stellata, «. nivalis (Liljebl.) Regel, ‘pee Bull. Soe. Nat. Mose. xxxiv?. 192 Map 6. Southeastern extension (1861); Macoun, Cat. Can. Pl. i. 50 in America of DraBA NIVALIS. (1883).—Arctic regions and mts. of Eurasia and North America, south to the Straits of Belle Isle, New- foundland, the Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec and shores of Hudson Bay. ABRADOR: talus slope, west side ve the lower lake, spoon of the Bryant Lakes Peg ty ret lat. 59° 23’ Ayes no. ie on southwest grat, Quirpon Island, Fe rnald & Long, nos. 28,344, 28,345; dry slaty crests of hills, Little Quirpon, Fernald & Long, no. 28,343; open 298 Rhodora [AuGuUsT peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,346; crevices of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages, F digs: Wiegand & Long, no. 28,347; gravelly shelves, crests and talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mountain, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,342. unesaic! calcareous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, slightly west of Marten River, Gaspé Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 25,100; roches humides des falaises, Ruisseau Sorel, Gaspé Co., Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,675; on bare Vcenbleaderscist near the summit, about 1100 m. (3600 ft.) alt., Mt. Fortin, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,099; moist turfy chimneys at about 850-1000 m. alt., in steep ages southern face of Mt. Fortin, Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie, no. 25,786, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,788; cold chimneys and rock-elides : about 915-1000 m. alt., south side of Fernald Pass, Cascade, Pease Basin, between sng noenn: 085 Pembroke, Dodge & Pyare, no. 25,787. PLATE mbes s. 1-3;M Ss. easei, sp. n. (TA 995, FIGS. <1), pla nta laxe cespitosa pc la 6 cm. diametro reid caudicu eit ramis filiformibus pi paneinahess nitidis inferne foliis emortuis vix fibrillosis squamatis, superne foliis rosulatis cespitem laxum 6-13 mm. diametro formanti- bus; foliis linearibus vel lineari-oblance- ; olatis acutis crassis 3-6.5 mm. longis “ ng \3 ee valde costatis 5 mm. latis integris v utrinque laxe stellato-pannosis stellis 0.3-0.4 diametro, foliis maturis glab- ~ subcoriaceis nitidis; caulibus fili- mibus scapiformibus 2 cm. altis e stellato-hirtellis; floribus ignotis; be! die aenl ( F 1-2 cm. longo); pedicellis irc # F aeeaa imis 4-6 mm. longis; dnttt siliquis stellato-hirtellis 3-6 » ellipticis Map7. Range of DraBa Praset. 6 eg 3-5.5 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. latis tylo 0.8-1 mm. longo coronatis, valvis reticulato-nervosis; seminibus i 34 .8 mm. longis 4—5 in utroque loculo a funiculis 0.3-0.6 mm. longis pendulis—QuEBEc: talus slope near Cape Rosier, Gaspé ce “a 18, 1928, A. S. Pease, no. 20,194 (TYPE in Gray He rb.). Map Draba Peasei, with sae it is a great pleasure to associate the name of its discoverer, ARTHUR STANLEY PEASE, distinguished classical scholar and keen amateur botanist, was at first identified by me as D. oligosperma Hook. of the Rocky Mountain region and under that name was reported by Pease, RHopora, xxxi. 55 1929). It is, however, quite distinct from D. oligosperma in several characters, although the few and very large seeds and the long style at once 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 299 Suggest that species. But D. oligosperma has much narrower and rigid leaves with more pronounced keel, usually smoother scape, longer raceme, pedicels strongly thickened at summit, inequilateral siliques often subtended by marcescent sepals, the valves (when pubescent) bearing simple or bifurcate, rather than stellate trichomes. In its flattish leaves D. Peasei is nearer to D. incerta Payson, of the northern Rocky Mountains, but that likewise has the siliques with simpler pubescence (or glabrous), longer, and with a strongly marked inequilateral tendency and usually longer pedicels (lowest in maturity 5-15 mm. long). Fuller and younger material of D. Peasei is needed, especially in flower and younger fruit. Its cordilleran allies have yellow petals. - D. aurea M. Vahl. Short-lived perennial, or perhaps sometimes biennial, the simple to several-crowned caudex covered be with with mixed pubescence, leafy: cauline leaves 7-25, lanceolate, oblanceolate or oblong, entire or wit low dentation, with pu- bescence similar to that of Pying 6-44 the total k= : Ds ight of the plant, chiefly al a | eon y 10-60-flowered, the lower / Re us Map 8. Range in eastern America of DraBa AUREA. ary raceme usually leafy- bracted: pedicels erect, the twisted, with style 0.5-1.8 mm. long; valves with dense mixed pilosity: eeds 30-50, about 1 mm. long —Vahl in Hornem. Fors. Dansk Oecon. Plantel. ed. 2: 599 (name), in Hornem. Fl. Dan. ix. fase. xxv. 3, t. meceelx (1818) and in Hornem. Fors. Dansk Oecon. Plantel. ed. 3, 300 Rhodora [AUGUST i. Se (1821); rag Pads ii. 350 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824) ; Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 55 (1830); Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 107 (183 8); Watson in Gay ya Fi. i’. 110 (1895) in large part; O. E. Schulz i in R u . Bot. Cl. xxviii. 278 (May, 1901). D ee Greene, Pi. Baker. iii. 6 (Nov. 18, 1901). D. uber Nelson, Bot. xxxiv. 366 (1902). D. aurea, var. sO ee (Rydb.) O. E. Sehula, l. ¢. 176 (g27), D. aurea, var. aureiformis, forma uber (Nelson) O. Schulz, 1. c. 176 (1927) wigs aiid Labrador and Ungava; Alberta and British Columbia, south to South Dakota and Utah. LaBrapor: Ramah, A. Stecker, no. 216; Hebron, Erdmann, no. 63 (Brit. Mus.); Okkak, Moravian Bros.; Port Manvers, E. B. Delabarre, no. NGAVA: south of Fort George, James Bay, A. P. Low, Herb. Geol. Surv. Can. nos. 63,145, 63,146. PLaTE 996; Map 8. The report of Draba aurea from Michigan (Walpole, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. vi. 313. 1926) was based on a fruiting specimen of D. arabisans. Although it is customary in the Rocky Mountain region to consider Draba aureiformis Rydb. a species apart from D. aurea of Greenland and Labrador it would seem that those who do so have seen in- adequate material of true Greenland D. aurea for comparison. Ryd- berg, in publishing it said Ech species is nearest related to D. aurea, but characterized by the i ellow petals [in the description ‘‘sulphur yellow mm. long”, the slender style [“‘about 1 mm. long’’], the less denke pubescence, and slender stem. Schulz, in separating it, as var. aureiformis, gives the same general characters, which, had he seen fuller material from the Rocky Moun- tains, he would have found unreliable: Var. AUREIFORMIS: Planta saepe gracilior. Flores minores. Sepala 2-2,5 mm longa [in typical D. aurea “3 mm nes 1 Petala dilutiora, sulphurea, 3-4 mm longa [in D. aurea “aurea, 5 mm longa”). Siliculae 7-15 mm longae, 2,5-3 mm latae, stylo breviore 0, Oe mm longo coronatae [in D. aurea “1,2-1,6 cm longae, 2-3 mm apice stylo tenui 1-1,5 mm longo coronatae ]. As for the more “slender” cordilleran plant, it may be pointed out that most of the Greenland plants in the Gray Herbarium have the flowering stems (1-4 dm. high) only 1-1.5 mm. in diameter at base, although the stoutest of the 61 stems of the Greenland plant before me has a maximum diameter of 3.5 mm. Macoun’s no. 10,276 from Waterton Lake, Alberta (Fic. 3), has the stems 2-2.5 mm. thick; these measurements are repeated by the cotype of D. uber Nelson (a low and compact form), by Wolf & Rothrock’s no. 634 from Colorado, 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 301 by Patterson’s no. 7 from Colorado, by Goodding’s no. 1404 from Utah and by several other American specimens. Conversely, I fail to find a single cordilleran specimen “more slender” than the run of slender Greenland plants (1s. 1 and 2). As for the smaller sepals (3 mm. long in the Greenland plant, 2-2.5 in the American), these measurements must have been optimistically made. 3 mm. is a good average for the Greenland specimens, but it is easy to find Greenland sepals 2.5 mm. long and not difficult to find them up to 3.5 mm. Although many American specimens have sepals only 2.5 mm. long, others show them longer: Rydberg’s no. 516 from South Dakota, Burke’s Rocky Mountain specimens, Wolf & Rothrock’s no. 634 from Colorado and J. R. Churchill’s collection of June 13, 1918 from Colorado all have them 3 mm. long; and such a beautifully prepared plant as Patterson’s no. 7 from Gray’s Peak shows many 3.2-3.3 mm. long, while Payson & Payson’s young material, no. 5024, has them up to 3.4 mm. long. Similarly with the petals, it is not difficult to find plenty of petals of the cordilleran Plant 4.5 mm. long (Payson & Payson, no. 5024, Wolf & Rothrock, no. 634, Butters & Holway, no. 40, etc., etc.), while a length of fully 5 mm. is easily measured in the Churchill and the Patterson speci- mens, Although Schulz indicates that the siliques of the cordilleran plant are shorter (7-15 mm. long) than in the Greenland plant and that the styles are shorter, 0.5-1 mm. long, against 1-1.5 mm. in the Greenland plant, it is not without significance that the Patterson material so much cited and the Macoun plant from Waterton Lake (FIG. 3) should have siliques longer (17 mm. long) than Shulz allows for the Greenland plant; it is also important to note that the style in Greenland specimens (Upernavik, July 14, 1929, Porsild, our 1G. 2) may be well under 1 mm. in length, while in some cordilleran speci- mens (Patterson, no. 7, and Butters & Holway, no. 40) they are well over 1 mm. long. : With a residue of “ sulphur yellow” against “aurea” as the specific or varietal difference between D. aureiformis and D. aurea it hardly Seems worth while to attempt to keep them apart. As a Greenland and Labrador plant with a large cordilleran representation, D. aurea is consistent and is one of a large group of species with similar dis- Tuption of range. In the cordilleran region the group has greatly Segregated and we get the fairly distinguished D. luteola Greene 302 Rhodora [AuGUST (PLATE 297, Fics. 6 and 7), D. surculifera Nelson (treated by Schulz as a form of D. aurea), D. spectabilis Greene, D. neomexicana Greene, D. Helleriana Greene and D. pinetorum Greene. On the limestone shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence in eastern Quebec and on the calcareous islands of James Bay the group of D. aurea is represented by the following localized species. 9. D. minganensis (Victorin), comb. nov. Biennial or oe with simple to wearers ae caudex: new rosettes 1-17 cm. across; flowering stems 1-very many, simple to Pini seni 04-4 dm. high, pilose-hirsute with simple, forking and stellate isteats t sessile “an entire or entate, 0.5-4.2 em. long, 0.2-2 cm. broad, densely to sparsely stellate-t lose: racemes bif in span’ oosening and becoming in fruit 3-9 cm. ‘long, 1.5-3.5 ¢ diameter, standing well above the foliage (very rarely with 1 asl & by. 7 ’ b ~ Pa <2 ador (TYPE); FIG. 2, flower, X 10, from Ramah; ric. 3, valve, X 10, from the TYPE. Gra) CRASSIFOLIA, var, Tay’s Peak, Colorado. RRYI: FIGs. 4 and 5, flowering and fru ? it ing plants, X 1, from 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 305 the specimens showing them only 1.2-2 cm. in diameter (in D. min- ganensis 1.5-3.5 em. thick); in D. luteola the slender and short- tomentulose lower pedicels are 4-8 mm. long (in D. minganensis thick, long-pubescent and only 2-4 mm. long). In D. lutcola the siliques are pubescent with ascending to barely spreading and chiefly simple trichomes mostly less than 0.5 mm. long (in D. minganensis villous with divergent to retrorse mostly 2-3-pronged trichomes 0.5-1 mm. long). A habital character, furthermore, is apparently a singificant one. The primary racemes of D. luteola when mature make up, as in D. aurea, a large portion of the plant, occupying 14-24 its full height; in D. minganensis the thick spike is, in maturity, only 4-25 the full height of the stem. The material from James Bay is both in anthesis and in fruit. It is all rather slender and with narrow leaves, but it has the pubescence of stems, leaves, pedicels and siliques which characterize D. minganen- sis. In the James Bay area alone does D. minganensis occur near D. aurea, which on the mainland near-by seems perfectly typical. For consideration of Mrs. Ekman’s interpretation of D. minganensis as a hybrid see p. 250. (To be continued) 314 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 305) 10. D. 1ncana L. Biennial (rarely slightly perennial by the brief persistence of basal offshoots), with a simple or more or less multi- cipital ascending to decumbent caudex: lower leaves of the rosettes shriveling soon after anthesis, the rosette-leaves not strongly contrasting with the lower cauline; the subspherical rosettes of the 1st year loosening and elongating to form the usually leafy (up to 50, rarely to 95 leaves) 155 (1792); DC. Syst. ii. 348 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824). D. incana, @. contorta (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. v1. 57 (1799).—Greenland; Labrador, Newfoundland and Saguenay and Gaspé Cos., Quebec; shores of James Bay; islands of Lake Superior, Michigan; boreal Eurasia. The following are characteristic. LABRA- por: Titterasuk, C. S. Sewell, no. 40; Nain, Sewall, no. 79; shore, Rigoulette, Sornborger, no. 70, Bowdoin College Exped. 1891, no. 269, R. H. Wetmore, no. 102,959; wet rocky hillsides, Indian Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 327. NeEwrounpLanD: gravelly limestone shore, Cape Norman, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 28,348; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, Fernald, Wrega d & Kittredge, no. 3452; headlands of Cape St, George, Mackenzie « Griscom, no. 11,089*. QuEBEc: grassy gully, [le Kécarpoui, Archipel 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 315 de Kécarpoui, Saguenay Co., St. John, no. 90,477; Anticosti, June 23, 1861, Hyatt, Shaler & Verrill; sur le talus du rivage, Pointe de VEst, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,032; aux alentours au ale sur le cailloutis calcaire, Pointe de VEst, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & . barachois, R. au Saumon, Anticosti, Victorin et al., nos. 21,468, 21,473; sur les graviers du barachois, R. Dauphine, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,310; graviers, Lac 4 la Croix, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,311; bord de la lagune, Lac Salé, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 24 864, 27,192; Baie Ste.-Claire, Anticosti, Victorin, no. (ed ee ® Map 10. American Range of DraBa INCANA. 4139; sur les cailloutis calcaire du sommet, Cap Gaspé, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,381; turfy crest of sea-cliffs, Cape Gaspé, Pass, no. 20,219; Anse-a-l’Indien, prés du Cap Gaspé, Victorin et al., no. 17,384; conglomerate (calcareous) sea-cliffs, Bona- venture Island, Fernald & Collins, no. — Victorin et al., no. 17,386; crests of calcareous sea-cliffs, re Blane, Percé, August li, 3 Collins, Fernald & Peas g Sol 2 26, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 88; Oo in Fort Severn, Hudson Bay, Tete. 1 . Gull Islands, Lake Supe rior, W. S. Cooper, no. 112 (as D. arabisa ans, var. orthocarpa) ; one vices, Passage Island, near Isle Royale, Povah, Brown & Mc Parlin, no. 3671B (Univ. Mich.). Map 10 (in- cludin, vars.). Var. conrusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Siliques pubescent.—Nov. Act. Soc. 316 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Sci. Ups. vi. 57 (1799) ; Poir. Encyel. Suppl. ii. 524 (1811); Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 64 (1905): O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 285 (1927). D. confusa Ehbrh. Beitr. vii. 155 (1792); DC. Syst. ii. 348 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 (1824), mostly. D. incana 8. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 331 (1839). D. incana, subsp. confusa (Ehrh.) Elis. Ekm. 1. c. 36 (1926) i ghee and Labrador to Newfoundland, Magdalen Islands, northeastern New Brunswick and James Bay, generally more common nae the glabrous-fruited plant. Laprapor: Okkak, Moravian Bros.; Nain, C. S. Sewall, no. 77, in part; Hopedale, ease no. 169; edge of “The Park,” Hopedale, Abbe, Hogg & Forbes, n 370; on a roof, Fox Harbor, caw Allen, no. 76; West Point at end of Red Bay, September 6, 1923, ee Gs Huntsman. NEWFOUNDLAND: turfy limestone barrens, B urnt Cape, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28, op springy dea and turfy shores, Boat Harbor, F ernald, Wiegan d & Long, no. 28,351; turfy slope near mouth of Big Brook, Fernald & Long, no. 28,349; turfy limestone barrens, Sandy (or Pi overty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Long & Gilbert, no. 28,352; turfy limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,715; peaty pockets in limestone ledges, Brig Bay, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, nos. 26,706-26,708; turfy shore, Bard Harbor, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,353; turfy limestone barrens, St. John Island, ale choix Bay, F. ernald, tok "& he, no. 26,709; calcareous rocks and talus, entrance to Port Saunders Harbor, F aie Wiegand & Kitt- ae no. 3454; turfy crests of calcareous cliffs and ledges, Cow Head, & Wiegand, no. 3453; abundant on roof of shanty, mouth of Deca Brook (near Robinson — Beg St. George), Kennedy, nos. 1-3. QuEBEc: grassy shore, [les Boisées de Cap Blanc, Pier aamtit a Goynish, ‘SL John, no. 90,481; grassy places, Archipel de Kécarpoui, St. John, nos. 90, 478-90, 480; ‘cut ledges, Ile Triple, Archipel W Washicouti, St. John, no. 90, 482; sur un #l6t de gneiss laurentien, [lets de la Baie & Jean, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18, 249; sur le gneiss laurentien, {lots A Charles, Natashquan, Victor n & Rolland, no. 18,250; vielle prairie au bord de la mer, Pointe-ux- no. 18,248; sur le gravier calcaire, tle Ste. -Génévieve, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, nos. 21,465, 21,475; shore of Salt Lake, Anticosti, J. Macoun, no. 19; limestone detritus, crest of Cap Barré, fer August 16, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease, July 23, 1905, Collins & Fernald, no. 89, August 1, 1907, Fernald & Collins , no. 1080; calcareous sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Ieland, Fernald & Collins, no. 1081; clay soil, river-bank, Rupert House, James Bay, David Potter, no. 548. AG 301 Rhodora Plate 30 orway; FIG. 2, dwarf BA NORVEGICA: FIG. 1, small fruiting ae x 1, from N ering plant, X 1, fro iy Wewtean ndland; = 3 ; 3a nell Saree Petra ioe from we net ent of fru et Fragme ie ie flowering plant, * 1 ria. 6, tips of rosette- leaves, x 10. erate Newfoundland. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 317 DALEN IsLanps: dry sandy summit of Great Bird Rock, St. John, no. 1893; dry sandy headland, Brion Island, St. John, no. 1890; dry crevices or talus of East Cape, Coffin Island, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7505, in part; sur le sommet du Cap-de-l’Est, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9485; Entry Island, June 23, 1861, Hyatt, Verrill Shaler; Pointe-aux-Vaches-Marines, [le de la Grand-Entrée, Victorin & Rolland, no. 9486; turfy crests of headlands and dry gravelly beach, Grindstone, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, nos. 7503, 7504; sur les alluvions prés de l’eglise, fle du Havre-aux-Maisons, Victorin Rolland, no. 9584; Amherst, Frits Johansen, no. 93,671. Nrw Brunswick: grass plain, Grande Plaine, Miscou Island, S. F. Blake, . ho. 5590. P 299 Draba imcana, in the regions where it abounds, is often weed-like, taking possession or recently exposed gravels, humus of rotting roofs, litter from the sea and the fisheries and other quite modern habitats. It is equally at home on the driest of gravels, ledges and sands and in the manure pile. D. incana, consequently, behaves in western New- foundland and eastern Quebec just as it does in Greenland: “ Draba incana L., the commonest species in the southern section [of western Greenland], is nitrophilous and often found on manured spots.””! In such spots, of course, it is what O. E. Schulz calls “ var.”’ luxurians or “var.” robusta. D. incana, therefore, as a quick-growing species, usually a biennial or winter-annual, varies extremely in size and habit. On the most xerophytic spots it may come to complete maturity With a stature of only 1.5-2 em: in rich humus, decaying litter or fertilized spots it may be 3-5 dm. high, either simple or freely branch- ed, and with the almost innumerable leaves (the many leaves of the large Ist-year rosettes carried up by elongation of the axis) crowded or loosely imbricated. In single colonies individuals from a single Sowing of seeds may be quite simple or may form loosely to densely : cespitose mats with multicipital caudices, obviously dependent on food-supply and moisture; and single individuals of the latter habit may have either very densely leafy flowering stems (derived from Vigorous primary rosettes) or almost leafless ones (derived from weaker secondary offshoots) springing from the identical base. In some individuals in arid habitats the subspherical cabbage-like rosettes of the Ist year, deprived of moisture, scarcely lengthen to flower and fruit, producing low conical fruiting plants with closely Crowded leaves and capitate racemes. Upon selected individuals ' Porsild, Meddel. om Grdnl. xcii. No. 1: 30 (1932). * Fernald, Ruopora, xxxv. 127, t. 239, fig. 5 (1933). 318 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER (r1G. 2) such as these (from Cap Barré, Percé) is-based var. conica O. E. Schulz, |. c. 285 (1926); but other individuals (Fic. 5) from the same spot, especially those collected in a succeeding and wet, instead of dry, summer, with stems up to 3 dm. high, with leaves 1-2 cm. apart and with racemes elongate to 8 cm. or more (the tips still in anthesis), clearly demonstrate that var. conica is of absolutely no taxonomic value and would better have been suppressed. Similarly, the other “varieties” and “subspecies,” based merely on height, degree of branching, leafiness and other every-day responses to poverty or to richness of soil, seem too artificial for serious con- sideration; it would be as illogical to treat as varieties and subspecies the short or tall, simple or branched, small-leaved or large-leaved individuals of Chenopodium album or any other annual or biennial weed of neglected fields and disturbed soils. The minor edaphic responses of this nature proposed in Draba incana include the fol- lowing (and several others, not accredited to North America), which make a most unnecessary and unwelcome load which must be carried along chy in synonymy Var artm. Bundb Skand. FI. ed. 2 78 (1833); O. E. Schulz, 1. ¢. 285 (1927). “Caulis ra _ simplex obs apice eee ramosus, foliis numerosis (usque ad 50 vel etiam ad 95 . ) valde approxi- matis imbricatis apicem versus se im minoribus (igitur planta in n adspectu conica!) obsessus. Flores paulo minores.’ [Fia. Var. conica ‘‘O. E. Schulz (n. var.)—D. incana Fernald et Knowlton! in Rhodora VII. 76. (1905) 63, t. 60, Fig. 1 et 2, non L.—Habitu varietatis strictae, sed humilior, 2-14 cm. alta. Racemus fructifer -+ capitato- ctype Siliculae minutae, 5-8 mm longae [in typical D. incana na “6-12 mm longae”’], pedicellis 3-1 mm longis [in typical D. incana “4-2 mm longis”’] Ramey: [Selected starved individuals (ric. 2) from Cap arré, above discussed. Other individuals (ric. 5) from the same lot of seed are “var. stricta.”’ All of them, however, having copiously stellate- pilose siliques, are the earlier-published var. confusa (Ehrh.) Lilje ebl. ak fg Var rians Aug. Berlin, Ofvers. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl. Stockh. (1884), gr "7: 25 (1884); O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 285 (1927). ‘Planta elata, em alta, viridula. Caulis densifolius, superne ramosus. ace is basi bracteatus [typical incana “0,10-0,35 m alta Siliculae infimae edie Beet usque ad 4 cm. longis flexuosis insidentes (quasi corymbi racemorum lateralium ad silic ulam unicam reducti!) ed Pa beenick ‘individuals such as are likely to occur in almost any 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 319 Var. robusta “O, E. Schulz (n. var.)— Draba na Smith and Sowerby, Engl. Bot VL (1797) t. 388, non L. Planta a. usque ad 50 cm alta, viridula. Folia caulina numerosa, obotato-cuneata, acuta, utrinque dentibus acutissimis inaequalibus utrinque 2-5 inciso-dentata, inferiora 3,5 cm longa [typical D. incana with “Folia basa 1-2,5 em longa; folia Spares oblongo-ovata, acutiuscula, utrinque dentibus manifestis 1-3-de ntata”’]. besonders fetten Stellen und in Kultur.’ The statement of habitat shows that Schulz’s last variety is merely luxuriant plants of cultivation or of unusually rich soil. Smith, whose plant of the English Botany is cited, had sufficient under- standing not to call his plant different, simply because it was in the garden: “The root is biennial, flowering early in the second summer. The specimen here represented was sent from Scotland young, - . and being planted in a garden, flowered more luxuriantly hin | is usual on rocks or walls; but the plant often grows in rich moist spots even on its native mountains. The specimen in Flora Danica is a starved one.’ The publication or the maintaining of such individual responses as true varieties in this day and generation (more pardonable a century ago), when a systematist, in order to qualify as competent, should be required to show at least elementary understanding of the simplest and most common edaphic responses of plants, is not worthy taxonomy; it is merely a mechanically artificial imitation of it. en one witnesses such matter put out as ostensibly serious and scholarly publication on page after page of elaborate books, he cannot help regretting that the obligation to maintain in our greater botanical libraries complete series of taxonomic works has made it necessary to pay for this single 396-page part of a volume $11.75 (gold), precious money which ought to have been available for a higher type of science. Such cases, as we say in America, “hit the pocket-nerve”; and they make one seriously doubt the economic wisdom of the priority- Principle in nomenclature, the principle which, unfortunately, has established a paying market for any so-called taxonomic publications which, regardless of how peaded they may actually be, can display ry occasional “n. sp.,” “n. var.” or “n. comb.” in their pages. The “new deal,” the world over, calls for scrupulous inspection and editing before publication. 11. D. Sornborgeri, s v. (TAB, 300, Fics. 1-3), planta peren- nans denique ihetoaalis "iegetifees 1.5-2.5 dm. alta; caudiculorum ‘Smith, Engl. Bot. vi. t. 388 (1797). 320 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER i rhomboideo-lanceolatis vel oblongo-oblanceolatis membranaceis gla- berrimis 1—2.3 em. longis integris vel sparse dentatis pilis simplicibus vel furcatis remote ciliatis; racemis tg subacutis 6-10 mm. longis 2-2.5 f\..: ge mm, latis stylo brevissimo (0.1-0.2 Map 11. Rangeof DrapaSorn- ™m. longo) coronatis, valvis reticu- BORGERI. ato-nervosis; seminibus a funiculis 0.3-0.5 mm. longis pendulis ovoideis 0.8 mm. longis.—LaxBrapor: slope of moist slaty detritus immediately below a field of snow, at about 500 m. alt., Ramah, August 20-24, 1897, J.D. Sornberger, nos. 61 (TyPE in Gray Herb.), 175 in part; originally distributed as D. stenoloba Ledeb. Map 11. Draba Sornbergeri, erroneously reported as D. stenoloba by Fernald & Sornberger, Ott. Nat. xiii. 100 (1899), is unique among our leafy perennial species in its almost wholly glabrous character. From D. stenoloba it differs at once in its leafy and usually more branching stems, D. stenoloba having them simple and naked or with 1-3 re mote leaves; by its glabrous character, the leaves and at least the bases of the stems in D. stenoloba being obviously hispid with simple and forking hairs; by the shorter racemes (the longest barely half the height of the plant) with shorter ascending pedicels and shortet and broader siliques, the northwestern D. stenoloba having the mature racemes one-half to two-thirds the entire height of the plant, the divergent to reflexed fruiting pedicels 7-15 mm. long and the linear siliques 1.2-2 em. long. ; Schulz treats Draba Sornborgeri as D. crassifolia, var. Parry’ (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz, the latter based nomenclaturally on D. Parry" Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 241 (1902); but in describing the variety Schulz was more influenced by the plant of Labrador than by true D. Parryi (PLATE 300, Fics. 4 and 5) of Colorado and Wyom R hodora Plate 302 1, portion of fruiting plant, pera es and lowest internode, Dra 7 me Ny len oe var. fw eto bore, n. var.: X 10; matte . wering plant, X 1 ( E); FIG. 3, ae 1. 4, silique, < 10; all nai Mentardiantl: 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 321 ing. D. Parryi or D. crassifolia, var. Parryi, briefly considered in this paper under D. crassifolia, is an extreme of D. crassifolia with linear-oblanceolate, acute rosette-leaves and nakes scapes, the fully mature plants rarely up to 1.6 dm. high and with racemes up to 25- flowered. Rydberg’s original description of it was clear: Annual, perfectly glabrous, except a few cilia on the petioles: stems several, usually less than 1 dm. high, scapiform or rarely with a stem leaf: basal leaves numerous, linear or narrowly linear-oblanceolate, 1.5-2.5 Flowering and fruiting plants from the type-locality (Gray’s Peak, Colorado) of Draba crassifolia, var. Parryi (Patterson, no. 6) are shown in PLATE 300, rics. 4 and 5. How different are they from the characterization of Schulz of var. Parryi: . Planta altior et ramosior, fructifera usqe ad 20 cm longa. Caules interdum 3-4-phylli. Ete. a characterization based not on D. Parryi but on D. Sornborgeri! tom Draba crassifolia (PLATE 294), which, of course, D. Sornborgert Suggests in its glabrous character, it is at once separated by its tall and usually branching and leafy stems; its broader leaves; its larger flowers, with sepals 2.5-3 mm. long (in D. crassifolia 1.5-2.3 mm. long); its petals 3.54 mm. long and 2-2.5 mm. wide (in D. crassifolia 2-3 mm. long, 0.7-1.2 mm. wide) and its more numerous (28-40) ovules and seeds (in D. crassifolia 16-20). Although I have seen Draba Sornborgeri only from the slopes near Ramah, it is probably of more general occurrence in northern Lab- tador and is presumably on Baffin Island. This extention of range is suggested by Schulz’s citation under D. crassifolia, var. Parryi: “Labrador: Cumberland Inlet (comm. W. Hans [Cumberland Inlet or Cumberland Sound is in Baffin Island], Ramah (J. D. Sornborger 1897, n. 61—20-24 August fruchtend, besonders luxuriés mit beblitterten Asten, als D. stenoloba), Hebron (Wenck 1851).” 12. D. norvecica Gunner. Cespitose perennial, forming mats 0.3-1.5(-2) dm. broad, with slightly to freely branching caudex: rosettes few to very numerous, 1.5-3 cm. across; their leaves narrowly ee oblong-lanceolate or narrowly obovate, 2-6 mm. broad, . : 322 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER divergent simple and variously forked trichomes, with 1 (rarely he ovate hispid leaves 3-10 mm. broad, with margins entire oF 1-3-dent racemes in anthesis with the lower flowers often remote; the prim cas ones in fruit elongated to '/;~§/; the full height of ni ‘plant, 5-25- flowered; pedicels short, often stellate-hirtellous, the lowest in maturity 1-5 mm. long: sepals oblong, obtuse, 1.8-2.6 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad: petals white, 3-4.2 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad: ovaries glabrous, with 14-28 ovules and See sort style: siliques oblong or oblong- lanceolate, 5-9 mm. long, 2-3.8 mm. broad, acutish to obtuse, with style 0.2-0.5 mm. long; the valves veiny and glabrous or Ean glabrate: seeds 0.9-1.2 mm. long.—Fl. Norveg. ii. 106 (1772); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. eh: 220 (1927). “An? D. pyrenaica”’ Oeder, Fl. Dan. i. fasc. iii. 6, t. exliii. (1764), sas (1753). D. hirta, var. norvegica (Gunner Liljebl. Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci. Ups. (1799) 6; DC. Syst. ii. 343 (1821) and Prodr. i. 169 (1824). D. hirta, 8. alpicola Wahlenb. FL Lapp. 175, t. xi. fig. 1 (1812). D. scandinavica «. ri tige Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 322 (1839). D. lawa, a. » hoe Lindbl. l. c. 326 (1839). D. rupestris, @. stricta a. lejocarpa Lindbl. Bot Neti (sit) 221. D. rupe stris Lie a pe Dan. xiv. fase. xli. 7, t mmeccexxi. (1845) and many subsequent authors, not R. Br. (1812). D. hirta, 8. incisa Lange, Meddel. Grdnl, iii’. 43 (1880) and Fl. Dan. xvii. fase. li. 9, t. mmmxxxiii. (1883). (For further citations see Schulz) _—Northern Europe; Newfoundland, Cape Breton (Nova Scotia) dgvcotteels Quebec and shores of Hudson Bay, Ungava and NEWFOUNDLAND: St. Anthony Harbor, September 10, 923, A. ents’ near seaward edge of Fishing Head, St. faites: Abbe & Brooks, nos. 366, 368; exposed rocks, crests of Castle Rock, Tilt Cove, F ernald, Wiegand & £ Darlington, no. 5460; turfy and rocky crests, Twillingate, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, no. 5459; cliffs, Exploits, Notre Dame Bay, Waghorne, no. 27; Red Rocks, ; Brigus July 31, 1931, A. M. Ayre; damp pocket, rocky crests, Cape Dégrat, ‘Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 28,402; dry slaty crests "a hills, Little Quirpon, Fernald & soit no. 28,401; crevices of trap cliffs, Sacred Island, Fernald & Lon 28,404; dry trap cliffs south of Ship Cove, Sacred Bay, Fomald Wiegand & Long, no. 28,406 (mixed aa. D. glabella); crevices of trap cliffs, Anse aux Sauvages, Pistolet Bay, F ernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,405; shelves, 28,396; shelves, —o and talus of diorite cliffs, Ha-Ha Mountain, Fernald & Long, 28,400 in part; trap ledges, Piton Point, Ha-Ha Bay, Wiegand, "Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,395; limestone ledges and barrens, Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, F ernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,382, 28,384, 28,386, 28,388; limestone ledges, Schooner (or Brandy) Talend, Pistolet Bay, Pease ong, no. 28,390; dry uneatone rock-barrens, Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,391; turfy seashore east of Big Brook, Straits of Belle Isle, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,377; dry 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 323 limestone co Sandy (or Poverty) Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Fernald, Lon Dunbar, no. 26,703; dry gravelly limestone barren, sae Point, Fernald, Wi regand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, 28,372, Pease, Long & Gi Gilbert, no. 98 3 373; turfy cates ae Deadman Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, Wiegand, “Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,376; limestone barrens near Ice Point, St. eK be Bay, Wiegand, limestone, Dog Peninsula, St. Ms argaret t Ba ay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, bert & H. otchiins, & no. 28,411; limestone cliffs and ledges on western x oF \ ms we ary y a ” ¥ i e w 1 ae » 1 i ba A (nP La Be. I “ee, v i ey aot ; ° 3 ny A Z Map 12. American Range of DraBA NORVEGICA. face of Bard Harbor Hill, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,389; exsiccated spots in quartzite barren near summit, Bard Harbor ‘Hill, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,392; wet escarp- ments on calcareous sandstone, western face Bard Harbor Hill, Fernald & Long, nos. O8, 409, 28,410; dry limestone el cliffs and talus, western face, Doctor Hill, Fernald & Long, no. 28,408; dry gravelly limestone barrens, St. . John Island, Fernald, Wiegand, Long Gilbert & as St. Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1745; turfy borders of limestone rboes & Gargamelle cove Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1741; shaly sea cliff, north side, Kegel Island, "Abbe & Pease, no. 363; t turfy crevices and talus of trap sea-cliffs, Sess (or Tweed) ‘Island, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 281. Ques EC: calcareous cliffs, Blane arabisans); bare hillside about 3 miles north of Long Point, Brest, E. C. Abbe, no. no. 1262, as D. megasperma. UNGava: Hishinansd Gulf, 324 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER . P. Low, no. 63,140; stony beach, 10 miles south of East Main, James Bay, David Potter, no. 549. No vA SCOTIA: crevices he rocks, Big Intervale, Margaree, Cape Breton Island, J. Macoun, 18,987. All the preceding nos., unless otherwise noted, were distributed as D. hirta or as D. rupestris. PiatE 301; Ma . Var. HEBECARPA (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz. genes stems hispid to the summit: siliques permanently hispid with simple, bifurcate and sometimes stelliform trichomes.—O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!®, 222 (1927). D. trichella Fries, Novit. Fl. Suec. Mant. Alt. 40 (1839) and Summa Veg. Scand. i. 149 (1846) acc. to Schulz. A scandinavica, 8. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. rupestris Q. stricta b. hebecarpa Lindbl. Bot. Notiser eth a ‘Gat rep age 3 northwestern Newfoundland. NErwFouNDLAND: turfy limestone ou Sea Burnt Cape, Pistolet Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, nos. 28,385, 28,387; upper border of sles gravel-beach and shaded limestone escarpments, Burnt Cape, Fernald & Long, nos. 28,397, 28,398; turfy limestone barrens, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, Fern ald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,712, in part (mixed with glabrous-fruited plant); gravelly talus of lime- stone sea-cliffs and dry gravelly limestone barrens, Pointe Riche, Fernald, Long & F 090; nos. 1742, 1744; all distributed as D. hirta L. (see Eacsaite under D. glabella) or as D. rupestris R. Br. Var. pleiophylla, var. nov. (Tas. 302), caulibus fructiferis - 5- 2.7 og ao foliis caulinis 6-18; siliquis glabris.—Northwestern Newfoundland and adjacent Que bec Labrador. NEWFOUNDLAND: shelves, crests and talus of diorite sei “ye Ha -Ha Mountain, Fernald & Long, n * 28,399, 28,400 (in part; mixed with typical ? Dd. norvegica); turfy limestone barrens, Burnt Ca ape, July 17, 1925, Fernald, Wre- gand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & H. abana on, 28,380 (TYPE in Gray Her specimens misnum bered 20 ea “28: 383; gure limestone slopes Be near the sea, east of Big Brook, Straits ts of 3 | Belle Isle, Fernald & Long, no. 28,4075 i limestone escarpments on the Fiighlands P13. Range of Draza northeast of Big Brook, Pease & Griscom, NORVEGICA, V@l. PLEIOPHYLLA. po, &, 378; cone eeil, turfy pockets in limeston ‘barrens, Brig Bay, F ernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,705; pig coat limestone barrens, St. er faa Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,394; limestone cliffs and talus, western face of Doctor Hill, F oat & Rhodora Plate 303 Drapa curvi n. sp.: FIGs. 1 and 2, flowering and a ty iy 1 (rxPE); FIG, 3, saree of V gpa Peas 10; 3G. 4, tip of rosette-leaf, x heaves x 10; FIG. 6, valve of ripe silique, X 10; all from Shickshock Mts., Quebec. Rhodora Plate 304 DRaABA LAURENTIANA, 0. Sp.: FIG. 1, a plant, X 1, from 2 keg at FIG, 2, portion - tall flow sie plant Bg Seca 1), from Archipel de Ming bee; FIG. 3, portion of interno - x 10. from tices Pahl (TYPE); FIG. Pe naive ripe silique, X 10, from the TyP 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 325 (or Old Man’s) Cove, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1748; turfy and gravelly shore, Back (or Bustard) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1747; limestone ledges in dry clearing, Port au Choix, Fernald, Re =} S) aa a = E ea co = = io) ° = ° 8 7 ct ° =] ® ® rs o. —_—e a bo] ct o ry m oO ° =r Although European (PLATE 301, FIG. 1) and Greenland material of Draba norvegica has few (and sometimes no) cauline leaves, the Plant of Newfoundland and adjacent Quebec varies from individuals (PLATE 301, FIGs. 2-5) inseparable from authentic European speci- mens and from the beautiful plate in Flora Danica (t. mmmxxxiii.) to a more leafy extreme (PLATE 302), such as seems to be unknown in Europe, var. pleiophylla. In this leafy extreme D. norvegica approaches a number of species of the Gulf of St. Lawrence area. The plant of the Shichshock Mountains (PLATE 303), however, is separable by its narrower cauline leaves, smaller flowers, narrow siliques and longer pedicels. The stout D. lawrentiana (PLATES 304, 305), occurring in much the same area as D. norvegica and its var. pleiophylla, is coarser throughout, with the foliage essentially lacking the simple trichomes which characterize the leaves of D. norvegica, usually more numerous leaves, larger flowers in relatively shorter racemes and more numerous seeds. In some of its forms D. norvegica approaches D. glabella, one of the commonest and most variable species about the Gulf of St. Lawrence; but D. glabella (PLATE 307) mostly lacks the simple pubes- cence on leaves and stems, being stellate-pannose. As already noted, the distinctions between the larger plants (PLATE 293) of Draba rupestris R. Br. (1812) and the smaller plants of D. norvegica Gunner (1772) with 1 cauline leaf (or with this lacking) are not wholly satisfactory. D. rupestris is more delicate or slender; but T anticipate the merging of the two when the latter extreme has been more collected and studied on our northern barrens and shores. We should then have a species characterized by very narrow and hispid rosette-leaves, hispid stems, and hispid, ovate cauline leaves varying rom 0 to 18, awkward for key-making, to be sure, but rather typical of the vagaries of Draba. If, furthermore, we were to abandon the characters of pubescence now relied upon, D. norvegica, as the oldest 326 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER name, would be applicable likewise to a large series of stellate-pannose plants of the boreal regions now maintained as distinct species. Schulz, who recognized no true Draba norvegica nor its pubescent- fruited var. hebecarpa from North America, cited a single collection (PLATE 303, Fic. 1) from the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé (Dodge, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,773) as belonging to his D. norvegica, var. laxa (Lindbl.) O. E. Schulz, of the Dovre Alps of Norway. Lind- blom’s D. laxa g. legitima, upon which Schulz’s variety was based, was, apparently, not essentially different from D. norvegica Gunn. and described “scapis 1-2-phyllis.” Lindblom explicitly cited D. nor- vegica “(descr. vitiosa)’’ and also cited the identical plate upon which Gunner had based D. norvegica: “Fig. Dr. an pyrenaica Fl. Dan. t. 143 (mala).” This illustration, although properly character- ized by Lindblom as “mala,” shows no cauline leaves and the Flora Danica plate of it cited by Schulz for D. norvegica, var. laxa has 0-4 cauline leaves. The sheet of the Gaspé plant (no. 25,773) preserved in the Gray Herbarium has more numerous (8-13) and narrower cauline leaves, much smaller flowers and more slender siliques on longer pedicels than in D. norvegica and, consequently, than in D. laxa, which was based in part on D. norvegica. It seems to represent an endemic species, which I am calling D. clivicola. 13. D. clivicola, x. nov. (TaB. 303), planta humifusa stragula 3-15 cm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque pa allidis foliis rosulatis cespitem laxum 1.3-3 em. dininatia formantibus; foliis rosulatis lineari-oblanceolatis acutis 0.4-1.5 cm. longis 1-5 mm. latis integris vel marginibus utrinque 1-3-incisis plus minusve hirtellis pilis simplicibus furcatis stellatisque; caulibus floriferis filiformibus flexuosis simplicibus vel ramosis, fructiferis 0.3-3 dm. altis basi hirtellis; foliis caulinis 3-1 (av. 7), lanceolatis vel anguste ovatis 0. 5-1. 7 cm. longis 1.5-6 m . latis hispidulis inciso-serratis Abrntied coronatis 7-12 mm. a 2-25 mm. latis, valvis slete reticulato-venosis; seminibus a funiculis 0.2 mm. longis pendulis i i 1-1.3 mm. longis. —Shickshock Mts., Matane Co., QUEBEC: 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 327 of Big Chimney, July 10, 1923, Dodge, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,773 (TyPE in Gray Herb.); cold schistose walls at head (alt. 1070 m.) of Big Chimney, July 14, 1923, Fernald, Griscom, Pease & Smith, no. 25,789; cold chimneys in the schist at about 900-1000 m. alt., south of Fernald Pass, Mt. Mattaouisse, August 20, 1923, Fernald & Smith, Smith, no. 25,774; schistose hs talus at about 800-950 m. ptt eemde (exceptionally broad-leaved, yap 14. Range of DraBa CLIVICOLA. ca ) cliffs and chimneys at about 800-1050 m. alt., east of Big Cascade, Pease Basin, between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, July 16, 1923, Dodge Pease, no. 26,130; dry talus and ledges of green schists, at about 900-1125 m., Hanging Valley, Mt. Pembroke, July 16, 1923, Griscom & Pease, no. 25,775, 25,776, August 24, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,778. All distributed as D. rupestris. Map 14. Draba clivicola, which was distributed as D. rupestris R. Br., differs quite obviously from that species in its very leafy stems, D. rupestris being typically scapose. Its reference to D. norvegica by Schulz has been noted in the discussion of the latter species; but it is sufficiently clear from that in its narrower cauline leaves, smaller flowers, more slender fruit and longer lower pedicels. So far as yet known, it is confined to the somewhat calcareous schistose upper slopes of the Mt. Logan region in Gaspé, a peculiarly notable wi where D. clivicola is associated with other endemic or near-endemic Species: Festuca prolifera (Piper) Fern.,! Draba Allenii (see above), Saxifraga gaspensis Fern.2 and Vaccinium nubigenum Fern.;3 = such species, separated by hundreds or thousands of miles from their Specific allies, as Draba nivalis Liljebl., Potentilla emarginata Pursh,* Euphrasia Williamsii Robinson, Campanula uniflora L.,' Arnica Louiseana Farr® and Senecio resedifolius Less.’ ‘ Ruopora, xxxy, 133, map 14 (1933). * Ryopora, xix. 141 (1917). * See Ruopora, xxxv, 279, map 23 (1933). a ‘The plant identified and reported as P. fragiformis Willd. in Mem, Amer. Aca\ XV. 280 (1925) is, according to the late Dr. Malte, P. emarginata, * See M Acad. xv. 338 (1925). * See Ruopora, xxxv. 369, map 30 (1933). anc’ Ruovora, xxvi. 113 (1924); also Mem. Amer. Acad. xv. 260, and map 29, D. 259 (1925). 328 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 14. D. laurentiana, sp. nov. (Tass. 304, 305), planta humifusa stragula 3-15 cm. diametro formans; caudiculorum ramis ramulisque albescentibus nitidis inferne foliis emortuis fibrillosis squamatis, Q oO =) + 99 &, a mn ct oO = r=} a ? oC) =} =] ° a 77) ie} S we, leoaied = oi a j=) ° is re oO pc a fe) F ss nm n — 5 ns ie 9 = =] a < & simplicibus furcatis stellatisque admixtis; foliis caulinis (3) 6-25 (av. 10) oblongis plerumque 1-3 cm. longis 3-11 mm. latis argute 9-4-serrato-dentatis stellato-pannosis; racemis floriferis corymbi- formibus fructiferis laxe elongatis 3-15 cm. longis 6-30-floris; pedi- cellis imis fructiferis 1.5—6 mm. longis ebracteatis vel rare bracteatis;. sepalis ovalibus vel late oblongis late albido-marginatis 2.3-3 mm. longis 1.3-2.3 mm. latis; petalis lacteis late obovatis emarginatis 4.5-—5 mm. longis 2. mm. latis; antheris 0.4 mm. longis; ovariis glabris 20-40-ovulatis; siliculis glabris oblongis ellipticis vel oblongo- lanceolatis planis vel tortis stylo = brevissimo (0.1-0.4 mm. longo) { Se ot coronatis 5-14 mm. longis 24 sy mm. latis, valvis valde reticu- Af ara% ‘ lato-venosis vel rugulosis; : seminibus a funiculis 0.3 mm. ~ longis pendulis ellipticis 1-1.3 \ mm. longis.—Shores of tl y Gulf of St. Lawrence and Straits ae ; 2 of Belle Isle, Newfoundlan ‘let «=F and eastern Quebec. NEW- x FOUNDLAND: limestone ledges, (8S We = Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Mar 15. Rangeof Drasatavrentiana. Pistolet Bay, July 18, 1925, Pease & Long, no. 28,359; dry rocky and gravelly limestone barrens, Cape Norman, July 18, 1925, Wiegand, Griscom & Hotchkiss, no. 28,360; turfy seashore east of Big Brook, July 15,1925, Pease & Griscom, no. 28,357; Green Island, Straits of Belle Isle, July 24, 1925, Griscom, no. 28,364; fields and meadows, Flower Cove, July 12, 1920, M. E. Priest, no. E1; turfy limestone shore, Capstan Point, Flower Cove, July 10, 1925, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, caire, riche en guano, Islets de la Baie a Jean, 25 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,256 (as D. arabisans); sur les rochers ires, Ile ‘ calcaires, Ste. Généviéve, Mingan, 17 juilliet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. Rhodora Plate 305 Drapa Lav REN n. FIG. 1, portion “a aga plant, X 1, from the TYPE; FIG. 2, portion of bs pea souakie: 10, from the TYPE; 3, flower, X 10, ‘from New oundl and. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 329 : ; isans calcaires, fle Quin, Mingan, 28 juillet, 1924, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,244, as D. arabisans, var. canadensis (small bushy-branched and Draba laurentiana is one of the coarser species of eastern America. Although confused in the herbarium with D. glabella Pursh, var. megasperma (Fern. & Knowlton) Fern. (PLATES 311, 312) and some- times with D. arabisans Michx. (PLATES 314, 315), it stands apart from them both in the abundant spreading and simple pubescence of the lower internodes of the coarse flowering stems; D. megasperma, which is better treated as a large extreme of D. glabella Pursh, having the stems coarsely stellate-pannose, D. arabisans having them more finely stellate. The cauline leaves of D. laurentiana are commonly very numerous, usually 6-25 (average 10), those of D. glabella and its varieties few, 0-8, very rarely to 13 (average 4), and in D. arabisans they’ are much more narrowed at base and only 3-12 in number. The flowers of D. laurentiana are very large and the siliques distinctly Tugose-veiny, with almost no style, while the silique of D. arabisans is veinless and long-styled. D. glabella, var. megasperma, in its largest development, is very similar to the less leafy plants of D. laurentiana and the two probably cross. In view of the marked difference in the pubescence of their lower internodes they are here treated as different species. It may later seem wiser to unite them as varieties of one variable species. In northwestern Newfoundland and on the Mingan Islands Draba laurentiana has its greatest development, the material thought to be from Anticosti possibly having been actually collected elsewhere. In sharing the Gulf coast of Newfoundland and the Mingan Islands and, though only locally or doubtfully, Anticosti, it becomes one of a large series of species of similar occurrence: Listera borealis Morong, Lesquerella Purshii (Wats). Fern., Arctostaphylos rubra (Rehder & Wilson) Fern., Arnica chionopappa Fern., Taraxacum laurentianum 330 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Fern., etc., which are each found on two or more of these segregated areas. 15. PYCNOSPERMA Fern. & Knowlt. Cespitose perennial, forming close or loose mats 0.2—2.5 dm. across: the pale slender mostly forking caudices retaining shreds of dead old leaves and often with persistent bases of stellate trichomes, ending in prostrate rosettes 1.5- 0 cm. across: Hargucaim cuneate-spatulate to narrowly T 1c, 0.7-5 cm. long, 2-15 mm. broad, entire or shallowly 1-3-dentate above the middle on cack side, finely and closely sone panne: flowering stems simple or with long ascending branches, in fruit 3.3 dm. high, very slender, loosely to densely stellate-pubescent, i with admixture of forking and ath im trichomes: cauline leaves 1-4, ong to ovate, 0.5-3 cm. long, 0.2-2 em. broad, entire or {-d dentate on Si each margin, sparsely hirsute with ee ~ simple, bifurcate and stellate tri- a \ chomes or glabrate: racemes in fruit nf very slender and lax, 0.15-2 dm. long, loa 0.6-1.8 em. in diameter, with pedicels mostly 3-12 mm. apart, with siliques: pedicels finally inst as- cending, filiform, the lower 2-8 mm. f ' long: sepals oblong, — or hispid, it os 1.5-2 mm. long, 1 mm. broad; petats E45 white, obovate, 2. 7-3 mm. long, 2 mm. oe é broad: anthers 0.2-0.3 mm long: Map sie — of DraBaPpyc- OVAaTy glabr ous: siliques plump, com- oid or -oblong, NOSPER. 5-10 mm. long, 1.8-3.3 mm. broad, labrous, with very short (0.1-0.4 mm. long) but definite style: seeds 10-32, closely imbricated and often turned oblique to the septum, 1-14 mm. long. —RuHopora, vii. uh - 60, figs. hot 15 (1905); Ibid. xxviii. 201 (1926). D. canadensis, var. pycnosperma (Fern.) O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pénaaes iv'05, 277 (1927) nine saree a on limestones of northwestern Newfoundland and of eastern and northern teal Quebec. NEWFOUNDLAND: dr a eee cliffs and talus, rn face of Doctor Hill, Fernald & Lon 8,369. QUEBEC: i PAgsed. V’Indien, sur les calcaires, Cap Gains, Vidor, ages Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,379, 17,380, as D. arabisans ortho- carpa; wet limestone cliffs, Le Coulé, Percé, August 17, 1904, ‘Collins Fernald & Pease (Pease, no. 5450); crest of calcareous sea-cliffs, land, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,375; dry calcareous rock, summit of Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; in a cold dark cave, near permanent snow, Mt. Ste aie July 24, 1905, Walliams, Collins & Fernald; Bonaventure conglomerate 1934] _ Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 331 (calcareous), summit of Mt. Ste. Anne, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1071, 1072; sur les faces nues du conglomérate Bonaventure, vers By m dalt., Mt. Ste.-Anne, hese Rolland, Brunel & Rousse 17 ‘387; dry cliffs, Mt. Ste. Anne, Pease, nos. 19,239, = 242; cents of calearcous “Sete Cap Blane, Percé, August 17, : varie d ase, TYPE collection (Pease, no. 5437); ae face of C ve Collins & Fernald, no. 94; Bonaventure conglomerate fac careous) sea-cliffs, Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1073, 1074; blocs de conglomérat, fle Bonaventure, Victorin, Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,376, 17, 377; falaise de grés, Tourelle, Rousseau, no. 31,150. PLATE 306; MAP 1 In its very plump cers with crowded and usually obliquely- imbricated seeds and in its small flowers Draba pycnosperma shoul not be confused with any other species. Although Schulz reduces it to varietal rank, as D. canadensis, var. pycnosperma, it is very evident that he has completely misunderstood D. canadensis. D. canadensis Brunet (PLarE 315, Fics. 3, 4 and 6) is a rather unimportant variation of D. arabisans Michx., differing from typical D. arabisans only in having slightly fonder and flatter siliques (ovate and flat rather than lanceolate and twisted). It has all the technical characters of - arabisans: oblanceolate entire or sparingly toothed rosette-leaves; flowering stems merely pannose-stellate (without elongate simple and bifurcate trichomes); cauline leaves narrow, merely stellate-pinnose (not hirsute) on the surfaces and rather numerous (6-9); pedicels divergent; sepals 2.5-3 mm. long; petals 4 mm. long; fruiting racemes compact, with subapproximate fruits, subcorymbiform to short- cylindric, 1.5-5 em. long; siliques very flat; seeds not imbricated, lying flat against the septum. In contrast D. pycnosperma has broader rosette-leaves, flowering stems with simple and bifurcate trichomes mixed with the stellate ones, the 1-4 round-based cauline leaves often sparsely hirsute, the pedicels more ascending and rela- tively shorter, the sepals and petals definitely smaller; the fruiting Tacemes very slender and much elongate, with fruits becoming Temote, the siliques very plump (14-34 as thick as broad), the crowded or imbricated seeds usually oe oblique to the rachis. The reasons for Schulz’s reduction of D. cnosperma to D. canadensis were, obviously, his unfamiliarity sd the latter plant, coupled with his reliance solely upon the inconstant outline of the silique: *Siliculae acutae, raro acumin mina 1—1,2 mm longa. Siliculae acutae. Pe SES 6 Oe: 8 eee CSE Se OT ee beh eee ee a ae eee rar nara) reea UC anmany pry 205. D. arabisans. 332 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER **Siliculae obtusiusculae vel rotundatae. HSiliculae _parvae, 2,5-7 mm longae, ovoideae, apice ro- 208. D. canadensis. It will be noted that by ascribing to D. canadensis in his key “ ovoid” (rather than flat and ovate) siliques Schulz was giving it a fundamental character of D. pycnosperma. Incidentally, Schulz made it clear that he did not personally know D. canadensis, his diagnosis of it, between quotation marks, being a latinization of the brief varietal description of D. arabisans, var. canadensis published by Knowlton and myself, with the siliques correctly described “ Siliculae elliptico-ovatae’’; whereas D. pycnosperma,-of which I had salt duplicates to Berlin, was accurately described: “ Racemus . fructifer elongatus, laxus. Siliculae . . . . ovoideae, valvis convexis subinflatae .. . . . Semina . . . den- sissime conferta.” Draba pycnosperma, known only from the region of Cape Gaspé and Percé, at the tip of the Gaspé Peninsula, where it is a very common and definite species, and from a single cliff-wall farther west and a single wall of the Doctor Hills of northwestern Newfoundland, has the peculiarly restricted relic-localization which characterizes most of the endemics of the region. In many cases, however, the endemics of the shores of the Gulf of St. Lawrence are found over extensive areas of either Gaspé, Anticosti, the Mingan Islands or western Newfoundland and also on one or another of the other areas (some- times also the Magdalen Islands or St. Paul Island): such plants as Draba laurentiana (of western Newfoundland, the Cdte Nord, the Mingan Islands and, perhaps, Anticosti), Amelanchier F ernaldit Wieg. (of western Newfoundland, Gaspé, the Magdalen Islands and St. Paul Island), Primula lawrentiana Fern. (of Newfoundland, southern Labrador, the Mingan Islands, Anticosti, Gaspé and adjacent areas and the Magdalen Islands, with outlying colonies westward in Quebec and southward in Nova Scotia and Maine) and Gentiana nesophila Holm (of western Newfoundland, the Mingan Islands and Anticosti). But D. pycnosperma, although dominant at the extreme eastern end of the Gaspé Peninsula (Percé region, Bonaventure Island and Cape Gaspé), is otherwise known on the Gaspé Peninsula only from a single station more than 100 miles to the west; it is quite unknown from Anticosti and the Mingan Islands; and in Newfound- land it has been found only on a single cliff. Rhodora Plate 306 . ie ce Pe ABA PYCNOSPERMA: FIG. 1, small fruiting plant from Ile of internode — od fro S. 2, rosette- eaves, < 10, from same station; FIG. 3 port ion of int tee rs ea m Pereg i, > Meee FIG. 4, septum and seeds, X 10, from Percé , valve, X 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 333 16. D, GLaBeLLa Pursh. Loosely to densely cespitose perennial, forming mats 0.2-2 dm. across: the pale slender mostly forking cau- — retaining shreds of dead leaves, ending in depressed rosettes 5-8 dm. across: rosette-leaves cuneate-oblanceolate, oblanceolate- hi or spatulate, dentate to entire, attenuate to the petiolar base, 0.7-4.5 em. long, 2-10 mm. broad, closely stellate~pannose, in age some- times glabrate: Acietsig stems simple to freely forking, 0.5-4 dm. high, stellate-pannose, only rarely with a few simple spreading tri- chomes, often glabrate at summit: cauline leaves 1 (rarely 0)-14, ovate to oblong, tapering to rounded or rie eres at — 1-3(-5)- dentate on each side or sometimes entire, 0.8-4 ¢ g, 2-12 mm. wide, more or less stellate-pilose or glabrate: racemes + oelbreciifeten’ in flower, in fruit elongate, usually lax, the principal ones 0.3-1.5 dm. long with 5-35 subdistant sro pedicels finally eT stoutish (rarely very slender), the lowest 1-6 (rarely -8 or even 10) mm. long: sepals oblong, pilose to glabrous, 2-3 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, white- margined: petals white, broadly chenedabe unguiculate, 3-5.5 m mm. broad: anthers about 0.4 mm. long: siliques glabrous more or less hirtellous with stellate and bifurcate trichomes, civouiy lanceolate to ovate-oblong, 6-13 mm. long, 1.5-4 mm. broad, with p a. Siliques narrowly to wae lanceolate, acute or subacute, 1.5-3 mm ‘ides 1 mm. lon: Cauline leaves 1 ( (rarely Oy Be longer racemes mostly with &-15 (rarely ~20) siligues, 2c, 5 sisae cs san tes peeve Var. typica. enn gag 8: longer racemes mostly with 10-35 Ra Cas COR eee Fie ot te We Slee ean We ee Var. orthocarpa. be Siliques, ‘elliptic to oblong-ovate, obtuse, 2.5-5 mm. wide: .3 mm. long Caulins leaves 1-4: “aia of Greenland, Baffin Land and Shudeom Wireless vas es Var. brachycarpa. Cauline leaves 5-14: plant of Newfoundland, south- rn Quebec and eastern New Brunswick....... Var. megasperma. Var ca. D. glabella Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 434 (1814); DC. Syst. ii. Ri (1821) and Prodr. i. 172 (1824); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'5, 275 (1927), in part only. D. hirta of Authors generally, not L. (1759), ace. to Elis. Ekman, Kgl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Sagi ie (1917) and Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 281 cog agers Ie. Pl. Crit. viii. t, declxviii (1830); Sv. Bot. xi. t. 768, fig. 1 (1838), very Spe sca O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 267, in in part, in an fig. os an (1927). A. daurica DC. Syst. ii. 350 (1821) and Prodr. i. 170 in part, excl. at least the synonyms D. incana, var. arabisans W. 334 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER D. Longit Schweinitz, D. McCallae Rydb. and D. stylaris Fern. & Knowlt. D. dahurica Fisch. ex Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. (1838) No. 1: 87 (alteration of name). D. magellanica Lam., subsp. borea Elis. Ekm. Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. lvii?: 44 (1917), in part (excl. at least the syn. D. arabisans Michx.). . hirta borea (Elis. Ekm.) Ostenf. acc. to Ekm. in Hultén, Fl. Kamtch. ii. 161— Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand. ser. 3, v*. 161 (1928) as synonym.— Of wide range in the Arctic and Subarctic, extending south with us to Newfoundland, Quebec, Lake Champlain, New York, and shores of Hudson Bay. The following are characteristic. LABRADOR: on eel LT é Gc ; | “oo? safeties 4 ane a” \ eA i lee sag ae. ol \ Map 17. Range in eastern America of DRABA GLABELLA (TYPICA). granitic rock, old sea-beaches, Northwest Bank at Head of Ryan’s Bay, Woodworth, no. 24014; Valley of the Twin Falls, Cape Mugford Peninsula, Abbe, no. 371; Okkak, Moravian Bros., Sornborger, 20. 173 in part; Port Manvers, Gardner, no. 317a; Anatolak, C. S. Sewall, no. 519; gravelly moraine, Mouth of Frazer River (near Nain), Harlow Bishop, no. 325; Nain, Henne, type of D. Henneana Schlech- tend. in Herb. Mus. Bot. Berol. (see PLATE 308, FIG. 2); Hopedale, Gesner; rocks at base of cliff, Dead Islands, J. A. Allen, no. 25; rocky hillsides, Battle Harbor, Harlow Bishop, no. 326. NEWFOUNDLAND: conglomerate-rock crests and crevices, shore of Dildo Run, New World Island, Notre Dame Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, n0- 5457; rocks, shores of Pike’s Arm, Fernald, Wiegand & Bartram, 00. 5458a; near seaward edge of Fishing Head, St. Anthony, Abbe & 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 335 Brooks, nos. 364, 365, 367; peaty and turfy brookside, Quirpon Island, Fernald & Long, no. 28,370; brookside on slaty hills back of Little Quirpon, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 28,365, as D. megasperma: slaty talus of Noddy Point, Mauve (or Noddy) Bay, Fernald, Wiegand, Long, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28,356; dry trap cliffs south of Ship Cove, Sacred Bay, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 28,406, in part (mixed with D. norvegica); open peaty and gravelly spots on crests of trap cliffs, Cape Onion, Fernald & Long, no. 28,403; turfy or gravelly shelves, crests or talus of diorite, Ha-Ha Mountain, Ha-Ha Bay, ease Eddy’s (or Old Man’s) Cove, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 174844, transition to var. megasperma; dry gravelly limestone barrens, Eastern Point, St. John Bay, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1737, transi- Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1751; high sea-cliffs, Chimney Cove, Waghorne, no. 19, as Arabis hirsuta; dry limestone barrens, local, Green Gardens, Cape St. George, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 11,079. QurBEc: limestone sea-cliffs, [le au Marteau (Eskimo I.), Mingan Islands, St. John, no. 90,476; sur les rochers calcaires, fle Ste.-Géné- viéve, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,353; cailloutis calcaire du cété du large, Tle Ste.-Généviéve, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,471, as D. megasperma; sur les graviers et le cailloutis caleaires & lembouchure, Riviére Vaureal, Anticosti, Victorin, Rolland & Louis- arie, no. 21,474; cliff-shores of Gaspé Bay, Douglastown, August 22, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease (Pease, nos. 7350, 7353), as D. Kelsey & Jordan, no. 65, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; falaises escarpées et humides, Marsouins, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,676, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; summit of talus and bases of calcareous cliffs west of Riviére aux Marsouins, Fernald & Weath- erby, no, 2448; cliffs near Cap au Renard, Pease, no. 19,227; calcareous sea-cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Christie, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,095; shaded cliffs, Cap Tourelle, August 19- 21, 1905, Collins & Fernald, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; cal- Pease, no. 25,093; limestone and limestone-conglomerate ridges from Pointe aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fernald & Collins, nos. 1076, 1076*; sur le conglomérat nu, Cap aux Corbeaux, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,442; prés du Cap Enragé, Bic, Victorin, no. 9587; sur le con- glomérat nu, Cap Enragé, Rousseau, nos. 26,503, 26,508, as D. arabi- sans, var. orthocarpa; mouth of Murray R., Robt. Campbell in Herb. 336 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Geol. Surv. Can., no. 66,722, as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa; Mt. 34 spe Rouville Co., Victorin, no. 1052, as D. arabisans. NEw n limestone, Garden Island, Lake Champlain, near Valcour, Bis 1892, Brainerd. UNGAVA: Ungav va Bay, L. M. Turner, nos. 842, 631 16; arcane Bay, “genet Strait, Malte, nos. 120,203, 120,209; “In Hudson’s Bay. ©. » n Herb. Ba nks,”’ Pursh, 1. CG, ryPE of D. glabella a ‘Brit. Mus. ape — 308, Fic. 1); Richmond Gulf, Spreadborough, no. 16,272, Low, 63,144; Great Whale River, niet Bay, Low, no. 63, 143. ee, Fullerton, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,066, as D. hirta, var. lejocarpa Lindbl.; Chesterfield Inlet, erga no. 377. Extending w. to Alaska. PLATES 307, 308; MAP Var. ‘orthocarpa (Fern. & eee so — nov. D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. RHopo i. 66, in part only, but as to cited type, t. 60, fig. 11 (1905); O. E. 'Schils, ri c. "076 (1927).— Quite like va ica but more leafy, the cauline leaves 5-8, and with fuller racemes jas of well developed racemes 10-3 5).—Quebec and Keewatin. UEBEC: rocky limestone headland, Pointe-aux- Esquimaux, _Mingan, St. John, no. 90,485, transitional to var. typica; sur les corniches calcaires, Grande ile, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 21,469; cold rocks by permanent snow, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, July 24, 1905, Williams, Collins ¥ ; 1 &« Fernald; schistes, Chlori- Pa / careous slaty cliffs and _ talus, Lae oe a Senne oe Fernald & Weath- oil erby, no. 2447; dry calcareous bali cliffs, Ce Tourelle, Fernald & Map 18. — of Drapactaperia, ease, no. 25,094 in part (mixed var. ORTHOCAR th a typica) ; calcareous at Pigs Beet ridges from Pointe aux Crcbusian to Cap Cari- bou, Bic, Fernald & Collins, no. 1212; rocher, Bic, Rousseau, nos. 24,831, 26,353, 26,389 and 26, 548; island -headland north of Cap au ‘Massacre, Bi July 16, 1904, Co ‘ig & Ge incres rocky banks (con- 79,068. PLATE 309; MAP Var. brachycarpa (Rupr.), comb. nov. D. hirta, var. brachycarpa Rupr. Fl. Samojed. Cisural. in Beitr. Pflanzenk. Russ. Reiches, Lief. 2: 22 (1845); O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 271 (1927)—A marked extreme of northernmost Russia and Siberia, Greenland, Baffin Island and the Rhodora Plate 307 owen FIG. 2, plain near Nain, Labrador (typ ¢:.10, fro a eutonndlasd: < 10, from New- pla ie eee 1, cision ge pba, ote ee ronan ot , from Lab obi FIG. 3, fruiting stems, X ec re D. Henneana); ria. 4, hs on at tana) ote sautte. ional as a of internode, < 10, from Labrador; F1«. 6, tip of silique, X . 1934] Hudson Strait region. Unea Wakeham Ba udson Strait, alte, nos. 118,919, — 198, 120 243. PLATE 310; MA Var. megasperma ‘Pern, & Knowlt.), comb. nov. D. mega- sperma Fern. ‘& Knowlt. Ruopora, vi. 65, t. 60, figs. 6-8 (1905); O. E. Schulz, l. c. 277 (1927), excluding var. leiocarpa O. S l which is a form of D.a rabisans.— i Labrador, N founds dry aera) ebts and a2 western face of Doctor 28,371, transition - var. typica ( hirta) ; alcareous sandstone cliffs int ledges, Long, no. conglomerate limestone and of Blane Sablon (“Labrador”), Fernald & Wiegand, no. 3458; rock- crests, Vieille Romaine, Archipel apitagone, St. John, no. 90,484, Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 337 Map19. Southeastern Extension in America of Draba GLABELLA, Var. BRACHYCARPA nd, and northeastern New Brunswick. LaBRADOR: cliffs semen distrib. Map 20. Range of DraBa GLA- BELLA, Var. MEGASPERMA TS Wolf Bay, long. 60° 13’, Abbe, no. 1261; top of limestone pot fle Ste. fe he Mingan, John, no. 90,475; sur les gravi calcaires, eo én svibve, Victorin nos. 18, 345, "ictorin & Charles, Mingan, Victorin & corniches calcaires, Ile Téte A la Baleine, Mingan, Victorin & nos. 21,466, 21,472; sur les cailloutis calcaires, Tle & la Vache Marine, gan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,257; lieux herbeux sur un {l6t 338 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER d’oiseaux, Ile Nue, Mingan, Victorin & Rolland, no. 24,866 (very lax state); sur les déserts caillouteux du cété ouest, fle Nue, Victorin Rolland, no. 24,869 (dwarfed state); prairie naturelle, fle aux Cal- Rolland, no. 21,481 (transition to var. orthocarpa); sur les graviers du Barachois, Lac 4 la Croix, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,312; sur les graviers du Barachois, Riviére Dauphine, Anticosti, Victorin Rolland, no. 27,313; sur les bords d’alluvion de la Riviare Belle, Anticosti, Victorin & Rolland, no. 27,314; sur le Barachois, Crique de la Chaloupe, Anticosti, Victorin & Raland no. - ,865; low islands near Becsies River, Anticosti, Victorin, no. 3140 (as D. ar rabisans); : Anse au Sanatorium, Anticosti, Victorin, no. 4134 on D. arabisans rocks near the sea-shore, ae July 13, 1881, J. A. Allen; sea- cliffs.east of Ste. Anne des Mon ts, Tourelle, Grisco om, Mackenzie Smith, no. 25,770; grés denudés, Tourelle, Rousseau, no. 31,151; dry sandstone sea-cliffs, Capucins, Fernald & Collins, no. 583; limestone- conglomerate boulders in woods, Gros Crépaud, Fernald & Collins, no. 580; gravelly am at ig cae! Lighthouse, July 26, 1902, Williams & Fernald (type of D. megasperma); dry gr. avel-beach, Paspébiac, Collins 3 F _ no. 91, July 27, 1902, Churchill; same station, Victorin, Rolland & J acques, no. 33,774. New Brunswick: dry gravel-pavement back of the beach, Belledune Point, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,092; near Bathurst (probably - on station), July, 1881, C. Linden. Puiates 311, 312; Map Draba glabella is the most variable of our species, embracing not only much of the D. hirta of authors but many variations which have sometimes been given specific rank and scores of proposed subspecies, varieties and forms. As to the Linnean D. hirta, Mrs. Ekman has clearly shown that the primary type was material of the plant sub- sequently described as Braya alpina Sternb. & Hoppe.’ Conse- quently, the next available name must be taken up. Mrs. Ekman at first united the boreal plant with the subantarctic D. magellanica Lam., but afterward withdrew it in large part and treated it, appat- endy: correctly, as D. daurica DC. (1821). She made the mistake, however, of uniting with it D. arabisans Michx. (pLatTes 314, 315), and she suspected, what, unfortunately, she did not follow up, that D. daurica (1821) was inseparable from D. glabella Pursh (1814): “Die D. glabella miisste wohl ihrem Namen gemiiss der leiocarpen 1 This Old World — should, of course, be called Brava hirta (L.), comb. nov- Draba hirta L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, ii. 1127 (1759) and Sp. Pl. ed. 2, ii. sof (1763). B. alpina Sternb. & Loatiny Denkscbr. Regensb. i!. 66 (1815). For detailed exposition of the typification see Elis. Ekman, — Svenska Vet. Akad.-Handl. lvii. 13 (1917) and Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 281 (1930 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 339 Unterart, subsp. borea [of D. magellanica], entsprechen” (Ekm., Kungl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. lvii*, 49); “I have not seen the type of D. glabella Pursh which is derived from Arctic America, but it would not surprise me if this plant were identical with a glabrous form of D. daurica”’ (Ekm. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. xxiv. 287). The latter surmise of Mrs. Ekman was correct. Pursh explicitly stated that his type of Draba glabella was in the Banks Herbarium (at the British Museum). A photograph (PLATE 308, Fic. 1) of this type, most generously supplied by Mr. J. Ramsbottom, with a detailed description of it by Mr. A. W. Exell, settles that point; and, so far as I can find, D. glabella Pursh is the earliest name for the variable cir- cumpolar “D. hirta.” The name given by Pursh, D. glabella, was misleading in its connotation, so much so that practically all students, refraining from an examination of the readily accessible type, have quite misinterpreted it. Thus Hooker, who probably knew the original material and who correctly described it, made a comparison of the leafy-stemmed and comparatively large D. glabella with the Scapose and pygmy D. crassifolia (PLATE 294) which threw later students off guard: “This has more the habit of D. crassifolia than of the following [the excessively leafy and villous D. confusa]; but it is three or four times the size, and has flowers as large as any in the genus.””! Hooker’s comparison of Draba glabella with the really very different D. crassifolia was repeated by Torrey & Gray and its reiteration by others has tended further to obscure the true identity of Pursh’s species. As a matter of fact, the specific name used by Pursh should be taken in the sense he presumably meant it and with appreciation of the almost microscopic character of the trichomes in his species He enumerated three species with leafy stems: the very distinct D. arabisans Michx., D. incana L., described “ D. foliis caulinis numerosis incanis, pilis soap ara fh and the much less obviously pubescent new species, D. glabella “foliis . . . glabriusculis.” As compared with the villous D. incana, D. glabella has, to use Daydon-Jackson’s definition, somewHat GLABROUS (glabriusculus) leaves. Mr. Exell’s close examination of the type material, however, results in the fol- lowing diagnosis: rosette-leaves stellate-pubescent; stem and cauline leaves with stellate and very short forked trichomes; pedicels mostly stellate-pubescent; siliques stellate-pubescent. In other words, in- 1 Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 54 (1830). 340 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER stead of being essentially glabrous, the type of D. glabella is stellate- pubescent throughout under a lens! Had he understood D. glabella, Schulz would hardly have treated it as a species wholly apart from “D. hirta,”’ D. daurica, D. Henneana and D. megasperma. In key (his pp. 204 and 205) he places D. hirta, D. daurica and D. slabella under a section “*Siliculae acutae, raro acuminatae,’’ while D. Henneana and D. megasperma are set off from them by “**Siliculae obtusiusculae vel rotundatae,”’ although in the fuller treatment (p. 275) this key-differentiation becomes confused by the “acute”- fruited D. glabella being assigned “Siliculae oblongo-ellipsoideae, apice obtusiusculo.” “D. hirta” is correctly assigned, in the key, “ Caules et folia pube stellata minuta obtecta,”’ while D. glabella, the type (PLATE 308, Fic. 1) of which is also stellate-pubescent throughout, is separated merely by “Caules et folia a9 cea a difference which would be wholly unimportant even if it were s As to Draba daurica DC., which Schulz separates ‘at “D. hirta” in his key because it has “Folia caulina superiora basin versus mani- feste cuneatim angustata,”’ while “D. hirta’”’ was placed under the leading division “Folia caulina superiora basin versus dilatata vel vix cuneata,” it is apparent from the type of D. daurica (PLATE 308, FIG. 3) that Schulz could not have taken the trouble to check that important specimen at Geneva. The type, for the photograph of which I am greatly indebted to Dr. Alfred Becherer and Mr. J. F Macbride, clearly shows the uppermost leaf “basin versus dilatata,” the character ascribed by Schulz to D. hirta. The type thus agrees with DeCandolle’s original description of D. daurica, “Folia caulina pauca, ovata, subacuta,” and not very sitielactonle with Schulz’s key-character for D. daurica: “basin versus manifeste cuneatim angustata.”’ Incidentally, the type of D. daurica has the young siliques lance-acuminate, a character not sharply brought out by the “Siliculae . . . oblongae” of Schulz’s diagnosis. In his detailed diagnosis DeCandolle said “Caulis .. . . pilis simplicibus basi confertioribus apice raris subpuberulus” and Mr. Macbride independently writes that the leaves have unequally forked stellate trichomes and that the leaf-margins and the stems (below densely, above very sparsely) are pubescent with long simple and once-for weak hairs interspersed, at least below, with unequally stellate trichomes like those of the leaves. In their relative abundance on the base of the stem D. dawrica somewhat departs from the typical 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 341 eastern American D. glabella. It seems, however, to be one of the variants of that species. Draba Henneana Schlechtendal was based on a plant collected at Nain, Labrador by the Moravian missionary, Henne. It was given the very detailed and wholly accurate description which characterized the work of Schlechtendal and distinguished him as one of the really great German phytographers. In his account of the type of D. Henneana, Schlechtendal described the young fruits: “siliculis pedicello suo longioribus anguste ellipticis brevissimo stylo apiculatis et ut omnes reliquae partes plantae pilis stellatis simplicibusque obsessis.”” . The type specimen of D. Henneana (PLATE 308, Fic. 2), now unfortunately much broken, has most liberally been sent to me from Berlin by Dr. Milbraed. So far as I can see it is inseparable from the pubescent-fruited individuals of “D. hirta,”’ from the common run of Labradorean D. glabella (the type of which is also stellate throughout) and from D. daurica. Although the type of the latter has quite glabrous ovaries, while those of the types of D glabella and of D. Henneana are pubescent, this character alone is so very fickle in the species that I am inclined to ignore it. The siliques throughout the series of North American varieties range from quite glabrous, through an intermediate series with scabrous or hirtellous surfaces, to a few which are more positively stellate-hirsute. There seems to be no geographic nor taxonomic significance to the character in this particular species. For some reason, which I am wholly at a loss to explain, Schulz segregates from his true Draba Henneana (originally described by Schlechtendal “siliculis . . . pilis stellatis simplicibusque ob- sessis”’) the individuals with pubescent siliques as a mrt tyarie Fernald and Knowlton in ag faces VIT. 76. (190 5) 64, pro ar on Gay.—Siliculae pilis brevibus simplicibus bifurcis intermixtis obsitae. As conceived by Schulz, therefore, his var. McCallae differs from true D. Henneana, accurately described by Schlechtendal “siliculis pilis stellatis simplicibusque obsessis,” by having the almost erties! character: “Siliculae pilis brevibus simplicibus bifurcis intermixtis obsitae.” Further to elucidate his understanding of the matter, Schulz, under his glabrous-fruited D. Henneana cited the sin- gle type specimen as belonging to both!: “Nain (Missinar Henne, auch var. Mac Callae)”! Although the description and at least the 342 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Labrador specimens cited by Schulz as showing his conception of his Draba Henneana, var. McCallae belong to typical D. Henneana, there- fore to D. “‘hirta,” to D. daurica and to D. glabella, they have no close relationship to D. McCallae Rydb. The latter species is a very clear-cut plant of the northern Rocky Mountains. The type of it (PLATE 313, Fics. 1 and 5), which Dr. Gleason has most kindly allowed me to have photographed, has very softly pilose stems, with few if any of the sessile or subsessile stellate trichomes which so closely cover the surface in D. glabella (including Henneana); instead, the lower inter- nodes (PLATE 313, FIG. 4) are copiously pilose to villous with long and soft spreading or retrorse simple hairs. The leaves (FIG. 3), too, have a sparser but longer and mostly simpler (or merely bifurcate) pubescence than in D. glabella. The flowering raceme is promptly, instead of tardily, elongate, and in full maturity (as shown by ripe fruiting plants, Fic. 2) it is 24 the full length of the stem (much as in D. aurea), with very slender and elongate pedicels. The siliques (Fic. 6), both in the type and in ripe material of D. McCallae, are oblique or semilunate and covered with more spreading pubescence than in D. glabella. D. McCallae, in the abundant spreading and mostly simple pubescence of the siliques and in its elongating flowering raceme, is very near the Asiatic D. dasycarpa C. A. Meyer, so beauti- fully shown in Ledeb. Icon. Pl. Fl. Ross. iii. t. 264 (1831). Its identi- fication with D. Henneana, the type of which is “also var. MacCallae (auch var. MacCallae)” could have resulted only from complete misunderstanding of it. As to the citation under Schulz’s var. McCallae of “D. stylaris Fernald and Knowlton . . . pro parte,” this was apparently due to the inclusion, erroneously, by Knowlton and myself of the synonym D. Henneana, about which we then knew nothing but the description, under D. stylaris. One or two other synonyms of D. Henneana given by Schulz demand a word of clarification. Under his typical D. Henneana he includes in the synonymy D. arabisans Michx., @. Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838) and D. Longit Schwein. ex Torr. & Gr. 1. c. as syn. Without entering now into specifications, it should be noted that the original sheet in the Torrey Herbarium of D. arabisans, 8. T. & G. (based on the manuscript D. Longii) bears very detailed notes by Torrey and is a characteristic Great Lake form of D. arabisans, just as Torrey & Gray correctly decided. It does not belong to D. glabella (including D. Henneana). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 343 As to numerous other synonyms placed by various authors under Draba “hirta,”’ D. glabella, D. daurica and D. Henneana, I am not situated to judge correctly of their status. The unwisdon of guessing at the identities of Drabas (or any other plants) by descriptions alone should be evident. The failure to recognize this elementary principle of sound taxonomic and nomenclatural study has been sufficiently emphasized in the preceding discussion. Without knowing from actual study of the types or of undoubted authentic specimens, I must pass by varietal names which, ultimately, may have to replace some which I am here using. With the exception of one (var. brachycarpa), the names used under D. glabella have been verified by examination of the taxonomic and nomenclatural types. As already stated, the occurrence of slight pubescence on or its absence from the siliques in the wide-ranging D. glabella does not seem to me sufficiently constant to be used in breaking the species into its geographic varieties. The four marked trends which I have recognized in eastern America pass more or less into one another but they have their own primary centers of distribution and seem to be fairly definite geographic varieties. Var. typica (PLATES 307, 308), with few cauline leaves, acute or acutish, lanceolate siliques and relatively small seeds, is generally dispersed around the North and extends southward into the area of two of the varieties. In the region of the Lower St. Lawrence and the Gulf and to some extent in the Hudson Bay area there occurs a more leafy extreme (cauline leaves up to 8) which, when well developed, has more numer- ous flowers and fruits than the more boreal type. This is var. ortho- carpa (PLATE 309). When it was first published as D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. our understanding of Draba was most rudimentary. Some of the cited specimens belong to D. arabisans as I now conceive it, others were very typical D. glabella and a few, including the TYPE-specimen (PLATE 309), were of the leafier varia- tion of D. glabella. It becomes necessary, therefore, to recast the very confused sere which was originally expressed by D. arabisans, var. orthocar Var. brachycarpa Chit 310) barely reaches our area. The eastern American material I have seen is abundant specimens from Green- land, a few from Baffin Island and one collection from northern Ungava. I have seen no authentic material identified by Ruprecht, but his description was so good that I have followed Schulz in placing in var. brachycarpa the broad-fruited Greenland plants. 344 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Var. megasperma (PLATES 311, 312), although originally put out as a species and so maintained by Schulz, clearly passes into var. ortho- carpa and in fruit alone is scarcely separable from the more boreal var. brachycarpa. It differs from the latter in its greater size and more numerous leaves and is, doubtless, a Newfoundland and Gulf of St. Lawrence representative of the Greenland plant. Closely simulating var. megasperma but even more leafy is the newly pro- posed D. laurentiana (pLaTEs 304, 305). This plant, localized in much the same area as var. megasperma, differs from it, not only in its greater leafiness but in the abundant simple spreading pubescence of the lower internodes. Eventually it may seem right to treat it as another extreme variety of D. glabella. If, however, we abandon the character of pubescence in the classification of Draba, the whole structure must collapse. This dependence on the character of the trichomes is one of the least insecure reliances in the group; and, for the present, I am hopefully clinging to it! -One more name must be noted. This is Draba megasperma, var. leiocarpa O. E. Schulz, |. c. 277, based on Collins & Fernald, no. 93, from Bic, Quebec (PLATE 315, Fics. 1 and 5). This material was originally included in the mixed D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa, but it differs from the cited type (PLATE 309) in actually having all the significant characters of D. arabisans with plane siliques: the long pedicels, long style and the smooth (not veiny) surfaces of the very thin and acute siliques. It does not belong with D. megasperma (PLATES 311, 312), which has the obtuse siliques much broader, on shorter and thicker pedicels and with nearly obsolete style, the less flattened siliques with veiny or rugose surfaces. (To be continued) le Plate 308 4u3 edrwthy | Keeper, | RABA GLABELLA: FIG. 1, TYPE, 1 Herb. Brit. cee (photosrape from the . Mr. J. Ra ot FIG. 2, > of D. Hennea ana, X 1, in Herb. Bo Mus. Be se Sse Photograp h b inal specimen toned is he Cu rator, Professor “OHANNES A oes FIG. 3, type 0 of D. davies: < 1, in Herb. De Candolle, Geiive (photo- | staph presented by Dr. ALFRED BECHERER and ‘Mr. J. F. Macsrive). 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 353 DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. FERNALD (Continued from page 344) ending in depressed rosettes 1.5-14 cm. across: rosette-leaves oblanceo- late or spatulate, entire or somewhat dentate, attenuate to a petiolar base, 0.7-7 cm. long, 0.2-1.6 em. broad, thin, closely and minutely (in shade more sparsely and less minutely) stellate-pannose, in age some- times glabrate: flowering stems 1-40, slender, simple to freely branch- ing, with often fleruous loosely ascending branches, 0.54.5 dm. high, glabrous or sparingly to closely stellate-tomentulose, rarely with a few spreading and simple trichomes, often glabrate at summit; cauline leaves 3-12, oblanceolate, oblong or narrowly obovate, cuneate to t base, serra 54.5 cm. long, i) Ss iS : = + a 8 ~ ct io) 5 = Cag ® S g a pedicels slender, glabrous or sparsely stellate-pilose, divergent or arched-ascending, the lowest 3-15 (rarely —25) mm. long: sepals oblong, obtuse, 1.8-3 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad, glabrous or sparsely hirtellous, white-margined: petals white, broadly obovate, emarginate, unguiculate, 4.5-6 mm. long, 2.8-3.8 mm. broad: anthers 0.5 mm. long: ovary glabrous, with a distinct slender style: siliques very thin, strongly compressed, glabrous, narrowly lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or ovate, commonly acuminate, usually twisted but sometimes 354 Rhodora [OcroBER plane, 5-15 mm. long, 1.5-3 mm. broad, with slender style 0.5-1 mm. long; the valves smooth and veinless, often ‘lustrous: seeds cae oblong or rounded, 1.1-1.7 mm. long.—Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 28 (1 2 Ue. Syst. ii. 349 (1821); Torr. ri Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 G88), | in Jatge part; Gray, Gen. i. 160, t. 68 (1848): Fern. & Knowlt. Ruopora, vii. 65, t. 60, fig. 9 (1905); 0. E. Schulz, |. c. 275 (1927). D. Arabian Pers. Syn. ii. 190 (1807). D. incana, var. glabriuscula Gray, Ann. Nat. Hist. N. Y. iii. 223 (1835). D. Longit Schwein. ex Torr. & Gray, l. c. (1838) as synonym. D. incana, var. arabisans (Michx.) Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 260 (1888). D. arabisans, var. orthocarpa Fern. & Knowlt. 1. c. 66 (1905), in part only and excluding the cited type.—Cliffs and exposed ledges of argillaceous, basic or calcareous a - rr Ce i * D ¢ ed : a : ay ¥ i “4 i i A «a ; Pa ig [a ¢ H ’ 9 i $ P /@ O = 4 iy * H ® de'sasacuont @ \® r cs aah ott Jae peat 4 Bie $ } - ' p Map 21. Range of DraBa ARABISANS. rock, Newfoundland to the Lake Superior region of Ontario, south, rather locally, to New Brunswick, Maine, Vermont, New York, ime & Fogg, no. 1735; as cliffs, Mclver’s Cove, Bay of Islands, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1732; sea-cliffs, John’s Beach, Bay of 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 355 Islands, Waghorne, no. 22; cliffs along shore, near Frenchman’s Cove, Bay of Islands, Mackenzie & Griscom, nos. 10,268, 10,289; talus slopes of marble region between Mt. Musgrave and Humbermouth, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, nos. 17,382, 17,383; talus of calcareous cliffs near Cape Rosier, Pease, no. 20,208; calcareous cliffs, Mt. Ste. Anne, Percé, August 18, 1904, Collins, Fe ease (Pease, nos. 7355, 7356), Fernald & Collins, no. 1070, Victorin, Rolland, Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,378, Pease, no. 20,241; rocky slope, Round Rock, Grand River, Gaspé Co., June, 1903, G. H. Richards, June 30- July 3, 1904, Fernald; dry slaty talus of cliffs east of the head of Lac Pleureuse, Fernald, Dodge & Smith, no. 25,772; sur les cailloutis i d calcaires prés c Pleureuse, Victorin, Rollan acques, no 33,437; calcareous cliffs and rock-slides by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Christie, Fern. Pease, no , 25,091; trap cliffs at 1900 g pa O. nos. 24,833, 26,487, 26,613, 26,695, 26,703, Victorin, Rolland & Jacques, no. 33,586; crevices and talus of limestone sea-cliffs, alt. 200-275 m., ochers abrupts, Mt. St.-Hilaire, Victorin, no. 3867; dry, calcareous cliffs, Gibraltar Point, Lake Memphremagog, Pease, no. 11,981. : s i Willoughby Lake (Mt. Annance, Mt. Hor, Mt. Pisgah, etc.), many collections from 1854 (Wm. Boott)—date; Smuggler’s Notch, many 356 Rhodora [OcrosER 1922, Knowlton; Snake Mt., Addison, Eggleston, no. 132; limestone cliffs, Cobble Hill, South Bristol, May 28, 1878, Brainerd; Mt. Eolus, Dorset, September, 1901, E. H. Terry. New York: southeast face of Wallface Mt., above southern end of Indian Pass, at 3200 ft. alt., Essex Co., House, no. 9436; rocky banks of lakes in St. Lawrence and Jefferson Counties, 1833 and 1834, Asa nied (type of D. incana, var. glabriuscula); on rocks, Trenton Falls, ; mo. 72 (he rb. Toneyys Sackett’s higtbee: W. A. Wood; ‘Burdick’s Glen, Lansing, June 16, 1885, Dudley; dry rocks, small ravine north of Esty’s Glen, Lansing, A. J. Eames, no. 12,081; near Akron, Erie Co., 1864, Clinton. Shore, Lake Superior (between Sault Ste. Marie and Michipicoten), Loring; Jack Fish, June 26, 1898, J. Fletcher; hats abundant on cliffs and gravel, Jack Fi sh, Pease, no. 23,487; dry cliffs, Northern Slate Island, Thunder Bay Distr., Pease, no. '23, 633; Mt. McKay, Sep- tember 7, 1889, Britton, Britton & Ti immerman; Lake Nipigon, July 8, 1884, J. Macoun. MIcHIGAN: Fort Gratiot, Dr. Z. Pitcher (type of D. arabisans 6. Torr. & Gray and of D. Longit), in herb. Torrey; bluffs and ledges, Mackinac Island, July 2, 1897, E. T. & S. A. Harper, and numerous later collectors; limestone rocks, Prentis Bay, Mackinac Co., Ehlers, nos. 1103, 1352, C. & E. Erlanson, no. 648; Isle Royale, 1868, G. A. ek ia, E. Foote, also W. S. Cooper, no. 40, in part (partly var. anadensis is); base of Monument Rock, Isle hare McFarlin, no. “2174; island in Rock Harbor, Isle Royale, McFarlin, Keweenaw Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3316.1 Wisconsin: bluffs on Point Washington, Door Co., June 21, 1891, Schuette. MINNESOTA: Grand Portage, 14 mile southeast of the village, Rydberg, no. 9666; us below calcareous cliff, Grand eda a & Buell, no. 367. Bien 314 and 315, ries. 1, 2 and 5; ar. CANADENSIS (Brunet) Fern. & Kart Pinal. vii. 60, fig. 12 (1905). D. canadensis Brunet, Cat. Pl. Can. 21 1865); O. E. Schulz, |. c. 277 (1927), excluding var. pycnosperma.—Low, orm. Heat. Bonne Bay, Fernald, tl & Fogg, no. 1749. QUEBEC: rocher, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,322 (as Nk ay serpa Sok crevices of rocks, St. ); crest a Lookout Mt., Keweenaw Co. ie tere e Pelee no. 331, —. an extreme of the plant with lanceolate siliques. Prarte 315, FIGS 6 1 This station, discovered since map 21 was engraved, should be indicated by a dot near Keweenaw Poin Rhodora Plate 309 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. ORTHOCARPA: FIG. 1, , X 1, from Bie, Quebec; Fics. 2 and_| 3. ain with ‘seeds, and valve, X 10, Seg TYPE. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 357 Draba arabisans is one of the clearest-cut perennial species of temperate eastern America, and its confusion with others has arisen through inadequate understanding of it or reliance upon mere out- lines of siliques rather than upon its more significant characters (sufficiently emphasized in the key and the description above). The tortion of the silique (PLATE 314, Figs. 2, 3 and 4), which is frequent or usual, may be quite lacking (pLaTE 314, Fics. 1 and 5 and PLATE 315) and similar tortion occurs in many other species. . arabisans, var. orthocarpa, as already explained, in the discussion of D. glabella, as originally conceived was a mixture, the type-collec- tion (PLaTE 309) belonging with D. glabella. The remnant left in D. arabisans is not worthy special recognition, being merely plants with the siliques little or not at all twisted, a very inconstant character. Var. canadensis (PLATE 315, Fics. 3, 4 and 6) is, presumably, not a very significant extreme. It seems to be a minor variety with siliques of shorter and broader outline than usual. Its retention as a species by Schulz has been discussed, under D. pycnosperma; Schulz very evidently not understanding D. canadensis but giving under it a very and accurate account of the wholly distinct plump-fruited D. Pycnosperma (PLATE 306). In view of the great range of shape and size of the siliques (PLATES 314, 315), from narrowly lanceolate to elliptic or ovate and either twisted or plane, Schulz’s description of them (his p. 275) as “lineari-lanceolatae” is peculiarly inadequate. Although the characterization of Draba arabisans in Das Pflanzen- reich assigns the species “Semina minora, vix 1 mm longa,” I am unable, in the many hundreds of fruiting specimens now before me, to find well-developed seeds as short as 1 mm.; all good seeds are at least 1.1 mm. long and they range up to a length of 1.7 mm. In fact, flat-fruited D. arabisans can quickly be distinguished from D. glabella and its var. orthocarpa, with which it has been confused, by the seeds alone: in D. arabisans 1.1-1.7 mm. long, in D. glabella and var. ortho- carpa 0.7-1 mm. long. For discussion of Mrs. Ekmans quite untenable opinion that D. arabisans is a hybrid of D. aurea and D. glabella (D.daurica) see p. 251. Ehlers, no. 1103, from limestone rocks, Prentis Bay, Mackinac Co. (Herb. Univ. Mich.), in mature fruit was recorded as D. aurea by Walpole, Proc. Mich. Acad. Sci. vi. 313 (1926). 18. D. tancronata Royle. Perennial, with simple to multicipital caudices, forming tufts or mats 0.2-1.5 dm. across; the caudex or its branches retaining many marcescent leaves or their shreds: rosettes 5 eee at Lj WAS 358 Rhodora [OcroBER 1.5-8 em. across; their leaves crowded, oblanceolate or spatulate, entire or remotely dentate, 0.7—4 cm. long, 1-8 mm. broad, cinereous with dense and soft stellate tomentum: flowering stems 1-30, simple or branching, 0.5-3.5 dm high, stellate-tomentulose and very short-pilose: cauline leaves 2-10, lanceolate, oblong or narrowly ovate, entire, denticulate or coarsely dentate, somewhat so ariesiacahiloue and often short-pilose, 0.5-3 cm. long: racemes dense to lax, often leafy- bracted at base, in ae elongating to 44-4 the full ‘height of the plant: ‘soreciede strongly ascending in fruit: sepals narrowly oblong, pilose, 2-3 mm. long: petals white, obovate, emarginate, 3-5 mm. long: ovary ‘stalin te-palone’ siliques linear-lanceolate to ellipsoid-ovoid, plump, with convex valves, 4-14 mm. long, 1.5-2.5 mm. broad, densely stellate-pannose, twisted or plane; the style very short (up to 0.75 mm. long): seeds 20-48, 0.7-1 mm. long.—lIllustr. Bot. Himal. Mts. i. 72 (1839); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 296 (1927). D. incana Reichenb. Ic. Pl. Crit. viii. 28, ey fig. 1031 (1830); Gray, Man. ed. 5: 71 (1867), in large part; D. confusa of many Sri authors, not Ehrh. D. stylaris Pies ern. & cot. RuHopDoRA, Vil. gs. 3-5 (1905) and later Amer. authors; N. Busch, FI. Sib. iii. 35 (1919); Pohle in Fedde, Repert. Beih. xxxii. 52 (1925); not J. Gay (1818), ace. to Schulz. D. cana Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. Xxix. oat “(1902); O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 298 (1927). ”D. valida Goodding, Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 55 (1904); O. E. Schulz, I. c. 294 (1927).—Northern and alpine regions of Asia and North America; in America from east- ern Quebec to Yukon, locally south to New Brunswick, northern New i haeeis } i aagh Map 22. Eastern American Range of Drapa LANCEOLATA. Hampshire, northern Vermont, Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin, Colo- rado and Utah. The following are the eastern American specimens seen. QuEBEC: lower dry calcareous ~~ talus of Mt. St. Pierre, Gaspé Co., Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins, no. 2446; cold and shaded lime- stone-conglomerate ridge from Pointes aux Corbeaux to Cap Caribou, Bic, Fernal Collins, no. 1077; crevices of dry calcareous rock, Cap Enragé, Bic, Collins & Fernald, no. 90; sur le conglomérat nu, au lied a Cap Enragé, Bic, Rousseau, no. 26,585; talus of limestone- 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 359 conglomerate ae alt. 200-275 m., east of St. Fabien, Fernald & eae no. 1078 (lax state); exposed crests of limestone sea-cliffs, f St. Fabien Fernald & Collins, no. 1079. New Brunswick: ay seeks Nashwaak, 1881, J. Moser in herb. N. B. Nat. Hist. Soe. NEw HAMpPsnire: dry cliff, Diamond Peaks, Dartmouth College Grant, Pease, no. 20,614. VERMONT: dry cliffs, Willoughby, Horace Mann, Edw. Tuckerman and many others; dry alpine cliffs, Smuggler’s Notch, Mt. Mansfield, August 2, 1893, Eggleston. Onrarro: lime- Bruce Co., Stebbins et al., no. 143; limestone ledges near aes of Piguet Bay, north of Dyer’s Bay, Bruce Co., Stebbins . no. IGAN: crevices and talus of limestone cliff, Bue Bluff, Dile Co., Fernald & Pease, no. 3318.1 Wisconsin: summit of cliff, . 15,566 tributed as D. incana or D. stylaris. Previously cited specimens from Labrador and bi ewfoundland were erroneously identified. PLatEs 316, 317, 318; map 22. Draba pis J. Gay, to which our plant was referred by Knowlton and me when we pointed out its differentiation from the chiefly annual and biennial long-pilose D. incana, is, according to Schulz, one of the variants of D. incana, confined to continental Europe and the Caucasus. That being admitted it is necessary to seek the next available name for the perennial, matted, canescent plant of Asia and North America. Although Schulz keeps apart as species D. lanceolata Royle (1839) (PLATES 317, Figs. 1 and 2, and 318, FIG. 2) as strictly Asiatic, and D. cana Rydberg (1902) (pLaTEs 316, 317, rics. 3 and 4, and 318, Fig. 1) and D. valida Goodding (1904) (PLATE 317, FIG. 5) as strictly North American, I can get no satisfactory distinctions between them. They = ptt furthermore, the well known arctic-alpine dispersal on the two continents and it is significant that, although Schulz maintains both D. cana (TYPE shown in PLATE 318, FIG. 1) and D. valida (TYPE shown in PLATE 317, FIG. 5) as species, Rydberg, who was not averse to maintaining weak species, has regularly united them in his later work. It is also significant that Schulz’s description of D. cana consists merely of a comparison of it with D. lanceolata. The few differences pointed out by him, slight divergences in size of leaves and siliques, do not hold either in the Asiatic specimens before me nor in the larger American series (see PLATES 316-318 DRaBa CINEREA Adams, Mem. Soc. Nat. Misc. v. 103 (1817) (D. ‘The Michigan station should be added to map 22, on the peninsula 1 mm. (on the map) northeast of the Wisconsin station 360 Rhodora [OcroBER arctica J. Vahl, Fl. Dan. xiii. fase. xxxix. 5, t. 2294 (1840)), has been found on the western side of Hudson Bay, as far south as Cape Henrietta Maria. It is likely to be found on the Labrador Peninsula. From D. lanceolata it differs in its few (1-4) remote cauline leaves, its fruiting racemes barely half the height of the plant and borne far above the upper leaf, and the seeds fewer (at most 36). 19. D. ramostsstma Desv. Perennial, forming broad mats (up to 2 or 3 dm. broad); the elongate humifuse branches and branchlets of the caudex covered below with marcescent shreds of old leaves and ending in rosettes 2-10 cm. across: rosette-leaves membranaceous, eiiheste-oblanceolate, 1-5 cm. long, 2-15 mm. broad, minutely pilose, with 1-5 pairs of frequently horizontally divergent narrow teeth (sometimes with secondary teeth), or merely low-serrate: rd corymbosely paniculate Airtel s, leafy: cauline leaves 2-24 ; ye (rarely almost wanting), lan- eet ceolate, oblong, elliptic or > , ovate, acute, coarsely serrate he deeply pectinate, 0.5-4.5 reeset? oT em. long, 0.1-2.2 em. broad: 1 iS ovate or broadly cman Map 23. Range of DRABA RAMOsIs- vi mm. long: anthers about A. 0.5 mm. long: ovary pubes- cents ‘ailtcaiea lonp-pedavelled, pene renee * Cage itagiontng ees spirally twisted, stellate- 3-11 long, “ filiform style 1.5-8 mm. long: see eds 7-15, 12-18 mm mAb .—Journ. de Bot. iii. 186 (1814); DC. Syst- ii. 355 (1821) and Prodr. i. “TL (1824); Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 106 (1838); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i!..111 (1895); ior in Britt. & Brown. Ill. Fl. ii. 149, fig. 1761 (1897); O. E. Schul Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®, 187 (192 7), D. arabisans Pursh, : Sept. ii. 434 el4), as to Virginia plant, not Michx. Alysswm dente tum Nutt. Gen. N. Am. PI. ii. 63 (1818). D. dentata (Nutt) oan & in Hook. J Journ. Bot. i. 192 (1834); Hook. Icon. Pl. i. t. xxxi- (1837) .-—Cliffs and rocks, Virginia, West Virginia, Kentucky, Tennes- Rhodora Plate 310 DRABA GLABELLA, Var. BRACHYCARPA: FIG. 1, fruiting stems, X 1, from Greenland; Fic. 10 ne Lae x 1, from Greenland; Figs. 3 and 4, silique and septum with seeds, 2, x 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 361 see and North Carolina, highly variable in size and toothing of leaves. The species is so very distinct and of such isolated range (as compared with the other and more northern —— species) that it is un- necessary to cite the nu umerous ao men ose examined come Jefferson, Ha eo Grant and Pendleton Cos. Kentucky: Fayette Co. (and doubtless elsewhere). ‘TENNESSEE: Cocke Co. NorrH CaROLINA: Madison and Buncombe Cos. Well illustrated, as D. eaves (Nutt.) Hook. & Arn. in Hook. Icon. Pl. i. t. xxxi (1837). Draba ramosissima is one of the most distinct species of eastern North America. Although varying greatly in stature, size and depth of toothing of leaves and length of siliques it stands well apart from other American species. Schulz places it, along with D. aurea, D. aureola and other species with orange or yellow petals in his section Phyllodraba and includes it in his key under the call: “I. Flores flavi 4 (pp. 173, 174), though in the fuller description (p. 187) he slightly reduces the shock by saying “Petala dilute flava.” The petals, according to those who have collected the plant, are the white of those of D. arabisans, D. incana, D. glabella and the others of Schulz’s section Leucodraba (“Flowers white”—Torr. & Gray, Fl. No. Am. i. 106; “flowers white”—Gray, Man. ed. 2: 36; “flowers white”’— Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 142; “petals white”—Small, FI. Se. U. S. 480). So white are the petals that when Pursh (FI. <= 7 7 Am. Sept. 434) “collected rf A specimens on the rocks near 2h Harper’s Ferry” (very possibly ie Soren -_ = the type-station of D. ramosis- sima) he mistook it for the white-flowered D. arabisans ; : ee Michx. 2 2 / 20. D. aprica Beadle. An- Us Oe . nual or winter-annual: stems 0.5-3.5 dm. high, simple below . or loosely branched and stel- \e late-puberulent; rarely with ' elongate branches above, but with abbreviated or subsessile |bo h-— short corymbe ¢ in the middle and upper axils: lower leaves obo- vate to rhombic-oval, coarsely Map 24. Range of DRABA APRICA. 362 Rhodora [OcroBER 2-4-dentate, thin, petioled, 0.7—-2 cm. long, minutely Aieeeegeariag hs with irregularly stellate trichomes; cauline leaves remote, up to 17 i number, sessile, narrowly obovate to narrowly sf ee or the upper linear-lanceolate, 0.5-2 cm. long, entire or sparsely dentate: flowers apparently hermaphrodite, some ese others petaliferous: pedicels stellate-puberulent: sepals narrowly oblong, 0.8-1 mm. long: petals, when present, white, erate 2, 5-3 mm. long (ace. to Beadle). nasi linear-ellipsoid, 4 4-6 mm. long, minutely stellate-~puberulent, tipped by a minute slender style: pete 6, oblong-oval, 1-1.5 mm. long.— Beadle in’ Small, Fl. Se. U. S. ed. 2, Append. 1336 (1913); O. BE. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv’, 339 (1927) .—Georaia: “common” on Kenesaw Mt., near Marietta, May 9, 1901, Biltmore Herb. (rypr, Herb. N. Y. Bot Gard.); dry, open northern and northeastern slope, near the top, Kene- saw Mt., May 5 and 12, 1934, - oo ee & M. C. Myers, nos. 750, 751. PLATE 319, FIGS. 8-10; MA Draba aprica is little known. Until its rediscovery by Dr. Perry and Mr. Myers in the spring of 1934, the only material I had seen was the type sheet, which contains three fruiting specimens, two of them with the stems simple except for the abbreviated upper branches (FIG. 8), the third a taller plant which might well have been 3.5 dm. high (the terminal raceme broken off) and bearing a few elongating axillary racemes, apparently a response to the breaking off of the top. The original label states that it is “common”; b t Dr. Perry’s experience indicates that, in 1934 at least, itis not abundant. Iq ote from her letter of May 28, eigen joined by Mr. Myers, a former studen ine, and we ein ) Mount Kenesaw. It is a rugged and son hill be ~ arts. We were able to cover but one part that day between tra. wn that slope before Mr. Myers, who was some ten feet ahead of me, stopped an _ loi it is, Dr. Perry,”’ and handed me a il whiel We had been Dr. bay further informs me that Draba aprica is closely asso- ciated with Viola Rafinesquii Greene and Ozalis violacea L. Schulz suggested that Draba aprica is to be compared with D. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 363 brachycarpa Nutt., var. fastigiata Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838) and he published the needless binomial “ Nuttall 1825 als Draba fastigiata msc. in hb. Delessert!”’—Schulz, 1. c. 339 (1927). brachycarpa, var. fastigiata was separated from typical D. brachycarpa as “more pubescent; stem mostly simple; radical leaves mostly 4- toothed; silicles pubescent.” ether Draba aprica should include D. brachycarpa var. fastigiata is at present not wholly clear. The type sheet of D. brachycarpa from the Torrey Herbarium is before me. It consists of the original Nuttall material from Arkansas, four plants at the top of the sheet; and at the bottom the plants from Millidgeville, Georgia, Boykin, and from Macon, Georgia, Loomis, originally cited for D. brachycarpa, and a third and different specimen without designation of locality but presumably from near St. Louis, Missouri, the fourth locality given by Torrey & Gray. The four specimens of the original Nuttall collection from Arkansas are two branching plants which must stand as the type of Nuttall’s species and which are thoroughly typical of that species as understood. Alternating with them on the sheet are two unbranched individuals, one with the raceme gone, the other (ric. 11) with a compact terminal raceme of a few stellate-pubescent oblanceolate siliques (FIG. 12). The two simple specimens are marked in Nuttall’s hand D. fastigiata and must stand as the type of D. brachycarpa, var. fastigiata. In view of the fact that the larger speci- men of the two has lost its raceme, I refrain from opening one of the immature siliques of the remaining individual. The seeds of this plant, if mature, would quickly settle whether it is a very unusual variation of D. brachycarpa (PLATE 319, FIGs. 1-7), which otherwise has oblong and glabrous siliques, or a very dwarf and atypical rep- resentative of the highly localized D. aprica. The collections in the Gray Herbarium and at the New York Botanical Garden show no D. brachycarpa with pubescent siliques; and, in view of the presence on Nuttall’s sheet of specimens of typical D. brachycarpa from two Georgia stations, it is not impossible that the two plants of var. fastigiata came, not from Arkansas, as supposed, but from Kenesaw Mt. in Georgia, which is easily reached from Atlanta. Students of the Arkansas flora should watch for and, if possible, collect material to settle this dilemma. 21. D. pracnycarpa Nutt. Annual or biennial (forming rosettes the first year): stems simple or more commonl hy-branched either from the base or from the upper axils, Millets kicecied or -strigose, 364 Rhodora [OcroBER 0.4-2 dm. high: basal leaves elliptic, ates Ms obovate, petioled, 0.5-2 cm. long, stellate-pubescent; cauline leaves 3-12, smaller and narrower, sessile, the upper nearly linear: racemes = “first dense, i in fruit becoming and up to 7.5 cm. long: pedicels spreading-ascending, glabrous to stellate-hirtellous, the lower becoming 1-5 mm. long: flowers di- morphic or trimorphic,: the smaller apetalous, others with small narrow petals, others with conspicuous white petals: sepals oblong to ovate (in larger flowers), 1-1.5 mm. long, glabrous or sparsely pilose: larger petals obovate, 2-3 mm. long: pistils glabrous, with 10-16 ovules: siliques “ogg ae 1.7-5 mm. long, glabrous: seeds 0.5-0.8 mm. g.-—Nutt. in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838); Darby, Man. Pap ii. 24 (ist); Gray, Man. ed. 2: 37 (1856); Chapm. FI. So. U. S. 29 (1 860); Watson in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i.’ 107 (1895); Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. FI. ii. 143, fig. 1762 (1897); Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 480 (1913); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv!®, 338, fig. 32 (1927). ssum bidentatum Torr. & Gray, |. c. (1838) as syn. Abdra brachycarpa (Nutt.) Greene, 1**This humble white flower is at this season very abundant on the ssy. hills about town, associated with Draba Caroliniana, the pretty Houstonia ay with Androsace pes ee Plantago vortselon Ranunculus fascicularis, Myosurus minimus, an mpletely naturalized Capsella. In ordinary or in wet springs the flowers are all regularly formed and co senioaeabeais large, having a gear ipe of about 2 lines; in very dry springs, conta such as the present one, a Eat with v conspicuous flowers becomes common, which in isola meer specimens in the prt Cc might be taken for a esipang: species, ton studied on its native hills in thousands of specimens. clearly proves to ee sage but a peices or abortive state and not even . chearly destined variet t h Dr. Hilgard, h ed that on the northern yee of hills and sinkh oles, pkey near the edge of ponds, the of which were not pine inconspicuous; in intermediate situations the size and or- ganization of the flowers were also int diate. These incomplete poncho are smaller in all their parts than the regular ones; the are erect and rather ee a the petals always shorter than the ‘sepals, yur dn The petals ordinarily broadly obovate-spatulate, retuse, over 1 line long, are here linear-spatulate, entire, emarginate or bilobed, ea ak line long, 2 or 4 in a flower, often of unequal size in the same flower, or entirely absent. The slender filaments bear ilobed cellular head, often no’ re than Swng ine long, representing the anther, but without any regular stru He found in single or 6 of them, without petals, or associa th 2 or dimentary petals. It gg 08 some incomplete tetrandrous flowers the es of stamen to the base of the corresponding exterior, and the pairs of petals to that of the interior sent the 8 organs fo! rather one than tw cles. How these female plants, as spr must be called, which, this spring at least, form the easurably largest part of the whole crop, can be fertilized by the few complete ones growing in the neighborhood, is not Pati understand. Does not this dimorphism obtain in other species of this genus, in open and. other Cruciferae, and would not several aaa ed species fall, if correctly under other fully developed ones as incomplete forms?””—Engelm. Trans. . Acad. Sel St. Louis, ii. 154 (1862). R ponare Plate 311 plant, from Archipel m Archipel de Mingan, ¢ Quebec; Fic. 3, portion of fruiting plant, X 1, from Forteau, cabeador: all X A GLABELLA, Var. MEGAS 2 O PERMA: FIG. portion of flowering uapitagone, Quebec; Fic. 2, portion of fruiting plant, < 1, fro Rhodora Plate 312 x 10, from Paspébiac, of lowest internode; JRABA GLABELLA, Var. MEG ee i ails from the TYPE, Quebec: FIG. 1, rosette-leaves; , portion (fractured, overripe) 1 FIGs. 3 and 4, valve, and bikie we see 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 365 -Pittonia, iv. 207 (1900). D. brachyc., vars. apetala and ve Engelm. ex O. E. Schulz, 1. ec. 339 (1927) as syns Nutt. ex O. E. Canale. 1. c. 339 (1927) as syn. Dee to moist open soil and waste ground, northern Florida to Texas, north to Virginia, southern Ohi io (?), Indiana, Illinois, Missouri and Kansas; also (adventive?) in Oregon. Flowers late winter and early spring. PLATE 319, FIGs. 1-7. For discussion of the problematical Draba brachycarpa, var. fastigt- ata see notes under D. aprica. Draba brachycarpa is inclined to be a weed of roadsides and waste places and its present northern limits have doubtless been extended beyond its primitive range. There are two names earlier than Draba brachycarpa (1838) which need explanation. Here possibly belongs Discovium gracile Raf. (1819), “Trouvé en juin sur les rives de l’Ohio, prés de Gallipolis.” Rafinesque’s description, save for “Fleurs jaune” (an error inde- pendently committed by some later authors) and for the month June, which is rather late, strongly suggests that he had Draba brachycarpa, although I know of no evidence of the species now being found in Ohio (it is in Tennessee, Indiana and Illinois). I have seen none of Rafinesque’s material but it is apparently preserved in the De- Candolle herbarium at Geneva... Should it prove, as I surmise, to be Draba brachycarpa, Discovium gracile (1819) cannot displace the name Draba brachycarpa (1838) because of Draba gracilis Graham (1828). A complicating situation arises through the fact that De- Candolle in 1821 called Rafinesque’s species Discovium Ohiotense, without citing Discov. gracile as a synonym. Consequently, it might plausily be urged that De Candolle’s specific epithet should be used (when and if the species proves to be Draba brachycarpa). It should be noted, however, that DeCandolle exactly translated Rafinesque’s French diagnosis of Discov. gracile into Latin and added nothing to it, even citing the identical habitat: “Ad ripas fluminis Ohio prope Gallipoli.” It should be evident, therefore, that, although he did not mention Discov. gracile Raf. as the basis of his Discov. Ohiotense, DeCandolle was, in fact, publishing a needless new name for it. As an illegitimate name, Discov. Ohiotense cannot be taken up to displace the legitimate Draba brachycarpa, even though it antedates it by seventeen years. 22. D. NeMorosa L. Annual or winter-annual 0.5-3 dm. high, simple or with few ascending branches: stem hispid with simple, bi- rab wre stellate eaten variously intermixed: rosette-leaves 366 Rhodora [OcroBER oblong-obovate or elliptical, obtuse, with pubescence as on the stem, sub- entire or remotely dentate: cauline leaves 0-7 on the primary axis, 1-5 the branches, oblong to ovate, acute, with 2-6 pairs of teeth: raceme corymbiform in anthesis, becoming elongate and very lax and up to nearly the full height of the plant: sepals 1.5 mm. long, oblong or narrowly ar obtuse: petals pale yellow, becoming white, narrowly cuneate, about 2 mm. long: fruiting pedicels widely spreading to sub- ascending, often arching, filiform, 0.7-2(-2.5) cm. long: siliques narrowly oblong, 3-13 mm. long, eee, strigulose-hispid: seeds 30- 50.—Sp. Pl. 648 te Gray, Man. ed. 2: 37 (1856); Wats. in Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am. i. 107 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 148, fig. 1763 (1897); O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®. 309 (1 927), which see for detailed citations; Rydb. Fl. Prair. Pl. Centr. N. Am. 379, fig. 252 (1932). D. muralis, 6. L. Fl. Suec. ed. 2: 224 i. 55 ue: Torr. & Gr. Fl. N. Am. i. 108 (1838); Gray, Man. 3 (1848). D. nemorosa, 8. hebecarpa Lindbl. Linnaea, xiii. 333 A880. D. coeds a. genuina Boiss. FI. Orient. i. 303 (1867). D. nemorosa, a. typica Beck von Man. Fl. Nied.-Ost. 472 (1892). D. nemoralis, var. hebecarpa aoa Lehm. Fl. Poln.-Liv. 315 (1895). Crucifera nemorosa (L. pe icgecth in ye 1. Deutschl. ed. 2, vi. 61 Dakota, very locally to western Ontario and teu Eurasia. The plants with siliques only 3-6 mm. long have been called Forma BREVISILIQUA (Zapalowicz) N. Busch, Fl. Sib. iii. 389 (1919). Var. brevisiliqua Zapalowicz, Consp. Fl. Galic. Crit. xxv. in Rozpr. Wydz. Mathem.—Przyr. Akad. Umiej. ser. 3, an 238 (1912), acc. to Schulz, |. ec. 313. The plants with large siliques (9-13 mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. broad) have been called Forma MACROLOBA Pohle in Fedde, Repert. Beih. xxxii. 3 (1925). EJOcARPA Lindbl.—Siliques glabrous —D. lutea Gilib. F'. Lindem.) Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. (1866). D. nemoralis, ?- lejocarpa (Lindbl.) Boiss. Fl. Orient. i. 303 (1867). D. dictyota 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 367 Greene, Pittonia, iv. 313 er .—Alaska to Colorado, eastward to Hudson Bay (Churchill, J. M. Macoun, no. 79,070) and Lake Super- ior,! Ontario and Minnesota; locally introduced eastward to QUEBEC: = Apparement naturalisé de |’Ouest,” Lac Deschenes, 26 mai 1923, Herb. Univ. Montr. no. 17,416. Eurasia. 23 scone a Nutt. Annual or winter annual (forming rosettes ‘the first year, flowering and fruiting in earliest spring): stem simple or branching from near the base, in anthesis dm high, in fruit Sinsetins to 0.5-2.8 ef high, hispid from base to summit with simple, bifurcate and minute stellate sale: lates basal and at the lower nodes and at bases of the arched-ascending branches, cuneate-obovate, obtuse, mostly 1-3 cm. long, coarsely dentate, hispid with stipitate and sessile eee trichomes: raceme in anthesis corymbiform, elongating in fruit to a lax raceme 4- % the height of the plant: flowers dimorphic or teat ee those of the primary raceme large and showy, of the lateral ones either large or with minute petals or apetalous, or all of them minute:? sepals of the larger flowers 1.8 . 5 mm gg i arene obtuse, the outer aot of the small flowers Ba ae: style, 6-16 mm. long, 1.6-2.5 m m. broad, strigoesetuloe, 0-48 seeds Natt: in Torr. & Gra y BL No. Am. i. 108 hgned Wats. Bibl. “me i. 59 (1878), many referents, and in Gra Syn. Fl. N. Am. 1. 107 (1895); Britton in Britt. & Bro heer Fl. a 141, fig. 1757 (1897); Rob. & Fern. in Gray, Man. oe 422, fig. 777 1908); O. Schulz in Engler, Pflanzenr. iv'®, = (1927). D. —— Scheele, Linnaea, xxi. 583 (1848).—Dry rocky or sandy soil, rrens and open woods, Florida to Tex ioe northern Mexico, sath to Kentucky, southern Illinois, ‘Missouis, Kansas and Colorado. West of our range passing into Var. LEIOCARPA O. E. Schulz, |. c. 334 (1927).—Siliques glabrous.— Arkansas and Louisiana to Arizona. Var. Hettert (Small) O. E. Schulz.—Siliques ellipsoid-oblong, strigose, 4-8.5 mm. long, on pedicels only 1-3 mm. long: seeds fewer.— O. E. Schulz, 1. c. (1927). D. Helleri Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 479 (1903). D. ammophila Heller, Mohlenbersie | i. 145 (1906) .—Texas to southern California, locally north to Washington 1 In Agassiz, Lake Superior, 155 (1850), after listing Draba arabisans, Agassiz made the note: ‘‘A small species of Draba with yellow flowers, found at Michipicotin, was lost.’’ This was undoubtedly D. nemorosa, var. lejocarpa, for the National Her at Ottawa has a ristic sheet of the latter: dry sand hills and . ase tee » July — oe John Macoun, the number juggled in a misleading (447. 178) 20 2 See eceatlod from Engelmann under discussion of D. brachycarpa. 368 Rhodora [OcToBER 24. D. reptans (Lam.), c nov. Annual or winter-annual: stems filiform, simple or slightly = freely branching at base, the larger plants with depressed or diffuse branches, 0.2-1.5 dm. high, hispid below with simple, forking and sessile stellate hairs, glabrous above and on the rachis: leaves in a basal rosette and 1 or 2 pairs or groups of 3 eeisnded above it or at the base of the otherwise scapiform branches, spatulate-obovate, rounded at summit, entire or nearly so, bristly- ciliate, the upper surface coarsely bristly with long simple trichomes and often stellate, the lower surface with stellate and forking hairs: raceme in fruit short and subumbelliform, its axis 0.3-4 cm. long, glabrous: flowers dimorphic; the larger with oblong sepals about 2 mm. long and obovate white petals 3-5 mm. long; the smaller with nar- rowly oblanceolate petals equaling or shorter than the narrow sepals or wanting: fruiting pedicels divergent or arched-ascending, 1-7 mm. long, glabrous: siliques linear to narrowly oblong, obtuse, 0.5-2.2 cm. long, glabrous: seeds 15-60 (-80). cksbie pais s Lam. Encyel. i. 222 (1783); Willd. Sp. Pl. ei 536 ool DC. Syst. ii. 242 (1821); Torr. & Gray, Fl. No. Am . 83 (1838). D. caroliniana Walt. F'. — 174 (1788); Willd. Sp. iii, 427 (1800); Nutt. Gen. N. Am. PI. 2 (1818); DC. Syst. ii. 353 (1821) and Prodr. i. 171 (1824); and esentilly - “aye authors, re O. E. Schulz in Engler, Pflan- zenr. 1, fig. 31 (192 Brae D. hispidula Michx. FI. Bor. -Am. ii. 28 pete i umbellata ‘Cat. 60 (1813), Saker sh of D. caroliniana Walt. Arabis rt Raf. Am. Mo. Ma ag. ii. 43 (1817). geen 3 caroliniana (Walt.) Raf. Neogenyton, 2 (1825). T. hispidula (Michx.) Raf. 1. c. (1825). D. caroliniana, 8. eg Torr. & Gra y, Fl. 'N. Am. i. 109 ste the sth cae extrem D. shea oe var. er O. E. Schulz, 1. c. 383 (1927) ae sands and ledges, Georgia to New Mexico, Antes to eastern Mas- sachusetts. Rhode Island, Cninentant southeastern and northern (Sackett’s Harbor, Vasey in Gray Herb.) New York, — Penn- sylvania, southern Ontario, Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnes ta, Nor Dakota and Colorado; also locally, Washington and Picco Var. micrantha (Nutt.), comb. nov. Siliques minutely hispid.— D. micrantha Narop in Torr. & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 109 (1838); Gray, 333 (1927). D. loasoeniti Ry db. “Bull. Torr. Bot: Cl. xxxi (1904).—Chiefly western, Lodisiana to southern California, a tiseth to Illinois, Minnesota, South Dakota, Montana and Washington. The necessity to change the specific epithet arises through the fact that earlier authors, some of them cognizant of the properly published Arabis reptans Lam., have failed to apply the priority principle, which it is often a temptation to overlook! Willdenow, DeCandolle Rhodora Plate 313 ee Dr 14, from Alberta; FIG fruiting stem, X 4, from Alberta; FIG. 3, rosette-leaves. « 10, from Alberta; FIG. 4, lower internode, x 10, from Alberta; ria. 5, flower, X 10, from TYPE; FIG. 6. silique, x 10, from fig. A McCatuaz: ria. 1, flowering plant (TYPE), X ; 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 369 and others in Europe, unfamiliar with American plants, accepted A. reptans at its face value as an Arabis; and even Pursh, who should have known better, kept it up as A. reptans from “sandy fields: Pennsylvania to Virginia” (Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 437) and on another page (433) maintained Draba hispidula Michx. (with the earlier D. caroliniana Walt. as a synonym), apparently without suspecting the identity. The recognition of the probable identity apparently started with Torrey & Gray, who relegated A. reptans to the doubtful species, with the pertinent query: “Is it Draba Caroliniana?” In his Bibliographic Index (1878) Watson entered A. reptans doubtfully in the synonymy of D. caroliniana, but in the Synoptical Flora the ~ doubt was unexpressed; and Schulz gives this name of 1783 un- equivocally in the synonymy of D. caroliniana (1788). raba reptans rests upon Arabis reptans Lam. which was based solely on Parony- x? ap (1699). Plukenet’s figure, like so many of his drawings of American plants, is very definite to one who knows the flora. It is here repro- duced as TEXT-FIG. 1; and it is well matched by many specimens from eastern America, while Lamarck’s description of it is unequi- vocal. The maintenance by some authors of D. micrantha or iris 1 D. coloradoensis as a species _—_ Plukene merely because it has hispid, instead of glabrous siliques, seem unjustified. Similar variations with- out other characters occur in many species: for example, D. nemorosa (typical) with siliques strigose-hispid, var. lejocarpa (D. lutea) with them glabrous; D. cuneifolia with strigose-hispid siliques, var. letocarpa with them glabrous, etc., etc. Type of DRABA REPTANS, after 370 Rhodora [OcroBEr 25. D. verna L. Small annual or winter-annual, flowering chiefly in early spring: leaves all in a basal rosette, oblanceolate or spatulate, entire or dentate, more or less pilose on the upper surface with simple, bifurcate and stellate trichomes, 0.5-2.5 cm. long: scapes 1-several and very unequal, filiform, in fruit elongating to 0.3-3 dm. high, glabrous or nearly so: raceme at first corymbiform, in fruit becoming elongate and lax, the lower pedicels then 0.4-3 cm. long, ascending: sepals ovate to obovate, with rounded tips, 1-2 mm. long, glabrous or hispid on the back: petals white, bifid half their length, se 5-2.5 mm. ong: siliques narrowly oblong-elliptic, 4-10 mm. long, 1.5-2.3 m broad, ge, with 40-60 seeds.—Sp. Pl. 642 (1753); Pursh, FL. Am ol 3 (1814); Barton, Fl. N. Am. iii. 49, t. 88 wba er Torr. & Gra fl. N. Am. i. 109 (1838); stage in Gray, S 1. N. Am. it 106 “(1895), Erophila vulgaris DC. Syst. ii. 356 Pine E. verna L.) E. Meyer in Preuss, Poet 70 (1839); O. E. Schulz in Engler. Pflanzenr. iv'®. 345 (1927), which see for very detailed bib- liography.—Roadsides, felds and other open, dry habitats, Mas- sachusetts to Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee and North Carolina; southern British Columbia to California. Naturalized from Europe. Much less frequent t Var. AESTIVALIS Lajas —Siliques broadly fica on See or rounded, 2 mm. long, mm. broad; s fewer.—Rev. FI. Env. Spa, ae (1824); Wildem. & Dur. Prodr. FL Belg. iii. 346 (1899), D. Boerhaavii Van Hall, Specim. Bot. 149 (1821 . D. verna Bigel. FI. Bost. ed. 2: 250 (1824); Gray, Gen. i. 160, t. 69 (1848); Britton in Britt. & Brown, Ill. Fl. ii. 140, fig. 1755 5 (1807). Erophila Boerhaawit (Van Hall) Dumortier, Fl. Belg. in (1827); O. E. Schulz, 1. ¢. (1927), which see for many synonyms and references.—More frequent, Massachusetts to southern Ontaiie, south to Georgia and Tennessee; Washington and Oregon. Naturalized from Euro Var. aestivalis is treated as a species, Erophila Boerhaavii, by Schulz, distinguished in his key from E. verna by “Siliculae abbre- viatae, breviter obovoideae vel subrotundatae. Ovarium 24~48- ovulatum” as opposed to the “Siliculae oblanceolate” and “Ovarium 0-ovulatum” of E. verna. But in the detailed descriptions the “oblanceolate” siliques of E. verna become “ oblongo-ellipsoideae,” while E. verna, var. oedocarpa (E. Drabble) O. E. Schulz has them “anguste obovato-lanceolatae,” var. cochleata (Rosen) O. E. Schulz has them “ovoideae, subtumideae,” and var. Charbonnelit (H. Sudre) O. E. Schulz has them “6 mm longae, 2,5-3 mm latae,” proportions most difficult to reconstruct into “oblanceolate.” In- cidentally, the key-character of E. Boerhaavii, “Ovarium 24-48- ovulatum,” changes in the fuller description to “Ovarium ovulis 32—18.” 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 371 I have, consequently, taken up, with full appreciation of the pos- sible doubt involved, the name Draba verna, var. aestivalis Lejeune. In an Old World group wherein some authors have seen nearly 200 “species”? while others (Rouy & Foucaud, for example) see in France alone 8 subspecies with 57 recognized varieties and forms it is not safe to be dogmatic. Lejeune’s brief description is satisfactory: Var. eo iaaifo ry siliculis ovatis, convexis, pedicello brevioribus; foliis sublinea: Obs. La went variété . _ , e deuxiéme [var. aestivalis] se dishinginn par la forme de ses fruits qui sont beaucoup plus courts et 4 valves bombées, ce qui leur donne une forme plus arrondie. Schulz cites Draba verna, var. aestivalis (1824) as an unquestioned synonym of his Erophila Boerhaavii, but he also gives, as his basis of E. Boerhaavii the earlier “ Draba verna L. @. Boerhaarii Van Hall, Specim. bot. (1821) 149.” I have not seen Van Hall’s.account, but it is significant that in quoting it (his footnote, p. 359) Schulz makes it clearly appear that Van Hall was publishing a binomial, D. Boer- haavii: a verna vulgari valde differt siliculis duplo oe et brevi- oribus, statura longe minori. onne haec insignis formae siliculae differentia satis magni momenti est habenda, ut tamquam ; : ecies, nomine Drabae Boerhaavii, a D. verna dis tinguatur? (Et all l.c¢.). Index Kewensis, likewise, gives Draba Boerhaavit Van Hall unequi- vocally as a binomial. Another set of synonyms usually cited under Draba verna rests for typification directly upon D. verna, 8. americana Pers. Syn 190 (1807). These are Erophila americana (Pers.) DC. Syst. ii. em (1821); E. vulgaris, var. americana (Pers.) Darl. Fl. Cestr. 378 (1837) and D. americana (Pers.) Hook. f. & Jackson, Ind. Kew. ii. 792 (1893). The pedicels of D. verna are ordinarily strongly ascending or but slightly arching; but the brief description given by Persoon under D. verna was Aas apaan silicul. longioribus deflexis. Hab. in Europae et Americae aridis, a wholly unconvincing account of a plant with ascending fruit! Later authors doubtless had forms of D. verna before them but it is doubtful if Persoon did. Erophila verna, var. americana (Pers.) O. E. Schulz, |. c. 355 (1927) is kept up by Schulz for a plant of Europe and of “Arkansas (Rafinesque, hb. Deless.)” but he says nothing about the siliques being “ deflexed.” (To be continued) Rhodora [NOVEMBER DRABA IN TEMPERATE NORTHEASTERN AMERICA M. L. Fernatp (Concluded from page 371) LIST OF coment CITED Abbe, E. C. nizensi 371 glabella sooswmte ina) ) Bali 372 nivalis Liljebl. 1261 glabella ty ag 374 crassifolia rma ( ernald 75 fladnizensis owlt.) Fernal Sage heterotricha and ) Bali 1262 norvegica Gunn 376 izensis W var. a he serge firth (Lindbl. ) Ball Abee & Brooks niv jebl 378 nivalis Liljebl. pet Slabella Pursh 7p, Sedieienee 366 ca Gunner heterotricha VLinb ) Bail 267 oe Pu Wulfen, a Canter ahs - g,heterotricha analbl, ) Ball 368 norvegica Gunn: nizensis ea ap IY (Lindbl. ) Ball Abbe & Hogg oe ee 369 nivalis Liljebl. ue aie: int. ) Bal Abbe, Hogg & Forbes 386 fladnizensis ulfen, heterotricha NUE ) Bali 370 ee L., var. confusa J Liljebl. Rhodora Plate 314 DRABA ARABISANS: FIG. 1, portion ripe oy branch, X 1, odo g FIG. 2, fruiting branch, X 1, from type region, Lake Champlain, Ver mont; 3, fruiting : branch, 1, from Quebec; Fria. 4, raitine raceme, X 1, from type region, hake Yham- | plain; ric. 5, silique, 10, from type region; FIG. 6, oat rosette-leaf, < 10, from Newfoundland. 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 393 Abbe & eho Dodge, Griscom & Pease 373 ——— 25,773 clivicola Fernald side pg inh ) Ball 382 fladnizens Dodge & Pease hetenberiekh (Lindbl. ) Bali 25,787 nivalis Liljebl. 26, 130 clivicola Fernald A & Pease 363 norvegica Gunner Eames, A. J. er 12,081 edie Michs. 25 pani Purch Eggleston, W. W. 76 incana_ L., confusa 132 ea "Michx. (Ehrh.) Liljebl. ehlers, 3. 0 Bell, Robert 1103 arabisans Michx. 2027 rupestris R. Br. 1352 arabisans Michx. ishop, Harlow Er — nivalis Liljebl. 63 aurea M. Vahl 25 glabella Pursh 326 glabella Pursh Erlanson, C. & E. 327 1 a L. 648 arabisans Michx. Blake, 58. a Fassett, N. C. 5590 incana L. 5 confusa 15,566 lanceolata Royle (Ehrh,) Lijebl. Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. Bowdoin College Expedition, 1891. 7503 incana L., var. confusa 269 incana L. (Ehrh. } Liljebl. 7504 incana . confusa Butters & Buell (Ehrh.) ijekl 367 arabisans Michx. Fernald & Colli Butters & Holway 92 arabisans Michx. 40 aurea M. Vahl 93 arabisans Mi 226 Allenii Fe ampbell, Robert 577 minganensis (Vietorin} Fern- 66,722 ene Purs Collins & Fernald : 88 incana L. 579 a, (Victorin) Fern- 89 incana L., var. confusa 580 glabella 578 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- mma an. & "Kugelt it.) Pursh, var. mega- 58 ald sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) 582 glabella ella Pursh ae ets e 94 pycnosperma Fern. & & Knowlt.) Knowlt. Dan 583 dabella Cooper, s = ried. & & Knowl.) 40 a og Michx. = ara isa var nadensis 1064 sinwaneeaie (Victorin) Fern- _ Brunet) Fern. & Knowl. 1133 1065 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- jae E. B. 1066 arabisans Michx. 93 aurea M. Vahl 1067 arabisans Michx. 394 Rhodora 1068 arabisans Michx. ar, i 1071 pycnosperma & Fernald & Fernald & Fernald & owlto 1072 pycnosperma Knowlton 1073 pycnosperma Knowlton 1074 pycnosperma lton 1080 inecana L. r. confusa Ebrh.) Lilejbl 1081 incana L., v confusa 1082 in 1212 glabella Pursh, (Fern. & anor) Fernald, Dodge & Smith 25,772 arabisans Michx. Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert 28,355 laurentiana —_ 28, 372 norvegica Fernald, Griscom & Mackenzie 25,781 Allenii Fernald 25,786 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald, Rpg Mackenzie, e & Smith 25,779 Pers enii oF ernald 25, 782 Allenii Fernald 25, 785 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald, Griscom, Pease & Smith . 25,783 Allenii Fe 25,789 clivicola Fernald Fernald & Gilbert 28,365 glabella Pursh Fernald & Long 28,343 nivalis Liljebl. 28, 344 nine Liljebl. 28'345 n lis Liljebl. 28,346 nivalis Liljebl. 28, 349 i L Fern. & Rnowit. ) [NOVEMBER 28,366 arabisans Michx. 28, 367 arabisans Michx. 28, 369 pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 28,370 abelie Pursh 28, 371 glabella Pursh, var. sperma (Fern. & Knowle. ‘< Fernald 28,391 norvegica —— 28, 396 norvegica Gun 28, 397 norvegica Bevace, var. hebe- (Lindbl.) O. E. c 28,398 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- noms (Lindbl.) O. E. 28,399 essa! Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,407 norvegica Gunner, pleiophylla Fernald, 28,408 norvegica 28,408a norvegica Gunner, var. pleiophylla Fernald 28,409 norvegica Gunner 28,410 norvegica Gunner Fernald, wend & Dunbar rhea nald 26,706 incana ag v confusa (Ehrh,) Lijebl 26,707 incana L., v: confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl 26,708 incana L., v: confusa (Ehrh.) Lijebl 26,709 incana L., var. confusa 26,710 norvegica Gunner 26,711 norvegica Gunner 26,712 —— Gunner and var. ~ ahi a (Lindbl.) O. E. 26,713 ‘eentiane Fernald 26, 714 laurentiana Fernald 26, 715 incana L. m (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Fernald, Serncre cd & Fogg 281 ca Gunner 1729 ras oti var. (Ebrh.) Liljebl. confusa confusa Rhodora Plate 315 DRABA ARABISANS: FIG. 1, portion i fruiting branch, X 1, of ona he -fruited plant (isotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocar a O. E. Schulz) from Bie, Quebe : t fruiting raceme, X 1, from Pereé, rp ee FIG. 4, small plant, x 1, simacantion var. CANADENSIS, from Newfoundland; ria. 5, Pa x 10, hae 7: BA ARABISANS, Var. CANADENSIS: FIG. 3, fruiting raceme, "5 1 of isotype from Cape Tourmente, Quebec; FIG. 6, silique, X 10, from FIG 1934] 1730 incana_L., r. confusa h.) Li Ijebl. 1731 laurentiana Fernald 1741 norvegica Gun 1742 norvegica ren var. hebe- Seta (Lindbl.) O. E. 1743 norvegica Gun 1744 norvegica = Gunes, var. hebe- eg (Lindbl.) O. E. s 1745 norvegica Gunner 1746 norvegica Gunner, var pleio- phylla Fernald 1747 oe ca Mebi var. pleio- phy ma. 1748 norvegica ae var. pleio- ma phylla F it glabella Pursh whic ans Michx., var cana- is (Brunet) Fern. & 1750 Pereie Fe Gunner, var. pleio- phy rnald 1751 glabella Pusat 1752 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald Fernald, Long & Gilbert 28, ois incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Fernald, Long & St. John 7505 nett L. confusa Ehrh.) Liljebl. Fernald & Pease 3316 arabisans Michx 3317 arabisans Michx., var cana- de ~ (Brunet) Fern. & 3318 lanceolata Royle ana L maid 25,093 glabella Pursh Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 395 25,094 — hath and var. orth- a (Fern. & Knowlt.) fan 25,095 vinbalis Pursh 25,096 clivicola Fernald 25,097 Allenii Fernald 25,099 nivalis Liljebl. 25,100 nivalis Liljebl. Fernald & Smith 25,777 clivicola Fernald 25, 778 clivicola Fernald 25, 780 Allenii Fernald 25, 784 Allenii Fernald 25, 788 nivalis Liljebl. rnald & Weatherby as ‘glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 2448 glabella Pursh Fernald, Weatherby & Stebbins 2446 lanceolata Royle - Fernald & Wiegand confusa 3456 glabella Pursh, v erma (Fern. & eae) ) rnald 3458 siahella Pursh, var. me (Fern. & Knowh.) ) erna 3460 norvegica yunner, var. pleio- erna. yunner, var. pleio- ernald p m. 3462 -—e ca Gunner, var. pleio- rma, 3463 sere ca Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald Fernald, oak & Bartram Page glabella Purs. =i glabella Purs rma rere, & ener ) rnald 5458a glabella Pursh 5459 norvegica Gunner Fernald, Wiegand & Darlington 5463 arabisans Michx. Fernald, Pelss-igag & Kittredge 3452 incana L. 396 Rhodora 3454 incana_ L., confusa 3455 rupestris R. Br. 3457 glabella Pursh, var. mega- erm. a (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fern 3459 ataliaun Michx. Fernald, Wiegand & pet 28,263 glabella Pursh, var. sperma (Fern. & Sine ) Fernald 28,347 nivalis Liljebl. 28, 351 aca Jai: war. hrh.) h.) Liljebl. 28,391 ctveen Gunne 28, 405 norvegica Gun 28, 406 ght ng Gunner and gla- confusa 24,412 servanios Gunner, var. pleio- hylla Fer ae 28,413 norvegica Gun Fernald, te Long, Gilbert nt Hotchkiss 28,354 incana (Ehrh.) “taj 28,356 glabella Pursh 28,392 norvegica Gunner 28,393 norvegica Gunner 28, 394 apt ca hae var. pleio- 28,411 sorveaten Gunner Fernald, Wiegand, Pease, Long, Griscom, Gilbert & Hotchkiss 20,380 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla d 28,350 incana L., var. confusa Ehrh.) Liljebl. confusa . 28,374 norvegica Gunner 28,380 norvegica Gonner. var. pleio- ernald p 28,382 norvegica Gunner 28,3 norvegica Gunner, var. pleio- phylla Fernald 28,384 norvegica Gunner 28,385 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- a Lindbl.) O. E. Z Schu 28,386 norvegica Gunner 28, 387 norvegica Gunner, var. hebe- dbl.) O.. ¥, 28,388 ancvanien Gunner dner, G. 317a glabella Pursh 377 glabella Pursh [NOVEMBER Gooding, L. M. 1404 aurea M. Vahl iscom, Ludlow 28,364 laurentiana Fernald Griscom, Mackenzie & se 25,770 glabella Pursh, var. sperma (Fern. & Knowit. ) Vornald Griscom & Pease 25,775 clivicola Fernald 25,776 clivicola Fernald House, H. D. 9436 arabisans Michx. Johansen, eas 93,671 incana_ L., (Ehrh.) Liljebl. Kelsey & Jordan 65 glabella Pursh ee 3 4 1 incan (Ehrh. ) Biot 2 in confusa confusa confusa a L., var. confusa (Ebrh.) Liljebl. Low, A. P. 63,140 ks es Gunner McFarlin, J. B. 2174 arabisans Michx. 2246 arabisans Michx. Mackenzie & Griscom 10,268 arabisans Michx. 10, 269 arabisans Michx. EB 079 glabella Pursh 11 '089a ineana L. Macoun, J. M. 1920 ne (Victorin) Fern- 79,065 elabela Pursh, var. ortho- pe iis ern. & Knowlt.) 79,066 glabolle Pure Pursh 79, 9,068 glabella PP xiaig var (Fern. & eb’ 1934] 79,069 alpina L. 79, 070 mFS L., var. lejocarpa 79,072 deine 1 var. nana Hook. and fladnizensis Wulfen var, heterotricha (Lindbl. j og J pr 19 inc ue (Ehrh. ) Lieb 20 arabisans aoe 178 nemorosa li; confusa ar. lejocarpa lejocarpa je 477 nemorosa L., var. ebl. ar. lejocarpa 2014 nemorosa Lis j 10,276 aurea M. "Vahl 18, 987 Se Gunner e, M. O. 118,919 a Pursh, var brachy- carp We upr. ) Fernald 119,988 alpin 120, 038 fladnizen Wulfen, ore (Lindbl. ) Bali 120,062 dade teuioe heterotricha Cand ) Ball 120,092 aspecrolie raha: 120, 098 niv: Liljebl. 120,1 136 age rey Wulf a ind ) Ball 120,136a fedatonas ulf het Sagicks (Lindbl. ) Ball 120,159 sive Liljebl. 120, 198 glabella Pursh, var. brachy- a (Rupr.) Fernald 120,203 glabe ee Park 120, 209 glabella Pursh 120, 243 glabella Pursh, var. brachy- carpa (Rup r.) Fern ald Patterson, H. N. 7 aurea M. Vahl ‘ayson & Payson 5024 aurea M. Vahl Pease, A. 8. 5094 glabella Purs 5437 pycnosperma Fern. & ow. 50 pyenosperma Fern & Knowlt. 7350 ih bella Pursh 7356 7357 glabella Pursh Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 397 7358 glabella Pursh 7359 Bienen Fern. & t ow 7361 pycnosperma Fern. & Knowlt. 11,981 arabisans Michx. 19, 227 glabella Pursh 19, 239 pycnosperma Fern. & t. now. 20,159 arr — var. ortho- a (Fern. & Knowlt.) Pen 20,194 Peasei i Feruald 20, 205 arabisans Michx. 20,208 SE Michx. 20,219 in 20,241 prea rae Michx 20,242 ipa Fern. & 20,614 Lanoaolatn Royle 23; "487 arabisans Michx. 23, 633 arabisans Michx. Pease & Griscom 28,342 nivalis Liljebl. 28, 357 laurentiana — 28,377 norvegica Gunn: 28,378 paths ca Gunner, var. pleio- 28,379 daballe h Pease & Long 28,359 laurentiana bigot 28, 360 — s Pursh, ee sp a (Fern. & Konett ) 28,390 nonvenen Gunner Pease, Long & Gilbert 28,373 nrareien Gunner Pease & Smith 25,771 clivicola Fernald 25, 774 clivicola Fernald Perry & Myers 750 aprica Beadle 751 aprica Beadle Potter, David 546 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- 549 eile: 9 Gunne 584 ine : “ci (Ehrh.) ) Ziljebl. Povah, Brown & McFarlin 3671B incana L. confusa 398 a Rhodora Priest, M. E1 laurentiana Fernald realy leans Roll 15,640 oe Mic var. can aes Fernald & t. Rousseau, Jacques 24,831 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- ae (Fern. & Knowlt.) 24,833 fare Michx. 24, 841 arabisans Michx. 26, 322 srabaains Michx., var. cana- ensis Brunet) Fern. & Knowlt. 26,353 arene Pursh, a (Fern. & wKnewlt) 26,389 oui ome var. ortho- a . & Knowlt.) Fer 26,442 glabella Pursh 26, 487 ie a Michx. 26, 503 glabella Pursh 26, 508 gla belle Pursh 26, 548 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fern 26,582 minganensis (Victorin) Fern- 26,585 lanceolata Royle 26, 613 arabisans Michx i) ao) ou > ew =) 31,007 minganensis (Vi ictorin) Fern- 31,072 glabella Pursh 31,150 a Fern. & 31,151 glabella Pursh, rma, (Fern. Ha: know ) e 31,214 incana a * . & Knowlt. ) a 32,335 arabisans Michx. dberg, P. A. 516 aurea M. Vahl 6 arabisans Michx, St. John, sige 1890 incana L. confusa, (Ehrh.) Liljet bl [NovEMBER 1893 incana Be confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl.. 90,475 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 90,476 glabella Pursh 90,477 incana L. 90,478 incana L., var. confusa h.) Liljebl 90,479 incana L., var. confusa hrh.) Liljebl. 90,480 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 90,481 incana_ L., confusa (Ehrh. Liljebl 90,482 incana_ L., confusa 90,485 ginbetla oie var. ortho- carpa (Fern. & acwit. ) Schmitt, C. 289 alpina L. nlepa C.8. 40 in 77 Gin pa) incana L., var. sa (Ehrh.) Lilj jebl. ldo aL. 169 incana_ L., var. hrh.) Liljebl. 516 nivalis Liljebl. 519 glabella h Sornborger, J. D. 61 pone Fernald 70 incana L. 173 ry ne | gy a Pursh 175 crassifolia Graham and Sorn- borgeri Fernald Spreadborough, W. 16,272 glabella Pursh Stebbins, G. L., jr. 783 saktiaies Michx. Stebbins et al. 143 lanceolata Royle 144 lanceolata Royle Stecker, prgonse 212x fladnizen h eterotricha ase ) Ball 216 aurea M. V;: confusa Rhodora Plate 316 D A LANCEOLATA 1, portion of slender fruiting } jlant, X 1, from agen ; FIG. | hortion: of say vin fruiting ‘olen it, X 1, from Ontario: F1G. 3, center of rosette 10, from Sk — . 4, portion of internode, X 10, from Quebec; Fria. 5, siliqu ie, x < 10, from Rhodora Plate 317 DRABA LANCEOLATA: FIG. BE Page foe plant, X 1, from ain Siberia; ric. 2, fruiting _ <: 1, from m Songaria; :. 3, flowering stem, X 1, from Vermont; Fic. 4, fruiting ant, . 1, from Quebec; ng o fruiting plant, x 1, hoe "U tah (isotype of D. valida Goodai in g). 1934] Turner, L. M. 4842 glabella Pursh 6316 glabella Pursh Victorin, Marie- 30 glabella Pursh, var. ortho- Sad Fern. & Knowlt.) 573 gishain. At var. ortho- c an (Fern. & Knowlt.) 3140 elabella Pursh, var. ‘poole a (Fern. & Knowl: ) 3203 elabella eka var. ortho- . & Knowlt.) 3867 orstanin Michx. 4128 arabisans Michx. 4134 glabella ae h, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) 24, 839 arabisans Michx. Victorin, Brunel & Rousseau 17,376 pyenosperma Fernald & nowlton 17,377 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton Victorin & Rolland 9484 incana L. confusa (Ehth.) Liljebl.. 9485 incana L., var. confusa _ (Ehrh.) Liljebl 9486 incana L., v confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl 44 laurentiana Fe 18,2: rm 18, 245 glabella Pursh, var. mega- oonigp (Fern. & Knowlt.) 18,246 laurentians Fernald 18, 247 in ae Wars “Ehth.) Liljebl. 18,248 incana L., var. confusa (Ehrh.) Liljebl. 18,249 = H Ehrh.) tiljeel 18,250 incana_ L. Ebrh. Vv. Liljebl. 18,251 a atic 18, 252 laurentiana Fernald 18, 253 oe ae Fernald 18, 254 glabella var. mega- confusa confusa confusa Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 399 sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernal 18,255 elabella Pursh, var. a (Fern. & Knew. ) 18,256 SS pctiand Fern 18, 257 glabella Pursh, var. mega- sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) erna. 18,383 glabella Pursh 2AM 032 incana Fe 20; "465 incaria Ehrh.) aj 21,466 eabala Pursh, v a (Fern. & Kasei. ) 21,469 gabell Faas var. ortho- a (Fern. & Knowlt.) confusa Fern 21,471 Glabelia Pursh 21, ‘472 genes Pursh, var. ma (Fern. & Hao ") ean ald 21,475 incana L., var. confusa Ehrh.) Liljebl. 21,476 signees Pursh, var. mega- a (Fern. & enoek. ) 21,477 S identionn Fernald 21,478 glabella Pursh, var. mega- rma (Fern. & Knowlt.) ern. 21,481 aoe Pursh, var. a (Fern. & Rawk i) 24,828 a > cae (Victorin) Fern- 24,861 elabell Pursh, var. a (Fern. & Knowl. ) eat 24,862 elabela Pursh. eda 6 (Fern. & icanwit. ) 24,863 laurentiana Fernald h, v: mega- dere (Fern. & Eiewt 24,866 glabella Pursh, var. mega- nie rma (Fern. & Knowlt.) 24,867 elabella Pursh, var. mega- erma (Fern. & Knowilt.) 24,869 elabell Pursh, var. mega- > se (Fern. & Knowlt.) 27,192 coats L. 27,310 ineana L. 400 27,311 incana L. 27, "312 glabella Pursh, sperma (Fern. & Knowlt.) Fernald 27,313 soe Pur — (Fern. & Knowlt.) 27,314 wiaballa: Pursh, var. mega- - eae -d lea & Knowlt.) ern Victorin, alland, Brunel & 17,375 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlton 17,378 arabisans Michx. 17, 379 gh pans rnong Fernald & 17,380 pyenosperma Fernald & Knowlto 17,381 incana L. ee ,382 arabisans Michx. ‘ : 1 arabisans Michx 17,384 incana L. 17,386 ine ana L. 17,387 pyenosperma Fernald & Victorin, Rolland & Jacques 33, 774 abela Pork ees re, uk hie ) ernald Victorin, Rolland & Louis-Marie 21,467 incana L Rhodora var. mega- sh, var. mega- [NOVEMBER 21,468 — L. 21, "473 in aL. 21 "474 glabella vais 21 479 incana Waghorne, A. C. 14 op ae var. megasperma n. & Knowlt. ) Fernald 19 glabells Pars h 22 arabisans Michx. 27 norvegica Gunner Wetmore, R. H. 102,959 incana L. Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss . 28,353 incana L.,- var. confusa Ehrh.) Liljebl. 28,368 arabisans Michx. Wiegand, ee & Hotchkiss 28,348 inca 28, 360 laurentiana Fernald 28, 361 glabe , var. meg: ng Neos & eaowh. ) Wolf & Rothrock 634 aurea M. Vahl Woodworth, R. H. 239 fladnizensis Wulfen, var. hetero- tricha (Lindbl.) Ball 240 nivalis Liljebl. 24014 glabella Pursh EXPLANATION OF heros 290-319 wa L , from same oo ection as Figs. 2 m Mansfield stand, Hodes var. NANA Hoo R. Bell era! of D. Belli Holm); rr t a. 7, leaves, X 10, of n D. FLADNIZENSIS Wulfen ; FIG of sean, 5, fruitin ng plant, X 1, of Bay, August 30, 1884, % tearing olant X 1, of var. NANA, Bay, Shaye northwest Greenland, W. E. Ekblaw, no. 411; var. HETEROTRICHA (Lindblom) PuaTe 291. Ball. Fie. 1, small plant in flower, x 1, ton — soy Bed northwestern Greenland, Ekblaw, no. 421 t, , from East Bay, 5 ; FIG. Tuiting 1) Ikordlearsuk, Labrador, Abbe, & Odell, no. 882; Fra. 3, tie of leaves, X 10, from Ekblaw, no. 421; Fic 4 and 5, valve and d septum, x 10, from Torne Lappmark, Sweden, ‘Aoaane 27, 1917, Carl G. A 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 401 PuaTEe 292. D. Auten Fernald, n. sp. Fic. an small piece of flowering pla fi xX i; from Pease or between Mts. n and Pembroke, Matane -» Que Fig. 3, portion of rosette, 40, from Fernald * ss, Mt. Mattao Ouisse, Quebec, Fernald et al., no. 25,779 (TyPE of one ne Ss Rowers: from no. 25,782; Figs. 5 and 6, valve a septum, with seeds, < 10, ‘from FI PuaTe 293. D. rupestris R. Br. Fia. 1, small flowerin plant, X 1, from ‘the type locality, Ben sa ‘Scotland, "Arnott; Fig. 2, fruiting plant from Pointe Riche, Newfoun iegand, no. 3455; Fia. 3, flowering plant from Battle Taland. Petes ns August 3, 1913, W. EB. Ekblaw; Fig. 4, rosette-leaves, X 10, from Pointe Riche, Newfoundland, no. 3455. orsild; F1q. 4, flowering plant, X 1, from Disco, June 27, 1929, R. T. Por FIa. 5, leaf and base of sca e, X 10, from Ramah, iat ge no. 175; Fia. 6, Fase, X 10, from Disco, land, June 27, 1929, R. T. Porsild. 295. n. 1, flowering plant, x t, Of D4 NIVALIS, from North Star Bay, Thule, fa iti FO 8 D. Praser, X 10, from the TYPE; Fia. 6, Vale, 3 oi of D. alana fro a the TYPH; FIG. 7, septum and : X 10, of D. Prassr, from the Puate 296. D. aurea M. Vahl. Figa. 1, small Pp ee ep x 1, from Upernivik 2, Sandsten, Greenland, 14 Juli 1929, M. P. & orsild; FI FIG. 2, fruiting stem, < 1, from same ‘collection as FIG. 1; Fig. 3, large fruiting plan t, X 1, from Sheep Mt., Waterton Lake, Alberta, J Macoun, no. 10,276. 297 and 1@s. 1, 2 and 3, small femmes plants of D. MINGANENSIS, hy D. MINGANENSIS, X 10, showing villous sepals; ric. 5, dwarf (starved) ve Be t of D. MINGANENSIS, X 1, from under Cap eo: Bic, , Fernald & Collins no. 578; Fia. 6, fruiting plant of D. u 1, from near Pagosa Peak, Oolorkis, C. F. Baker, no. 351; Fia. 7, alae x *o, ‘of no. 351. Puate 298. D. er ig sag Fernald, Fig. 1, fruiting nr wel en ag % i, p Enragé Bic, aids. a July’ 8, 1905, tlliams, Collins Fernald; ale portion n of aims eo x 10, s a 4 the villous sepals sie villous-hirsute ova ry f ald Collins, no. 1065; Fic. 3, upper half of silique, X "10, from no. PuatTE 299. . INCANA L., . CONFUSA Saccineg ae figs. all xX 1 Fig. 1, small a ee ase are to leafless frui s (2 stems at left = var. nana Lindbl.) ae Ile Kécarpoui, Archipel « e g peethary John, no. 90,480; ric. 2, dwarfed xerophytic extreme (isotype of var. conica 402 Rhodora [NovemBer O. E. Schulz), from Cap Barré, Pereé, Quebec, aoe & Fernald, no. 89; Fig. 3, plant from _ and fertile habita at, Cow Head, Newfoundland, Fernald & Vast 2 3453; Fic. 4, dwarf xerophytic plant, with leafless or few-leaved a rng. nana Lindbl. }, from Sandy td Ingornachoix Bay, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 26,709; Fig. 5, slender plant from same statio wt Fig. 2; FIG. 6, leafy plant (var. siviela Beit ) from Tlets de la Baie A Than: Quebec, Victorin & Rolland, no. 18,249. LATE 300. D. SornBorGERI Fernald, n. sp., and D. crasstrotia Graham var. Parry (Rydb.) O. E. Schulz. Fig. 1, rypr, < 1, of D. = pestle ane TYPE of D. SORNBORGERI}. FIGS. 5, pla farts of 7. CRASSIFOLIA, var. Parryi from Gray’s Peak and ceeeireh a peene Bg OR Sea no. Puate 301. D. Norvecica Gunner. Fie. 1, small raiing plant, X 1, from Aurland, Norway, August 12, 1928, Johannes Lid; , dwarf plant in flower, x 1, from gag Cove, Newfoundland, Wiegand ’ Gilbert Hotch- kiss, no. ; FIG. mall flowering plan , from Crow’s Head, St. John Bay, Rewionadiand. Ferhat, pes & Fs no. 1743; ria. 4, fragment of cd sh Ms at (of 20 stems), x 1, from Flower Cove, Newfoundland, Fernald, Griscom & Gilbert, no. 28,372; ria. 5, fragment of fruiting plant, < rin Piton Point, Newfoundla nd, Wiegand, Gilbert & Hotchkiss, no. 28, 395; a. 6, tips of rosette-leaves, x 10, from 28,376 PuatTe 302. D. NoRvVEGICA grat var. PLEIOPHYLLA Fernald, n. var. Fia. aes portion of ribo awed Be | , from Ha-Ha Mountain, Newfoundland, F. ong, no. 28,399; dy 2, flowering plant, X 1, from one Cape, Newfoundland, bs "et al., 20,380 (TYPE of the variety); FIG. 3, bases of rosette-leaves and lowest Uiterhs de, < 10, from Big Brook, igticedinnd. Long, no. 28,407; Fia. 4, silique, x 10, feed no. 28,399. 75; Mattaouisse, Fernald & Smith, no. 25,777; ria. 5, pePtiee of inflorescence, x 10, from no. 25,775; Fig. 6, —_ of ripe silique, xX 10, from Mt. Pembroke, Fern ald & Smith, no. 25,778 TE 304. D. LAURENTIANA oer n.sp. Fie. ae mor flowering plant, Be gy ae pote a a: Perkala » no. 355; 1a. 2, portion of hat net divided) x L oat ma tots pate ees Archipel de Minish: Quebae. Victorin & Rolland, n 0. 18,252; FIG. 3, portion N eo . D. LAvRENTIANA Fernald, n. sp. Fia. 1, fruiting stem, X 1, from the Typr, Grassy Island, St. John Island, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1731; FIG. 2, portion of basal-rosette, 10, from the TYPE; FIG. : lower, % 10, from Flower Cove, Newfound aod. Fernald, Griscom & Gilber PuaTE 306. D. pycnosperMa Fernald & Knowlton. Fria. 1, — fruiting plant, x 1, from Ile Bonaventure, Gaspé Co., Quebec, Victori nd, Rhodora Plate 318 BA LANCEOLATA: FIG. 1, low branching plant Mh eid of D. cana Rydb.), X 1, from Alberta; FIG. 2, flowering plant, xX 1, from eastern Siberia 1934] Fernald,—Draba in temperate Northeastern America 403 Brunel & Rousseau, no. 17,376; Fria. 2, portion of young = rosette, Fa 10, from Bonaventure Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1073; ortion of internode, X 10, from Cap Blane, Pereé, Quebec, C ollins &P Pout oe no. "94; Pa 3 seston “apt characterstically crowded seeds, X 10, from no. 94; FIG. 5, geet surface of valve, x 10, fro 4, D. GLABELLA Pursh. Fie. 1, flowering tees X 1, from St. Anthony, Newfoundland, Abbe & Brooks, no. 365; 7 oe pla Ht, C1, from Cape Mugford Peninsula, Labrador, Abbe, 13: @: 3; frui ing stems, < 1, from f Frazer River, Labrador, Bishop no. 325 (near Nain, type-regi neana Schlechtend.); ric. 4, portion of basal Bartram, no. 5457; Fie. 5, portion of internode, X 10, from Port Manvers, Labrador, As & Gardner, no. 317 - Fig. 6, upper half of silique, x 10, 57. Ts le i from the original specimen loaned he Curator, Prof. Johannes Milbraed); FIG. 3, TYPE of D. paurtca DC. in Herb. DeCandolle (from photograph pre- sented by Dr. Alfred Becherer and. Mr. J. Francis Macbride ). PiaTE 309. D. GuaBeua Pursh, var. orTHOCARPA (Fernald & Knowlton) Fernald. Fig. 1, small ac x 1, ay the TyrE collection of D. ara goon Kn owlton, | from Bic, Quebec, July 15-18, 1904. ernald; , X 10, from the TYPE; FIG. valve, < 10, from. ge eee rote ths an veiny ‘surface ce as in D. GLABELLA, contrasted with the essentially veinless silique of D. ARABISANS PLATE ave D. — om iis ar. BRACHYCARPA rapeeene) Ete +9 PF. Porsild; ri fgets nat X 1, from Godhavn ch Noe Simmons, no. 16; bee 3, silique, X 10, from same plant as fig. 2; FIG. 4, septum and seeds, g. 2. Puate 311. D. @uaseiya Pursh, var. MEGASPERMA (Fernald & rear tsi Fernald. Fig. 1, portion of flowering plant from bleed Romaine, Archip Ouapitagone, Quebec , St. Jo 484; n of fruiting plant, x 1, from fle St. Charles, Avkion de Mingan, alta "Vietorin & Rolland, 18,254; Fie. 3, solar of fruiting plant, X 1, from Forteau, Labrador, Fanta & Wiegand, no ré Puate 312. D. euape.ua Pursh, var. MEGASPERMA (Fernald & eed Fernald. Figs., x 10, (0, all fre from the tyre of D. m ae oh ogy a Fernald & Know ton: Paspebiac e Lighthouse, Quebec, July 26, 1902, iams Fria. 1, portion of basal rosette; Frc. 2, portion of lowest (fractured) internode; FIG. 3, valve of ripe silique; ria. 4, septum a and seeds. 313. D. McCatuar Rydberg. Fic. 1, one of the two flowering Sobre x Yip sr valley below Mt. Aylmer, near Banff, Alberta, McCalla, no. 2267 (type of species); Fig. 2, fruiting stem, x 14, from Larch Valley, Banff, iio no. 82; Fia. 3, ep ge ee X 10, from he: po of Ptarmi- Valley, ‘Alberta, S. Brown, no. 387; Fic. 4, portion of lower internode, gan 10, from no. 387; Fia. 5, portion of lnaag xX 10, fom TYPE, to oo pilose ovary; Fia. 6, silique, X 10, from Sanson, no. 82. 404 Rhodora [NovEMBER Puate 314. D. arasisans Michx. Fa. 1, portion of doweetng branch, X 1, from . Jaok Fish, Ontario, Pease & Bean, no. 23,487; Fig. 2, Sarge branch, x 1, from the type region, Gardiner’s Island, Lake Champlain ‘ Varnunt June 17, 1881, Faxon; Fic. 3, Legh atrvemee! forking fruiting branch, 1, from St. Fabien, Que , no. 1068; Fie. 4, herbs raceme, rom the type region, Shelburne Point, ake Cham Vermont, June 25, 1913, nowlton; Fra. 5, silique, x 10, showing ¢ afattesintionily ooth valve, from the type region, Lake C amplain, Vermont, July 3, 1902, W. R. Davis; Fria. 6, gaat rosette-leaf, x 10, from Hannah’s Head, Newfoundland, Fernald, Long & Fogg, no. 1733. PuaTe 315. D. araspisans Michx. and var. CANADENSIS (Brunet) Fernald & Knowlton. Fia. 1, portion of fruiting branch, X 1, of short-fruited plant mente, Quebec, Brunet (isorypE of D. canadensis Brunet); Fia. 4, Kar ie of lant, < 1, approaching var. CANADENSIS, from Tucker’s Head, ound- and, Fe rnald, Long & Fogg, no. 1749; Fia. 5, silique, < 10, of Collins & Fernald, no. 93 (isotype of D. megasperma, var. leiocarpa) ; FIG. 6, silique, 10, of 1soTyPe of D. CANADENSIS Brun Aree D. uanceoutaTa Royle. Fia. 1, portion we slender fruiting ‘tins ag : g ae ai Quebec, Fernald & Collins, oe 1077; Fic. 2, portion of Seite fruitin ing 38 <1, from Smoky Head, Bruce Co., Dmtitic: Stebbins et al., no. 143; % Mattes of basal rosette, x 10, from Mt. St. ierre, i Fernald Wastherby & Stebbins, no. 2446; ria 4 portion of internode, 10, from Bic, Quebec, Fernald & Collins, no. 10775 Fig. 5, silique, X 10, ines Willoughby Mt., Vermont, June 25, 1884, Far Puats 317. D. gage Royle. Fig. 1, flowering plant, < 1, from Ajan, eastern Siberia, Tiling ; Fia. 2, fruiting plant, x 1, from Songaria, Schrenk; Fig. 3, floweri ger < 1, from Willoughb t., Vermont, May . 26,585; Fic. 5, fruiting Peri x 1, from Fuh Take, Uintah Mts., Utah, PLATE 318. D. LANcEoLATA Royle. Fia. 1, type, X 1, of D. cana Rydb., from Morley, Alberta, June 12, 1887, J. Macoun (herb. N. Y. Bot. Garden); Fia. 2, lax plant, x 1, from eastern Siberia, Studendorff. c 349; Fias 6, silique, < 10, from no. 349; Fic. 7 ; no. 349; ria. 8, fruiting plant (divided), x 1, one of the TyPE specimens of D. Aprica (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); ria. 9, silique, X 10, from the TyPx; Fi1a. 10, septum and seed, X md from the Typ; Fig. 11, fruiting plant, X 1, one of the two TyPE specimens of D. BRACHYCARPA, Var. a (herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); rie. 12, penton 4 10, from TYPE of var. FASTIGIATA. Rhodora Plate 319 cae “gent HYCARPA: 1, she a plant, X 1, from Indiana; FiG. 2, small-flowered plant, xX 1, fre Tennessee; FIG. 3 larg ze- ‘flowered pat < 1, from Virginia; Fria. 4, ae ‘flowered sinnk: ed, re m Missout FIG. 5, iting hat < LL fro m Tennessee: FIG. > silique, X 10, "from FIG. ; FIG. 6, septum - sees X x 10, from FIG. 5 DRABA BRACHYCARPA, Var. pions IATA: FIG 11, ye 13 rid. 12, siliques, x. 10. of TYPE. ; idgenneed APRICA: FIG. 8, TYPE, X 1; FIGs. 9 and 10, silique and septum with seed, x 10, rom TY